diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.chromeosdevices.html b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.chromeosdevices.html index 273518cd2f..a671faaf7c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.chromeosdevices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.chromeosdevices.html @@ -156,6 +156,13 @@

Method Details

"annotatedLocation": "A String", # The address or location of the device as noted by the administrator. Maximum length is `200` characters. Empty values are allowed. "annotatedUser": "A String", # The user of the device as noted by the administrator. Maximum length is 100 characters. Empty values are allowed. "autoUpdateExpiration": "A String", # (Read-only) The timestamp after which the device will stop receiving Chrome updates or support + "backlightInfo": [ # Output only. Contains backlight information for the device. + { # Information about the device's backlights. + "brightness": 42, # Output only. Current brightness of the backlight, between 0 and max_brightness. + "maxBrightness": 42, # Output only. Maximum brightness for the backlight. + "path": "A String", # Output only. Path to this backlight on the system. Useful if the caller needs to correlate with other information. + }, + ], "bootMode": "A String", # The boot mode for the device. The possible values are: * `Verified`: The device is running a valid version of the Chrome OS. * `Dev`: The devices's developer hardware switch is enabled. When booted, the device has a command line shell. For an example of a developer switch, see the [Chromebook developer information](https://www.chromium.org/chromium-os/developer-information-for-chrome-os-devices/samsung-series-5-chromebook#TOC-Developer-switch). "cpuInfo": [ # Information regarding CPU specs in the device. { # CPU specs for a CPU. @@ -333,6 +340,13 @@

Method Details

"annotatedLocation": "A String", # The address or location of the device as noted by the administrator. Maximum length is `200` characters. Empty values are allowed. "annotatedUser": "A String", # The user of the device as noted by the administrator. Maximum length is 100 characters. Empty values are allowed. "autoUpdateExpiration": "A String", # (Read-only) The timestamp after which the device will stop receiving Chrome updates or support + "backlightInfo": [ # Output only. Contains backlight information for the device. + { # Information about the device's backlights. + "brightness": 42, # Output only. Current brightness of the backlight, between 0 and max_brightness. + "maxBrightness": 42, # Output only. Maximum brightness for the backlight. + "path": "A String", # Output only. Path to this backlight on the system. Useful if the caller needs to correlate with other information. + }, + ], "bootMode": "A String", # The boot mode for the device. The possible values are: * `Verified`: The device is running a valid version of the Chrome OS. * `Dev`: The devices's developer hardware switch is enabled. When booted, the device has a command line shell. For an example of a developer switch, see the [Chromebook developer information](https://www.chromium.org/chromium-os/developer-information-for-chrome-os-devices/samsung-series-5-chromebook#TOC-Developer-switch). "cpuInfo": [ # Information regarding CPU specs in the device. { # CPU specs for a CPU. @@ -525,6 +539,13 @@

Method Details

"annotatedLocation": "A String", # The address or location of the device as noted by the administrator. Maximum length is `200` characters. Empty values are allowed. "annotatedUser": "A String", # The user of the device as noted by the administrator. Maximum length is 100 characters. Empty values are allowed. "autoUpdateExpiration": "A String", # (Read-only) The timestamp after which the device will stop receiving Chrome updates or support + "backlightInfo": [ # Output only. Contains backlight information for the device. + { # Information about the device's backlights. + "brightness": 42, # Output only. Current brightness of the backlight, between 0 and max_brightness. + "maxBrightness": 42, # Output only. Maximum brightness for the backlight. + "path": "A String", # Output only. Path to this backlight on the system. Useful if the caller needs to correlate with other information. + }, + ], "bootMode": "A String", # The boot mode for the device. The possible values are: * `Verified`: The device is running a valid version of the Chrome OS. * `Dev`: The devices's developer hardware switch is enabled. When booted, the device has a command line shell. For an example of a developer switch, see the [Chromebook developer information](https://www.chromium.org/chromium-os/developer-information-for-chrome-os-devices/samsung-series-5-chromebook#TOC-Developer-switch). "cpuInfo": [ # Information regarding CPU specs in the device. { # CPU specs for a CPU. @@ -676,6 +697,13 @@

Method Details

"annotatedLocation": "A String", # The address or location of the device as noted by the administrator. Maximum length is `200` characters. Empty values are allowed. "annotatedUser": "A String", # The user of the device as noted by the administrator. Maximum length is 100 characters. Empty values are allowed. "autoUpdateExpiration": "A String", # (Read-only) The timestamp after which the device will stop receiving Chrome updates or support + "backlightInfo": [ # Output only. Contains backlight information for the device. + { # Information about the device's backlights. + "brightness": 42, # Output only. Current brightness of the backlight, between 0 and max_brightness. + "maxBrightness": 42, # Output only. Maximum brightness for the backlight. + "path": "A String", # Output only. Path to this backlight on the system. Useful if the caller needs to correlate with other information. + }, + ], "bootMode": "A String", # The boot mode for the device. The possible values are: * `Verified`: The device is running a valid version of the Chrome OS. * `Dev`: The devices's developer hardware switch is enabled. When booted, the device has a command line shell. For an example of a developer switch, see the [Chromebook developer information](https://www.chromium.org/chromium-os/developer-information-for-chrome-os-devices/samsung-series-5-chromebook#TOC-Developer-switch). "cpuInfo": [ # Information regarding CPU specs in the device. { # CPU specs for a CPU. @@ -826,6 +854,13 @@

Method Details

"annotatedLocation": "A String", # The address or location of the device as noted by the administrator. Maximum length is `200` characters. Empty values are allowed. "annotatedUser": "A String", # The user of the device as noted by the administrator. Maximum length is 100 characters. Empty values are allowed. "autoUpdateExpiration": "A String", # (Read-only) The timestamp after which the device will stop receiving Chrome updates or support + "backlightInfo": [ # Output only. Contains backlight information for the device. + { # Information about the device's backlights. + "brightness": 42, # Output only. Current brightness of the backlight, between 0 and max_brightness. + "maxBrightness": 42, # Output only. Maximum brightness for the backlight. + "path": "A String", # Output only. Path to this backlight on the system. Useful if the caller needs to correlate with other information. + }, + ], "bootMode": "A String", # The boot mode for the device. The possible values are: * `Verified`: The device is running a valid version of the Chrome OS. * `Dev`: The devices's developer hardware switch is enabled. When booted, the device has a command line shell. For an example of a developer switch, see the [Chromebook developer information](https://www.chromium.org/chromium-os/developer-information-for-chrome-os-devices/samsung-series-5-chromebook#TOC-Developer-switch). "cpuInfo": [ # Information regarding CPU specs in the device. { # CPU specs for a CPU. @@ -977,6 +1012,13 @@

Method Details

"annotatedLocation": "A String", # The address or location of the device as noted by the administrator. Maximum length is `200` characters. Empty values are allowed. "annotatedUser": "A String", # The user of the device as noted by the administrator. Maximum length is 100 characters. Empty values are allowed. "autoUpdateExpiration": "A String", # (Read-only) The timestamp after which the device will stop receiving Chrome updates or support + "backlightInfo": [ # Output only. Contains backlight information for the device. + { # Information about the device's backlights. + "brightness": 42, # Output only. Current brightness of the backlight, between 0 and max_brightness. + "maxBrightness": 42, # Output only. Maximum brightness for the backlight. + "path": "A String", # Output only. Path to this backlight on the system. Useful if the caller needs to correlate with other information. + }, + ], "bootMode": "A String", # The boot mode for the device. The possible values are: * `Verified`: The device is running a valid version of the Chrome OS. * `Dev`: The devices's developer hardware switch is enabled. When booted, the device has a command line shell. For an example of a developer switch, see the [Chromebook developer information](https://www.chromium.org/chromium-os/developer-information-for-chrome-os-devices/samsung-series-5-chromebook#TOC-Developer-switch). "cpuInfo": [ # Information regarding CPU specs in the device. { # CPU specs for a CPU. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.datasetVersions.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.datasetVersions.html index c5c440bf60..a622df9971 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.datasetVersions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.datasetVersions.html @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this DatasetVersion was created. "displayName": "A String", # The user-defined name of the DatasetVersion. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. - "metadata": "", # Required. Additional information about the DatasetVersion. + "metadata": "", # Required. Output only. Additional information about the DatasetVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the DatasetVersion. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this DatasetVersion was last updated. } @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this DatasetVersion was created. "displayName": "A String", # The user-defined name of the DatasetVersion. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. - "metadata": "", # Required. Additional information about the DatasetVersion. + "metadata": "", # Required. Output only. Additional information about the DatasetVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the DatasetVersion. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this DatasetVersion was last updated. } @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this DatasetVersion was created. "displayName": "A String", # The user-defined name of the DatasetVersion. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. - "metadata": "", # Required. Additional information about the DatasetVersion. + "metadata": "", # Required. Output only. Additional information about the DatasetVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the DatasetVersion. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this DatasetVersion was last updated. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html index 991191da88..fe519a8f93 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html @@ -324,6 +324,14 @@

Method Details

{ # A trained machine learning Model. "artifactUri": "A String", # Immutable. The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files. Not required for AutoML Models. + "baseModelSource": { # User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. # Optional. User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. + "genieSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Generative AI Studio. # Information about the base model of Genie models. + "baseModelUri": "A String", # Required. The public base model URI. + }, + "modelGardenSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Model Garden. # Source information of Model Garden models. + "publicModelName": "A String", # Required. The model garden source model resource name. + }, + }, "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model. The specification is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, and all binaries it contains are copied and stored internally by Vertex AI. Not required for AutoML Models. "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). "A String", @@ -607,6 +615,14 @@

Method Details

"models": [ # List of Models in the requested page. { # A trained machine learning Model. "artifactUri": "A String", # Immutable. The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files. Not required for AutoML Models. + "baseModelSource": { # User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. # Optional. User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. + "genieSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Generative AI Studio. # Information about the base model of Genie models. + "baseModelUri": "A String", # Required. The public base model URI. + }, + "modelGardenSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Model Garden. # Source information of Model Garden models. + "publicModelName": "A String", # Required. The model garden source model resource name. + }, + }, "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model. The specification is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, and all binaries it contains are copied and stored internally by Vertex AI. Not required for AutoML Models. "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). "A String", @@ -858,6 +874,14 @@

Method Details

"models": [ # List of Model versions in the requested page. In the returned Model name field, version ID instead of regvision tag will be included. { # A trained machine learning Model. "artifactUri": "A String", # Immutable. The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files. Not required for AutoML Models. + "baseModelSource": { # User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. # Optional. User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. + "genieSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Generative AI Studio. # Information about the base model of Genie models. + "baseModelUri": "A String", # Required. The public base model URI. + }, + "modelGardenSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Model Garden. # Source information of Model Garden models. + "publicModelName": "A String", # Required. The model garden source model resource name. + }, + }, "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model. The specification is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, and all binaries it contains are copied and stored internally by Vertex AI. Not required for AutoML Models. "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). "A String", @@ -1139,6 +1163,14 @@

Method Details

{ # A trained machine learning Model. "artifactUri": "A String", # Immutable. The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files. Not required for AutoML Models. + "baseModelSource": { # User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. # Optional. User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. + "genieSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Generative AI Studio. # Information about the base model of Genie models. + "baseModelUri": "A String", # Required. The public base model URI. + }, + "modelGardenSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Model Garden. # Source information of Model Garden models. + "publicModelName": "A String", # Required. The model garden source model resource name. + }, + }, "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model. The specification is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, and all binaries it contains are copied and stored internally by Vertex AI. Not required for AutoML Models. "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). "A String", @@ -1375,6 +1407,14 @@

Method Details

{ # A trained machine learning Model. "artifactUri": "A String", # Immutable. The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files. Not required for AutoML Models. + "baseModelSource": { # User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. # Optional. User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. + "genieSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Generative AI Studio. # Information about the base model of Genie models. + "baseModelUri": "A String", # Required. The public base model URI. + }, + "modelGardenSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Model Garden. # Source information of Model Garden models. + "publicModelName": "A String", # Required. The model garden source model resource name. + }, + }, "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model. The specification is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, and all binaries it contains are copied and stored internally by Vertex AI. Not required for AutoML Models. "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). "A String", @@ -1610,6 +1650,14 @@

Method Details

{ # A trained machine learning Model. "artifactUri": "A String", # Immutable. The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files. Not required for AutoML Models. + "baseModelSource": { # User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. # Optional. User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. + "genieSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Generative AI Studio. # Information about the base model of Genie models. + "baseModelUri": "A String", # Required. The public base model URI. + }, + "modelGardenSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Model Garden. # Source information of Model Garden models. + "publicModelName": "A String", # Required. The model garden source model resource name. + }, + }, "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model. The specification is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, and all binaries it contains are copied and stored internally by Vertex AI. Not required for AutoML Models. "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). "A String", @@ -1984,6 +2032,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for ModelService.UploadModel. "model": { # A trained machine learning Model. # Required. The Model to create. "artifactUri": "A String", # Immutable. The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files. Not required for AutoML Models. + "baseModelSource": { # User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. # Optional. User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. + "genieSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Generative AI Studio. # Information about the base model of Genie models. + "baseModelUri": "A String", # Required. The public base model URI. + }, + "modelGardenSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Model Garden. # Source information of Model Garden models. + "publicModelName": "A String", # Required. The model garden source model resource name. + }, + }, "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model. The specification is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, and all binaries it contains are copied and stored internally by Vertex AI. Not required for AutoML Models. "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.html index 8dee5fdfd4..2444d87d06 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.html @@ -79,6 +79,12 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the operations Resource.

+

+ batchCancel(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Batch cancel PipelineJobs. Firstly the server will check if all the jobs are in non-terminal states, and skip the jobs that are already terminated. If the operation failed, none of the pipeline jobs are cancelled. The server will poll the states of all the pipeline jobs periodically to check the cancellation status. This operation will return an LRO.

+

+ batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Batch deletes PipelineJobs The Operation is atomic. If it fails, none of the PipelineJobs are deleted. If it succeeds, all of the PipelineJobs are deleted.

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Cancels a PipelineJob. Starts asynchronous cancellation on the PipelineJob. The server makes a best effort to cancel the pipeline, but success is not guaranteed. Clients can use PipelineService.GetPipelineJob or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the pipeline completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the PipelineJob is not deleted; instead it becomes a pipeline with a PipelineJob.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`, and PipelineJob.state is set to `CANCELLED`.

@@ -101,6 +107,94 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

Method Details

+
+ batchCancel(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Batch cancel PipelineJobs. Firstly the server will check if all the jobs are in non-terminal states, and skip the jobs that are already terminated. If the operation failed, none of the pipeline jobs are cancelled. The server will poll the states of all the pipeline jobs periodically to check the cancellation status. This operation will return an LRO.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the PipelineJobs' parent resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for PipelineService.BatchCancelPipelineJobs.
+  "names": [ # Required. The names of the PipelineJobs to cancel. A maximum of 32 PipelineJobs can be cancelled in a batch. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/pipelineJobs/{pipelineJob}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ batchDelete(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Batch deletes PipelineJobs The Operation is atomic. If it fails, none of the PipelineJobs are deleted. If it succeeds, all of the PipelineJobs are deleted.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the PipelineJobs' parent resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for PipelineService.BatchDeletePipelineJobs.
+  "names": [ # Required. The names of the PipelineJobs to delete. A maximum of 32 PipelineJobs can be deleted in a batch. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/pipelineJobs/{pipelineJob}`
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Cancels a PipelineJob. Starts asynchronous cancellation on the PipelineJob. The server makes a best effort to cancel the pipeline, but success is not guaranteed. Clients can use PipelineService.GetPipelineJob or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the pipeline completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the PipelineJob is not deleted; instead it becomes a pipeline with a PipelineJob.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`, and PipelineJob.state is set to `CANCELLED`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html
index 778f262fa2..37145703de 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html
@@ -199,6 +199,14 @@ 

Method Details

"modelId": "A String", # Optional. The ID to use for the uploaded Model, which will become the final component of the model resource name. This value may be up to 63 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9_-]`. The first character cannot be a number or hyphen. "modelToUpload": { # A trained machine learning Model. # Describes the Model that may be uploaded (via ModelService.UploadModel) by this TrainingPipeline. The TrainingPipeline's training_task_definition should make clear whether this Model description should be populated, and if there are any special requirements regarding how it should be filled. If nothing is mentioned in the training_task_definition, then it should be assumed that this field should not be filled and the training task either uploads the Model without a need of this information, or that training task does not support uploading a Model as part of the pipeline. When the Pipeline's state becomes `PIPELINE_STATE_SUCCEEDED` and the trained Model had been uploaded into Vertex AI, then the model_to_upload's resource name is populated. The Model is always uploaded into the Project and Location in which this pipeline is. "artifactUri": "A String", # Immutable. The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files. Not required for AutoML Models. + "baseModelSource": { # User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. # Optional. User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. + "genieSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Generative AI Studio. # Information about the base model of Genie models. + "baseModelUri": "A String", # Required. The public base model URI. + }, + "modelGardenSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Model Garden. # Source information of Model Garden models. + "publicModelName": "A String", # Required. The model garden source model resource name. + }, + }, "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model. The specification is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, and all binaries it contains are copied and stored internally by Vertex AI. Not required for AutoML Models. "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). "A String", @@ -500,6 +508,14 @@

Method Details

"modelId": "A String", # Optional. The ID to use for the uploaded Model, which will become the final component of the model resource name. This value may be up to 63 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9_-]`. The first character cannot be a number or hyphen. "modelToUpload": { # A trained machine learning Model. # Describes the Model that may be uploaded (via ModelService.UploadModel) by this TrainingPipeline. The TrainingPipeline's training_task_definition should make clear whether this Model description should be populated, and if there are any special requirements regarding how it should be filled. If nothing is mentioned in the training_task_definition, then it should be assumed that this field should not be filled and the training task either uploads the Model without a need of this information, or that training task does not support uploading a Model as part of the pipeline. When the Pipeline's state becomes `PIPELINE_STATE_SUCCEEDED` and the trained Model had been uploaded into Vertex AI, then the model_to_upload's resource name is populated. The Model is always uploaded into the Project and Location in which this pipeline is. "artifactUri": "A String", # Immutable. The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files. Not required for AutoML Models. + "baseModelSource": { # User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. # Optional. User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. + "genieSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Generative AI Studio. # Information about the base model of Genie models. + "baseModelUri": "A String", # Required. The public base model URI. + }, + "modelGardenSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Model Garden. # Source information of Model Garden models. + "publicModelName": "A String", # Required. The model garden source model resource name. + }, + }, "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model. The specification is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, and all binaries it contains are copied and stored internally by Vertex AI. Not required for AutoML Models. "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). "A String", @@ -843,6 +859,14 @@

Method Details

"modelId": "A String", # Optional. The ID to use for the uploaded Model, which will become the final component of the model resource name. This value may be up to 63 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9_-]`. The first character cannot be a number or hyphen. "modelToUpload": { # A trained machine learning Model. # Describes the Model that may be uploaded (via ModelService.UploadModel) by this TrainingPipeline. The TrainingPipeline's training_task_definition should make clear whether this Model description should be populated, and if there are any special requirements regarding how it should be filled. If nothing is mentioned in the training_task_definition, then it should be assumed that this field should not be filled and the training task either uploads the Model without a need of this information, or that training task does not support uploading a Model as part of the pipeline. When the Pipeline's state becomes `PIPELINE_STATE_SUCCEEDED` and the trained Model had been uploaded into Vertex AI, then the model_to_upload's resource name is populated. The Model is always uploaded into the Project and Location in which this pipeline is. "artifactUri": "A String", # Immutable. The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files. Not required for AutoML Models. + "baseModelSource": { # User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. # Optional. User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. + "genieSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Generative AI Studio. # Information about the base model of Genie models. + "baseModelUri": "A String", # Required. The public base model URI. + }, + "modelGardenSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Model Garden. # Source information of Model Garden models. + "publicModelName": "A String", # Required. The model garden source model resource name. + }, + }, "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model. The specification is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, and all binaries it contains are copied and stored internally by Vertex AI. Not required for AutoML Models. "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). "A String", @@ -1158,6 +1182,14 @@

Method Details

"modelId": "A String", # Optional. The ID to use for the uploaded Model, which will become the final component of the model resource name. This value may be up to 63 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9_-]`. The first character cannot be a number or hyphen. "modelToUpload": { # A trained machine learning Model. # Describes the Model that may be uploaded (via ModelService.UploadModel) by this TrainingPipeline. The TrainingPipeline's training_task_definition should make clear whether this Model description should be populated, and if there are any special requirements regarding how it should be filled. If nothing is mentioned in the training_task_definition, then it should be assumed that this field should not be filled and the training task either uploads the Model without a need of this information, or that training task does not support uploading a Model as part of the pipeline. When the Pipeline's state becomes `PIPELINE_STATE_SUCCEEDED` and the trained Model had been uploaded into Vertex AI, then the model_to_upload's resource name is populated. The Model is always uploaded into the Project and Location in which this pipeline is. "artifactUri": "A String", # Immutable. The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files. Not required for AutoML Models. + "baseModelSource": { # User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. # Optional. User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models. + "genieSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Generative AI Studio. # Information about the base model of Genie models. + "baseModelUri": "A String", # Required. The public base model URI. + }, + "modelGardenSource": { # Contains information about the source of the models generated from Model Garden. # Source information of Model Garden models. + "publicModelName": "A String", # Required. The model garden source model resource name. + }, + }, "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model. The specification is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, and all binaries it contains are copied and stored internally by Vertex AI. Not required for AutoML Models. "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.datasetVersions.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.datasetVersions.html index 8aa34cf165..14cef7f669 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.datasetVersions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.datasetVersions.html @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this DatasetVersion was created. "displayName": "A String", # The user-defined name of the DatasetVersion. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. - "metadata": "", # Required. Additional information about the DatasetVersion. + "metadata": "", # Required. Output only. Additional information about the DatasetVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the DatasetVersion. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this DatasetVersion was last updated. } @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this DatasetVersion was created. "displayName": "A String", # The user-defined name of the DatasetVersion. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. - "metadata": "", # Required. Additional information about the DatasetVersion. + "metadata": "", # Required. Output only. Additional information about the DatasetVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the DatasetVersion. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this DatasetVersion was last updated. }
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this DatasetVersion was created. "displayName": "A String", # The user-defined name of the DatasetVersion. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. - "metadata": "", # Required. Additional information about the DatasetVersion. + "metadata": "", # Required. Output only. Additional information about the DatasetVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the DatasetVersion. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this DatasetVersion was last updated. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index d0de7c5f8c..e54e2d4f65 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location from which to list the Endpoints. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required) - filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `endpoint` supports = and !=. `endpoint` represents the Endpoint ID, i.e. the last segment of the Endpoint's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and, != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels."a key"`. Some examples: * `endpoint=1` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` * `labels.myKey="myValue"` + filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `endpoint` supports = and !=. `endpoint` represents the Endpoint ID, i.e. the last segment of the Endpoint's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and, != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels."a key"`. * `base_model_name` only supports = Some examples: * `endpoint=1` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` * `labels.myKey="myValue"` * `baseModelName="text-bison"` pageSize: integer, Optional. The standard list page size. pageToken: string, Optional. The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListEndpointsResponse.next_page_token of the previous EndpointService.ListEndpoints call. readMask: string, Optional. Mask specifying which fields to read. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.featureViews.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.featureViews.html index 376d16ef6b..b56a9113b1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.featureViews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.featureViews.html @@ -99,6 +99,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single FeatureView.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists FeatureViews in a given FeatureOnlineStore.

@@ -111,9 +114,15 @@

Instance Methods

searchNearestEntities(featureView, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Search the nearest entities under a FeatureView. Search only works for indexable feature view; if a feature view isn't indexable, returns Invalid argument response.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

sync(featureView, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Triggers on-demand sync for the FeatureView.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, permissions=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

Method Details

close() @@ -154,7 +163,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the FeatureView. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureOnlineStores/{feature_online_store}/featureViews/{feature_view}` "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Output only. A Service Account unique to this FeatureView. The role bigquery.dataViewer should be granted to this service account to allow Vertex AI Feature Store to sync data to the online store. - "serviceAgentType": "A String", # Optional. Service agent type used during data sync. By default, the Vertex AI Service Agent is used. When using an IAM Policy to isolate this FeatureView within a project (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/featurestore/latest/resource-policy) a separate service account should be provisioned by setting this field to `SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_FEATURE_VIEW`. This will generate a separate service account to access the BigQuery source table. + "serviceAgentType": "A String", # Optional. Service agent type used during data sync. By default, the Vertex AI Service Agent is used. When using an IAM Policy to isolate this FeatureView within a project, a separate service account should be provisioned by setting this field to `SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_FEATURE_VIEW`. This will generate a separate service account to access the BigQuery source table. "syncConfig": { # Configuration for Sync. Only one option is set. # Configures when data is to be synced/updated for this FeatureView. At the end of the sync the latest featureValues for each entityId of this FeatureView are made ready for online serving. "cron": "A String", # Cron schedule (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron) to launch scheduled runs. To explicitly set a timezone to the cron tab, apply a prefix in the cron tab: "CRON_TZ=${IANA_TIME_ZONE}" or "TZ=${IANA_TIME_ZONE}". The ${IANA_TIME_ZONE} may only be a valid string from IANA time zone database. For example, "CRON_TZ=America/New_York 1 * * * *", or "TZ=America/New_York 1 * * * *". }, @@ -355,7 +364,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the FeatureView. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureOnlineStores/{feature_online_store}/featureViews/{feature_view}` "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Output only. A Service Account unique to this FeatureView. The role bigquery.dataViewer should be granted to this service account to allow Vertex AI Feature Store to sync data to the online store. - "serviceAgentType": "A String", # Optional. Service agent type used during data sync. By default, the Vertex AI Service Agent is used. When using an IAM Policy to isolate this FeatureView within a project (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/featurestore/latest/resource-policy) a separate service account should be provisioned by setting this field to `SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_FEATURE_VIEW`. This will generate a separate service account to access the BigQuery source table. + "serviceAgentType": "A String", # Optional. Service agent type used during data sync. By default, the Vertex AI Service Agent is used. When using an IAM Policy to isolate this FeatureView within a project, a separate service account should be provisioned by setting this field to `SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_FEATURE_VIEW`. This will generate a separate service account to access the BigQuery source table. "syncConfig": { # Configuration for Sync. Only one option is set. # Configures when data is to be synced/updated for this FeatureView. At the end of the sync the latest featureValues for each entityId of this FeatureView are made ready for online serving. "cron": "A String", # Cron schedule (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron) to launch scheduled runs. To explicitly set a timezone to the cron tab, apply a prefix in the cron tab: "CRON_TZ=${IANA_TIME_ZONE}" or "TZ=${IANA_TIME_ZONE}". The ${IANA_TIME_ZONE} may only be a valid string from IANA time zone database. For example, "CRON_TZ=America/New_York 1 * * * *", or "TZ=America/New_York 1 * * * *". }, @@ -377,6 +386,41 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists FeatureViews in a given FeatureOnlineStore.
@@ -422,7 +466,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the FeatureView. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureOnlineStores/{feature_online_store}/featureViews/{feature_view}` "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Output only. A Service Account unique to this FeatureView. The role bigquery.dataViewer should be granted to this service account to allow Vertex AI Feature Store to sync data to the online store. - "serviceAgentType": "A String", # Optional. Service agent type used during data sync. By default, the Vertex AI Service Agent is used. When using an IAM Policy to isolate this FeatureView within a project (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/featurestore/latest/resource-policy) a separate service account should be provisioned by setting this field to `SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_FEATURE_VIEW`. This will generate a separate service account to access the BigQuery source table. + "serviceAgentType": "A String", # Optional. Service agent type used during data sync. By default, the Vertex AI Service Agent is used. When using an IAM Policy to isolate this FeatureView within a project, a separate service account should be provisioned by setting this field to `SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_FEATURE_VIEW`. This will generate a separate service account to access the BigQuery source table. "syncConfig": { # Configuration for Sync. Only one option is set. # Configures when data is to be synced/updated for this FeatureView. At the end of the sync the latest featureValues for each entityId of this FeatureView are made ready for online serving. "cron": "A String", # Cron schedule (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron) to launch scheduled runs. To explicitly set a timezone to the cron tab, apply a prefix in the cron tab: "CRON_TZ=${IANA_TIME_ZONE}" or "TZ=${IANA_TIME_ZONE}". The ${IANA_TIME_ZONE} may only be a valid string from IANA time zone database. For example, "CRON_TZ=America/New_York 1 * * * *", or "TZ=America/New_York 1 * * * *". }, @@ -495,7 +539,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the FeatureView. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureOnlineStores/{feature_online_store}/featureViews/{feature_view}` "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Output only. A Service Account unique to this FeatureView. The role bigquery.dataViewer should be granted to this service account to allow Vertex AI Feature Store to sync data to the online store. - "serviceAgentType": "A String", # Optional. Service agent type used during data sync. By default, the Vertex AI Service Agent is used. When using an IAM Policy to isolate this FeatureView within a project (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/featurestore/latest/resource-policy) a separate service account should be provisioned by setting this field to `SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_FEATURE_VIEW`. This will generate a separate service account to access the BigQuery source table. + "serviceAgentType": "A String", # Optional. Service agent type used during data sync. By default, the Vertex AI Service Agent is used. When using an IAM Policy to isolate this FeatureView within a project, a separate service account should be provisioned by setting this field to `SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_FEATURE_VIEW`. This will generate a separate service account to access the BigQuery source table. "syncConfig": { # Configuration for Sync. Only one option is set. # Configures when data is to be synced/updated for this FeatureView. At the end of the sync the latest featureValues for each entityId of this FeatureView are made ready for online serving. "cron": "A String", # Cron schedule (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron) to launch scheduled runs. To explicitly set a timezone to the cron tab, apply a prefix in the cron tab: "CRON_TZ=${IANA_TIME_ZONE}" or "TZ=${IANA_TIME_ZONE}". The ${IANA_TIME_ZONE} may only be a valid string from IANA time zone database. For example, "CRON_TZ=America/New_York 1 * * * *", or "TZ=America/New_York 1 * * * *". }, @@ -646,6 +690,64 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
sync(featureView, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Triggers on-demand sync for the FeatureView.
@@ -671,4 +773,26 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ testIamPermissions(resource, permissions=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  permissions: string, The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions). (repeated)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.html index 4fa2f7776e..b8afa15a74 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.html @@ -96,6 +96,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single FeatureOnlineStore.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists FeatureOnlineStores in a given project and location.

@@ -105,6 +108,12 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single FeatureOnlineStore.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, permissions=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

Method Details

close() @@ -267,6 +276,41 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists FeatureOnlineStores in a given project and location.
@@ -410,4 +454,84 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, permissions=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  permissions: string, The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions). (repeated)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 3f64ad9bf0..ca70554bbb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -224,6 +224,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the publishers Resource.

+

+ ragCorpora() +

+

Returns the ragCorpora Resource.

+

reasoningEngines()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html index 0dbb1c6d11..b6a4a3a883 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # The request message for MatchService.FindNeighbors. +{ # LINT.IfChange The request message for MatchService.FindNeighbors. "deployedIndexId": "A String", # The ID of the DeployedIndex that will serve the request. This request is sent to a specific IndexEndpoint, as per the IndexEndpoint.network. That IndexEndpoint also has IndexEndpoint.deployed_indexes, and each such index has a DeployedIndex.id field. The value of the field below must equal one of the DeployedIndex.id fields of the IndexEndpoint that is being called for this request. "queries": [ # The list of queries. { # A query to find a number of the nearest neighbors (most similar vectors) of a vector. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html index 45162d4f8b..beaf8d6c86 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to list the Models from. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required) - filter: string, An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `model` supports = and !=. `model` represents the Model ID, i.e. the last segment of the Model's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels."a key"`. Some examples: * `model=1234` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` * `labels.myKey="myValue"` + filter: string, An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `model` supports = and !=. `model` represents the Model ID, i.e. the last segment of the Model's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels."a key"`. * `base_model_name` only supports = Some examples: * `model=1234` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` * `labels.myKey="myValue"` * `baseModelName="text-bison"` pageSize: integer, The standard list page size. pageToken: string, The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListModelsResponse.next_page_token of the previous ModelService.ListModels call. readMask: string, Mask specifying which fields to read. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..98616af8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . ragCorpora

+

Instance Methods

+

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+ +

+ ragFiles() +

+

Returns the ragFiles Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b7d266d2ba --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . ragCorpora . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to wait on. (required)
+  timeout: string, The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..91817d8cb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . ragCorpora . ragFiles

+

Instance Methods

+

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..85864d3a0d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . ragCorpora . ragFiles . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to wait on. (required)
+  timeout: string, The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html index 50982fec61..1de17c0012 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html @@ -180,6 +180,7 @@

Method Details

"outgoingServiceAttachmentLinks": [ # Optional. List of service attachments that this instance has created endpoints to connect with. Currently, only a single outgoing service attachment is supported per instance. "A String", ], + "pscDnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the instance for PSC connectivity. Name convention: ...alloydb-psc.goog "pscEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. This is populated by referencing the value from the parent cluster. "pscInterfaceConfigs": [ # Optional. Configurations for setting up PSC interfaces attached to the instance which are used for outbound connectivity. Only primary instances can have PSC interface attached. All the VMs created for the primary instance will share the same configurations. Currently we only support 0 or 1 PSC interface. { # Configuration for setting up a PSC interface. This information needs to be provided by the customer. PSC interfaces will be created and added to VMs via SLM (adding a network interface will require recreating the VM). For HA instances this will be done via LDTM. @@ -314,6 +315,7 @@

Method Details

"outgoingServiceAttachmentLinks": [ # Optional. List of service attachments that this instance has created endpoints to connect with. Currently, only a single outgoing service attachment is supported per instance. "A String", ], + "pscDnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the instance for PSC connectivity. Name convention: ...alloydb-psc.goog "pscEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. This is populated by referencing the value from the parent cluster. "pscInterfaceConfigs": [ # Optional. Configurations for setting up PSC interfaces attached to the instance which are used for outbound connectivity. Only primary instances can have PSC interface attached. All the VMs created for the primary instance will share the same configurations. Currently we only support 0 or 1 PSC interface. { # Configuration for setting up a PSC interface. This information needs to be provided by the customer. PSC interfaces will be created and added to VMs via SLM (adding a network interface will require recreating the VM). For HA instances this will be done via LDTM. @@ -539,6 +541,7 @@

Method Details

"outgoingServiceAttachmentLinks": [ # Optional. List of service attachments that this instance has created endpoints to connect with. Currently, only a single outgoing service attachment is supported per instance. "A String", ], + "pscDnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the instance for PSC connectivity. Name convention: ...alloydb-psc.goog "pscEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. This is populated by referencing the value from the parent cluster. "pscInterfaceConfigs": [ # Optional. Configurations for setting up PSC interfaces attached to the instance which are used for outbound connectivity. Only primary instances can have PSC interface attached. All the VMs created for the primary instance will share the same configurations. Currently we only support 0 or 1 PSC interface. { # Configuration for setting up a PSC interface. This information needs to be provided by the customer. PSC interfaces will be created and added to VMs via SLM (adding a network interface will require recreating the VM). For HA instances this will be done via LDTM. @@ -724,6 +727,7 @@

Method Details

"outgoingServiceAttachmentLinks": [ # Optional. List of service attachments that this instance has created endpoints to connect with. Currently, only a single outgoing service attachment is supported per instance. "A String", ], + "pscDnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the instance for PSC connectivity. Name convention: ...alloydb-psc.goog "pscEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. This is populated by referencing the value from the parent cluster. "pscInterfaceConfigs": [ # Optional. Configurations for setting up PSC interfaces attached to the instance which are used for outbound connectivity. Only primary instances can have PSC interface attached. All the VMs created for the primary instance will share the same configurations. Currently we only support 0 or 1 PSC interface. { # Configuration for setting up a PSC interface. This information needs to be provided by the customer. PSC interfaces will be created and added to VMs via SLM (adding a network interface will require recreating the VM). For HA instances this will be done via LDTM. @@ -847,6 +851,7 @@

Method Details

"outgoingServiceAttachmentLinks": [ # Optional. List of service attachments that this instance has created endpoints to connect with. Currently, only a single outgoing service attachment is supported per instance. "A String", ], + "pscDnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the instance for PSC connectivity. Name convention: ...alloydb-psc.goog "pscEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. This is populated by referencing the value from the parent cluster. "pscInterfaceConfigs": [ # Optional. Configurations for setting up PSC interfaces attached to the instance which are used for outbound connectivity. Only primary instances can have PSC interface attached. All the VMs created for the primary instance will share the same configurations. Currently we only support 0 or 1 PSC interface. { # Configuration for setting up a PSC interface. This information needs to be provided by the customer. PSC interfaces will be created and added to VMs via SLM (adding a network interface will require recreating the VM). For HA instances this will be done via LDTM. diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html index c6b42ee6a4..faa104084c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html @@ -180,6 +180,7 @@

Method Details

"outgoingServiceAttachmentLinks": [ # Optional. List of service attachments that this instance has created endpoints to connect with. Currently, only a single outgoing service attachment is supported per instance. "A String", ], + "pscDnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the instance for PSC connectivity. Name convention: ...alloydb-psc.goog "pscEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. This is populated by referencing the value from the parent cluster. "pscInterfaceConfigs": [ # Optional. Configurations for setting up PSC interfaces attached to the instance which are used for outbound connectivity. Only primary instances can have PSC interface attached. All the VMs created for the primary instance will share the same configurations. Currently we only support 0 or 1 PSC interface. { # Configuration for setting up a PSC interface. This information needs to be provided by the customer. PSC interfaces will be created and added to VMs via SLM (adding a network interface will require recreating the VM). For HA instances this will be done via LDTM. @@ -313,6 +314,7 @@

Method Details

"outgoingServiceAttachmentLinks": [ # Optional. List of service attachments that this instance has created endpoints to connect with. Currently, only a single outgoing service attachment is supported per instance. "A String", ], + "pscDnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the instance for PSC connectivity. Name convention: ...alloydb-psc.goog "pscEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. This is populated by referencing the value from the parent cluster. "pscInterfaceConfigs": [ # Optional. Configurations for setting up PSC interfaces attached to the instance which are used for outbound connectivity. Only primary instances can have PSC interface attached. All the VMs created for the primary instance will share the same configurations. Currently we only support 0 or 1 PSC interface. { # Configuration for setting up a PSC interface. This information needs to be provided by the customer. PSC interfaces will be created and added to VMs via SLM (adding a network interface will require recreating the VM). For HA instances this will be done via LDTM. @@ -537,6 +539,7 @@

Method Details

"outgoingServiceAttachmentLinks": [ # Optional. List of service attachments that this instance has created endpoints to connect with. Currently, only a single outgoing service attachment is supported per instance. "A String", ], + "pscDnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the instance for PSC connectivity. Name convention: ...alloydb-psc.goog "pscEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. This is populated by referencing the value from the parent cluster. "pscInterfaceConfigs": [ # Optional. Configurations for setting up PSC interfaces attached to the instance which are used for outbound connectivity. Only primary instances can have PSC interface attached. All the VMs created for the primary instance will share the same configurations. Currently we only support 0 or 1 PSC interface. { # Configuration for setting up a PSC interface. This information needs to be provided by the customer. PSC interfaces will be created and added to VMs via SLM (adding a network interface will require recreating the VM). For HA instances this will be done via LDTM. @@ -721,6 +724,7 @@

Method Details

"outgoingServiceAttachmentLinks": [ # Optional. List of service attachments that this instance has created endpoints to connect with. Currently, only a single outgoing service attachment is supported per instance. "A String", ], + "pscDnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the instance for PSC connectivity. Name convention: ...alloydb-psc.goog "pscEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. This is populated by referencing the value from the parent cluster. "pscInterfaceConfigs": [ # Optional. Configurations for setting up PSC interfaces attached to the instance which are used for outbound connectivity. Only primary instances can have PSC interface attached. All the VMs created for the primary instance will share the same configurations. Currently we only support 0 or 1 PSC interface. { # Configuration for setting up a PSC interface. This information needs to be provided by the customer. PSC interfaces will be created and added to VMs via SLM (adding a network interface will require recreating the VM). For HA instances this will be done via LDTM. @@ -843,6 +847,7 @@

Method Details

"outgoingServiceAttachmentLinks": [ # Optional. List of service attachments that this instance has created endpoints to connect with. Currently, only a single outgoing service attachment is supported per instance. "A String", ], + "pscDnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the instance for PSC connectivity. Name convention: ...alloydb-psc.goog "pscEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. This is populated by referencing the value from the parent cluster. "pscInterfaceConfigs": [ # Optional. Configurations for setting up PSC interfaces attached to the instance which are used for outbound connectivity. Only primary instances can have PSC interface attached. All the VMs created for the primary instance will share the same configurations. Currently we only support 0 or 1 PSC interface. { # Configuration for setting up a PSC interface. This information needs to be provided by the customer. PSC interfaces will be created and added to VMs via SLM (adding a network interface will require recreating the VM). For HA instances this will be done via LDTM. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.sites.apidocs.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.sites.apidocs.html index 706343e173..71d16d97e4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.sites.apidocs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.sites.apidocs.html @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing API product. Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. +{ # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing [API product] (/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), this flag is ignored; instead visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). "apiProductName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The `name` field of the associated [API product](/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). A portal may have only one catalog item associated with a given API product. "categoryIds": [ # Optional. The IDs of the API categories to which this catalog item belongs. @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # The catalog item resource wrapped with response status, error_code, etc. - "data": { # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing API product. Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. # The catalog item resource. + "data": { # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing [API product] (/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. # The catalog item resource. "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), this flag is ignored; instead visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). "apiProductName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The `name` field of the associated [API product](/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). A portal may have only one catalog item associated with a given API product. "categoryIds": [ # Optional. The IDs of the API categories to which this catalog item belongs. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # The catalog item resource wrapped with response status, error_code, etc. - "data": { # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing API product. Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. # The catalog item resource. + "data": { # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing [API product] (/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. # The catalog item resource. "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), this flag is ignored; instead visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). "apiProductName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The `name` field of the associated [API product](/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). A portal may have only one catalog item associated with a given API product. "categoryIds": [ # Optional. The IDs of the API categories to which this catalog item belongs. @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@

Method Details

{ "data": [ # The catalog item resources. - { # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing API product. Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. + { # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing [API product] (/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), this flag is ignored; instead visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). "apiProductName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The `name` field of the associated [API product](/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). A portal may have only one catalog item associated with a given API product. "categoryIds": [ # Optional. The IDs of the API categories to which this catalog item belongs. @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing API product. Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. +{ # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing [API product] (/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), this flag is ignored; instead visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). "apiProductName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The `name` field of the associated [API product](/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). A portal may have only one catalog item associated with a given API product. "categoryIds": [ # Optional. The IDs of the API categories to which this catalog item belongs. @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # The catalog item resource wrapped with response status, error_code, etc. - "data": { # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing API product. Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. # The catalog item resource. + "data": { # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing [API product] (/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. # The catalog item resource. "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), this flag is ignored; instead visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). "apiProductName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The `name` field of the associated [API product](/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). A portal may have only one catalog item associated with a given API product. "categoryIds": [ # Optional. The IDs of the API categories to which this catalog item belongs. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.applications.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.applications.html index 85a8a8aa2c..a7f5f694b8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.applications.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.applications.html @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Method Details

Creates an Application in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Project and location to create Application in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ 

Method Details

Deletes an Application in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Application to delete. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`. (required)
   requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets an Application in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Application to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -342,9 +342,9 @@ 

Method Details

Lists Applications in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
-  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  parent: string, Required. Project and location to list Applications on. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.applications.services.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.applications.services.html
index aac83e7db6..0c5296c66f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.applications.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.applications.services.html
@@ -82,13 +82,13 @@ 

Instance Methods

Creates a Service in an Application.

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a Service in an Application.

+

Deletes a Service from an Application.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a Service in an Application.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

List Services in an Application.

+

Lists Services in an Application.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

Creates a Service in an Application.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the parent Application to create the Service in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -188,10 +188,10 @@ 

Method Details

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a Service in an Application.
+  
Deletes a Service from an Application.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Service to delete from an Application. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}/services/{service}`. (required)
   requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets a Service in an Application.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Service to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}/services/{service}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -284,10 +284,10 @@ 

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
List Services in an Application.
+  
Lists Services in an Application.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the parent Application to list Services for. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`. (required)
   filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
   orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.applications.workloads.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.applications.workloads.html
index 4f6336eb30..0e6bf67f4f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.applications.workloads.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.applications.workloads.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Creates a Workload in an Application.

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a Workload in an Application.

+

Deletes a Workload from an Application.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a Workload in an Application.

@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

Creates a Workload in an Application.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Application to create Workload in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -188,10 +188,10 @@ 

Method Details

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a Workload in an Application.
+  
Deletes a Workload from an Application.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Workload to delete from an Application. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}/workloads/{workload}`. (required)
   requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets a Workload in an Application.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Workload to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}/workloads/{workload}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -287,9 +287,9 @@ 

Method Details

Lists Workloads in an Application.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
-  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  parent: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the parent Application to list Workloads for. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.discoveredServices.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.discoveredServices.html
index 37310d9070..61a879ccea 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.discoveredServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.discoveredServices.html
@@ -79,16 +79,16 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a discovered service in a host project and location.

+

Gets a Discovered Service in a host project and location.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists discovered services that can be added to an application in a host project and location.

+

Lists Discovered Services that can be added to an Application in a host project and location.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

lookup(parent, uri=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Looks up a discovered service in a host project and location and with a given resource URI.

+

Lists a Discovered Service in a host project and location, with a given resource URI.

Method Details

close() @@ -97,10 +97,10 @@

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a discovered service in a host project and location.
+  
Gets a Discovered Service in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Discovered Service to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/discoveredServices/{discoveredService}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -124,12 +124,12 @@ 

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists discovered services that can be added to an application in a host project and location.
+  
Lists Discovered Services that can be added to an Application in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
-  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  parent: string, Required. Project and location to list Discovered Services on. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response for ListDiscoveredServices. - "discoveredServices": [ # List of discovered services. + "discoveredServices": [ # List of Discovered Services. { # DiscoveredService is a network/api interface that exposes some functionality to clients for consumption over the network. A discovered service can be registered to a App Hub service. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the discovered service. Format: "projects/{host-project-id}/locations/{location}/discoveredServices/{uuid}"" "serviceProperties": { # Properties of an underlying cloud resource that can comprise a Service. # Output only. Properties of an underlying compute resource that can comprise a Service. These are immutable. @@ -177,11 +177,11 @@

Method Details

lookup(parent, uri=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Looks up a discovered service in a host project and location and with a given resource URI.
+  
Lists a Discovered Service in a host project and location, with a given resource URI.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
-  uri: string, Required. Resource URI to find service for. Accepts both project number and project id and does translation when needed.
+  parent: string, Required. Host project ID and location to lookup Discovered Service in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  uri: string, Required. Resource URI to find DiscoveredService for. Accepts both project number and project ID and does translation when needed.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response for LookupDiscoveredService. - "discoveredService": { # DiscoveredService is a network/api interface that exposes some functionality to clients for consumption over the network. A discovered service can be registered to a App Hub service. # Discovered service if exists, empty otherwise. + "discoveredService": { # DiscoveredService is a network/api interface that exposes some functionality to clients for consumption over the network. A discovered service can be registered to a App Hub service. # Discovered Service if exists, empty otherwise. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the discovered service. Format: "projects/{host-project-id}/locations/{location}/discoveredServices/{uuid}"" "serviceProperties": { # Properties of an underlying cloud resource that can comprise a Service. # Output only. Properties of an underlying compute resource that can comprise a Service. These are immutable. "gcpProject": "A String", # Output only. The service project identifier that the underlying cloud resource resides in. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.discoveredWorkloads.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.discoveredWorkloads.html index 4a84e2ad89..403ced11a5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.discoveredWorkloads.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.discoveredWorkloads.html @@ -79,16 +79,16 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a discovered workload in a host project and location.

+

Gets a Discovered Workload in a host project and location.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists discovered workloads that can be added to an application in a host project and location.

+

Lists Discovered Workloads that can be added to an Application in a host project and location.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

lookup(parent, uri=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Looks up a discovered Workload in a host project and location and with a given resource URI.

+

Lists a Discovered Workload in a host project and location, with a given resource URI.

Method Details

close() @@ -97,10 +97,10 @@

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a discovered workload in a host project and location.
+  
Gets a Discovered Workload in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Discovered Workload to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/discoveredWorkloads/{discoveredWorkload}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -124,12 +124,12 @@ 

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists discovered workloads that can be added to an application in a host project and location.
+  
Lists Discovered Workloads that can be added to an Application in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
-  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  parent: string, Required. Project and location to list Discovered Workloads on. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response for ListDiscoveredWorkloads. - "discoveredWorkloads": [ # List of discovered workloads. + "discoveredWorkloads": [ # List of Discovered Workloads. { # DiscoveredWorkload is a binary deployment (such as managed instance groups (MIGs) and GKE deployments) that performs the smallest logical subset of business functionality. A discovered workload can be registered to an App Hub Workload. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the discovered workload. Format: "projects/{host-project-id}/locations/{location}/discoveredWorkloads/{uuid}" "workloadProperties": { # Properties of an underlying compute resource represented by the Workload. # Output only. Properties of an underlying compute resource represented by the Workload. These are immutable. @@ -177,11 +177,11 @@

Method Details

lookup(parent, uri=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Looks up a discovered Workload in a host project and location and with a given resource URI.
+  
Lists a Discovered Workload in a host project and location, with a given resource URI.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
-  uri: string, Required. Resource URI to find workload for. Accepts both project number and project id and does translation when needed.
+  parent: string, Required. Host project ID and location to lookup Discovered Workload in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  uri: string, Required. Resource URI to find Discovered Workload for. Accepts both project number and project ID and does translation when needed.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response for LookupDiscoveredWorkload. - "discoveredWorkload": { # DiscoveredWorkload is a binary deployment (such as managed instance groups (MIGs) and GKE deployments) that performs the smallest logical subset of business functionality. A discovered workload can be registered to an App Hub Workload. # Discovered workload if exists, empty otherwise. + "discoveredWorkload": { # DiscoveredWorkload is a binary deployment (such as managed instance groups (MIGs) and GKE deployments) that performs the smallest logical subset of business functionality. A discovered workload can be registered to an App Hub Workload. # Discovered Workload if exists, empty otherwise. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the discovered workload. Format: "projects/{host-project-id}/locations/{location}/discoveredWorkloads/{uuid}" "workloadProperties": { # Properties of an underlying compute resource represented by the Workload. # Output only. Properties of an underlying compute resource represented by the Workload. These are immutable. "gcpProject": "A String", # Output only. The service project identifier that the underlying cloud resource resides in. Empty for non cloud resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.html index b6bc984c12..435a837d40 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

detachServiceProjectAttachment(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Detaches a service project from a host project. You can call this API from either a host or service project.

+

Detaches a service project from a host project. You can call this API from any service project without needing access to the host project that it is attached to.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a location.

@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

lookupServiceProjectAttachment(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Looks up a service project attachment. You can call this API from either a host or service project.

+

Lists a service project attachment for a given service project. You can call this API from any project to find if it is attached to a host project.

Method Details

close() @@ -125,10 +125,10 @@

Method Details

detachServiceProjectAttachment(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Detaches a service project from a host project. You can call this API from either a host or service project.
+  
Detaches a service project from a host project. You can call this API from any service project without needing access to the host project that it is attached to.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Service project id and location to detach from a host project. Only global location is supported. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -225,10 +225,10 @@ 

Method Details

lookupServiceProjectAttachment(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Looks up a service project attachment. You can call this API from either a host or service project.
+  
Lists a service project attachment for a given service project. You can call this API from any project to find if it is attached to a host project.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Service project ID and location to lookup service project attachment for. Only global location is supported. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.serviceProjectAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.serviceProjectAttachments.html
index f8b7acbcad..6de346fdef 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.serviceProjectAttachments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.serviceProjectAttachments.html
@@ -82,13 +82,13 @@ 

Instance Methods

Attaches a service project to the host project.

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a service project attached to the host project.

+

Deletes a service project attachment.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a service project attached to the host project.

+

Gets a service project attachment.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

List service projects attached to the host project.

+

Lists service projects attached to the host project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@

Method Details

Attaches a service project to the host project.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Host project ID and location to which service project is being attached. Only global location is supported. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ 

Method Details

} requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). - serviceProjectAttachmentId: string, Required. The service project attachment identifier must contain the project_id of the service project specified in the service_project_attachment.service_project field. Hint: "projects/{project_id}" + serviceProjectAttachmentId: string, Required. The service project attachment identifier must contain the project id of the service project specified in the service_project_attachment.service_project field. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@

Method Details

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a service project attached to the host project.
+  
Deletes a service project attachment.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the service project attachment to delete. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceProjectAttachments/{serviceProjectAttachment}`. (required)
   requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -184,10 +184,10 @@ 

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a service project attached to the host project.
+  
Gets a service project attachment.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the service project attachment to retrieve. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceProjectAttachments/{serviceProjectAttachment}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -207,12 +207,12 @@ 

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
List service projects attached to the host project.
+  
Lists service projects attached to the host project.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
-  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  parent: string, Required. Host project ID and location to list service project attachments. Only global location is supported. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.html
index 0fc5a31698..e0da3b2818 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.html
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ 

Method Details

Creates an Application in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Project and location to create Application in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ 

Method Details

Deletes an Application in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Application to delete. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`. (required)
   requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets an Application in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Application to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -366,9 +366,9 @@ 

Method Details

Lists Applications in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
-  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  parent: string, Required. Project and location to list Applications on. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.services.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.services.html
index 1f10bc1e64..7c729735a9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.services.html
@@ -82,13 +82,13 @@ 

Instance Methods

Creates a Service in an Application.

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a Service in an Application.

+

Deletes a Service from an Application.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a Service in an Application.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

List Services in an Application.

+

Lists Services in an Application.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

Creates a Service in an Application.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the parent Application to create the Service in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -201,10 +201,10 @@ 

Method Details

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a Service in an Application.
+  
Deletes a Service from an Application.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Service to delete from an Application. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}/services/{service}`. (required)
   requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets a Service in an Application.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Service to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}/services/{service}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -310,10 +310,10 @@ 

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
List Services in an Application.
+  
Lists Services in an Application.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the parent Application to list Services for. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`. (required)
   filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
   orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.workloads.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.workloads.html
index 357dc29097..542bb6236d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.workloads.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.applications.workloads.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Creates a Workload in an Application.

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a Workload in an Application.

+

Deletes a Workload from an Application.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a Workload in an Application.

@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

Creates a Workload in an Application.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Application to create Workload in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -200,10 +200,10 @@ 

Method Details

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a Workload in an Application.
+  
Deletes a Workload from an Application.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Workload to delete from an Application. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}/workloads/{workload}`. (required)
   requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets a Workload in an Application.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Workload to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}/workloads/{workload}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -311,9 +311,9 @@ 

Method Details

Lists Workloads in an Application.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
-  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  parent: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the parent Application to list Workloads for. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.discoveredServices.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.discoveredServices.html
index 708ed11679..131109db91 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.discoveredServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.discoveredServices.html
@@ -85,16 +85,16 @@ 

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a discovered service in a host project and location.

+

Gets a Discovered Service in a host project and location.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists discovered services that can be added to an application in a host project and location.

+

Lists Discovered Services that can be added to an Application in a host project and location.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

lookup(parent, uri=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Looks up a discovered service in a host project and location and with a given resource URI.

+

Lists a Discovered Service in a host project and location, with a given resource URI.

Method Details

close() @@ -106,9 +106,9 @@

Method Details

Finds unregistered services in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
-  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  parent: string, Required. Project and location to find unregistered Discovered Services on. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response for FindUnregisteredServices. - "discoveredServices": [ # List of discovered services. + "discoveredServices": [ # List of Discovered Services. { # DiscoveredService is a network/api interface that exposes some functionality to clients for consumption over the network. A discovered service can be registered to a App Hub service. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the discovered service. Format: "projects/{host-project-id}/locations/{location}/discoveredServices/{uuid}"" "serviceProperties": { # Properties of an underlying cloud resource that can comprise a Service. # Output only. Properties of an underlying compute resource that can comprise a Service. These are immutable. @@ -157,10 +157,10 @@

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a discovered service in a host project and location.
+  
Gets a Discovered Service in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Discovered Service to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/discoveredServices/{discoveredService}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -185,12 +185,12 @@ 

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists discovered services that can be added to an application in a host project and location.
+  
Lists Discovered Services that can be added to an Application in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
-  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  parent: string, Required. Project and location to list Discovered Services on. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response for ListDiscoveredServices. - "discoveredServices": [ # List of discovered services. + "discoveredServices": [ # List of Discovered Services. { # DiscoveredService is a network/api interface that exposes some functionality to clients for consumption over the network. A discovered service can be registered to a App Hub service. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the discovered service. Format: "projects/{host-project-id}/locations/{location}/discoveredServices/{uuid}"" "serviceProperties": { # Properties of an underlying cloud resource that can comprise a Service. # Output only. Properties of an underlying compute resource that can comprise a Service. These are immutable. @@ -239,11 +239,11 @@

Method Details

lookup(parent, uri=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Looks up a discovered service in a host project and location and with a given resource URI.
+  
Lists a Discovered Service in a host project and location, with a given resource URI.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
-  uri: string, Required. Resource URI to find service for. Accepts both project number and project id and does translation when needed.
+  parent: string, Required. Host project ID and location to lookup Discovered Service in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  uri: string, Required. Resource URI to find DiscoveredService for. Accepts both project number and project ID and does translation when needed.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response for LookupDiscoveredService. - "discoveredService": { # DiscoveredService is a network/api interface that exposes some functionality to clients for consumption over the network. A discovered service can be registered to a App Hub service. # Discovered service if exists, empty otherwise. + "discoveredService": { # DiscoveredService is a network/api interface that exposes some functionality to clients for consumption over the network. A discovered service can be registered to a App Hub service. # Discovered Service if exists, empty otherwise. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the discovered service. Format: "projects/{host-project-id}/locations/{location}/discoveredServices/{uuid}"" "serviceProperties": { # Properties of an underlying cloud resource that can comprise a Service. # Output only. Properties of an underlying compute resource that can comprise a Service. These are immutable. "gcpProject": "A String", # Output only. The service project identifier that the underlying cloud resource resides in. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.discoveredWorkloads.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.discoveredWorkloads.html index febf8ccd0a..50bbf80559 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.discoveredWorkloads.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.discoveredWorkloads.html @@ -85,16 +85,16 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a discovered workload in a host project and location.

+

Gets a Discovered Workload in a host project and location.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists discovered workloads that can be added to an application in a host project and location.

+

Lists Discovered Workloads that can be added to an Application in a host project and location.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

lookup(parent, uri=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Looks up a discovered Workload in a host project and location and with a given resource URI.

+

Lists a Discovered Workload in a host project and location, with a given resource URI.

Method Details

close() @@ -106,9 +106,9 @@

Method Details

Finds unregistered workloads in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
-  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  parent: string, Required. Project and location to find unregistered Discovered Workloads on. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response for FindUnregisteredWorkloads. - "discoveredWorkloads": [ # List of discovered workloads. + "discoveredWorkloads": [ # List of Discovered Workloads. { # DiscoveredWorkload is a binary deployment (such as managed instance groups (MIGs) and GKE deployments) that performs the smallest logical subset of business functionality. A discovered workload can be registered to an App Hub Workload. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the discovered workload. Format: "projects/{host-project-id}/locations/{location}/discoveredWorkloads/{uuid}" "workloadProperties": { # Properties of an underlying compute resource represented by the Workload. # Output only. Properties of an underlying compute resource represented by the Workload. These are immutable. @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a discovered workload in a host project and location.
+  
Gets a Discovered Workload in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the Discovered Workload to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/discoveredWorkloads/{discoveredWorkload}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -183,12 +183,12 @@ 

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists discovered workloads that can be added to an application in a host project and location.
+  
Lists Discovered Workloads that can be added to an Application in a host project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
-  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  parent: string, Required. Project and location to list Discovered Workloads on. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response for ListDiscoveredWorkloads. - "discoveredWorkloads": [ # List of discovered workloads. + "discoveredWorkloads": [ # List of Discovered Workloads. { # DiscoveredWorkload is a binary deployment (such as managed instance groups (MIGs) and GKE deployments) that performs the smallest logical subset of business functionality. A discovered workload can be registered to an App Hub Workload. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the discovered workload. Format: "projects/{host-project-id}/locations/{location}/discoveredWorkloads/{uuid}" "workloadProperties": { # Properties of an underlying compute resource represented by the Workload. # Output only. Properties of an underlying compute resource represented by the Workload. These are immutable. @@ -236,11 +236,11 @@

Method Details

lookup(parent, uri=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Looks up a discovered Workload in a host project and location and with a given resource URI.
+  
Lists a Discovered Workload in a host project and location, with a given resource URI.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
-  uri: string, Required. Resource URI to find workload for. Accepts both project number and project id and does translation when needed.
+  parent: string, Required. Host project ID and location to lookup Discovered Workload in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  uri: string, Required. Resource URI to find Discovered Workload for. Accepts both project number and project ID and does translation when needed.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response for LookupDiscoveredWorkload. - "discoveredWorkload": { # DiscoveredWorkload is a binary deployment (such as managed instance groups (MIGs) and GKE deployments) that performs the smallest logical subset of business functionality. A discovered workload can be registered to an App Hub Workload. # Discovered workload if exists, empty otherwise. + "discoveredWorkload": { # DiscoveredWorkload is a binary deployment (such as managed instance groups (MIGs) and GKE deployments) that performs the smallest logical subset of business functionality. A discovered workload can be registered to an App Hub Workload. # Discovered Workload if exists, empty otherwise. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the discovered workload. Format: "projects/{host-project-id}/locations/{location}/discoveredWorkloads/{uuid}" "workloadProperties": { # Properties of an underlying compute resource represented by the Workload. # Output only. Properties of an underlying compute resource represented by the Workload. These are immutable. "gcpProject": "A String", # Output only. The service project identifier that the underlying cloud resource resides in. Empty for non cloud resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html index 9204a8ef04..0c73da9674 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

detachServiceProjectAttachment(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Detaches a service project from a host project. You can call this API from either a host or service project.

+

Detaches a service project from a host project. You can call this API from any service project without needing access to the host project that it is attached to.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a location.

@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

lookupServiceProjectAttachment(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Looks up a service project attachment. You can call this API from either a host or service project.

+

Lists a service project attachment for a given service project. You can call this API from any project to find if it is attached to a host project.

Method Details

close() @@ -125,10 +125,10 @@

Method Details

detachServiceProjectAttachment(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Detaches a service project from a host project. You can call this API from either a host or service project.
+  
Detaches a service project from a host project. You can call this API from any service project without needing access to the host project that it is attached to.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Service project id and location to detach from a host project. Only global location is supported. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -225,10 +225,10 @@ 

Method Details

lookupServiceProjectAttachment(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Looks up a service project attachment. You can call this API from either a host or service project.
+  
Lists a service project attachment for a given service project. You can call this API from any project to find if it is attached to a host project.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Service project ID and location to lookup service project attachment for. Only global location is supported. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.serviceProjectAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.serviceProjectAttachments.html
index ff8d1edc26..382bf360d4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.serviceProjectAttachments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.serviceProjectAttachments.html
@@ -82,13 +82,13 @@ 

Instance Methods

Attaches a service project to the host project.

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a service project attached to the host project.

+

Deletes a service project attachment.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a service project attached to the host project.

+

Gets a service project attachment.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

List service projects attached to the host project.

+

Lists service projects attached to the host project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@

Method Details

Attaches a service project to the host project.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Host project ID and location to which service project is being attached. Only global location is supported. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ 

Method Details

} requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). - serviceProjectAttachmentId: string, Required. The service project attachment identifier must contain the project_id of the service project specified in the service_project_attachment.service_project field. Hint: "projects/{project_id}" + serviceProjectAttachmentId: string, Required. The service project attachment identifier must contain the project id of the service project specified in the service_project_attachment.service_project field. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@

Method Details

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a service project attached to the host project.
+  
Deletes a service project attachment.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the service project attachment to delete. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceProjectAttachments/{serviceProjectAttachment}`. (required)
   requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -184,10 +184,10 @@ 

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a service project attached to the host project.
+  
Gets a service project attachment.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Value for name. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Fully qualified name of the service project attachment to retrieve. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceProjectAttachments/{serviceProjectAttachment}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -207,12 +207,12 @@ 

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
List service projects attached to the host project.
+  
Lists service projects attached to the host project.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
-  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  parent: string, Required. Host project ID and location to list service project attachments. Only global location is supported. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.html
index 9cd086ebfb..a1711d3d62 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.html
@@ -74,6 +74,11 @@
 
 

Artifact Registry API

Instance Methods

+

+ media() +

+

Returns the media Resource.

+

projects()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.media.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.media.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ece2bd945 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.media.html @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ + + + +

Artifact Registry API . media

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ download(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Download a file.

+

+ download_media(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Download a file.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ download(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Download a file.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the file to download. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response to download a file.
+}
+
+ +
+ download_media(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Download a file.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the file to download. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  The media object as a string.
+
+    
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html index 30b6791b7b..892dd803a5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html @@ -221,22 +221,38 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository. "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.apt.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": { # Publicly available Apt repositories constructed from a common repository base and a custom repository path. # One of the publicly available Apt repositories supported by Artifact Registry. "repositoryBase": "A String", # A common public repository base for Apt. "repositoryPath": "A String", # A custom field to define a path to a specific repository from the base. }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the remote source. + "disableUpstreamValidation": True or False, # Input only. A create/update remote repo option to avoid making a HEAD/GET request to validate a remote repo and any supplied upstream credentials. "dockerRepository": { # Configuration for a Docker remote repository. # Specific settings for a Docker remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the custom remote repository, for ex: "https://registry-1.docker.io". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Docker repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "mavenRepository": { # Configuration for a Maven remote repository. # Specific settings for a Maven remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.maven.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Maven repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "npmRepository": { # Configuration for a Npm remote repository. # Specific settings for an Npm remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.npm.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Npm repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "pythonRepository": { # Configuration for a Python remote repository. # Specific settings for a Python remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.python.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Python repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "upstreamCredentials": { # The credentials to access the remote repository. # Optional. The credentials used to access the remote repository. @@ -246,6 +262,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "yumRepository": { # Configuration for a Yum remote repository. # Specific settings for a Yum remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.yum.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": { # Publicly available Yum repositories constructed from a common repository base and a custom repository path. # One of the publicly available Yum repositories supported by Artifact Registry. "repositoryBase": "A String", # A common public repository base for Yum. "repositoryPath": "A String", # A custom field to define a path to a specific repository from the base. @@ -392,22 +411,38 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository. "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.apt.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": { # Publicly available Apt repositories constructed from a common repository base and a custom repository path. # One of the publicly available Apt repositories supported by Artifact Registry. "repositoryBase": "A String", # A common public repository base for Apt. "repositoryPath": "A String", # A custom field to define a path to a specific repository from the base. }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the remote source. + "disableUpstreamValidation": True or False, # Input only. A create/update remote repo option to avoid making a HEAD/GET request to validate a remote repo and any supplied upstream credentials. "dockerRepository": { # Configuration for a Docker remote repository. # Specific settings for a Docker remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the custom remote repository, for ex: "https://registry-1.docker.io". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Docker repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "mavenRepository": { # Configuration for a Maven remote repository. # Specific settings for a Maven remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.maven.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Maven repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "npmRepository": { # Configuration for a Npm remote repository. # Specific settings for an Npm remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.npm.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Npm repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "pythonRepository": { # Configuration for a Python remote repository. # Specific settings for a Python remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.python.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Python repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "upstreamCredentials": { # The credentials to access the remote repository. # Optional. The credentials used to access the remote repository. @@ -417,6 +452,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "yumRepository": { # Configuration for a Yum remote repository. # Specific settings for a Yum remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.yum.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": { # Publicly available Yum repositories constructed from a common repository base and a custom repository path. # One of the publicly available Yum repositories supported by Artifact Registry. "repositoryBase": "A String", # A common public repository base for Yum. "repositoryPath": "A String", # A custom field to define a path to a specific repository from the base. @@ -539,22 +577,38 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository. "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.apt.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": { # Publicly available Apt repositories constructed from a common repository base and a custom repository path. # One of the publicly available Apt repositories supported by Artifact Registry. "repositoryBase": "A String", # A common public repository base for Apt. "repositoryPath": "A String", # A custom field to define a path to a specific repository from the base. }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the remote source. + "disableUpstreamValidation": True or False, # Input only. A create/update remote repo option to avoid making a HEAD/GET request to validate a remote repo and any supplied upstream credentials. "dockerRepository": { # Configuration for a Docker remote repository. # Specific settings for a Docker remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the custom remote repository, for ex: "https://registry-1.docker.io". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Docker repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "mavenRepository": { # Configuration for a Maven remote repository. # Specific settings for a Maven remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.maven.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Maven repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "npmRepository": { # Configuration for a Npm remote repository. # Specific settings for an Npm remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.npm.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Npm repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "pythonRepository": { # Configuration for a Python remote repository. # Specific settings for a Python remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.python.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Python repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "upstreamCredentials": { # The credentials to access the remote repository. # Optional. The credentials used to access the remote repository. @@ -564,6 +618,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "yumRepository": { # Configuration for a Yum remote repository. # Specific settings for a Yum remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.yum.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": { # Publicly available Yum repositories constructed from a common repository base and a custom repository path. # One of the publicly available Yum repositories supported by Artifact Registry. "repositoryBase": "A String", # A common public repository base for Yum. "repositoryPath": "A String", # A custom field to define a path to a specific repository from the base. @@ -657,22 +714,38 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository. "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.apt.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": { # Publicly available Apt repositories constructed from a common repository base and a custom repository path. # One of the publicly available Apt repositories supported by Artifact Registry. "repositoryBase": "A String", # A common public repository base for Apt. "repositoryPath": "A String", # A custom field to define a path to a specific repository from the base. }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the remote source. + "disableUpstreamValidation": True or False, # Input only. A create/update remote repo option to avoid making a HEAD/GET request to validate a remote repo and any supplied upstream credentials. "dockerRepository": { # Configuration for a Docker remote repository. # Specific settings for a Docker remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the custom remote repository, for ex: "https://registry-1.docker.io". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Docker repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "mavenRepository": { # Configuration for a Maven remote repository. # Specific settings for a Maven remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.maven.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Maven repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "npmRepository": { # Configuration for a Npm remote repository. # Specific settings for an Npm remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.npm.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Npm repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "pythonRepository": { # Configuration for a Python remote repository. # Specific settings for a Python remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.python.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Python repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "upstreamCredentials": { # The credentials to access the remote repository. # Optional. The credentials used to access the remote repository. @@ -682,6 +755,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "yumRepository": { # Configuration for a Yum remote repository. # Specific settings for a Yum remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.yum.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": { # Publicly available Yum repositories constructed from a common repository base and a custom repository path. # One of the publicly available Yum repositories supported by Artifact Registry. "repositoryBase": "A String", # A common public repository base for Yum. "repositoryPath": "A String", # A custom field to define a path to a specific repository from the base. @@ -758,22 +834,38 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository. "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.apt.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": { # Publicly available Apt repositories constructed from a common repository base and a custom repository path. # One of the publicly available Apt repositories supported by Artifact Registry. "repositoryBase": "A String", # A common public repository base for Apt. "repositoryPath": "A String", # A custom field to define a path to a specific repository from the base. }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the remote source. + "disableUpstreamValidation": True or False, # Input only. A create/update remote repo option to avoid making a HEAD/GET request to validate a remote repo and any supplied upstream credentials. "dockerRepository": { # Configuration for a Docker remote repository. # Specific settings for a Docker remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the custom remote repository, for ex: "https://registry-1.docker.io". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Docker repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "mavenRepository": { # Configuration for a Maven remote repository. # Specific settings for a Maven remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.maven.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Maven repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "npmRepository": { # Configuration for a Npm remote repository. # Specific settings for an Npm remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.npm.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Npm repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "pythonRepository": { # Configuration for a Python remote repository. # Specific settings for a Python remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.python.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Python repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, "upstreamCredentials": { # The credentials to access the remote repository. # Optional. The credentials used to access the remote repository. @@ -783,6 +875,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "yumRepository": { # Configuration for a Yum remote repository. # Specific settings for a Yum remote repository. + "customRepository": { # Customer-specified publicly available remote repository. # Customer-specified remote repository. + "uri": "A String", # An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: "https://my.yum.registry/". + }, "publicRepository": { # Publicly available Yum repositories constructed from a common repository base and a custom repository path. # One of the publicly available Yum repositories supported by Artifact Registry. "repositoryBase": "A String", # A common public repository base for Yum. "repositoryPath": "A String", # A custom field to define a path to a specific repository from the base. diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html index 2626875b65..178e1e4caa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html @@ -99,6 +99,9 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a package.

Method Details

close() @@ -155,6 +158,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Packages are named collections of versions. + "annotations": { # Optional. Client specified annotations. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # The time when the package was created. "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the package. "name": "A String", # The name of the package, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1`. If the package ID part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. @@ -182,6 +188,9 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # The token to retrieve the next page of packages, or empty if there are no more packages to return. "packages": [ # The packages returned. { # Packages are named collections of versions. + "annotations": { # Optional. Client specified annotations. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # The time when the package was created. "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the package. "name": "A String", # The name of the package, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1`. If the package ID part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. @@ -205,4 +214,43 @@

Method Details

+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a package.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the package, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1`. If the package ID part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Packages are named collections of versions.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Client specified annotations.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # The time when the package was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the package.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the package, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1`. If the package ID part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the package was last updated. This includes publishing a new version of the package.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The update mask applies to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Packages are named collections of versions.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Client specified annotations.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # The time when the package was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the package.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the package, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1`. If the package ID part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the package was last updated. This includes publishing a new version of the package.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.html index 9275536b98..820fcde465 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Artifact Registry API

Instance Methods

+

+ media() +

+

Returns the media Resource.

+

projects()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.media.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.media.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7448011a9d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.media.html @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ + + + +

Artifact Registry API . media

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ download(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Download a file.

+

+ download_media(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Download a file.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ download(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Download a file.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the file to download. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response to download a file.
+}
+
+ +
+ download_media(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Download a file.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the file to download. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  The media object as a string.
+
+    
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html index 30a1283aa2..bada6275af 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html @@ -99,6 +99,9 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a package.

Method Details

close() @@ -155,6 +158,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Packages are named collections of versions. + "annotations": { # Optional. Client specified annotations. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # The time when the package was created. "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the package. "name": "A String", # The name of the package, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1`. If the package ID part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. @@ -182,6 +188,9 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # The token to retrieve the next page of packages, or empty if there are no more packages to return. "packages": [ # The packages returned. { # Packages are named collections of versions. + "annotations": { # Optional. Client specified annotations. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # The time when the package was created. "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the package. "name": "A String", # The name of the package, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1`. If the package ID part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. @@ -205,4 +214,43 @@

Method Details

+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a package.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the package, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1`. If the package ID part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Packages are named collections of versions.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Client specified annotations.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # The time when the package was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the package.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the package, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1`. If the package ID part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the package was last updated. This includes publishing a new version of the package.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The update mask applies to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Packages are named collections of versions.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Client specified annotations.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # The time when the package was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the package.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the package, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1`. If the package ID part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the package was last updated. This includes publishing a new version of the package.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.proxyConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.proxyConfigs.html index 8c11b0327f..4f3b282067 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.proxyConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.proxyConfigs.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

"routingInfo": { # Message contains the routing information to direct traffic to the proxy server. # Required. Routing info to direct traffic to the proxy server. "pacUri": "A String", # Required. Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) URI. }, - "transportInfo": { # Message contains the transport layer information to verify the proxy server. # Required. Transport layer information to verify for the proxy server. + "transportInfo": { # Message contains the transport layer information to verify the proxy server. # Optional. Transport layer information to verify for the proxy server. "serverCaCertPem": "A String", # Required. PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the proxy server certificate. "sslDecryptCaCertPem": "A String", # Optional. PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the certificate used by proxy server for SSL decryption. }, @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@

Method Details

"routingInfo": { # Message contains the routing information to direct traffic to the proxy server. # Required. Routing info to direct traffic to the proxy server. "pacUri": "A String", # Required. Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) URI. }, - "transportInfo": { # Message contains the transport layer information to verify the proxy server. # Required. Transport layer information to verify for the proxy server. + "transportInfo": { # Message contains the transport layer information to verify the proxy server. # Optional. Transport layer information to verify for the proxy server. "serverCaCertPem": "A String", # Required. PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the proxy server certificate. "sslDecryptCaCertPem": "A String", # Optional. PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the certificate used by proxy server for SSL decryption. }, @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@

Method Details

"routingInfo": { # Message contains the routing information to direct traffic to the proxy server. # Required. Routing info to direct traffic to the proxy server. "pacUri": "A String", # Required. Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) URI. }, - "transportInfo": { # Message contains the transport layer information to verify the proxy server. # Required. Transport layer information to verify for the proxy server. + "transportInfo": { # Message contains the transport layer information to verify the proxy server. # Optional. Transport layer information to verify for the proxy server. "serverCaCertPem": "A String", # Required. PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the proxy server certificate. "sslDecryptCaCertPem": "A String", # Optional. PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the certificate used by proxy server for SSL decryption. }, @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@

Method Details

"routingInfo": { # Message contains the routing information to direct traffic to the proxy server. # Required. Routing info to direct traffic to the proxy server. "pacUri": "A String", # Required. Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) URI. }, - "transportInfo": { # Message contains the transport layer information to verify the proxy server. # Required. Transport layer information to verify for the proxy server. + "transportInfo": { # Message contains the transport layer information to verify the proxy server. # Optional. Transport layer information to verify for the proxy server. "serverCaCertPem": "A String", # Required. PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the proxy server certificate. "sslDecryptCaCertPem": "A String", # Optional. PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the certificate used by proxy server for SSL decryption. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.global_.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.global_.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..da0de82d55 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.global_.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

BeyondCorp API . projects . locations . global_

+

Instance Methods

+

+ securityGateways() +

+

Returns the securityGateways Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.global_.securityGateways.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.global_.securityGateways.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..16b1c14a79 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.global_.securityGateways.html @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ + + + +

BeyondCorp API . projects . locations . global_ . securityGateways

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, securityGatewayId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new SecurityGateway in a given project and global location.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single SecurityGateway.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single SecurityGateway.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists SecurityGateways in a given project and global location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the parameters of a single SecurityGateway.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, securityGatewayId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new SecurityGateway in a given project and global location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource project name of the SecurityGateway location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Information about a BeyoncCorp SecurityGateway resource.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the SecurityGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource.
+  "regionConfigs": [ # Optional. List of regions where the egress connectivity is required.
+    { # Message contains the configuration for each supported region for the securityGateway instance.
+      "egressIpAddresses": [ # Output only. External IP addresses that will be used for establishing connection to the egress endpoints.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "region": "A String", # Required. The region where the egress connectivity is required.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The operational state of the SecurityGateway.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request.
+  securityGatewayId: string, Optional. User-settable SecurityGateway resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or letter.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single SecurityGateway.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. BeyondCorp SecurityGateway name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/securityGateways/{security_gateway_id}` (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validates request by executing a dry-run which would not alter the resource in any way.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single SecurityGateway.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the PartnerTenant using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/securityGateway/{security_gateway_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Information about a BeyoncCorp SecurityGateway resource.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the SecurityGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource.
+  "regionConfigs": [ # Optional. List of regions where the egress connectivity is required.
+    { # Message contains the configuration for each supported region for the securityGateway instance.
+      "egressIpAddresses": [ # Output only. External IP addresses that will be used for establishing connection to the egress endpoints.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "region": "A String", # Required. The region where the egress connectivity is required.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The operational state of the SecurityGateway.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists SecurityGateways in a given project and global location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent location to which the resources belong. `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A filter specifying constraints of a list operation. All fields in the SecurityGateway message are supported. For example, the following query will return the SecurityGateway with displayName "test-security-gateway" For more information, please refer to https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Specifies the ordering of results. See [Sorting order](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order) for more information.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 50 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous ListSecurityGatewayRequest, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to listing SecurityGateways.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "securityGateways": [ # A list of BeyondCorp SecurityGateway in the project.
+    { # Information about a BeyoncCorp SecurityGateway resource.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the SecurityGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource.
+      "regionConfigs": [ # Optional. List of regions where the egress connectivity is required.
+        { # Message contains the configuration for each supported region for the securityGateway instance.
+          "egressIpAddresses": [ # Output only. External IP addresses that will be used for establishing connection to the egress endpoints.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "region": "A String", # Required. The region where the egress connectivity is required.
+        },
+      ],
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The operational state of the SecurityGateway.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # A list of locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the parameters of a single SecurityGateway.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. Name of the resource. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Information about a BeyoncCorp SecurityGateway resource.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the SecurityGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource.
+  "regionConfigs": [ # Optional. List of regions where the egress connectivity is required.
+    { # Message contains the configuration for each supported region for the securityGateway instance.
+      "egressIpAddresses": [ # Output only. External IP addresses that will be used for establishing connection to the egress endpoints.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "region": "A String", # Required. The region where the egress connectivity is required.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The operational state of the SecurityGateway.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request timed out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Required. Mutable fields include: display_name, gateway_regions.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.html index e7fd7ab23b..73445c02e5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.html @@ -119,6 +119,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the connectors Resource.

+

+ global_() +

+

Returns the global_ Resource.

+

insights()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html index 41a7bde1a2..91d6b94f03 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html @@ -199,6 +199,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "lastModifiedTime": "A String", # Output only. The date when this dataset was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch. + "linkedDatasetMetadata": { # Metadata about the Linked Dataset. # Output only. Metadata about the LinkedDataset. Filled out when the dataset type is LINKED. + "linkState": "A String", # Output only. Specifies whether Linked Dataset is currently in a linked state or not. + }, "linkedDatasetSource": { # A dataset source type which refers to another BigQuery dataset. # Optional. The source dataset reference when the dataset is of type LINKED. For all other dataset types it is not set. This field cannot be updated once it is set. Any attempt to update this field using Update and Patch API Operations will be ignored. "sourceDataset": { # The source dataset reference contains project numbers and not project ids. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -286,6 +289,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "lastModifiedTime": "A String", # Output only. The date when this dataset was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch. + "linkedDatasetMetadata": { # Metadata about the Linked Dataset. # Output only. Metadata about the LinkedDataset. Filled out when the dataset type is LINKED. + "linkState": "A String", # Output only. Specifies whether Linked Dataset is currently in a linked state or not. + }, "linkedDatasetSource": { # A dataset source type which refers to another BigQuery dataset. # Optional. The source dataset reference when the dataset is of type LINKED. For all other dataset types it is not set. This field cannot be updated once it is set. Any attempt to update this field using Update and Patch API Operations will be ignored. "sourceDataset": { # The source dataset reference contains project numbers and not project ids. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -371,6 +377,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "lastModifiedTime": "A String", # Output only. The date when this dataset was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch. + "linkedDatasetMetadata": { # Metadata about the Linked Dataset. # Output only. Metadata about the LinkedDataset. Filled out when the dataset type is LINKED. + "linkState": "A String", # Output only. Specifies whether Linked Dataset is currently in a linked state or not. + }, "linkedDatasetSource": { # A dataset source type which refers to another BigQuery dataset. # Optional. The source dataset reference when the dataset is of type LINKED. For all other dataset types it is not set. This field cannot be updated once it is set. Any attempt to update this field using Update and Patch API Operations will be ignored. "sourceDataset": { # The source dataset reference contains project numbers and not project ids. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -516,6 +525,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "lastModifiedTime": "A String", # Output only. The date when this dataset was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch. + "linkedDatasetMetadata": { # Metadata about the Linked Dataset. # Output only. Metadata about the LinkedDataset. Filled out when the dataset type is LINKED. + "linkState": "A String", # Output only. Specifies whether Linked Dataset is currently in a linked state or not. + }, "linkedDatasetSource": { # A dataset source type which refers to another BigQuery dataset. # Optional. The source dataset reference when the dataset is of type LINKED. For all other dataset types it is not set. This field cannot be updated once it is set. Any attempt to update this field using Update and Patch API Operations will be ignored. "sourceDataset": { # The source dataset reference contains project numbers and not project ids. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -601,6 +613,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "lastModifiedTime": "A String", # Output only. The date when this dataset was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch. + "linkedDatasetMetadata": { # Metadata about the Linked Dataset. # Output only. Metadata about the LinkedDataset. Filled out when the dataset type is LINKED. + "linkState": "A String", # Output only. Specifies whether Linked Dataset is currently in a linked state or not. + }, "linkedDatasetSource": { # A dataset source type which refers to another BigQuery dataset. # Optional. The source dataset reference when the dataset is of type LINKED. For all other dataset types it is not set. This field cannot be updated once it is set. Any attempt to update this field using Update and Patch API Operations will be ignored. "sourceDataset": { # The source dataset reference contains project numbers and not project ids. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -701,6 +716,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "lastModifiedTime": "A String", # Output only. The date when this dataset was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch. + "linkedDatasetMetadata": { # Metadata about the Linked Dataset. # Output only. Metadata about the LinkedDataset. Filled out when the dataset type is LINKED. + "linkState": "A String", # Output only. Specifies whether Linked Dataset is currently in a linked state or not. + }, "linkedDatasetSource": { # A dataset source type which refers to another BigQuery dataset. # Optional. The source dataset reference when the dataset is of type LINKED. For all other dataset types it is not set. This field cannot be updated once it is set. Any attempt to update this field using Update and Patch API Operations will be ignored. "sourceDataset": { # The source dataset reference contains project numbers and not project ids. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -789,6 +807,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "lastModifiedTime": "A String", # Output only. The date when this dataset was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch. + "linkedDatasetMetadata": { # Metadata about the Linked Dataset. # Output only. Metadata about the LinkedDataset. Filled out when the dataset type is LINKED. + "linkState": "A String", # Output only. Specifies whether Linked Dataset is currently in a linked state or not. + }, "linkedDatasetSource": { # A dataset source type which refers to another BigQuery dataset. # Optional. The source dataset reference when the dataset is of type LINKED. For all other dataset types it is not set. This field cannot be updated once it is set. Any attempt to update this field using Update and Patch API Operations will be ignored. "sourceDataset": { # The source dataset reference contains project numbers and not project ids. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -874,6 +895,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "lastModifiedTime": "A String", # Output only. The date when this dataset was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch. + "linkedDatasetMetadata": { # Metadata about the Linked Dataset. # Output only. Metadata about the LinkedDataset. Filled out when the dataset type is LINKED. + "linkState": "A String", # Output only. Specifies whether Linked Dataset is currently in a linked state or not. + }, "linkedDatasetSource": { # A dataset source type which refers to another BigQuery dataset. # Optional. The source dataset reference when the dataset is of type LINKED. For all other dataset types it is not set. This field cannot be updated once it is set. Any attempt to update this field using Update and Patch API Operations will be ignored. "sourceDataset": { # The source dataset reference contains project numbers and not project ids. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html index 59b8f56566..07e9ff2940 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html @@ -274,11 +274,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -496,11 +496,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -1303,11 +1303,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -1330,8 +1330,8 @@

Method Details

"endpoints": { # Output only. Endpoints returned from Dataproc. Key list: - history_server_endpoint: A link to Spark job UI. "a_key": "A String", }, - "gcsStagingBucket": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud Storage bucket that is used as the default filesystem by the Spark application. This fields is only filled when the Spark procedure uses the INVOKER security mode. It is inferred from the system variable @@spark_proc_properties.staging_bucket if it is provided. Otherwise, BigQuery creates a default staging bucket for the job and returns the bucket name in this field. Example: * `gs://[bucket_name]` - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud KMS encryption key that is used to protect the resources created by the Spark job. If the Spark procedure uses DEFINER security mode, the Cloud KMS key is inferred from the Spark connection associated with the procedure if it is provided. Otherwise the key is inferred from the default key of the Spark connection's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. If the Spark procedure uses INVOKER security mode, the Cloud KMS encryption key is inferred from the system variable @@spark_proc_properties.kms_key_name if it is provided. Otherwise, the key is inferred fromt he default key of the BigQuery job's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. Example: * `projects/[kms_project_id]/locations/[region]/keyRings/[key_region]/cryptoKeys/[key]` + "gcsStagingBucket": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud Storage bucket that is used as the default file system by the Spark application. This field is only filled when the Spark procedure uses the invoker security mode. The `gcsStagingBucket` bucket is inferred from the `@@spark_proc_properties.staging_bucket` system variable (if it is provided). Otherwise, BigQuery creates a default staging bucket for the job and returns the bucket name in this field. Example: * `gs://[bucket_name]` + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud KMS encryption key that is used to protect the resources created by the Spark job. If the Spark procedure uses the invoker security mode, the Cloud KMS encryption key is either inferred from the provided system variable, `@@spark_proc_properties.kms_key_name`, or the default key of the BigQuery job's project (if the CMEK organization policy is enforced). Otherwise, the Cloud KMS key is either inferred from the Spark connection associated with the procedure (if it is provided), or from the default key of the Spark connection's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. Example: * `projects/[kms_project_id]/locations/[region]/keyRings/[key_region]/cryptoKeys/[key]` "loggingInfo": { # Spark job logs can be filtered by these fields in Cloud Logging. # Output only. Logging info is used to generate a link to Cloud Logging. "projectId": "A String", # Output only. Project ID where the Spark logs were written. "resourceType": "A String", # Output only. Resource type used for logging. @@ -1649,11 +1649,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -1871,11 +1871,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -2678,11 +2678,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -2705,8 +2705,8 @@

Method Details

"endpoints": { # Output only. Endpoints returned from Dataproc. Key list: - history_server_endpoint: A link to Spark job UI. "a_key": "A String", }, - "gcsStagingBucket": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud Storage bucket that is used as the default filesystem by the Spark application. This fields is only filled when the Spark procedure uses the INVOKER security mode. It is inferred from the system variable @@spark_proc_properties.staging_bucket if it is provided. Otherwise, BigQuery creates a default staging bucket for the job and returns the bucket name in this field. Example: * `gs://[bucket_name]` - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud KMS encryption key that is used to protect the resources created by the Spark job. If the Spark procedure uses DEFINER security mode, the Cloud KMS key is inferred from the Spark connection associated with the procedure if it is provided. Otherwise the key is inferred from the default key of the Spark connection's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. If the Spark procedure uses INVOKER security mode, the Cloud KMS encryption key is inferred from the system variable @@spark_proc_properties.kms_key_name if it is provided. Otherwise, the key is inferred fromt he default key of the BigQuery job's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. Example: * `projects/[kms_project_id]/locations/[region]/keyRings/[key_region]/cryptoKeys/[key]` + "gcsStagingBucket": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud Storage bucket that is used as the default file system by the Spark application. This field is only filled when the Spark procedure uses the invoker security mode. The `gcsStagingBucket` bucket is inferred from the `@@spark_proc_properties.staging_bucket` system variable (if it is provided). Otherwise, BigQuery creates a default staging bucket for the job and returns the bucket name in this field. Example: * `gs://[bucket_name]` + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud KMS encryption key that is used to protect the resources created by the Spark job. If the Spark procedure uses the invoker security mode, the Cloud KMS encryption key is either inferred from the provided system variable, `@@spark_proc_properties.kms_key_name`, or the default key of the BigQuery job's project (if the CMEK organization policy is enforced). Otherwise, the Cloud KMS key is either inferred from the Spark connection associated with the procedure (if it is provided), or from the default key of the Spark connection's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. Example: * `projects/[kms_project_id]/locations/[region]/keyRings/[key_region]/cryptoKeys/[key]` "loggingInfo": { # Spark job logs can be filtered by these fields in Cloud Logging. # Output only. Logging info is used to generate a link to Cloud Logging. "projectId": "A String", # Output only. Project ID where the Spark logs were written. "resourceType": "A String", # Output only. Resource type used for logging. @@ -2908,11 +2908,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -3096,11 +3096,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -3318,11 +3318,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -4125,11 +4125,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -4152,8 +4152,8 @@

Method Details

"endpoints": { # Output only. Endpoints returned from Dataproc. Key list: - history_server_endpoint: A link to Spark job UI. "a_key": "A String", }, - "gcsStagingBucket": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud Storage bucket that is used as the default filesystem by the Spark application. This fields is only filled when the Spark procedure uses the INVOKER security mode. It is inferred from the system variable @@spark_proc_properties.staging_bucket if it is provided. Otherwise, BigQuery creates a default staging bucket for the job and returns the bucket name in this field. Example: * `gs://[bucket_name]` - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud KMS encryption key that is used to protect the resources created by the Spark job. If the Spark procedure uses DEFINER security mode, the Cloud KMS key is inferred from the Spark connection associated with the procedure if it is provided. Otherwise the key is inferred from the default key of the Spark connection's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. If the Spark procedure uses INVOKER security mode, the Cloud KMS encryption key is inferred from the system variable @@spark_proc_properties.kms_key_name if it is provided. Otherwise, the key is inferred fromt he default key of the BigQuery job's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. Example: * `projects/[kms_project_id]/locations/[region]/keyRings/[key_region]/cryptoKeys/[key]` + "gcsStagingBucket": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud Storage bucket that is used as the default file system by the Spark application. This field is only filled when the Spark procedure uses the invoker security mode. The `gcsStagingBucket` bucket is inferred from the `@@spark_proc_properties.staging_bucket` system variable (if it is provided). Otherwise, BigQuery creates a default staging bucket for the job and returns the bucket name in this field. Example: * `gs://[bucket_name]` + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud KMS encryption key that is used to protect the resources created by the Spark job. If the Spark procedure uses the invoker security mode, the Cloud KMS encryption key is either inferred from the provided system variable, `@@spark_proc_properties.kms_key_name`, or the default key of the BigQuery job's project (if the CMEK organization policy is enforced). Otherwise, the Cloud KMS key is either inferred from the Spark connection associated with the procedure (if it is provided), or from the default key of the Spark connection's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. Example: * `projects/[kms_project_id]/locations/[region]/keyRings/[key_region]/cryptoKeys/[key]` "loggingInfo": { # Spark job logs can be filtered by these fields in Cloud Logging. # Output only. Logging info is used to generate a link to Cloud Logging. "projectId": "A String", # Output only. Project ID where the Spark logs were written. "resourceType": "A String", # Output only. Resource type used for logging. @@ -4442,11 +4442,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -4664,11 +4664,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -5471,11 +5471,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -5498,8 +5498,8 @@

Method Details

"endpoints": { # Output only. Endpoints returned from Dataproc. Key list: - history_server_endpoint: A link to Spark job UI. "a_key": "A String", }, - "gcsStagingBucket": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud Storage bucket that is used as the default filesystem by the Spark application. This fields is only filled when the Spark procedure uses the INVOKER security mode. It is inferred from the system variable @@spark_proc_properties.staging_bucket if it is provided. Otherwise, BigQuery creates a default staging bucket for the job and returns the bucket name in this field. Example: * `gs://[bucket_name]` - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud KMS encryption key that is used to protect the resources created by the Spark job. If the Spark procedure uses DEFINER security mode, the Cloud KMS key is inferred from the Spark connection associated with the procedure if it is provided. Otherwise the key is inferred from the default key of the Spark connection's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. If the Spark procedure uses INVOKER security mode, the Cloud KMS encryption key is inferred from the system variable @@spark_proc_properties.kms_key_name if it is provided. Otherwise, the key is inferred fromt he default key of the BigQuery job's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. Example: * `projects/[kms_project_id]/locations/[region]/keyRings/[key_region]/cryptoKeys/[key]` + "gcsStagingBucket": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud Storage bucket that is used as the default file system by the Spark application. This field is only filled when the Spark procedure uses the invoker security mode. The `gcsStagingBucket` bucket is inferred from the `@@spark_proc_properties.staging_bucket` system variable (if it is provided). Otherwise, BigQuery creates a default staging bucket for the job and returns the bucket name in this field. Example: * `gs://[bucket_name]` + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud KMS encryption key that is used to protect the resources created by the Spark job. If the Spark procedure uses the invoker security mode, the Cloud KMS encryption key is either inferred from the provided system variable, `@@spark_proc_properties.kms_key_name`, or the default key of the BigQuery job's project (if the CMEK organization policy is enforced). Otherwise, the Cloud KMS key is either inferred from the Spark connection associated with the procedure (if it is provided), or from the default key of the Spark connection's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. Example: * `projects/[kms_project_id]/locations/[region]/keyRings/[key_region]/cryptoKeys/[key]` "loggingInfo": { # Spark job logs can be filtered by these fields in Cloud Logging. # Output only. Logging info is used to generate a link to Cloud Logging. "projectId": "A String", # Output only. Project ID where the Spark logs were written. "resourceType": "A String", # Output only. Resource type used for logging. @@ -5811,11 +5811,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -6033,11 +6033,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -6842,11 +6842,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -6869,8 +6869,8 @@

Method Details

"endpoints": { # Output only. Endpoints returned from Dataproc. Key list: - history_server_endpoint: A link to Spark job UI. "a_key": "A String", }, - "gcsStagingBucket": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud Storage bucket that is used as the default filesystem by the Spark application. This fields is only filled when the Spark procedure uses the INVOKER security mode. It is inferred from the system variable @@spark_proc_properties.staging_bucket if it is provided. Otherwise, BigQuery creates a default staging bucket for the job and returns the bucket name in this field. Example: * `gs://[bucket_name]` - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud KMS encryption key that is used to protect the resources created by the Spark job. If the Spark procedure uses DEFINER security mode, the Cloud KMS key is inferred from the Spark connection associated with the procedure if it is provided. Otherwise the key is inferred from the default key of the Spark connection's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. If the Spark procedure uses INVOKER security mode, the Cloud KMS encryption key is inferred from the system variable @@spark_proc_properties.kms_key_name if it is provided. Otherwise, the key is inferred fromt he default key of the BigQuery job's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. Example: * `projects/[kms_project_id]/locations/[region]/keyRings/[key_region]/cryptoKeys/[key]` + "gcsStagingBucket": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud Storage bucket that is used as the default file system by the Spark application. This field is only filled when the Spark procedure uses the invoker security mode. The `gcsStagingBucket` bucket is inferred from the `@@spark_proc_properties.staging_bucket` system variable (if it is provided). Otherwise, BigQuery creates a default staging bucket for the job and returns the bucket name in this field. Example: * `gs://[bucket_name]` + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud KMS encryption key that is used to protect the resources created by the Spark job. If the Spark procedure uses the invoker security mode, the Cloud KMS encryption key is either inferred from the provided system variable, `@@spark_proc_properties.kms_key_name`, or the default key of the BigQuery job's project (if the CMEK organization policy is enforced). Otherwise, the Cloud KMS key is either inferred from the Spark connection associated with the procedure (if it is provided), or from the default key of the Spark connection's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. Example: * `projects/[kms_project_id]/locations/[region]/keyRings/[key_region]/cryptoKeys/[key]` "loggingInfo": { # Spark job logs can be filtered by these fields in Cloud Logging. # Output only. Logging info is used to generate a link to Cloud Logging. "projectId": "A String", # Output only. Project ID where the Spark logs were written. "resourceType": "A String", # Output only. Resource type used for logging. @@ -7161,11 +7161,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html index 11b306b113..dc054ba512 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html @@ -273,11 +273,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -359,6 +359,13 @@

Method Details

"numTimeTravelPhysicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. Number of physical bytes used by time travel storage (deleted or changed data). This data is not kept in real time, and might be delayed by a few seconds to a few minutes. "numTotalLogicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total number of logical bytes in the table or materialized view. "numTotalPhysicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. The physical size of this table in bytes. This also includes storage used for time travel. This data is not kept in real time, and might be delayed by a few seconds to a few minutes. + "partitionDefinition": { # The partitioning information, which includes managed table and external table partition information. # Output only. The partition information for all table formats, including managed partitioned tables, hive partitioned tables, and iceberg partitioned tables. + "partitionedColumn": [ # Output only. Details about each partitioning column. BigQuery native tables only support 1 partitioning column. Other table types may support 0, 1 or more partitioning columns. + { # The partitioning column information. + "field": "A String", # Output only. The name of the partition column. + }, + ], + }, "rangePartitioning": { # If specified, configures range partitioning for this table. "field": "A String", # Required. [Experimental] The table is partitioned by this field. The field must be a top-level NULLABLE/REQUIRED field. The only supported type is INTEGER/INT64. "range": { # [Experimental] Defines the ranges for range partitioning. @@ -402,11 +409,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -685,11 +692,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -771,6 +778,13 @@

Method Details

"numTimeTravelPhysicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. Number of physical bytes used by time travel storage (deleted or changed data). This data is not kept in real time, and might be delayed by a few seconds to a few minutes. "numTotalLogicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total number of logical bytes in the table or materialized view. "numTotalPhysicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. The physical size of this table in bytes. This also includes storage used for time travel. This data is not kept in real time, and might be delayed by a few seconds to a few minutes. + "partitionDefinition": { # The partitioning information, which includes managed table and external table partition information. # Output only. The partition information for all table formats, including managed partitioned tables, hive partitioned tables, and iceberg partitioned tables. + "partitionedColumn": [ # Output only. Details about each partitioning column. BigQuery native tables only support 1 partitioning column. Other table types may support 0, 1 or more partitioning columns. + { # The partitioning column information. + "field": "A String", # Output only. The name of the partition column. + }, + ], + }, "rangePartitioning": { # If specified, configures range partitioning for this table. "field": "A String", # Required. [Experimental] The table is partitioned by this field. The field must be a top-level NULLABLE/REQUIRED field. The only supported type is INTEGER/INT64. "range": { # [Experimental] Defines the ranges for range partitioning. @@ -814,11 +828,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -1038,11 +1052,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -1124,6 +1138,13 @@

Method Details

"numTimeTravelPhysicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. Number of physical bytes used by time travel storage (deleted or changed data). This data is not kept in real time, and might be delayed by a few seconds to a few minutes. "numTotalLogicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total number of logical bytes in the table or materialized view. "numTotalPhysicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. The physical size of this table in bytes. This also includes storage used for time travel. This data is not kept in real time, and might be delayed by a few seconds to a few minutes. + "partitionDefinition": { # The partitioning information, which includes managed table and external table partition information. # Output only. The partition information for all table formats, including managed partitioned tables, hive partitioned tables, and iceberg partitioned tables. + "partitionedColumn": [ # Output only. Details about each partitioning column. BigQuery native tables only support 1 partitioning column. Other table types may support 0, 1 or more partitioning columns. + { # The partitioning column information. + "field": "A String", # Output only. The name of the partition column. + }, + ], + }, "rangePartitioning": { # If specified, configures range partitioning for this table. "field": "A String", # Required. [Experimental] The table is partitioned by this field. The field must be a top-level NULLABLE/REQUIRED field. The only supported type is INTEGER/INT64. "range": { # [Experimental] Defines the ranges for range partitioning. @@ -1167,11 +1188,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -1483,11 +1504,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -1569,6 +1590,13 @@

Method Details

"numTimeTravelPhysicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. Number of physical bytes used by time travel storage (deleted or changed data). This data is not kept in real time, and might be delayed by a few seconds to a few minutes. "numTotalLogicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total number of logical bytes in the table or materialized view. "numTotalPhysicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. The physical size of this table in bytes. This also includes storage used for time travel. This data is not kept in real time, and might be delayed by a few seconds to a few minutes. + "partitionDefinition": { # The partitioning information, which includes managed table and external table partition information. # Output only. The partition information for all table formats, including managed partitioned tables, hive partitioned tables, and iceberg partitioned tables. + "partitionedColumn": [ # Output only. Details about each partitioning column. BigQuery native tables only support 1 partitioning column. Other table types may support 0, 1 or more partitioning columns. + { # The partitioning column information. + "field": "A String", # Output only. The name of the partition column. + }, + ], + }, "rangePartitioning": { # If specified, configures range partitioning for this table. "field": "A String", # Required. [Experimental] The table is partitioned by this field. The field must be a top-level NULLABLE/REQUIRED field. The only supported type is INTEGER/INT64. "range": { # [Experimental] Defines the ranges for range partitioning. @@ -1612,11 +1640,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -1837,11 +1865,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -1923,6 +1951,13 @@

Method Details

"numTimeTravelPhysicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. Number of physical bytes used by time travel storage (deleted or changed data). This data is not kept in real time, and might be delayed by a few seconds to a few minutes. "numTotalLogicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total number of logical bytes in the table or materialized view. "numTotalPhysicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. The physical size of this table in bytes. This also includes storage used for time travel. This data is not kept in real time, and might be delayed by a few seconds to a few minutes. + "partitionDefinition": { # The partitioning information, which includes managed table and external table partition information. # Output only. The partition information for all table formats, including managed partitioned tables, hive partitioned tables, and iceberg partitioned tables. + "partitionedColumn": [ # Output only. Details about each partitioning column. BigQuery native tables only support 1 partitioning column. Other table types may support 0, 1 or more partitioning columns. + { # The partitioning column information. + "field": "A String", # Output only. The name of the partition column. + }, + ], + }, "rangePartitioning": { # If specified, configures range partitioning for this table. "field": "A String", # Required. [Experimental] The table is partitioned by this field. The field must be a top-level NULLABLE/REQUIRED field. The only supported type is INTEGER/INT64. "range": { # [Experimental] Defines the ranges for range partitioning. @@ -1966,11 +2001,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -2309,11 +2344,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -2395,6 +2430,13 @@

Method Details

"numTimeTravelPhysicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. Number of physical bytes used by time travel storage (deleted or changed data). This data is not kept in real time, and might be delayed by a few seconds to a few minutes. "numTotalLogicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total number of logical bytes in the table or materialized view. "numTotalPhysicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. The physical size of this table in bytes. This also includes storage used for time travel. This data is not kept in real time, and might be delayed by a few seconds to a few minutes. + "partitionDefinition": { # The partitioning information, which includes managed table and external table partition information. # Output only. The partition information for all table formats, including managed partitioned tables, hive partitioned tables, and iceberg partitioned tables. + "partitionedColumn": [ # Output only. Details about each partitioning column. BigQuery native tables only support 1 partitioning column. Other table types may support 0, 1 or more partitioning columns. + { # The partitioning column information. + "field": "A String", # Output only. The name of the partition column. + }, + ], + }, "rangePartitioning": { # If specified, configures range partitioning for this table. "field": "A String", # Required. [Experimental] The table is partitioned by this field. The field must be a top-level NULLABLE/REQUIRED field. The only supported type is INTEGER/INT64. "range": { # [Experimental] Defines the ranges for range partitioning. @@ -2438,11 +2480,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -2663,11 +2705,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, @@ -2749,6 +2791,13 @@

Method Details

"numTimeTravelPhysicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. Number of physical bytes used by time travel storage (deleted or changed data). This data is not kept in real time, and might be delayed by a few seconds to a few minutes. "numTotalLogicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total number of logical bytes in the table or materialized view. "numTotalPhysicalBytes": "A String", # Output only. The physical size of this table in bytes. This also includes storage used for time travel. This data is not kept in real time, and might be delayed by a few seconds to a few minutes. + "partitionDefinition": { # The partitioning information, which includes managed table and external table partition information. # Output only. The partition information for all table formats, including managed partitioned tables, hive partitioned tables, and iceberg partitioned tables. + "partitionedColumn": [ # Output only. Details about each partitioning column. BigQuery native tables only support 1 partitioning column. Other table types may support 0, 1 or more partitioning columns. + { # The partitioning column information. + "field": "A String", # Output only. The name of the partition column. + }, + ], + }, "rangePartitioning": { # If specified, configures range partitioning for this table. "field": "A String", # Required. [Experimental] The table is partitioned by this field. The field must be a top-level NULLABLE/REQUIRED field. The only supported type is INTEGER/INT64. "range": { # [Experimental] Defines the ranges for range partitioning. @@ -2792,11 +2841,11 @@

Method Details

}, "precision": "A String", # Optional. Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: * Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] * Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): * If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. * If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. "rangeElementType": { # Represents the type of a field element. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type. }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the rounding mode to be used when storing values of NUMERIC and BIGNUMERIC type. "scale": "A String", # Optional. See documentation for precision. - "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. + "type": "A String", # Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema. }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html index 471ce2eca1..78954a5409 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Method Details

"currentSlots": "A String", # Output only. The slot capacity added to this reservation when autoscale happens. Will be between [0, max_slots]. "maxSlots": "A String", # Number of slots to be scaled when needed. }, - "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as `target_job_concurrency` in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI. + "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI. "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the reservation. "edition": "A String", # Edition of the reservation. "ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most. @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Method Details

"currentSlots": "A String", # Output only. The slot capacity added to this reservation when autoscale happens. Will be between [0, max_slots]. "maxSlots": "A String", # Number of slots to be scaled when needed. }, - "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as `target_job_concurrency` in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI. + "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI. "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the reservation. "edition": "A String", # Edition of the reservation. "ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most. @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@

Method Details

"currentSlots": "A String", # Output only. The slot capacity added to this reservation when autoscale happens. Will be between [0, max_slots]. "maxSlots": "A String", # Number of slots to be scaled when needed. }, - "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as `target_job_concurrency` in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI. + "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI. "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the reservation. "edition": "A String", # Edition of the reservation. "ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most. @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@

Method Details

"currentSlots": "A String", # Output only. The slot capacity added to this reservation when autoscale happens. Will be between [0, max_slots]. "maxSlots": "A String", # Number of slots to be scaled when needed. }, - "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as `target_job_concurrency` in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI. + "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI. "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the reservation. "edition": "A String", # Edition of the reservation. "ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most. @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@

Method Details

"currentSlots": "A String", # Output only. The slot capacity added to this reservation when autoscale happens. Will be between [0, max_slots]. "maxSlots": "A String", # Number of slots to be scaled when needed. }, - "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as `target_job_concurrency` in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI. + "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI. "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the reservation. "edition": "A String", # Edition of the reservation. "ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most. @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@

Method Details

"currentSlots": "A String", # Output only. The slot capacity added to this reservation when autoscale happens. Will be between [0, max_slots]. "maxSlots": "A String", # Number of slots to be scaled when needed. }, - "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as `target_job_concurrency` in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI. + "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI. "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the reservation. "edition": "A String", # Edition of the reservation. "ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html index a07c031b3c..66ceac3fab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html @@ -170,6 +170,10 @@

Method Details

}, ], "table": { # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster. # Required. The Table to create. + "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled. + "frequency": "A String", # Required. How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. + "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. The only supported value at this time is 3 days. + }, "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained. "retentionPeriod": "A String", # How long the change stream should be retained. Change stream data older than the retention period will not be returned when reading the change stream from the table. Values must be at least 1 day and at most 7 days, and will be truncated to microsecond granularity. }, @@ -248,6 +252,10 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster. + "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled. + "frequency": "A String", # Required. How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. + "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. The only supported value at this time is 3 days. + }, "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained. "retentionPeriod": "A String", # How long the change stream should be retained. Change stream data older than the retention period will not be returned when reading the change stream from the table. Values must be at least 1 day and at most 7 days, and will be truncated to microsecond granularity. }, @@ -409,6 +417,10 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster. + "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled. + "frequency": "A String", # Required. How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. + "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. The only supported value at this time is 3 days. + }, "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained. "retentionPeriod": "A String", # How long the change stream should be retained. Change stream data older than the retention period will not be returned when reading the change stream from the table. Values must be at least 1 day and at most 7 days, and will be truncated to microsecond granularity. }, @@ -562,6 +574,10 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Set if not all tables could be returned in a single response. Pass this value to `page_token` in another request to get the next page of results. "tables": [ # The tables present in the requested instance. { # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster. + "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled. + "frequency": "A String", # Required. How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. + "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. The only supported value at this time is 3 days. + }, "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained. "retentionPeriod": "A String", # How long the change stream should be retained. Change stream data older than the retention period will not be returned when reading the change stream from the table. Values must be at least 1 day and at most 7 days, and will be truncated to microsecond granularity. }, @@ -703,6 +719,7 @@

Method Details

"logicalDataBytes": "A String", # How much space the data in the column family occupies. This is roughly how many bytes would be needed to read the contents of the entire column family (e.g. by streaming all contents out). }, }, + "updateMask": "A String", # Optional. A mask specifying which fields (e.g. `gc_rule`) in the `update` mod should be updated, ignored for other modification types. If unset or empty, we treat it as updating `gc_rule` to be backward compatible. }, ], } @@ -716,6 +733,10 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster. + "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled. + "frequency": "A String", # Required. How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. + "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. The only supported value at this time is 3 days. + }, "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained. "retentionPeriod": "A String", # How long the change stream should be retained. Change stream data older than the retention period will not be returned when reading the change stream from the table. Values must be at least 1 day and at most 7 days, and will be truncated to microsecond granularity. }, @@ -794,6 +815,10 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster. + "automatedBackupPolicy": { # Defines an automated backup policy for a table # If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled. + "frequency": "A String", # Required. How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours. + "retentionPeriod": "A String", # Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. The only supported value at this time is 3 days. + }, "changeStreamConfig": { # Change stream configuration. # If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained. "retentionPeriod": "A String", # How long the change stream should be retained. Change stream data older than the retention period will not be returned when reading the change stream from the table. Values must be at least 1 day and at most 7 days, and will be truncated to microsecond granularity. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html index 366e69b24e..676aa0f2ff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@

Method Details

Args: filter: string, Optional. A query filter. You can filter spaces by the space type ([`space_type`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces#spacetype)). To filter by space type, you must specify valid enum value, such as `SPACE` or `GROUP_CHAT` (the `space_type` can't be `SPACE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED`). To query for multiple space types, use the `OR` operator. For example, the following queries are valid: ``` space_type = "SPACE" spaceType = "GROUP_CHAT" OR spaceType = "DIRECT_MESSAGE" ``` Invalid queries are rejected by the server with an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. - pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of spaces to return. The service might return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 spaces are returned. The maximum value is 1,000. If you use a value more than 1,000, it's automatically changed to 1,000. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of spaces to return. The service might return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 spaces are returned. The maximum value is 1000. If you use a value more than 1000, it's automatically changed to 1000. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous list spaces call. Provide this parameter to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, the filter value should match the call that provided the page token. Passing a different value may lead to unexpected results. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html index e5dc6dbfe0..09bfcb647d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of the space for which to fetch a membership list. Format: spaces/{space} (required) filter: string, Optional. A query filter. You can filter memberships by a member's role ([`role`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.members#membershiprole)) and type ([`member.type`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/User#type)). To filter by role, set `role` to `ROLE_MEMBER` or `ROLE_MANAGER`. To filter by type, set `member.type` to `HUMAN` or `BOT`. To filter by both role and type, use the `AND` operator. To filter by either role or type, use the `OR` operator. For example, the following queries are valid: ``` role = "ROLE_MANAGER" OR role = "ROLE_MEMBER" member.type = "HUMAN" AND role = "ROLE_MANAGER" ``` The following queries are invalid: ``` member.type = "HUMAN" AND member.type = "BOT" role = "ROLE_MANAGER" AND role = "ROLE_MEMBER" ``` Invalid queries are rejected by the server with an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. - pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of memberships to return. The service might return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 memberships are returned. The maximum value is 1,000. If you use a value more than 1,000, it's automatically changed to 1,000. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of memberships to return. The service might return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 memberships are returned. The maximum value is 1000. If you use a value more than 1000, it's automatically changed to 1000. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous call to list memberships. Provide this parameter to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided should match the call that provided the page token. Passing different values to the other parameters might lead to unexpected results. showGroups: boolean, Optional. When `true`, also returns memberships associated with a Google Group, in addition to other types of memberships. If a filter is set, Google Group memberships that don't match the filter criteria aren't returned. showInvited: boolean, Optional. When `true`, also returns memberships associated with invited members, in addition to other types of memberships. If a filter is set, invited memberships that don't match the filter criteria aren't returned. Currently requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html index 33cdda868d..0cecb6d3b9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the messages can't contain cards. To learn about cards and how to create them, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -2188,7 +2188,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, and monospace block. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -2265,7 +2265,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -3400,7 +3400,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the messages can't contain cards. To learn about cards and how to create them, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -4322,7 +4322,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, and monospace block. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -4417,7 +4417,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -5552,7 +5552,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the messages can't contain cards. To learn about cards and how to create them, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -6474,7 +6474,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, and monospace block. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -6536,7 +6536,7 @@

Method Details

parent: string, Required. The resource name of the space to list messages from. Format: `spaces/{space}` (required) filter: string, A query filter. You can filter messages by date (`create_time`) and thread (`thread.name`). To filter messages by the date they were created, specify the `create_time` with a timestamp in [RFC-3339](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc3339) format and double quotation marks. For example, `"2023-04-21T11:30:00-04:00"`. You can use the greater than operator `>` to list messages that were created after a timestamp, or the less than operator `<` to list messages that were created before a timestamp. To filter messages within a time interval, use the `AND` operator between two timestamps. To filter by thread, specify the `thread.name`, formatted as `spaces/{space}/threads/{thread}`. You can only specify one `thread.name` per query. To filter by both thread and date, use the `AND` operator in your query. For example, the following queries are valid: ``` create_time > "2012-04-21T11:30:00-04:00" create_time > "2012-04-21T11:30:00-04:00" AND thread.name = spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/threads/123 create_time > "2012-04-21T11:30:00+00:00" AND create_time < "2013-01-01T00:00:00+00:00" AND thread.name = spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/threads/123 thread.name = spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/threads/123 ``` Invalid queries are rejected by the server with an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. orderBy: string, Optional, if resuming from a previous query. How the list of messages is ordered. Specify a value to order by an ordering operation. Valid ordering operation values are as follows: - `ASC` for ascending. - `DESC` for descending. The default ordering is `create_time ASC`. - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of messages returned. The service might return fewer messages than this value. If unspecified, at most 25 are returned. The maximum value is 1,000. If you use a value more than 1,000, it's automatically changed to 1,000. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. + pageSize: integer, The maximum number of messages returned. The service might return fewer messages than this value. If unspecified, at most 25 are returned. The maximum value is 1000. If you use a value more than 1000, it's automatically changed to 1000. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. pageToken: string, Optional, if resuming from a previous query. A page token received from a previous list messages call. Provide this parameter to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided should match the call that provided the page token. Passing different values to the other parameters might lead to unexpected results. showDeleted: boolean, Whether to include deleted messages. Deleted messages include deleted time and metadata about their deletion, but message content is unavailable. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -6557,7 +6557,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -7692,7 +7692,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the messages can't contain cards. To learn about cards and how to create them, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -8614,7 +8614,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, and monospace block. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -8702,7 +8702,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -9837,7 +9837,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the messages can't contain cards. To learn about cards and how to create them, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -10759,7 +10759,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, and monospace block. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -10830,7 +10830,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -11965,7 +11965,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the messages can't contain cards. To learn about cards and how to create them, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -12887,7 +12887,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, and monospace block. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -12958,7 +12958,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -14093,7 +14093,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the messages can't contain cards. To learn about cards and how to create them, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -15015,7 +15015,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, and monospace block. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -15086,7 +15086,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -16221,7 +16221,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # An array of [cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards). Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the messages can't contain cards. To learn about cards and how to create them, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) { # A [card](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/cards) in a Google Chat message. Only Chat apps can create cards. If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the message can't contain cards. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) - "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha" }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL" }, "text": "sasha@example.com" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON" }, "text": "Online" } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE" }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234" } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share" } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ``` # A card. Maximum size is 32 KB. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. [Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons): "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -17143,7 +17143,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, and monospace block. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in `spaces.messages.text` that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.billingAccounts.anomalies.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.billingAccounts.anomalies.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aa78d2062d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.billingAccounts.anomalies.html @@ -0,0 +1,257 @@ + + + +

Cloud Billing API . billingAccounts . anomalies

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets an anomaly for a billing account or a project.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists anomalies for a billing account or a project.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets an anomaly for a billing account or a project.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format for project: projects/{project}/anomalies/{anomalies}. Format for billing account: billingAccounts/{billing_account}/anomalies/{anomalies}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Encapsulates an anomaly.
+  "detectionTime": "A String", # Time that the anomaly was detected. Will be set to 00:00 google time of the detected date.
+  "deviation": { # Encapsulates the deviation information. # Deviation information of the anomaly.
+    "actualSpend": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual spend for the anomaly.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+      "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+    },
+    "deviationAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The difference between the actual spend and expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_amount = actual_spend - expected_spend.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+      "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+    },
+    "deviationPercentage": 3.14, # The percentage of devition amount from expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_percentage = divation_amount / expected_spend * 100.
+    "expectedSpend": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The expected spend for the anomaly.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+      "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for the anomaly.
+  "resourceDisplayName": "A String", # The display name of the resource that the anomaly occurred in/belongs to.
+  "rootCauses": [ # A list of causes which contribute to the anomaly.
+    { # Encapsulates the information of the reason which caused the anomaly.
+      "causeType": "A String", # The cause type.
+      "deviation": { # Encapsulates the deviation information. # The deviation information for the cause.
+        "actualSpend": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual spend for the anomaly.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        "deviationAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The difference between the actual spend and expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_amount = actual_spend - expected_spend.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        "deviationPercentage": 3.14, # The percentage of devition amount from expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_percentage = divation_amount / expected_spend * 100.
+        "expectedSpend": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The expected spend for the anomaly.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+      },
+      "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the cause.
+      "resource": "A String", # The resource name of the cause. project: projects/{project}. service: services/{service}. sku: services/{service}/skus/{sku}.
+      "subCauses": [ # The sub causes.
+        # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaCause
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "scope": "A String", # Indicate the scope of the anomaly.
+  "severity": "A String", # Severity of the anomaly. Unspecified if severity is not met/assigned.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent anomaly's last updated time.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists anomalies for a billing account or a project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The project to list Anomaly for the project. Format for project: projects/{project}. Format for billing account: billingAccounts/{billing_account}. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Options for how to filter the anomalies. Currently, only filter on `start_time` and `end_time` is supported. Only =, AND operators are supported. If start_time and/or end_time empty, we only retrieve the most recent 30 days' anomalies. Examples: - start_time = "20231201" AND end_time = "20240120" .
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of anomalies to return. Results may return fewer than this value. Default value is 50 and maximum value is 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous ListAnomalies call to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is empty, the first page is returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListAnomalies.
+  "anomalies": [ # The returned anomalies.
+    { # Encapsulates an anomaly.
+      "detectionTime": "A String", # Time that the anomaly was detected. Will be set to 00:00 google time of the detected date.
+      "deviation": { # Encapsulates the deviation information. # Deviation information of the anomaly.
+        "actualSpend": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual spend for the anomaly.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        "deviationAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The difference between the actual spend and expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_amount = actual_spend - expected_spend.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        "deviationPercentage": 3.14, # The percentage of devition amount from expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_percentage = divation_amount / expected_spend * 100.
+        "expectedSpend": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The expected spend for the anomaly.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for the anomaly.
+      "resourceDisplayName": "A String", # The display name of the resource that the anomaly occurred in/belongs to.
+      "rootCauses": [ # A list of causes which contribute to the anomaly.
+        { # Encapsulates the information of the reason which caused the anomaly.
+          "causeType": "A String", # The cause type.
+          "deviation": { # Encapsulates the deviation information. # The deviation information for the cause.
+            "actualSpend": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual spend for the anomaly.
+              "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+              "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+              "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+            },
+            "deviationAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The difference between the actual spend and expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_amount = actual_spend - expected_spend.
+              "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+              "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+              "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+            },
+            "deviationPercentage": 3.14, # The percentage of devition amount from expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_percentage = divation_amount / expected_spend * 100.
+            "expectedSpend": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The expected spend for the anomaly.
+              "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+              "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+              "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+            },
+          },
+          "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the cause.
+          "resource": "A String", # The resource name of the cause. project: projects/{project}. service: services/{service}. sku: services/{service}/skus/{sku}.
+          "subCauses": [ # The sub causes.
+            # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaCause
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "scope": "A String", # Indicate the scope of the anomaly.
+      "severity": "A String", # Severity of the anomaly. Unspecified if severity is not met/assigned.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent anomaly's last updated time.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token that can be sent as `page_token` in the subsequent request to retrieve the next page. If this field is empty, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.billingAccounts.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.billingAccounts.html index 2a82bea9c0..0234ad9afb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.billingAccounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.billingAccounts.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Cloud Billing API . billingAccounts

Instance Methods

+

+ anomalies() +

+

Returns the anomalies Resource.

+

services()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.html index e4525c2368..692fc98be9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the billingAccounts Resource.

+

+ projects() +

+

Returns the projects Resource.

+

skuGroups()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.projects.anomalies.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.projects.anomalies.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b6a8ca450 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.projects.anomalies.html @@ -0,0 +1,257 @@ + + + +

Cloud Billing API . projects . anomalies

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets an anomaly for a billing account or a project.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists anomalies for a billing account or a project.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets an anomaly for a billing account or a project.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format for project: projects/{project}/anomalies/{anomalies}. Format for billing account: billingAccounts/{billing_account}/anomalies/{anomalies}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Encapsulates an anomaly.
+  "detectionTime": "A String", # Time that the anomaly was detected. Will be set to 00:00 google time of the detected date.
+  "deviation": { # Encapsulates the deviation information. # Deviation information of the anomaly.
+    "actualSpend": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual spend for the anomaly.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+      "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+    },
+    "deviationAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The difference between the actual spend and expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_amount = actual_spend - expected_spend.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+      "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+    },
+    "deviationPercentage": 3.14, # The percentage of devition amount from expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_percentage = divation_amount / expected_spend * 100.
+    "expectedSpend": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The expected spend for the anomaly.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+      "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for the anomaly.
+  "resourceDisplayName": "A String", # The display name of the resource that the anomaly occurred in/belongs to.
+  "rootCauses": [ # A list of causes which contribute to the anomaly.
+    { # Encapsulates the information of the reason which caused the anomaly.
+      "causeType": "A String", # The cause type.
+      "deviation": { # Encapsulates the deviation information. # The deviation information for the cause.
+        "actualSpend": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual spend for the anomaly.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        "deviationAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The difference between the actual spend and expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_amount = actual_spend - expected_spend.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        "deviationPercentage": 3.14, # The percentage of devition amount from expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_percentage = divation_amount / expected_spend * 100.
+        "expectedSpend": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The expected spend for the anomaly.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+      },
+      "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the cause.
+      "resource": "A String", # The resource name of the cause. project: projects/{project}. service: services/{service}. sku: services/{service}/skus/{sku}.
+      "subCauses": [ # The sub causes.
+        # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaCause
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "scope": "A String", # Indicate the scope of the anomaly.
+  "severity": "A String", # Severity of the anomaly. Unspecified if severity is not met/assigned.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent anomaly's last updated time.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists anomalies for a billing account or a project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The project to list Anomaly for the project. Format for project: projects/{project}. Format for billing account: billingAccounts/{billing_account}. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Options for how to filter the anomalies. Currently, only filter on `start_time` and `end_time` is supported. Only =, AND operators are supported. If start_time and/or end_time empty, we only retrieve the most recent 30 days' anomalies. Examples: - start_time = "20231201" AND end_time = "20240120" .
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of anomalies to return. Results may return fewer than this value. Default value is 50 and maximum value is 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous ListAnomalies call to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is empty, the first page is returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListAnomalies.
+  "anomalies": [ # The returned anomalies.
+    { # Encapsulates an anomaly.
+      "detectionTime": "A String", # Time that the anomaly was detected. Will be set to 00:00 google time of the detected date.
+      "deviation": { # Encapsulates the deviation information. # Deviation information of the anomaly.
+        "actualSpend": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual spend for the anomaly.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        "deviationAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The difference between the actual spend and expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_amount = actual_spend - expected_spend.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        "deviationPercentage": 3.14, # The percentage of devition amount from expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_percentage = divation_amount / expected_spend * 100.
+        "expectedSpend": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The expected spend for the anomaly.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for the anomaly.
+      "resourceDisplayName": "A String", # The display name of the resource that the anomaly occurred in/belongs to.
+      "rootCauses": [ # A list of causes which contribute to the anomaly.
+        { # Encapsulates the information of the reason which caused the anomaly.
+          "causeType": "A String", # The cause type.
+          "deviation": { # Encapsulates the deviation information. # The deviation information for the cause.
+            "actualSpend": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual spend for the anomaly.
+              "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+              "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+              "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+            },
+            "deviationAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The difference between the actual spend and expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_amount = actual_spend - expected_spend.
+              "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+              "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+              "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+            },
+            "deviationPercentage": 3.14, # The percentage of devition amount from expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_percentage = divation_amount / expected_spend * 100.
+            "expectedSpend": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The expected spend for the anomaly.
+              "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+              "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+              "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+            },
+          },
+          "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the cause.
+          "resource": "A String", # The resource name of the cause. project: projects/{project}. service: services/{service}. sku: services/{service}/skus/{sku}.
+          "subCauses": [ # The sub causes.
+            # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaCause
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "scope": "A String", # Indicate the scope of the anomaly.
+      "severity": "A String", # Severity of the anomaly. Unspecified if severity is not met/assigned.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent anomaly's last updated time.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token that can be sent as `page_token` in the subsequent request to retrieve the next page. If this field is empty, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.projects.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..68541f3fd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.projects.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Cloud Billing API . projects

+

Instance Methods

+

+ anomalies() +

+

Returns the anomalies Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.workerPools.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.workerPools.html index 3eb880d89c..466415976a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.workerPools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.workerPools.html @@ -125,11 +125,6 @@

Method Details

"peeredNetwork": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network definition that the workers are peered to. If this section is left empty, the workers will be peered to `WorkerPool.project_id` on the service producer network. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where `{project}` is a project number, such as `12345`, and `{network}` is the name of a VPC network in the project. See [Understanding network configuration options](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/set-up-private-pool-environment) "peeredNetworkIpRange": "A String", # Immutable. Subnet IP range within the peered network. This is specified in CIDR notation with a slash and the subnet prefix size. You can optionally specify an IP address before the subnet prefix value. e.g. `192.168.0.0/29` would specify an IP range starting at 192.168.0.0 with a prefix size of 29 bits. `/16` would specify a prefix size of 16 bits, with an automatically determined IP within the peered VPC. If unspecified, a value of `/24` will be used. }, - "privateServiceConnect": { # Defines the Private Service Connect network configuration for the pool. # Immutable. Private Service Connect(PSC) Network configuration for the pool. - "networkAttachment": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network attachment that the worker network interface is peered to. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkAttachments/{networkAttachment}`. The region of network attachment must be the same as the worker pool. See [Network Attachments](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/about-network-attachments) - "publicIpAddressDisabled": True or False, # Required. Immutable. Disable public IP on the primary network interface. If true, workers are created without any public address, which prevents network egress to public IPs unless a network proxy is configured. If false, workers are created with a public address which allows for public internet egress. The public address only applies to traffic through the primary network interface. If `route_all_traffic` is set to true, all traffic will go through the non-primary network interface, this boolean has no effect. - "routeAllTraffic": True or False, # Immutable. Route all traffic through PSC interface. Enable this if you want full control of traffic in the private pool. Configure Cloud NAT for the subnet of network attachment if you need to access public Internet. If false, Only route private IPs, e.g. 10.0.0.0/8, 172.16.0.0/12, and 192.168.0.0/16 through PSC interface. - }, "workerConfig": { # Defines the configuration to be used for creating workers in the pool. # Machine configuration for the workers in the pool. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Size of the disk attached to the worker, in GB. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/worker-pool-config-file-schema). Specify a value of up to 2000. If `0` is specified, Cloud Build will use a standard disk size. "machineType": "A String", # Machine type of a worker, such as `e2-medium`. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/worker-pool-config-file-schema). If left blank, Cloud Build will use a sensible default. @@ -238,11 +233,6 @@

Method Details

"peeredNetwork": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network definition that the workers are peered to. If this section is left empty, the workers will be peered to `WorkerPool.project_id` on the service producer network. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where `{project}` is a project number, such as `12345`, and `{network}` is the name of a VPC network in the project. See [Understanding network configuration options](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/set-up-private-pool-environment) "peeredNetworkIpRange": "A String", # Immutable. Subnet IP range within the peered network. This is specified in CIDR notation with a slash and the subnet prefix size. You can optionally specify an IP address before the subnet prefix value. e.g. `192.168.0.0/29` would specify an IP range starting at 192.168.0.0 with a prefix size of 29 bits. `/16` would specify a prefix size of 16 bits, with an automatically determined IP within the peered VPC. If unspecified, a value of `/24` will be used. }, - "privateServiceConnect": { # Defines the Private Service Connect network configuration for the pool. # Immutable. Private Service Connect(PSC) Network configuration for the pool. - "networkAttachment": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network attachment that the worker network interface is peered to. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkAttachments/{networkAttachment}`. The region of network attachment must be the same as the worker pool. See [Network Attachments](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/about-network-attachments) - "publicIpAddressDisabled": True or False, # Required. Immutable. Disable public IP on the primary network interface. If true, workers are created without any public address, which prevents network egress to public IPs unless a network proxy is configured. If false, workers are created with a public address which allows for public internet egress. The public address only applies to traffic through the primary network interface. If `route_all_traffic` is set to true, all traffic will go through the non-primary network interface, this boolean has no effect. - "routeAllTraffic": True or False, # Immutable. Route all traffic through PSC interface. Enable this if you want full control of traffic in the private pool. Configure Cloud NAT for the subnet of network attachment if you need to access public Internet. If false, Only route private IPs, e.g. 10.0.0.0/8, 172.16.0.0/12, and 192.168.0.0/16 through PSC interface. - }, "workerConfig": { # Defines the configuration to be used for creating workers in the pool. # Machine configuration for the workers in the pool. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Size of the disk attached to the worker, in GB. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/worker-pool-config-file-schema). Specify a value of up to 2000. If `0` is specified, Cloud Build will use a standard disk size. "machineType": "A String", # Machine type of a worker, such as `e2-medium`. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/worker-pool-config-file-schema). If left blank, Cloud Build will use a sensible default. @@ -288,11 +278,6 @@

Method Details

"peeredNetwork": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network definition that the workers are peered to. If this section is left empty, the workers will be peered to `WorkerPool.project_id` on the service producer network. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where `{project}` is a project number, such as `12345`, and `{network}` is the name of a VPC network in the project. See [Understanding network configuration options](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/set-up-private-pool-environment) "peeredNetworkIpRange": "A String", # Immutable. Subnet IP range within the peered network. This is specified in CIDR notation with a slash and the subnet prefix size. You can optionally specify an IP address before the subnet prefix value. e.g. `192.168.0.0/29` would specify an IP range starting at 192.168.0.0 with a prefix size of 29 bits. `/16` would specify a prefix size of 16 bits, with an automatically determined IP within the peered VPC. If unspecified, a value of `/24` will be used. }, - "privateServiceConnect": { # Defines the Private Service Connect network configuration for the pool. # Immutable. Private Service Connect(PSC) Network configuration for the pool. - "networkAttachment": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network attachment that the worker network interface is peered to. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkAttachments/{networkAttachment}`. The region of network attachment must be the same as the worker pool. See [Network Attachments](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/about-network-attachments) - "publicIpAddressDisabled": True or False, # Required. Immutable. Disable public IP on the primary network interface. If true, workers are created without any public address, which prevents network egress to public IPs unless a network proxy is configured. If false, workers are created with a public address which allows for public internet egress. The public address only applies to traffic through the primary network interface. If `route_all_traffic` is set to true, all traffic will go through the non-primary network interface, this boolean has no effect. - "routeAllTraffic": True or False, # Immutable. Route all traffic through PSC interface. Enable this if you want full control of traffic in the private pool. Configure Cloud NAT for the subnet of network attachment if you need to access public Internet. If false, Only route private IPs, e.g. 10.0.0.0/8, 172.16.0.0/12, and 192.168.0.0/16 through PSC interface. - }, "workerConfig": { # Defines the configuration to be used for creating workers in the pool. # Machine configuration for the workers in the pool. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Size of the disk attached to the worker, in GB. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/worker-pool-config-file-schema). Specify a value of up to 2000. If `0` is specified, Cloud Build will use a standard disk size. "machineType": "A String", # Machine type of a worker, such as `e2-medium`. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/worker-pool-config-file-schema). If left blank, Cloud Build will use a sensible default. @@ -344,11 +329,6 @@

Method Details

"peeredNetwork": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network definition that the workers are peered to. If this section is left empty, the workers will be peered to `WorkerPool.project_id` on the service producer network. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where `{project}` is a project number, such as `12345`, and `{network}` is the name of a VPC network in the project. See [Understanding network configuration options](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/set-up-private-pool-environment) "peeredNetworkIpRange": "A String", # Immutable. Subnet IP range within the peered network. This is specified in CIDR notation with a slash and the subnet prefix size. You can optionally specify an IP address before the subnet prefix value. e.g. `192.168.0.0/29` would specify an IP range starting at 192.168.0.0 with a prefix size of 29 bits. `/16` would specify a prefix size of 16 bits, with an automatically determined IP within the peered VPC. If unspecified, a value of `/24` will be used. }, - "privateServiceConnect": { # Defines the Private Service Connect network configuration for the pool. # Immutable. Private Service Connect(PSC) Network configuration for the pool. - "networkAttachment": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network attachment that the worker network interface is peered to. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkAttachments/{networkAttachment}`. The region of network attachment must be the same as the worker pool. See [Network Attachments](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/about-network-attachments) - "publicIpAddressDisabled": True or False, # Required. Immutable. Disable public IP on the primary network interface. If true, workers are created without any public address, which prevents network egress to public IPs unless a network proxy is configured. If false, workers are created with a public address which allows for public internet egress. The public address only applies to traffic through the primary network interface. If `route_all_traffic` is set to true, all traffic will go through the non-primary network interface, this boolean has no effect. - "routeAllTraffic": True or False, # Immutable. Route all traffic through PSC interface. Enable this if you want full control of traffic in the private pool. Configure Cloud NAT for the subnet of network attachment if you need to access public Internet. If false, Only route private IPs, e.g. 10.0.0.0/8, 172.16.0.0/12, and 192.168.0.0/16 through PSC interface. - }, "workerConfig": { # Defines the configuration to be used for creating workers in the pool. # Machine configuration for the workers in the pool. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Size of the disk attached to the worker, in GB. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/worker-pool-config-file-schema). Specify a value of up to 2000. If `0` is specified, Cloud Build will use a standard disk size. "machineType": "A String", # Machine type of a worker, such as `e2-medium`. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/worker-pool-config-file-schema). If left blank, Cloud Build will use a sensible default. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html index 1030b319a0..5c27a52f9a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@

Instance Methods

generateUploadUrl(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a signed URL for uploading a function source code. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls. Once the function source code upload is complete, the used signed URL should be provided in CreateFunction or UpdateFunction request as a reference to the function source code. When uploading source code to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, specify this header: * `content-type: application/zip` Do not specify this header: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(name, revision=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a function with the given name from the requested project.

getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -586,11 +586,12 @@

Method Details

- get(name, x__xgafv=None) + get(name, revision=None, x__xgafv=None)
Returns a function with the given name from the requested project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the function which details should be obtained. (required)
+  revision: string, Optional. The optional version of the 1st gen function whose details should be obtained. The version of a 1st gen function is an integer that starts from 1 and gets incremented on redeployments. GCF may keep historical configs for old versions of 1st gen function. This field can be specified to fetch the historical configs. This field is valid only for GCF 1st gen function.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html
index b6d016c08b..a9ba2c9e41 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

generateUploadUrl(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a signed URL for uploading a function source code. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls. Once the function source code upload is complete, the used signed URL should be provided in CreateFunction or UpdateFunction request as a reference to the function source code. When uploading source code to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, specify this header: * `content-type: application/zip` Do not specify this header: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(name, revision=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a function with the given name from the requested project.

getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -586,11 +586,12 @@

Method Details

- get(name, x__xgafv=None) + get(name, revision=None, x__xgafv=None)
Returns a function with the given name from the requested project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the function which details should be obtained. (required)
+  revision: string, Optional. The optional version of the 1st gen function whose details should be obtained. The version of a 1st gen function is an integer that starts from 1 and gets incremented on redeployments. GCF may keep historical configs for old versions of 1st gen function. This field can be specified to fetch the historical configs. This field is valid only for GCF 1st gen function.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html
index db5e71cf60..b7c5939e1f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

generateUploadUrl(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a signed URL for uploading a function source code. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls. Once the function source code upload is complete, the used signed URL should be provided in CreateFunction or UpdateFunction request as a reference to the function source code. When uploading source code to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, specify this header: * `content-type: application/zip` Do not specify this header: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(name, revision=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a function with the given name from the requested project.

getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -586,11 +586,12 @@

Method Details

- get(name, x__xgafv=None) + get(name, revision=None, x__xgafv=None)
Returns a function with the given name from the requested project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the function which details should be obtained. (required)
+  revision: string, Optional. The optional version of the 1st gen function whose details should be obtained. The version of a 1st gen function is an integer that starts from 1 and gets incremented on redeployments. GCF may keep historical configs for old versions of 1st gen function. This field can be specified to fetch the historical configs. This field is valid only for GCF 1st gen function.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html
index a73989508a..ff1dac7ce9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "projectId": "A String", # The unique, user-assigned ID of the Project. It must be 6 to 30 lowercase letters, digits, or hyphens. It must start with a letter. Trailing hyphens are prohibited. Example: `tokyo-rain-123` Read-only after creation. "projectNumber": "A String", # The number uniquely identifying the project. Example: `415104041262` Read-only. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, } @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@

Method Details

}, "projectId": "A String", # The unique, user-assigned ID of the Project. It must be 6 to 30 lowercase letters, digits, or hyphens. It must start with a letter. Trailing hyphens are prohibited. Example: `tokyo-rain-123` Read-only after creation. "projectNumber": "A String", # The number uniquely identifying the project. Example: `415104041262` Read-only. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, }
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@

Method Details

}, "projectId": "A String", # The unique, user-assigned ID of the Project. It must be 6 to 30 lowercase letters, digits, or hyphens. It must start with a letter. Trailing hyphens are prohibited. Example: `tokyo-rain-123` Read-only after creation. "projectNumber": "A String", # The number uniquely identifying the project. Example: `415104041262` Read-only. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, }, @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@

Method Details

}, "projectId": "A String", # The unique, user-assigned ID of the Project. It must be 6 to 30 lowercase letters, digits, or hyphens. It must start with a letter. Trailing hyphens are prohibited. Example: `tokyo-rain-123` Read-only after creation. "projectNumber": "A String", # The number uniquely identifying the project. Example: `415104041262` Read-only. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, } @@ -878,7 +878,7 @@

Method Details

}, "projectId": "A String", # The unique, user-assigned ID of the Project. It must be 6 to 30 lowercase letters, digits, or hyphens. It must start with a letter. Trailing hyphens are prohibited. Example: `tokyo-rain-123` Read-only after creation. "projectNumber": "A String", # The number uniquely identifying the project. Example: `415104041262` Read-only. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html index 17910912b7..f69f2417fe 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

"lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, } @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@

Method Details

"lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, }
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@

Method Details

"lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, }
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@

Method Details

"lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, }, @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@

Method Details

"lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, } @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@

Method Details

"lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, }
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@

Method Details

"lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, }, @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@

Method Details

"lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html index b57be67ed0..ccdf8af6a1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

"lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, } @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@

Method Details

"lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, }
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@

Method Details

"lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, }
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@

Method Details

"lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, }, @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@

Method Details

"lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, } @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@

Method Details

"lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, }
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@

Method Details

"lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, }, @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@

Method Details

"lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html index 790b889381..9bf9312105 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed using MoveFolder. "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the state must be performed using DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the folder was last modified. @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed using MoveFolder. "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the state must be performed using DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the folder was last modified. @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed using MoveFolder. "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the state must be performed using DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the folder was last modified. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed using MoveFolder. "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the state must be performed using DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the folder was last modified. @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed using MoveFolder. "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the state must be performed using DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the folder was last modified. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html index 728d3b4bf6..8b97add3c3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

Method Details

"parent": "A String", # Optional. A reference to a parent Resource. eg., `organizations/123` or `folders/876`. "projectId": "A String", # Immutable. The unique, user-assigned id of the project. It must be 6 to 30 lowercase ASCII letters, digits, or hyphens. It must start with a letter. Trailing hyphens are prohibited. Example: `tokyo-rain-123` "state": "A String", # Output only. The project lifecycle state. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this resource was modified. @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@

Method Details

"parent": "A String", # Optional. A reference to a parent Resource. eg., `organizations/123` or `folders/876`. "projectId": "A String", # Immutable. The unique, user-assigned id of the project. It must be 6 to 30 lowercase ASCII letters, digits, or hyphens. It must start with a letter. Trailing hyphens are prohibited. Example: `tokyo-rain-123` "state": "A String", # Output only. The project lifecycle state. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this resource was modified. @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@

Method Details

"parent": "A String", # Optional. A reference to a parent Resource. eg., `organizations/123` or `folders/876`. "projectId": "A String", # Immutable. The unique, user-assigned id of the project. It must be 6 to 30 lowercase ASCII letters, digits, or hyphens. It must start with a letter. Trailing hyphens are prohibited. Example: `tokyo-rain-123` "state": "A String", # Output only. The project lifecycle state. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this resource was modified. @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@

Method Details

"parent": "A String", # Optional. A reference to a parent Resource. eg., `organizations/123` or `folders/876`. "projectId": "A String", # Immutable. The unique, user-assigned id of the project. It must be 6 to 30 lowercase ASCII letters, digits, or hyphens. It must start with a letter. Trailing hyphens are prohibited. Example: `tokyo-rain-123` "state": "A String", # Output only. The project lifecycle state. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this resource was modified. @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@

Method Details

"parent": "A String", # Optional. A reference to a parent Resource. eg., `organizations/123` or `folders/876`. "projectId": "A String", # Immutable. The unique, user-assigned id of the project. It must be 6 to 30 lowercase ASCII letters, digits, or hyphens. It must start with a letter. Trailing hyphens are prohibited. Example: `tokyo-rain-123` "state": "A String", # Output only. The project lifecycle state. - "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" + "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. "a_key": "A String", }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this resource was modified. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html index b48dccf91c..6d80c5790d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html @@ -397,6 +397,8 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. + "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. + "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -1150,6 +1152,8 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. + "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. + "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -1747,6 +1751,8 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. + "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. + "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -2324,6 +2330,8 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. + "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. + "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -2799,6 +2807,8 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. + "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. + "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -3290,6 +3300,8 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. + "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. + "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -4359,6 +4371,8 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. + "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. + "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html index 25923edc6a..bb9a5b3905 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@

Method Details

"guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -988,7 +988,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -2695,7 +2695,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html index b5bf1e536c..2d6bc9e8e4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -575,6 +575,7 @@

Method Details

"networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "producerPort": 42, # The psc producer port is used to connect PSC NEG with specific port on the PSC Producer side; should only be used for the PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT NEG type "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. }, @@ -639,6 +640,7 @@

Method Details

"networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "producerPort": 42, # The psc producer port is used to connect PSC NEG with specific port on the PSC Producer side; should only be used for the PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT NEG type "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. }, @@ -833,6 +835,7 @@

Method Details

"networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "producerPort": 42, # The psc producer port is used to connect PSC NEG with specific port on the PSC Producer side; should only be used for the PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT NEG type "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html index 06978bda05..2c3c61f9c5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html index 21ffec7581..177ab10ff4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -799,7 +799,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html index c7c988c3aa..64bc302423 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. @@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. @@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1680,7 +1680,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html index e1836e9b0f..45aabb06a9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html @@ -788,7 +788,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. @@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. @@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. @@ -2519,7 +2519,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -2532,7 +2532,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. @@ -3572,7 +3572,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -3585,7 +3585,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. @@ -4147,7 +4147,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -4160,7 +4160,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. @@ -8187,7 +8187,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -8200,7 +8200,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectRemoteLocations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectRemoteLocations.html index fef05d9dbc..876466e8bd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectRemoteLocations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectRemoteLocations.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Method Details

}, "city": "A String", # [Output Only] Metropolitan area designator that indicates which city an interconnect is located. For example: "Chicago, IL", "Amsterdam, Netherlands". "constraints": { # [Output Only] Constraints on the parameters for creating Cross-Cloud Interconnect and associated InterconnectAttachments. - "portPairRemoteLocation": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. GCP's API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location. + "portPairRemoteLocation": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. Google Cloud API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location. "portPairVlan": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair VLAN constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_VLAN, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_VLAN "subnetLengthRange": { # [Output Only] [min-length, max-length] The minimum and maximum value (inclusive) for the IPv4 subnet length. For example, an interconnectRemoteLocation for Azure has {min: 30, max: 30} because Azure requires /30 subnets. This range specifies the values supported by both cloud providers. Interconnect currently supports /29 and /30 IPv4 subnet lengths. If a remote cloud has no constraint on IPv4 subnet length, the range would thus be {min: 29, max: 30}. "max": 42, @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@

Method Details

}, "city": "A String", # [Output Only] Metropolitan area designator that indicates which city an interconnect is located. For example: "Chicago, IL", "Amsterdam, Netherlands". "constraints": { # [Output Only] Constraints on the parameters for creating Cross-Cloud Interconnect and associated InterconnectAttachments. - "portPairRemoteLocation": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. GCP's API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location. + "portPairRemoteLocation": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. Google Cloud API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location. "portPairVlan": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair VLAN constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_VLAN, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_VLAN "subnetLengthRange": { # [Output Only] [min-length, max-length] The minimum and maximum value (inclusive) for the IPv4 subnet length. For example, an interconnectRemoteLocation for Azure has {min: 30, max: 30} because Azure requires /30 subnets. This range specifies the values supported by both cloud providers. Interconnect currently supports /29 and /30 IPv4 subnet lengths. If a remote cloud has no constraint on IPv4 subnet length, the range would thus be {min: 29, max: 30}. "max": 42, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html index 5cdc6f9062..19d42c8964 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@

Method Details

"diskType": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the disk type resource. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # Specifies zero-based index of the disk that is attached to the source instance. @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -968,7 +968,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. @@ -1303,7 +1303,7 @@

Method Details

"diskType": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the disk type resource. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # Specifies zero-based index of the disk that is attached to the source instance. @@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1666,7 +1666,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. @@ -2001,7 +2001,7 @@

Method Details

"diskType": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the disk type resource. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # Specifies zero-based index of the disk that is attached to the source instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html index 5d33929db6..5fd0d33a84 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html @@ -175,6 +175,7 @@

Method Details

"networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "producerPort": 42, # The psc producer port is used to connect PSC NEG with specific port on the PSC Producer side; should only be used for the PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT NEG type "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. }, @@ -713,6 +714,7 @@

Method Details

"networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "producerPort": 42, # The psc producer port is used to connect PSC NEG with specific port on the PSC Producer side; should only be used for the PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT NEG type "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. }, @@ -778,6 +780,7 @@

Method Details

"networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "producerPort": 42, # The psc producer port is used to connect PSC NEG with specific port on the PSC Producer side; should only be used for the PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT NEG type "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. }, @@ -973,6 +976,7 @@

Method Details

"networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "producerPort": 42, # The psc producer port is used to connect PSC NEG with specific port on the PSC Producer side; should only be used for the PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT NEG type "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html index d49380b8db..56cc14a3d3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html @@ -370,6 +370,8 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. + "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. + "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -970,6 +972,8 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. + "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. + "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -1548,6 +1552,8 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. + "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. + "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -2024,6 +2030,8 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. + "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. + "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -2516,6 +2524,8 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. + "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. + "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -3457,6 +3467,8 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. + "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. + "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html index 60ac957c8a..82937a7070 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@

Method Details

"guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -2494,7 +2494,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html index a12a7e9542..9ab3ea0b30 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. @@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html index b413505790..708bdb82d3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 0edd325747..e7a37c6492 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -579,6 +579,7 @@

Method Details

"networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "producerPort": 42, # The psc producer port is used to connect PSC NEG with specific port on the PSC Producer side; should only be used for the PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT NEG type "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. }, @@ -644,6 +645,7 @@

Method Details

"networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "producerPort": 42, # The psc producer port is used to connect PSC NEG with specific port on the PSC Producer side; should only be used for the PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT NEG type "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. }, @@ -839,6 +841,7 @@

Method Details

"networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "pscData": { # All data that is specifically relevant to only network endpoint groups of type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. "consumerPscAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB. + "producerPort": 42, # The psc producer port is used to connect PSC NEG with specific port on the PSC Producer side; should only be used for the PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT NEG type "pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer. "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html index 00b9d4dc3b..73b1f88d8d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@

Method Details

"guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@

Method Details

"guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@

Method Details

"guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html index a426f6c15d..aba2835a74 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html @@ -2014,7 +2014,6 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "destination": { # Network Layer Reachability Information (NLRI) for a route. # [Output only] Destination IP range for the route, in human-readable CIDR format - "destination": "A String", # Human readable CIDR notation for a prefix. E.g. 10.42.0.0/16. Deprecated in favor of prefix. "pathId": 42, # If the BGP session supports multiple paths (RFC 7911), the path identifier for this route. "prefix": "A String", # Human readable CIDR notation for a prefix. E.g. 10.42.0.0/16. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html index 76bc0e807d..4cb8c6f792 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

Method Details

"guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@

Method Details

"guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@

Method Details

"guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@

Method Details

"guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html index cb13af4802..49c56051c4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html @@ -1001,7 +1001,25 @@

Method Details

], "kind": "compute#usableSubnetworksAggregatedList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#usableSubnetworksAggregatedList for aggregated lists of usable subnetworks. "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results. In special cases listUsable may return 0 subnetworks and nextPageToken which still should be used to get the next page of results. + "scoped_warnings": [ # [Output Only] Informational warning messages for failures encountered from scopes. + { + "scopeName": "A String", # Name of the scope containing this set of Subnetworks. + "warning": { # An informational warning about unreachable scope + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. + "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" } + { + "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding). + "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code. + }, + }, + ], "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource. + "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources. + "A String", + ], "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message. "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html index 89aa22fc95..c35766f5b5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. @@ -909,7 +909,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -922,7 +922,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. @@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. @@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1928,7 +1928,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html index 94ad939baf..45770e699e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -407,6 +407,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk. "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch @@ -623,7 +624,7 @@

Method Details

"guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -973,7 +974,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1051,6 +1052,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk. "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch @@ -1208,7 +1210,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1286,6 +1288,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk. "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch @@ -1469,7 +1472,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1547,6 +1550,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk. "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch @@ -2661,7 +2665,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -2739,6 +2743,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk. "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.html index 5598b04655..b3aac12cee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.html @@ -504,6 +504,16 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the sslPolicies Resource.

+

+ storagePoolTypes() +

+

Returns the storagePoolTypes Resource.

+ +

+ storagePools() +

+

Returns the storagePools Resource.

+

subnetworks()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html index c224997621..ee3d7d6e5c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html index 32e8afef2d..f3de5c9cf3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@

Instance Methods

insert(project, body=None, forceCreate=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates an image in the specified project using the data included in the request.

- list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None, zone=None)

Retrieves the list of custom images available to the specified project. Custom images are images you create that belong to your project. This method does not get any images that belong to other projects, including publicly-available images, like Debian 8. If you want to get a list of publicly-available images, use this method to make a request to the respective image project, such as debian-cloud or windows-cloud.

list_next()

@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@

Method Details

- list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None, zone=None)
Retrieves the list of custom images available to the specified project. Custom images are images you create that belong to your project. This method does not get any images that belong to other projects, including publicly-available images, like Debian 8. If you want to get a list of publicly-available images, use this method to make a request to the respective image project, such as debian-cloud or windows-cloud.
 
 Args:
@@ -1027,6 +1027,7 @@ 

Method Details

Allowed values 1 - v1 error format 2 - v2 error format + zone: string, The zone query parameter. Returns: An object of the form: @@ -1057,7 +1058,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1219,7 +1220,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html index 2d8c446afe..0dfe9f5882 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -416,6 +416,11 @@

Method Details

"port": 42, # The port number, which can be a value between 1 and 65535. }, ], + "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance group manager. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/123`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is allowed for INSERT only. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used. @@ -1340,6 +1345,11 @@

Method Details

"port": 42, # The port number, which can be a value between 1 and 65535. }, ], + "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance group manager. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/123`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is allowed for INSERT only. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used. @@ -1512,6 +1522,11 @@

Method Details

"port": 42, # The port number, which can be a value between 1 and 65535. }, ], + "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance group manager. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/123`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is allowed for INSERT only. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used. @@ -1813,6 +1828,11 @@

Method Details

"port": 42, # The port number, which can be a value between 1 and 65535. }, ], + "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance group manager. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/123`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is allowed for INSERT only. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used. @@ -2332,6 +2352,11 @@

Method Details

"port": 42, # The port number, which can be a value between 1 and 65535. }, ], + "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance group manager. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/123`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is allowed for INSERT only. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used. @@ -4156,6 +4181,11 @@

Method Details

"port": 42, # The port number, which can be a value between 1 and 65535. }, ], + "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance group manager. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/123`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is allowed for INSERT only. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html index d8466a06a4..5023de418e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -222,6 +222,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -651,7 +652,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -664,7 +665,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -703,6 +704,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -1059,7 +1061,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1072,7 +1074,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -1111,6 +1113,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -1493,7 +1496,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1506,7 +1509,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -1545,6 +1548,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html index 233fd22d7b..1da252ba25 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -627,6 +627,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -946,7 +947,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -959,7 +960,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -998,6 +999,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -1198,7 +1200,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1211,7 +1213,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -1250,6 +1252,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -2013,7 +2016,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -2026,7 +2029,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -2065,6 +2068,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -2919,7 +2923,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -2932,7 +2936,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -2971,6 +2975,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -3393,7 +3398,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -3406,7 +3411,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -3445,6 +3450,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -7156,7 +7162,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -7169,7 +7175,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -7208,6 +7214,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectRemoteLocations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectRemoteLocations.html index da820fcb31..ca06f340e5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectRemoteLocations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectRemoteLocations.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Method Details

}, "city": "A String", # [Output Only] Metropolitan area designator that indicates which city an interconnect is located. For example: "Chicago, IL", "Amsterdam, Netherlands". "constraints": { # [Output Only] Constraints on the parameters for creating Cross-Cloud Interconnect and associated InterconnectAttachments. - "portPairRemoteLocation": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. GCP's API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location. + "portPairRemoteLocation": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. Google Cloud API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location. "portPairVlan": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair VLAN constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_VLAN, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_VLAN "subnetLengthRange": { # [Output Only] [min-length, max-length] The minimum and maximum value (inclusive) for the IPv4 subnet length. For example, an interconnectRemoteLocation for Azure has {min: 30, max: 30} because Azure requires /30 subnets. This range specifies the values supported by both cloud providers. Interconnect currently supports /29 and /30 IPv4 subnet lengths. If a remote cloud has no constraint on IPv4 subnet length, the range would thus be {min: 29, max: 30}. "max": 42, @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

}, "city": "A String", # [Output Only] Metropolitan area designator that indicates which city an interconnect is located. For example: "Chicago, IL", "Amsterdam, Netherlands". "constraints": { # [Output Only] Constraints on the parameters for creating Cross-Cloud Interconnect and associated InterconnectAttachments. - "portPairRemoteLocation": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. GCP's API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location. + "portPairRemoteLocation": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. Google Cloud API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location. "portPairVlan": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair VLAN constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_VLAN, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_VLAN "subnetLengthRange": { # [Output Only] [min-length, max-length] The minimum and maximum value (inclusive) for the IPv4 subnet length. For example, an interconnectRemoteLocation for Azure has {min: 30, max: 30} because Azure requires /30 subnets. This range specifies the values supported by both cloud providers. Interconnect currently supports /29 and /30 IPv4 subnet lengths. If a remote cloud has no constraint on IPv4 subnet length, the range would thus be {min: 29, max: 30}. "max": 42, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html index 69510dfcc3..3bafaaee87 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -333,6 +333,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -579,7 +580,7 @@

Method Details

"diskType": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the disk type resource. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # Specifies zero-based index of the disk that is attached to the source instance. @@ -872,7 +873,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -885,7 +886,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -924,6 +925,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -1170,7 +1172,7 @@

Method Details

"diskType": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the disk type resource. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # Specifies zero-based index of the disk that is attached to the source instance. @@ -1490,7 +1492,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1503,7 +1505,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -1542,6 +1544,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -1788,7 +1791,7 @@

Method Details

"diskType": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the disk type resource. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # Specifies zero-based index of the disk that is attached to the source instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html index 28fc960583..f19af1cbee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@

Method Details

"guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -853,6 +853,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk. "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch @@ -1010,7 +1011,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1088,6 +1089,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk. "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch @@ -1271,7 +1273,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1349,6 +1351,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk. "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch @@ -2463,7 +2466,7 @@

Method Details

"eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -2541,6 +2544,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "storageType": "A String", # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk. "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index f64a69ed4b..6a37360e51 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -1102,6 +1102,11 @@

Method Details

"port": 42, # The port number, which can be a value between 1 and 65535. }, ], + "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance group manager. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/123`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is allowed for INSERT only. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used. @@ -1274,6 +1279,11 @@

Method Details

"port": 42, # The port number, which can be a value between 1 and 65535. }, ], + "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance group manager. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/123`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is allowed for INSERT only. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used. @@ -1575,6 +1585,11 @@

Method Details

"port": 42, # The port number, which can be a value between 1 and 65535. }, ], + "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance group manager. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/123`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is allowed for INSERT only. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used. @@ -2094,6 +2109,11 @@

Method Details

"port": 42, # The port number, which can be a value between 1 and 65535. }, ], + "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance group manager. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/123`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is allowed for INSERT only. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used. @@ -3918,6 +3938,11 @@

Method Details

"port": 42, # The port number, which can be a value between 1 and 65535. }, ], + "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance group manager. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/123`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is allowed for INSERT only. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html index 6b373ce284..92142d4f44 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -327,6 +327,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -581,7 +582,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -594,7 +595,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -633,6 +634,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -1016,7 +1018,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1029,7 +1031,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -1068,6 +1070,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html index 5cb0f6d009..9d968737f9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. @@ -175,6 +175,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html index 562e8b8b7e..2c5008d751 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@

Method Details

"guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@

Method Details

"guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@

Method Details

"guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.storagePoolTypes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.storagePoolTypes.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7caba9f3b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.storagePoolTypes.html @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . storagePoolTypes

+

Instance Methods

+

+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves an aggregated list of storage pool types. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.

+

+ aggregatedList_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(project, zone, storagePoolType, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the specified storage pool type.

+

+ list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a list of storage pool types available to the specified project.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves an aggregated list of storage pool types. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.
+  includeAllScopes: boolean, Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.
+  serviceProjectNumber: string, The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which aggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": { # A list of StoragePoolTypesScopedList resources.
+    "a_key": { # [Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of storage pool types.
+      "storagePoolTypes": [ # [Output Only] A list of storage pool types contained in this scope.
+        {
+          "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+          "deprecated": { # Deprecation status for a public resource. # [Output Only] The deprecation status associated with this storage pool type.
+            "deleted": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DELETED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+            "deprecated": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DEPRECATED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+            "obsolete": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+            "replacement": "A String", # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
+            "state": "A String", # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+            "stateOverride": { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+              "defaultRolloutTime": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+              "locationRolloutPolicies": { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "description": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional description of this resource.
+          "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+          "kind": "compute#storagePoolType", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePoolType for storage pool types.
+          "maxPoolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum storage pool size in GB.
+          "maxPoolProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum provisioned IOPS.
+          "maxPoolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum provisioned throughput.
+          "minPoolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum storage pool size in GB.
+          "minPoolProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum provisioned IOPS.
+          "minPoolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum provisioned throughput.
+          "minSizeGb": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. Use minPoolProvisionedCapacityGb instead.
+          "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource.
+          "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+          "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+          "supportedDiskTypes": [ # [Output Only] The list of disk types supported in this storage pool type.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool type resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+        },
+      ],
+      "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning which replaces the list of storage pool types when the list is empty.
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+        "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+          {
+            "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+            "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#storagePoolTypeAggregatedList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolTypeAggregatedList .
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ aggregatedList_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(project, zone, storagePoolType, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the specified storage pool type.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  storagePoolType: string, Name of the storage pool type to return. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  "deprecated": { # Deprecation status for a public resource. # [Output Only] The deprecation status associated with this storage pool type.
+    "deleted": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DELETED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+    "deprecated": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DEPRECATED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+    "obsolete": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+    "replacement": "A String", # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
+    "state": "A String", # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+    "stateOverride": { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+      "defaultRolloutTime": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+      "locationRolloutPolicies": { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional description of this resource.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#storagePoolType", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePoolType for storage pool types.
+  "maxPoolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum storage pool size in GB.
+  "maxPoolProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum provisioned IOPS.
+  "maxPoolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum provisioned throughput.
+  "minPoolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum storage pool size in GB.
+  "minPoolProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum provisioned IOPS.
+  "minPoolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum provisioned throughput.
+  "minSizeGb": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. Use minPoolProvisionedCapacityGb instead.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "supportedDiskTypes": [ # [Output Only] The list of disk types supported in this storage pool type.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool type resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a list of storage pool types available to the specified project.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Contains a list of storage pool types.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of StoragePoolType resources.
+    {
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+      "deprecated": { # Deprecation status for a public resource. # [Output Only] The deprecation status associated with this storage pool type.
+        "deleted": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DELETED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+        "deprecated": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DEPRECATED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+        "obsolete": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+        "replacement": "A String", # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
+        "state": "A String", # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+        "stateOverride": { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+          "defaultRolloutTime": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+          "locationRolloutPolicies": { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "description": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional description of this resource.
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#storagePoolType", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePoolType for storage pool types.
+      "maxPoolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum storage pool size in GB.
+      "maxPoolProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum provisioned IOPS.
+      "maxPoolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum provisioned throughput.
+      "minPoolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum storage pool size in GB.
+      "minPoolProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum provisioned IOPS.
+      "minPoolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum provisioned throughput.
+      "minSizeGb": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. Use minPoolProvisionedCapacityGb instead.
+      "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+      "supportedDiskTypes": [ # [Output Only] The list of disk types supported in this storage pool type.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool type resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#storagePoolTypeList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolTypeList for storage pool types.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.storagePools.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5d5de0b6f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.storagePools.html @@ -0,0 +1,1304 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . storagePools

+

Instance Methods

+

+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves an aggregated list of storage pools. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.

+

+ aggregatedList_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(project, zone, storagePool, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes the specified storage pool. Deleting a storagePool removes its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a storagePool does not delete any snapshots previously made from the storagePool. You must separately delete snapshots.

+

+ get(project, zone, storagePool, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns a specified storage pool. Gets a list of available storage pools by making a list() request.

+

+ getIamPolicy(project, zone, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.

+

+ insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a storage pool in the specified project using the data in the request.

+

+ list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a list of storage pools contained within the specified zone.

+

+ listDisks(project, zone, storagePool, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists the disks in a specified storage pool.

+

+ listDisks_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ setIamPolicy(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.

+

+ testIamPermissions(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

+

+ update(project, zone, storagePool, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the specified storagePool with the data included in the request. The update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: size_tb and provisioned_iops.

+

Method Details

+
+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves an aggregated list of storage pools. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.
+  includeAllScopes: boolean, Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.
+  serviceProjectNumber: string, The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which aggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": { # A list of StoragePoolsScopedList resources.
+    "a_key": { # [Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of storage pool.
+      "storagePools": [ # [Output Only] A list of storage pool contained in this scope.
+        { # Represents a zonal storage pool resource.
+          "capacityProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the byte capacity of the pool.
+          "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+          "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+          "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+          "kind": "compute#storagePool", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePool for storage pools.
+          "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this storage pool, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a storage pool.
+          "labels": { # Labels to apply to this storage pool. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+          "performanceProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the performance-related parameters of the pool, such as throughput and IOPS.
+          "poolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # Size, in GiB, of the storage pool.
+          "poolProvisionedIops": "A String", # Provisioned IOPS of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced.
+          "poolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.
+          "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+            "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+            "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+            "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+            "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+            "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+            "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+            "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+            "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+            "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+            "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+          },
+          "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+          "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+          "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of storage pool creation. - CREATING: Storage pool is provisioning. storagePool. - FAILED: Storage pool creation failed. - READY: Storage pool is ready for use. - DELETING: Storage pool is deleting.
+          "status": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+            "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+            "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+            "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+            "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+            "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+            "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+            "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+            "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+            "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+            "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+          },
+          "storagePoolType": "A String", # Type of the storage pool.
+          "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+        },
+      ],
+      "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning which replaces the list of storage pool when the list is empty.
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+        "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+          {
+            "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+            "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#storagePoolAggregatedList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolAggregatedList for aggregated lists of storage pools.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ aggregatedList_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(project, zone, storagePool, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes the specified storage pool. Deleting a storagePool removes its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a storagePool does not delete any snapshots previously made from the storagePool. You must separately delete snapshots.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  storagePool: string, Name of the storage pool to delete. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(project, zone, storagePool, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns a specified storage pool. Gets a list of available storage pools by making a list() request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  storagePool: string, Name of the storage pool to return. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a zonal storage pool resource.
+  "capacityProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the byte capacity of the pool.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#storagePool", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePool for storage pools.
+  "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this storage pool, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a storage pool.
+  "labels": { # Labels to apply to this storage pool. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  "performanceProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the performance-related parameters of the pool, such as throughput and IOPS.
+  "poolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # Size, in GiB, of the storage pool.
+  "poolProvisionedIops": "A String", # Provisioned IOPS of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced.
+  "poolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.
+  "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+    "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+    "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+    "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+    "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+    "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+    "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+    "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+  },
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+  "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of storage pool creation. - CREATING: Storage pool is provisioning. storagePool. - FAILED: Storage pool creation failed. - READY: Storage pool is ready for use. - DELETING: Storage pool is deleting.
+  "status": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+    "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+    "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+    "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+    "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+    "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+    "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+    "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+  },
+  "storagePoolType": "A String", # Type of the storage pool.
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+}
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(project, zone, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  optionsRequestedPolicyVersion: integer, Requested IAM Policy version.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "ignoreChildExemptions": True or False, # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "exemptedMembers": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "bindingId": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "rules": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+    { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "action": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "conditions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "iam": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "op": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "svc": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "sys": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "values": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "ins": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "logConfigs": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "cloudAudit": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "authorizationLoggingOptions": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "permissionType": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            },
+            "logName": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+          "counter": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "customFields": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                "name": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                "value": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              },
+            ],
+            "field": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "metric": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+          "dataAccess": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "logMode": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "notIns": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "permissions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a storage pool in the specified project using the data in the request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a zonal storage pool resource.
+  "capacityProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the byte capacity of the pool.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#storagePool", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePool for storage pools.
+  "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this storage pool, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a storage pool.
+  "labels": { # Labels to apply to this storage pool. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  "performanceProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the performance-related parameters of the pool, such as throughput and IOPS.
+  "poolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # Size, in GiB, of the storage pool.
+  "poolProvisionedIops": "A String", # Provisioned IOPS of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced.
+  "poolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.
+  "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+    "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+    "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+    "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+    "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+    "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+    "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+    "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+  },
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+  "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of storage pool creation. - CREATING: Storage pool is provisioning. storagePool. - FAILED: Storage pool creation failed. - READY: Storage pool is ready for use. - DELETING: Storage pool is deleting.
+  "status": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+    "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+    "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+    "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+    "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+    "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+    "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+    "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+  },
+  "storagePoolType": "A String", # Type of the storage pool.
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a list of storage pools contained within the specified zone.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A list of StoragePool resources.
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of StoragePool resources.
+    { # Represents a zonal storage pool resource.
+      "capacityProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the byte capacity of the pool.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+      "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#storagePool", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePool for storage pools.
+      "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this storage pool, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a storage pool.
+      "labels": { # Labels to apply to this storage pool. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      "performanceProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the performance-related parameters of the pool, such as throughput and IOPS.
+      "poolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # Size, in GiB, of the storage pool.
+      "poolProvisionedIops": "A String", # Provisioned IOPS of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced.
+      "poolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.
+      "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+        "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+        "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+        "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+        "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+        "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+        "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+        "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+        "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+        "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+        "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+      },
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+      "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of storage pool creation. - CREATING: Storage pool is provisioning. storagePool. - FAILED: Storage pool creation failed. - READY: Storage pool is ready for use. - DELETING: Storage pool is deleting.
+      "status": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+        "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+        "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+        "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+        "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+        "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+        "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+        "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+        "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+        "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+        "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+      },
+      "storagePoolType": "A String", # Type of the storage pool.
+      "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#storagePoolList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolList for lists of storagePools.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ listDisks(project, zone, storagePool, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists the disks in a specified storage pool.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  storagePool: string, Name of the storage pool to list disks of. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of StoragePoolDisk resources.
+    {
+      "attachedInstances": [ # [Output Only] Instances this disk is attached to.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+      "disk": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the disk.
+      "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the disk.
+      "provisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] The number of IOPS provisioned for the disk.
+      "provisionedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] The throughput provisioned for the disk.
+      "resourcePolicies": [ # [Output Only] Resource policies applied to disk for automatic snapshot creations.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "sizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] The disk size, in GB.
+      "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The disk status.
+      "type": "A String", # [Output Only] The disk type.
+      "usedBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of disk space used.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#storagePoolListDisks", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolListDisks for lists of disks in a storagePool.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ listDisks_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "bindings": [ # Flatten Policy to create a backwacd compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify bindings.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "bindingId": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "ignoreChildExemptions": True or False, # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "exemptedMembers": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "bindingId": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "rules": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "action": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "conditions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "iam": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "op": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "svc": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "sys": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "values": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "description": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "ins": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "logConfigs": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "cloudAudit": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "authorizationLoggingOptions": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                "permissionType": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              },
+              "logName": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            },
+            "counter": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "customFields": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                  "name": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                  "value": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                },
+              ],
+              "field": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "metric": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            },
+            "dataAccess": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "logMode": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "notIns": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "permissions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "ignoreChildExemptions": True or False, # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "exemptedMembers": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "bindingId": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "rules": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+    { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "action": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "conditions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "iam": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "op": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "svc": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "sys": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "values": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "ins": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "logConfigs": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "cloudAudit": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "authorizationLoggingOptions": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "permissionType": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            },
+            "logName": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+          "counter": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "customFields": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                "name": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                "value": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              },
+            ],
+            "field": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "metric": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+          "dataAccess": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "logMode": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "notIns": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "permissions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ update(project, zone, storagePool, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the specified storagePool with the data included in the request. The update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: size_tb and provisioned_iops.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  storagePool: string, The storagePool name for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a zonal storage pool resource.
+  "capacityProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the byte capacity of the pool.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#storagePool", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePool for storage pools.
+  "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this storage pool, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a storage pool.
+  "labels": { # Labels to apply to this storage pool. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  "performanceProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the performance-related parameters of the pool, such as throughput and IOPS.
+  "poolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # Size, in GiB, of the storage pool.
+  "poolProvisionedIops": "A String", # Provisioned IOPS of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced.
+  "poolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.
+  "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+    "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+    "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+    "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+    "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+    "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+    "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+    "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+  },
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+  "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of storage pool creation. - CREATING: Storage pool is provisioning. storagePool. - FAILED: Storage pool creation failed. - READY: Storage pool is ready for use. - DELETING: Storage pool is deleting.
+  "status": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+    "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+    "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+    "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+    "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+    "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+    "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+    "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+  },
+  "storagePoolType": "A String", # Type of the storage pool.
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html index 5c722b378a..245a49c1ec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -403,6 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -614,7 +615,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this snapshot is created from a confidential compute mode disk. [Output Only]: This field is not set by user, but from source disk. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -960,7 +961,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1035,6 +1036,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -1187,7 +1189,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1262,6 +1264,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -1440,7 +1443,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1515,6 +1518,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -2624,7 +2628,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -2699,6 +2703,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html index 724a74001e..6398059582 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html @@ -484,6 +484,16 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the sslPolicies Resource.

+

+ storagePoolTypes() +

+

Returns the storagePoolTypes Resource.

+ +

+ storagePools() +

+

Returns the storagePools Resource.

+

subnetworks()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html index 077dddecfb..a2c4979642 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html index 11950ad9c3..4bec3249fe 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -997,7 +997,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@

Method Details

"family": "A String", # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. The image family name can be from a publicly managed image family provided by Compute Engine, or from a custom image family you create. For example, centos-stream-9 is a publicly available image family. For more information, see Image family best practices. When creating disks, you can specify an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. To see a list of available options, see the guestOSfeatures[].type parameter. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html index 2e8b4bd83a..7787304c43 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -214,6 +214,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -618,7 +619,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -663,6 +664,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -994,7 +996,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1039,6 +1041,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -1396,7 +1399,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1441,6 +1444,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html index eee78abf26..5b4e4ea421 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -610,6 +610,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -901,7 +902,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -946,6 +947,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -1141,7 +1143,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1186,6 +1188,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -1924,7 +1927,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1969,6 +1972,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -2603,7 +2607,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -2648,6 +2652,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -3041,7 +3046,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -3086,6 +3091,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -6600,7 +6606,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -6645,6 +6651,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectRemoteLocations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectRemoteLocations.html index 7c876f3427..aef60b281d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectRemoteLocations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectRemoteLocations.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Method Details

}, "city": "A String", # [Output Only] Metropolitan area designator that indicates which city an interconnect is located. For example: "Chicago, IL", "Amsterdam, Netherlands". "constraints": { # [Output Only] Constraints on the parameters for creating Cross-Cloud Interconnect and associated InterconnectAttachments. - "portPairRemoteLocation": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. GCP's API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location. + "portPairRemoteLocation": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. Google Cloud API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location. "portPairVlan": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair VLAN constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_VLAN, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_VLAN "subnetLengthRange": { # [Output Only] [min-length, max-length] The minimum and maximum value (inclusive) for the IPv4 subnet length. For example, an interconnectRemoteLocation for Azure has {min: 30, max: 30} because Azure requires /30 subnets. This range specifies the values supported by both cloud providers. Interconnect currently supports /29 and /30 IPv4 subnet lengths. If a remote cloud has no constraint on IPv4 subnet length, the range would thus be {min: 29, max: 30}. "max": 42, @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

}, "city": "A String", # [Output Only] Metropolitan area designator that indicates which city an interconnect is located. For example: "Chicago, IL", "Amsterdam, Netherlands". "constraints": { # [Output Only] Constraints on the parameters for creating Cross-Cloud Interconnect and associated InterconnectAttachments. - "portPairRemoteLocation": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. GCP's API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location. + "portPairRemoteLocation": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. Google Cloud API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location. "portPairVlan": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair VLAN constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_VLAN, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_VLAN "subnetLengthRange": { # [Output Only] [min-length, max-length] The minimum and maximum value (inclusive) for the IPv4 subnet length. For example, an interconnectRemoteLocation for Azure has {min: 30, max: 30} because Azure requires /30 subnets. This range specifies the values supported by both cloud providers. Interconnect currently supports /29 and /30 IPv4 subnet lengths. If a remote cloud has no constraint on IPv4 subnet length, the range would thus be {min: 29, max: 30}. "max": 42, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html index 49360432fd..5d923538af 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -325,6 +325,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -547,7 +548,7 @@

Method Details

"diskType": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the disk type resource. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # Specifies zero-based index of the disk that is attached to the source instance. @@ -827,7 +828,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -872,6 +873,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -1094,7 +1096,7 @@

Method Details

"diskType": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the disk type resource. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # Specifies zero-based index of the disk that is attached to the source instance. @@ -1401,7 +1403,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -1446,6 +1448,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -1668,7 +1671,7 @@

Method Details

"diskType": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the disk type resource. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # Specifies zero-based index of the disk that is attached to the source instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html index 200c281707..248ee1d9cc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this snapshot is created from a confidential compute mode disk. [Output Only]: This field is not set by user, but from source disk. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -770,7 +770,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -845,6 +845,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -997,7 +998,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1072,6 +1073,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -1250,7 +1252,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -1325,6 +1327,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -2434,7 +2437,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this disk is using confidential compute mode. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -2509,6 +2512,7 @@

Method Details

"sourceSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used. "sourceStorageObject": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types. "users": [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html index f5ec228ab0..f03f2398cc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -319,6 +319,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -548,7 +549,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -593,6 +594,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. @@ -951,7 +953,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -996,6 +998,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html index b42ef88b56..5fb74ebc38 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Method Details

"forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. @@ -167,6 +167,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "storagePool": "A String", # The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool }, "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. For most machine types, the default is SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. In certain configurations, persistent disks can use NVMe. For more information, see About persistent disks. "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html index c5016b066a..985b714946 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this snapshot is created from a confidential compute mode disk. [Output Only]: This field is not set by user, but from source disk. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this snapshot is created from a confidential compute mode disk. [Output Only]: This field is not set by user, but from source disk. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@

Method Details

"enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Whether this snapshot is created from a confidential compute mode disk. [Output Only]: This field is not set by user, but from source disk. "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. }, ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.storagePoolTypes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.storagePoolTypes.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..687acd3729 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.storagePoolTypes.html @@ -0,0 +1,323 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . storagePoolTypes

+

Instance Methods

+

+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves an aggregated list of storage pool types. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.

+

+ aggregatedList_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(project, zone, storagePoolType, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the specified storage pool type.

+

+ list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a list of storage pool types available to the specified project.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves an aggregated list of storage pool types. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.
+  includeAllScopes: boolean, Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.
+  serviceProjectNumber: string, The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which aggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": { # A list of StoragePoolTypesScopedList resources.
+    "a_key": { # [Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of storage pool types.
+      "storagePoolTypes": [ # [Output Only] A list of storage pool types contained in this scope.
+        {
+          "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+          "deprecated": { # Deprecation status for a public resource. # [Output Only] The deprecation status associated with this storage pool type.
+            "deleted": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DELETED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+            "deprecated": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DEPRECATED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+            "obsolete": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+            "replacement": "A String", # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
+            "state": "A String", # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+          },
+          "description": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional description of this resource.
+          "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+          "kind": "compute#storagePoolType", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePoolType for storage pool types.
+          "maxPoolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum storage pool size in GB.
+          "maxPoolProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum provisioned IOPS.
+          "maxPoolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum provisioned throughput.
+          "minPoolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum storage pool size in GB.
+          "minPoolProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum provisioned IOPS.
+          "minPoolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum provisioned throughput.
+          "minSizeGb": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. Use minPoolProvisionedCapacityGb instead.
+          "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource.
+          "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+          "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+          "supportedDiskTypes": [ # [Output Only] The list of disk types supported in this storage pool type.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool type resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+        },
+      ],
+      "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning which replaces the list of storage pool types when the list is empty.
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+        "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+          {
+            "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+            "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#storagePoolTypeAggregatedList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolTypeAggregatedList .
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ aggregatedList_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(project, zone, storagePoolType, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the specified storage pool type.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  storagePoolType: string, Name of the storage pool type to return. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  "deprecated": { # Deprecation status for a public resource. # [Output Only] The deprecation status associated with this storage pool type.
+    "deleted": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DELETED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+    "deprecated": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DEPRECATED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+    "obsolete": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+    "replacement": "A String", # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
+    "state": "A String", # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+  },
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional description of this resource.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#storagePoolType", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePoolType for storage pool types.
+  "maxPoolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum storage pool size in GB.
+  "maxPoolProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum provisioned IOPS.
+  "maxPoolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum provisioned throughput.
+  "minPoolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum storage pool size in GB.
+  "minPoolProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum provisioned IOPS.
+  "minPoolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum provisioned throughput.
+  "minSizeGb": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. Use minPoolProvisionedCapacityGb instead.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "supportedDiskTypes": [ # [Output Only] The list of disk types supported in this storage pool type.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool type resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a list of storage pool types available to the specified project.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Contains a list of storage pool types.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of StoragePoolType resources.
+    {
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+      "deprecated": { # Deprecation status for a public resource. # [Output Only] The deprecation status associated with this storage pool type.
+        "deleted": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DELETED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+        "deprecated": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DEPRECATED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+        "obsolete": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+        "replacement": "A String", # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
+        "state": "A String", # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+      },
+      "description": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional description of this resource.
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#storagePoolType", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePoolType for storage pool types.
+      "maxPoolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum storage pool size in GB.
+      "maxPoolProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum provisioned IOPS.
+      "maxPoolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum provisioned throughput.
+      "minPoolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum storage pool size in GB.
+      "minPoolProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum provisioned IOPS.
+      "minPoolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Minimum provisioned throughput.
+      "minSizeGb": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. Use minPoolProvisionedCapacityGb instead.
+      "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+      "supportedDiskTypes": [ # [Output Only] The list of disk types supported in this storage pool type.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool type resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#storagePoolTypeList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolTypeList for storage pool types.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.storagePools.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1f70d79854 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.storagePools.html @@ -0,0 +1,1304 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . storagePools

+

Instance Methods

+

+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves an aggregated list of storage pools. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.

+

+ aggregatedList_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(project, zone, storagePool, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes the specified storage pool. Deleting a storagePool removes its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a storagePool does not delete any snapshots previously made from the storagePool. You must separately delete snapshots.

+

+ get(project, zone, storagePool, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns a specified storage pool. Gets a list of available storage pools by making a list() request.

+

+ getIamPolicy(project, zone, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.

+

+ insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a storage pool in the specified project using the data in the request.

+

+ list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a list of storage pools contained within the specified zone.

+

+ listDisks(project, zone, storagePool, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists the disks in a specified storage pool.

+

+ listDisks_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ setIamPolicy(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.

+

+ testIamPermissions(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

+

+ update(project, zone, storagePool, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the specified storagePool with the data included in the request. The update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: size_tb and provisioned_iops.

+

Method Details

+
+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves an aggregated list of storage pools. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.
+  includeAllScopes: boolean, Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.
+  serviceProjectNumber: string, The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which aggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": { # A list of StoragePoolsScopedList resources.
+    "a_key": { # [Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of storage pool.
+      "storagePools": [ # [Output Only] A list of storage pool contained in this scope.
+        { # Represents a zonal storage pool resource.
+          "capacityProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the byte capacity of the pool.
+          "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+          "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+          "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+          "kind": "compute#storagePool", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePool for storage pools.
+          "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this storage pool, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a storage pool.
+          "labels": { # Labels to apply to this storage pool. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+          "performanceProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the performance-related parameters of the pool, such as throughput and IOPS.
+          "poolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # Size, in GiB, of the storage pool.
+          "poolProvisionedIops": "A String", # Provisioned IOPS of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced.
+          "poolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.
+          "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+            "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+            "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+            "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+            "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+            "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+            "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+            "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+            "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+            "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+            "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+          },
+          "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+          "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+          "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of storage pool creation. - CREATING: Storage pool is provisioning. storagePool. - FAILED: Storage pool creation failed. - READY: Storage pool is ready for use. - DELETING: Storage pool is deleting.
+          "status": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+            "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+            "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+            "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+            "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+            "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+            "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+            "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+            "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+            "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+            "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+          },
+          "storagePoolType": "A String", # Type of the storage pool.
+          "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+        },
+      ],
+      "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning which replaces the list of storage pool when the list is empty.
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+        "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+          {
+            "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+            "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#storagePoolAggregatedList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolAggregatedList for aggregated lists of storage pools.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ aggregatedList_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(project, zone, storagePool, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes the specified storage pool. Deleting a storagePool removes its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a storagePool does not delete any snapshots previously made from the storagePool. You must separately delete snapshots.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  storagePool: string, Name of the storage pool to delete. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(project, zone, storagePool, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns a specified storage pool. Gets a list of available storage pools by making a list() request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  storagePool: string, Name of the storage pool to return. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a zonal storage pool resource.
+  "capacityProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the byte capacity of the pool.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#storagePool", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePool for storage pools.
+  "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this storage pool, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a storage pool.
+  "labels": { # Labels to apply to this storage pool. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  "performanceProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the performance-related parameters of the pool, such as throughput and IOPS.
+  "poolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # Size, in GiB, of the storage pool.
+  "poolProvisionedIops": "A String", # Provisioned IOPS of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced.
+  "poolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.
+  "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+    "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+    "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+    "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+    "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+    "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+    "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+    "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+  },
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+  "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of storage pool creation. - CREATING: Storage pool is provisioning. storagePool. - FAILED: Storage pool creation failed. - READY: Storage pool is ready for use. - DELETING: Storage pool is deleting.
+  "status": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+    "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+    "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+    "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+    "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+    "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+    "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+    "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+  },
+  "storagePoolType": "A String", # Type of the storage pool.
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+}
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(project, zone, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  optionsRequestedPolicyVersion: integer, Requested IAM Policy version.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "ignoreChildExemptions": True or False, # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "exemptedMembers": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "bindingId": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "rules": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+    { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "action": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "conditions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "iam": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "op": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "svc": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "sys": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "values": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "ins": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "logConfigs": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "cloudAudit": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "authorizationLoggingOptions": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "permissionType": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            },
+            "logName": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+          "counter": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "customFields": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                "name": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                "value": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              },
+            ],
+            "field": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "metric": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+          "dataAccess": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "logMode": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "notIns": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "permissions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a storage pool in the specified project using the data in the request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a zonal storage pool resource.
+  "capacityProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the byte capacity of the pool.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#storagePool", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePool for storage pools.
+  "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this storage pool, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a storage pool.
+  "labels": { # Labels to apply to this storage pool. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  "performanceProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the performance-related parameters of the pool, such as throughput and IOPS.
+  "poolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # Size, in GiB, of the storage pool.
+  "poolProvisionedIops": "A String", # Provisioned IOPS of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced.
+  "poolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.
+  "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+    "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+    "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+    "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+    "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+    "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+    "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+    "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+  },
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+  "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of storage pool creation. - CREATING: Storage pool is provisioning. storagePool. - FAILED: Storage pool creation failed. - READY: Storage pool is ready for use. - DELETING: Storage pool is deleting.
+  "status": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+    "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+    "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+    "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+    "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+    "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+    "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+    "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+  },
+  "storagePoolType": "A String", # Type of the storage pool.
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a list of storage pools contained within the specified zone.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A list of StoragePool resources.
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of StoragePool resources.
+    { # Represents a zonal storage pool resource.
+      "capacityProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the byte capacity of the pool.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+      "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#storagePool", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePool for storage pools.
+      "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this storage pool, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a storage pool.
+      "labels": { # Labels to apply to this storage pool. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      "performanceProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the performance-related parameters of the pool, such as throughput and IOPS.
+      "poolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # Size, in GiB, of the storage pool.
+      "poolProvisionedIops": "A String", # Provisioned IOPS of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced.
+      "poolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.
+      "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+        "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+        "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+        "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+        "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+        "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+        "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+        "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+        "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+        "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+        "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+      },
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+      "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of storage pool creation. - CREATING: Storage pool is provisioning. storagePool. - FAILED: Storage pool creation failed. - READY: Storage pool is ready for use. - DELETING: Storage pool is deleting.
+      "status": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+        "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+        "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+        "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+        "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+        "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+        "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+        "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+        "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+        "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+        "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+      },
+      "storagePoolType": "A String", # Type of the storage pool.
+      "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#storagePoolList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolList for lists of storagePools.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ listDisks(project, zone, storagePool, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists the disks in a specified storage pool.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  storagePool: string, Name of the storage pool to list disks of. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of StoragePoolDisk resources.
+    {
+      "attachedInstances": [ # [Output Only] Instances this disk is attached to.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+      "disk": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the disk.
+      "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the disk.
+      "provisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] The number of IOPS provisioned for the disk.
+      "provisionedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] The throughput provisioned for the disk.
+      "resourcePolicies": [ # [Output Only] Resource policies applied to disk for automatic snapshot creations.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "sizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] The disk size, in GB.
+      "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The disk status.
+      "type": "A String", # [Output Only] The disk type.
+      "usedBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of disk space used.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#storagePoolListDisks", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolListDisks for lists of disks in a storagePool.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ listDisks_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "bindings": [ # Flatten Policy to create a backwacd compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify bindings.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "bindingId": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "ignoreChildExemptions": True or False, # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "exemptedMembers": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "bindingId": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "rules": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "action": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "conditions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "iam": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "op": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "svc": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "sys": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "values": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "description": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "ins": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "logConfigs": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "cloudAudit": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "authorizationLoggingOptions": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                "permissionType": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              },
+              "logName": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            },
+            "counter": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "customFields": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                  "name": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                  "value": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                },
+              ],
+              "field": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "metric": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            },
+            "dataAccess": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "logMode": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "notIns": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "permissions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "ignoreChildExemptions": True or False, # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "exemptedMembers": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "bindingId": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "rules": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+    { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "action": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "conditions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "iam": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "op": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "svc": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "sys": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "values": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "ins": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "logConfigs": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "cloudAudit": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "authorizationLoggingOptions": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "permissionType": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            },
+            "logName": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+          "counter": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "customFields": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                "name": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                "value": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              },
+            ],
+            "field": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "metric": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+          "dataAccess": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "logMode": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "notIns": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "permissions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ update(project, zone, storagePool, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the specified storagePool with the data included in the request. The update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: size_tb and provisioned_iops.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  storagePool: string, The storagePool name for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a zonal storage pool resource.
+  "capacityProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the byte capacity of the pool.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#storagePool", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePool for storage pools.
+  "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this storage pool, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a storage pool.
+  "labels": { # Labels to apply to this storage pool. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  "performanceProvisioningType": "A String", # Provisioning type of the performance-related parameters of the pool, such as throughput and IOPS.
+  "poolProvisionedCapacityGb": "A String", # Size, in GiB, of the storage pool.
+  "poolProvisionedIops": "A String", # Provisioned IOPS of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced.
+  "poolProvisionedThroughput": "A String", # Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.
+  "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+    "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+    "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+    "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+    "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+    "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+    "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+    "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+  },
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+  "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of storage pool creation. - CREATING: Storage pool is provisioning. storagePool. - FAILED: Storage pool creation failed. - READY: Storage pool is ready for use. - DELETING: Storage pool is deleting.
+  "status": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+    "diskCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+    "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+    "maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+    "poolUsedCapacityBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.
+    "poolUsedIops": "A String", # Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.
+    "poolUsedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.
+    "poolUserWrittenBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.
+    "totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.
+  },
+  "storagePoolType": "A String", # Type of the storage pool.
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.eventSubscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.eventSubscriptions.html index 4f29dff02b..a3b89212a5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.eventSubscriptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.eventSubscriptions.html @@ -140,6 +140,21 @@

Method Details

}, "subscriber": "A String", # Optional. name of the Subscriber for the current EventSubscription. "subscriberLink": "A String", # Optional. Link for Subscriber of the current EventSubscription. + "triggerConfigVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the trigger + { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. + "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. + "type": "A String", # Type. + }, + "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. + }, + "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + }, + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Updated time. } @@ -249,6 +264,21 @@

Method Details

}, "subscriber": "A String", # Optional. name of the Subscriber for the current EventSubscription. "subscriberLink": "A String", # Optional. Link for Subscriber of the current EventSubscription. + "triggerConfigVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the trigger + { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. + "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. + "type": "A String", # Type. + }, + "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. + }, + "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + }, + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Updated time. }
@@ -300,6 +330,21 @@

Method Details

}, "subscriber": "A String", # Optional. name of the Subscriber for the current EventSubscription. "subscriberLink": "A String", # Optional. Link for Subscriber of the current EventSubscription. + "triggerConfigVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the trigger + { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. + "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. + "type": "A String", # Type. + }, + "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. + }, + "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + }, + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Updated time. }, ], @@ -360,6 +405,21 @@

Method Details

}, "subscriber": "A String", # Optional. name of the Subscriber for the current EventSubscription. "subscriberLink": "A String", # Optional. Link for Subscriber of the current EventSubscription. + "triggerConfigVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the trigger + { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. + "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. + "type": "A String", # Type. + }, + "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. + }, + "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + }, + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Updated time. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html index 9d1340def0..832e15ab25 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html @@ -439,21 +439,6 @@

Method Details

], "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, - "triggerConfigVariables": [ # Optional. Additional eventing related field values - { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. - }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. - "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. - }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. - }, - ], }, "eventingEnablementType": "A String", # Optional. Eventing enablement type. Will be nil if eventing is not enabled. "eventingRuntimeData": { # Eventing runtime data has the details related to eventing managed by the system. # Output only. Eventing Runtime Data. @@ -463,6 +448,28 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Output only. Description of error if State is set to "ERROR". "state": "A String", # Output only. State. }, + "webhookData": { # WebhookData has details of webhook configuration. # Output only. Webhook data. + "additionalVariables": [ # Output only. Additional webhook related field values. + { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. + "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. + "type": "A String", # Type. + }, + "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. + }, + "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + }, + ], + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was created. + "id": "A String", # Output only. ID to uniquely identify webhook. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Webhook + "nextRefreshTime": "A String", # Output only. Next webhook refresh time. Will be null if refresh is not supported. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was last updated. + }, }, "imageLocation": "A String", # Output only. GCR location where the runtime image is stored. formatted like: gcr.io/{bucketName}/{imageName} "isTrustedTester": True or False, # Output only. Is trusted tester program enabled for the project. @@ -902,21 +909,6 @@

Method Details

], "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, - "triggerConfigVariables": [ # Optional. Additional eventing related field values - { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. - }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. - "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. - }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. - }, - ], }, "eventingEnablementType": "A String", # Optional. Eventing enablement type. Will be nil if eventing is not enabled. "eventingRuntimeData": { # Eventing runtime data has the details related to eventing managed by the system. # Output only. Eventing Runtime Data. @@ -926,6 +918,28 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Output only. Description of error if State is set to "ERROR". "state": "A String", # Output only. State. }, + "webhookData": { # WebhookData has details of webhook configuration. # Output only. Webhook data. + "additionalVariables": [ # Output only. Additional webhook related field values. + { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. + "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. + "type": "A String", # Type. + }, + "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. + }, + "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + }, + ], + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was created. + "id": "A String", # Output only. ID to uniquely identify webhook. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Webhook + "nextRefreshTime": "A String", # Output only. Next webhook refresh time. Will be null if refresh is not supported. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was last updated. + }, }, "imageLocation": "A String", # Output only. GCR location where the runtime image is stored. formatted like: gcr.io/{bucketName}/{imageName} "isTrustedTester": True or False, # Output only. Is trusted tester program enabled for the project. @@ -1384,21 +1398,6 @@

Method Details

], "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, - "triggerConfigVariables": [ # Optional. Additional eventing related field values - { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. - }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. - "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. - }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. - }, - ], }, "eventingEnablementType": "A String", # Optional. Eventing enablement type. Will be nil if eventing is not enabled. "eventingRuntimeData": { # Eventing runtime data has the details related to eventing managed by the system. # Output only. Eventing Runtime Data. @@ -1408,6 +1407,28 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Output only. Description of error if State is set to "ERROR". "state": "A String", # Output only. State. }, + "webhookData": { # WebhookData has details of webhook configuration. # Output only. Webhook data. + "additionalVariables": [ # Output only. Additional webhook related field values. + { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. + "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. + "type": "A String", # Type. + }, + "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. + }, + "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + }, + ], + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was created. + "id": "A String", # Output only. ID to uniquely identify webhook. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Webhook + "nextRefreshTime": "A String", # Output only. Next webhook refresh time. Will be null if refresh is not supported. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was last updated. + }, }, "imageLocation": "A String", # Output only. GCR location where the runtime image is stored. formatted like: gcr.io/{bucketName}/{imageName} "isTrustedTester": True or False, # Output only. Is trusted tester program enabled for the project. @@ -1820,21 +1841,6 @@

Method Details

], "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, - "triggerConfigVariables": [ # Optional. Additional eventing related field values - { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. - "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. - "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. - "type": "A String", # Type. - }, - "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. - "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. - "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. - }, - "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. - }, - ], }, "eventingEnablementType": "A String", # Optional. Eventing enablement type. Will be nil if eventing is not enabled. "eventingRuntimeData": { # Eventing runtime data has the details related to eventing managed by the system. # Output only. Eventing Runtime Data. @@ -1844,6 +1850,28 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Output only. Description of error if State is set to "ERROR". "state": "A String", # Output only. State. }, + "webhookData": { # WebhookData has details of webhook configuration. # Output only. Webhook data. + "additionalVariables": [ # Output only. Additional webhook related field values. + { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. + "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. + "type": "A String", # Type. + }, + "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. + }, + "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + }, + ], + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was created. + "id": "A String", # Output only. ID to uniquely identify webhook. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Webhook + "nextRefreshTime": "A String", # Output only. Next webhook refresh time. Will be null if refresh is not supported. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was last updated. + }, }, "imageLocation": "A String", # Output only. GCR location where the runtime image is stored. formatted like: gcr.io/{bucketName}/{imageName} "isTrustedTester": True or False, # Output only. Is trusted tester program enabled for the project. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.customConnectors.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.customConnectors.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9d14735abd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.customConnectors.html @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ + + + +

Connectors API . projects . locations . customConnectors

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ validateCustomConnectorSpec(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Validates a Custom Connector Spec.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ validateCustomConnectorSpec(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Validates a Custom Connector Spec.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Location at which the custom connector is being created. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ConnectorsService.ValidateCustomConnectorSpec
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. Service account to access the spec from Google Cloud Storage.
+  "specLocation": "A String", # Required. Location of the custom connector spec. The location can be either a public url like `https://public-url.com/spec` Or a Google Cloud Storage location like `gs:///`
+  "specType": "A String", # Required. Spec type of the custom connector spec.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ConnectorsService.ValidateCustomConnectorSpec
+  "errorMessage": "A String", # Error message. The spec is valid if the error message is empty.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html index f1fd5eacbb..732066072f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html @@ -80,9 +80,6 @@

Instance Methods

create(parent, body=None, customConnectorVersionId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a new CustomConnectorVersion in a given project and location.

-

- delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a single CustomConnectorVersion.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single CustomConnectorVersion.

@@ -92,9 +89,6 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

-

- patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates the parameters of a CustomConnectorVersion.

Method Details

close() @@ -194,6 +188,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -249,6 +244,9 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. Resource name of the Version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customConnectors/{custom_connector}/customConnectorVersions/{custom_connector_version} "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account used by runtime plane to access auth config secrets. "specLocation": "A String", # Optional. Location of the custom connector spec. The location can be either a public url like `https://public-url.com/spec` Or a Google Cloud Storage location like `gs:///` + "specServerUrls": [ # Output only. Server URLs parsed from the spec. + "A String", + ], "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the custom connector version. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Updated time. } @@ -283,41 +281,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a single CustomConnectorVersion.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customConnectors/{custom_connector}/customConnectorVersions/{custom_connector_version}` (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
-  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
-  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
-  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-}
-
-
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Gets details of a single CustomConnectorVersion.
@@ -416,6 +379,7 @@ 

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -471,6 +435,9 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. Resource name of the Version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customConnectors/{custom_connector}/customConnectorVersions/{custom_connector_version} "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account used by runtime plane to access auth config secrets. "specLocation": "A String", # Optional. Location of the custom connector spec. The location can be either a public url like `https://public-url.com/spec` Or a Google Cloud Storage location like `gs:///` + "specServerUrls": [ # Output only. Server URLs parsed from the spec. + "A String", + ], "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the custom connector version. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Updated time. }
@@ -578,6 +545,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -633,6 +601,9 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. Resource name of the Version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customConnectors/{custom_connector}/customConnectorVersions/{custom_connector_version} "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account used by runtime plane to access auth config secrets. "specLocation": "A String", # Optional. Location of the custom connector spec. The location can be either a public url like `https://public-url.com/spec` Or a Google Cloud Storage location like `gs:///` + "specServerUrls": [ # Output only. Server URLs parsed from the spec. + "A String", + ], "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the custom connector version. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Updated time. }, @@ -658,186 +629,4 @@

Method Details

-
- patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates the parameters of a CustomConnectorVersion.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Identifier. Resource name of the Version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customConnectors/{custom_connector}/customConnectorVersions/{custom_connector_version} (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # CustomConnectorVersion indicates a specific version of a connector.
-  "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Authentication config for accessing connector facade/ proxy. This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true.
-    "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs.
-      { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig.
-        "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool.
-        "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed.
-          "type": "A String", # Type.
-        },
-        "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
-        "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
-        "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret.
-          "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
-        },
-        "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string.
-      },
-    ],
-    "authKey": "A String", # Identifier key for auth config
-    "authType": "A String", # The type of authentication configured.
-    "oauth2AuthCodeFlow": { # Parameters to support Oauth 2.0 Auth Code Grant Authentication. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-1.3.1 for more details. # Oauth2AuthCodeFlow.
-      "authCode": "A String", # Authorization code to be exchanged for access and refresh tokens.
-      "authUri": "A String", # Auth URL for Authorization Code Flow
-      "clientId": "A String", # Client ID for user-provided OAuth app.
-      "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Client secret for user-provided OAuth app.
-        "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
-      },
-      "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE when the user performs the auth code flow.
-      "pkceVerifier": "A String", # PKCE verifier to be used during the auth code exchange.
-      "redirectUri": "A String", # Redirect URI to be provided during the auth code exchange.
-      "scopes": [ # Scopes the connection will request when the user performs the auth code flow.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-    },
-    "oauth2ClientCredentials": { # Parameters to support Oauth 2.0 Client Credentials Grant Authentication. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.3.4 for more details. # Oauth2ClientCredentials.
-      "clientId": "A String", # The client identifier.
-      "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Secret version reference containing the client secret.
-        "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
-      },
-    },
-    "oauth2JwtBearer": { # Parameters to support JSON Web Token (JWT) Profile for Oauth 2.0 Authorization Grant based authentication. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523 for more details. # Oauth2JwtBearer.
-      "clientKey": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Secret version reference containing a PKCS#8 PEM-encoded private key associated with the Client Certificate. This private key will be used to sign JWTs used for the jwt-bearer authorization grant. Specified in the form as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
-        "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
-      },
-      "jwtClaims": { # JWT claims used for the jwt-bearer authorization grant. # JwtClaims providers fields to generate the token.
-        "audience": "A String", # Value for the "aud" claim.
-        "issuer": "A String", # Value for the "iss" claim.
-        "subject": "A String", # Value for the "sub" claim.
-      },
-    },
-    "sshPublicKey": { # Parameters to support Ssh public key Authentication. # SSH Public Key.
-      "certType": "A String", # Format of SSH Client cert.
-      "sshClientCert": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # SSH Client Cert. It should contain both public and private key.
-        "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
-      },
-      "sshClientCertPass": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Password (passphrase) for ssh client certificate if it has one.
-        "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
-      },
-      "username": "A String", # The user account used to authenticate.
-    },
-    "userPassword": { # Parameters to support Username and Password Authentication. # UserPassword.
-      "password": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Secret version reference containing the password.
-        "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
-      },
-      "username": "A String", # Username.
-    },
-  },
-  "backendVariableTemplates": [ # Optional. Backend variables config templates. This translates to additional variable templates in connection.
-    { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection.
-      "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE`
-        "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source.
-        "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow.
-        "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow.
-      },
-      "description": "A String", # Description.
-      "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter.
-      "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM`
-        { # EnumOption definition
-          "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option.
-          "id": "A String", # Id of the option.
-        },
-      ],
-      "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings
-      "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
-      "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections.
-      "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection.
-      "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression.
-        "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared.
-          { # Field that needs to be compared.
-            "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value
-            "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value.
-            "intValue": "A String", # Integer value
-            "key": "A String", # Key of the field.
-            "stringValue": "A String", # String value
-          },
-        ],
-        "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared.
-          # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression
-        ],
-        "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions.
-      },
-      "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable.
-        "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers.
-        "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned.
-        "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal.
-          "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template.
-          "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported.
-        },
-        "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-      },
-      "state": "A String", # State of the config variable.
-      "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`.
-      "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation.
-    },
-  ],
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time.
-  "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Destination config(s) for accessing connector facade/ proxy. This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true.
-    { # Define the Connectors target endpoint.
-      "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key.
-        {
-          "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host.
-          "port": 42, # The port is the target port number that is accepted by the destination.
-          "serviceAttachment": "A String", # PSC service attachments. Format: projects/*/regions/*/serviceAttachments/*
-        },
-      ],
-      "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector.
-    },
-  ],
-  "enableBackendDestinationConfig": True or False, # Optional. When enabled, the connector will be a facade/ proxy, and connects to the destination provided during connection creation.
-  "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata. Refer to cloud documentation on labels for more details. https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/labeling-resources
-    "a_key": "A String",
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. Resource name of the Version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customConnectors/{custom_connector}/customConnectorVersions/{custom_connector_version}
-  "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account used by runtime plane to access auth config secrets.
-  "specLocation": "A String", # Optional. Location of the custom connector spec. The location can be either a public url like `https://public-url.com/spec` Or a Google Cloud Storage location like `gs:///`
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the custom connector version.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Updated time.
-}
-
-  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Connector resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. Set the mask as "*" for full replacement, which means all fields will be overwritten.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
-  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
-  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
-  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-}
-
- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.html index e93d615dba..607904d87e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the connections Resource.

+

+ customConnectors() +

+

Returns the customConnectors Resource.

+

endpointAttachments()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html index 8359037efc..88b6459585 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html @@ -139,6 +139,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -196,6 +197,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -253,6 +255,9 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. "destinationConfigTemplates": [ # Output only. List of destination configs needed to create a connection. { # DestinationConfigTemplate defines required destinations supported by the Connector. + "autocompleteSuggestions": [ # Autocomplete suggestions for destination URL field. + "A String", + ], "defaultPort": 42, # The default port. "description": "A String", # Description. "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. @@ -298,6 +303,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -355,6 +361,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -413,6 +420,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -472,6 +480,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -512,6 +521,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "proxyDestinationConfig": { # DestinationConfigTemplate defines required destinations supported by the Connector. # Proxy destination config template. + "autocompleteSuggestions": [ # Autocomplete suggestions for destination URL field. + "A String", + ], "defaultPort": 42, # The default port. "description": "A String", # Description. "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. @@ -523,6 +535,9 @@

Method Details

"regexPattern": "A String", # Regex pattern for host. }, "registrationDestinationConfig": { # DestinationConfigTemplate defines required destinations supported by the Connector. # Registration host destination config template. + "autocompleteSuggestions": [ # Autocomplete suggestions for destination URL field. + "A String", + ], "defaultPort": 42, # The default port. "description": "A String", # Description. "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. @@ -551,6 +566,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -636,6 +652,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -738,6 +755,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -795,6 +813,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -852,6 +871,9 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. "destinationConfigTemplates": [ # Output only. List of destination configs needed to create a connection. { # DestinationConfigTemplate defines required destinations supported by the Connector. + "autocompleteSuggestions": [ # Autocomplete suggestions for destination URL field. + "A String", + ], "defaultPort": 42, # The default port. "description": "A String", # Description. "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. @@ -897,6 +919,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -954,6 +977,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -1012,6 +1036,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -1071,6 +1096,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -1111,6 +1137,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "proxyDestinationConfig": { # DestinationConfigTemplate defines required destinations supported by the Connector. # Proxy destination config template. + "autocompleteSuggestions": [ # Autocomplete suggestions for destination URL field. + "A String", + ], "defaultPort": 42, # The default port. "description": "A String", # Description. "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. @@ -1122,6 +1151,9 @@

Method Details

"regexPattern": "A String", # Regex pattern for host. }, "registrationDestinationConfig": { # DestinationConfigTemplate defines required destinations supported by the Connector. # Registration host destination config template. + "autocompleteSuggestions": [ # Autocomplete suggestions for destination URL field. + "A String", + ], "defaultPort": 42, # The default port. "description": "A String", # Description. "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. @@ -1150,6 +1182,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. @@ -1235,6 +1268,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Id of the option. }, ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html index 3f9be169d8..f15ab29b9c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the settings was created. "languageCode": "A String", # A language code to be applied to each transcript segment unless the segment already specifies a language code. Language code defaults to "en-US" if it is neither specified on the segment nor here. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the settings resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/settings - "pubsubNotificationSettings": { # A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * "all-triggers": Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * "create-analysis": Notify each time an analysis is created. * "create-conversation": Notify each time a conversation is created. * "export-insights-data": Notify each time an export is complete. * "update-conversation": Notify each time a conversation is updated via UpdateConversation. * "upload-conversation": Notify when an UploadConversation LRO completes. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic} + "pubsubNotificationSettings": { # A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * "all-triggers": Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * "create-analysis": Notify each time an analysis is created. * "create-conversation": Notify each time a conversation is created. * "export-insights-data": Notify each time an export is complete. * "ingest-conversations": Notify each time an IngestConversations LRO completes. * "update-conversation": Notify each time a conversation is updated via UpdateConversation. * "upload-conversation": Notify when an UploadConversation LRO completes. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic} "a_key": "A String", }, "redactionConfig": { # DLP resources used for redaction while ingesting conversations. # Default DLP redaction resources to be applied while ingesting conversations. @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the settings was created. "languageCode": "A String", # A language code to be applied to each transcript segment unless the segment already specifies a language code. Language code defaults to "en-US" if it is neither specified on the segment nor here. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the settings resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/settings - "pubsubNotificationSettings": { # A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * "all-triggers": Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * "create-analysis": Notify each time an analysis is created. * "create-conversation": Notify each time a conversation is created. * "export-insights-data": Notify each time an export is complete. * "update-conversation": Notify each time a conversation is updated via UpdateConversation. * "upload-conversation": Notify when an UploadConversation LRO completes. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic} + "pubsubNotificationSettings": { # A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * "all-triggers": Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * "create-analysis": Notify each time an analysis is created. * "create-conversation": Notify each time a conversation is created. * "export-insights-data": Notify each time an export is complete. * "ingest-conversations": Notify each time an IngestConversations LRO completes. * "update-conversation": Notify each time a conversation is updated via UpdateConversation. * "upload-conversation": Notify when an UploadConversation LRO completes. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic} "a_key": "A String", }, "redactionConfig": { # DLP resources used for redaction while ingesting conversations. # Default DLP redaction resources to be applied while ingesting conversations. @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the settings was created. "languageCode": "A String", # A language code to be applied to each transcript segment unless the segment already specifies a language code. Language code defaults to "en-US" if it is neither specified on the segment nor here. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the settings resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/settings - "pubsubNotificationSettings": { # A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * "all-triggers": Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * "create-analysis": Notify each time an analysis is created. * "create-conversation": Notify each time a conversation is created. * "export-insights-data": Notify each time an export is complete. * "update-conversation": Notify each time a conversation is updated via UpdateConversation. * "upload-conversation": Notify when an UploadConversation LRO completes. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic} + "pubsubNotificationSettings": { # A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * "all-triggers": Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * "create-analysis": Notify each time an analysis is created. * "create-conversation": Notify each time a conversation is created. * "export-insights-data": Notify each time an export is complete. * "ingest-conversations": Notify each time an IngestConversations LRO completes. * "update-conversation": Notify each time a conversation is updated via UpdateConversation. * "upload-conversation": Notify when an UploadConversation LRO completes. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic} "a_key": "A String", }, "redactionConfig": { # DLP resources used for redaction while ingesting conversations. # Default DLP redaction resources to be applied while ingesting conversations. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html index 85e48d05bc..9d76b2296f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -555,6 +555,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records. "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records. }, + "enableCiliumClusterwideNetworkPolicy": True or False, # Whether CiliumClusterwideNetworkPolicy is enabled on this cluster. "enableFqdnNetworkPolicy": True or False, # Whether FQDN Network Policy is enabled on this cluster. "enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network. "enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster. @@ -1480,6 +1481,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records. "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records. }, + "enableCiliumClusterwideNetworkPolicy": True or False, # Whether CiliumClusterwideNetworkPolicy is enabled on this cluster. "enableFqdnNetworkPolicy": True or False, # Whether FQDN Network Policy is enabled on this cluster. "enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network. "enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster. @@ -2308,6 +2310,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records. "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records. }, + "enableCiliumClusterwideNetworkPolicy": True or False, # Whether CiliumClusterwideNetworkPolicy is enabled on this cluster. "enableFqdnNetworkPolicy": True or False, # Whether FQDN Network Policy is enabled on this cluster. "enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network. "enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster. @@ -3805,6 +3808,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records. "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records. }, + "desiredEnableCiliumClusterwideNetworkPolicy": True or False, # Enable/Disable Cilium Clusterwide Network Policy for the cluster. "desiredEnableFqdnNetworkPolicy": True or False, # Enable/Disable FQDN Network Policy for the cluster. "desiredEnablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Enable/Disable private endpoint for the cluster's master. "desiredFleet": { # Fleet is the fleet configuration for the cluster. # The desired fleet configuration for the cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html index 80eaee97ca..544d4f5c44 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html @@ -634,6 +634,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records. "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records. }, + "enableCiliumClusterwideNetworkPolicy": True or False, # Whether CiliumClusterwideNetworkPolicy is enabled on this cluster. "enableFqdnNetworkPolicy": True or False, # Whether FQDN Network Policy is enabled on this cluster. "enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network. "enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster. @@ -1559,6 +1560,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records. "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records. }, + "enableCiliumClusterwideNetworkPolicy": True or False, # Whether CiliumClusterwideNetworkPolicy is enabled on this cluster. "enableFqdnNetworkPolicy": True or False, # Whether FQDN Network Policy is enabled on this cluster. "enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network. "enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster. @@ -2431,6 +2433,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records. "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records. }, + "enableCiliumClusterwideNetworkPolicy": True or False, # Whether CiliumClusterwideNetworkPolicy is enabled on this cluster. "enableFqdnNetworkPolicy": True or False, # Whether FQDN Network Policy is enabled on this cluster. "enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network. "enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster. @@ -3832,6 +3835,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records. "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records. }, + "desiredEnableCiliumClusterwideNetworkPolicy": True or False, # Enable/Disable Cilium Clusterwide Network Policy for the cluster. "desiredEnableFqdnNetworkPolicy": True or False, # Enable/Disable FQDN Network Policy for the cluster. "desiredEnablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Enable/Disable private endpoint for the cluster's master. "desiredFleet": { # Fleet is the fleet configuration for the cluster. # The desired fleet configuration for the cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.html index 9f0862168e..d3f4dc75ea 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Container Analysis API . projects

Instance Methods

+

+ locations() +

+

Returns the locations Resource.

+

notes()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..03b569d922 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ + + + +

Container Analysis API . projects . locations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ notes() +

+

Returns the notes Resource.

+ +

+ occurrences() +

+

Returns the occurrences Resource.

+ +

+ resources() +

+

Returns the resources Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d1cffa2552 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.html @@ -0,0 +1,728 @@ + + + +

Container Analysis API . projects . locations . notes

+

Instance Methods

+

+ occurrences() +

+

Returns the occurrences Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the specified note.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists notes for the specified project.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the specified note.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the note in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A type of analysis that can be done for a resource.
+  "attestation": { # Note kind that represents a logical attestation "role" or "authority". For example, an organization might have one `Authority` for "QA" and one for "build". This note is intended to act strictly as a grouping mechanism for the attached occurrences (Attestations). This grouping mechanism also provides a security boundary, since IAM ACLs gate the ability for a principle to attach an occurrence to a given note. It also provides a single point of lookup to find all attached attestation occurrences, even if they don't all live in the same project. # A note describing an attestation role.
+    "hint": { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from "readable" names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # Hint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+      "humanReadableName": "A String", # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example "qa".
+    },
+  },
+  "build": { # Note holding the version of the provider's builder and the signature of the provenance message in the build details occurrence. # A note describing build provenance for a verifiable build.
+    "builderVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Version of the builder which produced this build.
+  },
+  "compliance": { # A note describing a compliance check.
+    "cisBenchmark": { # A compliance check that is a CIS benchmark.
+      "profileLevel": 42,
+      "severity": "A String",
+    },
+    "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check.
+    "impact": "A String",
+    "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check.
+    "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails.
+    "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format.
+    "title": "A String", # The title that identifies this compliance check.
+    "version": [ # The OS and config versions the benchmark applies to.
+      { # Describes the CIS benchmark version that is applicable to a given OS and os version.
+        "benchmarkDocument": "A String", # The name of the document that defines this benchmark, e.g. "CIS Container-Optimized OS".
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # The CPE URI (https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) this benchmark is applicable to.
+        "version": "A String", # The version of the benchmark. This is set to the version of the OS-specific CIS document the benchmark is defined in.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was created. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+  "deployment": { # An artifact that can be deployed in some runtime. # A note describing something that can be deployed.
+    "resourceUri": [ # Required. Resource URI for the artifact being deployed.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "discovery": { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider's project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer's project at the start of analysis. # A note describing the initial analysis of a resource.
+    "analysisKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
+  },
+  "dsseAttestation": { # A note describing a dsse attestation note.
+    "hint": { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from "readable" names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # DSSEHint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+      "humanReadableName": "A String", # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example "cloudbuild-prod".
+    },
+  },
+  "expirationTime": "A String", # Time of expiration for this note. Empty if note does not expire.
+  "image": { # Basis describes the base image portion (Note) of the DockerImage relationship. Linked occurrences are derived from this or an equivalent image via: FROM Or an equivalent reference, e.g., a tag of the resource_url. # A note describing a base image.
+    "fingerprint": { # A set of properties that uniquely identify a given Docker image. # Required. Immutable. The fingerprint of the base image.
+      "v1Name": "A String", # Required. The layer ID of the final layer in the Docker image's v1 representation.
+      "v2Blob": [ # Required. The ordered list of v2 blobs that represent a given image.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "v2Name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the image's v2 blobs computed via: [bottom] := v2_blobbottom := sha256(v2_blob[N] + " " + v2_name[N+1]) Only the name of the final blob is kept.
+    },
+    "resourceUrl": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource_url for the resource representing the basis of associated occurrence images.
+  },
+  "kind": "A String", # Output only. The type of analysis. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+  "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this note.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the note in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`.
+  "package": { # PackageNote represents a particular package version. # A note describing a package hosted by various package managers.
+    "architecture": "A String", # The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built. Architecture will be blank for language packages.
+    "cpeUri": "A String", # The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package. The cpe_uri will be blank for language packages.
+    "description": "A String", # The description of this package.
+    "digest": [ # Hash value, typically a file digest, that allows unique identification a specific package.
+      { # Digest information.
+        "algo": "A String", # `SHA1`, `SHA512` etc.
+        "digestBytes": "A String", # Value of the digest.
+      },
+    ],
+    "distribution": [ # Deprecated. The various channels by which a package is distributed.
+      { # This represents a particular channel of distribution for a given package. E.g., Debian's jessie-backports dpkg mirror.
+        "architecture": "A String", # The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built.
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package.
+        "description": "A String", # The distribution channel-specific description of this package.
+        "latestVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The latest available version of this package in this distribution channel.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "maintainer": "A String", # A freeform string denoting the maintainer of this package.
+        "url": "A String", # The distribution channel-specific homepage for this package.
+      },
+    ],
+    "license": { # License information. # Licenses that have been declared by the authors of the package.
+      "comments": "A String", # Comments
+      "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+    },
+    "maintainer": "A String", # A freeform text denoting the maintainer of this package.
+    "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The name of the package.
+    "packageType": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+    "url": "A String", # The homepage for this package.
+    "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The version of the package.
+      "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+      "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+      "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+      "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+      "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+      "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+    },
+  },
+  "relatedNoteNames": [ # Other notes related to this note.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "relatedUrl": [ # URLs associated with this note.
+    { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+      "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+      "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+    },
+  ],
+  "sbomReference": { # The note representing an SBOM reference. # A note describing an SBOM reference.
+    "format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc...
+    "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3.
+  },
+  "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+  "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades.
+    "distributions": [ # Metadata about the upgrade for each specific operating system.
+      { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities.
+        "classification": "A String", # The operating system classification of this Upgrade, as specified by the upstream operating system upgrade feed. For Windows the classification is one of the category_ids listed at https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/desktop/ff357803(v=vs.85)
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # Required - The specific operating system this metadata applies to. See https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/.
+        "cve": [ # The cve tied to this Upgrade.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "severity": "A String", # The severity as specified by the upstream operating system.
+      },
+    ],
+    "package": "A String", # Required for non-Windows OS. The package this Upgrade is for.
+    "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required for non-Windows OS. The version of the package in machine + human readable form.
+      "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+      "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+      "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+      "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+      "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+      "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+    },
+    "windowsUpdate": { # Windows Update represents the metadata about the update for the Windows operating system. The fields in this message come from the Windows Update API documented at https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/wuapi/nn-wuapi-iupdate. # Required for Windows OS. Represents the metadata about the Windows update.
+      "categories": [ # The list of categories to which the update belongs.
+        { # The category to which the update belongs.
+          "categoryId": "A String", # The identifier of the category.
+          "name": "A String", # The localized name of the category.
+        },
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # The localized description of the update.
+      "identity": { # The unique identifier of the update. # Required - The unique identifier for the update.
+        "revision": 42, # The revision number of the update.
+        "updateId": "A String", # The revision independent identifier of the update.
+      },
+      "kbArticleIds": [ # The Microsoft Knowledge Base article IDs that are associated with the update.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "lastPublishedTimestamp": "A String", # The last published timestamp of the update.
+      "supportUrl": "A String", # The hyperlink to the support information for the update.
+      "title": "A String", # The localized title of the update.
+    },
+  },
+  "vulnerability": { # A security vulnerability that can be found in resources. # A note describing a package vulnerability.
+    "cvssScore": 3.14, # The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0 - 10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
+    "cvssV2": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document This is a message we will try to use for storing various versions of CVSS rather than making a separate proto for storing a specific version. # The full description of the v2 CVSS for this vulnerability.
+      "attackComplexity": "A String",
+      "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments.
+      "authentication": "A String",
+      "availabilityImpact": "A String",
+      "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+      "confidentialityImpact": "A String",
+      "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+      "impactScore": 3.14,
+      "integrityImpact": "A String",
+      "privilegesRequired": "A String",
+      "scope": "A String",
+      "userInteraction": "A String",
+    },
+    "cvssV3": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document # The full description of the CVSSv3 for this vulnerability.
+      "attackComplexity": "A String",
+      "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments.
+      "availabilityImpact": "A String",
+      "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+      "confidentialityImpact": "A String",
+      "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+      "impactScore": 3.14,
+      "integrityImpact": "A String",
+      "privilegesRequired": "A String",
+      "scope": "A String",
+      "userInteraction": "A String",
+    },
+    "cvssVersion": "A String", # CVSS version used to populate cvss_score and severity.
+    "details": [ # Details of all known distros and packages affected by this vulnerability.
+      { # A detail for a distro and package affected by this vulnerability and its associated fix (if one is available).
+        "affectedCpeUri": "A String", # Required. The [CPE URI](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) this vulnerability affects.
+        "affectedPackage": "A String", # Required. The package this vulnerability affects.
+        "affectedVersionEnd": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The version number at the end of an interval in which this vulnerability exists. A vulnerability can affect a package between version numbers that are disjoint sets of intervals (example: [1.0.0-1.1.0], [2.4.6-2.4.8] and [4.5.6-4.6.8]) each of which will be represented in its own Detail. If a specific affected version is provided by a vulnerability database, affected_version_start and affected_version_end will be the same in that Detail.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "affectedVersionStart": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The version number at the start of an interval in which this vulnerability exists. A vulnerability can affect a package between version numbers that are disjoint sets of intervals (example: [1.0.0-1.1.0], [2.4.6-2.4.8] and [4.5.6-4.6.8]) each of which will be represented in its own Detail. If a specific affected version is provided by a vulnerability database, affected_version_start and affected_version_end will be the same in that Detail.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "description": "A String", # A vendor-specific description of this vulnerability.
+        "fixedCpeUri": "A String", # The distro recommended [CPE URI](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) to update to that contains a fix for this vulnerability. It is possible for this to be different from the affected_cpe_uri.
+        "fixedPackage": "A String", # The distro recommended package to update to that contains a fix for this vulnerability. It is possible for this to be different from the affected_package.
+        "fixedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The distro recommended version to update to that contains a fix for this vulnerability. Setting this to VersionKind.MAXIMUM means no such version is yet available.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "isObsolete": True or False, # Whether this detail is obsolete. Occurrences are expected not to point to obsolete details.
+        "packageType": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+        "severityName": "A String", # The distro assigned severity of this vulnerability.
+        "source": "A String", # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+        "sourceUpdateTime": "A String", # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+        "vendor": "A String", # The name of the vendor of the product.
+      },
+    ],
+    "severity": "A String", # The note provider assigned severity of this vulnerability.
+    "sourceUpdateTime": "A String", # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+    "windowsDetails": [ # Windows details get their own format because the information format and model don't match a normal detail. Specifically Windows updates are done as patches, thus Windows vulnerabilities really are a missing package, rather than a package being at an incorrect version.
+      {
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The [CPE URI](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) this vulnerability affects.
+        "description": "A String", # The description of this vulnerability.
+        "fixingKbs": [ # Required. The names of the KBs which have hotfixes to mitigate this vulnerability. Note that there may be multiple hotfixes (and thus multiple KBs) that mitigate a given vulnerability. Currently any listed KBs presence is considered a fix.
+          {
+            "name": "A String", # The KB name (generally of the form KB[0-9]+ (e.g., KB123456)).
+            "url": "A String", # A link to the KB in the [Windows update catalog] (https://www.catalog.update.microsoft.com/).
+          },
+        ],
+        "name": "A String", # Required. The name of this vulnerability.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "vulnerabilityAssessment": { # A single VulnerabilityAssessmentNote represents one particular product's vulnerability assessment for one CVE. # A note describing a vulnerability assessment.
+    "assessment": { # Assessment provides all information that is related to a single vulnerability for this product. # Represents a vulnerability assessment for the product.
+      "cve": "A String", # Holds the MITRE standard Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) tracking number for the vulnerability. Deprecated: Use vulnerability_id instead to denote CVEs.
+      "impacts": [ # Contains information about the impact of this vulnerability, this will change with time.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "justification": { # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED. # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED.
+        "details": "A String", # Additional details on why this justification was chosen.
+        "justificationType": "A String", # The justification type for this vulnerability.
+      },
+      "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this Vex.
+      "relatedUris": [ # Holds a list of references associated with this vulnerability item and assessment. These uris have additional information about the vulnerability and the assessment itself. E.g. Link to a document which details how this assessment concluded the state of this vulnerability.
+        { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+          "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+          "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "remediations": [ # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+        { # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+          "details": "A String", # Contains a comprehensive human-readable discussion of the remediation.
+          "remediationType": "A String", # The type of remediation that can be applied.
+          "remediationUri": { # Metadata for any related URL information. # Contains the URL where to obtain the remediation.
+            "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+            "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this Vex.
+      "state": "A String", # Provides the state of this Vulnerability assessment.
+      "vulnerabilityId": "A String", # The vulnerability identifier for this Assessment. Will hold one of common identifiers e.g. CVE, GHSA etc.
+    },
+    "languageCode": "A String", # Identifies the language used by this document, corresponding to IETF BCP 47 / RFC 5646.
+    "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this Vex.
+    "product": { # Product contains information about a product and how to uniquely identify it. # The product affected by this vex.
+      "genericUri": "A String", # Contains a URI which is vendor-specific. Example: The artifact repository URL of an image.
+      "id": "A String", # Token that identifies a product so that it can be referred to from other parts in the document. There is no predefined format as long as it uniquely identifies a group in the context of the current document.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the product.
+    },
+    "publisher": { # Publisher contains information about the publisher of this Note. # Publisher details of this Note.
+      "issuingAuthority": "A String", # Provides information about the authority of the issuing party to release the document, in particular, the party's constituency and responsibilities or other obligations.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the publisher. Examples: 'Google', 'Google Cloud Platform'.
+      "publisherNamespace": "A String", # The context or namespace. Contains a URL which is under control of the issuing party and can be used as a globally unique identifier for that issuing party. Example: https://csaf.io
+    },
+    "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this Vex.
+    "title": "A String", # The title of the note. E.g. `Vex-Debian-11.4`
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists notes for the specified project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the project to list notes for in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]`. (required)
+  filter: string, The filter expression.
+  pageSize: integer, Number of notes to return in the list. Must be positive. Max allowed page size is 1000. If not specified, page size defaults to 20.
+  pageToken: string, Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for listing notes.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The next pagination token in the list response. It should be used as `page_token` for the following request. An empty value means no more results.
+  "notes": [ # The notes requested.
+    { # A type of analysis that can be done for a resource.
+      "attestation": { # Note kind that represents a logical attestation "role" or "authority". For example, an organization might have one `Authority` for "QA" and one for "build". This note is intended to act strictly as a grouping mechanism for the attached occurrences (Attestations). This grouping mechanism also provides a security boundary, since IAM ACLs gate the ability for a principle to attach an occurrence to a given note. It also provides a single point of lookup to find all attached attestation occurrences, even if they don't all live in the same project. # A note describing an attestation role.
+        "hint": { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from "readable" names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # Hint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+          "humanReadableName": "A String", # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example "qa".
+        },
+      },
+      "build": { # Note holding the version of the provider's builder and the signature of the provenance message in the build details occurrence. # A note describing build provenance for a verifiable build.
+        "builderVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Version of the builder which produced this build.
+      },
+      "compliance": { # A note describing a compliance check.
+        "cisBenchmark": { # A compliance check that is a CIS benchmark.
+          "profileLevel": 42,
+          "severity": "A String",
+        },
+        "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check.
+        "impact": "A String",
+        "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check.
+        "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails.
+        "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format.
+        "title": "A String", # The title that identifies this compliance check.
+        "version": [ # The OS and config versions the benchmark applies to.
+          { # Describes the CIS benchmark version that is applicable to a given OS and os version.
+            "benchmarkDocument": "A String", # The name of the document that defines this benchmark, e.g. "CIS Container-Optimized OS".
+            "cpeUri": "A String", # The CPE URI (https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) this benchmark is applicable to.
+            "version": "A String", # The version of the benchmark. This is set to the version of the OS-specific CIS document the benchmark is defined in.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was created. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+      "deployment": { # An artifact that can be deployed in some runtime. # A note describing something that can be deployed.
+        "resourceUri": [ # Required. Resource URI for the artifact being deployed.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "discovery": { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider's project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer's project at the start of analysis. # A note describing the initial analysis of a resource.
+        "analysisKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
+      },
+      "dsseAttestation": { # A note describing a dsse attestation note.
+        "hint": { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from "readable" names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # DSSEHint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+          "humanReadableName": "A String", # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example "cloudbuild-prod".
+        },
+      },
+      "expirationTime": "A String", # Time of expiration for this note. Empty if note does not expire.
+      "image": { # Basis describes the base image portion (Note) of the DockerImage relationship. Linked occurrences are derived from this or an equivalent image via: FROM Or an equivalent reference, e.g., a tag of the resource_url. # A note describing a base image.
+        "fingerprint": { # A set of properties that uniquely identify a given Docker image. # Required. Immutable. The fingerprint of the base image.
+          "v1Name": "A String", # Required. The layer ID of the final layer in the Docker image's v1 representation.
+          "v2Blob": [ # Required. The ordered list of v2 blobs that represent a given image.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "v2Name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the image's v2 blobs computed via: [bottom] := v2_blobbottom := sha256(v2_blob[N] + " " + v2_name[N+1]) Only the name of the final blob is kept.
+        },
+        "resourceUrl": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource_url for the resource representing the basis of associated occurrence images.
+      },
+      "kind": "A String", # Output only. The type of analysis. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+      "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this note.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the note in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`.
+      "package": { # PackageNote represents a particular package version. # A note describing a package hosted by various package managers.
+        "architecture": "A String", # The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built. Architecture will be blank for language packages.
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package. The cpe_uri will be blank for language packages.
+        "description": "A String", # The description of this package.
+        "digest": [ # Hash value, typically a file digest, that allows unique identification a specific package.
+          { # Digest information.
+            "algo": "A String", # `SHA1`, `SHA512` etc.
+            "digestBytes": "A String", # Value of the digest.
+          },
+        ],
+        "distribution": [ # Deprecated. The various channels by which a package is distributed.
+          { # This represents a particular channel of distribution for a given package. E.g., Debian's jessie-backports dpkg mirror.
+            "architecture": "A String", # The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built.
+            "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package.
+            "description": "A String", # The distribution channel-specific description of this package.
+            "latestVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The latest available version of this package in this distribution channel.
+              "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+              "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+              "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+              "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+              "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+              "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+            },
+            "maintainer": "A String", # A freeform string denoting the maintainer of this package.
+            "url": "A String", # The distribution channel-specific homepage for this package.
+          },
+        ],
+        "license": { # License information. # Licenses that have been declared by the authors of the package.
+          "comments": "A String", # Comments
+          "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+        },
+        "maintainer": "A String", # A freeform text denoting the maintainer of this package.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The name of the package.
+        "packageType": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+        "url": "A String", # The homepage for this package.
+        "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The version of the package.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+      },
+      "relatedNoteNames": [ # Other notes related to this note.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "relatedUrl": [ # URLs associated with this note.
+        { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+          "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+          "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "sbomReference": { # The note representing an SBOM reference. # A note describing an SBOM reference.
+        "format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc...
+        "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3.
+      },
+      "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+      "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades.
+        "distributions": [ # Metadata about the upgrade for each specific operating system.
+          { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities.
+            "classification": "A String", # The operating system classification of this Upgrade, as specified by the upstream operating system upgrade feed. For Windows the classification is one of the category_ids listed at https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/desktop/ff357803(v=vs.85)
+            "cpeUri": "A String", # Required - The specific operating system this metadata applies to. See https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/.
+            "cve": [ # The cve tied to this Upgrade.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "severity": "A String", # The severity as specified by the upstream operating system.
+          },
+        ],
+        "package": "A String", # Required for non-Windows OS. The package this Upgrade is for.
+        "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required for non-Windows OS. The version of the package in machine + human readable form.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "windowsUpdate": { # Windows Update represents the metadata about the update for the Windows operating system. The fields in this message come from the Windows Update API documented at https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/wuapi/nn-wuapi-iupdate. # Required for Windows OS. Represents the metadata about the Windows update.
+          "categories": [ # The list of categories to which the update belongs.
+            { # The category to which the update belongs.
+              "categoryId": "A String", # The identifier of the category.
+              "name": "A String", # The localized name of the category.
+            },
+          ],
+          "description": "A String", # The localized description of the update.
+          "identity": { # The unique identifier of the update. # Required - The unique identifier for the update.
+            "revision": 42, # The revision number of the update.
+            "updateId": "A String", # The revision independent identifier of the update.
+          },
+          "kbArticleIds": [ # The Microsoft Knowledge Base article IDs that are associated with the update.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "lastPublishedTimestamp": "A String", # The last published timestamp of the update.
+          "supportUrl": "A String", # The hyperlink to the support information for the update.
+          "title": "A String", # The localized title of the update.
+        },
+      },
+      "vulnerability": { # A security vulnerability that can be found in resources. # A note describing a package vulnerability.
+        "cvssScore": 3.14, # The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0 - 10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
+        "cvssV2": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document This is a message we will try to use for storing various versions of CVSS rather than making a separate proto for storing a specific version. # The full description of the v2 CVSS for this vulnerability.
+          "attackComplexity": "A String",
+          "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments.
+          "authentication": "A String",
+          "availabilityImpact": "A String",
+          "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+          "confidentialityImpact": "A String",
+          "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+          "impactScore": 3.14,
+          "integrityImpact": "A String",
+          "privilegesRequired": "A String",
+          "scope": "A String",
+          "userInteraction": "A String",
+        },
+        "cvssV3": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document # The full description of the CVSSv3 for this vulnerability.
+          "attackComplexity": "A String",
+          "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments.
+          "availabilityImpact": "A String",
+          "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+          "confidentialityImpact": "A String",
+          "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+          "impactScore": 3.14,
+          "integrityImpact": "A String",
+          "privilegesRequired": "A String",
+          "scope": "A String",
+          "userInteraction": "A String",
+        },
+        "cvssVersion": "A String", # CVSS version used to populate cvss_score and severity.
+        "details": [ # Details of all known distros and packages affected by this vulnerability.
+          { # A detail for a distro and package affected by this vulnerability and its associated fix (if one is available).
+            "affectedCpeUri": "A String", # Required. The [CPE URI](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) this vulnerability affects.
+            "affectedPackage": "A String", # Required. The package this vulnerability affects.
+            "affectedVersionEnd": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The version number at the end of an interval in which this vulnerability exists. A vulnerability can affect a package between version numbers that are disjoint sets of intervals (example: [1.0.0-1.1.0], [2.4.6-2.4.8] and [4.5.6-4.6.8]) each of which will be represented in its own Detail. If a specific affected version is provided by a vulnerability database, affected_version_start and affected_version_end will be the same in that Detail.
+              "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+              "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+              "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+              "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+              "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+              "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+            },
+            "affectedVersionStart": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The version number at the start of an interval in which this vulnerability exists. A vulnerability can affect a package between version numbers that are disjoint sets of intervals (example: [1.0.0-1.1.0], [2.4.6-2.4.8] and [4.5.6-4.6.8]) each of which will be represented in its own Detail. If a specific affected version is provided by a vulnerability database, affected_version_start and affected_version_end will be the same in that Detail.
+              "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+              "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+              "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+              "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+              "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+              "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+            },
+            "description": "A String", # A vendor-specific description of this vulnerability.
+            "fixedCpeUri": "A String", # The distro recommended [CPE URI](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) to update to that contains a fix for this vulnerability. It is possible for this to be different from the affected_cpe_uri.
+            "fixedPackage": "A String", # The distro recommended package to update to that contains a fix for this vulnerability. It is possible for this to be different from the affected_package.
+            "fixedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The distro recommended version to update to that contains a fix for this vulnerability. Setting this to VersionKind.MAXIMUM means no such version is yet available.
+              "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+              "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+              "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+              "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+              "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+              "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+            },
+            "isObsolete": True or False, # Whether this detail is obsolete. Occurrences are expected not to point to obsolete details.
+            "packageType": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+            "severityName": "A String", # The distro assigned severity of this vulnerability.
+            "source": "A String", # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+            "sourceUpdateTime": "A String", # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+            "vendor": "A String", # The name of the vendor of the product.
+          },
+        ],
+        "severity": "A String", # The note provider assigned severity of this vulnerability.
+        "sourceUpdateTime": "A String", # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+        "windowsDetails": [ # Windows details get their own format because the information format and model don't match a normal detail. Specifically Windows updates are done as patches, thus Windows vulnerabilities really are a missing package, rather than a package being at an incorrect version.
+          {
+            "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The [CPE URI](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) this vulnerability affects.
+            "description": "A String", # The description of this vulnerability.
+            "fixingKbs": [ # Required. The names of the KBs which have hotfixes to mitigate this vulnerability. Note that there may be multiple hotfixes (and thus multiple KBs) that mitigate a given vulnerability. Currently any listed KBs presence is considered a fix.
+              {
+                "name": "A String", # The KB name (generally of the form KB[0-9]+ (e.g., KB123456)).
+                "url": "A String", # A link to the KB in the [Windows update catalog] (https://www.catalog.update.microsoft.com/).
+              },
+            ],
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of this vulnerability.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "vulnerabilityAssessment": { # A single VulnerabilityAssessmentNote represents one particular product's vulnerability assessment for one CVE. # A note describing a vulnerability assessment.
+        "assessment": { # Assessment provides all information that is related to a single vulnerability for this product. # Represents a vulnerability assessment for the product.
+          "cve": "A String", # Holds the MITRE standard Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) tracking number for the vulnerability. Deprecated: Use vulnerability_id instead to denote CVEs.
+          "impacts": [ # Contains information about the impact of this vulnerability, this will change with time.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "justification": { # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED. # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED.
+            "details": "A String", # Additional details on why this justification was chosen.
+            "justificationType": "A String", # The justification type for this vulnerability.
+          },
+          "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this Vex.
+          "relatedUris": [ # Holds a list of references associated with this vulnerability item and assessment. These uris have additional information about the vulnerability and the assessment itself. E.g. Link to a document which details how this assessment concluded the state of this vulnerability.
+            { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+              "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+              "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+            },
+          ],
+          "remediations": [ # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+            { # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+              "details": "A String", # Contains a comprehensive human-readable discussion of the remediation.
+              "remediationType": "A String", # The type of remediation that can be applied.
+              "remediationUri": { # Metadata for any related URL information. # Contains the URL where to obtain the remediation.
+                "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+                "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this Vex.
+          "state": "A String", # Provides the state of this Vulnerability assessment.
+          "vulnerabilityId": "A String", # The vulnerability identifier for this Assessment. Will hold one of common identifiers e.g. CVE, GHSA etc.
+        },
+        "languageCode": "A String", # Identifies the language used by this document, corresponding to IETF BCP 47 / RFC 5646.
+        "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this Vex.
+        "product": { # Product contains information about a product and how to uniquely identify it. # The product affected by this vex.
+          "genericUri": "A String", # Contains a URI which is vendor-specific. Example: The artifact repository URL of an image.
+          "id": "A String", # Token that identifies a product so that it can be referred to from other parts in the document. There is no predefined format as long as it uniquely identifies a group in the context of the current document.
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the product.
+        },
+        "publisher": { # Publisher contains information about the publisher of this Note. # Publisher details of this Note.
+          "issuingAuthority": "A String", # Provides information about the authority of the issuing party to release the document, in particular, the party's constituency and responsibilities or other obligations.
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the publisher. Examples: 'Google', 'Google Cloud Platform'.
+          "publisherNamespace": "A String", # The context or namespace. Contains a URL which is under control of the issuing party and can be used as a globally unique identifier for that issuing party. Example: https://csaf.io
+        },
+        "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this Vex.
+        "title": "A String", # The title of the note. E.g. `Vex-Debian-11.4`
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dbffe1138f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html @@ -0,0 +1,938 @@ + + + +

Container Analysis API . projects . locations . notes . occurrences

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists occurrences referencing the specified note. Provider projects can use this method to get all occurrences across consumer projects referencing the specified note.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists occurrences referencing the specified note. Provider projects can use this method to get all occurrences across consumer projects referencing the specified note.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the note to list occurrences for in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`. (required)
+  filter: string, The filter expression.
+  pageSize: integer, Number of occurrences to return in the list.
+  pageToken: string, Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for listing occurrences for a note.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list.
+  "occurrences": [ # The occurrences attached to the specified note.
+    { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource.
+      "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact.
+        "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas.
+          {
+            "compactJwt": "A String", # The compact encoding of a JWS, which is always three base64 encoded strings joined by periods. For details, see: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515.html#section-3.1
+          },
+        ],
+        "serializedPayload": "A String", # Required. The serialized payload that is verified by one or more `signatures`.
+        "signatures": [ # One or more signatures over `serialized_payload`. Verifier implementations should consider this attestation message verified if at least one `signature` verifies `serialized_payload`. See `Signature` in common.proto for more details on signature structure and verification.
+          { # Verifiers (e.g. Kritis implementations) MUST verify signatures with respect to the trust anchors defined in policy (e.g. a Kritis policy). Typically this means that the verifier has been configured with a map from `public_key_id` to public key material (and any required parameters, e.g. signing algorithm). In particular, verification implementations MUST NOT treat the signature `public_key_id` as anything more than a key lookup hint. The `public_key_id` DOES NOT validate or authenticate a public key; it only provides a mechanism for quickly selecting a public key ALREADY CONFIGURED on the verifier through a trusted channel. Verification implementations MUST reject signatures in any of the following circumstances: * The `public_key_id` is not recognized by the verifier. * The public key that `public_key_id` refers to does not verify the signature with respect to the payload. The `signature` contents SHOULD NOT be "attached" (where the payload is included with the serialized `signature` bytes). Verifiers MUST ignore any "attached" payload and only verify signatures with respect to explicitly provided payload (e.g. a `payload` field on the proto message that holds this Signature, or the canonical serialization of the proto message that holds this signature).
+            "publicKeyId": "A String", # The identifier for the public key that verifies this signature. * The `public_key_id` is required. * The `public_key_id` SHOULD be an RFC3986 conformant URI. * When possible, the `public_key_id` SHOULD be an immutable reference, such as a cryptographic digest. Examples of valid `public_key_id`s: OpenPGP V4 public key fingerprint: * "openpgp4fpr:74FAF3B861BDA0870C7B6DEF607E48D2A663AEEA" See https://www.iana.org/assignments/uri-schemes/prov/openpgp4fpr for more details on this scheme. RFC6920 digest-named SubjectPublicKeyInfo (digest of the DER serialization): * "ni:///sha-256;cD9o9Cq6LG3jD0iKXqEi_vdjJGecm_iXkbqVoScViaU" * "nih:///sha-256;703f68f42aba2c6de30f488a5ea122fef76324679c9bf89791ba95a1271589a5"
+            "signature": "A String", # The content of the signature, an opaque bytestring. The payload that this signature verifies MUST be unambiguously provided with the Signature during verification. A wrapper message might provide the payload explicitly. Alternatively, a message might have a canonical serialization that can always be unambiguously computed to derive the payload.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "build": { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build.
+        "inTotoSlsaProvenanceV1": { # In-Toto Slsa Provenance V1 represents a slsa provenance meeting the slsa spec, wrapped in an in-toto statement. This allows for direct jsonification of a to-spec in-toto slsa statement with a to-spec slsa provenance.
+          "_type": "A String", # InToto spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement
+          "predicate": { # Keep in sync with schema at https://github.com/slsa-framework/slsa/blob/main/docs/provenance/schema/v1/provenance.proto Builder renamed to ProvenanceBuilder because of Java conflicts.
+            "buildDefinition": {
+              "buildType": "A String",
+              "externalParameters": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "internalParameters": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "resolvedDependencies": [
+                {
+                  "annotations": {
+                    "a_key": "",
+                  },
+                  "content": "A String",
+                  "digest": {
+                    "a_key": "A String",
+                  },
+                  "downloadLocation": "A String",
+                  "mediaType": "A String",
+                  "name": "A String",
+                  "uri": "A String",
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "runDetails": {
+              "builder": {
+                "builderDependencies": [
+                  {
+                    "annotations": {
+                      "a_key": "",
+                    },
+                    "content": "A String",
+                    "digest": {
+                      "a_key": "A String",
+                    },
+                    "downloadLocation": "A String",
+                    "mediaType": "A String",
+                    "name": "A String",
+                    "uri": "A String",
+                  },
+                ],
+                "id": "A String",
+                "version": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+              },
+              "byproducts": [
+                {
+                  "annotations": {
+                    "a_key": "",
+                  },
+                  "content": "A String",
+                  "digest": {
+                    "a_key": "A String",
+                  },
+                  "downloadLocation": "A String",
+                  "mediaType": "A String",
+                  "name": "A String",
+                  "uri": "A String",
+                },
+              ],
+              "metadata": {
+                "finishedOn": "A String",
+                "invocationId": "A String",
+                "startedOn": "A String",
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "predicateType": "A String",
+          "subject": [
+            {
+              "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "intotoProvenance": { # Deprecated. See InTotoStatement for the replacement. In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec.
+          "builderConfig": { # required
+            "id": "A String",
+          },
+          "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+            "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+            "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+            "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started.
+            "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+              "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+              "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+              "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic".
+            },
+            "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+          },
+          "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+            "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+              {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+            ],
+            "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+            "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+            "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+              {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+            ],
+            "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+          },
+        },
+        "intotoStatement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". # In-toto Statement representation as defined in spec. The intoto_statement can contain any type of provenance. The serialized payload of the statement can be stored and signed in the Occurrence's envelope.
+          "_type": "A String", # Always `https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1`.
+          "predicateType": "A String", # `https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1` for SlsaProvenance.
+          "provenance": {
+            "builderConfig": { # required
+              "id": "A String",
+            },
+            "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+              "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic".
+              },
+              "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+                {
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                },
+              ],
+              "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+                {
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                },
+              ],
+              "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
+          "slsaProvenance": {
+            "builder": { # required
+              "id": "A String",
+            },
+            "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              {
+                "digest": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "uri": "A String",
+              },
+            ],
+            "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+              "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic".
+              },
+              "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+              "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+              "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
+          "slsaProvenanceZeroTwo": { # See full explanation of fields at slsa.dev/provenance/v0.2.
+            "buildConfig": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "buildType": "A String",
+            "builder": { # Identifies the entity that executed the recipe, which is trusted to have correctly performed the operation and populated this provenance.
+              "id": "A String",
+            },
+            "invocation": { # Identifies the event that kicked off the build.
+              "configSource": { # Describes where the config file that kicked off the build came from. This is effectively a pointer to the source where buildConfig came from.
+                "digest": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "entryPoint": "A String",
+                "uri": "A String",
+              },
+              "environment": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "parameters": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "materials": [
+              { # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on.
+                "digest": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "uri": "A String",
+              },
+            ],
+            "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+              "buildFinishedOn": "A String",
+              "buildInvocationId": "A String",
+              "buildStartedOn": "A String",
+              "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                "environment": True or False,
+                "materials": True or False,
+                "parameters": True or False,
+              },
+              "reproducible": True or False,
+            },
+          },
+          "subject": [
+            {
+              "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance for the build.
+          "buildOptions": { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "builderVersion": "A String", # Version string of the builder at the time this build was executed.
+          "builtArtifacts": [ # Output of the build.
+            { # Artifact describes a build product.
+              "checksum": "A String", # Hash or checksum value of a binary, or Docker Registry 2.0 digest of a container.
+              "id": "A String", # Artifact ID, if any; for container images, this will be a URL by digest like `gcr.io/projectID/imagename@sha256:123456`.
+              "names": [ # Related artifact names. This may be the path to a binary or jar file, or in the case of a container build, the name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`. Note that a single Artifact ID can have multiple names, for example if two tags are applied to one image.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          "commands": [ # Commands requested by the build.
+            { # Command describes a step performed as part of the build pipeline.
+              "args": [ # Command-line arguments used when executing this command.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "dir": "A String", # Working directory (relative to project source root) used when running this command.
+              "env": [ # Environment variables set before running this command.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "id": "A String", # Optional unique identifier for this command, used in wait_for to reference this command as a dependency.
+              "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the command, as presented on the command line, or if the command is packaged as a Docker container, as presented to `docker pull`.
+              "waitFor": [ # The ID(s) of the command(s) that this command depends on.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          "createTime": "A String", # Time at which the build was created.
+          "creator": "A String", # E-mail address of the user who initiated this build. Note that this was the user's e-mail address at the time the build was initiated; this address may not represent the same end-user for all time.
+          "endTime": "A String", # Time at which execution of the build was finished.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the build.
+          "logsUri": "A String", # URI where any logs for this provenance were written.
+          "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project.
+          "sourceProvenance": { # Source describes the location of the source used for the build. # Details of the Source input to the build.
+            "additionalContexts": [ # If provided, some of the source code used for the build may be found in these locations, in the case where the source repository had multiple remotes or submodules. This list will not include the context specified in the context field.
+              { # A SourceContext is a reference to a tree of files. A SourceContext together with a path point to a unique revision of a single file or directory.
+                "cloudRepo": { # A CloudRepoSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo. # A SourceContext referring to a revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo.
+                  "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                    "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                    "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+                  },
+                  "repoId": { # A unique identifier for a Cloud Repo. # The ID of the repo.
+                    "projectRepoId": { # Selects a repo using a Google Cloud Platform project ID (e.g., winged-cargo-31) and a repo name within that project. # A combination of a project ID and a repo name.
+                      "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project.
+                      "repoName": "A String", # The name of the repo. Leave empty for the default repo.
+                    },
+                    "uid": "A String", # A server-assigned, globally unique identifier.
+                  },
+                  "revisionId": "A String", # A revision ID.
+                },
+                "gerrit": { # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project. # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project.
+                  "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                    "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                    "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+                  },
+                  "gerritProject": "A String", # The full project name within the host. Projects may be nested, so "project/subproject" is a valid project name. The "repo name" is the hostURI/project.
+                  "hostUri": "A String", # The URI of a running Gerrit instance.
+                  "revisionId": "A String", # A revision (commit) ID.
+                },
+                "git": { # A GitSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a third party Git repository (e.g., GitHub). # A SourceContext referring to any third party Git repo (e.g., GitHub).
+                  "revisionId": "A String", # Git commit hash.
+                  "url": "A String", # Git repository URL.
+                },
+                "labels": { # Labels with user defined metadata.
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            "artifactStorageSourceUri": "A String", # If provided, the input binary artifacts for the build came from this location.
+            "context": { # A SourceContext is a reference to a tree of files. A SourceContext together with a path point to a unique revision of a single file or directory. # If provided, the source code used for the build came from this location.
+              "cloudRepo": { # A CloudRepoSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo. # A SourceContext referring to a revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo.
+                "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                  "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                  "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+                },
+                "repoId": { # A unique identifier for a Cloud Repo. # The ID of the repo.
+                  "projectRepoId": { # Selects a repo using a Google Cloud Platform project ID (e.g., winged-cargo-31) and a repo name within that project. # A combination of a project ID and a repo name.
+                    "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project.
+                    "repoName": "A String", # The name of the repo. Leave empty for the default repo.
+                  },
+                  "uid": "A String", # A server-assigned, globally unique identifier.
+                },
+                "revisionId": "A String", # A revision ID.
+              },
+              "gerrit": { # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project. # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project.
+                "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                  "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                  "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+                },
+                "gerritProject": "A String", # The full project name within the host. Projects may be nested, so "project/subproject" is a valid project name. The "repo name" is the hostURI/project.
+                "hostUri": "A String", # The URI of a running Gerrit instance.
+                "revisionId": "A String", # A revision (commit) ID.
+              },
+              "git": { # A GitSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a third party Git repository (e.g., GitHub). # A SourceContext referring to any third party Git repo (e.g., GitHub).
+                "revisionId": "A String", # Git commit hash.
+                "url": "A String", # Git repository URL.
+              },
+              "labels": { # Labels with user defined metadata.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+            },
+            "fileHashes": { # Hash(es) of the build source, which can be used to verify that the original source integrity was maintained in the build. The keys to this map are file paths used as build source and the values contain the hash values for those files. If the build source came in a single package such as a gzipped tarfile (.tar.gz), the FileHash will be for the single path to that file.
+              "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in source messages to verify integrity of source input to the build.
+                "fileHash": [ # Required. Collection of file hashes.
+                  { # Container message for hash values.
+                    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hash that was performed, e.g. "SHA-256".
+                    "value": "A String", # Required. The hash value.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "startTime": "A String", # Time at which execution of the build was started.
+          "triggerId": "A String", # Trigger identifier if the build was triggered automatically; empty if not.
+        },
+        "provenanceBytes": "A String", # Serialized JSON representation of the provenance, used in generating the build signature in the corresponding build note. After verifying the signature, `provenance_bytes` can be unmarshalled and compared to the provenance to confirm that it is unchanged. A base64-encoded string representation of the provenance bytes is used for the signature in order to interoperate with openssl which expects this format for signature verification. The serialized form is captured both to avoid ambiguity in how the provenance is marshalled to json as well to prevent incompatibilities with future changes.
+      },
+      "compliance": { # An indication that the compliance checks in the associated ComplianceNote were not satisfied for particular resources or a specified reason. # Describes a compliance violation on a linked resource.
+        "nonComplianceReason": "A String",
+        "nonCompliantFiles": [
+          { # Details about files that caused a compliance check to fail. display_command is a single command that can be used to display a list of non compliant files. When there is no such command, we can also iterate a list of non compliant file using 'path'.
+            "displayCommand": "A String", # Command to display the non-compliant files.
+            "path": "A String", # Empty if `display_command` is set.
+            "reason": "A String", # Explains why a file is non compliant for a CIS check.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was created.
+      "deployment": { # The period during which some deployable was active in a runtime. # Describes the deployment of an artifact on a runtime.
+        "address": "A String", # Address of the runtime element hosting this deployment.
+        "config": "A String", # Configuration used to create this deployment.
+        "deployTime": "A String", # Required. Beginning of the lifetime of this deployment.
+        "platform": "A String", # Platform hosting this deployment.
+        "resourceUri": [ # Output only. Resource URI for the artifact being deployed taken from the deployable field with the same name.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "undeployTime": "A String", # End of the lifetime of this deployment.
+        "userEmail": "A String", # Identity of the user that triggered this deployment.
+      },
+      "discovery": { # Provides information about the analysis status of a discovered resource. # Describes when a resource was discovered.
+        "analysisCompleted": { # Indicates which analysis completed successfully. Multiple types of analysis can be performed on a single resource.
+          "analysisType": [
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "analysisError": [ # Indicates any errors encountered during analysis of a resource. There could be 0 or more of these errors.
+          { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+            "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+            "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+              {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+            ],
+            "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+          },
+        ],
+        "analysisStatus": "A String", # The status of discovery for the resource.
+        "analysisStatusError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # When an error is encountered this will contain a LocalizedMessage under details to show to the user. The LocalizedMessage is output only and populated by the API.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "archiveTime": "A String", # Output only. The time occurrences related to this discovery occurrence were archived.
+        "continuousAnalysis": "A String", # Whether the resource is continuously analyzed.
+        "cpe": "A String", # The CPE of the resource being scanned.
+        "lastScanTime": "A String", # The last time this resource was scanned.
+        "sbomStatus": { # The status of an SBOM generation. # The status of an SBOM generation.
+          "error": "A String", # If there was an error generating an SBOM, this will indicate what that error was.
+          "sbomState": "A String", # The progress of the SBOM generation.
+        },
+      },
+      "dsseAttestation": { # Deprecated. Prefer to use a regular Occurrence, and populate the Envelope at the top level of the Occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse.
+        "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata.
+          "payload": "A String",
+          "payloadType": "A String",
+          "signatures": [
+            {
+              "keyid": "A String",
+              "sig": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json".
+          "_type": "A String", # Always `https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1`.
+          "predicateType": "A String", # `https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1` for SlsaProvenance.
+          "provenance": {
+            "builderConfig": { # required
+              "id": "A String",
+            },
+            "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+              "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic".
+              },
+              "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+                {
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                },
+              ],
+              "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+                {
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                },
+              ],
+              "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
+          "slsaProvenance": {
+            "builder": { # required
+              "id": "A String",
+            },
+            "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              {
+                "digest": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "uri": "A String",
+              },
+            ],
+            "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+              "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic".
+              },
+              "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+              "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+              "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
+          "slsaProvenanceZeroTwo": { # See full explanation of fields at slsa.dev/provenance/v0.2.
+            "buildConfig": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "buildType": "A String",
+            "builder": { # Identifies the entity that executed the recipe, which is trusted to have correctly performed the operation and populated this provenance.
+              "id": "A String",
+            },
+            "invocation": { # Identifies the event that kicked off the build.
+              "configSource": { # Describes where the config file that kicked off the build came from. This is effectively a pointer to the source where buildConfig came from.
+                "digest": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "entryPoint": "A String",
+                "uri": "A String",
+              },
+              "environment": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "parameters": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "materials": [
+              { # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on.
+                "digest": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "uri": "A String",
+              },
+            ],
+            "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+              "buildFinishedOn": "A String",
+              "buildInvocationId": "A String",
+              "buildStartedOn": "A String",
+              "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                "environment": True or False,
+                "materials": True or False,
+                "parameters": True or False,
+              },
+              "reproducible": True or False,
+            },
+          },
+          "subject": [
+            {
+              "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
+        "payload": "A String",
+        "payloadType": "A String",
+        "signatures": [
+          {
+            "keyid": "A String",
+            "sig": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "image": { # Details of the derived image portion of the DockerImage relationship. This image would be produced from a Dockerfile with FROM . # Describes how this resource derives from the basis in the associated note.
+        "baseResourceUrl": "A String", # Output only. This contains the base image URL for the derived image occurrence.
+        "distance": 42, # Output only. The number of layers by which this image differs from the associated image basis.
+        "fingerprint": { # A set of properties that uniquely identify a given Docker image. # Required. The fingerprint of the derived image.
+          "v1Name": "A String", # Required. The layer ID of the final layer in the Docker image's v1 representation.
+          "v2Blob": [ # Required. The ordered list of v2 blobs that represent a given image.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "v2Name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the image's v2 blobs computed via: [bottom] := v2_blobbottom := sha256(v2_blob[N] + " " + v2_name[N+1]) Only the name of the final blob is kept.
+        },
+        "layerInfo": [ # This contains layer-specific metadata, if populated it has length "distance" and is ordered with [distance] being the layer immediately following the base image and [1] being the final layer.
+          { # Layer holds metadata specific to a layer of a Docker image.
+            "arguments": "A String", # The recovered arguments to the Dockerfile directive.
+            "directive": "A String", # Required. The recovered Dockerfile directive used to construct this layer. See https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/ for more information.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "kind": "A String", # Output only. This explicitly denotes which of the occurrence details are specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the occurrence in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/occurrences/[OCCURRENCE_ID]`.
+      "noteName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The analysis note associated with this occurrence, in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+      "package": { # Details on how a particular software package was installed on a system. # Describes the installation of a package on the linked resource.
+        "architecture": "A String", # Output only. The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built. Architecture will be blank for language packages.
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # Output only. The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package. The cpe_uri will be blank for language packages.
+        "license": { # License information. # Licenses that have been declared by the authors of the package.
+          "comments": "A String", # Comments
+          "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+        },
+        "location": [ # All of the places within the filesystem versions of this package have been found.
+          { # An occurrence of a particular package installation found within a system's filesystem. E.g., glibc was found in `/var/lib/dpkg/status`.
+            "cpeUri": "A String", # Deprecated. The CPE URI in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/)
+            "path": "A String", # The path from which we gathered that this package/version is installed.
+            "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Deprecated. The version installed at this location.
+              "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+              "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+              "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+              "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+              "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+              "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "name": "A String", # Required. Output only. The name of the installed package.
+        "packageType": "A String", # Output only. The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+        "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Output only. The version of the package.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+      },
+      "remediation": "A String", # A description of actions that can be taken to remedy the note.
+      "resourceUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A URI that represents the resource for which the occurrence applies. For example, `https://gcr.io/project/image@sha256:123abc` for a Docker image.
+      "sbomReference": { # The occurrence representing an SBOM reference as applied to a specific resource. The occurrence follows the DSSE specification. See https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.md for more details. # Describes a specific SBOM reference occurrences.
+        "payload": { # The actual payload that contains the SBOM Reference data. The payload follows the intoto statement specification. See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/v1.0/statement.md for more details. # The actual payload that contains the SBOM reference data.
+          "_type": "A String", # Identifier for the schema of the Statement.
+          "predicate": { # A predicate which describes the SBOM being referenced. # Additional parameters of the Predicate. Includes the actual data about the SBOM.
+            "digest": { # A map of algorithm to digest of the contents of the SBOM.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "location": "A String", # The location of the SBOM.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the SBOM.
+            "referrerId": "A String", # The person or system referring this predicate to the consumer.
+          },
+          "predicateType": "A String", # URI identifying the type of the Predicate.
+          "subject": [ # Set of software artifacts that the attestation applies to. Each element represents a single software artifact.
+            {
+              "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "payloadType": "A String", # The kind of payload that SbomReferenceIntotoPayload takes. Since it's in the intoto format, this value is expected to be 'application/vnd.in-toto+json'.
+        "signatures": [ # The signatures over the payload.
+          {
+            "keyid": "A String",
+            "sig": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated.
+      "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource.
+        "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence.
+          "classification": "A String", # The operating system classification of this Upgrade, as specified by the upstream operating system upgrade feed. For Windows the classification is one of the category_ids listed at https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/desktop/ff357803(v=vs.85)
+          "cpeUri": "A String", # Required - The specific operating system this metadata applies to. See https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/.
+          "cve": [ # The cve tied to this Upgrade.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "severity": "A String", # The severity as specified by the upstream operating system.
+        },
+        "package": "A String", # Required for non-Windows OS. The package this Upgrade is for.
+        "parsedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required for non-Windows OS. The version of the package in a machine + human readable form.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "windowsUpdate": { # Windows Update represents the metadata about the update for the Windows operating system. The fields in this message come from the Windows Update API documented at https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/wuapi/nn-wuapi-iupdate. # Required for Windows OS. Represents the metadata about the Windows update.
+          "categories": [ # The list of categories to which the update belongs.
+            { # The category to which the update belongs.
+              "categoryId": "A String", # The identifier of the category.
+              "name": "A String", # The localized name of the category.
+            },
+          ],
+          "description": "A String", # The localized description of the update.
+          "identity": { # The unique identifier of the update. # Required - The unique identifier for the update.
+            "revision": 42, # The revision number of the update.
+            "updateId": "A String", # The revision independent identifier of the update.
+          },
+          "kbArticleIds": [ # The Microsoft Knowledge Base article IDs that are associated with the update.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "lastPublishedTimestamp": "A String", # The last published timestamp of the update.
+          "supportUrl": "A String", # The hyperlink to the support information for the update.
+          "title": "A String", # The localized title of the update.
+        },
+      },
+      "vulnerability": { # An occurrence of a severity vulnerability on a resource. # Describes a security vulnerability.
+        "cvssScore": 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0 - 10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
+        "cvssV2": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document This is a message we will try to use for storing various versions of CVSS rather than making a separate proto for storing a specific version. # The cvss v2 score for the vulnerability.
+          "attackComplexity": "A String",
+          "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments.
+          "authentication": "A String",
+          "availabilityImpact": "A String",
+          "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+          "confidentialityImpact": "A String",
+          "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+          "impactScore": 3.14,
+          "integrityImpact": "A String",
+          "privilegesRequired": "A String",
+          "scope": "A String",
+          "userInteraction": "A String",
+        },
+        "cvssVersion": "A String", # Output only. CVSS version used to populate cvss_score and severity.
+        "cvssv3": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document This is a message we will try to use for storing various versions of CVSS rather than making a separate proto for storing a specific version. # The cvss v3 score for the vulnerability.
+          "attackComplexity": "A String",
+          "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments.
+          "authentication": "A String",
+          "availabilityImpact": "A String",
+          "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+          "confidentialityImpact": "A String",
+          "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+          "impactScore": 3.14,
+          "integrityImpact": "A String",
+          "privilegesRequired": "A String",
+          "scope": "A String",
+          "userInteraction": "A String",
+        },
+        "effectiveSeverity": "A String", # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, otherwise this is the note provider assigned severity. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.
+        "extraDetails": "A String", # Occurrence-specific extra details about the vulnerability.
+        "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether at least one of the affected packages has a fix available.
+        "longDescription": "A String", # Output only. A detailed description of this vulnerability.
+        "packageIssue": [ # Required. The set of affected locations and their fixes (if available) within the associated resource.
+          { # A detail for a distro and package this vulnerability occurrence was found in and its associated fix (if one is available).
+            "affectedCpeUri": "A String", # Required. The [CPE URI](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) this vulnerability was found in.
+            "affectedPackage": "A String", # Required. The package this vulnerability was found in.
+            "affectedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required. The version of the package that is installed on the resource affected by this vulnerability.
+              "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+              "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+              "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+              "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+              "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+              "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+            },
+            "effectiveSeverity": "A String", # Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.
+            "fileLocation": [ # The location at which this package was found.
+              { # Indicates the location at which a package was found.
+                "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file.
+              },
+            ],
+            "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package.
+            "fixedCpeUri": "A String", # The [CPE URI](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) this vulnerability was fixed in. It is possible for this to be different from the affected_cpe_uri.
+            "fixedPackage": "A String", # The package this vulnerability was fixed in. It is possible for this to be different from the affected_package.
+            "fixedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required. The version of the package this vulnerability was fixed in. Setting this to VersionKind.MAXIMUM means no fix is yet available.
+              "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+              "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+              "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+              "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+              "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+              "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+            },
+            "packageType": "A String", # The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).
+          },
+        ],
+        "relatedUrls": [ # Output only. URLs related to this vulnerability.
+          { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+            "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+            "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+          },
+        ],
+        "severity": "A String", # Output only. The note provider assigned severity of this vulnerability.
+        "shortDescription": "A String", # Output only. A one sentence description of this vulnerability.
+        "type": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+        "vexAssessment": { # VexAssessment provides all publisher provided Vex information that is related to this vulnerability.
+          "cve": "A String", # Holds the MITRE standard Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) tracking number for the vulnerability. Deprecated: Use vulnerability_id instead to denote CVEs.
+          "impacts": [ # Contains information about the impact of this vulnerability, this will change with time.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "justification": { # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED. # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED.
+            "details": "A String", # Additional details on why this justification was chosen.
+            "justificationType": "A String", # The justification type for this vulnerability.
+          },
+          "noteName": "A String", # The VulnerabilityAssessment note from which this VexAssessment was generated. This will be of the form: `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`.
+          "relatedUris": [ # Holds a list of references associated with this vulnerability item and assessment.
+            { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+              "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+              "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+            },
+          ],
+          "remediations": [ # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+            { # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+              "details": "A String", # Contains a comprehensive human-readable discussion of the remediation.
+              "remediationType": "A String", # The type of remediation that can be applied.
+              "remediationUri": { # Metadata for any related URL information. # Contains the URL where to obtain the remediation.
+                "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+                "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "state": "A String", # Provides the state of this Vulnerability assessment.
+          "vulnerabilityId": "A String", # The vulnerability identifier for this Assessment. Will hold one of common identifiers e.g. CVE, GHSA etc.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.occurrences.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b1be8aacad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.occurrences.html @@ -0,0 +1,2101 @@ + + + +

Container Analysis API . projects . locations . occurrences

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the specified occurrence.

+

+ getNotes(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the note attached to the specified occurrence. Consumer projects can use this method to get a note that belongs to a provider project.

+

+ getVulnerabilitySummary(parent, filter=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a summary of the number and severity of occurrences.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists occurrences for the specified project.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the specified occurrence.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the occurrence in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/occurrences/[OCCURRENCE_ID]`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource.
+  "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact.
+    "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas.
+      {
+        "compactJwt": "A String", # The compact encoding of a JWS, which is always three base64 encoded strings joined by periods. For details, see: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515.html#section-3.1
+      },
+    ],
+    "serializedPayload": "A String", # Required. The serialized payload that is verified by one or more `signatures`.
+    "signatures": [ # One or more signatures over `serialized_payload`. Verifier implementations should consider this attestation message verified if at least one `signature` verifies `serialized_payload`. See `Signature` in common.proto for more details on signature structure and verification.
+      { # Verifiers (e.g. Kritis implementations) MUST verify signatures with respect to the trust anchors defined in policy (e.g. a Kritis policy). Typically this means that the verifier has been configured with a map from `public_key_id` to public key material (and any required parameters, e.g. signing algorithm). In particular, verification implementations MUST NOT treat the signature `public_key_id` as anything more than a key lookup hint. The `public_key_id` DOES NOT validate or authenticate a public key; it only provides a mechanism for quickly selecting a public key ALREADY CONFIGURED on the verifier through a trusted channel. Verification implementations MUST reject signatures in any of the following circumstances: * The `public_key_id` is not recognized by the verifier. * The public key that `public_key_id` refers to does not verify the signature with respect to the payload. The `signature` contents SHOULD NOT be "attached" (where the payload is included with the serialized `signature` bytes). Verifiers MUST ignore any "attached" payload and only verify signatures with respect to explicitly provided payload (e.g. a `payload` field on the proto message that holds this Signature, or the canonical serialization of the proto message that holds this signature).
+        "publicKeyId": "A String", # The identifier for the public key that verifies this signature. * The `public_key_id` is required. * The `public_key_id` SHOULD be an RFC3986 conformant URI. * When possible, the `public_key_id` SHOULD be an immutable reference, such as a cryptographic digest. Examples of valid `public_key_id`s: OpenPGP V4 public key fingerprint: * "openpgp4fpr:74FAF3B861BDA0870C7B6DEF607E48D2A663AEEA" See https://www.iana.org/assignments/uri-schemes/prov/openpgp4fpr for more details on this scheme. RFC6920 digest-named SubjectPublicKeyInfo (digest of the DER serialization): * "ni:///sha-256;cD9o9Cq6LG3jD0iKXqEi_vdjJGecm_iXkbqVoScViaU" * "nih:///sha-256;703f68f42aba2c6de30f488a5ea122fef76324679c9bf89791ba95a1271589a5"
+        "signature": "A String", # The content of the signature, an opaque bytestring. The payload that this signature verifies MUST be unambiguously provided with the Signature during verification. A wrapper message might provide the payload explicitly. Alternatively, a message might have a canonical serialization that can always be unambiguously computed to derive the payload.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "build": { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build.
+    "inTotoSlsaProvenanceV1": { # In-Toto Slsa Provenance V1 represents a slsa provenance meeting the slsa spec, wrapped in an in-toto statement. This allows for direct jsonification of a to-spec in-toto slsa statement with a to-spec slsa provenance.
+      "_type": "A String", # InToto spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement
+      "predicate": { # Keep in sync with schema at https://github.com/slsa-framework/slsa/blob/main/docs/provenance/schema/v1/provenance.proto Builder renamed to ProvenanceBuilder because of Java conflicts.
+        "buildDefinition": {
+          "buildType": "A String",
+          "externalParameters": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "internalParameters": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "resolvedDependencies": [
+            {
+              "annotations": {
+                "a_key": "",
+              },
+              "content": "A String",
+              "digest": {
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "downloadLocation": "A String",
+              "mediaType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+              "uri": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "runDetails": {
+          "builder": {
+            "builderDependencies": [
+              {
+                "annotations": {
+                  "a_key": "",
+                },
+                "content": "A String",
+                "digest": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "downloadLocation": "A String",
+                "mediaType": "A String",
+                "name": "A String",
+                "uri": "A String",
+              },
+            ],
+            "id": "A String",
+            "version": {
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+          },
+          "byproducts": [
+            {
+              "annotations": {
+                "a_key": "",
+              },
+              "content": "A String",
+              "digest": {
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "downloadLocation": "A String",
+              "mediaType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+              "uri": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+          "metadata": {
+            "finishedOn": "A String",
+            "invocationId": "A String",
+            "startedOn": "A String",
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "predicateType": "A String",
+      "subject": [
+        {
+          "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "intotoProvenance": { # Deprecated. See InTotoStatement for the replacement. In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec.
+      "builderConfig": { # required
+        "id": "A String",
+      },
+      "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+        "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+        "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+        "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started.
+        "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+          "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+          "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+          "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic".
+        },
+        "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+      },
+      "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+        "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+        "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+        "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+      },
+    },
+    "intotoStatement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". # In-toto Statement representation as defined in spec. The intoto_statement can contain any type of provenance. The serialized payload of the statement can be stored and signed in the Occurrence's envelope.
+      "_type": "A String", # Always `https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1`.
+      "predicateType": "A String", # `https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1` for SlsaProvenance.
+      "provenance": {
+        "builderConfig": { # required
+          "id": "A String",
+        },
+        "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+          "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+          "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+          "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started.
+          "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+            "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+            "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+            "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic".
+          },
+          "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+        },
+        "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+          "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+          "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+          "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+        },
+      },
+      "slsaProvenance": {
+        "builder": { # required
+          "id": "A String",
+        },
+        "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+          {
+            "digest": {
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "uri": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+          "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+          "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+          "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started.
+          "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+            "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+            "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+            "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic".
+          },
+          "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+        },
+        "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+          "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+          "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+          "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+          "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+          "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+        },
+      },
+      "slsaProvenanceZeroTwo": { # See full explanation of fields at slsa.dev/provenance/v0.2.
+        "buildConfig": {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "buildType": "A String",
+        "builder": { # Identifies the entity that executed the recipe, which is trusted to have correctly performed the operation and populated this provenance.
+          "id": "A String",
+        },
+        "invocation": { # Identifies the event that kicked off the build.
+          "configSource": { # Describes where the config file that kicked off the build came from. This is effectively a pointer to the source where buildConfig came from.
+            "digest": {
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "entryPoint": "A String",
+            "uri": "A String",
+          },
+          "environment": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "parameters": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "materials": [
+          { # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on.
+            "digest": {
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "uri": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+          "buildFinishedOn": "A String",
+          "buildInvocationId": "A String",
+          "buildStartedOn": "A String",
+          "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+            "environment": True or False,
+            "materials": True or False,
+            "parameters": True or False,
+          },
+          "reproducible": True or False,
+        },
+      },
+      "subject": [
+        {
+          "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance for the build.
+      "buildOptions": { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "builderVersion": "A String", # Version string of the builder at the time this build was executed.
+      "builtArtifacts": [ # Output of the build.
+        { # Artifact describes a build product.
+          "checksum": "A String", # Hash or checksum value of a binary, or Docker Registry 2.0 digest of a container.
+          "id": "A String", # Artifact ID, if any; for container images, this will be a URL by digest like `gcr.io/projectID/imagename@sha256:123456`.
+          "names": [ # Related artifact names. This may be the path to a binary or jar file, or in the case of a container build, the name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`. Note that a single Artifact ID can have multiple names, for example if two tags are applied to one image.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "commands": [ # Commands requested by the build.
+        { # Command describes a step performed as part of the build pipeline.
+          "args": [ # Command-line arguments used when executing this command.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "dir": "A String", # Working directory (relative to project source root) used when running this command.
+          "env": [ # Environment variables set before running this command.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "id": "A String", # Optional unique identifier for this command, used in wait_for to reference this command as a dependency.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the command, as presented on the command line, or if the command is packaged as a Docker container, as presented to `docker pull`.
+          "waitFor": [ # The ID(s) of the command(s) that this command depends on.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Time at which the build was created.
+      "creator": "A String", # E-mail address of the user who initiated this build. Note that this was the user's e-mail address at the time the build was initiated; this address may not represent the same end-user for all time.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Time at which execution of the build was finished.
+      "id": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the build.
+      "logsUri": "A String", # URI where any logs for this provenance were written.
+      "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project.
+      "sourceProvenance": { # Source describes the location of the source used for the build. # Details of the Source input to the build.
+        "additionalContexts": [ # If provided, some of the source code used for the build may be found in these locations, in the case where the source repository had multiple remotes or submodules. This list will not include the context specified in the context field.
+          { # A SourceContext is a reference to a tree of files. A SourceContext together with a path point to a unique revision of a single file or directory.
+            "cloudRepo": { # A CloudRepoSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo. # A SourceContext referring to a revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo.
+              "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+              },
+              "repoId": { # A unique identifier for a Cloud Repo. # The ID of the repo.
+                "projectRepoId": { # Selects a repo using a Google Cloud Platform project ID (e.g., winged-cargo-31) and a repo name within that project. # A combination of a project ID and a repo name.
+                  "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project.
+                  "repoName": "A String", # The name of the repo. Leave empty for the default repo.
+                },
+                "uid": "A String", # A server-assigned, globally unique identifier.
+              },
+              "revisionId": "A String", # A revision ID.
+            },
+            "gerrit": { # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project. # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project.
+              "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+              },
+              "gerritProject": "A String", # The full project name within the host. Projects may be nested, so "project/subproject" is a valid project name. The "repo name" is the hostURI/project.
+              "hostUri": "A String", # The URI of a running Gerrit instance.
+              "revisionId": "A String", # A revision (commit) ID.
+            },
+            "git": { # A GitSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a third party Git repository (e.g., GitHub). # A SourceContext referring to any third party Git repo (e.g., GitHub).
+              "revisionId": "A String", # Git commit hash.
+              "url": "A String", # Git repository URL.
+            },
+            "labels": { # Labels with user defined metadata.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "artifactStorageSourceUri": "A String", # If provided, the input binary artifacts for the build came from this location.
+        "context": { # A SourceContext is a reference to a tree of files. A SourceContext together with a path point to a unique revision of a single file or directory. # If provided, the source code used for the build came from this location.
+          "cloudRepo": { # A CloudRepoSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo. # A SourceContext referring to a revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo.
+            "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+              "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+              "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+            },
+            "repoId": { # A unique identifier for a Cloud Repo. # The ID of the repo.
+              "projectRepoId": { # Selects a repo using a Google Cloud Platform project ID (e.g., winged-cargo-31) and a repo name within that project. # A combination of a project ID and a repo name.
+                "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project.
+                "repoName": "A String", # The name of the repo. Leave empty for the default repo.
+              },
+              "uid": "A String", # A server-assigned, globally unique identifier.
+            },
+            "revisionId": "A String", # A revision ID.
+          },
+          "gerrit": { # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project. # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project.
+            "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+              "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+              "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+            },
+            "gerritProject": "A String", # The full project name within the host. Projects may be nested, so "project/subproject" is a valid project name. The "repo name" is the hostURI/project.
+            "hostUri": "A String", # The URI of a running Gerrit instance.
+            "revisionId": "A String", # A revision (commit) ID.
+          },
+          "git": { # A GitSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a third party Git repository (e.g., GitHub). # A SourceContext referring to any third party Git repo (e.g., GitHub).
+            "revisionId": "A String", # Git commit hash.
+            "url": "A String", # Git repository URL.
+          },
+          "labels": { # Labels with user defined metadata.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+        },
+        "fileHashes": { # Hash(es) of the build source, which can be used to verify that the original source integrity was maintained in the build. The keys to this map are file paths used as build source and the values contain the hash values for those files. If the build source came in a single package such as a gzipped tarfile (.tar.gz), the FileHash will be for the single path to that file.
+          "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in source messages to verify integrity of source input to the build.
+            "fileHash": [ # Required. Collection of file hashes.
+              { # Container message for hash values.
+                "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hash that was performed, e.g. "SHA-256".
+                "value": "A String", # Required. The hash value.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "startTime": "A String", # Time at which execution of the build was started.
+      "triggerId": "A String", # Trigger identifier if the build was triggered automatically; empty if not.
+    },
+    "provenanceBytes": "A String", # Serialized JSON representation of the provenance, used in generating the build signature in the corresponding build note. After verifying the signature, `provenance_bytes` can be unmarshalled and compared to the provenance to confirm that it is unchanged. A base64-encoded string representation of the provenance bytes is used for the signature in order to interoperate with openssl which expects this format for signature verification. The serialized form is captured both to avoid ambiguity in how the provenance is marshalled to json as well to prevent incompatibilities with future changes.
+  },
+  "compliance": { # An indication that the compliance checks in the associated ComplianceNote were not satisfied for particular resources or a specified reason. # Describes a compliance violation on a linked resource.
+    "nonComplianceReason": "A String",
+    "nonCompliantFiles": [
+      { # Details about files that caused a compliance check to fail. display_command is a single command that can be used to display a list of non compliant files. When there is no such command, we can also iterate a list of non compliant file using 'path'.
+        "displayCommand": "A String", # Command to display the non-compliant files.
+        "path": "A String", # Empty if `display_command` is set.
+        "reason": "A String", # Explains why a file is non compliant for a CIS check.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was created.
+  "deployment": { # The period during which some deployable was active in a runtime. # Describes the deployment of an artifact on a runtime.
+    "address": "A String", # Address of the runtime element hosting this deployment.
+    "config": "A String", # Configuration used to create this deployment.
+    "deployTime": "A String", # Required. Beginning of the lifetime of this deployment.
+    "platform": "A String", # Platform hosting this deployment.
+    "resourceUri": [ # Output only. Resource URI for the artifact being deployed taken from the deployable field with the same name.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "undeployTime": "A String", # End of the lifetime of this deployment.
+    "userEmail": "A String", # Identity of the user that triggered this deployment.
+  },
+  "discovery": { # Provides information about the analysis status of a discovered resource. # Describes when a resource was discovered.
+    "analysisCompleted": { # Indicates which analysis completed successfully. Multiple types of analysis can be performed on a single resource.
+      "analysisType": [
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "analysisError": [ # Indicates any errors encountered during analysis of a resource. There could be 0 or more of these errors.
+      { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+    ],
+    "analysisStatus": "A String", # The status of discovery for the resource.
+    "analysisStatusError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # When an error is encountered this will contain a LocalizedMessage under details to show to the user. The LocalizedMessage is output only and populated by the API.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "archiveTime": "A String", # Output only. The time occurrences related to this discovery occurrence were archived.
+    "continuousAnalysis": "A String", # Whether the resource is continuously analyzed.
+    "cpe": "A String", # The CPE of the resource being scanned.
+    "lastScanTime": "A String", # The last time this resource was scanned.
+    "sbomStatus": { # The status of an SBOM generation. # The status of an SBOM generation.
+      "error": "A String", # If there was an error generating an SBOM, this will indicate what that error was.
+      "sbomState": "A String", # The progress of the SBOM generation.
+    },
+  },
+  "dsseAttestation": { # Deprecated. Prefer to use a regular Occurrence, and populate the Envelope at the top level of the Occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse.
+    "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata.
+      "payload": "A String",
+      "payloadType": "A String",
+      "signatures": [
+        {
+          "keyid": "A String",
+          "sig": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json".
+      "_type": "A String", # Always `https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1`.
+      "predicateType": "A String", # `https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1` for SlsaProvenance.
+      "provenance": {
+        "builderConfig": { # required
+          "id": "A String",
+        },
+        "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+          "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+          "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+          "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started.
+          "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+            "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+            "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+            "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic".
+          },
+          "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+        },
+        "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+          "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+          "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+          "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+        },
+      },
+      "slsaProvenance": {
+        "builder": { # required
+          "id": "A String",
+        },
+        "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+          {
+            "digest": {
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "uri": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+          "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+          "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+          "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started.
+          "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+            "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+            "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+            "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic".
+          },
+          "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+        },
+        "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+          "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+          "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+          "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+          "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+          "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+        },
+      },
+      "slsaProvenanceZeroTwo": { # See full explanation of fields at slsa.dev/provenance/v0.2.
+        "buildConfig": {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "buildType": "A String",
+        "builder": { # Identifies the entity that executed the recipe, which is trusted to have correctly performed the operation and populated this provenance.
+          "id": "A String",
+        },
+        "invocation": { # Identifies the event that kicked off the build.
+          "configSource": { # Describes where the config file that kicked off the build came from. This is effectively a pointer to the source where buildConfig came from.
+            "digest": {
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "entryPoint": "A String",
+            "uri": "A String",
+          },
+          "environment": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "parameters": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "materials": [
+          { # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on.
+            "digest": {
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "uri": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+          "buildFinishedOn": "A String",
+          "buildInvocationId": "A String",
+          "buildStartedOn": "A String",
+          "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+            "environment": True or False,
+            "materials": True or False,
+            "parameters": True or False,
+          },
+          "reproducible": True or False,
+        },
+      },
+      "subject": [
+        {
+          "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
+    "payload": "A String",
+    "payloadType": "A String",
+    "signatures": [
+      {
+        "keyid": "A String",
+        "sig": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "image": { # Details of the derived image portion of the DockerImage relationship. This image would be produced from a Dockerfile with FROM . # Describes how this resource derives from the basis in the associated note.
+    "baseResourceUrl": "A String", # Output only. This contains the base image URL for the derived image occurrence.
+    "distance": 42, # Output only. The number of layers by which this image differs from the associated image basis.
+    "fingerprint": { # A set of properties that uniquely identify a given Docker image. # Required. The fingerprint of the derived image.
+      "v1Name": "A String", # Required. The layer ID of the final layer in the Docker image's v1 representation.
+      "v2Blob": [ # Required. The ordered list of v2 blobs that represent a given image.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "v2Name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the image's v2 blobs computed via: [bottom] := v2_blobbottom := sha256(v2_blob[N] + " " + v2_name[N+1]) Only the name of the final blob is kept.
+    },
+    "layerInfo": [ # This contains layer-specific metadata, if populated it has length "distance" and is ordered with [distance] being the layer immediately following the base image and [1] being the final layer.
+      { # Layer holds metadata specific to a layer of a Docker image.
+        "arguments": "A String", # The recovered arguments to the Dockerfile directive.
+        "directive": "A String", # Required. The recovered Dockerfile directive used to construct this layer. See https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/ for more information.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "kind": "A String", # Output only. This explicitly denotes which of the occurrence details are specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the occurrence in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/occurrences/[OCCURRENCE_ID]`.
+  "noteName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The analysis note associated with this occurrence, in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+  "package": { # Details on how a particular software package was installed on a system. # Describes the installation of a package on the linked resource.
+    "architecture": "A String", # Output only. The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built. Architecture will be blank for language packages.
+    "cpeUri": "A String", # Output only. The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package. The cpe_uri will be blank for language packages.
+    "license": { # License information. # Licenses that have been declared by the authors of the package.
+      "comments": "A String", # Comments
+      "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+    },
+    "location": [ # All of the places within the filesystem versions of this package have been found.
+      { # An occurrence of a particular package installation found within a system's filesystem. E.g., glibc was found in `/var/lib/dpkg/status`.
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # Deprecated. The CPE URI in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/)
+        "path": "A String", # The path from which we gathered that this package/version is installed.
+        "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Deprecated. The version installed at this location.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Required. Output only. The name of the installed package.
+    "packageType": "A String", # Output only. The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+    "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Output only. The version of the package.
+      "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+      "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+      "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+      "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+      "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+      "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+    },
+  },
+  "remediation": "A String", # A description of actions that can be taken to remedy the note.
+  "resourceUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A URI that represents the resource for which the occurrence applies. For example, `https://gcr.io/project/image@sha256:123abc` for a Docker image.
+  "sbomReference": { # The occurrence representing an SBOM reference as applied to a specific resource. The occurrence follows the DSSE specification. See https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.md for more details. # Describes a specific SBOM reference occurrences.
+    "payload": { # The actual payload that contains the SBOM Reference data. The payload follows the intoto statement specification. See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/v1.0/statement.md for more details. # The actual payload that contains the SBOM reference data.
+      "_type": "A String", # Identifier for the schema of the Statement.
+      "predicate": { # A predicate which describes the SBOM being referenced. # Additional parameters of the Predicate. Includes the actual data about the SBOM.
+        "digest": { # A map of algorithm to digest of the contents of the SBOM.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "location": "A String", # The location of the SBOM.
+        "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the SBOM.
+        "referrerId": "A String", # The person or system referring this predicate to the consumer.
+      },
+      "predicateType": "A String", # URI identifying the type of the Predicate.
+      "subject": [ # Set of software artifacts that the attestation applies to. Each element represents a single software artifact.
+        {
+          "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "payloadType": "A String", # The kind of payload that SbomReferenceIntotoPayload takes. Since it's in the intoto format, this value is expected to be 'application/vnd.in-toto+json'.
+    "signatures": [ # The signatures over the payload.
+      {
+        "keyid": "A String",
+        "sig": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated.
+  "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource.
+    "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence.
+      "classification": "A String", # The operating system classification of this Upgrade, as specified by the upstream operating system upgrade feed. For Windows the classification is one of the category_ids listed at https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/desktop/ff357803(v=vs.85)
+      "cpeUri": "A String", # Required - The specific operating system this metadata applies to. See https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/.
+      "cve": [ # The cve tied to this Upgrade.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "severity": "A String", # The severity as specified by the upstream operating system.
+    },
+    "package": "A String", # Required for non-Windows OS. The package this Upgrade is for.
+    "parsedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required for non-Windows OS. The version of the package in a machine + human readable form.
+      "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+      "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+      "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+      "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+      "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+      "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+    },
+    "windowsUpdate": { # Windows Update represents the metadata about the update for the Windows operating system. The fields in this message come from the Windows Update API documented at https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/wuapi/nn-wuapi-iupdate. # Required for Windows OS. Represents the metadata about the Windows update.
+      "categories": [ # The list of categories to which the update belongs.
+        { # The category to which the update belongs.
+          "categoryId": "A String", # The identifier of the category.
+          "name": "A String", # The localized name of the category.
+        },
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # The localized description of the update.
+      "identity": { # The unique identifier of the update. # Required - The unique identifier for the update.
+        "revision": 42, # The revision number of the update.
+        "updateId": "A String", # The revision independent identifier of the update.
+      },
+      "kbArticleIds": [ # The Microsoft Knowledge Base article IDs that are associated with the update.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "lastPublishedTimestamp": "A String", # The last published timestamp of the update.
+      "supportUrl": "A String", # The hyperlink to the support information for the update.
+      "title": "A String", # The localized title of the update.
+    },
+  },
+  "vulnerability": { # An occurrence of a severity vulnerability on a resource. # Describes a security vulnerability.
+    "cvssScore": 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0 - 10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
+    "cvssV2": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document This is a message we will try to use for storing various versions of CVSS rather than making a separate proto for storing a specific version. # The cvss v2 score for the vulnerability.
+      "attackComplexity": "A String",
+      "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments.
+      "authentication": "A String",
+      "availabilityImpact": "A String",
+      "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+      "confidentialityImpact": "A String",
+      "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+      "impactScore": 3.14,
+      "integrityImpact": "A String",
+      "privilegesRequired": "A String",
+      "scope": "A String",
+      "userInteraction": "A String",
+    },
+    "cvssVersion": "A String", # Output only. CVSS version used to populate cvss_score and severity.
+    "cvssv3": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document This is a message we will try to use for storing various versions of CVSS rather than making a separate proto for storing a specific version. # The cvss v3 score for the vulnerability.
+      "attackComplexity": "A String",
+      "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments.
+      "authentication": "A String",
+      "availabilityImpact": "A String",
+      "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+      "confidentialityImpact": "A String",
+      "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+      "impactScore": 3.14,
+      "integrityImpact": "A String",
+      "privilegesRequired": "A String",
+      "scope": "A String",
+      "userInteraction": "A String",
+    },
+    "effectiveSeverity": "A String", # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, otherwise this is the note provider assigned severity. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.
+    "extraDetails": "A String", # Occurrence-specific extra details about the vulnerability.
+    "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether at least one of the affected packages has a fix available.
+    "longDescription": "A String", # Output only. A detailed description of this vulnerability.
+    "packageIssue": [ # Required. The set of affected locations and their fixes (if available) within the associated resource.
+      { # A detail for a distro and package this vulnerability occurrence was found in and its associated fix (if one is available).
+        "affectedCpeUri": "A String", # Required. The [CPE URI](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) this vulnerability was found in.
+        "affectedPackage": "A String", # Required. The package this vulnerability was found in.
+        "affectedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required. The version of the package that is installed on the resource affected by this vulnerability.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "effectiveSeverity": "A String", # Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.
+        "fileLocation": [ # The location at which this package was found.
+          { # Indicates the location at which a package was found.
+            "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file.
+          },
+        ],
+        "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package.
+        "fixedCpeUri": "A String", # The [CPE URI](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) this vulnerability was fixed in. It is possible for this to be different from the affected_cpe_uri.
+        "fixedPackage": "A String", # The package this vulnerability was fixed in. It is possible for this to be different from the affected_package.
+        "fixedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required. The version of the package this vulnerability was fixed in. Setting this to VersionKind.MAXIMUM means no fix is yet available.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "packageType": "A String", # The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).
+      },
+    ],
+    "relatedUrls": [ # Output only. URLs related to this vulnerability.
+      { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+        "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+        "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+      },
+    ],
+    "severity": "A String", # Output only. The note provider assigned severity of this vulnerability.
+    "shortDescription": "A String", # Output only. A one sentence description of this vulnerability.
+    "type": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+    "vexAssessment": { # VexAssessment provides all publisher provided Vex information that is related to this vulnerability.
+      "cve": "A String", # Holds the MITRE standard Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) tracking number for the vulnerability. Deprecated: Use vulnerability_id instead to denote CVEs.
+      "impacts": [ # Contains information about the impact of this vulnerability, this will change with time.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "justification": { # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED. # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED.
+        "details": "A String", # Additional details on why this justification was chosen.
+        "justificationType": "A String", # The justification type for this vulnerability.
+      },
+      "noteName": "A String", # The VulnerabilityAssessment note from which this VexAssessment was generated. This will be of the form: `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`.
+      "relatedUris": [ # Holds a list of references associated with this vulnerability item and assessment.
+        { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+          "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+          "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "remediations": [ # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+        { # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+          "details": "A String", # Contains a comprehensive human-readable discussion of the remediation.
+          "remediationType": "A String", # The type of remediation that can be applied.
+          "remediationUri": { # Metadata for any related URL information. # Contains the URL where to obtain the remediation.
+            "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+            "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "state": "A String", # Provides the state of this Vulnerability assessment.
+      "vulnerabilityId": "A String", # The vulnerability identifier for this Assessment. Will hold one of common identifiers e.g. CVE, GHSA etc.
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ getNotes(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the note attached to the specified occurrence. Consumer projects can use this method to get a note that belongs to a provider project.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the occurrence in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/occurrences/[OCCURRENCE_ID]`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A type of analysis that can be done for a resource.
+  "attestation": { # Note kind that represents a logical attestation "role" or "authority". For example, an organization might have one `Authority` for "QA" and one for "build". This note is intended to act strictly as a grouping mechanism for the attached occurrences (Attestations). This grouping mechanism also provides a security boundary, since IAM ACLs gate the ability for a principle to attach an occurrence to a given note. It also provides a single point of lookup to find all attached attestation occurrences, even if they don't all live in the same project. # A note describing an attestation role.
+    "hint": { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from "readable" names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # Hint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+      "humanReadableName": "A String", # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example "qa".
+    },
+  },
+  "build": { # Note holding the version of the provider's builder and the signature of the provenance message in the build details occurrence. # A note describing build provenance for a verifiable build.
+    "builderVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Version of the builder which produced this build.
+  },
+  "compliance": { # A note describing a compliance check.
+    "cisBenchmark": { # A compliance check that is a CIS benchmark.
+      "profileLevel": 42,
+      "severity": "A String",
+    },
+    "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check.
+    "impact": "A String",
+    "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check.
+    "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails.
+    "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format.
+    "title": "A String", # The title that identifies this compliance check.
+    "version": [ # The OS and config versions the benchmark applies to.
+      { # Describes the CIS benchmark version that is applicable to a given OS and os version.
+        "benchmarkDocument": "A String", # The name of the document that defines this benchmark, e.g. "CIS Container-Optimized OS".
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # The CPE URI (https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) this benchmark is applicable to.
+        "version": "A String", # The version of the benchmark. This is set to the version of the OS-specific CIS document the benchmark is defined in.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was created. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+  "deployment": { # An artifact that can be deployed in some runtime. # A note describing something that can be deployed.
+    "resourceUri": [ # Required. Resource URI for the artifact being deployed.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "discovery": { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider's project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer's project at the start of analysis. # A note describing the initial analysis of a resource.
+    "analysisKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
+  },
+  "dsseAttestation": { # A note describing a dsse attestation note.
+    "hint": { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from "readable" names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # DSSEHint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+      "humanReadableName": "A String", # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example "cloudbuild-prod".
+    },
+  },
+  "expirationTime": "A String", # Time of expiration for this note. Empty if note does not expire.
+  "image": { # Basis describes the base image portion (Note) of the DockerImage relationship. Linked occurrences are derived from this or an equivalent image via: FROM Or an equivalent reference, e.g., a tag of the resource_url. # A note describing a base image.
+    "fingerprint": { # A set of properties that uniquely identify a given Docker image. # Required. Immutable. The fingerprint of the base image.
+      "v1Name": "A String", # Required. The layer ID of the final layer in the Docker image's v1 representation.
+      "v2Blob": [ # Required. The ordered list of v2 blobs that represent a given image.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "v2Name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the image's v2 blobs computed via: [bottom] := v2_blobbottom := sha256(v2_blob[N] + " " + v2_name[N+1]) Only the name of the final blob is kept.
+    },
+    "resourceUrl": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource_url for the resource representing the basis of associated occurrence images.
+  },
+  "kind": "A String", # Output only. The type of analysis. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+  "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this note.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the note in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`.
+  "package": { # PackageNote represents a particular package version. # A note describing a package hosted by various package managers.
+    "architecture": "A String", # The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built. Architecture will be blank for language packages.
+    "cpeUri": "A String", # The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package. The cpe_uri will be blank for language packages.
+    "description": "A String", # The description of this package.
+    "digest": [ # Hash value, typically a file digest, that allows unique identification a specific package.
+      { # Digest information.
+        "algo": "A String", # `SHA1`, `SHA512` etc.
+        "digestBytes": "A String", # Value of the digest.
+      },
+    ],
+    "distribution": [ # Deprecated. The various channels by which a package is distributed.
+      { # This represents a particular channel of distribution for a given package. E.g., Debian's jessie-backports dpkg mirror.
+        "architecture": "A String", # The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built.
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package.
+        "description": "A String", # The distribution channel-specific description of this package.
+        "latestVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The latest available version of this package in this distribution channel.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "maintainer": "A String", # A freeform string denoting the maintainer of this package.
+        "url": "A String", # The distribution channel-specific homepage for this package.
+      },
+    ],
+    "license": { # License information. # Licenses that have been declared by the authors of the package.
+      "comments": "A String", # Comments
+      "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+    },
+    "maintainer": "A String", # A freeform text denoting the maintainer of this package.
+    "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The name of the package.
+    "packageType": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+    "url": "A String", # The homepage for this package.
+    "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The version of the package.
+      "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+      "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+      "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+      "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+      "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+      "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+    },
+  },
+  "relatedNoteNames": [ # Other notes related to this note.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "relatedUrl": [ # URLs associated with this note.
+    { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+      "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+      "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+    },
+  ],
+  "sbomReference": { # The note representing an SBOM reference. # A note describing an SBOM reference.
+    "format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc...
+    "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3.
+  },
+  "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+  "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Note represents a potential upgrade of a package to a given version. For each package version combination (i.e. bash 4.0, bash 4.1, bash 4.1.2), there will be an Upgrade Note. For Windows, windows_update field represents the information related to the update. # A note describing available package upgrades.
+    "distributions": [ # Metadata about the upgrade for each specific operating system.
+      { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities.
+        "classification": "A String", # The operating system classification of this Upgrade, as specified by the upstream operating system upgrade feed. For Windows the classification is one of the category_ids listed at https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/desktop/ff357803(v=vs.85)
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # Required - The specific operating system this metadata applies to. See https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/.
+        "cve": [ # The cve tied to this Upgrade.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "severity": "A String", # The severity as specified by the upstream operating system.
+      },
+    ],
+    "package": "A String", # Required for non-Windows OS. The package this Upgrade is for.
+    "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required for non-Windows OS. The version of the package in machine + human readable form.
+      "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+      "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+      "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+      "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+      "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+      "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+    },
+    "windowsUpdate": { # Windows Update represents the metadata about the update for the Windows operating system. The fields in this message come from the Windows Update API documented at https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/wuapi/nn-wuapi-iupdate. # Required for Windows OS. Represents the metadata about the Windows update.
+      "categories": [ # The list of categories to which the update belongs.
+        { # The category to which the update belongs.
+          "categoryId": "A String", # The identifier of the category.
+          "name": "A String", # The localized name of the category.
+        },
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # The localized description of the update.
+      "identity": { # The unique identifier of the update. # Required - The unique identifier for the update.
+        "revision": 42, # The revision number of the update.
+        "updateId": "A String", # The revision independent identifier of the update.
+      },
+      "kbArticleIds": [ # The Microsoft Knowledge Base article IDs that are associated with the update.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "lastPublishedTimestamp": "A String", # The last published timestamp of the update.
+      "supportUrl": "A String", # The hyperlink to the support information for the update.
+      "title": "A String", # The localized title of the update.
+    },
+  },
+  "vulnerability": { # A security vulnerability that can be found in resources. # A note describing a package vulnerability.
+    "cvssScore": 3.14, # The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0 - 10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
+    "cvssV2": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document This is a message we will try to use for storing various versions of CVSS rather than making a separate proto for storing a specific version. # The full description of the v2 CVSS for this vulnerability.
+      "attackComplexity": "A String",
+      "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments.
+      "authentication": "A String",
+      "availabilityImpact": "A String",
+      "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+      "confidentialityImpact": "A String",
+      "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+      "impactScore": 3.14,
+      "integrityImpact": "A String",
+      "privilegesRequired": "A String",
+      "scope": "A String",
+      "userInteraction": "A String",
+    },
+    "cvssV3": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document # The full description of the CVSSv3 for this vulnerability.
+      "attackComplexity": "A String",
+      "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments.
+      "availabilityImpact": "A String",
+      "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+      "confidentialityImpact": "A String",
+      "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+      "impactScore": 3.14,
+      "integrityImpact": "A String",
+      "privilegesRequired": "A String",
+      "scope": "A String",
+      "userInteraction": "A String",
+    },
+    "cvssVersion": "A String", # CVSS version used to populate cvss_score and severity.
+    "details": [ # Details of all known distros and packages affected by this vulnerability.
+      { # A detail for a distro and package affected by this vulnerability and its associated fix (if one is available).
+        "affectedCpeUri": "A String", # Required. The [CPE URI](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) this vulnerability affects.
+        "affectedPackage": "A String", # Required. The package this vulnerability affects.
+        "affectedVersionEnd": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The version number at the end of an interval in which this vulnerability exists. A vulnerability can affect a package between version numbers that are disjoint sets of intervals (example: [1.0.0-1.1.0], [2.4.6-2.4.8] and [4.5.6-4.6.8]) each of which will be represented in its own Detail. If a specific affected version is provided by a vulnerability database, affected_version_start and affected_version_end will be the same in that Detail.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "affectedVersionStart": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The version number at the start of an interval in which this vulnerability exists. A vulnerability can affect a package between version numbers that are disjoint sets of intervals (example: [1.0.0-1.1.0], [2.4.6-2.4.8] and [4.5.6-4.6.8]) each of which will be represented in its own Detail. If a specific affected version is provided by a vulnerability database, affected_version_start and affected_version_end will be the same in that Detail.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "description": "A String", # A vendor-specific description of this vulnerability.
+        "fixedCpeUri": "A String", # The distro recommended [CPE URI](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) to update to that contains a fix for this vulnerability. It is possible for this to be different from the affected_cpe_uri.
+        "fixedPackage": "A String", # The distro recommended package to update to that contains a fix for this vulnerability. It is possible for this to be different from the affected_package.
+        "fixedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The distro recommended version to update to that contains a fix for this vulnerability. Setting this to VersionKind.MAXIMUM means no such version is yet available.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "isObsolete": True or False, # Whether this detail is obsolete. Occurrences are expected not to point to obsolete details.
+        "packageType": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+        "severityName": "A String", # The distro assigned severity of this vulnerability.
+        "source": "A String", # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+        "sourceUpdateTime": "A String", # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+        "vendor": "A String", # The name of the vendor of the product.
+      },
+    ],
+    "severity": "A String", # The note provider assigned severity of this vulnerability.
+    "sourceUpdateTime": "A String", # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+    "windowsDetails": [ # Windows details get their own format because the information format and model don't match a normal detail. Specifically Windows updates are done as patches, thus Windows vulnerabilities really are a missing package, rather than a package being at an incorrect version.
+      {
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The [CPE URI](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) this vulnerability affects.
+        "description": "A String", # The description of this vulnerability.
+        "fixingKbs": [ # Required. The names of the KBs which have hotfixes to mitigate this vulnerability. Note that there may be multiple hotfixes (and thus multiple KBs) that mitigate a given vulnerability. Currently any listed KBs presence is considered a fix.
+          {
+            "name": "A String", # The KB name (generally of the form KB[0-9]+ (e.g., KB123456)).
+            "url": "A String", # A link to the KB in the [Windows update catalog] (https://www.catalog.update.microsoft.com/).
+          },
+        ],
+        "name": "A String", # Required. The name of this vulnerability.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "vulnerabilityAssessment": { # A single VulnerabilityAssessmentNote represents one particular product's vulnerability assessment for one CVE. # A note describing a vulnerability assessment.
+    "assessment": { # Assessment provides all information that is related to a single vulnerability for this product. # Represents a vulnerability assessment for the product.
+      "cve": "A String", # Holds the MITRE standard Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) tracking number for the vulnerability. Deprecated: Use vulnerability_id instead to denote CVEs.
+      "impacts": [ # Contains information about the impact of this vulnerability, this will change with time.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "justification": { # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED. # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED.
+        "details": "A String", # Additional details on why this justification was chosen.
+        "justificationType": "A String", # The justification type for this vulnerability.
+      },
+      "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this Vex.
+      "relatedUris": [ # Holds a list of references associated with this vulnerability item and assessment. These uris have additional information about the vulnerability and the assessment itself. E.g. Link to a document which details how this assessment concluded the state of this vulnerability.
+        { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+          "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+          "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "remediations": [ # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+        { # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+          "details": "A String", # Contains a comprehensive human-readable discussion of the remediation.
+          "remediationType": "A String", # The type of remediation that can be applied.
+          "remediationUri": { # Metadata for any related URL information. # Contains the URL where to obtain the remediation.
+            "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+            "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this Vex.
+      "state": "A String", # Provides the state of this Vulnerability assessment.
+      "vulnerabilityId": "A String", # The vulnerability identifier for this Assessment. Will hold one of common identifiers e.g. CVE, GHSA etc.
+    },
+    "languageCode": "A String", # Identifies the language used by this document, corresponding to IETF BCP 47 / RFC 5646.
+    "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this Vex.
+    "product": { # Product contains information about a product and how to uniquely identify it. # The product affected by this vex.
+      "genericUri": "A String", # Contains a URI which is vendor-specific. Example: The artifact repository URL of an image.
+      "id": "A String", # Token that identifies a product so that it can be referred to from other parts in the document. There is no predefined format as long as it uniquely identifies a group in the context of the current document.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the product.
+    },
+    "publisher": { # Publisher contains information about the publisher of this Note. # Publisher details of this Note.
+      "issuingAuthority": "A String", # Provides information about the authority of the issuing party to release the document, in particular, the party's constituency and responsibilities or other obligations.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the publisher. Examples: 'Google', 'Google Cloud Platform'.
+      "publisherNamespace": "A String", # The context or namespace. Contains a URL which is under control of the issuing party and can be used as a globally unique identifier for that issuing party. Example: https://csaf.io
+    },
+    "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this Vex.
+    "title": "A String", # The title of the note. E.g. `Vex-Debian-11.4`
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ getVulnerabilitySummary(parent, filter=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a summary of the number and severity of occurrences.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the project to get a vulnerability summary for in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]`. (required)
+  filter: string, The filter expression.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A summary of how many vulnerability occurrences there are per resource and severity type.
+  "counts": [ # A listing by resource of the number of fixable and total vulnerabilities.
+    { # Per resource and severity counts of fixable and total vulnerabilities.
+      "fixableCount": "A String", # The number of fixable vulnerabilities associated with this resource.
+      "resourceUri": "A String", # The affected resource.
+      "severity": "A String", # The severity for this count. SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED indicates total across all severities.
+      "totalCount": "A String", # The total number of vulnerabilities associated with this resource.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists occurrences for the specified project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the project to list occurrences for in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]`. (required)
+  filter: string, The filter expression.
+  pageSize: integer, Number of occurrences to return in the list. Must be positive. Max allowed page size is 1000. If not specified, page size defaults to 20.
+  pageToken: string, Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for listing occurrences.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The next pagination token in the list response. It should be used as `page_token` for the following request. An empty value means no more results.
+  "occurrences": [ # The occurrences requested.
+    { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource.
+      "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact.
+        "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas.
+          {
+            "compactJwt": "A String", # The compact encoding of a JWS, which is always three base64 encoded strings joined by periods. For details, see: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515.html#section-3.1
+          },
+        ],
+        "serializedPayload": "A String", # Required. The serialized payload that is verified by one or more `signatures`.
+        "signatures": [ # One or more signatures over `serialized_payload`. Verifier implementations should consider this attestation message verified if at least one `signature` verifies `serialized_payload`. See `Signature` in common.proto for more details on signature structure and verification.
+          { # Verifiers (e.g. Kritis implementations) MUST verify signatures with respect to the trust anchors defined in policy (e.g. a Kritis policy). Typically this means that the verifier has been configured with a map from `public_key_id` to public key material (and any required parameters, e.g. signing algorithm). In particular, verification implementations MUST NOT treat the signature `public_key_id` as anything more than a key lookup hint. The `public_key_id` DOES NOT validate or authenticate a public key; it only provides a mechanism for quickly selecting a public key ALREADY CONFIGURED on the verifier through a trusted channel. Verification implementations MUST reject signatures in any of the following circumstances: * The `public_key_id` is not recognized by the verifier. * The public key that `public_key_id` refers to does not verify the signature with respect to the payload. The `signature` contents SHOULD NOT be "attached" (where the payload is included with the serialized `signature` bytes). Verifiers MUST ignore any "attached" payload and only verify signatures with respect to explicitly provided payload (e.g. a `payload` field on the proto message that holds this Signature, or the canonical serialization of the proto message that holds this signature).
+            "publicKeyId": "A String", # The identifier for the public key that verifies this signature. * The `public_key_id` is required. * The `public_key_id` SHOULD be an RFC3986 conformant URI. * When possible, the `public_key_id` SHOULD be an immutable reference, such as a cryptographic digest. Examples of valid `public_key_id`s: OpenPGP V4 public key fingerprint: * "openpgp4fpr:74FAF3B861BDA0870C7B6DEF607E48D2A663AEEA" See https://www.iana.org/assignments/uri-schemes/prov/openpgp4fpr for more details on this scheme. RFC6920 digest-named SubjectPublicKeyInfo (digest of the DER serialization): * "ni:///sha-256;cD9o9Cq6LG3jD0iKXqEi_vdjJGecm_iXkbqVoScViaU" * "nih:///sha-256;703f68f42aba2c6de30f488a5ea122fef76324679c9bf89791ba95a1271589a5"
+            "signature": "A String", # The content of the signature, an opaque bytestring. The payload that this signature verifies MUST be unambiguously provided with the Signature during verification. A wrapper message might provide the payload explicitly. Alternatively, a message might have a canonical serialization that can always be unambiguously computed to derive the payload.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "build": { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build.
+        "inTotoSlsaProvenanceV1": { # In-Toto Slsa Provenance V1 represents a slsa provenance meeting the slsa spec, wrapped in an in-toto statement. This allows for direct jsonification of a to-spec in-toto slsa statement with a to-spec slsa provenance.
+          "_type": "A String", # InToto spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement
+          "predicate": { # Keep in sync with schema at https://github.com/slsa-framework/slsa/blob/main/docs/provenance/schema/v1/provenance.proto Builder renamed to ProvenanceBuilder because of Java conflicts.
+            "buildDefinition": {
+              "buildType": "A String",
+              "externalParameters": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "internalParameters": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "resolvedDependencies": [
+                {
+                  "annotations": {
+                    "a_key": "",
+                  },
+                  "content": "A String",
+                  "digest": {
+                    "a_key": "A String",
+                  },
+                  "downloadLocation": "A String",
+                  "mediaType": "A String",
+                  "name": "A String",
+                  "uri": "A String",
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "runDetails": {
+              "builder": {
+                "builderDependencies": [
+                  {
+                    "annotations": {
+                      "a_key": "",
+                    },
+                    "content": "A String",
+                    "digest": {
+                      "a_key": "A String",
+                    },
+                    "downloadLocation": "A String",
+                    "mediaType": "A String",
+                    "name": "A String",
+                    "uri": "A String",
+                  },
+                ],
+                "id": "A String",
+                "version": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+              },
+              "byproducts": [
+                {
+                  "annotations": {
+                    "a_key": "",
+                  },
+                  "content": "A String",
+                  "digest": {
+                    "a_key": "A String",
+                  },
+                  "downloadLocation": "A String",
+                  "mediaType": "A String",
+                  "name": "A String",
+                  "uri": "A String",
+                },
+              ],
+              "metadata": {
+                "finishedOn": "A String",
+                "invocationId": "A String",
+                "startedOn": "A String",
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "predicateType": "A String",
+          "subject": [
+            {
+              "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "intotoProvenance": { # Deprecated. See InTotoStatement for the replacement. In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec.
+          "builderConfig": { # required
+            "id": "A String",
+          },
+          "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+            "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+            "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+            "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started.
+            "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+              "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+              "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+              "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic".
+            },
+            "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+          },
+          "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+            "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+              {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+            ],
+            "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+            "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+            "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+              {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+            ],
+            "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+          },
+        },
+        "intotoStatement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". # In-toto Statement representation as defined in spec. The intoto_statement can contain any type of provenance. The serialized payload of the statement can be stored and signed in the Occurrence's envelope.
+          "_type": "A String", # Always `https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1`.
+          "predicateType": "A String", # `https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1` for SlsaProvenance.
+          "provenance": {
+            "builderConfig": { # required
+              "id": "A String",
+            },
+            "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+              "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic".
+              },
+              "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+                {
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                },
+              ],
+              "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+                {
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                },
+              ],
+              "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
+          "slsaProvenance": {
+            "builder": { # required
+              "id": "A String",
+            },
+            "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              {
+                "digest": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "uri": "A String",
+              },
+            ],
+            "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+              "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic".
+              },
+              "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+              "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+              "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
+          "slsaProvenanceZeroTwo": { # See full explanation of fields at slsa.dev/provenance/v0.2.
+            "buildConfig": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "buildType": "A String",
+            "builder": { # Identifies the entity that executed the recipe, which is trusted to have correctly performed the operation and populated this provenance.
+              "id": "A String",
+            },
+            "invocation": { # Identifies the event that kicked off the build.
+              "configSource": { # Describes where the config file that kicked off the build came from. This is effectively a pointer to the source where buildConfig came from.
+                "digest": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "entryPoint": "A String",
+                "uri": "A String",
+              },
+              "environment": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "parameters": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "materials": [
+              { # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on.
+                "digest": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "uri": "A String",
+              },
+            ],
+            "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+              "buildFinishedOn": "A String",
+              "buildInvocationId": "A String",
+              "buildStartedOn": "A String",
+              "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                "environment": True or False,
+                "materials": True or False,
+                "parameters": True or False,
+              },
+              "reproducible": True or False,
+            },
+          },
+          "subject": [
+            {
+              "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance for the build.
+          "buildOptions": { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "builderVersion": "A String", # Version string of the builder at the time this build was executed.
+          "builtArtifacts": [ # Output of the build.
+            { # Artifact describes a build product.
+              "checksum": "A String", # Hash or checksum value of a binary, or Docker Registry 2.0 digest of a container.
+              "id": "A String", # Artifact ID, if any; for container images, this will be a URL by digest like `gcr.io/projectID/imagename@sha256:123456`.
+              "names": [ # Related artifact names. This may be the path to a binary or jar file, or in the case of a container build, the name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`. Note that a single Artifact ID can have multiple names, for example if two tags are applied to one image.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          "commands": [ # Commands requested by the build.
+            { # Command describes a step performed as part of the build pipeline.
+              "args": [ # Command-line arguments used when executing this command.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "dir": "A String", # Working directory (relative to project source root) used when running this command.
+              "env": [ # Environment variables set before running this command.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "id": "A String", # Optional unique identifier for this command, used in wait_for to reference this command as a dependency.
+              "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the command, as presented on the command line, or if the command is packaged as a Docker container, as presented to `docker pull`.
+              "waitFor": [ # The ID(s) of the command(s) that this command depends on.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          "createTime": "A String", # Time at which the build was created.
+          "creator": "A String", # E-mail address of the user who initiated this build. Note that this was the user's e-mail address at the time the build was initiated; this address may not represent the same end-user for all time.
+          "endTime": "A String", # Time at which execution of the build was finished.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the build.
+          "logsUri": "A String", # URI where any logs for this provenance were written.
+          "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project.
+          "sourceProvenance": { # Source describes the location of the source used for the build. # Details of the Source input to the build.
+            "additionalContexts": [ # If provided, some of the source code used for the build may be found in these locations, in the case where the source repository had multiple remotes or submodules. This list will not include the context specified in the context field.
+              { # A SourceContext is a reference to a tree of files. A SourceContext together with a path point to a unique revision of a single file or directory.
+                "cloudRepo": { # A CloudRepoSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo. # A SourceContext referring to a revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo.
+                  "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                    "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                    "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+                  },
+                  "repoId": { # A unique identifier for a Cloud Repo. # The ID of the repo.
+                    "projectRepoId": { # Selects a repo using a Google Cloud Platform project ID (e.g., winged-cargo-31) and a repo name within that project. # A combination of a project ID and a repo name.
+                      "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project.
+                      "repoName": "A String", # The name of the repo. Leave empty for the default repo.
+                    },
+                    "uid": "A String", # A server-assigned, globally unique identifier.
+                  },
+                  "revisionId": "A String", # A revision ID.
+                },
+                "gerrit": { # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project. # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project.
+                  "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                    "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                    "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+                  },
+                  "gerritProject": "A String", # The full project name within the host. Projects may be nested, so "project/subproject" is a valid project name. The "repo name" is the hostURI/project.
+                  "hostUri": "A String", # The URI of a running Gerrit instance.
+                  "revisionId": "A String", # A revision (commit) ID.
+                },
+                "git": { # A GitSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a third party Git repository (e.g., GitHub). # A SourceContext referring to any third party Git repo (e.g., GitHub).
+                  "revisionId": "A String", # Git commit hash.
+                  "url": "A String", # Git repository URL.
+                },
+                "labels": { # Labels with user defined metadata.
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            "artifactStorageSourceUri": "A String", # If provided, the input binary artifacts for the build came from this location.
+            "context": { # A SourceContext is a reference to a tree of files. A SourceContext together with a path point to a unique revision of a single file or directory. # If provided, the source code used for the build came from this location.
+              "cloudRepo": { # A CloudRepoSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo. # A SourceContext referring to a revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo.
+                "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                  "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                  "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+                },
+                "repoId": { # A unique identifier for a Cloud Repo. # The ID of the repo.
+                  "projectRepoId": { # Selects a repo using a Google Cloud Platform project ID (e.g., winged-cargo-31) and a repo name within that project. # A combination of a project ID and a repo name.
+                    "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project.
+                    "repoName": "A String", # The name of the repo. Leave empty for the default repo.
+                  },
+                  "uid": "A String", # A server-assigned, globally unique identifier.
+                },
+                "revisionId": "A String", # A revision ID.
+              },
+              "gerrit": { # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project. # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project.
+                "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                  "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                  "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+                },
+                "gerritProject": "A String", # The full project name within the host. Projects may be nested, so "project/subproject" is a valid project name. The "repo name" is the hostURI/project.
+                "hostUri": "A String", # The URI of a running Gerrit instance.
+                "revisionId": "A String", # A revision (commit) ID.
+              },
+              "git": { # A GitSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a third party Git repository (e.g., GitHub). # A SourceContext referring to any third party Git repo (e.g., GitHub).
+                "revisionId": "A String", # Git commit hash.
+                "url": "A String", # Git repository URL.
+              },
+              "labels": { # Labels with user defined metadata.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+            },
+            "fileHashes": { # Hash(es) of the build source, which can be used to verify that the original source integrity was maintained in the build. The keys to this map are file paths used as build source and the values contain the hash values for those files. If the build source came in a single package such as a gzipped tarfile (.tar.gz), the FileHash will be for the single path to that file.
+              "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in source messages to verify integrity of source input to the build.
+                "fileHash": [ # Required. Collection of file hashes.
+                  { # Container message for hash values.
+                    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hash that was performed, e.g. "SHA-256".
+                    "value": "A String", # Required. The hash value.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "startTime": "A String", # Time at which execution of the build was started.
+          "triggerId": "A String", # Trigger identifier if the build was triggered automatically; empty if not.
+        },
+        "provenanceBytes": "A String", # Serialized JSON representation of the provenance, used in generating the build signature in the corresponding build note. After verifying the signature, `provenance_bytes` can be unmarshalled and compared to the provenance to confirm that it is unchanged. A base64-encoded string representation of the provenance bytes is used for the signature in order to interoperate with openssl which expects this format for signature verification. The serialized form is captured both to avoid ambiguity in how the provenance is marshalled to json as well to prevent incompatibilities with future changes.
+      },
+      "compliance": { # An indication that the compliance checks in the associated ComplianceNote were not satisfied for particular resources or a specified reason. # Describes a compliance violation on a linked resource.
+        "nonComplianceReason": "A String",
+        "nonCompliantFiles": [
+          { # Details about files that caused a compliance check to fail. display_command is a single command that can be used to display a list of non compliant files. When there is no such command, we can also iterate a list of non compliant file using 'path'.
+            "displayCommand": "A String", # Command to display the non-compliant files.
+            "path": "A String", # Empty if `display_command` is set.
+            "reason": "A String", # Explains why a file is non compliant for a CIS check.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was created.
+      "deployment": { # The period during which some deployable was active in a runtime. # Describes the deployment of an artifact on a runtime.
+        "address": "A String", # Address of the runtime element hosting this deployment.
+        "config": "A String", # Configuration used to create this deployment.
+        "deployTime": "A String", # Required. Beginning of the lifetime of this deployment.
+        "platform": "A String", # Platform hosting this deployment.
+        "resourceUri": [ # Output only. Resource URI for the artifact being deployed taken from the deployable field with the same name.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "undeployTime": "A String", # End of the lifetime of this deployment.
+        "userEmail": "A String", # Identity of the user that triggered this deployment.
+      },
+      "discovery": { # Provides information about the analysis status of a discovered resource. # Describes when a resource was discovered.
+        "analysisCompleted": { # Indicates which analysis completed successfully. Multiple types of analysis can be performed on a single resource.
+          "analysisType": [
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "analysisError": [ # Indicates any errors encountered during analysis of a resource. There could be 0 or more of these errors.
+          { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+            "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+            "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+              {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+            ],
+            "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+          },
+        ],
+        "analysisStatus": "A String", # The status of discovery for the resource.
+        "analysisStatusError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # When an error is encountered this will contain a LocalizedMessage under details to show to the user. The LocalizedMessage is output only and populated by the API.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "archiveTime": "A String", # Output only. The time occurrences related to this discovery occurrence were archived.
+        "continuousAnalysis": "A String", # Whether the resource is continuously analyzed.
+        "cpe": "A String", # The CPE of the resource being scanned.
+        "lastScanTime": "A String", # The last time this resource was scanned.
+        "sbomStatus": { # The status of an SBOM generation. # The status of an SBOM generation.
+          "error": "A String", # If there was an error generating an SBOM, this will indicate what that error was.
+          "sbomState": "A String", # The progress of the SBOM generation.
+        },
+      },
+      "dsseAttestation": { # Deprecated. Prefer to use a regular Occurrence, and populate the Envelope at the top level of the Occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse.
+        "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata.
+          "payload": "A String",
+          "payloadType": "A String",
+          "signatures": [
+            {
+              "keyid": "A String",
+              "sig": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json".
+          "_type": "A String", # Always `https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1`.
+          "predicateType": "A String", # `https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1` for SlsaProvenance.
+          "provenance": {
+            "builderConfig": { # required
+              "id": "A String",
+            },
+            "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+              "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic".
+              },
+              "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+                {
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                },
+              ],
+              "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any".
+                {
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                },
+              ],
+              "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
+          "slsaProvenance": {
+            "builder": { # required
+              "id": "A String",
+            },
+            "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              {
+                "digest": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "uri": "A String",
+              },
+            ],
+            "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+              "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic".
+              },
+              "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+              "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+              "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
+          "slsaProvenanceZeroTwo": { # See full explanation of fields at slsa.dev/provenance/v0.2.
+            "buildConfig": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "buildType": "A String",
+            "builder": { # Identifies the entity that executed the recipe, which is trusted to have correctly performed the operation and populated this provenance.
+              "id": "A String",
+            },
+            "invocation": { # Identifies the event that kicked off the build.
+              "configSource": { # Describes where the config file that kicked off the build came from. This is effectively a pointer to the source where buildConfig came from.
+                "digest": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "entryPoint": "A String",
+                "uri": "A String",
+              },
+              "environment": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "parameters": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "materials": [
+              { # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on.
+                "digest": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "uri": "A String",
+              },
+            ],
+            "metadata": { # Other properties of the build.
+              "buildFinishedOn": "A String",
+              "buildInvocationId": "A String",
+              "buildStartedOn": "A String",
+              "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                "environment": True or False,
+                "materials": True or False,
+                "parameters": True or False,
+              },
+              "reproducible": True or False,
+            },
+          },
+          "subject": [
+            {
+              "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
+        "payload": "A String",
+        "payloadType": "A String",
+        "signatures": [
+          {
+            "keyid": "A String",
+            "sig": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "image": { # Details of the derived image portion of the DockerImage relationship. This image would be produced from a Dockerfile with FROM . # Describes how this resource derives from the basis in the associated note.
+        "baseResourceUrl": "A String", # Output only. This contains the base image URL for the derived image occurrence.
+        "distance": 42, # Output only. The number of layers by which this image differs from the associated image basis.
+        "fingerprint": { # A set of properties that uniquely identify a given Docker image. # Required. The fingerprint of the derived image.
+          "v1Name": "A String", # Required. The layer ID of the final layer in the Docker image's v1 representation.
+          "v2Blob": [ # Required. The ordered list of v2 blobs that represent a given image.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "v2Name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the image's v2 blobs computed via: [bottom] := v2_blobbottom := sha256(v2_blob[N] + " " + v2_name[N+1]) Only the name of the final blob is kept.
+        },
+        "layerInfo": [ # This contains layer-specific metadata, if populated it has length "distance" and is ordered with [distance] being the layer immediately following the base image and [1] being the final layer.
+          { # Layer holds metadata specific to a layer of a Docker image.
+            "arguments": "A String", # The recovered arguments to the Dockerfile directive.
+            "directive": "A String", # Required. The recovered Dockerfile directive used to construct this layer. See https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/ for more information.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "kind": "A String", # Output only. This explicitly denotes which of the occurrence details are specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the occurrence in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/occurrences/[OCCURRENCE_ID]`.
+      "noteName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The analysis note associated with this occurrence, in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+      "package": { # Details on how a particular software package was installed on a system. # Describes the installation of a package on the linked resource.
+        "architecture": "A String", # Output only. The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built. Architecture will be blank for language packages.
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # Output only. The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package. The cpe_uri will be blank for language packages.
+        "license": { # License information. # Licenses that have been declared by the authors of the package.
+          "comments": "A String", # Comments
+          "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+        },
+        "location": [ # All of the places within the filesystem versions of this package have been found.
+          { # An occurrence of a particular package installation found within a system's filesystem. E.g., glibc was found in `/var/lib/dpkg/status`.
+            "cpeUri": "A String", # Deprecated. The CPE URI in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/)
+            "path": "A String", # The path from which we gathered that this package/version is installed.
+            "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Deprecated. The version installed at this location.
+              "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+              "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+              "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+              "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+              "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+              "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "name": "A String", # Required. Output only. The name of the installed package.
+        "packageType": "A String", # Output only. The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+        "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Output only. The version of the package.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+      },
+      "remediation": "A String", # A description of actions that can be taken to remedy the note.
+      "resourceUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A URI that represents the resource for which the occurrence applies. For example, `https://gcr.io/project/image@sha256:123abc` for a Docker image.
+      "sbomReference": { # The occurrence representing an SBOM reference as applied to a specific resource. The occurrence follows the DSSE specification. See https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.md for more details. # Describes a specific SBOM reference occurrences.
+        "payload": { # The actual payload that contains the SBOM Reference data. The payload follows the intoto statement specification. See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/v1.0/statement.md for more details. # The actual payload that contains the SBOM reference data.
+          "_type": "A String", # Identifier for the schema of the Statement.
+          "predicate": { # A predicate which describes the SBOM being referenced. # Additional parameters of the Predicate. Includes the actual data about the SBOM.
+            "digest": { # A map of algorithm to digest of the contents of the SBOM.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "location": "A String", # The location of the SBOM.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the SBOM.
+            "referrerId": "A String", # The person or system referring this predicate to the consumer.
+          },
+          "predicateType": "A String", # URI identifying the type of the Predicate.
+          "subject": [ # Set of software artifacts that the attestation applies to. Each element represents a single software artifact.
+            {
+              "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "payloadType": "A String", # The kind of payload that SbomReferenceIntotoPayload takes. Since it's in the intoto format, this value is expected to be 'application/vnd.in-toto+json'.
+        "signatures": [ # The signatures over the payload.
+          {
+            "keyid": "A String",
+            "sig": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated.
+      "upgrade": { # An Upgrade Occurrence represents that a specific resource_url could install a specific upgrade. This presence is supplied via local sources (i.e. it is present in the mirror and the running system has noticed its availability). For Windows, both distribution and windows_update contain information for the Windows update. # Describes an available package upgrade on the linked resource.
+        "distribution": { # The Upgrade Distribution represents metadata about the Upgrade for each operating system (CPE). Some distributions have additional metadata around updates, classifying them into various categories and severities. # Metadata about the upgrade for available for the specific operating system for the resource_url. This allows efficient filtering, as well as making it easier to use the occurrence.
+          "classification": "A String", # The operating system classification of this Upgrade, as specified by the upstream operating system upgrade feed. For Windows the classification is one of the category_ids listed at https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/desktop/ff357803(v=vs.85)
+          "cpeUri": "A String", # Required - The specific operating system this metadata applies to. See https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/.
+          "cve": [ # The cve tied to this Upgrade.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "severity": "A String", # The severity as specified by the upstream operating system.
+        },
+        "package": "A String", # Required for non-Windows OS. The package this Upgrade is for.
+        "parsedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required for non-Windows OS. The version of the package in a machine + human readable form.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "windowsUpdate": { # Windows Update represents the metadata about the update for the Windows operating system. The fields in this message come from the Windows Update API documented at https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/wuapi/nn-wuapi-iupdate. # Required for Windows OS. Represents the metadata about the Windows update.
+          "categories": [ # The list of categories to which the update belongs.
+            { # The category to which the update belongs.
+              "categoryId": "A String", # The identifier of the category.
+              "name": "A String", # The localized name of the category.
+            },
+          ],
+          "description": "A String", # The localized description of the update.
+          "identity": { # The unique identifier of the update. # Required - The unique identifier for the update.
+            "revision": 42, # The revision number of the update.
+            "updateId": "A String", # The revision independent identifier of the update.
+          },
+          "kbArticleIds": [ # The Microsoft Knowledge Base article IDs that are associated with the update.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "lastPublishedTimestamp": "A String", # The last published timestamp of the update.
+          "supportUrl": "A String", # The hyperlink to the support information for the update.
+          "title": "A String", # The localized title of the update.
+        },
+      },
+      "vulnerability": { # An occurrence of a severity vulnerability on a resource. # Describes a security vulnerability.
+        "cvssScore": 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0 - 10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
+        "cvssV2": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document This is a message we will try to use for storing various versions of CVSS rather than making a separate proto for storing a specific version. # The cvss v2 score for the vulnerability.
+          "attackComplexity": "A String",
+          "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments.
+          "authentication": "A String",
+          "availabilityImpact": "A String",
+          "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+          "confidentialityImpact": "A String",
+          "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+          "impactScore": 3.14,
+          "integrityImpact": "A String",
+          "privilegesRequired": "A String",
+          "scope": "A String",
+          "userInteraction": "A String",
+        },
+        "cvssVersion": "A String", # Output only. CVSS version used to populate cvss_score and severity.
+        "cvssv3": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document This is a message we will try to use for storing various versions of CVSS rather than making a separate proto for storing a specific version. # The cvss v3 score for the vulnerability.
+          "attackComplexity": "A String",
+          "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments.
+          "authentication": "A String",
+          "availabilityImpact": "A String",
+          "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+          "confidentialityImpact": "A String",
+          "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+          "impactScore": 3.14,
+          "integrityImpact": "A String",
+          "privilegesRequired": "A String",
+          "scope": "A String",
+          "userInteraction": "A String",
+        },
+        "effectiveSeverity": "A String", # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, otherwise this is the note provider assigned severity. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.
+        "extraDetails": "A String", # Occurrence-specific extra details about the vulnerability.
+        "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether at least one of the affected packages has a fix available.
+        "longDescription": "A String", # Output only. A detailed description of this vulnerability.
+        "packageIssue": [ # Required. The set of affected locations and their fixes (if available) within the associated resource.
+          { # A detail for a distro and package this vulnerability occurrence was found in and its associated fix (if one is available).
+            "affectedCpeUri": "A String", # Required. The [CPE URI](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) this vulnerability was found in.
+            "affectedPackage": "A String", # Required. The package this vulnerability was found in.
+            "affectedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required. The version of the package that is installed on the resource affected by this vulnerability.
+              "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+              "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+              "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+              "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+              "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+              "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+            },
+            "effectiveSeverity": "A String", # Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.
+            "fileLocation": [ # The location at which this package was found.
+              { # Indicates the location at which a package was found.
+                "filePath": "A String", # For jars that are contained inside .war files, this filepath can indicate the path to war file combined with the path to jar file.
+              },
+            ],
+            "fixAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package.
+            "fixedCpeUri": "A String", # The [CPE URI](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) this vulnerability was fixed in. It is possible for this to be different from the affected_cpe_uri.
+            "fixedPackage": "A String", # The package this vulnerability was fixed in. It is possible for this to be different from the affected_package.
+            "fixedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required. The version of the package this vulnerability was fixed in. Setting this to VersionKind.MAXIMUM means no fix is yet available.
+              "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+              "fullName": "A String", # Human readable version string. This string is of the form :- and is only set when kind is NORMAL.
+              "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+              "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+              "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+              "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+            },
+            "packageType": "A String", # The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).
+          },
+        ],
+        "relatedUrls": [ # Output only. URLs related to this vulnerability.
+          { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+            "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+            "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+          },
+        ],
+        "severity": "A String", # Output only. The note provider assigned severity of this vulnerability.
+        "shortDescription": "A String", # Output only. A one sentence description of this vulnerability.
+        "type": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+        "vexAssessment": { # VexAssessment provides all publisher provided Vex information that is related to this vulnerability.
+          "cve": "A String", # Holds the MITRE standard Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) tracking number for the vulnerability. Deprecated: Use vulnerability_id instead to denote CVEs.
+          "impacts": [ # Contains information about the impact of this vulnerability, this will change with time.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "justification": { # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED. # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED.
+            "details": "A String", # Additional details on why this justification was chosen.
+            "justificationType": "A String", # The justification type for this vulnerability.
+          },
+          "noteName": "A String", # The VulnerabilityAssessment note from which this VexAssessment was generated. This will be of the form: `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`.
+          "relatedUris": [ # Holds a list of references associated with this vulnerability item and assessment.
+            { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+              "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+              "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+            },
+          ],
+          "remediations": [ # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+            { # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+              "details": "A String", # Contains a comprehensive human-readable discussion of the remediation.
+              "remediationType": "A String", # The type of remediation that can be applied.
+              "remediationUri": { # Metadata for any related URL information. # Contains the URL where to obtain the remediation.
+                "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+                "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "state": "A String", # Provides the state of this Vulnerability assessment.
+          "vulnerabilityId": "A String", # The vulnerability identifier for this Assessment. Will hold one of common identifiers e.g. CVE, GHSA etc.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.resources.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.resources.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7005db882c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.resources.html @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ + + + +

Container Analysis API . projects . locations . resources

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ exportSBOM(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Generates an SBOM for the given resource.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ exportSBOM(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Generates an SBOM for the given resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the resource in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/resources/[RESOURCE_URL]`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request to generate and export SBOM. Target must be specified for the request.
+  "cloudStorageLocation": { # Empty placeholder to denote that this is a Google Cloud Storage export request. # Empty placeholder to denote that this is a Google Cloud Storage export request.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response from a call to ExportSBOM.
+  "discoveryOccurrence": "A String", # The name of the discovery occurrence in the form "projects/{project_id}/occurrences/{OCCURRENCE_ID} It can be used to track the progress of the SBOM export.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.html index 0b9f074aac..ab3a3d4ebe 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.html @@ -139,6 +139,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. @@ -438,6 +439,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. @@ -742,6 +744,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. @@ -1038,6 +1041,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. @@ -1358,6 +1362,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. @@ -1709,6 +1714,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. @@ -2022,6 +2028,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. @@ -2318,6 +2325,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html index 7717677dc2..753700f75b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html @@ -4313,6 +4313,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html index 2c257f819e..6ff3dcb4f6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html @@ -155,6 +155,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", # The severity level of this CIS benchmark check. }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", # Potential impact of the suggested remediation "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. @@ -460,6 +461,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", # The severity level of this CIS benchmark check. }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", # Potential impact of the suggested remediation "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. @@ -788,6 +790,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", # The severity level of this CIS benchmark check. }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", # Potential impact of the suggested remediation "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. @@ -1148,6 +1151,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", # The severity level of this CIS benchmark check. }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", # Potential impact of the suggested remediation "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. @@ -1469,6 +1473,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", # The severity level of this CIS benchmark check. }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", # Potential impact of the suggested remediation "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. @@ -1773,6 +1778,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", # The severity level of this CIS benchmark check. }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", # Potential impact of the suggested remediation "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html index 1696b1d944..baa6ba3b65 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html @@ -2887,6 +2887,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", # The severity level of this CIS benchmark check. }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", # Potential impact of the suggested remediation "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html index b08e49a5ce..3c07be25bb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html @@ -155,6 +155,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", # The severity level of this CIS benchmark check. }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", # Potential impact of the suggested remediation "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. @@ -460,6 +461,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", # The severity level of this CIS benchmark check. }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", # Potential impact of the suggested remediation "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. @@ -788,6 +790,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", # The severity level of this CIS benchmark check. }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", # Potential impact of the suggested remediation "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. @@ -1148,6 +1151,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", # The severity level of this CIS benchmark check. }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", # Potential impact of the suggested remediation "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. @@ -1469,6 +1473,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", # The severity level of this CIS benchmark check. }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", # Potential impact of the suggested remediation "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. @@ -1773,6 +1778,7 @@

Method Details

"severity": "A String", # The severity level of this CIS benchmark check. }, "description": "A String", # A description about this compliance check. + "impact": "A String", # Potential impact of the suggested remediation "rationale": "A String", # A rationale for the existence of this compliance check. "remediation": "A String", # A description of remediation steps if the compliance check fails. "scanInstructions": "A String", # Serialized scan instructions with a predefined format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.html index 5d734aa119..a99c978d03 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Container Analysis API . projects

Instance Methods

+

+ locations() +

+

Returns the locations Resource.

+

notes()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b0993d1489 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ + + + +

Container Analysis API . projects . locations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ notes() +

+

Returns the notes Resource.

+ +

+ occurrences() +

+

Returns the occurrences Resource.

+ +

+ resources() +

+

Returns the resources Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.locations.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.locations.notes.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..14a78d4df1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.locations.notes.html @@ -0,0 +1,760 @@ + + + +

Container Analysis API . projects . locations . notes

+

Instance Methods

+

+ occurrences() +

+

Returns the occurrences Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the specified note.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists notes for the specified project.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the specified note.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the note in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A type of analysis that can be done for a resource.
+  "attestationAuthority": { # Note kind that represents a logical attestation "role" or "authority". For example, an organization might have one `Authority` for "QA" and one for "build". This note is intended to act strictly as a grouping mechanism for the attached occurrences (Attestations). This grouping mechanism also provides a security boundary, since IAM ACLs gate the ability for a principle to attach an occurrence to a given note. It also provides a single point of lookup to find all attached attestation occurrences, even if they don't all live in the same project. # A note describing an attestation role.
+    "hint": { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from "readable" names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # Hint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+      "humanReadableName": "A String", # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example "qa".
+    },
+  },
+  "baseImage": { # Basis describes the base image portion (Note) of the DockerImage relationship. Linked occurrences are derived from this or an equivalent image via: FROM Or an equivalent reference, e.g. a tag of the resource_url. # A note describing a base image.
+    "fingerprint": { # A set of properties that uniquely identify a given Docker image. # Required. Immutable. The fingerprint of the base image.
+      "v1Name": "A String", # Required. The layer ID of the final layer in the Docker image's v1 representation.
+      "v2Blob": [ # Required. The ordered list of v2 blobs that represent a given image.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "v2Name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the image's v2 blobs computed via: [bottom] := v2_blobbottom := sha256(v2_blob[N] + " " + v2_name[N+1]) Only the name of the final blob is kept.
+    },
+    "resourceUrl": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource_url for the resource representing the basis of associated occurrence images.
+  },
+  "build": { # Note holding the version of the provider's builder and the signature of the provenance message in the build details occurrence. # A note describing build provenance for a verifiable build.
+    "builderVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Version of the builder which produced this build.
+    "signature": { # Message encapsulating the signature of the verified build. # Signature of the build in occurrences pointing to this build note containing build details.
+      "keyId": "A String", # An ID for the key used to sign. This could be either an ID for the key stored in `public_key` (such as the ID or fingerprint for a PGP key, or the CN for a cert), or a reference to an external key (such as a reference to a key in Cloud Key Management Service).
+      "keyType": "A String", # The type of the key, either stored in `public_key` or referenced in `key_id`.
+      "publicKey": "A String", # Public key of the builder which can be used to verify that the related findings are valid and unchanged. If `key_type` is empty, this defaults to PEM encoded public keys. This field may be empty if `key_id` references an external key. For Cloud Build based signatures, this is a PEM encoded public key. To verify the Cloud Build signature, place the contents of this field into a file (public.pem). The signature field is base64-decoded into its binary representation in signature.bin, and the provenance bytes from `BuildDetails` are base64-decoded into a binary representation in signed.bin. OpenSSL can then verify the signature: `openssl sha256 -verify public.pem -signature signature.bin signed.bin`
+      "signature": "A String", # Required. Signature of the related `BuildProvenance`. In JSON, this is base-64 encoded.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was created. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+  "deployable": { # An artifact that can be deployed in some runtime. # A note describing something that can be deployed.
+    "resourceUri": [ # Required. Resource URI for the artifact being deployed.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "discovery": { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider's project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer's project at the start of analysis. # A note describing the initial analysis of a resource.
+    "analysisKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
+  },
+  "expirationTime": "A String", # Time of expiration for this note. Empty if note does not expire.
+  "intoto": { # This contains the fields corresponding to the definition of a software supply chain step in an in-toto layout. This information goes into a Grafeas note. # A note describing an in-toto link.
+    "expectedCommand": [ # This field contains the expected command used to perform the step.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "expectedMaterials": [ # The following fields contain in-toto artifact rules identifying the artifacts that enter this supply chain step, and exit the supply chain step, i.e. materials and products of the step.
+      { # Defines an object to declare an in-toto artifact rule
+        "artifactRule": [
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "expectedProducts": [
+      { # Defines an object to declare an in-toto artifact rule
+        "artifactRule": [
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "signingKeys": [ # This field contains the public keys that can be used to verify the signatures on the step metadata.
+      { # This defines the format used to record keys used in the software supply chain. An in-toto link is attested using one or more keys defined in the in-toto layout. An example of this is: { "key_id": "776a00e29f3559e0141b3b096f696abc6cfb0c657ab40f441132b345b0...", "key_type": "rsa", "public_key_value": "-----BEGIN PUBLIC KEY-----\nMIIBojANBgkqhkiG9w0B...", "key_scheme": "rsassa-pss-sha256" } The format for in-toto's key definition can be found in section 4.2 of the in-toto specification.
+        "keyId": "A String", # key_id is an identifier for the signing key.
+        "keyScheme": "A String", # This field contains the corresponding signature scheme. Eg: "rsassa-pss-sha256".
+        "keyType": "A String", # This field identifies the specific signing method. Eg: "rsa", "ed25519", and "ecdsa".
+        "publicKeyValue": "A String", # This field contains the actual public key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "stepName": "A String", # This field identifies the name of the step in the supply chain.
+    "threshold": "A String", # This field contains a value that indicates the minimum number of keys that need to be used to sign the step's in-toto link.
+  },
+  "kind": "A String", # Output only. The type of analysis. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+  "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this note.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the note in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`.
+  "package": { # Package represents a particular package version. # A note describing a package hosted by various package managers.
+    "architecture": "A String", # The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built. Architecture will be blank for language packages.
+    "cpeUri": "A String", # The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package. The cpe_uri will be blank for language packages.
+    "description": "A String", # The description of this package.
+    "digest": [ # Hash value, typically a file digest, that allows unique identification a specific package.
+      { # Digest information.
+        "algo": "A String", # `SHA1`, `SHA512` etc.
+        "digestBytes": "A String", # Value of the digest.
+      },
+    ],
+    "distribution": [ # The various channels by which a package is distributed.
+      { # This represents a particular channel of distribution for a given package. E.g., Debian's jessie-backports dpkg mirror.
+        "architecture": "A String", # The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built.
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package.
+        "description": "A String", # The distribution channel-specific description of this package.
+        "latestVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The latest available version of this package in this distribution channel.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "maintainer": "A String", # A freeform string denoting the maintainer of this package.
+        "url": "A String", # The distribution channel-specific homepage for this package.
+      },
+    ],
+    "license": { # License information. # Licenses that have been declared by the authors of the package.
+      "comments": "A String", # Comments
+      "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+    },
+    "maintainer": "A String", # A freeform text denoting the maintainer of this package.
+    "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The name of the package.
+    "packageType": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+    "url": "A String", # The homepage for this package.
+    "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The version of the package.
+      "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+      "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+      "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+      "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+      "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+    },
+  },
+  "relatedNoteNames": [ # Other notes related to this note.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "relatedUrl": [ # URLs associated with this note.
+    { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+      "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+      "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+    },
+  ],
+  "sbom": { # DocumentNote represents an SPDX Document Creation Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/2-document-creation-information/ # A note describing a software bill of materials.
+    "dataLicence": "A String", # Compliance with the SPDX specification includes populating the SPDX fields therein with data related to such fields ("SPDX-Metadata")
+    "spdxVersion": "A String", # Provide a reference number that can be used to understand how to parse and interpret the rest of the file
+  },
+  "sbomReference": { # The note representing an SBOM reference. # A note describing an SBOM reference.
+    "format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc...
+    "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3.
+  },
+  "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note.
+  "spdxFile": { # FileNote represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # A note describing an SPDX File.
+    "checksum": [ # Provide a unique identifier to match analysis information on each specific file in a package
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "fileType": "A String", # This field provides information about the type of file identified
+    "title": "A String", # Identify the full path and filename that corresponds to the file information in this section
+  },
+  "spdxPackage": { # PackageInfoNote represents an SPDX Package Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/3-package-information/ # A note describing an SPDX Package.
+    "analyzed": True or False, # Indicates whether the file content of this package has been available for or subjected to analysis when creating the SPDX document
+    "attribution": "A String", # A place for the SPDX data creator to record, at the package level, acknowledgements that may be needed to be communicated in some contexts
+    "checksum": "A String", # Provide an independently reproducible mechanism that permits unique identification of a specific package that correlates to the data in this SPDX file
+    "copyright": "A String", # Identify the copyright holders of the package, as well as any dates present
+    "detailedDescription": "A String", # A more detailed description of the package
+    "downloadLocation": "A String", # This section identifies the download Universal Resource Locator (URL), or a specific location within a version control system (VCS) for the package at the time that the SPDX file was created
+    "externalRefs": [ # ExternalRef
+      { # An External Reference allows a Package to reference an external source of additional information, metadata, enumerations, asset identifiers, or downloadable content believed to be relevant to the Package
+        "category": "A String", # An External Reference allows a Package to reference an external source of additional information, metadata, enumerations, asset identifiers, or downloadable content believed to be relevant to the Package
+        "comment": "A String", # Human-readable information about the purpose and target of the reference
+        "locator": "A String", # The unique string with no spaces necessary to access the package-specific information, metadata, or content within the target location
+        "type": "A String", # Type of category (e.g. 'npm' for the PACKAGE_MANAGER category)
+      },
+    ],
+    "filesLicenseInfo": [ # Contain the license the SPDX file creator has concluded as governing the This field is to contain a list of all licenses found in the package. The relationship between licenses (i.e., conjunctive, disjunctive) is not specified in this field – it is simply a listing of all licenses found
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "homePage": "A String", # Provide a place for the SPDX file creator to record a web site that serves as the package's home page
+    "licenseDeclared": { # License information. # List the licenses that have been declared by the authors of the package
+      "comments": "A String", # Comments
+      "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+    },
+    "originator": "A String", # If the package identified in the SPDX file originated from a different person or organization than identified as Package Supplier, this field identifies from where or whom the package originally came
+    "packageType": "A String", # The type of package: OS, MAVEN, GO, GO_STDLIB, etc.
+    "summaryDescription": "A String", # A short description of the package
+    "supplier": "A String", # Identify the actual distribution source for the package/directory identified in the SPDX file
+    "title": "A String", # Identify the full name of the package as given by the Package Originator
+    "verificationCode": "A String", # This field provides an independently reproducible mechanism identifying specific contents of a package based on the actual files (except the SPDX file itself, if it is included in the package) that make up each package and that correlates to the data in this SPDX file
+    "version": "A String", # Identify the version of the package
+  },
+  "spdxRelationship": { # RelationshipNote represents an SPDX Relationship section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/7-relationships-between-SPDX-elements/ # A note describing an SPDX File.
+    "type": "A String", # The type of relationship between the source and target SPDX elements
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+  "vulnerability": { # Vulnerability provides metadata about a security vulnerability in a Note. # A note describing a package vulnerability.
+    "cvssScore": 3.14, # The CVSS score for this vulnerability.
+    "cvssV2": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. This message is compatible with CVSS v2 and v3. For CVSS v2 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/v2/guide CVSS v2 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v2-calculator For CVSS v3 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document CVSS v3 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v3-calculator # The full description of the CVSS for version 2.
+      "attackComplexity": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "authentication": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v2
+      "availabilityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+      "confidentialityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+      "impactScore": 3.14,
+      "integrityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "privilegesRequired": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+      "scope": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+      "userInteraction": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+    },
+    "cvssV3": { # Deprecated. Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document # The full description of the CVSS for version 3.
+      "attackComplexity": "A String",
+      "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments.
+      "availabilityImpact": "A String",
+      "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+      "confidentialityImpact": "A String",
+      "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+      "impactScore": 3.14,
+      "integrityImpact": "A String",
+      "privilegesRequired": "A String",
+      "scope": "A String",
+      "userInteraction": "A String",
+    },
+    "cvssVersion": "A String", # CVSS version used to populate cvss_score and severity.
+    "cwe": [ # A list of CWE for this vulnerability. For details, see: https://cwe.mitre.org/index.html
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "details": [ # All information about the package to specifically identify this vulnerability. One entry per (version range and cpe_uri) the package vulnerability has manifested in.
+      { # Identifies all appearances of this vulnerability in the package for a specific distro/location. For example: glibc in cpe:/o:debian:debian_linux:8 for versions 2.1 - 2.2
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) in which the vulnerability manifests. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
+        "description": "A String", # A vendor-specific description of this note.
+        "fixedLocation": { # The location of the vulnerability. # The fix for this specific package version.
+          "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
+          "package": "A String", # Required. The package being described.
+          "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required. The version of the package being described.
+            "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+            "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+            "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+            "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+            "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+          },
+        },
+        "isObsolete": True or False, # Whether this detail is obsolete. Occurrences are expected not to point to obsolete details.
+        "maxAffectedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The max version of the package in which the vulnerability exists.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "minAffectedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The min version of the package in which the vulnerability exists.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "package": "A String", # Required. The name of the package where the vulnerability was found.
+        "packageType": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc).
+        "severityName": "A String", # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
+        "source": "A String", # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+        "sourceUpdateTime": "A String", # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+        "vendor": "A String", # The name of the vendor of the product.
+      },
+    ],
+    "severity": "A String", # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability.
+    "sourceUpdateTime": "A String", # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+    "windowsDetails": [ # Windows details get their own format because the information format and model don't match a normal detail. Specifically Windows updates are done as patches, thus Windows vulnerabilities really are a missing package, rather than a package being at an incorrect version.
+      {
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) in which the vulnerability manifests. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
+        "description": "A String", # The description of the vulnerability.
+        "fixingKbs": [ # Required. The names of the KBs which have hotfixes to mitigate this vulnerability. Note that there may be multiple hotfixes (and thus multiple KBs) that mitigate a given vulnerability. Currently any listed kb's presence is considered a fix.
+          {
+            "name": "A String", # The KB name (generally of the form KB[0-9]+ i.e. KB123456).
+            "url": "A String", # A link to the KB in the Windows update catalog - https://www.catalog.update.microsoft.com/
+          },
+        ],
+        "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the vulnerability.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "vulnerabilityAssessment": { # A single VulnerabilityAssessmentNote represents one particular product's vulnerability assessment for one CVE. # A note describing a vulnerability assessment.
+    "assessment": { # Assessment provides all information that is related to a single vulnerability for this product. # Represents a vulnerability assessment for the product.
+      "cve": "A String", # Holds the MITRE standard Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) tracking number for the vulnerability. Deprecated: Use vulnerability_id instead to denote CVEs.
+      "impacts": [ # Contains information about the impact of this vulnerability, this will change with time.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "justification": { # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED. # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED.
+        "details": "A String", # Additional details on why this justification was chosen.
+        "justificationType": "A String", # The justification type for this vulnerability.
+      },
+      "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this Vex.
+      "relatedUris": [ # Holds a list of references associated with this vulnerability item and assessment. These uris have additional information about the vulnerability and the assessment itself. E.g. Link to a document which details how this assessment concluded the state of this vulnerability.
+        { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+          "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+          "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "remediations": [ # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+        { # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+          "details": "A String", # Contains a comprehensive human-readable discussion of the remediation.
+          "remediationType": "A String", # The type of remediation that can be applied.
+          "remediationUri": { # Metadata for any related URL information. # Contains the URL where to obtain the remediation.
+            "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+            "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this Vex.
+      "state": "A String", # Provides the state of this Vulnerability assessment.
+      "vulnerabilityId": "A String", # The vulnerability identifier for this Assessment. Will hold one of common identifiers e.g. CVE, GHSA etc.
+    },
+    "languageCode": "A String", # Identifies the language used by this document, corresponding to IETF BCP 47 / RFC 5646.
+    "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this Vex.
+    "product": { # Product contains information about a product and how to uniquely identify it. # The product affected by this vex.
+      "genericUri": "A String", # Contains a URI which is vendor-specific. Example: The artifact repository URL of an image.
+      "id": "A String", # Token that identifies a product so that it can be referred to from other parts in the document. There is no predefined format as long as it uniquely identifies a group in the context of the current document.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the product.
+    },
+    "publisher": { # Publisher contains information about the publisher of this Note. # Publisher details of this Note.
+      "issuingAuthority": "A String", # Provides information about the authority of the issuing party to release the document, in particular, the party's constituency and responsibilities or other obligations.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the publisher. Examples: 'Google', 'Google Cloud Platform'.
+      "publisherNamespace": "A String", # The context or namespace. Contains a URL which is under control of the issuing party and can be used as a globally unique identifier for that issuing party. Example: https://csaf.io
+    },
+    "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this Vex.
+    "title": "A String", # The title of the note. E.g. `Vex-Debian-11.4`
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists notes for the specified project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the project to list notes for in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]`. (required)
+  filter: string, The filter expression.
+  pageSize: integer, Number of notes to return in the list. Must be positive. Max allowed page size is 1000. If not specified, page size defaults to 20.
+  pageToken: string, Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for listing notes.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The next pagination token in the list response. It should be used as `page_token` for the following request. An empty value means no more results.
+  "notes": [ # The notes requested.
+    { # A type of analysis that can be done for a resource.
+      "attestationAuthority": { # Note kind that represents a logical attestation "role" or "authority". For example, an organization might have one `Authority` for "QA" and one for "build". This note is intended to act strictly as a grouping mechanism for the attached occurrences (Attestations). This grouping mechanism also provides a security boundary, since IAM ACLs gate the ability for a principle to attach an occurrence to a given note. It also provides a single point of lookup to find all attached attestation occurrences, even if they don't all live in the same project. # A note describing an attestation role.
+        "hint": { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from "readable" names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # Hint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+          "humanReadableName": "A String", # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example "qa".
+        },
+      },
+      "baseImage": { # Basis describes the base image portion (Note) of the DockerImage relationship. Linked occurrences are derived from this or an equivalent image via: FROM Or an equivalent reference, e.g. a tag of the resource_url. # A note describing a base image.
+        "fingerprint": { # A set of properties that uniquely identify a given Docker image. # Required. Immutable. The fingerprint of the base image.
+          "v1Name": "A String", # Required. The layer ID of the final layer in the Docker image's v1 representation.
+          "v2Blob": [ # Required. The ordered list of v2 blobs that represent a given image.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "v2Name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the image's v2 blobs computed via: [bottom] := v2_blobbottom := sha256(v2_blob[N] + " " + v2_name[N+1]) Only the name of the final blob is kept.
+        },
+        "resourceUrl": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource_url for the resource representing the basis of associated occurrence images.
+      },
+      "build": { # Note holding the version of the provider's builder and the signature of the provenance message in the build details occurrence. # A note describing build provenance for a verifiable build.
+        "builderVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Version of the builder which produced this build.
+        "signature": { # Message encapsulating the signature of the verified build. # Signature of the build in occurrences pointing to this build note containing build details.
+          "keyId": "A String", # An ID for the key used to sign. This could be either an ID for the key stored in `public_key` (such as the ID or fingerprint for a PGP key, or the CN for a cert), or a reference to an external key (such as a reference to a key in Cloud Key Management Service).
+          "keyType": "A String", # The type of the key, either stored in `public_key` or referenced in `key_id`.
+          "publicKey": "A String", # Public key of the builder which can be used to verify that the related findings are valid and unchanged. If `key_type` is empty, this defaults to PEM encoded public keys. This field may be empty if `key_id` references an external key. For Cloud Build based signatures, this is a PEM encoded public key. To verify the Cloud Build signature, place the contents of this field into a file (public.pem). The signature field is base64-decoded into its binary representation in signature.bin, and the provenance bytes from `BuildDetails` are base64-decoded into a binary representation in signed.bin. OpenSSL can then verify the signature: `openssl sha256 -verify public.pem -signature signature.bin signed.bin`
+          "signature": "A String", # Required. Signature of the related `BuildProvenance`. In JSON, this is base-64 encoded.
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was created. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+      "deployable": { # An artifact that can be deployed in some runtime. # A note describing something that can be deployed.
+        "resourceUri": [ # Required. Resource URI for the artifact being deployed.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "discovery": { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider's project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer's project at the start of analysis. # A note describing the initial analysis of a resource.
+        "analysisKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
+      },
+      "expirationTime": "A String", # Time of expiration for this note. Empty if note does not expire.
+      "intoto": { # This contains the fields corresponding to the definition of a software supply chain step in an in-toto layout. This information goes into a Grafeas note. # A note describing an in-toto link.
+        "expectedCommand": [ # This field contains the expected command used to perform the step.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "expectedMaterials": [ # The following fields contain in-toto artifact rules identifying the artifacts that enter this supply chain step, and exit the supply chain step, i.e. materials and products of the step.
+          { # Defines an object to declare an in-toto artifact rule
+            "artifactRule": [
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "expectedProducts": [
+          { # Defines an object to declare an in-toto artifact rule
+            "artifactRule": [
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "signingKeys": [ # This field contains the public keys that can be used to verify the signatures on the step metadata.
+          { # This defines the format used to record keys used in the software supply chain. An in-toto link is attested using one or more keys defined in the in-toto layout. An example of this is: { "key_id": "776a00e29f3559e0141b3b096f696abc6cfb0c657ab40f441132b345b0...", "key_type": "rsa", "public_key_value": "-----BEGIN PUBLIC KEY-----\nMIIBojANBgkqhkiG9w0B...", "key_scheme": "rsassa-pss-sha256" } The format for in-toto's key definition can be found in section 4.2 of the in-toto specification.
+            "keyId": "A String", # key_id is an identifier for the signing key.
+            "keyScheme": "A String", # This field contains the corresponding signature scheme. Eg: "rsassa-pss-sha256".
+            "keyType": "A String", # This field identifies the specific signing method. Eg: "rsa", "ed25519", and "ecdsa".
+            "publicKeyValue": "A String", # This field contains the actual public key.
+          },
+        ],
+        "stepName": "A String", # This field identifies the name of the step in the supply chain.
+        "threshold": "A String", # This field contains a value that indicates the minimum number of keys that need to be used to sign the step's in-toto link.
+      },
+      "kind": "A String", # Output only. The type of analysis. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+      "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this note.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the note in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`.
+      "package": { # Package represents a particular package version. # A note describing a package hosted by various package managers.
+        "architecture": "A String", # The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built. Architecture will be blank for language packages.
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package. The cpe_uri will be blank for language packages.
+        "description": "A String", # The description of this package.
+        "digest": [ # Hash value, typically a file digest, that allows unique identification a specific package.
+          { # Digest information.
+            "algo": "A String", # `SHA1`, `SHA512` etc.
+            "digestBytes": "A String", # Value of the digest.
+          },
+        ],
+        "distribution": [ # The various channels by which a package is distributed.
+          { # This represents a particular channel of distribution for a given package. E.g., Debian's jessie-backports dpkg mirror.
+            "architecture": "A String", # The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built.
+            "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package.
+            "description": "A String", # The distribution channel-specific description of this package.
+            "latestVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The latest available version of this package in this distribution channel.
+              "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+              "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+              "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+              "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+              "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+            },
+            "maintainer": "A String", # A freeform string denoting the maintainer of this package.
+            "url": "A String", # The distribution channel-specific homepage for this package.
+          },
+        ],
+        "license": { # License information. # Licenses that have been declared by the authors of the package.
+          "comments": "A String", # Comments
+          "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+        },
+        "maintainer": "A String", # A freeform text denoting the maintainer of this package.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The name of the package.
+        "packageType": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+        "url": "A String", # The homepage for this package.
+        "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The version of the package.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+      },
+      "relatedNoteNames": [ # Other notes related to this note.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "relatedUrl": [ # URLs associated with this note.
+        { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+          "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+          "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "sbom": { # DocumentNote represents an SPDX Document Creation Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/2-document-creation-information/ # A note describing a software bill of materials.
+        "dataLicence": "A String", # Compliance with the SPDX specification includes populating the SPDX fields therein with data related to such fields ("SPDX-Metadata")
+        "spdxVersion": "A String", # Provide a reference number that can be used to understand how to parse and interpret the rest of the file
+      },
+      "sbomReference": { # The note representing an SBOM reference. # A note describing an SBOM reference.
+        "format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc...
+        "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3.
+      },
+      "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note.
+      "spdxFile": { # FileNote represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # A note describing an SPDX File.
+        "checksum": [ # Provide a unique identifier to match analysis information on each specific file in a package
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "fileType": "A String", # This field provides information about the type of file identified
+        "title": "A String", # Identify the full path and filename that corresponds to the file information in this section
+      },
+      "spdxPackage": { # PackageInfoNote represents an SPDX Package Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/3-package-information/ # A note describing an SPDX Package.
+        "analyzed": True or False, # Indicates whether the file content of this package has been available for or subjected to analysis when creating the SPDX document
+        "attribution": "A String", # A place for the SPDX data creator to record, at the package level, acknowledgements that may be needed to be communicated in some contexts
+        "checksum": "A String", # Provide an independently reproducible mechanism that permits unique identification of a specific package that correlates to the data in this SPDX file
+        "copyright": "A String", # Identify the copyright holders of the package, as well as any dates present
+        "detailedDescription": "A String", # A more detailed description of the package
+        "downloadLocation": "A String", # This section identifies the download Universal Resource Locator (URL), or a specific location within a version control system (VCS) for the package at the time that the SPDX file was created
+        "externalRefs": [ # ExternalRef
+          { # An External Reference allows a Package to reference an external source of additional information, metadata, enumerations, asset identifiers, or downloadable content believed to be relevant to the Package
+            "category": "A String", # An External Reference allows a Package to reference an external source of additional information, metadata, enumerations, asset identifiers, or downloadable content believed to be relevant to the Package
+            "comment": "A String", # Human-readable information about the purpose and target of the reference
+            "locator": "A String", # The unique string with no spaces necessary to access the package-specific information, metadata, or content within the target location
+            "type": "A String", # Type of category (e.g. 'npm' for the PACKAGE_MANAGER category)
+          },
+        ],
+        "filesLicenseInfo": [ # Contain the license the SPDX file creator has concluded as governing the This field is to contain a list of all licenses found in the package. The relationship between licenses (i.e., conjunctive, disjunctive) is not specified in this field – it is simply a listing of all licenses found
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "homePage": "A String", # Provide a place for the SPDX file creator to record a web site that serves as the package's home page
+        "licenseDeclared": { # License information. # List the licenses that have been declared by the authors of the package
+          "comments": "A String", # Comments
+          "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+        },
+        "originator": "A String", # If the package identified in the SPDX file originated from a different person or organization than identified as Package Supplier, this field identifies from where or whom the package originally came
+        "packageType": "A String", # The type of package: OS, MAVEN, GO, GO_STDLIB, etc.
+        "summaryDescription": "A String", # A short description of the package
+        "supplier": "A String", # Identify the actual distribution source for the package/directory identified in the SPDX file
+        "title": "A String", # Identify the full name of the package as given by the Package Originator
+        "verificationCode": "A String", # This field provides an independently reproducible mechanism identifying specific contents of a package based on the actual files (except the SPDX file itself, if it is included in the package) that make up each package and that correlates to the data in this SPDX file
+        "version": "A String", # Identify the version of the package
+      },
+      "spdxRelationship": { # RelationshipNote represents an SPDX Relationship section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/7-relationships-between-SPDX-elements/ # A note describing an SPDX File.
+        "type": "A String", # The type of relationship between the source and target SPDX elements
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+      "vulnerability": { # Vulnerability provides metadata about a security vulnerability in a Note. # A note describing a package vulnerability.
+        "cvssScore": 3.14, # The CVSS score for this vulnerability.
+        "cvssV2": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. This message is compatible with CVSS v2 and v3. For CVSS v2 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/v2/guide CVSS v2 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v2-calculator For CVSS v3 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document CVSS v3 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v3-calculator # The full description of the CVSS for version 2.
+          "attackComplexity": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "authentication": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v2
+          "availabilityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+          "confidentialityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+          "impactScore": 3.14,
+          "integrityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "privilegesRequired": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+          "scope": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+          "userInteraction": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+        },
+        "cvssV3": { # Deprecated. Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document # The full description of the CVSS for version 3.
+          "attackComplexity": "A String",
+          "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments.
+          "availabilityImpact": "A String",
+          "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+          "confidentialityImpact": "A String",
+          "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+          "impactScore": 3.14,
+          "integrityImpact": "A String",
+          "privilegesRequired": "A String",
+          "scope": "A String",
+          "userInteraction": "A String",
+        },
+        "cvssVersion": "A String", # CVSS version used to populate cvss_score and severity.
+        "cwe": [ # A list of CWE for this vulnerability. For details, see: https://cwe.mitre.org/index.html
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "details": [ # All information about the package to specifically identify this vulnerability. One entry per (version range and cpe_uri) the package vulnerability has manifested in.
+          { # Identifies all appearances of this vulnerability in the package for a specific distro/location. For example: glibc in cpe:/o:debian:debian_linux:8 for versions 2.1 - 2.2
+            "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) in which the vulnerability manifests. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
+            "description": "A String", # A vendor-specific description of this note.
+            "fixedLocation": { # The location of the vulnerability. # The fix for this specific package version.
+              "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
+              "package": "A String", # Required. The package being described.
+              "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required. The version of the package being described.
+                "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+                "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+                "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+                "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+                "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+              },
+            },
+            "isObsolete": True or False, # Whether this detail is obsolete. Occurrences are expected not to point to obsolete details.
+            "maxAffectedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The max version of the package in which the vulnerability exists.
+              "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+              "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+              "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+              "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+              "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+            },
+            "minAffectedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The min version of the package in which the vulnerability exists.
+              "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+              "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+              "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+              "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+              "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+            },
+            "package": "A String", # Required. The name of the package where the vulnerability was found.
+            "packageType": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc).
+            "severityName": "A String", # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
+            "source": "A String", # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+            "sourceUpdateTime": "A String", # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+            "vendor": "A String", # The name of the vendor of the product.
+          },
+        ],
+        "severity": "A String", # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability.
+        "sourceUpdateTime": "A String", # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+        "windowsDetails": [ # Windows details get their own format because the information format and model don't match a normal detail. Specifically Windows updates are done as patches, thus Windows vulnerabilities really are a missing package, rather than a package being at an incorrect version.
+          {
+            "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) in which the vulnerability manifests. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
+            "description": "A String", # The description of the vulnerability.
+            "fixingKbs": [ # Required. The names of the KBs which have hotfixes to mitigate this vulnerability. Note that there may be multiple hotfixes (and thus multiple KBs) that mitigate a given vulnerability. Currently any listed kb's presence is considered a fix.
+              {
+                "name": "A String", # The KB name (generally of the form KB[0-9]+ i.e. KB123456).
+                "url": "A String", # A link to the KB in the Windows update catalog - https://www.catalog.update.microsoft.com/
+              },
+            ],
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the vulnerability.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "vulnerabilityAssessment": { # A single VulnerabilityAssessmentNote represents one particular product's vulnerability assessment for one CVE. # A note describing a vulnerability assessment.
+        "assessment": { # Assessment provides all information that is related to a single vulnerability for this product. # Represents a vulnerability assessment for the product.
+          "cve": "A String", # Holds the MITRE standard Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) tracking number for the vulnerability. Deprecated: Use vulnerability_id instead to denote CVEs.
+          "impacts": [ # Contains information about the impact of this vulnerability, this will change with time.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "justification": { # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED. # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED.
+            "details": "A String", # Additional details on why this justification was chosen.
+            "justificationType": "A String", # The justification type for this vulnerability.
+          },
+          "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this Vex.
+          "relatedUris": [ # Holds a list of references associated with this vulnerability item and assessment. These uris have additional information about the vulnerability and the assessment itself. E.g. Link to a document which details how this assessment concluded the state of this vulnerability.
+            { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+              "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+              "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+            },
+          ],
+          "remediations": [ # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+            { # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+              "details": "A String", # Contains a comprehensive human-readable discussion of the remediation.
+              "remediationType": "A String", # The type of remediation that can be applied.
+              "remediationUri": { # Metadata for any related URL information. # Contains the URL where to obtain the remediation.
+                "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+                "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this Vex.
+          "state": "A String", # Provides the state of this Vulnerability assessment.
+          "vulnerabilityId": "A String", # The vulnerability identifier for this Assessment. Will hold one of common identifiers e.g. CVE, GHSA etc.
+        },
+        "languageCode": "A String", # Identifies the language used by this document, corresponding to IETF BCP 47 / RFC 5646.
+        "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this Vex.
+        "product": { # Product contains information about a product and how to uniquely identify it. # The product affected by this vex.
+          "genericUri": "A String", # Contains a URI which is vendor-specific. Example: The artifact repository URL of an image.
+          "id": "A String", # Token that identifies a product so that it can be referred to from other parts in the document. There is no predefined format as long as it uniquely identifies a group in the context of the current document.
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the product.
+        },
+        "publisher": { # Publisher contains information about the publisher of this Note. # Publisher details of this Note.
+          "issuingAuthority": "A String", # Provides information about the authority of the issuing party to release the document, in particular, the party's constituency and responsibilities or other obligations.
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the publisher. Examples: 'Google', 'Google Cloud Platform'.
+          "publisherNamespace": "A String", # The context or namespace. Contains a URL which is under control of the issuing party and can be used as a globally unique identifier for that issuing party. Example: https://csaf.io
+        },
+        "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this Vex.
+        "title": "A String", # The title of the note. E.g. `Vex-Debian-11.4`
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..17ace6c43c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html @@ -0,0 +1,703 @@ + + + +

Container Analysis API . projects . locations . notes . occurrences

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists occurrences referencing the specified note. Provider projects can use this method to get all occurrences across consumer projects referencing the specified note.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists occurrences referencing the specified note. Provider projects can use this method to get all occurrences across consumer projects referencing the specified note.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the note to list occurrences for in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`. (required)
+  filter: string, The filter expression.
+  pageSize: integer, Number of occurrences to return in the list.
+  pageToken: string, Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for listing occurrences for a note.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list.
+  "occurrences": [ # The occurrences attached to the specified note.
+    { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource.
+      "attestation": { # Details of an attestation occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact.
+        "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for look-up (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (which authority was this attestation intended to sign for). # Required. Attestation for the resource.
+          "genericSignedAttestation": { # An attestation wrapper that uses the Grafeas `Signature` message. This attestation must define the `serialized_payload` that the `signatures` verify and any metadata necessary to interpret that plaintext. The signatures should always be over the `serialized_payload` bytestring.
+            "contentType": "A String", # Type (for example schema) of the attestation payload that was signed. The verifier must ensure that the provided type is one that the verifier supports, and that the attestation payload is a valid instantiation of that type (for example by validating a JSON schema).
+            "serializedPayload": "A String", # The serialized payload that is verified by one or more `signatures`. The encoding and semantic meaning of this payload must match what is set in `content_type`.
+            "signatures": [ # One or more signatures over `serialized_payload`. Verifier implementations should consider this attestation message verified if at least one `signature` verifies `serialized_payload`. See `Signature` in common.proto for more details on signature structure and verification.
+              { # Verifiers (e.g. Kritis implementations) MUST verify signatures with respect to the trust anchors defined in policy (e.g. a Kritis policy). Typically this means that the verifier has been configured with a map from `public_key_id` to public key material (and any required parameters, e.g. signing algorithm). In particular, verification implementations MUST NOT treat the signature `public_key_id` as anything more than a key lookup hint. The `public_key_id` DOES NOT validate or authenticate a public key; it only provides a mechanism for quickly selecting a public key ALREADY CONFIGURED on the verifier through a trusted channel. Verification implementations MUST reject signatures in any of the following circumstances: * The `public_key_id` is not recognized by the verifier. * The public key that `public_key_id` refers to does not verify the signature with respect to the payload. The `signature` contents SHOULD NOT be "attached" (where the payload is included with the serialized `signature` bytes). Verifiers MUST ignore any "attached" payload and only verify signatures with respect to explicitly provided payload (e.g. a `payload` field on the proto message that holds this Signature, or the canonical serialization of the proto message that holds this signature).
+                "publicKeyId": "A String", # The identifier for the public key that verifies this signature. * The `public_key_id` is required. * The `public_key_id` SHOULD be an RFC3986 conformant URI. * When possible, the `public_key_id` SHOULD be an immutable reference, such as a cryptographic digest. Examples of valid `public_key_id`s: OpenPGP V4 public key fingerprint: * "openpgp4fpr:74FAF3B861BDA0870C7B6DEF607E48D2A663AEEA" See https://www.iana.org/assignments/uri-schemes/prov/openpgp4fpr for more details on this scheme. RFC6920 digest-named SubjectPublicKeyInfo (digest of the DER serialization): * "ni:///sha-256;cD9o9Cq6LG3jD0iKXqEi_vdjJGecm_iXkbqVoScViaU" * "nih:///sha-256;703f68f42aba2c6de30f488a5ea122fef76324679c9bf89791ba95a1271589a5"
+                "signature": "A String", # The content of the signature, an opaque bytestring. The payload that this signature verifies MUST be unambiguously provided with the Signature during verification. A wrapper message might provide the payload explicitly. Alternatively, a message might have a canonical serialization that can always be unambiguously computed to derive the payload.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "pgpSignedAttestation": { # An attestation wrapper with a PGP-compatible signature. This message only supports `ATTACHED` signatures, where the payload that is signed is included alongside the signature itself in the same file. # A PGP signed attestation.
+            "contentType": "A String", # Type (for example schema) of the attestation payload that was signed. The verifier must ensure that the provided type is one that the verifier supports, and that the attestation payload is a valid instantiation of that type (for example by validating a JSON schema).
+            "pgpKeyId": "A String", # The cryptographic fingerprint of the key used to generate the signature, as output by, e.g. `gpg --list-keys`. This should be the version 4, full 160-bit fingerprint, expressed as a 40 character hexadecimal string. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4880#section-12.2 for details. Implementations may choose to acknowledge "LONG", "SHORT", or other abbreviated key IDs, but only the full fingerprint is guaranteed to work. In gpg, the full fingerprint can be retrieved from the `fpr` field returned when calling --list-keys with --with-colons. For example: ``` gpg --with-colons --with-fingerprint --force-v4-certs \ --list-keys attester@example.com tru::1:1513631572:0:3:1:5 pub:...... fpr:::::::::24FF6481B76AC91E66A00AC657A93A81EF3AE6FB: ``` Above, the fingerprint is `24FF6481B76AC91E66A00AC657A93A81EF3AE6FB`.
+            "signature": "A String", # Required. The raw content of the signature, as output by GNU Privacy Guard (GPG) or equivalent. Since this message only supports attached signatures, the payload that was signed must be attached. While the signature format supported is dependent on the verification implementation, currently only ASCII-armored (`--armor` to gpg), non-clearsigned (`--sign` rather than `--clearsign` to gpg) are supported. Concretely, `gpg --sign --armor --output=signature.gpg payload.json` will create the signature content expected in this field in `signature.gpg` for the `payload.json` attestation payload.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "build": { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build.
+        "inTotoSlsaProvenanceV1": {
+          "_type": "A String", # InToto spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement
+          "predicate": { # Keep in sync with schema at https://github.com/slsa-framework/slsa/blob/main/docs/provenance/schema/v1/provenance.proto Builder renamed to ProvenanceBuilder because of Java conflicts.
+            "buildDefinition": {
+              "buildType": "A String",
+              "externalParameters": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "internalParameters": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "resolvedDependencies": [
+                {
+                  "annotations": {
+                    "a_key": "",
+                  },
+                  "content": "A String",
+                  "digest": {
+                    "a_key": "A String",
+                  },
+                  "downloadLocation": "A String",
+                  "mediaType": "A String",
+                  "name": "A String",
+                  "uri": "A String",
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "runDetails": {
+              "builder": {
+                "builderDependencies": [
+                  {
+                    "annotations": {
+                      "a_key": "",
+                    },
+                    "content": "A String",
+                    "digest": {
+                      "a_key": "A String",
+                    },
+                    "downloadLocation": "A String",
+                    "mediaType": "A String",
+                    "name": "A String",
+                    "uri": "A String",
+                  },
+                ],
+                "id": "A String",
+                "version": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+              },
+              "byproducts": [
+                {
+                  "annotations": {
+                    "a_key": "",
+                  },
+                  "content": "A String",
+                  "digest": {
+                    "a_key": "A String",
+                  },
+                  "downloadLocation": "A String",
+                  "mediaType": "A String",
+                  "name": "A String",
+                  "uri": "A String",
+                },
+              ],
+              "metadata": {
+                "finishedOn": "A String",
+                "invocationId": "A String",
+                "startedOn": "A String",
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "predicateType": "A String",
+          "subject": [
+            { # Set of software artifacts that the attestation applies to. Each element represents a single software artifact.
+              "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "name": "A String", # Identifier to distinguish this artifact from others within the subject.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # Required. The actual provenance for the build.
+          "buildOptions": { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "builderVersion": "A String", # Version string of the builder at the time this build was executed.
+          "builtArtifacts": [ # Output of the build.
+            { # Artifact describes a build product.
+              "checksum": "A String", # Hash or checksum value of a binary, or Docker Registry 2.0 digest of a container.
+              "id": "A String", # Artifact ID, if any; for container images, this will be a URL by digest like `gcr.io/projectID/imagename@sha256:123456`.
+              "names": [ # Related artifact names. This may be the path to a binary or jar file, or in the case of a container build, the name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`. Note that a single Artifact ID can have multiple names, for example if two tags are applied to one image.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          "commands": [ # Commands requested by the build.
+            { # Command describes a step performed as part of the build pipeline.
+              "args": [ # Command-line arguments used when executing this command.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "dir": "A String", # Working directory (relative to project source root) used when running this command.
+              "env": [ # Environment variables set before running this command.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "id": "A String", # Optional unique identifier for this command, used in wait_for to reference this command as a dependency.
+              "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the command, as presented on the command line, or if the command is packaged as a Docker container, as presented to `docker pull`.
+              "waitFor": [ # The ID(s) of the command(s) that this command depends on.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          "createTime": "A String", # Time at which the build was created.
+          "creator": "A String", # E-mail address of the user who initiated this build. Note that this was the user's e-mail address at the time the build was initiated; this address may not represent the same end-user for all time.
+          "endTime": "A String", # Time at which execution of the build was finished.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the build.
+          "logsUri": "A String", # URI where any logs for this provenance were written.
+          "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project.
+          "sourceProvenance": { # Source describes the location of the source used for the build. # Details of the Source input to the build.
+            "additionalContexts": [ # If provided, some of the source code used for the build may be found in these locations, in the case where the source repository had multiple remotes or submodules. This list will not include the context specified in the context field.
+              { # A SourceContext is a reference to a tree of files. A SourceContext together with a path point to a unique revision of a single file or directory.
+                "cloudRepo": { # A CloudRepoSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo. # A SourceContext referring to a revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo.
+                  "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                    "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                    "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+                  },
+                  "repoId": { # A unique identifier for a Cloud Repo. # The ID of the repo.
+                    "projectRepoId": { # Selects a repo using a Google Cloud Platform project ID (e.g., winged-cargo-31) and a repo name within that project. # A combination of a project ID and a repo name.
+                      "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project.
+                      "repoName": "A String", # The name of the repo. Leave empty for the default repo.
+                    },
+                    "uid": "A String", # A server-assigned, globally unique identifier.
+                  },
+                  "revisionId": "A String", # A revision ID.
+                },
+                "gerrit": { # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project. # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project.
+                  "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                    "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                    "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+                  },
+                  "gerritProject": "A String", # The full project name within the host. Projects may be nested, so "project/subproject" is a valid project name. The "repo name" is the hostURI/project.
+                  "hostUri": "A String", # The URI of a running Gerrit instance.
+                  "revisionId": "A String", # A revision (commit) ID.
+                },
+                "git": { # A GitSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a third party Git repository (e.g., GitHub). # A SourceContext referring to any third party Git repo (e.g., GitHub).
+                  "revisionId": "A String", # Git commit hash.
+                  "url": "A String", # Git repository URL.
+                },
+                "labels": { # Labels with user defined metadata.
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            "artifactStorageSourceUri": "A String", # If provided, the input binary artifacts for the build came from this location.
+            "context": { # A SourceContext is a reference to a tree of files. A SourceContext together with a path point to a unique revision of a single file or directory. # If provided, the source code used for the build came from this location.
+              "cloudRepo": { # A CloudRepoSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo. # A SourceContext referring to a revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo.
+                "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                  "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                  "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+                },
+                "repoId": { # A unique identifier for a Cloud Repo. # The ID of the repo.
+                  "projectRepoId": { # Selects a repo using a Google Cloud Platform project ID (e.g., winged-cargo-31) and a repo name within that project. # A combination of a project ID and a repo name.
+                    "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project.
+                    "repoName": "A String", # The name of the repo. Leave empty for the default repo.
+                  },
+                  "uid": "A String", # A server-assigned, globally unique identifier.
+                },
+                "revisionId": "A String", # A revision ID.
+              },
+              "gerrit": { # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project. # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project.
+                "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                  "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                  "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+                },
+                "gerritProject": "A String", # The full project name within the host. Projects may be nested, so "project/subproject" is a valid project name. The "repo name" is the hostURI/project.
+                "hostUri": "A String", # The URI of a running Gerrit instance.
+                "revisionId": "A String", # A revision (commit) ID.
+              },
+              "git": { # A GitSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a third party Git repository (e.g., GitHub). # A SourceContext referring to any third party Git repo (e.g., GitHub).
+                "revisionId": "A String", # Git commit hash.
+                "url": "A String", # Git repository URL.
+              },
+              "labels": { # Labels with user defined metadata.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+            },
+            "fileHashes": { # Hash(es) of the build source, which can be used to verify that the original source integrity was maintained in the build. The keys to this map are file paths used as build source and the values contain the hash values for those files. If the build source came in a single package such as a gzipped tarfile (.tar.gz), the FileHash will be for the single path to that file.
+              "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in source messages to verify integrity of source input to the build.
+                "fileHash": [ # Required. Collection of file hashes.
+                  { # Container message for hash values.
+                    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hash that was performed.
+                    "value": "A String", # Required. The hash value.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "startTime": "A String", # Time at which execution of the build was started.
+          "triggerId": "A String", # Trigger identifier if the build was triggered automatically; empty if not.
+        },
+        "provenanceBytes": "A String", # Serialized JSON representation of the provenance, used in generating the build signature in the corresponding build note. After verifying the signature, `provenance_bytes` can be unmarshalled and compared to the provenance to confirm that it is unchanged. A base64-encoded string representation of the provenance bytes is used for the signature in order to interoperate with openssl which expects this format for signature verification. The serialized form is captured both to avoid ambiguity in how the provenance is marshalled to json as well to prevent incompatibilities with future changes.
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was created.
+      "deployment": { # Details of a deployment occurrence. # Describes the deployment of an artifact on a runtime.
+        "deployment": { # The period during which some deployable was active in a runtime. # Required. Deployment history for the resource.
+          "address": "A String", # Address of the runtime element hosting this deployment.
+          "config": "A String", # Configuration used to create this deployment.
+          "deployTime": "A String", # Required. Beginning of the lifetime of this deployment.
+          "platform": "A String", # Platform hosting this deployment.
+          "resourceUri": [ # Output only. Resource URI for the artifact being deployed taken from the deployable field with the same name.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "undeployTime": "A String", # End of the lifetime of this deployment.
+          "userEmail": "A String", # Identity of the user that triggered this deployment.
+        },
+      },
+      "derivedImage": { # Details of an image occurrence. # Describes how this resource derives from the basis in the associated note.
+        "derivedImage": { # Derived describes the derived image portion (Occurrence) of the DockerImage relationship. This image would be produced from a Dockerfile with FROM . # Required. Immutable. The child image derived from the base image.
+          "baseResourceUrl": "A String", # Output only. This contains the base image URL for the derived image occurrence.
+          "distance": 42, # Output only. The number of layers by which this image differs from the associated image basis.
+          "fingerprint": { # A set of properties that uniquely identify a given Docker image. # Required. The fingerprint of the derived image.
+            "v1Name": "A String", # Required. The layer ID of the final layer in the Docker image's v1 representation.
+            "v2Blob": [ # Required. The ordered list of v2 blobs that represent a given image.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "v2Name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the image's v2 blobs computed via: [bottom] := v2_blobbottom := sha256(v2_blob[N] + " " + v2_name[N+1]) Only the name of the final blob is kept.
+          },
+          "layerInfo": [ # This contains layer-specific metadata, if populated it has length "distance" and is ordered with [distance] being the layer immediately following the base image and [1] being the final layer.
+            { # Layer holds metadata specific to a layer of a Docker image.
+              "arguments": "A String", # The recovered arguments to the Dockerfile directive.
+              "directive": "A String", # Required. The recovered Dockerfile directive used to construct this layer.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "discovered": { # Details of a discovery occurrence. # Describes when a resource was discovered.
+        "discovered": { # Provides information about the analysis status of a discovered resource. # Required. Analysis status for the discovered resource.
+          "analysisCompleted": { # Indicates which analysis completed successfully. Multiple types of analysis can be performed on a single resource.
+            "analysisType": [
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "analysisError": [ # Indicates any errors encountered during analysis of a resource. There could be 0 or more of these errors.
+            { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+              "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+              "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+                {
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                },
+              ],
+              "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+            },
+          ],
+          "analysisStatus": "A String", # The status of discovery for the resource.
+          "analysisStatusError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # When an error is encountered this will contain a LocalizedMessage under details to show to the user. The LocalizedMessage is output only and populated by the API.
+            "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+            "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+              {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+            ],
+            "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+          },
+          "continuousAnalysis": "A String", # Whether the resource is continuously analyzed.
+          "lastAnalysisTime": "A String", # The last time continuous analysis was done for this resource. Deprecated, do not use.
+          "lastScanTime": "A String", # The last time this resource was scanned.
+          "sbomStatus": { # The status of an SBOM generation. # The status of an SBOM generation.
+            "error": "A String", # If there was an error generating an SBOM, this will indicate what that error was.
+            "sbomState": "A String", # The progress of the SBOM generation.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
+        "payload": "A String",
+        "payloadType": "A String",
+        "signatures": [
+          {
+            "keyid": "A String",
+            "sig": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "installation": { # Details of a package occurrence. # Describes the installation of a package on the linked resource.
+        "installation": { # This represents how a particular software package may be installed on a system. # Required. Where the package was installed.
+          "architecture": "A String", # Output only. The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built. Architecture will be blank for language packages.
+          "cpeUri": "A String", # Output only. The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package. The cpe_uri will be blank for language packages.
+          "license": { # License information. # Licenses that have been declared by the authors of the package.
+            "comments": "A String", # Comments
+            "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+          },
+          "location": [ # All of the places within the filesystem versions of this package have been found.
+            { # An occurrence of a particular package installation found within a system's filesystem. E.g., glibc was found in `/var/lib/dpkg/status`.
+              "cpeUri": "A String", # Deprecated. The CPE URI in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package.
+              "path": "A String", # The path from which we gathered that this package/version is installed.
+              "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Deprecated. The version installed at this location.
+                "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+                "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+                "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+                "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+                "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # Required. Output only. The name of the installed package.
+          "packageType": "A String", # Output only. The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+          "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Output only. The version of the package.
+            "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+            "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+            "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+            "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+            "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "intoto": { # This corresponds to a signed in-toto link - it is made up of one or more signatures and the in-toto link itself. This is used for occurrences of a Grafeas in-toto note. # Describes a specific in-toto link.
+        "signatures": [
+          { # A signature object consists of the KeyID used and the signature itself.
+            "keyid": "A String",
+            "sig": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "signed": { # This corresponds to an in-toto link.
+          "byproducts": { # Defines an object for the byproducts field in in-toto links. The suggested fields are "stderr", "stdout", and "return-value". # ByProducts are data generated as part of a software supply chain step, but are not the actual result of the step.
+            "customValues": {
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+          },
+          "command": [ # This field contains the full command executed for the step. This can also be empty if links are generated for operations that aren't directly mapped to a specific command. Each term in the command is an independent string in the list. An example of a command in the in-toto metadata field is: "command": ["git", "clone", "https://github.com/in-toto/demo-project.git"]
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "environment": { # Defines an object for the environment field in in-toto links. The suggested fields are "variables", "filesystem", and "workdir". # This is a field that can be used to capture information about the environment. It is suggested for this field to contain information that details environment variables, filesystem information, and the present working directory. The recommended structure of this field is: "environment": { "custom_values": { "variables": "", "filesystem": "", "workdir": "", "": "..." } }
+            "customValues": {
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+          },
+          "materials": [ # Materials are the supply chain artifacts that go into the step and are used for the operation performed. The key of the map is the path of the artifact and the structure contains the recorded hash information. An example is: "materials": [ { "resource_uri": "foo/bar", "hashes": { "sha256": "ebebf...", : } } ]
+            {
+              "hashes": { # Defines a hash object for use in Materials and Products.
+                "sha256": "A String",
+              },
+              "resourceUri": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+          "products": [ # Products are the supply chain artifacts generated as a result of the step. The structure is identical to that of materials.
+            {
+              "hashes": { # Defines a hash object for use in Materials and Products.
+                "sha256": "A String",
+              },
+              "resourceUri": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "kind": "A String", # Output only. This explicitly denotes which of the occurrence details are specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the occurrence in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/occurrences/[OCCURRENCE_ID]`.
+      "noteName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The analysis note associated with this occurrence, in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+      "remediation": "A String", # A description of actions that can be taken to remedy the note.
+      "resource": { # An entity that can have metadata. For example, a Docker image. # Required. Immutable. The resource for which the occurrence applies.
+        "contentHash": { # Container message for hash values. # Deprecated, do not use. Use uri instead. The hash of the resource content. For example, the Docker digest.
+          "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hash that was performed.
+          "value": "A String", # Required. The hash value.
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # Deprecated, do not use. Use uri instead. The name of the resource. For example, the name of a Docker image - "Debian".
+        "uri": "A String", # Required. The unique URI of the resource. For example, `https://gcr.io/project/image@sha256:foo` for a Docker image.
+      },
+      "sbom": { # DocumentOccurrence represents an SPDX Document Creation Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/2-document-creation-information/ # Describes a specific software bill of materials document.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Identify when the SPDX file was originally created. The date is to be specified according to combined date and time in UTC format as specified in ISO 8601 standard
+        "creatorComment": "A String", # A field for creators of the SPDX file to provide general comments about the creation of the SPDX file or any other relevant comment not included in the other fields
+        "creators": [ # Identify who (or what, in the case of a tool) created the SPDX file. If the SPDX file was created by an individual, indicate the person's name
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "documentComment": "A String", # A field for creators of the SPDX file content to provide comments to the consumers of the SPDX document
+        "externalDocumentRefs": [ # Identify any external SPDX documents referenced within this SPDX document
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "id": "A String", # Identify the current SPDX document which may be referenced in relationships by other files, packages internally and documents externally
+        "licenseListVersion": "A String", # A field for creators of the SPDX file to provide the version of the SPDX License List used when the SPDX file was created
+        "namespace": "A String", # Provide an SPDX document specific namespace as a unique absolute Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) as specified in RFC-3986, with the exception of the ‘#’ delimiter
+        "title": "A String", # Identify name of this document as designated by creator
+      },
+      "sbomReference": { # The occurrence representing an SBOM reference as applied to a specific resource. The occurrence follows the DSSE specification. See https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.md for more details. # Describes a specific SBOM reference occurrences.
+        "payload": { # The actual payload that contains the SBOM Reference data. The payload follows the intoto statement specification. See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/v1.0/statement.md for more details. # The actual payload that contains the SBOM reference data.
+          "_type": "A String", # Identifier for the schema of the Statement.
+          "predicate": { # A predicate which describes the SBOM being referenced. # Additional parameters of the Predicate. Includes the actual data about the SBOM.
+            "digest": { # A map of algorithm to digest of the contents of the SBOM.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "location": "A String", # The location of the SBOM.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the SBOM.
+            "referrerId": "A String", # The person or system referring this predicate to the consumer.
+          },
+          "predicateType": "A String", # URI identifying the type of the Predicate.
+          "subject": [ # Set of software artifacts that the attestation applies to. Each element represents a single software artifact.
+            { # Set of software artifacts that the attestation applies to. Each element represents a single software artifact.
+              "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "name": "A String", # Identifier to distinguish this artifact from others within the subject.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "payloadType": "A String", # The kind of payload that SbomReferenceIntotoPayload takes. Since it's in the intoto format, this value is expected to be 'application/vnd.in-toto+json'.
+        "signatures": [ # The signatures over the payload.
+          {
+            "keyid": "A String",
+            "sig": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "spdxFile": { # FileOccurrence represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # Describes a specific SPDX File.
+        "attributions": [ # This field provides a place for the SPDX data creator to record, at the file level, acknowledgements that may be needed to be communicated in some contexts
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "comment": "A String", # This field provides a place for the SPDX file creator to record any general comments about the file
+        "contributors": [ # This field provides a place for the SPDX file creator to record file contributors
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "copyright": "A String", # Identify the copyright holder of the file, as well as any dates present
+        "filesLicenseInfo": [ # This field contains the license information actually found in the file, if any
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "id": "A String", # Uniquely identify any element in an SPDX document which may be referenced by other elements
+        "licenseConcluded": { # License information. # This field contains the license the SPDX file creator has concluded as governing the file or alternative values if the governing license cannot be determined
+          "comments": "A String", # Comments
+          "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+        },
+        "notice": "A String", # This field provides a place for the SPDX file creator to record license notices or other such related notices found in the file
+      },
+      "spdxPackage": { # PackageInfoOccurrence represents an SPDX Package Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/3-package-information/ # Describes a specific SPDX Package.
+        "comment": "A String", # A place for the SPDX file creator to record any general comments about the package being described
+        "filename": "A String", # Provide the actual file name of the package, or path of the directory being treated as a package
+        "homePage": "A String", # Output only. Provide a place for the SPDX file creator to record a web site that serves as the package's home page
+        "id": "A String", # Uniquely identify any element in an SPDX document which may be referenced by other elements
+        "licenseConcluded": { # License information. # package or alternative values, if the governing license cannot be determined
+          "comments": "A String", # Comments
+          "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+        },
+        "packageType": "A String", # Output only. The type of package: OS, MAVEN, GO, GO_STDLIB, etc.
+        "sourceInfo": "A String", # Provide a place for the SPDX file creator to record any relevant background information or additional comments about the origin of the package
+        "summaryDescription": "A String", # Output only. A short description of the package
+        "title": "A String", # Output only. Identify the full name of the package as given by the Package Originator
+        "version": "A String", # Output only. Identify the version of the package
+      },
+      "spdxRelationship": { # RelationshipOccurrence represents an SPDX Relationship section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/7-relationships-between-SPDX-elements/ # Describes a specific SPDX Relationship.
+        "comment": "A String", # A place for the SPDX file creator to record any general comments about the relationship
+        "source": "A String", # Also referred to as SPDXRef-A The source SPDX element (file, package, etc)
+        "target": "A String", # Also referred to as SPDXRef-B The target SPDC element (file, package, etc) In cases where there are "known unknowns", the use of the keyword NOASSERTION can be used The keywords NONE can be used to indicate that an SPDX element (package/file/snippet) has no other elements connected by some relationship to it
+        "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of relationship between the source and target SPDX elements
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated.
+      "vulnerability": { # Details of a vulnerability Occurrence. # Describes a security vulnerability.
+        "cvssScore": 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0-10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
+        "cvssV2": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. This message is compatible with CVSS v2 and v3. For CVSS v2 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/v2/guide CVSS v2 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v2-calculator For CVSS v3 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document CVSS v3 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v3-calculator # The cvss v2 score for the vulnerability.
+          "attackComplexity": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "authentication": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v2
+          "availabilityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+          "confidentialityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+          "impactScore": 3.14,
+          "integrityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "privilegesRequired": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+          "scope": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+          "userInteraction": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+        },
+        "cvssV3": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. This message is compatible with CVSS v2 and v3. For CVSS v2 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/v2/guide CVSS v2 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v2-calculator For CVSS v3 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document CVSS v3 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v3-calculator # The cvss v3 score for the vulnerability.
+          "attackComplexity": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "authentication": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v2
+          "availabilityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+          "confidentialityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+          "impactScore": 3.14,
+          "integrityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "privilegesRequired": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+          "scope": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+          "userInteraction": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+        },
+        "cvssVersion": "A String", # Output only. CVSS version used to populate cvss_score and severity.
+        "effectiveSeverity": "A String", # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.
+        "extraDetails": "A String", # Occurrence-specific extra details about the vulnerability.
+        "longDescription": "A String", # Output only. A detailed description of this vulnerability.
+        "packageIssue": [ # Required. The set of affected locations and their fixes (if available) within the associated resource.
+          { # This message wraps a location affected by a vulnerability and its associated fix (if one is available).
+            "affectedLocation": { # The location of the vulnerability. # Required. The location of the vulnerability.
+              "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
+              "package": "A String", # Required. The package being described.
+              "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required. The version of the package being described.
+                "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+                "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+                "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+                "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+                "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+              },
+            },
+            "effectiveSeverity": "A String", # Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.
+            "fixedLocation": { # The location of the vulnerability. # The location of the available fix for vulnerability.
+              "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
+              "package": "A String", # Required. The package being described.
+              "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required. The version of the package being described.
+                "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+                "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+                "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+                "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+                "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+              },
+            },
+            "packageType": "A String", # The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).
+            "severityName": "A String", # Deprecated, use Details.effective_severity instead The severity (e.g., distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
+          },
+        ],
+        "relatedUrls": [ # Output only. URLs related to this vulnerability.
+          { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+            "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+            "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+          },
+        ],
+        "severity": "A String", # Output only. The note provider assigned Severity of the vulnerability.
+        "shortDescription": "A String", # Output only. A one sentence description of this vulnerability.
+        "type": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc)
+        "vexAssessment": { # VexAssessment provides all publisher provided Vex information that is related to this vulnerability.
+          "cve": "A String", # Holds the MITRE standard Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) tracking number for the vulnerability. Deprecated: Use vulnerability_id instead to denote CVEs.
+          "impacts": [ # Contains information about the impact of this vulnerability, this will change with time.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "justification": { # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED. # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED.
+            "details": "A String", # Additional details on why this justification was chosen.
+            "justificationType": "A String", # The justification type for this vulnerability.
+          },
+          "noteName": "A String", # The VulnerabilityAssessment note from which this VexAssessment was generated. This will be of the form: `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`.
+          "relatedUris": [ # Holds a list of references associated with this vulnerability item and assessment.
+            { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+              "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+              "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+            },
+          ],
+          "remediations": [ # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+            { # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+              "details": "A String", # Contains a comprehensive human-readable discussion of the remediation.
+              "remediationType": "A String", # The type of remediation that can be applied.
+              "remediationUri": { # Metadata for any related URL information. # Contains the URL where to obtain the remediation.
+                "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+                "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "state": "A String", # Provides the state of this Vulnerability assessment.
+          "vulnerabilityId": "A String", # The vulnerability identifier for this Assessment. Will hold one of common identifiers e.g. CVE, GHSA etc.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.locations.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.locations.occurrences.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cab06f3fc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.locations.occurrences.html @@ -0,0 +1,1654 @@ + + + +

Container Analysis API . projects . locations . occurrences

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the specified occurrence.

+

+ getNotes(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the note attached to the specified occurrence. Consumer projects can use this method to get a note that belongs to a provider project.

+

+ getVulnerabilitySummary(parent, filter=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a summary of the number and severity of occurrences.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists occurrences for the specified project.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the specified occurrence.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the occurrence in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/occurrences/[OCCURRENCE_ID]`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource.
+  "attestation": { # Details of an attestation occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact.
+    "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for look-up (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (which authority was this attestation intended to sign for). # Required. Attestation for the resource.
+      "genericSignedAttestation": { # An attestation wrapper that uses the Grafeas `Signature` message. This attestation must define the `serialized_payload` that the `signatures` verify and any metadata necessary to interpret that plaintext. The signatures should always be over the `serialized_payload` bytestring.
+        "contentType": "A String", # Type (for example schema) of the attestation payload that was signed. The verifier must ensure that the provided type is one that the verifier supports, and that the attestation payload is a valid instantiation of that type (for example by validating a JSON schema).
+        "serializedPayload": "A String", # The serialized payload that is verified by one or more `signatures`. The encoding and semantic meaning of this payload must match what is set in `content_type`.
+        "signatures": [ # One or more signatures over `serialized_payload`. Verifier implementations should consider this attestation message verified if at least one `signature` verifies `serialized_payload`. See `Signature` in common.proto for more details on signature structure and verification.
+          { # Verifiers (e.g. Kritis implementations) MUST verify signatures with respect to the trust anchors defined in policy (e.g. a Kritis policy). Typically this means that the verifier has been configured with a map from `public_key_id` to public key material (and any required parameters, e.g. signing algorithm). In particular, verification implementations MUST NOT treat the signature `public_key_id` as anything more than a key lookup hint. The `public_key_id` DOES NOT validate or authenticate a public key; it only provides a mechanism for quickly selecting a public key ALREADY CONFIGURED on the verifier through a trusted channel. Verification implementations MUST reject signatures in any of the following circumstances: * The `public_key_id` is not recognized by the verifier. * The public key that `public_key_id` refers to does not verify the signature with respect to the payload. The `signature` contents SHOULD NOT be "attached" (where the payload is included with the serialized `signature` bytes). Verifiers MUST ignore any "attached" payload and only verify signatures with respect to explicitly provided payload (e.g. a `payload` field on the proto message that holds this Signature, or the canonical serialization of the proto message that holds this signature).
+            "publicKeyId": "A String", # The identifier for the public key that verifies this signature. * The `public_key_id` is required. * The `public_key_id` SHOULD be an RFC3986 conformant URI. * When possible, the `public_key_id` SHOULD be an immutable reference, such as a cryptographic digest. Examples of valid `public_key_id`s: OpenPGP V4 public key fingerprint: * "openpgp4fpr:74FAF3B861BDA0870C7B6DEF607E48D2A663AEEA" See https://www.iana.org/assignments/uri-schemes/prov/openpgp4fpr for more details on this scheme. RFC6920 digest-named SubjectPublicKeyInfo (digest of the DER serialization): * "ni:///sha-256;cD9o9Cq6LG3jD0iKXqEi_vdjJGecm_iXkbqVoScViaU" * "nih:///sha-256;703f68f42aba2c6de30f488a5ea122fef76324679c9bf89791ba95a1271589a5"
+            "signature": "A String", # The content of the signature, an opaque bytestring. The payload that this signature verifies MUST be unambiguously provided with the Signature during verification. A wrapper message might provide the payload explicitly. Alternatively, a message might have a canonical serialization that can always be unambiguously computed to derive the payload.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "pgpSignedAttestation": { # An attestation wrapper with a PGP-compatible signature. This message only supports `ATTACHED` signatures, where the payload that is signed is included alongside the signature itself in the same file. # A PGP signed attestation.
+        "contentType": "A String", # Type (for example schema) of the attestation payload that was signed. The verifier must ensure that the provided type is one that the verifier supports, and that the attestation payload is a valid instantiation of that type (for example by validating a JSON schema).
+        "pgpKeyId": "A String", # The cryptographic fingerprint of the key used to generate the signature, as output by, e.g. `gpg --list-keys`. This should be the version 4, full 160-bit fingerprint, expressed as a 40 character hexadecimal string. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4880#section-12.2 for details. Implementations may choose to acknowledge "LONG", "SHORT", or other abbreviated key IDs, but only the full fingerprint is guaranteed to work. In gpg, the full fingerprint can be retrieved from the `fpr` field returned when calling --list-keys with --with-colons. For example: ``` gpg --with-colons --with-fingerprint --force-v4-certs \ --list-keys attester@example.com tru::1:1513631572:0:3:1:5 pub:...... fpr:::::::::24FF6481B76AC91E66A00AC657A93A81EF3AE6FB: ``` Above, the fingerprint is `24FF6481B76AC91E66A00AC657A93A81EF3AE6FB`.
+        "signature": "A String", # Required. The raw content of the signature, as output by GNU Privacy Guard (GPG) or equivalent. Since this message only supports attached signatures, the payload that was signed must be attached. While the signature format supported is dependent on the verification implementation, currently only ASCII-armored (`--armor` to gpg), non-clearsigned (`--sign` rather than `--clearsign` to gpg) are supported. Concretely, `gpg --sign --armor --output=signature.gpg payload.json` will create the signature content expected in this field in `signature.gpg` for the `payload.json` attestation payload.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "build": { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build.
+    "inTotoSlsaProvenanceV1": {
+      "_type": "A String", # InToto spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement
+      "predicate": { # Keep in sync with schema at https://github.com/slsa-framework/slsa/blob/main/docs/provenance/schema/v1/provenance.proto Builder renamed to ProvenanceBuilder because of Java conflicts.
+        "buildDefinition": {
+          "buildType": "A String",
+          "externalParameters": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "internalParameters": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "resolvedDependencies": [
+            {
+              "annotations": {
+                "a_key": "",
+              },
+              "content": "A String",
+              "digest": {
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "downloadLocation": "A String",
+              "mediaType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+              "uri": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "runDetails": {
+          "builder": {
+            "builderDependencies": [
+              {
+                "annotations": {
+                  "a_key": "",
+                },
+                "content": "A String",
+                "digest": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "downloadLocation": "A String",
+                "mediaType": "A String",
+                "name": "A String",
+                "uri": "A String",
+              },
+            ],
+            "id": "A String",
+            "version": {
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+          },
+          "byproducts": [
+            {
+              "annotations": {
+                "a_key": "",
+              },
+              "content": "A String",
+              "digest": {
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "downloadLocation": "A String",
+              "mediaType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+              "uri": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+          "metadata": {
+            "finishedOn": "A String",
+            "invocationId": "A String",
+            "startedOn": "A String",
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "predicateType": "A String",
+      "subject": [
+        { # Set of software artifacts that the attestation applies to. Each element represents a single software artifact.
+          "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Identifier to distinguish this artifact from others within the subject.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # Required. The actual provenance for the build.
+      "buildOptions": { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "builderVersion": "A String", # Version string of the builder at the time this build was executed.
+      "builtArtifacts": [ # Output of the build.
+        { # Artifact describes a build product.
+          "checksum": "A String", # Hash or checksum value of a binary, or Docker Registry 2.0 digest of a container.
+          "id": "A String", # Artifact ID, if any; for container images, this will be a URL by digest like `gcr.io/projectID/imagename@sha256:123456`.
+          "names": [ # Related artifact names. This may be the path to a binary or jar file, or in the case of a container build, the name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`. Note that a single Artifact ID can have multiple names, for example if two tags are applied to one image.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "commands": [ # Commands requested by the build.
+        { # Command describes a step performed as part of the build pipeline.
+          "args": [ # Command-line arguments used when executing this command.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "dir": "A String", # Working directory (relative to project source root) used when running this command.
+          "env": [ # Environment variables set before running this command.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "id": "A String", # Optional unique identifier for this command, used in wait_for to reference this command as a dependency.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the command, as presented on the command line, or if the command is packaged as a Docker container, as presented to `docker pull`.
+          "waitFor": [ # The ID(s) of the command(s) that this command depends on.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Time at which the build was created.
+      "creator": "A String", # E-mail address of the user who initiated this build. Note that this was the user's e-mail address at the time the build was initiated; this address may not represent the same end-user for all time.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Time at which execution of the build was finished.
+      "id": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the build.
+      "logsUri": "A String", # URI where any logs for this provenance were written.
+      "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project.
+      "sourceProvenance": { # Source describes the location of the source used for the build. # Details of the Source input to the build.
+        "additionalContexts": [ # If provided, some of the source code used for the build may be found in these locations, in the case where the source repository had multiple remotes or submodules. This list will not include the context specified in the context field.
+          { # A SourceContext is a reference to a tree of files. A SourceContext together with a path point to a unique revision of a single file or directory.
+            "cloudRepo": { # A CloudRepoSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo. # A SourceContext referring to a revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo.
+              "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+              },
+              "repoId": { # A unique identifier for a Cloud Repo. # The ID of the repo.
+                "projectRepoId": { # Selects a repo using a Google Cloud Platform project ID (e.g., winged-cargo-31) and a repo name within that project. # A combination of a project ID and a repo name.
+                  "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project.
+                  "repoName": "A String", # The name of the repo. Leave empty for the default repo.
+                },
+                "uid": "A String", # A server-assigned, globally unique identifier.
+              },
+              "revisionId": "A String", # A revision ID.
+            },
+            "gerrit": { # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project. # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project.
+              "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+              },
+              "gerritProject": "A String", # The full project name within the host. Projects may be nested, so "project/subproject" is a valid project name. The "repo name" is the hostURI/project.
+              "hostUri": "A String", # The URI of a running Gerrit instance.
+              "revisionId": "A String", # A revision (commit) ID.
+            },
+            "git": { # A GitSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a third party Git repository (e.g., GitHub). # A SourceContext referring to any third party Git repo (e.g., GitHub).
+              "revisionId": "A String", # Git commit hash.
+              "url": "A String", # Git repository URL.
+            },
+            "labels": { # Labels with user defined metadata.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "artifactStorageSourceUri": "A String", # If provided, the input binary artifacts for the build came from this location.
+        "context": { # A SourceContext is a reference to a tree of files. A SourceContext together with a path point to a unique revision of a single file or directory. # If provided, the source code used for the build came from this location.
+          "cloudRepo": { # A CloudRepoSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo. # A SourceContext referring to a revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo.
+            "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+              "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+              "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+            },
+            "repoId": { # A unique identifier for a Cloud Repo. # The ID of the repo.
+              "projectRepoId": { # Selects a repo using a Google Cloud Platform project ID (e.g., winged-cargo-31) and a repo name within that project. # A combination of a project ID and a repo name.
+                "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project.
+                "repoName": "A String", # The name of the repo. Leave empty for the default repo.
+              },
+              "uid": "A String", # A server-assigned, globally unique identifier.
+            },
+            "revisionId": "A String", # A revision ID.
+          },
+          "gerrit": { # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project. # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project.
+            "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+              "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+              "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+            },
+            "gerritProject": "A String", # The full project name within the host. Projects may be nested, so "project/subproject" is a valid project name. The "repo name" is the hostURI/project.
+            "hostUri": "A String", # The URI of a running Gerrit instance.
+            "revisionId": "A String", # A revision (commit) ID.
+          },
+          "git": { # A GitSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a third party Git repository (e.g., GitHub). # A SourceContext referring to any third party Git repo (e.g., GitHub).
+            "revisionId": "A String", # Git commit hash.
+            "url": "A String", # Git repository URL.
+          },
+          "labels": { # Labels with user defined metadata.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+        },
+        "fileHashes": { # Hash(es) of the build source, which can be used to verify that the original source integrity was maintained in the build. The keys to this map are file paths used as build source and the values contain the hash values for those files. If the build source came in a single package such as a gzipped tarfile (.tar.gz), the FileHash will be for the single path to that file.
+          "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in source messages to verify integrity of source input to the build.
+            "fileHash": [ # Required. Collection of file hashes.
+              { # Container message for hash values.
+                "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hash that was performed.
+                "value": "A String", # Required. The hash value.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "startTime": "A String", # Time at which execution of the build was started.
+      "triggerId": "A String", # Trigger identifier if the build was triggered automatically; empty if not.
+    },
+    "provenanceBytes": "A String", # Serialized JSON representation of the provenance, used in generating the build signature in the corresponding build note. After verifying the signature, `provenance_bytes` can be unmarshalled and compared to the provenance to confirm that it is unchanged. A base64-encoded string representation of the provenance bytes is used for the signature in order to interoperate with openssl which expects this format for signature verification. The serialized form is captured both to avoid ambiguity in how the provenance is marshalled to json as well to prevent incompatibilities with future changes.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was created.
+  "deployment": { # Details of a deployment occurrence. # Describes the deployment of an artifact on a runtime.
+    "deployment": { # The period during which some deployable was active in a runtime. # Required. Deployment history for the resource.
+      "address": "A String", # Address of the runtime element hosting this deployment.
+      "config": "A String", # Configuration used to create this deployment.
+      "deployTime": "A String", # Required. Beginning of the lifetime of this deployment.
+      "platform": "A String", # Platform hosting this deployment.
+      "resourceUri": [ # Output only. Resource URI for the artifact being deployed taken from the deployable field with the same name.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "undeployTime": "A String", # End of the lifetime of this deployment.
+      "userEmail": "A String", # Identity of the user that triggered this deployment.
+    },
+  },
+  "derivedImage": { # Details of an image occurrence. # Describes how this resource derives from the basis in the associated note.
+    "derivedImage": { # Derived describes the derived image portion (Occurrence) of the DockerImage relationship. This image would be produced from a Dockerfile with FROM . # Required. Immutable. The child image derived from the base image.
+      "baseResourceUrl": "A String", # Output only. This contains the base image URL for the derived image occurrence.
+      "distance": 42, # Output only. The number of layers by which this image differs from the associated image basis.
+      "fingerprint": { # A set of properties that uniquely identify a given Docker image. # Required. The fingerprint of the derived image.
+        "v1Name": "A String", # Required. The layer ID of the final layer in the Docker image's v1 representation.
+        "v2Blob": [ # Required. The ordered list of v2 blobs that represent a given image.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "v2Name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the image's v2 blobs computed via: [bottom] := v2_blobbottom := sha256(v2_blob[N] + " " + v2_name[N+1]) Only the name of the final blob is kept.
+      },
+      "layerInfo": [ # This contains layer-specific metadata, if populated it has length "distance" and is ordered with [distance] being the layer immediately following the base image and [1] being the final layer.
+        { # Layer holds metadata specific to a layer of a Docker image.
+          "arguments": "A String", # The recovered arguments to the Dockerfile directive.
+          "directive": "A String", # Required. The recovered Dockerfile directive used to construct this layer.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "discovered": { # Details of a discovery occurrence. # Describes when a resource was discovered.
+    "discovered": { # Provides information about the analysis status of a discovered resource. # Required. Analysis status for the discovered resource.
+      "analysisCompleted": { # Indicates which analysis completed successfully. Multiple types of analysis can be performed on a single resource.
+        "analysisType": [
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "analysisError": [ # Indicates any errors encountered during analysis of a resource. There could be 0 or more of these errors.
+        { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+      ],
+      "analysisStatus": "A String", # The status of discovery for the resource.
+      "analysisStatusError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # When an error is encountered this will contain a LocalizedMessage under details to show to the user. The LocalizedMessage is output only and populated by the API.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "continuousAnalysis": "A String", # Whether the resource is continuously analyzed.
+      "lastAnalysisTime": "A String", # The last time continuous analysis was done for this resource. Deprecated, do not use.
+      "lastScanTime": "A String", # The last time this resource was scanned.
+      "sbomStatus": { # The status of an SBOM generation. # The status of an SBOM generation.
+        "error": "A String", # If there was an error generating an SBOM, this will indicate what that error was.
+        "sbomState": "A String", # The progress of the SBOM generation.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
+    "payload": "A String",
+    "payloadType": "A String",
+    "signatures": [
+      {
+        "keyid": "A String",
+        "sig": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "installation": { # Details of a package occurrence. # Describes the installation of a package on the linked resource.
+    "installation": { # This represents how a particular software package may be installed on a system. # Required. Where the package was installed.
+      "architecture": "A String", # Output only. The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built. Architecture will be blank for language packages.
+      "cpeUri": "A String", # Output only. The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package. The cpe_uri will be blank for language packages.
+      "license": { # License information. # Licenses that have been declared by the authors of the package.
+        "comments": "A String", # Comments
+        "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+      },
+      "location": [ # All of the places within the filesystem versions of this package have been found.
+        { # An occurrence of a particular package installation found within a system's filesystem. E.g., glibc was found in `/var/lib/dpkg/status`.
+          "cpeUri": "A String", # Deprecated. The CPE URI in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package.
+          "path": "A String", # The path from which we gathered that this package/version is installed.
+          "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Deprecated. The version installed at this location.
+            "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+            "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+            "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+            "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+            "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Required. Output only. The name of the installed package.
+      "packageType": "A String", # Output only. The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+      "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Output only. The version of the package.
+        "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+        "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+        "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+        "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+        "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "intoto": { # This corresponds to a signed in-toto link - it is made up of one or more signatures and the in-toto link itself. This is used for occurrences of a Grafeas in-toto note. # Describes a specific in-toto link.
+    "signatures": [
+      { # A signature object consists of the KeyID used and the signature itself.
+        "keyid": "A String",
+        "sig": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+    "signed": { # This corresponds to an in-toto link.
+      "byproducts": { # Defines an object for the byproducts field in in-toto links. The suggested fields are "stderr", "stdout", and "return-value". # ByProducts are data generated as part of a software supply chain step, but are not the actual result of the step.
+        "customValues": {
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+      },
+      "command": [ # This field contains the full command executed for the step. This can also be empty if links are generated for operations that aren't directly mapped to a specific command. Each term in the command is an independent string in the list. An example of a command in the in-toto metadata field is: "command": ["git", "clone", "https://github.com/in-toto/demo-project.git"]
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "environment": { # Defines an object for the environment field in in-toto links. The suggested fields are "variables", "filesystem", and "workdir". # This is a field that can be used to capture information about the environment. It is suggested for this field to contain information that details environment variables, filesystem information, and the present working directory. The recommended structure of this field is: "environment": { "custom_values": { "variables": "", "filesystem": "", "workdir": "", "": "..." } }
+        "customValues": {
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+      },
+      "materials": [ # Materials are the supply chain artifacts that go into the step and are used for the operation performed. The key of the map is the path of the artifact and the structure contains the recorded hash information. An example is: "materials": [ { "resource_uri": "foo/bar", "hashes": { "sha256": "ebebf...", : } } ]
+        {
+          "hashes": { # Defines a hash object for use in Materials and Products.
+            "sha256": "A String",
+          },
+          "resourceUri": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+      "products": [ # Products are the supply chain artifacts generated as a result of the step. The structure is identical to that of materials.
+        {
+          "hashes": { # Defines a hash object for use in Materials and Products.
+            "sha256": "A String",
+          },
+          "resourceUri": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "A String", # Output only. This explicitly denotes which of the occurrence details are specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the occurrence in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/occurrences/[OCCURRENCE_ID]`.
+  "noteName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The analysis note associated with this occurrence, in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+  "remediation": "A String", # A description of actions that can be taken to remedy the note.
+  "resource": { # An entity that can have metadata. For example, a Docker image. # Required. Immutable. The resource for which the occurrence applies.
+    "contentHash": { # Container message for hash values. # Deprecated, do not use. Use uri instead. The hash of the resource content. For example, the Docker digest.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hash that was performed.
+      "value": "A String", # Required. The hash value.
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Deprecated, do not use. Use uri instead. The name of the resource. For example, the name of a Docker image - "Debian".
+    "uri": "A String", # Required. The unique URI of the resource. For example, `https://gcr.io/project/image@sha256:foo` for a Docker image.
+  },
+  "sbom": { # DocumentOccurrence represents an SPDX Document Creation Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/2-document-creation-information/ # Describes a specific software bill of materials document.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Identify when the SPDX file was originally created. The date is to be specified according to combined date and time in UTC format as specified in ISO 8601 standard
+    "creatorComment": "A String", # A field for creators of the SPDX file to provide general comments about the creation of the SPDX file or any other relevant comment not included in the other fields
+    "creators": [ # Identify who (or what, in the case of a tool) created the SPDX file. If the SPDX file was created by an individual, indicate the person's name
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "documentComment": "A String", # A field for creators of the SPDX file content to provide comments to the consumers of the SPDX document
+    "externalDocumentRefs": [ # Identify any external SPDX documents referenced within this SPDX document
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "id": "A String", # Identify the current SPDX document which may be referenced in relationships by other files, packages internally and documents externally
+    "licenseListVersion": "A String", # A field for creators of the SPDX file to provide the version of the SPDX License List used when the SPDX file was created
+    "namespace": "A String", # Provide an SPDX document specific namespace as a unique absolute Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) as specified in RFC-3986, with the exception of the ‘#’ delimiter
+    "title": "A String", # Identify name of this document as designated by creator
+  },
+  "sbomReference": { # The occurrence representing an SBOM reference as applied to a specific resource. The occurrence follows the DSSE specification. See https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.md for more details. # Describes a specific SBOM reference occurrences.
+    "payload": { # The actual payload that contains the SBOM Reference data. The payload follows the intoto statement specification. See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/v1.0/statement.md for more details. # The actual payload that contains the SBOM reference data.
+      "_type": "A String", # Identifier for the schema of the Statement.
+      "predicate": { # A predicate which describes the SBOM being referenced. # Additional parameters of the Predicate. Includes the actual data about the SBOM.
+        "digest": { # A map of algorithm to digest of the contents of the SBOM.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "location": "A String", # The location of the SBOM.
+        "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the SBOM.
+        "referrerId": "A String", # The person or system referring this predicate to the consumer.
+      },
+      "predicateType": "A String", # URI identifying the type of the Predicate.
+      "subject": [ # Set of software artifacts that the attestation applies to. Each element represents a single software artifact.
+        { # Set of software artifacts that the attestation applies to. Each element represents a single software artifact.
+          "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Identifier to distinguish this artifact from others within the subject.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "payloadType": "A String", # The kind of payload that SbomReferenceIntotoPayload takes. Since it's in the intoto format, this value is expected to be 'application/vnd.in-toto+json'.
+    "signatures": [ # The signatures over the payload.
+      {
+        "keyid": "A String",
+        "sig": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "spdxFile": { # FileOccurrence represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # Describes a specific SPDX File.
+    "attributions": [ # This field provides a place for the SPDX data creator to record, at the file level, acknowledgements that may be needed to be communicated in some contexts
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "comment": "A String", # This field provides a place for the SPDX file creator to record any general comments about the file
+    "contributors": [ # This field provides a place for the SPDX file creator to record file contributors
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "copyright": "A String", # Identify the copyright holder of the file, as well as any dates present
+    "filesLicenseInfo": [ # This field contains the license information actually found in the file, if any
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "id": "A String", # Uniquely identify any element in an SPDX document which may be referenced by other elements
+    "licenseConcluded": { # License information. # This field contains the license the SPDX file creator has concluded as governing the file or alternative values if the governing license cannot be determined
+      "comments": "A String", # Comments
+      "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+    },
+    "notice": "A String", # This field provides a place for the SPDX file creator to record license notices or other such related notices found in the file
+  },
+  "spdxPackage": { # PackageInfoOccurrence represents an SPDX Package Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/3-package-information/ # Describes a specific SPDX Package.
+    "comment": "A String", # A place for the SPDX file creator to record any general comments about the package being described
+    "filename": "A String", # Provide the actual file name of the package, or path of the directory being treated as a package
+    "homePage": "A String", # Output only. Provide a place for the SPDX file creator to record a web site that serves as the package's home page
+    "id": "A String", # Uniquely identify any element in an SPDX document which may be referenced by other elements
+    "licenseConcluded": { # License information. # package or alternative values, if the governing license cannot be determined
+      "comments": "A String", # Comments
+      "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+    },
+    "packageType": "A String", # Output only. The type of package: OS, MAVEN, GO, GO_STDLIB, etc.
+    "sourceInfo": "A String", # Provide a place for the SPDX file creator to record any relevant background information or additional comments about the origin of the package
+    "summaryDescription": "A String", # Output only. A short description of the package
+    "title": "A String", # Output only. Identify the full name of the package as given by the Package Originator
+    "version": "A String", # Output only. Identify the version of the package
+  },
+  "spdxRelationship": { # RelationshipOccurrence represents an SPDX Relationship section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/7-relationships-between-SPDX-elements/ # Describes a specific SPDX Relationship.
+    "comment": "A String", # A place for the SPDX file creator to record any general comments about the relationship
+    "source": "A String", # Also referred to as SPDXRef-A The source SPDX element (file, package, etc)
+    "target": "A String", # Also referred to as SPDXRef-B The target SPDC element (file, package, etc) In cases where there are "known unknowns", the use of the keyword NOASSERTION can be used The keywords NONE can be used to indicate that an SPDX element (package/file/snippet) has no other elements connected by some relationship to it
+    "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of relationship between the source and target SPDX elements
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated.
+  "vulnerability": { # Details of a vulnerability Occurrence. # Describes a security vulnerability.
+    "cvssScore": 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0-10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
+    "cvssV2": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. This message is compatible with CVSS v2 and v3. For CVSS v2 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/v2/guide CVSS v2 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v2-calculator For CVSS v3 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document CVSS v3 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v3-calculator # The cvss v2 score for the vulnerability.
+      "attackComplexity": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "authentication": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v2
+      "availabilityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+      "confidentialityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+      "impactScore": 3.14,
+      "integrityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "privilegesRequired": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+      "scope": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+      "userInteraction": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+    },
+    "cvssV3": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. This message is compatible with CVSS v2 and v3. For CVSS v2 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/v2/guide CVSS v2 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v2-calculator For CVSS v3 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document CVSS v3 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v3-calculator # The cvss v3 score for the vulnerability.
+      "attackComplexity": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "authentication": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v2
+      "availabilityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+      "confidentialityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+      "impactScore": 3.14,
+      "integrityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "privilegesRequired": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+      "scope": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+      "userInteraction": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+    },
+    "cvssVersion": "A String", # Output only. CVSS version used to populate cvss_score and severity.
+    "effectiveSeverity": "A String", # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.
+    "extraDetails": "A String", # Occurrence-specific extra details about the vulnerability.
+    "longDescription": "A String", # Output only. A detailed description of this vulnerability.
+    "packageIssue": [ # Required. The set of affected locations and their fixes (if available) within the associated resource.
+      { # This message wraps a location affected by a vulnerability and its associated fix (if one is available).
+        "affectedLocation": { # The location of the vulnerability. # Required. The location of the vulnerability.
+          "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
+          "package": "A String", # Required. The package being described.
+          "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required. The version of the package being described.
+            "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+            "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+            "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+            "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+            "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+          },
+        },
+        "effectiveSeverity": "A String", # Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.
+        "fixedLocation": { # The location of the vulnerability. # The location of the available fix for vulnerability.
+          "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
+          "package": "A String", # Required. The package being described.
+          "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required. The version of the package being described.
+            "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+            "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+            "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+            "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+            "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+          },
+        },
+        "packageType": "A String", # The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).
+        "severityName": "A String", # Deprecated, use Details.effective_severity instead The severity (e.g., distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
+      },
+    ],
+    "relatedUrls": [ # Output only. URLs related to this vulnerability.
+      { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+        "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+        "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+      },
+    ],
+    "severity": "A String", # Output only. The note provider assigned Severity of the vulnerability.
+    "shortDescription": "A String", # Output only. A one sentence description of this vulnerability.
+    "type": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc)
+    "vexAssessment": { # VexAssessment provides all publisher provided Vex information that is related to this vulnerability.
+      "cve": "A String", # Holds the MITRE standard Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) tracking number for the vulnerability. Deprecated: Use vulnerability_id instead to denote CVEs.
+      "impacts": [ # Contains information about the impact of this vulnerability, this will change with time.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "justification": { # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED. # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED.
+        "details": "A String", # Additional details on why this justification was chosen.
+        "justificationType": "A String", # The justification type for this vulnerability.
+      },
+      "noteName": "A String", # The VulnerabilityAssessment note from which this VexAssessment was generated. This will be of the form: `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`.
+      "relatedUris": [ # Holds a list of references associated with this vulnerability item and assessment.
+        { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+          "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+          "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "remediations": [ # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+        { # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+          "details": "A String", # Contains a comprehensive human-readable discussion of the remediation.
+          "remediationType": "A String", # The type of remediation that can be applied.
+          "remediationUri": { # Metadata for any related URL information. # Contains the URL where to obtain the remediation.
+            "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+            "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "state": "A String", # Provides the state of this Vulnerability assessment.
+      "vulnerabilityId": "A String", # The vulnerability identifier for this Assessment. Will hold one of common identifiers e.g. CVE, GHSA etc.
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ getNotes(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the note attached to the specified occurrence. Consumer projects can use this method to get a note that belongs to a provider project.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the occurrence in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/occurrences/[OCCURRENCE_ID]`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A type of analysis that can be done for a resource.
+  "attestationAuthority": { # Note kind that represents a logical attestation "role" or "authority". For example, an organization might have one `Authority` for "QA" and one for "build". This note is intended to act strictly as a grouping mechanism for the attached occurrences (Attestations). This grouping mechanism also provides a security boundary, since IAM ACLs gate the ability for a principle to attach an occurrence to a given note. It also provides a single point of lookup to find all attached attestation occurrences, even if they don't all live in the same project. # A note describing an attestation role.
+    "hint": { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from "readable" names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # Hint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+      "humanReadableName": "A String", # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example "qa".
+    },
+  },
+  "baseImage": { # Basis describes the base image portion (Note) of the DockerImage relationship. Linked occurrences are derived from this or an equivalent image via: FROM Or an equivalent reference, e.g. a tag of the resource_url. # A note describing a base image.
+    "fingerprint": { # A set of properties that uniquely identify a given Docker image. # Required. Immutable. The fingerprint of the base image.
+      "v1Name": "A String", # Required. The layer ID of the final layer in the Docker image's v1 representation.
+      "v2Blob": [ # Required. The ordered list of v2 blobs that represent a given image.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "v2Name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the image's v2 blobs computed via: [bottom] := v2_blobbottom := sha256(v2_blob[N] + " " + v2_name[N+1]) Only the name of the final blob is kept.
+    },
+    "resourceUrl": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource_url for the resource representing the basis of associated occurrence images.
+  },
+  "build": { # Note holding the version of the provider's builder and the signature of the provenance message in the build details occurrence. # A note describing build provenance for a verifiable build.
+    "builderVersion": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Version of the builder which produced this build.
+    "signature": { # Message encapsulating the signature of the verified build. # Signature of the build in occurrences pointing to this build note containing build details.
+      "keyId": "A String", # An ID for the key used to sign. This could be either an ID for the key stored in `public_key` (such as the ID or fingerprint for a PGP key, or the CN for a cert), or a reference to an external key (such as a reference to a key in Cloud Key Management Service).
+      "keyType": "A String", # The type of the key, either stored in `public_key` or referenced in `key_id`.
+      "publicKey": "A String", # Public key of the builder which can be used to verify that the related findings are valid and unchanged. If `key_type` is empty, this defaults to PEM encoded public keys. This field may be empty if `key_id` references an external key. For Cloud Build based signatures, this is a PEM encoded public key. To verify the Cloud Build signature, place the contents of this field into a file (public.pem). The signature field is base64-decoded into its binary representation in signature.bin, and the provenance bytes from `BuildDetails` are base64-decoded into a binary representation in signed.bin. OpenSSL can then verify the signature: `openssl sha256 -verify public.pem -signature signature.bin signed.bin`
+      "signature": "A String", # Required. Signature of the related `BuildProvenance`. In JSON, this is base-64 encoded.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was created. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+  "deployable": { # An artifact that can be deployed in some runtime. # A note describing something that can be deployed.
+    "resourceUri": [ # Required. Resource URI for the artifact being deployed.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "discovery": { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider's project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer's project at the start of analysis. # A note describing the initial analysis of a resource.
+    "analysisKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
+  },
+  "expirationTime": "A String", # Time of expiration for this note. Empty if note does not expire.
+  "intoto": { # This contains the fields corresponding to the definition of a software supply chain step in an in-toto layout. This information goes into a Grafeas note. # A note describing an in-toto link.
+    "expectedCommand": [ # This field contains the expected command used to perform the step.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "expectedMaterials": [ # The following fields contain in-toto artifact rules identifying the artifacts that enter this supply chain step, and exit the supply chain step, i.e. materials and products of the step.
+      { # Defines an object to declare an in-toto artifact rule
+        "artifactRule": [
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "expectedProducts": [
+      { # Defines an object to declare an in-toto artifact rule
+        "artifactRule": [
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "signingKeys": [ # This field contains the public keys that can be used to verify the signatures on the step metadata.
+      { # This defines the format used to record keys used in the software supply chain. An in-toto link is attested using one or more keys defined in the in-toto layout. An example of this is: { "key_id": "776a00e29f3559e0141b3b096f696abc6cfb0c657ab40f441132b345b0...", "key_type": "rsa", "public_key_value": "-----BEGIN PUBLIC KEY-----\nMIIBojANBgkqhkiG9w0B...", "key_scheme": "rsassa-pss-sha256" } The format for in-toto's key definition can be found in section 4.2 of the in-toto specification.
+        "keyId": "A String", # key_id is an identifier for the signing key.
+        "keyScheme": "A String", # This field contains the corresponding signature scheme. Eg: "rsassa-pss-sha256".
+        "keyType": "A String", # This field identifies the specific signing method. Eg: "rsa", "ed25519", and "ecdsa".
+        "publicKeyValue": "A String", # This field contains the actual public key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "stepName": "A String", # This field identifies the name of the step in the supply chain.
+    "threshold": "A String", # This field contains a value that indicates the minimum number of keys that need to be used to sign the step's in-toto link.
+  },
+  "kind": "A String", # Output only. The type of analysis. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+  "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this note.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the note in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`.
+  "package": { # Package represents a particular package version. # A note describing a package hosted by various package managers.
+    "architecture": "A String", # The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built. Architecture will be blank for language packages.
+    "cpeUri": "A String", # The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package. The cpe_uri will be blank for language packages.
+    "description": "A String", # The description of this package.
+    "digest": [ # Hash value, typically a file digest, that allows unique identification a specific package.
+      { # Digest information.
+        "algo": "A String", # `SHA1`, `SHA512` etc.
+        "digestBytes": "A String", # Value of the digest.
+      },
+    ],
+    "distribution": [ # The various channels by which a package is distributed.
+      { # This represents a particular channel of distribution for a given package. E.g., Debian's jessie-backports dpkg mirror.
+        "architecture": "A String", # The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built.
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package.
+        "description": "A String", # The distribution channel-specific description of this package.
+        "latestVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The latest available version of this package in this distribution channel.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "maintainer": "A String", # A freeform string denoting the maintainer of this package.
+        "url": "A String", # The distribution channel-specific homepage for this package.
+      },
+    ],
+    "license": { # License information. # Licenses that have been declared by the authors of the package.
+      "comments": "A String", # Comments
+      "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+    },
+    "maintainer": "A String", # A freeform text denoting the maintainer of this package.
+    "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The name of the package.
+    "packageType": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+    "url": "A String", # The homepage for this package.
+    "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The version of the package.
+      "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+      "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+      "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+      "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+      "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+    },
+  },
+  "relatedNoteNames": [ # Other notes related to this note.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "relatedUrl": [ # URLs associated with this note.
+    { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+      "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+      "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+    },
+  ],
+  "sbom": { # DocumentNote represents an SPDX Document Creation Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/2-document-creation-information/ # A note describing a software bill of materials.
+    "dataLicence": "A String", # Compliance with the SPDX specification includes populating the SPDX fields therein with data related to such fields ("SPDX-Metadata")
+    "spdxVersion": "A String", # Provide a reference number that can be used to understand how to parse and interpret the rest of the file
+  },
+  "sbomReference": { # The note representing an SBOM reference. # A note describing an SBOM reference.
+    "format": "A String", # The format that SBOM takes. E.g. may be spdx, cyclonedx, etc...
+    "version": "A String", # The version of the format that the SBOM takes. E.g. if the format is spdx, the version may be 2.3.
+  },
+  "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this note.
+  "spdxFile": { # FileNote represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # A note describing an SPDX File.
+    "checksum": [ # Provide a unique identifier to match analysis information on each specific file in a package
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "fileType": "A String", # This field provides information about the type of file identified
+    "title": "A String", # Identify the full path and filename that corresponds to the file information in this section
+  },
+  "spdxPackage": { # PackageInfoNote represents an SPDX Package Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/3-package-information/ # A note describing an SPDX Package.
+    "analyzed": True or False, # Indicates whether the file content of this package has been available for or subjected to analysis when creating the SPDX document
+    "attribution": "A String", # A place for the SPDX data creator to record, at the package level, acknowledgements that may be needed to be communicated in some contexts
+    "checksum": "A String", # Provide an independently reproducible mechanism that permits unique identification of a specific package that correlates to the data in this SPDX file
+    "copyright": "A String", # Identify the copyright holders of the package, as well as any dates present
+    "detailedDescription": "A String", # A more detailed description of the package
+    "downloadLocation": "A String", # This section identifies the download Universal Resource Locator (URL), or a specific location within a version control system (VCS) for the package at the time that the SPDX file was created
+    "externalRefs": [ # ExternalRef
+      { # An External Reference allows a Package to reference an external source of additional information, metadata, enumerations, asset identifiers, or downloadable content believed to be relevant to the Package
+        "category": "A String", # An External Reference allows a Package to reference an external source of additional information, metadata, enumerations, asset identifiers, or downloadable content believed to be relevant to the Package
+        "comment": "A String", # Human-readable information about the purpose and target of the reference
+        "locator": "A String", # The unique string with no spaces necessary to access the package-specific information, metadata, or content within the target location
+        "type": "A String", # Type of category (e.g. 'npm' for the PACKAGE_MANAGER category)
+      },
+    ],
+    "filesLicenseInfo": [ # Contain the license the SPDX file creator has concluded as governing the This field is to contain a list of all licenses found in the package. The relationship between licenses (i.e., conjunctive, disjunctive) is not specified in this field – it is simply a listing of all licenses found
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "homePage": "A String", # Provide a place for the SPDX file creator to record a web site that serves as the package's home page
+    "licenseDeclared": { # License information. # List the licenses that have been declared by the authors of the package
+      "comments": "A String", # Comments
+      "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+    },
+    "originator": "A String", # If the package identified in the SPDX file originated from a different person or organization than identified as Package Supplier, this field identifies from where or whom the package originally came
+    "packageType": "A String", # The type of package: OS, MAVEN, GO, GO_STDLIB, etc.
+    "summaryDescription": "A String", # A short description of the package
+    "supplier": "A String", # Identify the actual distribution source for the package/directory identified in the SPDX file
+    "title": "A String", # Identify the full name of the package as given by the Package Originator
+    "verificationCode": "A String", # This field provides an independently reproducible mechanism identifying specific contents of a package based on the actual files (except the SPDX file itself, if it is included in the package) that make up each package and that correlates to the data in this SPDX file
+    "version": "A String", # Identify the version of the package
+  },
+  "spdxRelationship": { # RelationshipNote represents an SPDX Relationship section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/7-relationships-between-SPDX-elements/ # A note describing an SPDX File.
+    "type": "A String", # The type of relationship between the source and target SPDX elements
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this note was last updated. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+  "vulnerability": { # Vulnerability provides metadata about a security vulnerability in a Note. # A note describing a package vulnerability.
+    "cvssScore": 3.14, # The CVSS score for this vulnerability.
+    "cvssV2": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. This message is compatible with CVSS v2 and v3. For CVSS v2 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/v2/guide CVSS v2 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v2-calculator For CVSS v3 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document CVSS v3 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v3-calculator # The full description of the CVSS for version 2.
+      "attackComplexity": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "authentication": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v2
+      "availabilityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+      "confidentialityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+      "impactScore": 3.14,
+      "integrityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+      "privilegesRequired": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+      "scope": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+      "userInteraction": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+    },
+    "cvssV3": { # Deprecated. Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document # The full description of the CVSS for version 3.
+      "attackComplexity": "A String",
+      "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments.
+      "availabilityImpact": "A String",
+      "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+      "confidentialityImpact": "A String",
+      "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+      "impactScore": 3.14,
+      "integrityImpact": "A String",
+      "privilegesRequired": "A String",
+      "scope": "A String",
+      "userInteraction": "A String",
+    },
+    "cvssVersion": "A String", # CVSS version used to populate cvss_score and severity.
+    "cwe": [ # A list of CWE for this vulnerability. For details, see: https://cwe.mitre.org/index.html
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "details": [ # All information about the package to specifically identify this vulnerability. One entry per (version range and cpe_uri) the package vulnerability has manifested in.
+      { # Identifies all appearances of this vulnerability in the package for a specific distro/location. For example: glibc in cpe:/o:debian:debian_linux:8 for versions 2.1 - 2.2
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) in which the vulnerability manifests. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
+        "description": "A String", # A vendor-specific description of this note.
+        "fixedLocation": { # The location of the vulnerability. # The fix for this specific package version.
+          "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
+          "package": "A String", # Required. The package being described.
+          "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required. The version of the package being described.
+            "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+            "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+            "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+            "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+            "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+          },
+        },
+        "isObsolete": True or False, # Whether this detail is obsolete. Occurrences are expected not to point to obsolete details.
+        "maxAffectedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The max version of the package in which the vulnerability exists.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "minAffectedVersion": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # The min version of the package in which the vulnerability exists.
+          "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+          "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+          "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+          "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+          "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+        },
+        "package": "A String", # Required. The name of the package where the vulnerability was found.
+        "packageType": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc).
+        "severityName": "A String", # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
+        "source": "A String", # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+        "sourceUpdateTime": "A String", # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+        "vendor": "A String", # The name of the vendor of the product.
+      },
+    ],
+    "severity": "A String", # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability.
+    "sourceUpdateTime": "A String", # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+    "windowsDetails": [ # Windows details get their own format because the information format and model don't match a normal detail. Specifically Windows updates are done as patches, thus Windows vulnerabilities really are a missing package, rather than a package being at an incorrect version.
+      {
+        "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) in which the vulnerability manifests. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
+        "description": "A String", # The description of the vulnerability.
+        "fixingKbs": [ # Required. The names of the KBs which have hotfixes to mitigate this vulnerability. Note that there may be multiple hotfixes (and thus multiple KBs) that mitigate a given vulnerability. Currently any listed kb's presence is considered a fix.
+          {
+            "name": "A String", # The KB name (generally of the form KB[0-9]+ i.e. KB123456).
+            "url": "A String", # A link to the KB in the Windows update catalog - https://www.catalog.update.microsoft.com/
+          },
+        ],
+        "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the vulnerability.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "vulnerabilityAssessment": { # A single VulnerabilityAssessmentNote represents one particular product's vulnerability assessment for one CVE. # A note describing a vulnerability assessment.
+    "assessment": { # Assessment provides all information that is related to a single vulnerability for this product. # Represents a vulnerability assessment for the product.
+      "cve": "A String", # Holds the MITRE standard Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) tracking number for the vulnerability. Deprecated: Use vulnerability_id instead to denote CVEs.
+      "impacts": [ # Contains information about the impact of this vulnerability, this will change with time.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "justification": { # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED. # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED.
+        "details": "A String", # Additional details on why this justification was chosen.
+        "justificationType": "A String", # The justification type for this vulnerability.
+      },
+      "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this Vex.
+      "relatedUris": [ # Holds a list of references associated with this vulnerability item and assessment. These uris have additional information about the vulnerability and the assessment itself. E.g. Link to a document which details how this assessment concluded the state of this vulnerability.
+        { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+          "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+          "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "remediations": [ # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+        { # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+          "details": "A String", # Contains a comprehensive human-readable discussion of the remediation.
+          "remediationType": "A String", # The type of remediation that can be applied.
+          "remediationUri": { # Metadata for any related URL information. # Contains the URL where to obtain the remediation.
+            "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+            "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this Vex.
+      "state": "A String", # Provides the state of this Vulnerability assessment.
+      "vulnerabilityId": "A String", # The vulnerability identifier for this Assessment. Will hold one of common identifiers e.g. CVE, GHSA etc.
+    },
+    "languageCode": "A String", # Identifies the language used by this document, corresponding to IETF BCP 47 / RFC 5646.
+    "longDescription": "A String", # A detailed description of this Vex.
+    "product": { # Product contains information about a product and how to uniquely identify it. # The product affected by this vex.
+      "genericUri": "A String", # Contains a URI which is vendor-specific. Example: The artifact repository URL of an image.
+      "id": "A String", # Token that identifies a product so that it can be referred to from other parts in the document. There is no predefined format as long as it uniquely identifies a group in the context of the current document.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the product.
+    },
+    "publisher": { # Publisher contains information about the publisher of this Note. # Publisher details of this Note.
+      "issuingAuthority": "A String", # Provides information about the authority of the issuing party to release the document, in particular, the party's constituency and responsibilities or other obligations.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the publisher. Examples: 'Google', 'Google Cloud Platform'.
+      "publisherNamespace": "A String", # The context or namespace. Contains a URL which is under control of the issuing party and can be used as a globally unique identifier for that issuing party. Example: https://csaf.io
+    },
+    "shortDescription": "A String", # A one sentence description of this Vex.
+    "title": "A String", # The title of the note. E.g. `Vex-Debian-11.4`
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ getVulnerabilitySummary(parent, filter=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a summary of the number and severity of occurrences.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the project to get a vulnerability summary for in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]`. (required)
+  filter: string, The filter expression.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A summary of how many vulnerability occurrences there are per resource and severity type.
+  "counts": [ # A listing by resource of the number of fixable and total vulnerabilities.
+    { # Per resource and severity counts of fixable and total vulnerabilities.
+      "fixableCount": "A String", # The number of fixable vulnerabilities associated with this resource.
+      "resource": { # An entity that can have metadata. For example, a Docker image. # The affected resource.
+        "contentHash": { # Container message for hash values. # Deprecated, do not use. Use uri instead. The hash of the resource content. For example, the Docker digest.
+          "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hash that was performed.
+          "value": "A String", # Required. The hash value.
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # Deprecated, do not use. Use uri instead. The name of the resource. For example, the name of a Docker image - "Debian".
+        "uri": "A String", # Required. The unique URI of the resource. For example, `https://gcr.io/project/image@sha256:foo` for a Docker image.
+      },
+      "severity": "A String", # The severity for this count. SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED indicates total across all severities.
+      "totalCount": "A String", # The total number of vulnerabilities associated with this resource.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists occurrences for the specified project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the project to list occurrences for in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]`. (required)
+  filter: string, The filter expression.
+  pageSize: integer, Number of occurrences to return in the list. Must be positive. Max allowed page size is 1000. If not specified, page size defaults to 20.
+  pageToken: string, Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for listing occurrences.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The next pagination token in the list response. It should be used as `page_token` for the following request. An empty value means no more results.
+  "occurrences": [ # The occurrences requested.
+    { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource.
+      "attestation": { # Details of an attestation occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact.
+        "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for look-up (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (which authority was this attestation intended to sign for). # Required. Attestation for the resource.
+          "genericSignedAttestation": { # An attestation wrapper that uses the Grafeas `Signature` message. This attestation must define the `serialized_payload` that the `signatures` verify and any metadata necessary to interpret that plaintext. The signatures should always be over the `serialized_payload` bytestring.
+            "contentType": "A String", # Type (for example schema) of the attestation payload that was signed. The verifier must ensure that the provided type is one that the verifier supports, and that the attestation payload is a valid instantiation of that type (for example by validating a JSON schema).
+            "serializedPayload": "A String", # The serialized payload that is verified by one or more `signatures`. The encoding and semantic meaning of this payload must match what is set in `content_type`.
+            "signatures": [ # One or more signatures over `serialized_payload`. Verifier implementations should consider this attestation message verified if at least one `signature` verifies `serialized_payload`. See `Signature` in common.proto for more details on signature structure and verification.
+              { # Verifiers (e.g. Kritis implementations) MUST verify signatures with respect to the trust anchors defined in policy (e.g. a Kritis policy). Typically this means that the verifier has been configured with a map from `public_key_id` to public key material (and any required parameters, e.g. signing algorithm). In particular, verification implementations MUST NOT treat the signature `public_key_id` as anything more than a key lookup hint. The `public_key_id` DOES NOT validate or authenticate a public key; it only provides a mechanism for quickly selecting a public key ALREADY CONFIGURED on the verifier through a trusted channel. Verification implementations MUST reject signatures in any of the following circumstances: * The `public_key_id` is not recognized by the verifier. * The public key that `public_key_id` refers to does not verify the signature with respect to the payload. The `signature` contents SHOULD NOT be "attached" (where the payload is included with the serialized `signature` bytes). Verifiers MUST ignore any "attached" payload and only verify signatures with respect to explicitly provided payload (e.g. a `payload` field on the proto message that holds this Signature, or the canonical serialization of the proto message that holds this signature).
+                "publicKeyId": "A String", # The identifier for the public key that verifies this signature. * The `public_key_id` is required. * The `public_key_id` SHOULD be an RFC3986 conformant URI. * When possible, the `public_key_id` SHOULD be an immutable reference, such as a cryptographic digest. Examples of valid `public_key_id`s: OpenPGP V4 public key fingerprint: * "openpgp4fpr:74FAF3B861BDA0870C7B6DEF607E48D2A663AEEA" See https://www.iana.org/assignments/uri-schemes/prov/openpgp4fpr for more details on this scheme. RFC6920 digest-named SubjectPublicKeyInfo (digest of the DER serialization): * "ni:///sha-256;cD9o9Cq6LG3jD0iKXqEi_vdjJGecm_iXkbqVoScViaU" * "nih:///sha-256;703f68f42aba2c6de30f488a5ea122fef76324679c9bf89791ba95a1271589a5"
+                "signature": "A String", # The content of the signature, an opaque bytestring. The payload that this signature verifies MUST be unambiguously provided with the Signature during verification. A wrapper message might provide the payload explicitly. Alternatively, a message might have a canonical serialization that can always be unambiguously computed to derive the payload.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "pgpSignedAttestation": { # An attestation wrapper with a PGP-compatible signature. This message only supports `ATTACHED` signatures, where the payload that is signed is included alongside the signature itself in the same file. # A PGP signed attestation.
+            "contentType": "A String", # Type (for example schema) of the attestation payload that was signed. The verifier must ensure that the provided type is one that the verifier supports, and that the attestation payload is a valid instantiation of that type (for example by validating a JSON schema).
+            "pgpKeyId": "A String", # The cryptographic fingerprint of the key used to generate the signature, as output by, e.g. `gpg --list-keys`. This should be the version 4, full 160-bit fingerprint, expressed as a 40 character hexadecimal string. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4880#section-12.2 for details. Implementations may choose to acknowledge "LONG", "SHORT", or other abbreviated key IDs, but only the full fingerprint is guaranteed to work. In gpg, the full fingerprint can be retrieved from the `fpr` field returned when calling --list-keys with --with-colons. For example: ``` gpg --with-colons --with-fingerprint --force-v4-certs \ --list-keys attester@example.com tru::1:1513631572:0:3:1:5 pub:...... fpr:::::::::24FF6481B76AC91E66A00AC657A93A81EF3AE6FB: ``` Above, the fingerprint is `24FF6481B76AC91E66A00AC657A93A81EF3AE6FB`.
+            "signature": "A String", # Required. The raw content of the signature, as output by GNU Privacy Guard (GPG) or equivalent. Since this message only supports attached signatures, the payload that was signed must be attached. While the signature format supported is dependent on the verification implementation, currently only ASCII-armored (`--armor` to gpg), non-clearsigned (`--sign` rather than `--clearsign` to gpg) are supported. Concretely, `gpg --sign --armor --output=signature.gpg payload.json` will create the signature content expected in this field in `signature.gpg` for the `payload.json` attestation payload.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "build": { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build.
+        "inTotoSlsaProvenanceV1": {
+          "_type": "A String", # InToto spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement
+          "predicate": { # Keep in sync with schema at https://github.com/slsa-framework/slsa/blob/main/docs/provenance/schema/v1/provenance.proto Builder renamed to ProvenanceBuilder because of Java conflicts.
+            "buildDefinition": {
+              "buildType": "A String",
+              "externalParameters": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "internalParameters": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "resolvedDependencies": [
+                {
+                  "annotations": {
+                    "a_key": "",
+                  },
+                  "content": "A String",
+                  "digest": {
+                    "a_key": "A String",
+                  },
+                  "downloadLocation": "A String",
+                  "mediaType": "A String",
+                  "name": "A String",
+                  "uri": "A String",
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "runDetails": {
+              "builder": {
+                "builderDependencies": [
+                  {
+                    "annotations": {
+                      "a_key": "",
+                    },
+                    "content": "A String",
+                    "digest": {
+                      "a_key": "A String",
+                    },
+                    "downloadLocation": "A String",
+                    "mediaType": "A String",
+                    "name": "A String",
+                    "uri": "A String",
+                  },
+                ],
+                "id": "A String",
+                "version": {
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+              },
+              "byproducts": [
+                {
+                  "annotations": {
+                    "a_key": "",
+                  },
+                  "content": "A String",
+                  "digest": {
+                    "a_key": "A String",
+                  },
+                  "downloadLocation": "A String",
+                  "mediaType": "A String",
+                  "name": "A String",
+                  "uri": "A String",
+                },
+              ],
+              "metadata": {
+                "finishedOn": "A String",
+                "invocationId": "A String",
+                "startedOn": "A String",
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "predicateType": "A String",
+          "subject": [
+            { # Set of software artifacts that the attestation applies to. Each element represents a single software artifact.
+              "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "name": "A String", # Identifier to distinguish this artifact from others within the subject.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # Required. The actual provenance for the build.
+          "buildOptions": { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "builderVersion": "A String", # Version string of the builder at the time this build was executed.
+          "builtArtifacts": [ # Output of the build.
+            { # Artifact describes a build product.
+              "checksum": "A String", # Hash or checksum value of a binary, or Docker Registry 2.0 digest of a container.
+              "id": "A String", # Artifact ID, if any; for container images, this will be a URL by digest like `gcr.io/projectID/imagename@sha256:123456`.
+              "names": [ # Related artifact names. This may be the path to a binary or jar file, or in the case of a container build, the name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`. Note that a single Artifact ID can have multiple names, for example if two tags are applied to one image.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          "commands": [ # Commands requested by the build.
+            { # Command describes a step performed as part of the build pipeline.
+              "args": [ # Command-line arguments used when executing this command.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "dir": "A String", # Working directory (relative to project source root) used when running this command.
+              "env": [ # Environment variables set before running this command.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "id": "A String", # Optional unique identifier for this command, used in wait_for to reference this command as a dependency.
+              "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the command, as presented on the command line, or if the command is packaged as a Docker container, as presented to `docker pull`.
+              "waitFor": [ # The ID(s) of the command(s) that this command depends on.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          "createTime": "A String", # Time at which the build was created.
+          "creator": "A String", # E-mail address of the user who initiated this build. Note that this was the user's e-mail address at the time the build was initiated; this address may not represent the same end-user for all time.
+          "endTime": "A String", # Time at which execution of the build was finished.
+          "id": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the build.
+          "logsUri": "A String", # URI where any logs for this provenance were written.
+          "projectId": "A String", # ID of the project.
+          "sourceProvenance": { # Source describes the location of the source used for the build. # Details of the Source input to the build.
+            "additionalContexts": [ # If provided, some of the source code used for the build may be found in these locations, in the case where the source repository had multiple remotes or submodules. This list will not include the context specified in the context field.
+              { # A SourceContext is a reference to a tree of files. A SourceContext together with a path point to a unique revision of a single file or directory.
+                "cloudRepo": { # A CloudRepoSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo. # A SourceContext referring to a revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo.
+                  "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                    "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                    "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+                  },
+                  "repoId": { # A unique identifier for a Cloud Repo. # The ID of the repo.
+                    "projectRepoId": { # Selects a repo using a Google Cloud Platform project ID (e.g., winged-cargo-31) and a repo name within that project. # A combination of a project ID and a repo name.
+                      "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project.
+                      "repoName": "A String", # The name of the repo. Leave empty for the default repo.
+                    },
+                    "uid": "A String", # A server-assigned, globally unique identifier.
+                  },
+                  "revisionId": "A String", # A revision ID.
+                },
+                "gerrit": { # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project. # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project.
+                  "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                    "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                    "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+                  },
+                  "gerritProject": "A String", # The full project name within the host. Projects may be nested, so "project/subproject" is a valid project name. The "repo name" is the hostURI/project.
+                  "hostUri": "A String", # The URI of a running Gerrit instance.
+                  "revisionId": "A String", # A revision (commit) ID.
+                },
+                "git": { # A GitSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a third party Git repository (e.g., GitHub). # A SourceContext referring to any third party Git repo (e.g., GitHub).
+                  "revisionId": "A String", # Git commit hash.
+                  "url": "A String", # Git repository URL.
+                },
+                "labels": { # Labels with user defined metadata.
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            "artifactStorageSourceUri": "A String", # If provided, the input binary artifacts for the build came from this location.
+            "context": { # A SourceContext is a reference to a tree of files. A SourceContext together with a path point to a unique revision of a single file or directory. # If provided, the source code used for the build came from this location.
+              "cloudRepo": { # A CloudRepoSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo. # A SourceContext referring to a revision in a Google Cloud Source Repo.
+                "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                  "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                  "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+                },
+                "repoId": { # A unique identifier for a Cloud Repo. # The ID of the repo.
+                  "projectRepoId": { # Selects a repo using a Google Cloud Platform project ID (e.g., winged-cargo-31) and a repo name within that project. # A combination of a project ID and a repo name.
+                    "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project.
+                    "repoName": "A String", # The name of the repo. Leave empty for the default repo.
+                  },
+                  "uid": "A String", # A server-assigned, globally unique identifier.
+                },
+                "revisionId": "A String", # A revision ID.
+              },
+              "gerrit": { # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project. # A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project.
+                "aliasContext": { # An alias to a repo revision. # An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
+                  "kind": "A String", # The alias kind.
+                  "name": "A String", # The alias name.
+                },
+                "gerritProject": "A String", # The full project name within the host. Projects may be nested, so "project/subproject" is a valid project name. The "repo name" is the hostURI/project.
+                "hostUri": "A String", # The URI of a running Gerrit instance.
+                "revisionId": "A String", # A revision (commit) ID.
+              },
+              "git": { # A GitSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a third party Git repository (e.g., GitHub). # A SourceContext referring to any third party Git repo (e.g., GitHub).
+                "revisionId": "A String", # Git commit hash.
+                "url": "A String", # Git repository URL.
+              },
+              "labels": { # Labels with user defined metadata.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+            },
+            "fileHashes": { # Hash(es) of the build source, which can be used to verify that the original source integrity was maintained in the build. The keys to this map are file paths used as build source and the values contain the hash values for those files. If the build source came in a single package such as a gzipped tarfile (.tar.gz), the FileHash will be for the single path to that file.
+              "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in source messages to verify integrity of source input to the build.
+                "fileHash": [ # Required. Collection of file hashes.
+                  { # Container message for hash values.
+                    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hash that was performed.
+                    "value": "A String", # Required. The hash value.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "startTime": "A String", # Time at which execution of the build was started.
+          "triggerId": "A String", # Trigger identifier if the build was triggered automatically; empty if not.
+        },
+        "provenanceBytes": "A String", # Serialized JSON representation of the provenance, used in generating the build signature in the corresponding build note. After verifying the signature, `provenance_bytes` can be unmarshalled and compared to the provenance to confirm that it is unchanged. A base64-encoded string representation of the provenance bytes is used for the signature in order to interoperate with openssl which expects this format for signature verification. The serialized form is captured both to avoid ambiguity in how the provenance is marshalled to json as well to prevent incompatibilities with future changes.
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was created.
+      "deployment": { # Details of a deployment occurrence. # Describes the deployment of an artifact on a runtime.
+        "deployment": { # The period during which some deployable was active in a runtime. # Required. Deployment history for the resource.
+          "address": "A String", # Address of the runtime element hosting this deployment.
+          "config": "A String", # Configuration used to create this deployment.
+          "deployTime": "A String", # Required. Beginning of the lifetime of this deployment.
+          "platform": "A String", # Platform hosting this deployment.
+          "resourceUri": [ # Output only. Resource URI for the artifact being deployed taken from the deployable field with the same name.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "undeployTime": "A String", # End of the lifetime of this deployment.
+          "userEmail": "A String", # Identity of the user that triggered this deployment.
+        },
+      },
+      "derivedImage": { # Details of an image occurrence. # Describes how this resource derives from the basis in the associated note.
+        "derivedImage": { # Derived describes the derived image portion (Occurrence) of the DockerImage relationship. This image would be produced from a Dockerfile with FROM . # Required. Immutable. The child image derived from the base image.
+          "baseResourceUrl": "A String", # Output only. This contains the base image URL for the derived image occurrence.
+          "distance": 42, # Output only. The number of layers by which this image differs from the associated image basis.
+          "fingerprint": { # A set of properties that uniquely identify a given Docker image. # Required. The fingerprint of the derived image.
+            "v1Name": "A String", # Required. The layer ID of the final layer in the Docker image's v1 representation.
+            "v2Blob": [ # Required. The ordered list of v2 blobs that represent a given image.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "v2Name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the image's v2 blobs computed via: [bottom] := v2_blobbottom := sha256(v2_blob[N] + " " + v2_name[N+1]) Only the name of the final blob is kept.
+          },
+          "layerInfo": [ # This contains layer-specific metadata, if populated it has length "distance" and is ordered with [distance] being the layer immediately following the base image and [1] being the final layer.
+            { # Layer holds metadata specific to a layer of a Docker image.
+              "arguments": "A String", # The recovered arguments to the Dockerfile directive.
+              "directive": "A String", # Required. The recovered Dockerfile directive used to construct this layer.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "discovered": { # Details of a discovery occurrence. # Describes when a resource was discovered.
+        "discovered": { # Provides information about the analysis status of a discovered resource. # Required. Analysis status for the discovered resource.
+          "analysisCompleted": { # Indicates which analysis completed successfully. Multiple types of analysis can be performed on a single resource.
+            "analysisType": [
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "analysisError": [ # Indicates any errors encountered during analysis of a resource. There could be 0 or more of these errors.
+            { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+              "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+              "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+                {
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                },
+              ],
+              "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+            },
+          ],
+          "analysisStatus": "A String", # The status of discovery for the resource.
+          "analysisStatusError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # When an error is encountered this will contain a LocalizedMessage under details to show to the user. The LocalizedMessage is output only and populated by the API.
+            "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+            "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+              {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+            ],
+            "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+          },
+          "continuousAnalysis": "A String", # Whether the resource is continuously analyzed.
+          "lastAnalysisTime": "A String", # The last time continuous analysis was done for this resource. Deprecated, do not use.
+          "lastScanTime": "A String", # The last time this resource was scanned.
+          "sbomStatus": { # The status of an SBOM generation. # The status of an SBOM generation.
+            "error": "A String", # If there was an error generating an SBOM, this will indicate what that error was.
+            "sbomState": "A String", # The progress of the SBOM generation.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
+        "payload": "A String",
+        "payloadType": "A String",
+        "signatures": [
+          {
+            "keyid": "A String",
+            "sig": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "installation": { # Details of a package occurrence. # Describes the installation of a package on the linked resource.
+        "installation": { # This represents how a particular software package may be installed on a system. # Required. Where the package was installed.
+          "architecture": "A String", # Output only. The CPU architecture for which packages in this distribution channel were built. Architecture will be blank for language packages.
+          "cpeUri": "A String", # Output only. The cpe_uri in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package. The cpe_uri will be blank for language packages.
+          "license": { # License information. # Licenses that have been declared by the authors of the package.
+            "comments": "A String", # Comments
+            "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+          },
+          "location": [ # All of the places within the filesystem versions of this package have been found.
+            { # An occurrence of a particular package installation found within a system's filesystem. E.g., glibc was found in `/var/lib/dpkg/status`.
+              "cpeUri": "A String", # Deprecated. The CPE URI in [CPE format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) denoting the package manager version distributing a package.
+              "path": "A String", # The path from which we gathered that this package/version is installed.
+              "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Deprecated. The version installed at this location.
+                "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+                "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+                "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+                "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+                "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # Required. Output only. The name of the installed package.
+          "packageType": "A String", # Output only. The type of package; whether native or non native (e.g., ruby gems, node.js packages, etc.).
+          "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Output only. The version of the package.
+            "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+            "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+            "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+            "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+            "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "intoto": { # This corresponds to a signed in-toto link - it is made up of one or more signatures and the in-toto link itself. This is used for occurrences of a Grafeas in-toto note. # Describes a specific in-toto link.
+        "signatures": [
+          { # A signature object consists of the KeyID used and the signature itself.
+            "keyid": "A String",
+            "sig": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "signed": { # This corresponds to an in-toto link.
+          "byproducts": { # Defines an object for the byproducts field in in-toto links. The suggested fields are "stderr", "stdout", and "return-value". # ByProducts are data generated as part of a software supply chain step, but are not the actual result of the step.
+            "customValues": {
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+          },
+          "command": [ # This field contains the full command executed for the step. This can also be empty if links are generated for operations that aren't directly mapped to a specific command. Each term in the command is an independent string in the list. An example of a command in the in-toto metadata field is: "command": ["git", "clone", "https://github.com/in-toto/demo-project.git"]
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "environment": { # Defines an object for the environment field in in-toto links. The suggested fields are "variables", "filesystem", and "workdir". # This is a field that can be used to capture information about the environment. It is suggested for this field to contain information that details environment variables, filesystem information, and the present working directory. The recommended structure of this field is: "environment": { "custom_values": { "variables": "", "filesystem": "", "workdir": "", "": "..." } }
+            "customValues": {
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+          },
+          "materials": [ # Materials are the supply chain artifacts that go into the step and are used for the operation performed. The key of the map is the path of the artifact and the structure contains the recorded hash information. An example is: "materials": [ { "resource_uri": "foo/bar", "hashes": { "sha256": "ebebf...", : } } ]
+            {
+              "hashes": { # Defines a hash object for use in Materials and Products.
+                "sha256": "A String",
+              },
+              "resourceUri": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+          "products": [ # Products are the supply chain artifacts generated as a result of the step. The structure is identical to that of materials.
+            {
+              "hashes": { # Defines a hash object for use in Materials and Products.
+                "sha256": "A String",
+              },
+              "resourceUri": "A String",
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "kind": "A String", # Output only. This explicitly denotes which of the occurrence details are specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the occurrence in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/occurrences/[OCCURRENCE_ID]`.
+      "noteName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The analysis note associated with this occurrence, in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
+      "remediation": "A String", # A description of actions that can be taken to remedy the note.
+      "resource": { # An entity that can have metadata. For example, a Docker image. # Required. Immutable. The resource for which the occurrence applies.
+        "contentHash": { # Container message for hash values. # Deprecated, do not use. Use uri instead. The hash of the resource content. For example, the Docker digest.
+          "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hash that was performed.
+          "value": "A String", # Required. The hash value.
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # Deprecated, do not use. Use uri instead. The name of the resource. For example, the name of a Docker image - "Debian".
+        "uri": "A String", # Required. The unique URI of the resource. For example, `https://gcr.io/project/image@sha256:foo` for a Docker image.
+      },
+      "sbom": { # DocumentOccurrence represents an SPDX Document Creation Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/2-document-creation-information/ # Describes a specific software bill of materials document.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Identify when the SPDX file was originally created. The date is to be specified according to combined date and time in UTC format as specified in ISO 8601 standard
+        "creatorComment": "A String", # A field for creators of the SPDX file to provide general comments about the creation of the SPDX file or any other relevant comment not included in the other fields
+        "creators": [ # Identify who (or what, in the case of a tool) created the SPDX file. If the SPDX file was created by an individual, indicate the person's name
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "documentComment": "A String", # A field for creators of the SPDX file content to provide comments to the consumers of the SPDX document
+        "externalDocumentRefs": [ # Identify any external SPDX documents referenced within this SPDX document
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "id": "A String", # Identify the current SPDX document which may be referenced in relationships by other files, packages internally and documents externally
+        "licenseListVersion": "A String", # A field for creators of the SPDX file to provide the version of the SPDX License List used when the SPDX file was created
+        "namespace": "A String", # Provide an SPDX document specific namespace as a unique absolute Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) as specified in RFC-3986, with the exception of the ‘#’ delimiter
+        "title": "A String", # Identify name of this document as designated by creator
+      },
+      "sbomReference": { # The occurrence representing an SBOM reference as applied to a specific resource. The occurrence follows the DSSE specification. See https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.md for more details. # Describes a specific SBOM reference occurrences.
+        "payload": { # The actual payload that contains the SBOM Reference data. The payload follows the intoto statement specification. See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/v1.0/statement.md for more details. # The actual payload that contains the SBOM reference data.
+          "_type": "A String", # Identifier for the schema of the Statement.
+          "predicate": { # A predicate which describes the SBOM being referenced. # Additional parameters of the Predicate. Includes the actual data about the SBOM.
+            "digest": { # A map of algorithm to digest of the contents of the SBOM.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "location": "A String", # The location of the SBOM.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the SBOM.
+            "referrerId": "A String", # The person or system referring this predicate to the consumer.
+          },
+          "predicateType": "A String", # URI identifying the type of the Predicate.
+          "subject": [ # Set of software artifacts that the attestation applies to. Each element represents a single software artifact.
+            { # Set of software artifacts that the attestation applies to. Each element represents a single software artifact.
+              "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "name": "A String", # Identifier to distinguish this artifact from others within the subject.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "payloadType": "A String", # The kind of payload that SbomReferenceIntotoPayload takes. Since it's in the intoto format, this value is expected to be 'application/vnd.in-toto+json'.
+        "signatures": [ # The signatures over the payload.
+          {
+            "keyid": "A String",
+            "sig": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "spdxFile": { # FileOccurrence represents an SPDX File Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/4-file-information/ # Describes a specific SPDX File.
+        "attributions": [ # This field provides a place for the SPDX data creator to record, at the file level, acknowledgements that may be needed to be communicated in some contexts
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "comment": "A String", # This field provides a place for the SPDX file creator to record any general comments about the file
+        "contributors": [ # This field provides a place for the SPDX file creator to record file contributors
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "copyright": "A String", # Identify the copyright holder of the file, as well as any dates present
+        "filesLicenseInfo": [ # This field contains the license information actually found in the file, if any
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "id": "A String", # Uniquely identify any element in an SPDX document which may be referenced by other elements
+        "licenseConcluded": { # License information. # This field contains the license the SPDX file creator has concluded as governing the file or alternative values if the governing license cannot be determined
+          "comments": "A String", # Comments
+          "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+        },
+        "notice": "A String", # This field provides a place for the SPDX file creator to record license notices or other such related notices found in the file
+      },
+      "spdxPackage": { # PackageInfoOccurrence represents an SPDX Package Information section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/3-package-information/ # Describes a specific SPDX Package.
+        "comment": "A String", # A place for the SPDX file creator to record any general comments about the package being described
+        "filename": "A String", # Provide the actual file name of the package, or path of the directory being treated as a package
+        "homePage": "A String", # Output only. Provide a place for the SPDX file creator to record a web site that serves as the package's home page
+        "id": "A String", # Uniquely identify any element in an SPDX document which may be referenced by other elements
+        "licenseConcluded": { # License information. # package or alternative values, if the governing license cannot be determined
+          "comments": "A String", # Comments
+          "expression": "A String", # Often a single license can be used to represent the licensing terms. Sometimes it is necessary to include a choice of one or more licenses or some combination of license identifiers. Examples: "LGPL-2.1-only OR MIT", "LGPL-2.1-only AND MIT", "GPL-2.0-or-later WITH Bison-exception-2.2".
+        },
+        "packageType": "A String", # Output only. The type of package: OS, MAVEN, GO, GO_STDLIB, etc.
+        "sourceInfo": "A String", # Provide a place for the SPDX file creator to record any relevant background information or additional comments about the origin of the package
+        "summaryDescription": "A String", # Output only. A short description of the package
+        "title": "A String", # Output only. Identify the full name of the package as given by the Package Originator
+        "version": "A String", # Output only. Identify the version of the package
+      },
+      "spdxRelationship": { # RelationshipOccurrence represents an SPDX Relationship section: https://spdx.github.io/spdx-spec/7-relationships-between-SPDX-elements/ # Describes a specific SPDX Relationship.
+        "comment": "A String", # A place for the SPDX file creator to record any general comments about the relationship
+        "source": "A String", # Also referred to as SPDXRef-A The source SPDX element (file, package, etc)
+        "target": "A String", # Also referred to as SPDXRef-B The target SPDC element (file, package, etc) In cases where there are "known unknowns", the use of the keyword NOASSERTION can be used The keywords NONE can be used to indicate that an SPDX element (package/file/snippet) has no other elements connected by some relationship to it
+        "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of relationship between the source and target SPDX elements
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated.
+      "vulnerability": { # Details of a vulnerability Occurrence. # Describes a security vulnerability.
+        "cvssScore": 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0-10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
+        "cvssV2": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. This message is compatible with CVSS v2 and v3. For CVSS v2 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/v2/guide CVSS v2 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v2-calculator For CVSS v3 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document CVSS v3 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v3-calculator # The cvss v2 score for the vulnerability.
+          "attackComplexity": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "authentication": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v2
+          "availabilityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+          "confidentialityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+          "impactScore": 3.14,
+          "integrityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "privilegesRequired": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+          "scope": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+          "userInteraction": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+        },
+        "cvssV3": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System. This message is compatible with CVSS v2 and v3. For CVSS v2 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/v2/guide CVSS v2 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v2-calculator For CVSS v3 details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document CVSS v3 calculator: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln-metrics/cvss/v3-calculator # The cvss v3 score for the vulnerability.
+          "attackComplexity": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "authentication": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v2
+          "availabilityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+          "confidentialityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "exploitabilityScore": 3.14,
+          "impactScore": 3.14,
+          "integrityImpact": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3, CVSS v2
+          "privilegesRequired": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+          "scope": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+          "userInteraction": "A String", # Defined in CVSS v3
+        },
+        "cvssVersion": "A String", # Output only. CVSS version used to populate cvss_score and severity.
+        "effectiveSeverity": "A String", # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.
+        "extraDetails": "A String", # Occurrence-specific extra details about the vulnerability.
+        "longDescription": "A String", # Output only. A detailed description of this vulnerability.
+        "packageIssue": [ # Required. The set of affected locations and their fixes (if available) within the associated resource.
+          { # This message wraps a location affected by a vulnerability and its associated fix (if one is available).
+            "affectedLocation": { # The location of the vulnerability. # Required. The location of the vulnerability.
+              "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
+              "package": "A String", # Required. The package being described.
+              "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required. The version of the package being described.
+                "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+                "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+                "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+                "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+                "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+              },
+            },
+            "effectiveSeverity": "A String", # Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.
+            "fixedLocation": { # The location of the vulnerability. # The location of the available fix for vulnerability.
+              "cpeUri": "A String", # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
+              "package": "A String", # Required. The package being described.
+              "version": { # Version contains structured information about the version of a package. # Required. The version of the package being described.
+                "epoch": 42, # Used to correct mistakes in the version numbering scheme.
+                "inclusive": True or False, # Whether this version is specifying part of an inclusive range. Grafeas does not have the capability to specify version ranges; instead we have fields that specify start version and end versions. At times this is insufficient - we also need to specify whether the version is included in the range or is excluded from the range. This boolean is expected to be set to true when the version is included in a range.
+                "kind": "A String", # Required. Distinguishes between sentinel MIN/MAX versions and normal versions.
+                "name": "A String", # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
+                "revision": "A String", # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
+              },
+            },
+            "packageType": "A String", # The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).
+            "severityName": "A String", # Deprecated, use Details.effective_severity instead The severity (e.g., distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
+          },
+        ],
+        "relatedUrls": [ # Output only. URLs related to this vulnerability.
+          { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+            "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+            "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+          },
+        ],
+        "severity": "A String", # Output only. The note provider assigned Severity of the vulnerability.
+        "shortDescription": "A String", # Output only. A one sentence description of this vulnerability.
+        "type": "A String", # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc)
+        "vexAssessment": { # VexAssessment provides all publisher provided Vex information that is related to this vulnerability.
+          "cve": "A String", # Holds the MITRE standard Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) tracking number for the vulnerability. Deprecated: Use vulnerability_id instead to denote CVEs.
+          "impacts": [ # Contains information about the impact of this vulnerability, this will change with time.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "justification": { # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED. # Justification provides the justification when the state of the assessment if NOT_AFFECTED.
+            "details": "A String", # Additional details on why this justification was chosen.
+            "justificationType": "A String", # The justification type for this vulnerability.
+          },
+          "noteName": "A String", # The VulnerabilityAssessment note from which this VexAssessment was generated. This will be of the form: `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`.
+          "relatedUris": [ # Holds a list of references associated with this vulnerability item and assessment.
+            { # Metadata for any related URL information.
+              "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+              "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+            },
+          ],
+          "remediations": [ # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+            { # Specifies details on how to handle (and presumably, fix) a vulnerability.
+              "details": "A String", # Contains a comprehensive human-readable discussion of the remediation.
+              "remediationType": "A String", # The type of remediation that can be applied.
+              "remediationUri": { # Metadata for any related URL information. # Contains the URL where to obtain the remediation.
+                "label": "A String", # Label to describe usage of the URL.
+                "url": "A String", # Specific URL associated with the resource.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "state": "A String", # Provides the state of this Vulnerability assessment.
+          "vulnerabilityId": "A String", # The vulnerability identifier for this Assessment. Will hold one of common identifiers e.g. CVE, GHSA etc.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.locations.resources.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.locations.resources.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..131bf268e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.locations.resources.html @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ + + + +

Container Analysis API . projects . locations . resources

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ exportSBOM(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Generates an SBOM and other dependency information for the given resource.

+

+ generatePackagesSummary(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a summary of the packages within a given resource.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ exportSBOM(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Generates an SBOM and other dependency information for the given resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the resource in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/resources/[RESOURCE_URL]`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request to a call of ExportSBOM
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response from a call to ExportSBOM
+  "discoveryOccurrenceId": "A String", # The name of the discovery occurrence in the form "projects/{project_id}/occurrences/{OCCURRENCE_ID} It can be used to track the progression of the SBOM export.
+}
+
+ +
+ generatePackagesSummary(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a summary of the packages within a given resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the resource to get a packages summary for in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/resources/[RESOURCE_URL]`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # GeneratePackagesSummaryRequest is the request body for the GeneratePackagesSummary API method. It just takes a single name argument, referring to the resource.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A summary of the packages found within the given resource.
+  "licensesSummary": [ # A listing by license name of each of the licenses and their counts.
+    { # Per license count
+      "count": "A String", # The number of fixable vulnerabilities associated with this resource.
+      "license": "A String", # The license of the package. Note that the format of this value is not guaranteed. It may be nil, an empty string, a boolean value (A | B), a differently formed boolean value (A OR B), etc...
+    },
+  ],
+  "resourceUrl": "A String", # The unique URL of the image or the container for which this summary applies.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.datafeeds.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.datafeeds.html index 29f13c7614..0cf0053321 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.datafeeds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.datafeeds.html @@ -145,11 +145,11 @@

Method Details

"targets": [ # The targets this feed should apply to (country, language, destinations). { "country": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `feedLabel` instead. The country where the items in the feed will be included in the search index, represented as a CLDR territory code. - "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. + "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. "A String", ], "feedLabel": "A String", # Feed label for the DatafeedTarget. Either `country` or `feedLabel` is required. If both `feedLabel` and `country` is specified, the values must match. Must be less than or equal to 20 uppercase letters (A-Z), numbers (0-9), and dashes (-). - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "language": "A String", # The two-letter ISO 639-1 language of the items in the feed. Must be a valid language for `targets[].country`. @@ -204,11 +204,11 @@

Method Details

"targets": [ # The targets this feed should apply to (country, language, destinations). { "country": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `feedLabel` instead. The country where the items in the feed will be included in the search index, represented as a CLDR territory code. - "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. + "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. "A String", ], "feedLabel": "A String", # Feed label for the DatafeedTarget. Either `country` or `feedLabel` is required. If both `feedLabel` and `country` is specified, the values must match. Must be less than or equal to 20 uppercase letters (A-Z), numbers (0-9), and dashes (-). - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "language": "A String", # The two-letter ISO 639-1 language of the items in the feed. Must be a valid language for `targets[].country`. @@ -310,11 +310,11 @@

Method Details

"targets": [ # The targets this feed should apply to (country, language, destinations). { "country": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `feedLabel` instead. The country where the items in the feed will be included in the search index, represented as a CLDR territory code. - "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. + "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. "A String", ], "feedLabel": "A String", # Feed label for the DatafeedTarget. Either `country` or `feedLabel` is required. If both `feedLabel` and `country` is specified, the values must match. Must be less than or equal to 20 uppercase letters (A-Z), numbers (0-9), and dashes (-). - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "language": "A String", # The two-letter ISO 639-1 language of the items in the feed. Must be a valid language for `targets[].country`. @@ -361,11 +361,11 @@

Method Details

"targets": [ # The targets this feed should apply to (country, language, destinations). { "country": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `feedLabel` instead. The country where the items in the feed will be included in the search index, represented as a CLDR territory code. - "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. + "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. "A String", ], "feedLabel": "A String", # Feed label for the DatafeedTarget. Either `country` or `feedLabel` is required. If both `feedLabel` and `country` is specified, the values must match. Must be less than or equal to 20 uppercase letters (A-Z), numbers (0-9), and dashes (-). - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "language": "A String", # The two-letter ISO 639-1 language of the items in the feed. Must be a valid language for `targets[].country`. @@ -410,11 +410,11 @@

Method Details

"targets": [ # The targets this feed should apply to (country, language, destinations). { "country": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `feedLabel` instead. The country where the items in the feed will be included in the search index, represented as a CLDR territory code. - "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. + "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. "A String", ], "feedLabel": "A String", # Feed label for the DatafeedTarget. Either `country` or `feedLabel` is required. If both `feedLabel` and `country` is specified, the values must match. Must be less than or equal to 20 uppercase letters (A-Z), numbers (0-9), and dashes (-). - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "language": "A String", # The two-letter ISO 639-1 language of the items in the feed. Must be a valid language for `targets[].country`. @@ -472,11 +472,11 @@

Method Details

"targets": [ # The targets this feed should apply to (country, language, destinations). { "country": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `feedLabel` instead. The country where the items in the feed will be included in the search index, represented as a CLDR territory code. - "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. + "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. "A String", ], "feedLabel": "A String", # Feed label for the DatafeedTarget. Either `country` or `feedLabel` is required. If both `feedLabel` and `country` is specified, the values must match. Must be less than or equal to 20 uppercase letters (A-Z), numbers (0-9), and dashes (-). - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "language": "A String", # The two-letter ISO 639-1 language of the items in the feed. Must be a valid language for `targets[].country`. @@ -540,11 +540,11 @@

Method Details

"targets": [ # The targets this feed should apply to (country, language, destinations). { "country": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `feedLabel` instead. The country where the items in the feed will be included in the search index, represented as a CLDR territory code. - "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. + "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. "A String", ], "feedLabel": "A String", # Feed label for the DatafeedTarget. Either `country` or `feedLabel` is required. If both `feedLabel` and `country` is specified, the values must match. Must be less than or equal to 20 uppercase letters (A-Z), numbers (0-9), and dashes (-). - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "language": "A String", # The two-letter ISO 639-1 language of the items in the feed. Must be a valid language for `targets[].country`. @@ -589,11 +589,11 @@

Method Details

"targets": [ # The targets this feed should apply to (country, language, destinations). { "country": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `feedLabel` instead. The country where the items in the feed will be included in the search index, represented as a CLDR territory code. - "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. + "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. "A String", ], "feedLabel": "A String", # Feed label for the DatafeedTarget. Either `country` or `feedLabel` is required. If both `feedLabel` and `country` is specified, the values must match. Must be less than or equal to 20 uppercase letters (A-Z), numbers (0-9), and dashes (-). - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "language": "A String", # The two-letter ISO 639-1 language of the items in the feed. Must be a valid language for `targets[].country`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html index d8d3db786d..949704eac0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html +++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@

Method Details

"displayAdsTitle": "A String", # Title of an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsValue": 3.14, # Offer margin for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "energyEfficiencyClass": "A String", # The energy efficiency class as defined in EU directive 2010/30/EU. - "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. + "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. "A String", ], "expirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item should expire, as specified upon insertion, in ISO 8601 format. The actual expiration date in Google Shopping is exposed in `productstatuses` as `googleExpirationDate` and might be earlier if `expirationDate` is too far in the future. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # The REST ID of the product. Content API methods that operate on products take this as their `productId` parameter. The REST ID for a product has one of the 2 forms channel:contentLanguage: targetCountry: offerId or channel:contentLanguage:feedLabel: offerId. "identifierExists": True or False, # False when the item does not have unique product identifiers appropriate to its category, such as GTIN, MPN, and brand. Required according to the Unique Product Identifier Rules for all target countries except for Canada. "imageLink": "A String", # URL of an image of the item. - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "installment": { # Number and amount of installments to pay for an item. @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@

Method Details

"displayAdsTitle": "A String", # Title of an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsValue": 3.14, # Offer margin for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "energyEfficiencyClass": "A String", # The energy efficiency class as defined in EU directive 2010/30/EU. - "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. + "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. "A String", ], "expirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item should expire, as specified upon insertion, in ISO 8601 format. The actual expiration date in Google Shopping is exposed in `productstatuses` as `googleExpirationDate` and might be earlier if `expirationDate` is too far in the future. @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # The REST ID of the product. Content API methods that operate on products take this as their `productId` parameter. The REST ID for a product has one of the 2 forms channel:contentLanguage: targetCountry: offerId or channel:contentLanguage:feedLabel: offerId. "identifierExists": True or False, # False when the item does not have unique product identifiers appropriate to its category, such as GTIN, MPN, and brand. Required according to the Unique Product Identifier Rules for all target countries except for Canada. "imageLink": "A String", # URL of an image of the item. - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "installment": { # Number and amount of installments to pay for an item. @@ -738,7 +738,7 @@

Method Details

"displayAdsTitle": "A String", # Title of an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsValue": 3.14, # Offer margin for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "energyEfficiencyClass": "A String", # The energy efficiency class as defined in EU directive 2010/30/EU. - "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. + "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. "A String", ], "expirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item should expire, as specified upon insertion, in ISO 8601 format. The actual expiration date in Google Shopping is exposed in `productstatuses` as `googleExpirationDate` and might be earlier if `expirationDate` is too far in the future. @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # The REST ID of the product. Content API methods that operate on products take this as their `productId` parameter. The REST ID for a product has one of the 2 forms channel:contentLanguage: targetCountry: offerId or channel:contentLanguage:feedLabel: offerId. "identifierExists": True or False, # False when the item does not have unique product identifiers appropriate to its category, such as GTIN, MPN, and brand. Required according to the Unique Product Identifier Rules for all target countries except for Canada. "imageLink": "A String", # URL of an image of the item. - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "installment": { # Number and amount of installments to pay for an item. @@ -989,7 +989,7 @@

Method Details

"displayAdsTitle": "A String", # Title of an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsValue": 3.14, # Offer margin for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "energyEfficiencyClass": "A String", # The energy efficiency class as defined in EU directive 2010/30/EU. - "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. + "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. "A String", ], "expirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item should expire, as specified upon insertion, in ISO 8601 format. The actual expiration date in Google Shopping is exposed in `productstatuses` as `googleExpirationDate` and might be earlier if `expirationDate` is too far in the future. @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # The REST ID of the product. Content API methods that operate on products take this as their `productId` parameter. The REST ID for a product has one of the 2 forms channel:contentLanguage: targetCountry: offerId or channel:contentLanguage:feedLabel: offerId. "identifierExists": True or False, # False when the item does not have unique product identifiers appropriate to its category, such as GTIN, MPN, and brand. Required according to the Unique Product Identifier Rules for all target countries except for Canada. "imageLink": "A String", # URL of an image of the item. - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "installment": { # Number and amount of installments to pay for an item. @@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@

Method Details

"displayAdsTitle": "A String", # Title of an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsValue": 3.14, # Offer margin for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "energyEfficiencyClass": "A String", # The energy efficiency class as defined in EU directive 2010/30/EU. - "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. + "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. "A String", ], "expirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item should expire, as specified upon insertion, in ISO 8601 format. The actual expiration date in Google Shopping is exposed in `productstatuses` as `googleExpirationDate` and might be earlier if `expirationDate` is too far in the future. @@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # The REST ID of the product. Content API methods that operate on products take this as their `productId` parameter. The REST ID for a product has one of the 2 forms channel:contentLanguage: targetCountry: offerId or channel:contentLanguage:feedLabel: offerId. "identifierExists": True or False, # False when the item does not have unique product identifiers appropriate to its category, such as GTIN, MPN, and brand. Required according to the Unique Product Identifier Rules for all target countries except for Canada. "imageLink": "A String", # URL of an image of the item. - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "installment": { # Number and amount of installments to pay for an item. @@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@

Method Details

"displayAdsTitle": "A String", # Title of an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsValue": 3.14, # Offer margin for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "energyEfficiencyClass": "A String", # The energy efficiency class as defined in EU directive 2010/30/EU. - "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. + "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. "A String", ], "expirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item should expire, as specified upon insertion, in ISO 8601 format. The actual expiration date in Google Shopping is exposed in `productstatuses` as `googleExpirationDate` and might be earlier if `expirationDate` is too far in the future. @@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # The REST ID of the product. Content API methods that operate on products take this as their `productId` parameter. The REST ID for a product has one of the 2 forms channel:contentLanguage: targetCountry: offerId or channel:contentLanguage:feedLabel: offerId. "identifierExists": True or False, # False when the item does not have unique product identifiers appropriate to its category, such as GTIN, MPN, and brand. Required according to the Unique Product Identifier Rules for all target countries except for Canada. "imageLink": "A String", # URL of an image of the item. - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "installment": { # Number and amount of installments to pay for an item. @@ -1769,7 +1769,7 @@

Method Details

"displayAdsTitle": "A String", # Title of an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsValue": 3.14, # Offer margin for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "energyEfficiencyClass": "A String", # The energy efficiency class as defined in EU directive 2010/30/EU. - "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. + "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. "A String", ], "expirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item should expire, as specified upon insertion, in ISO 8601 format. The actual expiration date in Google Shopping is exposed in `productstatuses` as `googleExpirationDate` and might be earlier if `expirationDate` is too far in the future. @@ -1781,7 +1781,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # The REST ID of the product. Content API methods that operate on products take this as their `productId` parameter. The REST ID for a product has one of the 2 forms channel:contentLanguage: targetCountry: offerId or channel:contentLanguage:feedLabel: offerId. "identifierExists": True or False, # False when the item does not have unique product identifiers appropriate to its category, such as GTIN, MPN, and brand. Required according to the Unique Product Identifier Rules for all target countries except for Canada. "imageLink": "A String", # URL of an image of the item. - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "installment": { # Number and amount of installments to pay for an item. @@ -2019,7 +2019,7 @@

Method Details

"displayAdsTitle": "A String", # Title of an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsValue": 3.14, # Offer margin for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "energyEfficiencyClass": "A String", # The energy efficiency class as defined in EU directive 2010/30/EU. - "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. + "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted. "A String", ], "expirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item should expire, as specified upon insertion, in ISO 8601 format. The actual expiration date in Google Shopping is exposed in `productstatuses` as `googleExpirationDate` and might be earlier if `expirationDate` is too far in the future. @@ -2031,7 +2031,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # The REST ID of the product. Content API methods that operate on products take this as their `productId` parameter. The REST ID for a product has one of the 2 forms channel:contentLanguage: targetCountry: offerId or channel:contentLanguage:feedLabel: offerId. "identifierExists": True or False, # False when the item does not have unique product identifiers appropriate to its category, such as GTIN, MPN, and brand. Required according to the Unique Product Identifier Rules for all target countries except for Canada. "imageLink": "A String", # URL of an image of the item. - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "installment": { # Number and amount of installments to pay for an item. diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.reports.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.reports.html index d6496068b5..cf8dac1208 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.reports.html +++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.reports.html @@ -217,6 +217,8 @@

Method Details

"categoryL4": "A String", # Fourth level of the product category in [Google's product taxonomy](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324436). "categoryL5": "A String", # Fifth level of the product category in [Google's product taxonomy](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324436). "channel": "A String", # Channel of the product (online versus local). + "clickPotential": "A String", # Estimated performance potential compared to highest performing products of the merchant. + "clickPotentialRank": "A String", # Rank of the product based on its click potential. A product with `click_potential_rank` 1 has the highest click potential among the merchant's products that fulfill the search query conditions. "condition": "A String", # Condition of the product. "creationTime": "A String", # The time the merchant created the product in timestamp seconds. "currencyCode": "A String", # Product price currency code (for example, ISO 4217). Absent if product price is not available. @@ -297,6 +299,21 @@

Method Details

"year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. }, }, + "topicTrends": { # Topic trends fields requested by the merchant in the query. Field values are only set if the merchant queries `TopicTrendsView`. # Topic trends fields requested by the merchant in the query. Field values are only set if the merchant queries `TopicTrendsView`. https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13542370. + "customerCountryCode": "A String", # Country trends are calculated for. Must be a two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 code), for example, `“US”`. + "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date the trend score was retrieved. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "last120DaysSearchInterest": 3.14, # Search interest in the last 120 days, with the same normalization as search_interest. This field is only present for a past date. + "last30DaysSearchInterest": 3.14, # Search interest in the last 30 days, with the same normalization as search_interest. This field is only present for a past date. + "last7DaysSearchInterest": 3.14, # Search interest in the last 7 days, with the same normalization as search_interest. This field is only present for a past date. + "last90DaysSearchInterest": 3.14, # Search interest in the last 90 days, with the same normalization as search_interest. This field is only present for a past date. + "next7DaysSearchInterest": 3.14, # Estimated search interest in the next 7 days, with the same normalization as search_interest. This field is only present for a future date. + "searchInterest": 3.14, # Daily search interest, normalized to the time and country to make comparisons easier, with 100 representing peak popularity (from 0 to 100) for the requested time period and location. + "topic": "A String", # Google-provided topic trends are calculated for. Only top eight topics are returned. Topic is what shoppers are searching for on Google, grouped by the same concept. + }, }, ], }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.releaseConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.releaseConfigs.html index af6807180f..348f95e6d1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.releaseConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.releaseConfigs.html @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

"cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. Optional schedule (in cron format) for automatic creation of compilation results. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables automatic creation of compilation results. "gitCommitish": "A String", # Required. Git commit/tag/branch name at which the repository should be compiled. Must exist in the remote repository. Examples: - a commit SHA: `12ade345` - a tag: `tag1` - a branch name: `branch1` - "name": "A String", # Output only. The release config's name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The release config's name. "recentScheduledReleaseRecords": [ # Output only. Records of the 10 most recent scheduled release attempts, ordered in in descending order of `release_time`. Updated whenever automatic creation of a compilation result is triggered by cron_schedule. { # A record of an attempt to create a compilation result for this release config. "compilationResult": "A String", # The name of the created compilation result, if one was successfully created. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*/repositories/*/compilationResults/*`. @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@

Method Details

"cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. Optional schedule (in cron format) for automatic creation of compilation results. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables automatic creation of compilation results. "gitCommitish": "A String", # Required. Git commit/tag/branch name at which the repository should be compiled. Must exist in the remote repository. Examples: - a commit SHA: `12ade345` - a tag: `tag1` - a branch name: `branch1` - "name": "A String", # Output only. The release config's name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The release config's name. "recentScheduledReleaseRecords": [ # Output only. Records of the 10 most recent scheduled release attempts, ordered in in descending order of `release_time`. Updated whenever automatic creation of a compilation result is triggered by cron_schedule. { # A record of an attempt to create a compilation result for this release config. "compilationResult": "A String", # The name of the created compilation result, if one was successfully created. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*/repositories/*/compilationResults/*`. @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@

Method Details

"cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. Optional schedule (in cron format) for automatic creation of compilation results. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables automatic creation of compilation results. "gitCommitish": "A String", # Required. Git commit/tag/branch name at which the repository should be compiled. Must exist in the remote repository. Examples: - a commit SHA: `12ade345` - a tag: `tag1` - a branch name: `branch1` - "name": "A String", # Output only. The release config's name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The release config's name. "recentScheduledReleaseRecords": [ # Output only. Records of the 10 most recent scheduled release attempts, ordered in in descending order of `release_time`. Updated whenever automatic creation of a compilation result is triggered by cron_schedule. { # A record of an attempt to create a compilation result for this release config. "compilationResult": "A String", # The name of the created compilation result, if one was successfully created. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*/repositories/*/compilationResults/*`. @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@

Method Details

"cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. Optional schedule (in cron format) for automatic creation of compilation results. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables automatic creation of compilation results. "gitCommitish": "A String", # Required. Git commit/tag/branch name at which the repository should be compiled. Must exist in the remote repository. Examples: - a commit SHA: `12ade345` - a tag: `tag1` - a branch name: `branch1` - "name": "A String", # Output only. The release config's name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The release config's name. "recentScheduledReleaseRecords": [ # Output only. Records of the 10 most recent scheduled release attempts, ordered in in descending order of `release_time`. Updated whenever automatic creation of a compilation result is triggered by cron_schedule. { # A record of an attempt to create a compilation result for this release config. "compilationResult": "A String", # The name of the created compilation result, if one was successfully created. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*/repositories/*/compilationResults/*`. @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a single ReleaseConfig.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The release config's name. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The release config's name. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ 

Method Details

"cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. Optional schedule (in cron format) for automatic creation of compilation results. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables automatic creation of compilation results. "gitCommitish": "A String", # Required. Git commit/tag/branch name at which the repository should be compiled. Must exist in the remote repository. Examples: - a commit SHA: `12ade345` - a tag: `tag1` - a branch name: `branch1` - "name": "A String", # Output only. The release config's name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The release config's name. "recentScheduledReleaseRecords": [ # Output only. Records of the 10 most recent scheduled release attempts, ordered in in descending order of `release_time`. Updated whenever automatic creation of a compilation result is triggered by cron_schedule. { # A record of an attempt to create a compilation result for this release config. "compilationResult": "A String", # The name of the created compilation result, if one was successfully created. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*/repositories/*/compilationResults/*`. @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@

Method Details

"cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. Optional schedule (in cron format) for automatic creation of compilation results. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables automatic creation of compilation results. "gitCommitish": "A String", # Required. Git commit/tag/branch name at which the repository should be compiled. Must exist in the remote repository. Examples: - a commit SHA: `12ade345` - a tag: `tag1` - a branch name: `branch1` - "name": "A String", # Output only. The release config's name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The release config's name. "recentScheduledReleaseRecords": [ # Output only. Records of the 10 most recent scheduled release attempts, ordered in in descending order of `release_time`. Updated whenever automatic creation of a compilation result is triggered by cron_schedule. { # A record of an attempt to create a compilation result for this release config. "compilationResult": "A String", # The name of the created compilation result, if one was successfully created. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*/repositories/*/compilationResults/*`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html index 906395b3a9..2d6d6e53b1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html @@ -298,6 +298,20 @@

Method Details

"bigqueryExport": { # The configuration of BigQuery export post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be exported to the provided BigQuery table. "resultsTable": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery table to export DataQualityScan results to. Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID }, + "notificationReport": { # The configuration of notification report post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be sent to the provided notification receipts upon triggers. + "jobEndTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered whenever a scan job run ends, regardless of the result. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when a scan job ends. + }, + "jobFailureTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered when the scan job itself fails, regardless of the result. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when a scan job fails. + }, + "recipients": { # The individuals or groups who are designated to receive notifications upon triggers. # Required. The recipients who will receive the notification report. + "emails": [ # Optional. The email recipients who will receive the DataQualityScan results report. + "A String", + ], + }, + "scoreThresholdTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered when the DQ score in the job result is less than a specified input score. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when score threshold is met. + "scoreThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The score range is in 0,100. + }, + }, }, "rowFilter": "A String", # Optional. A filter applied to all rows in a single DataScan job. The filter needs to be a valid SQL expression for a WHERE clause in BigQuery standard SQL syntax. Example: col1 >= 0 AND col2 < 10 "rules": [ # Required. The list of rules to evaluate against a data source. At least one rule is required. @@ -625,6 +639,20 @@

Method Details

"bigqueryExport": { # The configuration of BigQuery export post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be exported to the provided BigQuery table. "resultsTable": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery table to export DataQualityScan results to. Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID }, + "notificationReport": { # The configuration of notification report post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be sent to the provided notification receipts upon triggers. + "jobEndTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered whenever a scan job run ends, regardless of the result. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when a scan job ends. + }, + "jobFailureTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered when the scan job itself fails, regardless of the result. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when a scan job fails. + }, + "recipients": { # The individuals or groups who are designated to receive notifications upon triggers. # Required. The recipients who will receive the notification report. + "emails": [ # Optional. The email recipients who will receive the DataQualityScan results report. + "A String", + ], + }, + "scoreThresholdTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered when the DQ score in the job result is less than a specified input score. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when score threshold is met. + "scoreThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The score range is in 0,100. + }, + }, }, "rowFilter": "A String", # Optional. A filter applied to all rows in a single DataScan job. The filter needs to be a valid SQL expression for a WHERE clause in BigQuery standard SQL syntax. Example: col1 >= 0 AND col2 < 10 "rules": [ # Required. The list of rules to evaluate against a data source. At least one rule is required. @@ -936,6 +964,20 @@

Method Details

"bigqueryExport": { # The configuration of BigQuery export post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be exported to the provided BigQuery table. "resultsTable": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery table to export DataQualityScan results to. Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID }, + "notificationReport": { # The configuration of notification report post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be sent to the provided notification receipts upon triggers. + "jobEndTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered whenever a scan job run ends, regardless of the result. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when a scan job ends. + }, + "jobFailureTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered when the scan job itself fails, regardless of the result. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when a scan job fails. + }, + "recipients": { # The individuals or groups who are designated to receive notifications upon triggers. # Required. The recipients who will receive the notification report. + "emails": [ # Optional. The email recipients who will receive the DataQualityScan results report. + "A String", + ], + }, + "scoreThresholdTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered when the DQ score in the job result is less than a specified input score. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when score threshold is met. + "scoreThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The score range is in 0,100. + }, + }, }, "rowFilter": "A String", # Optional. A filter applied to all rows in a single DataScan job. The filter needs to be a valid SQL expression for a WHERE clause in BigQuery standard SQL syntax. Example: col1 >= 0 AND col2 < 10 "rules": [ # Required. The list of rules to evaluate against a data source. At least one rule is required. @@ -1208,6 +1250,20 @@

Method Details

"bigqueryExport": { # The configuration of BigQuery export post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be exported to the provided BigQuery table. "resultsTable": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery table to export DataQualityScan results to. Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID }, + "notificationReport": { # The configuration of notification report post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be sent to the provided notification receipts upon triggers. + "jobEndTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered whenever a scan job run ends, regardless of the result. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when a scan job ends. + }, + "jobFailureTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered when the scan job itself fails, regardless of the result. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when a scan job fails. + }, + "recipients": { # The individuals or groups who are designated to receive notifications upon triggers. # Required. The recipients who will receive the notification report. + "emails": [ # Optional. The email recipients who will receive the DataQualityScan results report. + "A String", + ], + }, + "scoreThresholdTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered when the DQ score in the job result is less than a specified input score. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when score threshold is met. + "scoreThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The score range is in 0,100. + }, + }, }, "rowFilter": "A String", # Optional. A filter applied to all rows in a single DataScan job. The filter needs to be a valid SQL expression for a WHERE clause in BigQuery standard SQL syntax. Example: col1 >= 0 AND col2 < 10 "rules": [ # Required. The list of rules to evaluate against a data source. At least one rule is required. @@ -1497,6 +1553,20 @@

Method Details

"bigqueryExport": { # The configuration of BigQuery export post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be exported to the provided BigQuery table. "resultsTable": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery table to export DataQualityScan results to. Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID }, + "notificationReport": { # The configuration of notification report post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be sent to the provided notification receipts upon triggers. + "jobEndTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered whenever a scan job run ends, regardless of the result. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when a scan job ends. + }, + "jobFailureTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered when the scan job itself fails, regardless of the result. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when a scan job fails. + }, + "recipients": { # The individuals or groups who are designated to receive notifications upon triggers. # Required. The recipients who will receive the notification report. + "emails": [ # Optional. The email recipients who will receive the DataQualityScan results report. + "A String", + ], + }, + "scoreThresholdTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered when the DQ score in the job result is less than a specified input score. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when score threshold is met. + "scoreThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The score range is in 0,100. + }, + }, }, "rowFilter": "A String", # Optional. A filter applied to all rows in a single DataScan job. The filter needs to be a valid SQL expression for a WHERE clause in BigQuery standard SQL syntax. Example: col1 >= 0 AND col2 < 10 "rules": [ # Required. The list of rules to evaluate against a data source. At least one rule is required. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html index 9ecdbc2fc7..e709ef8380 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html @@ -277,6 +277,20 @@

Method Details

"bigqueryExport": { # The configuration of BigQuery export post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be exported to the provided BigQuery table. "resultsTable": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery table to export DataQualityScan results to. Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID }, + "notificationReport": { # The configuration of notification report post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be sent to the provided notification receipts upon triggers. + "jobEndTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered whenever a scan job run ends, regardless of the result. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when a scan job ends. + }, + "jobFailureTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered when the scan job itself fails, regardless of the result. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when a scan job fails. + }, + "recipients": { # The individuals or groups who are designated to receive notifications upon triggers. # Required. The recipients who will receive the notification report. + "emails": [ # Optional. The email recipients who will receive the DataQualityScan results report. + "A String", + ], + }, + "scoreThresholdTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered when the DQ score in the job result is less than a specified input score. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when score threshold is met. + "scoreThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The score range is in 0,100. + }, + }, }, "rowFilter": "A String", # Optional. A filter applied to all rows in a single DataScan job. The filter needs to be a valid SQL expression for a WHERE clause in BigQuery standard SQL syntax. Example: col1 >= 0 AND col2 < 10 "rules": [ # Required. The list of rules to evaluate against a data source. At least one rule is required. @@ -517,6 +531,20 @@

Method Details

"bigqueryExport": { # The configuration of BigQuery export post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be exported to the provided BigQuery table. "resultsTable": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery table to export DataQualityScan results to. Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID }, + "notificationReport": { # The configuration of notification report post scan action. # Optional. If set, results will be sent to the provided notification receipts upon triggers. + "jobEndTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered whenever a scan job run ends, regardless of the result. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when a scan job ends. + }, + "jobFailureTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered when the scan job itself fails, regardless of the result. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when a scan job fails. + }, + "recipients": { # The individuals or groups who are designated to receive notifications upon triggers. # Required. The recipients who will receive the notification report. + "emails": [ # Optional. The email recipients who will receive the DataQualityScan results report. + "A String", + ], + }, + "scoreThresholdTrigger": { # This trigger is triggered when the DQ score in the job result is less than a specified input score. # Optional. If set, report will be sent when score threshold is met. + "scoreThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The score range is in 0,100. + }, + }, }, "rowFilter": "A String", # Optional. A filter applied to all rows in a single DataScan job. The filter needs to be a valid SQL expression for a WHERE clause in BigQuery standard SQL syntax. Example: col1 >= 0 AND col2 < 10 "rules": [ # Required. The list of rules to evaluate against a data source. At least one rule is required. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataportability_v1.archiveJobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataportability_v1.archiveJobs.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..00ecd1ba8d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/dataportability_v1.archiveJobs.html @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ + + + +

Data Portability API . archiveJobs

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getPortabilityArchiveState(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the state of an Archive job for the Portability API.

+

+ retry(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retries a failed Portability Archive job.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getPortabilityArchiveState(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the state of an Archive job for the Portability API.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The archive job ID that is returned when you request the state of the job. The format is: archiveJobs/{archive_job}/portabilityArchiveState. archive_job is the job ID returned by the InitiatePortabilityArchiveResponse. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Resource that contains the state of an Archive job.
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name of ArchiveJob's PortabilityArchiveState singleton. The format is: archiveJobs/{archive_job}/portabilityArchiveState. archive_job is the job ID provided in the request.
+  "state": "A String", # Resource that represents the state of the Archive job.
+  "urls": [ # If the state is complete, this method returns the signed URLs of the objects in the Cloud Storage bucket.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ retry(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retries a failed Portability Archive job.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The Archive job ID you're retrying. This is returned by the InitiatePortabilityArchiveResponse. Retrying is only executed if the initial job failed. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to retry a failed Portability Archive job.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response from retrying a Portability Archive.
+  "archiveJobId": "A String", # The archive job ID that is initiated by the retry endpoint. This can be used to get the state of the new job.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataportability_v1.authorization.html b/docs/dyn/dataportability_v1.authorization.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f909b774fd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/dataportability_v1.authorization.html @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ + + + +

Data Portability API . authorization

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ reset(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Revokes OAuth tokens and resets exhausted scopes for a user/project pair. This method allows you to initiate a request after a new consent is granted. This method also indicates that previous archives can be garbage collected. You should call this method when all jobs are complete and all archives are downloaded. Do not call it only when you start a new job.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ reset(body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Revokes OAuth tokens and resets exhausted scopes for a user/project pair. This method allows you to initiate a request after a new consent is granted. This method also indicates that previous archives can be garbage collected. You should call this method when all jobs are complete and all archives are downloaded. Do not call it only when you start a new job.
+
+Args:
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to reset exhausted OAuth scopes.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataportability_v1.html b/docs/dyn/dataportability_v1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..961f91bcbf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/dataportability_v1.html @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ + + + +

Data Portability API

+

Instance Methods

+

+ archiveJobs() +

+

Returns the archiveJobs Resource.

+ +

+ authorization() +

+

Returns the authorization Resource.

+ +

+ portabilityArchive() +

+

Returns the portabilityArchive Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ new_batch_http_request()

+

Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ new_batch_http_request() +
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+                Args:
+                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+                    occurred.
+
+                Returns:
+                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+                
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataportability_v1.portabilityArchive.html b/docs/dyn/dataportability_v1.portabilityArchive.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7c8ad1a0d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/dataportability_v1.portabilityArchive.html @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ + + + +

Data Portability API . portabilityArchive

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ initiate(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Initiates a new Archive job for the Portability API.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ initiate(body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Initiates a new Archive job for the Portability API.
+
+Args:
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to kick off an Archive job.
+  "resources": [ # The resources from which you're exporting data. These values have a 1:1 correspondence with the OAuth scopes.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response from initiating an Archive job.
+  "archiveJobId": "A String", # The archive job ID that is initiated in the API. This can be used to get the state of the job.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html index 42cd727ed0..1150b87c50 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html @@ -272,6 +272,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "allowAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Indicates whether the Thumbs up/Thumbs down rating controls are need to be shown for the response in the Dialogflow Messenger widget. "currentPage": { # A Dialogflow CX conversation (session) can be described and visualized as a state machine. The states of a CX session are represented by pages. For each flow, you define many pages, where your combined pages can handle a complete conversation on the topics the flow is designed for. At any given moment, exactly one page is the current page, the current page is considered active, and the flow associated with that page is considered active. Every flow has a special start page. When a flow initially becomes active, the start page page becomes the current page. For each conversational turn, the current page will either stay the same or transition to another page. You configure each page to collect information from the end-user that is relevant for the conversational state represented by the page. For more information, see the [Page guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/page). # The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`. @@ -288,6 +296,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -305,6 +321,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -449,6 +473,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -591,6 +623,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -610,6 +650,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -754,6 +802,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -911,6 +967,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1062,6 +1126,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1563,6 +1635,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "allowAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Indicates whether the Thumbs up/Thumbs down rating controls are need to be shown for the response in the Dialogflow Messenger widget. "currentPage": { # A Dialogflow CX conversation (session) can be described and visualized as a state machine. The states of a CX session are represented by pages. For each flow, you define many pages, where your combined pages can handle a complete conversation on the topics the flow is designed for. At any given moment, exactly one page is the current page, the current page is considered active, and the flow associated with that page is considered active. Every flow has a special start page. When a flow initially becomes active, the start page page becomes the current page. For each conversational turn, the current page will either stay the same or transition to another page. You configure each page to collect information from the end-user that is relevant for the conversational state represented by the page. For more information, see the [Page guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/page). # The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`. @@ -1579,6 +1659,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -1596,6 +1684,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1740,6 +1836,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1882,6 +1986,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -1901,6 +2013,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2045,6 +2165,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2202,6 +2330,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2353,6 +2489,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2779,6 +2923,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -2796,6 +2948,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2940,6 +3100,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3082,6 +3250,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -3101,6 +3277,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3245,6 +3429,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3402,6 +3594,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3553,6 +3753,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3900,6 +4108,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "allowAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Indicates whether the Thumbs up/Thumbs down rating controls are need to be shown for the response in the Dialogflow Messenger widget. "currentPage": { # A Dialogflow CX conversation (session) can be described and visualized as a state machine. The states of a CX session are represented by pages. For each flow, you define many pages, where your combined pages can handle a complete conversation on the topics the flow is designed for. At any given moment, exactly one page is the current page, the current page is considered active, and the flow associated with that page is considered active. Every flow has a special start page. When a flow initially becomes active, the start page page becomes the current page. For each conversational turn, the current page will either stay the same or transition to another page. You configure each page to collect information from the end-user that is relevant for the conversational state represented by the page. For more information, see the [Page guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/page). # The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`. @@ -3916,6 +4132,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -3933,6 +4157,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4077,6 +4309,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4219,6 +4459,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -4238,6 +4486,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4382,6 +4638,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4539,6 +4803,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4690,6 +4962,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html index 8ac1f47fb5..04308ec9e4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html @@ -154,6 +154,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the flow. @@ -177,6 +185,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -327,6 +343,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -483,6 +507,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -634,6 +666,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the flow. @@ -657,6 +697,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -807,6 +855,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -963,6 +1019,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1183,6 +1247,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the flow. @@ -1206,6 +1278,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1356,6 +1436,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1512,6 +1600,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1758,6 +1854,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the flow. @@ -1781,6 +1885,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1931,6 +2043,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2087,6 +2207,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2256,6 +2384,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the flow. @@ -2279,6 +2415,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2429,6 +2573,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2585,6 +2737,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2737,6 +2897,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the flow. @@ -2760,6 +2928,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2910,6 +3086,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3066,6 +3250,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html index 54e4becb6e..593454921b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html @@ -124,6 +124,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -141,6 +149,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -285,6 +301,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -427,6 +451,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -446,6 +478,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -590,6 +630,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -747,6 +795,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -898,6 +954,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1049,6 +1113,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -1066,6 +1138,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1210,6 +1290,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1352,6 +1440,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -1371,6 +1467,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1515,6 +1619,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1672,6 +1784,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1823,6 +1943,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2000,6 +2128,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -2017,6 +2153,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2161,6 +2305,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2303,6 +2455,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -2322,6 +2482,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2466,6 +2634,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2623,6 +2799,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2774,6 +2958,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2937,6 +3129,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -2954,6 +3154,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3098,6 +3306,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3240,6 +3456,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -3259,6 +3483,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3403,6 +3635,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3560,6 +3800,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3711,6 +3959,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3879,6 +4135,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -3896,6 +4160,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4040,6 +4312,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4182,6 +4462,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -4201,6 +4489,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4345,6 +4641,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4502,6 +4806,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4653,6 +4965,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4805,6 +5125,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -4822,6 +5150,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4966,6 +5302,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5108,6 +5452,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -5127,6 +5479,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5271,6 +5631,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5428,6 +5796,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5579,6 +5955,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html index 9ce273c049..b034db9b0a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html @@ -135,6 +135,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -297,6 +305,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -485,6 +501,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -659,6 +683,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -838,6 +870,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1001,6 +1041,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html index a9f619e5f9..a61ac3fab8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html @@ -192,6 +192,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "answerFeedbackSettings": { # Settings for answer feedback collection. # Optional. Answer feedback collection settings. "enableAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, end users will be able to provide answer feedback to Dialogflow responses. Feature works only if interaction logging is enabled in the Dialogflow agent. @@ -218,6 +226,11 @@

Method Details

}, "locked": True or False, # Indicates whether the agent is locked for changes. If the agent is locked, modifications to the agent will be rejected except for RestoreAgent. "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. + "personalizationSettings": { # Settings for end user personalization. # Optional. Settings for end user personalization. + "defaultEndUserMetadata": { # Optional. Default end user metadata, used when processing DetectIntent requests. Recommended to be filled as a template instead of hard-coded value, for example { "age": "$session.params.age" }. The data will be merged with the QueryParameters.end_user_metadata in DetectIntentRequest.query_params during query processing. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. @@ -267,6 +280,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "answerFeedbackSettings": { # Settings for answer feedback collection. # Optional. Answer feedback collection settings. "enableAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, end users will be able to provide answer feedback to Dialogflow responses. Feature works only if interaction logging is enabled in the Dialogflow agent. @@ -293,6 +314,11 @@

Method Details

}, "locked": True or False, # Indicates whether the agent is locked for changes. If the agent is locked, modifications to the agent will be rejected except for RestoreAgent. "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. + "personalizationSettings": { # Settings for end user personalization. # Optional. Settings for end user personalization. + "defaultEndUserMetadata": { # Optional. Default end user metadata, used when processing DetectIntent requests. Recommended to be filled as a template instead of hard-coded value, for example { "age": "$session.params.age" }. The data will be merged with the QueryParameters.end_user_metadata in DetectIntentRequest.query_params during query processing. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. @@ -416,6 +442,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "answerFeedbackSettings": { # Settings for answer feedback collection. # Optional. Answer feedback collection settings. "enableAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, end users will be able to provide answer feedback to Dialogflow responses. Feature works only if interaction logging is enabled in the Dialogflow agent. @@ -442,6 +476,11 @@

Method Details

}, "locked": True or False, # Indicates whether the agent is locked for changes. If the agent is locked, modifications to the agent will be rejected except for RestoreAgent. "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. + "personalizationSettings": { # Settings for end user personalization. # Optional. Settings for end user personalization. + "defaultEndUserMetadata": { # Optional. Default end user metadata, used when processing DetectIntent requests. Recommended to be filled as a template instead of hard-coded value, for example { "age": "$session.params.age" }. The data will be merged with the QueryParameters.end_user_metadata in DetectIntentRequest.query_params during query processing. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. @@ -591,6 +630,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "answerFeedbackSettings": { # Settings for answer feedback collection. # Optional. Answer feedback collection settings. "enableAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, end users will be able to provide answer feedback to Dialogflow responses. Feature works only if interaction logging is enabled in the Dialogflow agent. @@ -617,6 +664,11 @@

Method Details

}, "locked": True or False, # Indicates whether the agent is locked for changes. If the agent is locked, modifications to the agent will be rejected except for RestoreAgent. "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. + "personalizationSettings": { # Settings for end user personalization. # Optional. Settings for end user personalization. + "defaultEndUserMetadata": { # Optional. Default end user metadata, used when processing DetectIntent requests. Recommended to be filled as a template instead of hard-coded value, for example { "age": "$session.params.age" }. The data will be merged with the QueryParameters.end_user_metadata in DetectIntentRequest.query_params during query processing. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. @@ -685,6 +737,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "answerFeedbackSettings": { # Settings for answer feedback collection. # Optional. Answer feedback collection settings. "enableAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, end users will be able to provide answer feedback to Dialogflow responses. Feature works only if interaction logging is enabled in the Dialogflow agent. @@ -711,6 +771,11 @@

Method Details

}, "locked": True or False, # Indicates whether the agent is locked for changes. If the agent is locked, modifications to the agent will be rejected except for RestoreAgent. "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. + "personalizationSettings": { # Settings for end user personalization. # Optional. Settings for end user personalization. + "defaultEndUserMetadata": { # Optional. Default end user metadata, used when processing DetectIntent requests. Recommended to be filled as a template instead of hard-coded value, for example { "age": "$session.params.age" }. The data will be merged with the QueryParameters.end_user_metadata in DetectIntentRequest.query_params during query processing. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. @@ -761,6 +826,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "answerFeedbackSettings": { # Settings for answer feedback collection. # Optional. Answer feedback collection settings. "enableAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, end users will be able to provide answer feedback to Dialogflow responses. Feature works only if interaction logging is enabled in the Dialogflow agent. @@ -787,6 +860,11 @@

Method Details

}, "locked": True or False, # Indicates whether the agent is locked for changes. If the agent is locked, modifications to the agent will be rejected except for RestoreAgent. "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. + "personalizationSettings": { # Settings for end user personalization. # Optional. Settings for end user personalization. + "defaultEndUserMetadata": { # Optional. Default end user metadata, used when processing DetectIntent requests. Recommended to be filled as a template instead of hard-coded value, for example { "age": "$session.params.age" }. The data will be merged with the QueryParameters.end_user_metadata in DetectIntentRequest.query_params during query processing. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html index ff8af72573..7fc8c4b7e0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html @@ -275,6 +275,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "allowAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Indicates whether the Thumbs up/Thumbs down rating controls are need to be shown for the response in the Dialogflow Messenger widget. "currentPage": { # A Dialogflow CX conversation (session) can be described and visualized as a state machine. The states of a CX session are represented by pages. For each flow, you define many pages, where your combined pages can handle a complete conversation on the topics the flow is designed for. At any given moment, exactly one page is the current page, the current page is considered active, and the flow associated with that page is considered active. Every flow has a special start page. When a flow initially becomes active, the start page page becomes the current page. For each conversational turn, the current page will either stay the same or transition to another page. You configure each page to collect information from the end-user that is relevant for the conversational state represented by the page. For more information, see the [Page guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/page). # The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`. @@ -291,6 +299,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -308,6 +324,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -452,6 +476,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -594,6 +626,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -613,6 +653,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -757,6 +805,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -914,6 +970,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1065,6 +1129,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1566,6 +1638,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "allowAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Indicates whether the Thumbs up/Thumbs down rating controls are need to be shown for the response in the Dialogflow Messenger widget. "currentPage": { # A Dialogflow CX conversation (session) can be described and visualized as a state machine. The states of a CX session are represented by pages. For each flow, you define many pages, where your combined pages can handle a complete conversation on the topics the flow is designed for. At any given moment, exactly one page is the current page, the current page is considered active, and the flow associated with that page is considered active. Every flow has a special start page. When a flow initially becomes active, the start page page becomes the current page. For each conversational turn, the current page will either stay the same or transition to another page. You configure each page to collect information from the end-user that is relevant for the conversational state represented by the page. For more information, see the [Page guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/page). # The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`. @@ -1582,6 +1662,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -1599,6 +1687,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1743,6 +1839,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1885,6 +1989,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -1904,6 +2016,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2048,6 +2168,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2205,6 +2333,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2356,6 +2492,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2782,6 +2926,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -2799,6 +2951,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2943,6 +3103,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3085,6 +3253,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -3104,6 +3280,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3248,6 +3432,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3405,6 +3597,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3556,6 +3756,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3903,6 +4111,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "allowAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Indicates whether the Thumbs up/Thumbs down rating controls are need to be shown for the response in the Dialogflow Messenger widget. "currentPage": { # A Dialogflow CX conversation (session) can be described and visualized as a state machine. The states of a CX session are represented by pages. For each flow, you define many pages, where your combined pages can handle a complete conversation on the topics the flow is designed for. At any given moment, exactly one page is the current page, the current page is considered active, and the flow associated with that page is considered active. Every flow has a special start page. When a flow initially becomes active, the start page page becomes the current page. For each conversational turn, the current page will either stay the same or transition to another page. You configure each page to collect information from the end-user that is relevant for the conversational state represented by the page. For more information, see the [Page guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/page). # The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`. @@ -3919,6 +4135,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -3936,6 +4160,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4080,6 +4312,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4222,6 +4462,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -4241,6 +4489,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4385,6 +4641,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4542,6 +4806,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4693,6 +4965,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html index d43f2177b7..66615552ac 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html @@ -249,6 +249,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -400,6 +408,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -554,6 +570,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -695,6 +719,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the flow. @@ -718,6 +750,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -868,6 +908,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1024,6 +1072,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1165,6 +1221,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -1182,6 +1246,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1326,6 +1398,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1468,6 +1548,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -1487,6 +1575,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1631,6 +1727,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1788,6 +1892,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1939,6 +2051,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2082,6 +2202,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the flow. @@ -2105,6 +2233,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2255,6 +2391,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2411,6 +2555,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2552,6 +2704,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -2569,6 +2729,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2713,6 +2881,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2855,6 +3031,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -2874,6 +3058,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3018,6 +3210,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3175,6 +3375,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3326,6 +3534,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3475,6 +3691,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3683,6 +3907,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -3700,6 +3932,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3844,6 +4084,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3986,6 +4234,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -4005,6 +4261,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4149,6 +4413,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4306,6 +4578,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4457,6 +4737,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4715,6 +5003,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -4732,6 +5028,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4876,6 +5180,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5018,6 +5330,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -5037,6 +5357,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5181,6 +5509,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5338,6 +5674,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5489,6 +5833,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5758,6 +6110,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -5775,6 +6135,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5919,6 +6287,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -6061,6 +6437,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -6080,6 +6464,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -6224,6 +6616,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -6381,6 +6781,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -6532,6 +6940,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -6790,6 +7206,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -6807,6 +7231,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -6951,6 +7383,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -7093,6 +7533,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -7112,6 +7560,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -7256,6 +7712,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -7413,6 +7877,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -7564,6 +8036,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -7884,6 +8364,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -7901,6 +8389,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -8045,6 +8541,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -8187,6 +8691,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -8206,6 +8718,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -8350,6 +8870,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -8507,6 +9035,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -8658,6 +9194,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -8916,6 +9460,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -8933,6 +9485,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -9077,6 +9637,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -9219,6 +9787,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -9238,6 +9814,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -9382,6 +9966,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -9539,6 +10131,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -9690,6 +10290,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -10019,6 +10627,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -10036,6 +10652,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -10180,6 +10804,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -10322,6 +10954,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -10341,6 +10981,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -10485,6 +11133,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -10642,6 +11298,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -10793,6 +11457,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -11051,6 +11723,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -11068,6 +11748,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -11212,6 +11900,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -11354,6 +12050,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -11373,6 +12077,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -11517,6 +12229,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -11674,6 +12394,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -11825,6 +12553,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -12112,6 +12848,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -12129,6 +12873,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -12273,6 +13025,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -12415,6 +13175,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -12434,6 +13202,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -12578,6 +13354,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -12735,6 +13519,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -12886,6 +13678,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -13144,6 +13944,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -13161,6 +13969,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -13305,6 +14121,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -13447,6 +14271,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -13466,6 +14298,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -13610,6 +14450,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -13767,6 +14615,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -13918,6 +14774,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -14188,6 +15052,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -14205,6 +15077,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -14349,6 +15229,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -14491,6 +15379,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -14510,6 +15406,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -14654,6 +15558,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -14811,6 +15723,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -14962,6 +15882,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -15220,6 +16148,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -15237,6 +16173,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -15381,6 +16325,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -15523,6 +16475,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -15542,6 +16502,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -15686,6 +16654,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -15843,6 +16819,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -15994,6 +16978,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html index cfbd0239e5..26246d1738 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html @@ -166,6 +166,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -183,6 +191,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -327,6 +343,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -469,6 +493,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -488,6 +520,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -632,6 +672,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -789,6 +837,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -940,6 +996,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1216,6 +1280,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -1233,6 +1305,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1377,6 +1457,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1519,6 +1607,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -1538,6 +1634,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1682,6 +1786,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1839,6 +1951,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1990,6 +2110,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.html index c23d8aac95..f2216e6431 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.html @@ -135,6 +135,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -297,6 +305,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -485,6 +501,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -659,6 +683,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -838,6 +870,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1001,6 +1041,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.securitySettings.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.securitySettings.html index 4fffaca70e..7e43bb20be 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.securitySettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.securitySettings.html @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@

Method Details

"audioExportSettings": { # Settings for exporting audio. # Controls audio export settings for post-conversation analytics when ingesting audio to conversations via Participants.AnalyzeContent or Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION or audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket is empty, audio export is disabled. If audio export is enabled, audio is recorded and saved to audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket, subject to retention policy of audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket. This setting won't effect audio input for implicit sessions via Sessions.DetectIntent or Sessions.StreamingDetectIntent. "audioExportPattern": "A String", # Filename pattern for exported audio. "audioFormat": "A String", # File format for exported audio file. Currently only in telephony recordings. - "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. + "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. Note that this only redacts end-user audio data; Synthesised audio from the virtual agent is not redacted. "gcsBucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket to export audio record to. Setting this field would grant the Storage Object Creator role to the Dialogflow Service Agent. API caller that tries to modify this field should have the permission of storage.buckets.setIamPolicy. }, "deidentifyTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. The `DLP De-identify Templates Reader` role is needed on the Dialogflow service identity service account (has the form `service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) for your agent's project. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`. @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

"redactionScope": "A String", # Defines the data for which Dialogflow applies redaction. Dialogflow does not redact data that it does not have access to – for example, Cloud logging. "redactionStrategy": "A String", # Strategy that defines how we do redaction. "retentionStrategy": "A String", # Specifies the retention behavior defined by SecuritySettings.RetentionStrategy. - "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains the data for the specified number of days. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. + "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains the data for the specified number of days. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. When data retention configuration is changed, it only applies to the data created after the change; the TTL of existing data created before the change stays intact. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@

Method Details

"audioExportSettings": { # Settings for exporting audio. # Controls audio export settings for post-conversation analytics when ingesting audio to conversations via Participants.AnalyzeContent or Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION or audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket is empty, audio export is disabled. If audio export is enabled, audio is recorded and saved to audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket, subject to retention policy of audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket. This setting won't effect audio input for implicit sessions via Sessions.DetectIntent or Sessions.StreamingDetectIntent. "audioExportPattern": "A String", # Filename pattern for exported audio. "audioFormat": "A String", # File format for exported audio file. Currently only in telephony recordings. - "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. + "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. Note that this only redacts end-user audio data; Synthesised audio from the virtual agent is not redacted. "gcsBucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket to export audio record to. Setting this field would grant the Storage Object Creator role to the Dialogflow Service Agent. API caller that tries to modify this field should have the permission of storage.buckets.setIamPolicy. }, "deidentifyTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. The `DLP De-identify Templates Reader` role is needed on the Dialogflow service identity service account (has the form `service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) for your agent's project. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`. @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

Method Details

"redactionScope": "A String", # Defines the data for which Dialogflow applies redaction. Dialogflow does not redact data that it does not have access to – for example, Cloud logging. "redactionStrategy": "A String", # Strategy that defines how we do redaction. "retentionStrategy": "A String", # Specifies the retention behavior defined by SecuritySettings.RetentionStrategy. - "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains the data for the specified number of days. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. + "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains the data for the specified number of days. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. When data retention configuration is changed, it only applies to the data created after the change; the TTL of existing data created before the change stays intact. }
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@

Method Details

"audioExportSettings": { # Settings for exporting audio. # Controls audio export settings for post-conversation analytics when ingesting audio to conversations via Participants.AnalyzeContent or Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION or audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket is empty, audio export is disabled. If audio export is enabled, audio is recorded and saved to audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket, subject to retention policy of audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket. This setting won't effect audio input for implicit sessions via Sessions.DetectIntent or Sessions.StreamingDetectIntent. "audioExportPattern": "A String", # Filename pattern for exported audio. "audioFormat": "A String", # File format for exported audio file. Currently only in telephony recordings. - "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. + "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. Note that this only redacts end-user audio data; Synthesised audio from the virtual agent is not redacted. "gcsBucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket to export audio record to. Setting this field would grant the Storage Object Creator role to the Dialogflow Service Agent. API caller that tries to modify this field should have the permission of storage.buckets.setIamPolicy. }, "deidentifyTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. The `DLP De-identify Templates Reader` role is needed on the Dialogflow service identity service account (has the form `service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) for your agent's project. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`. @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@

Method Details

"redactionScope": "A String", # Defines the data for which Dialogflow applies redaction. Dialogflow does not redact data that it does not have access to – for example, Cloud logging. "redactionStrategy": "A String", # Strategy that defines how we do redaction. "retentionStrategy": "A String", # Specifies the retention behavior defined by SecuritySettings.RetentionStrategy. - "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains the data for the specified number of days. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. + "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains the data for the specified number of days. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. When data retention configuration is changed, it only applies to the data created after the change; the TTL of existing data created before the change stays intact. }
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@

Method Details

"audioExportSettings": { # Settings for exporting audio. # Controls audio export settings for post-conversation analytics when ingesting audio to conversations via Participants.AnalyzeContent or Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION or audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket is empty, audio export is disabled. If audio export is enabled, audio is recorded and saved to audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket, subject to retention policy of audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket. This setting won't effect audio input for implicit sessions via Sessions.DetectIntent or Sessions.StreamingDetectIntent. "audioExportPattern": "A String", # Filename pattern for exported audio. "audioFormat": "A String", # File format for exported audio file. Currently only in telephony recordings. - "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. + "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. Note that this only redacts end-user audio data; Synthesised audio from the virtual agent is not redacted. "gcsBucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket to export audio record to. Setting this field would grant the Storage Object Creator role to the Dialogflow Service Agent. API caller that tries to modify this field should have the permission of storage.buckets.setIamPolicy. }, "deidentifyTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. The `DLP De-identify Templates Reader` role is needed on the Dialogflow service identity service account (has the form `service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) for your agent's project. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`. @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@

Method Details

"redactionScope": "A String", # Defines the data for which Dialogflow applies redaction. Dialogflow does not redact data that it does not have access to – for example, Cloud logging. "redactionStrategy": "A String", # Strategy that defines how we do redaction. "retentionStrategy": "A String", # Specifies the retention behavior defined by SecuritySettings.RetentionStrategy. - "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains the data for the specified number of days. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. + "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains the data for the specified number of days. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. When data retention configuration is changed, it only applies to the data created after the change; the TTL of existing data created before the change stays intact. }, ], }
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@

Method Details

"audioExportSettings": { # Settings for exporting audio. # Controls audio export settings for post-conversation analytics when ingesting audio to conversations via Participants.AnalyzeContent or Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION or audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket is empty, audio export is disabled. If audio export is enabled, audio is recorded and saved to audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket, subject to retention policy of audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket. This setting won't effect audio input for implicit sessions via Sessions.DetectIntent or Sessions.StreamingDetectIntent. "audioExportPattern": "A String", # Filename pattern for exported audio. "audioFormat": "A String", # File format for exported audio file. Currently only in telephony recordings. - "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. + "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. Note that this only redacts end-user audio data; Synthesised audio from the virtual agent is not redacted. "gcsBucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket to export audio record to. Setting this field would grant the Storage Object Creator role to the Dialogflow Service Agent. API caller that tries to modify this field should have the permission of storage.buckets.setIamPolicy. }, "deidentifyTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. The `DLP De-identify Templates Reader` role is needed on the Dialogflow service identity service account (has the form `service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) for your agent's project. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`. @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@

Method Details

"redactionScope": "A String", # Defines the data for which Dialogflow applies redaction. Dialogflow does not redact data that it does not have access to – for example, Cloud logging. "redactionStrategy": "A String", # Strategy that defines how we do redaction. "retentionStrategy": "A String", # Specifies the retention behavior defined by SecuritySettings.RetentionStrategy. - "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains the data for the specified number of days. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. + "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains the data for the specified number of days. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. When data retention configuration is changed, it only applies to the data created after the change; the TTL of existing data created before the change stays intact. } updateMask: string, Required. The mask to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated. @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@

Method Details

"audioExportSettings": { # Settings for exporting audio. # Controls audio export settings for post-conversation analytics when ingesting audio to conversations via Participants.AnalyzeContent or Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION or audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket is empty, audio export is disabled. If audio export is enabled, audio is recorded and saved to audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket, subject to retention policy of audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket. This setting won't effect audio input for implicit sessions via Sessions.DetectIntent or Sessions.StreamingDetectIntent. "audioExportPattern": "A String", # Filename pattern for exported audio. "audioFormat": "A String", # File format for exported audio file. Currently only in telephony recordings. - "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. + "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. Note that this only redacts end-user audio data; Synthesised audio from the virtual agent is not redacted. "gcsBucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket to export audio record to. Setting this field would grant the Storage Object Creator role to the Dialogflow Service Agent. API caller that tries to modify this field should have the permission of storage.buckets.setIamPolicy. }, "deidentifyTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. The `DLP De-identify Templates Reader` role is needed on the Dialogflow service identity service account (has the form `service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) for your agent's project. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`. @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@

Method Details

"redactionScope": "A String", # Defines the data for which Dialogflow applies redaction. Dialogflow does not redact data that it does not have access to – for example, Cloud logging. "redactionStrategy": "A String", # Strategy that defines how we do redaction. "retentionStrategy": "A String", # Specifies the retention behavior defined by SecuritySettings.RetentionStrategy. - "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains the data for the specified number of days. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. + "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains the data for the specified number of days. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. When data retention configuration is changed, it only applies to the data created after the change; the TTL of existing data created before the change stays intact. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html index 9150883d1b..f89b9de2ef 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html @@ -272,6 +272,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "allowAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Indicates whether the Thumbs up/Thumbs down rating controls are need to be shown for the response in the Dialogflow Messenger widget. "currentPage": { # A Dialogflow CX conversation (session) can be described and visualized as a state machine. The states of a CX session are represented by pages. For each flow, you define many pages, where your combined pages can handle a complete conversation on the topics the flow is designed for. At any given moment, exactly one page is the current page, the current page is considered active, and the flow associated with that page is considered active. Every flow has a special start page. When a flow initially becomes active, the start page page becomes the current page. For each conversational turn, the current page will either stay the same or transition to another page. You configure each page to collect information from the end-user that is relevant for the conversational state represented by the page. For more information, see the [Page guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/page). # The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`. @@ -288,6 +296,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -305,6 +321,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -447,6 +471,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -587,6 +619,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -606,6 +646,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -748,6 +796,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -903,6 +959,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1052,6 +1116,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1562,6 +1634,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "allowAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Indicates whether the Thumbs up/Thumbs down rating controls are need to be shown for the response in the Dialogflow Messenger widget. "currentPage": { # A Dialogflow CX conversation (session) can be described and visualized as a state machine. The states of a CX session are represented by pages. For each flow, you define many pages, where your combined pages can handle a complete conversation on the topics the flow is designed for. At any given moment, exactly one page is the current page, the current page is considered active, and the flow associated with that page is considered active. Every flow has a special start page. When a flow initially becomes active, the start page page becomes the current page. For each conversational turn, the current page will either stay the same or transition to another page. You configure each page to collect information from the end-user that is relevant for the conversational state represented by the page. For more information, see the [Page guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/page). # The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`. @@ -1578,6 +1658,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -1595,6 +1683,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1737,6 +1833,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1877,6 +1981,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -1896,6 +2008,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2038,6 +2158,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2193,6 +2321,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2342,6 +2478,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2777,6 +2921,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -2794,6 +2946,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2936,6 +3096,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3076,6 +3244,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -3095,6 +3271,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3237,6 +3421,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3392,6 +3584,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3541,6 +3741,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3886,6 +4094,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "allowAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Indicates whether the Thumbs up/Thumbs down rating controls are need to be shown for the response in the Dialogflow Messenger widget. "currentPage": { # A Dialogflow CX conversation (session) can be described and visualized as a state machine. The states of a CX session are represented by pages. For each flow, you define many pages, where your combined pages can handle a complete conversation on the topics the flow is designed for. At any given moment, exactly one page is the current page, the current page is considered active, and the flow associated with that page is considered active. Every flow has a special start page. When a flow initially becomes active, the start page page becomes the current page. For each conversational turn, the current page will either stay the same or transition to another page. You configure each page to collect information from the end-user that is relevant for the conversational state represented by the page. For more information, see the [Page guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/page). # The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`. @@ -3902,6 +4118,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -3919,6 +4143,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4061,6 +4293,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4201,6 +4441,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -4220,6 +4468,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4362,6 +4618,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4517,6 +4781,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4666,6 +4938,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.html index 23f8452c3c..8e5d6862ce 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.html @@ -154,6 +154,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the flow. @@ -177,6 +185,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -325,6 +341,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -479,6 +503,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -628,6 +660,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the flow. @@ -651,6 +691,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -799,6 +847,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -953,6 +1009,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1171,6 +1235,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the flow. @@ -1194,6 +1266,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1342,6 +1422,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1496,6 +1584,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1740,6 +1836,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the flow. @@ -1763,6 +1867,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1911,6 +2023,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2065,6 +2185,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2232,6 +2360,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the flow. @@ -2255,6 +2391,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2403,6 +2547,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2557,6 +2709,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2707,6 +2867,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the flow. @@ -2730,6 +2898,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2878,6 +3054,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3032,6 +3216,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html index 29988218c3..3ef9c76667 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html @@ -124,6 +124,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -141,6 +149,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -283,6 +299,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -423,6 +447,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -442,6 +474,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -584,6 +624,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -739,6 +787,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -888,6 +944,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1037,6 +1101,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -1054,6 +1126,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1196,6 +1276,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1336,6 +1424,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -1355,6 +1451,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1497,6 +1601,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1652,6 +1764,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1801,6 +1921,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1976,6 +2104,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -1993,6 +2129,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2135,6 +2279,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2275,6 +2427,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -2294,6 +2454,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2436,6 +2604,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2591,6 +2767,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2740,6 +2924,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2901,6 +3093,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -2918,6 +3118,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3060,6 +3268,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3200,6 +3416,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -3219,6 +3443,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3361,6 +3593,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3516,6 +3756,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3665,6 +3913,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3831,6 +4087,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -3848,6 +4112,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3990,6 +4262,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4130,6 +4410,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -4149,6 +4437,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4291,6 +4587,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4446,6 +4750,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4595,6 +4907,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4745,6 +5065,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -4762,6 +5090,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4904,6 +5240,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5044,6 +5388,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -5063,6 +5415,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5205,6 +5565,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5360,6 +5728,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5509,6 +5885,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html index c48847e894..7378a60e7e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html @@ -135,6 +135,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -295,6 +303,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -481,6 +497,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -653,6 +677,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -830,6 +862,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -991,6 +1031,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.html index 4c114a50cc..d73303e4a6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.html @@ -192,6 +192,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "answerFeedbackSettings": { # Settings for answer feedback collection. # Optional. Answer feedback collection settings. "enableAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, end users will be able to provide answer feedback to Dialogflow responses. Feature works only if interaction logging is enabled in the Dialogflow agent. @@ -218,6 +226,11 @@

Method Details

}, "locked": True or False, # Indicates whether the agent is locked for changes. If the agent is locked, modifications to the agent will be rejected except for RestoreAgent. "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. + "personalizationSettings": { # Settings for end user personalization. # Optional. Settings for end user personalization. + "defaultEndUserMetadata": { # Optional. Default end user metadata, used when processing DetectIntent requests. Recommended to be filled as a template instead of hard-coded value, for example { "age": "$session.params.age" }. The data will be merged with the QueryParameters.end_user_metadata in DetectIntentRequest.query_params during query processing. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. @@ -267,6 +280,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "answerFeedbackSettings": { # Settings for answer feedback collection. # Optional. Answer feedback collection settings. "enableAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, end users will be able to provide answer feedback to Dialogflow responses. Feature works only if interaction logging is enabled in the Dialogflow agent. @@ -293,6 +314,11 @@

Method Details

}, "locked": True or False, # Indicates whether the agent is locked for changes. If the agent is locked, modifications to the agent will be rejected except for RestoreAgent. "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. + "personalizationSettings": { # Settings for end user personalization. # Optional. Settings for end user personalization. + "defaultEndUserMetadata": { # Optional. Default end user metadata, used when processing DetectIntent requests. Recommended to be filled as a template instead of hard-coded value, for example { "age": "$session.params.age" }. The data will be merged with the QueryParameters.end_user_metadata in DetectIntentRequest.query_params during query processing. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. @@ -416,6 +442,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "answerFeedbackSettings": { # Settings for answer feedback collection. # Optional. Answer feedback collection settings. "enableAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, end users will be able to provide answer feedback to Dialogflow responses. Feature works only if interaction logging is enabled in the Dialogflow agent. @@ -442,6 +476,11 @@

Method Details

}, "locked": True or False, # Indicates whether the agent is locked for changes. If the agent is locked, modifications to the agent will be rejected except for RestoreAgent. "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. + "personalizationSettings": { # Settings for end user personalization. # Optional. Settings for end user personalization. + "defaultEndUserMetadata": { # Optional. Default end user metadata, used when processing DetectIntent requests. Recommended to be filled as a template instead of hard-coded value, for example { "age": "$session.params.age" }. The data will be merged with the QueryParameters.end_user_metadata in DetectIntentRequest.query_params during query processing. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. @@ -591,6 +630,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "answerFeedbackSettings": { # Settings for answer feedback collection. # Optional. Answer feedback collection settings. "enableAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, end users will be able to provide answer feedback to Dialogflow responses. Feature works only if interaction logging is enabled in the Dialogflow agent. @@ -617,6 +664,11 @@

Method Details

}, "locked": True or False, # Indicates whether the agent is locked for changes. If the agent is locked, modifications to the agent will be rejected except for RestoreAgent. "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. + "personalizationSettings": { # Settings for end user personalization. # Optional. Settings for end user personalization. + "defaultEndUserMetadata": { # Optional. Default end user metadata, used when processing DetectIntent requests. Recommended to be filled as a template instead of hard-coded value, for example { "age": "$session.params.age" }. The data will be merged with the QueryParameters.end_user_metadata in DetectIntentRequest.query_params during query processing. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. @@ -685,6 +737,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "answerFeedbackSettings": { # Settings for answer feedback collection. # Optional. Answer feedback collection settings. "enableAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, end users will be able to provide answer feedback to Dialogflow responses. Feature works only if interaction logging is enabled in the Dialogflow agent. @@ -711,6 +771,11 @@

Method Details

}, "locked": True or False, # Indicates whether the agent is locked for changes. If the agent is locked, modifications to the agent will be rejected except for RestoreAgent. "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. + "personalizationSettings": { # Settings for end user personalization. # Optional. Settings for end user personalization. + "defaultEndUserMetadata": { # Optional. Default end user metadata, used when processing DetectIntent requests. Recommended to be filled as a template instead of hard-coded value, for example { "age": "$session.params.age" }. The data will be merged with the QueryParameters.end_user_metadata in DetectIntentRequest.query_params during query processing. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. @@ -761,6 +826,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "answerFeedbackSettings": { # Settings for answer feedback collection. # Optional. Answer feedback collection settings. "enableAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, end users will be able to provide answer feedback to Dialogflow responses. Feature works only if interaction logging is enabled in the Dialogflow agent. @@ -787,6 +860,11 @@

Method Details

}, "locked": True or False, # Indicates whether the agent is locked for changes. If the agent is locked, modifications to the agent will be rejected except for RestoreAgent. "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. + "personalizationSettings": { # Settings for end user personalization. # Optional. Settings for end user personalization. + "defaultEndUserMetadata": { # Optional. Default end user metadata, used when processing DetectIntent requests. Recommended to be filled as a template instead of hard-coded value, for example { "age": "$session.params.age" }. The data will be merged with the QueryParameters.end_user_metadata in DetectIntentRequest.query_params during query processing. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html index aa0a5bf782..e3246591bf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html @@ -275,6 +275,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "allowAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Indicates whether the Thumbs up/Thumbs down rating controls are need to be shown for the response in the Dialogflow Messenger widget. "currentPage": { # A Dialogflow CX conversation (session) can be described and visualized as a state machine. The states of a CX session are represented by pages. For each flow, you define many pages, where your combined pages can handle a complete conversation on the topics the flow is designed for. At any given moment, exactly one page is the current page, the current page is considered active, and the flow associated with that page is considered active. Every flow has a special start page. When a flow initially becomes active, the start page page becomes the current page. For each conversational turn, the current page will either stay the same or transition to another page. You configure each page to collect information from the end-user that is relevant for the conversational state represented by the page. For more information, see the [Page guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/page). # The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`. @@ -291,6 +299,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -308,6 +324,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -450,6 +474,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -590,6 +622,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -609,6 +649,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -751,6 +799,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -906,6 +962,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1055,6 +1119,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1565,6 +1637,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "allowAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Indicates whether the Thumbs up/Thumbs down rating controls are need to be shown for the response in the Dialogflow Messenger widget. "currentPage": { # A Dialogflow CX conversation (session) can be described and visualized as a state machine. The states of a CX session are represented by pages. For each flow, you define many pages, where your combined pages can handle a complete conversation on the topics the flow is designed for. At any given moment, exactly one page is the current page, the current page is considered active, and the flow associated with that page is considered active. Every flow has a special start page. When a flow initially becomes active, the start page page becomes the current page. For each conversational turn, the current page will either stay the same or transition to another page. You configure each page to collect information from the end-user that is relevant for the conversational state represented by the page. For more information, see the [Page guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/page). # The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`. @@ -1581,6 +1661,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -1598,6 +1686,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1740,6 +1836,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1880,6 +1984,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -1899,6 +2011,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2041,6 +2161,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2196,6 +2324,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2345,6 +2481,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2780,6 +2924,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -2797,6 +2949,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2939,6 +3099,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3079,6 +3247,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -3098,6 +3274,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3240,6 +3424,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3395,6 +3587,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3544,6 +3744,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3889,6 +4097,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "allowAnswerFeedback": True or False, # Indicates whether the Thumbs up/Thumbs down rating controls are need to be shown for the response in the Dialogflow Messenger widget. "currentPage": { # A Dialogflow CX conversation (session) can be described and visualized as a state machine. The states of a CX session are represented by pages. For each flow, you define many pages, where your combined pages can handle a complete conversation on the topics the flow is designed for. At any given moment, exactly one page is the current page, the current page is considered active, and the flow associated with that page is considered active. Every flow has a special start page. When a flow initially becomes active, the start page page becomes the current page. For each conversational turn, the current page will either stay the same or transition to another page. You configure each page to collect information from the end-user that is relevant for the conversational state represented by the page. For more information, see the [Page guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/page). # The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`. @@ -3905,6 +4121,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -3922,6 +4146,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4064,6 +4296,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4204,6 +4444,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -4223,6 +4471,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4365,6 +4621,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4520,6 +4784,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4669,6 +4941,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html index c14b5bd30b..c2d6050c0b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html @@ -249,6 +249,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -398,6 +406,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -550,6 +566,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -689,6 +713,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the flow. @@ -712,6 +744,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -860,6 +900,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1014,6 +1062,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1153,6 +1209,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -1170,6 +1234,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1312,6 +1384,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1452,6 +1532,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -1471,6 +1559,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1613,6 +1709,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1768,6 +1872,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1917,6 +2029,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2058,6 +2178,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the flow. @@ -2081,6 +2209,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2229,6 +2365,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2383,6 +2527,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2522,6 +2674,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -2539,6 +2699,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2681,6 +2849,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2821,6 +2997,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -2840,6 +3024,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -2982,6 +3174,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3137,6 +3337,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3286,6 +3494,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3433,6 +3649,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3639,6 +3863,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -3656,6 +3888,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3798,6 +4038,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -3938,6 +4186,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -3957,6 +4213,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4099,6 +4363,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4254,6 +4526,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4403,6 +4683,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4659,6 +4947,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -4676,6 +4972,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4818,6 +5122,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -4958,6 +5270,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -4977,6 +5297,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5119,6 +5447,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5274,6 +5610,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5423,6 +5767,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5690,6 +6042,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -5707,6 +6067,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5849,6 +6217,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -5989,6 +6365,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -6008,6 +6392,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -6150,6 +6542,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -6305,6 +6705,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -6454,6 +6862,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -6710,6 +7126,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -6727,6 +7151,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -6869,6 +7301,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -7009,6 +7449,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -7028,6 +7476,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -7170,6 +7626,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -7325,6 +7789,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -7474,6 +7946,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -7792,6 +8272,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -7809,6 +8297,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -7951,6 +8447,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -8091,6 +8595,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -8110,6 +8622,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -8252,6 +8772,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -8407,6 +8935,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -8556,6 +9092,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -8812,6 +9356,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -8829,6 +9381,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -8971,6 +9531,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -9111,6 +9679,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -9130,6 +9706,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -9272,6 +9856,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -9427,6 +10019,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -9576,6 +10176,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -9903,6 +10511,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -9920,6 +10536,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -10062,6 +10686,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -10202,6 +10834,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -10221,6 +10861,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -10363,6 +11011,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -10518,6 +11174,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -10667,6 +11331,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -10923,6 +11595,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -10940,6 +11620,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -11082,6 +11770,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -11222,6 +11918,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -11241,6 +11945,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -11383,6 +12095,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -11538,6 +12258,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -11687,6 +12415,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -11972,6 +12708,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -11989,6 +12733,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -12131,6 +12883,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -12271,6 +13031,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -12290,6 +13058,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -12432,6 +13208,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -12587,6 +13371,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -12736,6 +13528,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -12992,6 +13792,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -13009,6 +13817,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -13151,6 +13967,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -13291,6 +14115,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -13310,6 +14142,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -13452,6 +14292,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -13607,6 +14455,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -13756,6 +14612,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -14024,6 +14888,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -14041,6 +14913,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -14183,6 +15063,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -14323,6 +15211,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -14342,6 +15238,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -14484,6 +15388,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -14639,6 +15551,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -14788,6 +15708,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -15044,6 +15972,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -15061,6 +15997,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -15203,6 +16147,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -15343,6 +16295,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -15362,6 +16322,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -15504,6 +16472,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -15659,6 +16635,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -15808,6 +16792,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html index aba1fc21e7..149c334bf0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html @@ -166,6 +166,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -183,6 +191,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -325,6 +341,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -465,6 +489,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -484,6 +516,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -626,6 +666,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -781,6 +829,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -930,6 +986,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1204,6 +1268,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "description": "A String", # The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow. @@ -1221,6 +1293,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1363,6 +1443,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1503,6 +1591,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "defaultValue": "", # The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. @@ -1522,6 +1618,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1664,6 +1768,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1819,6 +1931,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -1968,6 +2088,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.html index 1b5baa9445..53e2f131f5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.html @@ -135,6 +135,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -295,6 +303,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -481,6 +497,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -653,6 +677,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -830,6 +862,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. @@ -991,6 +1031,14 @@

Method Details

"enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. }, + "speechSettings": { # Define behaviors of speech to text detection. # Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level + "endpointerSensitivity": 42, # Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100. + "models": { # Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "noSpeechTimeout": "A String", # Timeout before detecting no speech. + "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. + }, }, "conditionalCases": [ # Conditional cases for this fulfillment. { # A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.securitySettings.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.securitySettings.html index 80822adb3c..21fd9bbcc8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.securitySettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.securitySettings.html @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@

Method Details

"audioExportSettings": { # Settings for exporting audio. # Controls audio export settings for post-conversation analytics when ingesting audio to conversations via Participants.AnalyzeContent or Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION or audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket is empty, audio export is disabled. If audio export is enabled, audio is recorded and saved to audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket, subject to retention policy of audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket. This setting won't effect audio input for implicit sessions via Sessions.DetectIntent or Sessions.StreamingDetectIntent. "audioExportPattern": "A String", # Filename pattern for exported audio. "audioFormat": "A String", # File format for exported audio file. Currently only in telephony recordings. - "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. + "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. Note that this only redacts end-user audio data; Synthesised audio from the virtual agent is not redacted. "gcsBucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket to export audio record to. Setting this field would grant the Storage Object Creator role to the Dialogflow Service Agent. API caller that tries to modify this field should have the permission of storage.buckets.setIamPolicy. }, "deidentifyTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. The `DLP De-identify Templates Reader` role is needed on the Dialogflow service identity service account (has the form `service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) for your agent's project. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`. @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

"redactionScope": "A String", # Defines the data for which Dialogflow applies redaction. Dialogflow does not redact data that it does not have access to – for example, Cloud logging. "redactionStrategy": "A String", # Strategy that defines how we do redaction. "retentionStrategy": "A String", # Specifies the retention behavior defined by SecuritySettings.RetentionStrategy. - "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains data in interaction logging for the specified number of days. This does not apply to Cloud logging, which is owned by the user - not Dialogflow. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. + "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains data in interaction logging for the specified number of days. This does not apply to Cloud logging, which is owned by the user - not Dialogflow. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. When data retention configuration is changed, it only applies to the data created after the change; the TTL of existing data created before the change stays intact. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@

Method Details

"audioExportSettings": { # Settings for exporting audio. # Controls audio export settings for post-conversation analytics when ingesting audio to conversations via Participants.AnalyzeContent or Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION or audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket is empty, audio export is disabled. If audio export is enabled, audio is recorded and saved to audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket, subject to retention policy of audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket. This setting won't effect audio input for implicit sessions via Sessions.DetectIntent or Sessions.StreamingDetectIntent. "audioExportPattern": "A String", # Filename pattern for exported audio. "audioFormat": "A String", # File format for exported audio file. Currently only in telephony recordings. - "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. + "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. Note that this only redacts end-user audio data; Synthesised audio from the virtual agent is not redacted. "gcsBucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket to export audio record to. Setting this field would grant the Storage Object Creator role to the Dialogflow Service Agent. API caller that tries to modify this field should have the permission of storage.buckets.setIamPolicy. }, "deidentifyTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. The `DLP De-identify Templates Reader` role is needed on the Dialogflow service identity service account (has the form `service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) for your agent's project. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`. @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

Method Details

"redactionScope": "A String", # Defines the data for which Dialogflow applies redaction. Dialogflow does not redact data that it does not have access to – for example, Cloud logging. "redactionStrategy": "A String", # Strategy that defines how we do redaction. "retentionStrategy": "A String", # Specifies the retention behavior defined by SecuritySettings.RetentionStrategy. - "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains data in interaction logging for the specified number of days. This does not apply to Cloud logging, which is owned by the user - not Dialogflow. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. + "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains data in interaction logging for the specified number of days. This does not apply to Cloud logging, which is owned by the user - not Dialogflow. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. When data retention configuration is changed, it only applies to the data created after the change; the TTL of existing data created before the change stays intact. }
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@

Method Details

"audioExportSettings": { # Settings for exporting audio. # Controls audio export settings for post-conversation analytics when ingesting audio to conversations via Participants.AnalyzeContent or Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION or audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket is empty, audio export is disabled. If audio export is enabled, audio is recorded and saved to audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket, subject to retention policy of audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket. This setting won't effect audio input for implicit sessions via Sessions.DetectIntent or Sessions.StreamingDetectIntent. "audioExportPattern": "A String", # Filename pattern for exported audio. "audioFormat": "A String", # File format for exported audio file. Currently only in telephony recordings. - "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. + "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. Note that this only redacts end-user audio data; Synthesised audio from the virtual agent is not redacted. "gcsBucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket to export audio record to. Setting this field would grant the Storage Object Creator role to the Dialogflow Service Agent. API caller that tries to modify this field should have the permission of storage.buckets.setIamPolicy. }, "deidentifyTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. The `DLP De-identify Templates Reader` role is needed on the Dialogflow service identity service account (has the form `service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) for your agent's project. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`. @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@

Method Details

"redactionScope": "A String", # Defines the data for which Dialogflow applies redaction. Dialogflow does not redact data that it does not have access to – for example, Cloud logging. "redactionStrategy": "A String", # Strategy that defines how we do redaction. "retentionStrategy": "A String", # Specifies the retention behavior defined by SecuritySettings.RetentionStrategy. - "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains data in interaction logging for the specified number of days. This does not apply to Cloud logging, which is owned by the user - not Dialogflow. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. + "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains data in interaction logging for the specified number of days. This does not apply to Cloud logging, which is owned by the user - not Dialogflow. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. When data retention configuration is changed, it only applies to the data created after the change; the TTL of existing data created before the change stays intact. }
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@

Method Details

"audioExportSettings": { # Settings for exporting audio. # Controls audio export settings for post-conversation analytics when ingesting audio to conversations via Participants.AnalyzeContent or Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION or audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket is empty, audio export is disabled. If audio export is enabled, audio is recorded and saved to audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket, subject to retention policy of audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket. This setting won't effect audio input for implicit sessions via Sessions.DetectIntent or Sessions.StreamingDetectIntent. "audioExportPattern": "A String", # Filename pattern for exported audio. "audioFormat": "A String", # File format for exported audio file. Currently only in telephony recordings. - "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. + "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. Note that this only redacts end-user audio data; Synthesised audio from the virtual agent is not redacted. "gcsBucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket to export audio record to. Setting this field would grant the Storage Object Creator role to the Dialogflow Service Agent. API caller that tries to modify this field should have the permission of storage.buckets.setIamPolicy. }, "deidentifyTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. The `DLP De-identify Templates Reader` role is needed on the Dialogflow service identity service account (has the form `service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) for your agent's project. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`. @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@

Method Details

"redactionScope": "A String", # Defines the data for which Dialogflow applies redaction. Dialogflow does not redact data that it does not have access to – for example, Cloud logging. "redactionStrategy": "A String", # Strategy that defines how we do redaction. "retentionStrategy": "A String", # Specifies the retention behavior defined by SecuritySettings.RetentionStrategy. - "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains data in interaction logging for the specified number of days. This does not apply to Cloud logging, which is owned by the user - not Dialogflow. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. + "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains data in interaction logging for the specified number of days. This does not apply to Cloud logging, which is owned by the user - not Dialogflow. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. When data retention configuration is changed, it only applies to the data created after the change; the TTL of existing data created before the change stays intact. }, ], }
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@

Method Details

"audioExportSettings": { # Settings for exporting audio. # Controls audio export settings for post-conversation analytics when ingesting audio to conversations via Participants.AnalyzeContent or Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION or audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket is empty, audio export is disabled. If audio export is enabled, audio is recorded and saved to audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket, subject to retention policy of audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket. This setting won't effect audio input for implicit sessions via Sessions.DetectIntent or Sessions.StreamingDetectIntent. "audioExportPattern": "A String", # Filename pattern for exported audio. "audioFormat": "A String", # File format for exported audio file. Currently only in telephony recordings. - "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. + "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. Note that this only redacts end-user audio data; Synthesised audio from the virtual agent is not redacted. "gcsBucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket to export audio record to. Setting this field would grant the Storage Object Creator role to the Dialogflow Service Agent. API caller that tries to modify this field should have the permission of storage.buckets.setIamPolicy. }, "deidentifyTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. The `DLP De-identify Templates Reader` role is needed on the Dialogflow service identity service account (has the form `service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) for your agent's project. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`. @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@

Method Details

"redactionScope": "A String", # Defines the data for which Dialogflow applies redaction. Dialogflow does not redact data that it does not have access to – for example, Cloud logging. "redactionStrategy": "A String", # Strategy that defines how we do redaction. "retentionStrategy": "A String", # Specifies the retention behavior defined by SecuritySettings.RetentionStrategy. - "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains data in interaction logging for the specified number of days. This does not apply to Cloud logging, which is owned by the user - not Dialogflow. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. + "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains data in interaction logging for the specified number of days. This does not apply to Cloud logging, which is owned by the user - not Dialogflow. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. When data retention configuration is changed, it only applies to the data created after the change; the TTL of existing data created before the change stays intact. } updateMask: string, Required. The mask to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated. @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@

Method Details

"audioExportSettings": { # Settings for exporting audio. # Controls audio export settings for post-conversation analytics when ingesting audio to conversations via Participants.AnalyzeContent or Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION or audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket is empty, audio export is disabled. If audio export is enabled, audio is recorded and saved to audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket, subject to retention policy of audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket. This setting won't effect audio input for implicit sessions via Sessions.DetectIntent or Sessions.StreamingDetectIntent. "audioExportPattern": "A String", # Filename pattern for exported audio. "audioFormat": "A String", # File format for exported audio file. Currently only in telephony recordings. - "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. + "enableAudioRedaction": True or False, # Enable audio redaction if it is true. Note that this only redacts end-user audio data; Synthesised audio from the virtual agent is not redacted. "gcsBucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket to export audio record to. Setting this field would grant the Storage Object Creator role to the Dialogflow Service Agent. API caller that tries to modify this field should have the permission of storage.buckets.setIamPolicy. }, "deidentifyTemplate": "A String", # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. The `DLP De-identify Templates Reader` role is needed on the Dialogflow service identity service account (has the form `service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) for your agent's project. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`. @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@

Method Details

"redactionScope": "A String", # Defines the data for which Dialogflow applies redaction. Dialogflow does not redact data that it does not have access to – for example, Cloud logging. "redactionStrategy": "A String", # Strategy that defines how we do redaction. "retentionStrategy": "A String", # Specifies the retention behavior defined by SecuritySettings.RetentionStrategy. - "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains data in interaction logging for the specified number of days. This does not apply to Cloud logging, which is owned by the user - not Dialogflow. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. + "retentionWindowDays": 42, # Retains data in interaction logging for the specified number of days. This does not apply to Cloud logging, which is owned by the user - not Dialogflow. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. When data retention configuration is changed, it only applies to the data created after the change; the TTL of existing data created before the change stays intact. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.locations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.locations.html index 6d8511f518..804659ea77 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.locations.html @@ -130,6 +130,7 @@

Method Details

"numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. }, + "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet. @@ -203,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"dataStore": "A String", # Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`. "includeTailSuggestions": True or False, # Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned. "query": "A String", # Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters. - "queryModel": "A String", # Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. + "queryModel": "A String", # Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. * "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. }, "configId": "A String", # Required. The UUID of the WidgetConfig. This field is used to identify the widget configuration, set of models used to make the auto complete query. @@ -485,6 +486,18 @@

Method Details

}, "searchResults": [ # Search Results. { # Represents the search results. + "chunk": { # Chunk captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched in the chunk mode. # The chunk data in the search response if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS. + "content": "A String", # Content is a string from a document (parsed content). + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk. + "title": "A String", # Title of the document. + "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document. + }, + "id": "A String", # Unique chunk id of the current chunk. + "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the chunk. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}/chunks/{chunk_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + }, "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. "readers": [ @@ -563,6 +576,7 @@

Method Details

"numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. }, + "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet. @@ -717,6 +731,18 @@

Method Details

"redirectUri": "A String", # The URI of a customer-defined redirect page. If redirect action is triggered, no search is performed, and only redirect_uri and attribution_token are set in the response. "results": [ # A list of matched documents. The order represents the ranking. { # Represents the search results. + "chunk": { # Chunk captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched in the chunk mode. # The chunk data in the search response if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS. + "content": "A String", # Content is a string from a document (parsed content). + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk. + "title": "A String", # Title of the document. + "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document. + }, + "id": "A String", # Unique chunk id of the current chunk. + "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the chunk. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}/chunks/{chunk_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + }, "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. "readers": [ diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html index 8349df9f64..4afe21c1f3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -353,6 +353,18 @@

Method Details

}, "searchResults": [ # Search Results. { # Represents the search results. + "chunk": { # Chunk captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched in the chunk mode. # The chunk data in the search response if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS. + "content": "A String", # Content is a string from a document (parsed content). + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk. + "title": "A String", # Title of the document. + "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document. + }, + "id": "A String", # Unique chunk id of the current chunk. + "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the chunk. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}/chunks/{chunk_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + }, "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. "readers": [ diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html index eeb741fc5d..d69fb7991c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

dataStore: string, Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`. (required) includeTailSuggestions: boolean, Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned. query: string, Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters. - queryModel: string, Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. + queryModel: string, Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. * userPseudoId: string, A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -208,6 +208,12 @@

Method Details

"defaultSchemaId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the default Schema asscociated to this data store. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The data store display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "documentProcessingConfig": { # A singleton resource of DataStore. It's empty when DataStore is created, which defaults to digital parser. The first call to DataStoreService.UpdateDocumentProcessingConfig method will initialize the config. # Configuration for Document understanding and enrichment. + "chunkingConfig": { # Configuration for chunking config. # Whether chunking mode is enabled. + "layoutBasedChunkingConfig": { # Configuration for the layout based chunking. # Configuration for the layout based chunking. + "chunkSize": 42, # The token size limit for each chunk. Supported values: 100-500 (inclusive). Default value: 500. + "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Whether to include appending different levels of headings to chunks from the middle of the document to prevent context loss. Default value: False. + }, + }, "defaultParsingConfig": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. # Configurations for default Document parser. If not specified, we will configure it as default DigitalParsingConfig, and the default parsing config will be applied to all file types for Document parsing. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. }, @@ -363,6 +369,12 @@

Method Details

"defaultSchemaId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the default Schema asscociated to this data store. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The data store display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "documentProcessingConfig": { # A singleton resource of DataStore. It's empty when DataStore is created, which defaults to digital parser. The first call to DataStoreService.UpdateDocumentProcessingConfig method will initialize the config. # Configuration for Document understanding and enrichment. + "chunkingConfig": { # Configuration for chunking config. # Whether chunking mode is enabled. + "layoutBasedChunkingConfig": { # Configuration for the layout based chunking. # Configuration for the layout based chunking. + "chunkSize": 42, # The token size limit for each chunk. Supported values: 100-500 (inclusive). Default value: 500. + "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Whether to include appending different levels of headings to chunks from the middle of the document to prevent context loss. Default value: False. + }, + }, "defaultParsingConfig": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. # Configurations for default Document parser. If not specified, we will configure it as default DigitalParsingConfig, and the default parsing config will be applied to all file types for Document parsing. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. }, @@ -447,6 +459,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A singleton resource of DataStore. It's empty when DataStore is created, which defaults to digital parser. The first call to DataStoreService.UpdateDocumentProcessingConfig method will initialize the config. + "chunkingConfig": { # Configuration for chunking config. # Whether chunking mode is enabled. + "layoutBasedChunkingConfig": { # Configuration for the layout based chunking. # Configuration for the layout based chunking. + "chunkSize": 42, # The token size limit for each chunk. Supported values: 100-500 (inclusive). Default value: 500. + "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Whether to include appending different levels of headings to chunks from the middle of the document to prevent context loss. Default value: False. + }, + }, "defaultParsingConfig": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. # Configurations for default Document parser. If not specified, we will configure it as default DigitalParsingConfig, and the default parsing config will be applied to all file types for Document parsing. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. }, @@ -529,6 +547,12 @@

Method Details

"defaultSchemaId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the default Schema asscociated to this data store. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The data store display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "documentProcessingConfig": { # A singleton resource of DataStore. It's empty when DataStore is created, which defaults to digital parser. The first call to DataStoreService.UpdateDocumentProcessingConfig method will initialize the config. # Configuration for Document understanding and enrichment. + "chunkingConfig": { # Configuration for chunking config. # Whether chunking mode is enabled. + "layoutBasedChunkingConfig": { # Configuration for the layout based chunking. # Configuration for the layout based chunking. + "chunkSize": 42, # The token size limit for each chunk. Supported values: 100-500 (inclusive). Default value: 500. + "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Whether to include appending different levels of headings to chunks from the middle of the document to prevent context loss. Default value: False. + }, + }, "defaultParsingConfig": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. # Configurations for default Document parser. If not specified, we will configure it as default DigitalParsingConfig, and the default parsing config will be applied to all file types for Document parsing. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. }, @@ -631,6 +655,12 @@

Method Details

"defaultSchemaId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the default Schema asscociated to this data store. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The data store display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "documentProcessingConfig": { # A singleton resource of DataStore. It's empty when DataStore is created, which defaults to digital parser. The first call to DataStoreService.UpdateDocumentProcessingConfig method will initialize the config. # Configuration for Document understanding and enrichment. + "chunkingConfig": { # Configuration for chunking config. # Whether chunking mode is enabled. + "layoutBasedChunkingConfig": { # Configuration for the layout based chunking. # Configuration for the layout based chunking. + "chunkSize": 42, # The token size limit for each chunk. Supported values: 100-500 (inclusive). Default value: 500. + "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Whether to include appending different levels of headings to chunks from the middle of the document to prevent context loss. Default value: False. + }, + }, "defaultParsingConfig": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. # Configurations for default Document parser. If not specified, we will configure it as default DigitalParsingConfig, and the default parsing config will be applied to all file types for Document parsing. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. }, @@ -715,6 +745,12 @@

Method Details

"defaultSchemaId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the default Schema asscociated to this data store. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The data store display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "documentProcessingConfig": { # A singleton resource of DataStore. It's empty when DataStore is created, which defaults to digital parser. The first call to DataStoreService.UpdateDocumentProcessingConfig method will initialize the config. # Configuration for Document understanding and enrichment. + "chunkingConfig": { # Configuration for chunking config. # Whether chunking mode is enabled. + "layoutBasedChunkingConfig": { # Configuration for the layout based chunking. # Configuration for the layout based chunking. + "chunkSize": 42, # The token size limit for each chunk. Supported values: 100-500 (inclusive). Default value: 500. + "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Whether to include appending different levels of headings to chunks from the middle of the document to prevent context loss. Default value: False. + }, + }, "defaultParsingConfig": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. # Configurations for default Document parser. If not specified, we will configure it as default DigitalParsingConfig, and the default parsing config will be applied to all file types for Document parsing. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. }, @@ -845,6 +881,12 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A singleton resource of DataStore. It's empty when DataStore is created, which defaults to digital parser. The first call to DataStoreService.UpdateDocumentProcessingConfig method will initialize the config. + "chunkingConfig": { # Configuration for chunking config. # Whether chunking mode is enabled. + "layoutBasedChunkingConfig": { # Configuration for the layout based chunking. # Configuration for the layout based chunking. + "chunkSize": 42, # The token size limit for each chunk. Supported values: 100-500 (inclusive). Default value: 500. + "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Whether to include appending different levels of headings to chunks from the middle of the document to prevent context loss. Default value: False. + }, + }, "defaultParsingConfig": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. # Configurations for default Document parser. If not specified, we will configure it as default DigitalParsingConfig, and the default parsing config will be applied to all file types for Document parsing. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. }, @@ -891,6 +933,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A singleton resource of DataStore. It's empty when DataStore is created, which defaults to digital parser. The first call to DataStoreService.UpdateDocumentProcessingConfig method will initialize the config. + "chunkingConfig": { # Configuration for chunking config. # Whether chunking mode is enabled. + "layoutBasedChunkingConfig": { # Configuration for the layout based chunking. # Configuration for the layout based chunking. + "chunkSize": 42, # The token size limit for each chunk. Supported values: 100-500 (inclusive). Default value: 500. + "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Whether to include appending different levels of headings to chunks from the middle of the document to prevent context loss. Default value: False. + }, + }, "defaultParsingConfig": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. # Configurations for default Document parser. If not specified, we will configure it as default DigitalParsingConfig, and the default parsing config will be applied to all file types for Document parsing. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index d926dde113..32dec828ef 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -145,6 +145,7 @@

Method Details

"numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. }, + "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet. @@ -246,6 +247,7 @@

Method Details

"numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. }, + "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet. @@ -353,6 +355,7 @@

Method Details

"numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. }, + "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet. @@ -443,6 +446,7 @@

Method Details

"numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. }, + "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet. @@ -675,6 +679,7 @@

Method Details

"numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. }, + "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet. @@ -827,6 +832,18 @@

Method Details

"redirectUri": "A String", # The URI of a customer-defined redirect page. If redirect action is triggered, no search is performed, and only redirect_uri and attribution_token are set in the response. "results": [ # A list of matched documents. The order represents the ranking. { # Represents the search results. + "chunk": { # Chunk captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched in the chunk mode. # The chunk data in the search response if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS. + "content": "A String", # Content is a string from a document (parsed content). + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk. + "title": "A String", # Title of the document. + "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document. + }, + "id": "A String", # Unique chunk id of the current chunk. + "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the chunk. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}/chunks/{chunk_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + }, "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. "readers": [ diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html index 6183f746b2..c89d88c3a3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html @@ -353,6 +353,18 @@

Method Details

}, "searchResults": [ # Search Results. { # Represents the search results. + "chunk": { # Chunk captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched in the chunk mode. # The chunk data in the search response if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS. + "content": "A String", # Content is a string from a document (parsed content). + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk. + "title": "A String", # Title of the document. + "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document. + }, + "id": "A String", # Unique chunk id of the current chunk. + "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the chunk. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}/chunks/{chunk_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + }, "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. "readers": [ diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html index d607ca6ed5..cbdc36e46d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html @@ -145,6 +145,7 @@

Method Details

"numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. }, + "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet. @@ -246,6 +247,7 @@

Method Details

"numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. }, + "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet. @@ -353,6 +355,7 @@

Method Details

"numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. }, + "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet. @@ -443,6 +446,7 @@

Method Details

"numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. }, + "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet. @@ -675,6 +679,7 @@

Method Details

"numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. }, + "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet. @@ -827,6 +832,18 @@

Method Details

"redirectUri": "A String", # The URI of a customer-defined redirect page. If redirect action is triggered, no search is performed, and only redirect_uri and attribution_token are set in the response. "results": [ # A list of matched documents. The order represents the ranking. { # Represents the search results. + "chunk": { # Chunk captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched in the chunk mode. # The chunk data in the search response if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS. + "content": "A String", # Content is a string from a document (parsed content). + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk. + "title": "A String", # Title of the document. + "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document. + }, + "id": "A String", # Unique chunk id of the current chunk. + "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the chunk. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}/chunks/{chunk_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + }, "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. "readers": [ diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html index 1bc27d536b..d8503e5bde 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -353,6 +353,18 @@

Method Details

}, "searchResults": [ # Search Results. { # Represents the search results. + "chunk": { # Chunk captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched in the chunk mode. # The chunk data in the search response if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS. + "content": "A String", # Content is a string from a document (parsed content). + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk. + "title": "A String", # Title of the document. + "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document. + }, + "id": "A String", # Unique chunk id of the current chunk. + "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the chunk. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}/chunks/{chunk_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + }, "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. "readers": [ diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html index a2551ea03c..92a751b4fd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

dataStore: string, Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`. (required) includeTailSuggestions: boolean, Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned. query: string, Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters. - queryModel: string, Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. + queryModel: string, Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. * userPseudoId: string, A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -205,6 +205,12 @@

Method Details

"defaultSchemaId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the default Schema asscociated to this data store. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The data store display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "documentProcessingConfig": { # A singleton resource of DataStore. It's empty when DataStore is created, which defaults to digital parser. The first call to DataStoreService.UpdateDocumentProcessingConfig method will initialize the config. # Configuration for Document understanding and enrichment. + "chunkingConfig": { # Configuration for chunking config. # Whether chunking mode is enabled. + "layoutBasedChunkingConfig": { # Configuration for the layout based chunking. # Configuration for the layout based chunking. + "chunkSize": 42, # The token size limit for each chunk. Supported values: 100-500 (inclusive). Default value: 500. + "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Whether to include appending different levels of headings to chunks from the middle of the document to prevent context loss. Default value: False. + }, + }, "defaultParsingConfig": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. # Configurations for default Document parser. If not specified, we will configure it as default DigitalParsingConfig, and the default parsing config will be applied to all file types for Document parsing. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. }, @@ -360,6 +366,12 @@

Method Details

"defaultSchemaId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the default Schema asscociated to this data store. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The data store display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "documentProcessingConfig": { # A singleton resource of DataStore. It's empty when DataStore is created, which defaults to digital parser. The first call to DataStoreService.UpdateDocumentProcessingConfig method will initialize the config. # Configuration for Document understanding and enrichment. + "chunkingConfig": { # Configuration for chunking config. # Whether chunking mode is enabled. + "layoutBasedChunkingConfig": { # Configuration for the layout based chunking. # Configuration for the layout based chunking. + "chunkSize": 42, # The token size limit for each chunk. Supported values: 100-500 (inclusive). Default value: 500. + "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Whether to include appending different levels of headings to chunks from the middle of the document to prevent context loss. Default value: False. + }, + }, "defaultParsingConfig": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. # Configurations for default Document parser. If not specified, we will configure it as default DigitalParsingConfig, and the default parsing config will be applied to all file types for Document parsing. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. }, @@ -444,6 +456,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A singleton resource of DataStore. It's empty when DataStore is created, which defaults to digital parser. The first call to DataStoreService.UpdateDocumentProcessingConfig method will initialize the config. + "chunkingConfig": { # Configuration for chunking config. # Whether chunking mode is enabled. + "layoutBasedChunkingConfig": { # Configuration for the layout based chunking. # Configuration for the layout based chunking. + "chunkSize": 42, # The token size limit for each chunk. Supported values: 100-500 (inclusive). Default value: 500. + "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Whether to include appending different levels of headings to chunks from the middle of the document to prevent context loss. Default value: False. + }, + }, "defaultParsingConfig": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. # Configurations for default Document parser. If not specified, we will configure it as default DigitalParsingConfig, and the default parsing config will be applied to all file types for Document parsing. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. }, @@ -526,6 +544,12 @@

Method Details

"defaultSchemaId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the default Schema asscociated to this data store. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The data store display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "documentProcessingConfig": { # A singleton resource of DataStore. It's empty when DataStore is created, which defaults to digital parser. The first call to DataStoreService.UpdateDocumentProcessingConfig method will initialize the config. # Configuration for Document understanding and enrichment. + "chunkingConfig": { # Configuration for chunking config. # Whether chunking mode is enabled. + "layoutBasedChunkingConfig": { # Configuration for the layout based chunking. # Configuration for the layout based chunking. + "chunkSize": 42, # The token size limit for each chunk. Supported values: 100-500 (inclusive). Default value: 500. + "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Whether to include appending different levels of headings to chunks from the middle of the document to prevent context loss. Default value: False. + }, + }, "defaultParsingConfig": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. # Configurations for default Document parser. If not specified, we will configure it as default DigitalParsingConfig, and the default parsing config will be applied to all file types for Document parsing. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. }, @@ -628,6 +652,12 @@

Method Details

"defaultSchemaId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the default Schema asscociated to this data store. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The data store display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "documentProcessingConfig": { # A singleton resource of DataStore. It's empty when DataStore is created, which defaults to digital parser. The first call to DataStoreService.UpdateDocumentProcessingConfig method will initialize the config. # Configuration for Document understanding and enrichment. + "chunkingConfig": { # Configuration for chunking config. # Whether chunking mode is enabled. + "layoutBasedChunkingConfig": { # Configuration for the layout based chunking. # Configuration for the layout based chunking. + "chunkSize": 42, # The token size limit for each chunk. Supported values: 100-500 (inclusive). Default value: 500. + "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Whether to include appending different levels of headings to chunks from the middle of the document to prevent context loss. Default value: False. + }, + }, "defaultParsingConfig": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. # Configurations for default Document parser. If not specified, we will configure it as default DigitalParsingConfig, and the default parsing config will be applied to all file types for Document parsing. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. }, @@ -712,6 +742,12 @@

Method Details

"defaultSchemaId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the default Schema asscociated to this data store. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The data store display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "documentProcessingConfig": { # A singleton resource of DataStore. It's empty when DataStore is created, which defaults to digital parser. The first call to DataStoreService.UpdateDocumentProcessingConfig method will initialize the config. # Configuration for Document understanding and enrichment. + "chunkingConfig": { # Configuration for chunking config. # Whether chunking mode is enabled. + "layoutBasedChunkingConfig": { # Configuration for the layout based chunking. # Configuration for the layout based chunking. + "chunkSize": 42, # The token size limit for each chunk. Supported values: 100-500 (inclusive). Default value: 500. + "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Whether to include appending different levels of headings to chunks from the middle of the document to prevent context loss. Default value: False. + }, + }, "defaultParsingConfig": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. # Configurations for default Document parser. If not specified, we will configure it as default DigitalParsingConfig, and the default parsing config will be applied to all file types for Document parsing. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. }, @@ -791,6 +827,12 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A singleton resource of DataStore. It's empty when DataStore is created, which defaults to digital parser. The first call to DataStoreService.UpdateDocumentProcessingConfig method will initialize the config. + "chunkingConfig": { # Configuration for chunking config. # Whether chunking mode is enabled. + "layoutBasedChunkingConfig": { # Configuration for the layout based chunking. # Configuration for the layout based chunking. + "chunkSize": 42, # The token size limit for each chunk. Supported values: 100-500 (inclusive). Default value: 500. + "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Whether to include appending different levels of headings to chunks from the middle of the document to prevent context loss. Default value: False. + }, + }, "defaultParsingConfig": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. # Configurations for default Document parser. If not specified, we will configure it as default DigitalParsingConfig, and the default parsing config will be applied to all file types for Document parsing. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. }, @@ -837,6 +879,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A singleton resource of DataStore. It's empty when DataStore is created, which defaults to digital parser. The first call to DataStoreService.UpdateDocumentProcessingConfig method will initialize the config. + "chunkingConfig": { # Configuration for chunking config. # Whether chunking mode is enabled. + "layoutBasedChunkingConfig": { # Configuration for the layout based chunking. # Configuration for the layout based chunking. + "chunkSize": 42, # The token size limit for each chunk. Supported values: 100-500 (inclusive). Default value: 500. + "includeAncestorHeadings": True or False, # Whether to include appending different levels of headings to chunks from the middle of the document to prevent context loss. Default value: False. + }, + }, "defaultParsingConfig": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. # Configurations for default Document parser. If not specified, we will configure it as default DigitalParsingConfig, and the default parsing config will be applied to all file types for Document parsing. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 69cfd40b07..93d437e4c8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -145,6 +145,7 @@

Method Details

"numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. }, + "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet. @@ -246,6 +247,7 @@

Method Details

"numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. }, + "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet. @@ -353,6 +355,7 @@

Method Details

"numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. }, + "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet. @@ -443,6 +446,7 @@

Method Details

"numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. }, + "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet. @@ -675,6 +679,7 @@

Method Details

"numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. }, + "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet. @@ -827,6 +832,18 @@

Method Details

"redirectUri": "A String", # The URI of a customer-defined redirect page. If redirect action is triggered, no search is performed, and only redirect_uri and attribution_token are set in the response. "results": [ # A list of matched documents. The order represents the ranking. { # Represents the search results. + "chunk": { # Chunk captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched in the chunk mode. # The chunk data in the search response if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS. + "content": "A String", # Content is a string from a document (parsed content). + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk. + "title": "A String", # Title of the document. + "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document. + }, + "id": "A String", # Unique chunk id of the current chunk. + "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the chunk. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}/chunks/{chunk_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. + }, "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. "readers": [ diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html index 881c59a54d..567160576d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "contentCategory": "A String", # The kind of content on which the YouTube and Partners ads will be shown. "effectiveContentCategory": "A String", # Output only. The content category which takes effect when serving the line item. When content category is set in both line item and advertiser, the stricter one will take effect when serving the line item. @@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "contentCategory": "A String", # The kind of content on which the YouTube and Partners ads will be shown. "effectiveContentCategory": "A String", # Output only. The content category which takes effect when serving the line item. When content category is set in both line item and advertiser, the stricter one will take effect when serving the line item. @@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "contentCategory": "A String", # The kind of content on which the YouTube and Partners ads will be shown. "effectiveContentCategory": "A String", # Output only. The content category which takes effect when serving the line item. When content category is set in both line item and advertiser, the stricter one will take effect when serving the line item. @@ -1607,7 +1607,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "contentCategory": "A String", # The kind of content on which the YouTube and Partners ads will be shown. "effectiveContentCategory": "A String", # Output only. The content category which takes effect when serving the line item. When content category is set in both line item and advertiser, the stricter one will take effect when serving the line item. @@ -1800,7 +1800,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "contentCategory": "A String", # The kind of content on which the YouTube and Partners ads will be shown. "effectiveContentCategory": "A String", # Output only. The content category which takes effect when serving the line item. When content category is set in both line item and advertiser, the stricter one will take effect when serving the line item. @@ -1998,7 +1998,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "contentCategory": "A String", # The kind of content on which the YouTube and Partners ads will be shown. "effectiveContentCategory": "A String", # Output only. The content category which takes effect when serving the line item. When content category is set in both line item and advertiser, the stricter one will take effect when serving the line item. @@ -2203,7 +2203,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "contentCategory": "A String", # The kind of content on which the YouTube and Partners ads will be shown. "effectiveContentCategory": "A String", # Output only. The content category which takes effect when serving the line item. When content category is set in both line item and advertiser, the stricter one will take effect when serving the line item. @@ -2389,7 +2389,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "contentCategory": "A String", # The kind of content on which the YouTube and Partners ads will be shown. "effectiveContentCategory": "A String", # Output only. The content category which takes effect when serving the line item. When content category is set in both line item and advertiser, the stricter one will take effect when serving the line item. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html index e2ba3e0dc1..5bdc0a60ef 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. "entityStatus": "A String", # Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. "entityStatus": "A String", # Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html index 05ff4b521c..fd4d72d3a1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html index e6ae8050e8..2084952c9f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, "budget": { # Settings that control how insertion order budget is allocated. # Required. The budget allocation settings of the insertion order. @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, "budget": { # Settings that control how insertion order budget is allocated. # Required. The budget allocation settings of the insertion order. @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, "budget": { # Settings that control how insertion order budget is allocated. # Required. The budget allocation settings of the insertion order. @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, "budget": { # Settings that control how insertion order budget is allocated. # Required. The budget allocation settings of the insertion order. @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, "budget": { # Settings that control how insertion order budget is allocated. # Required. The budget allocation settings of the insertion order. @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, "budget": { # Settings that control how insertion order budget is allocated. # Required. The budget allocation settings of the insertion order. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html index 6fe22ac86c..2861ed9fb5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, "budget": { # Settings that control how budget is allocated. # Required. The budget allocation setting of the line item. @@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, "budget": { # Settings that control how budget is allocated. # Required. The budget allocation setting of the line item. @@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, "budget": { # Settings that control how budget is allocated. # Required. The budget allocation setting of the line item. @@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, "budget": { # Settings that control how budget is allocated. # Required. The budget allocation setting of the line item. @@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, "budget": { # Settings that control how budget is allocated. # Required. The budget allocation setting of the line item. @@ -1910,7 +1910,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, "budget": { # Settings that control how budget is allocated. # Required. The budget allocation setting of the line item. @@ -2115,7 +2115,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, "budget": { # Settings that control how budget is allocated. # Required. The budget allocation setting of the line item. @@ -2301,7 +2301,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective target CPA value for ad group. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective target CPA for ad group, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. - "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. + "value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, "budget": { # Settings that control how budget is allocated. # Required. The budget allocation setting of the line item. diff --git a/docs/dyn/doubleclickbidmanager_v2.queries.html b/docs/dyn/doubleclickbidmanager_v2.queries.html index 0675eeb595..84e59a98ea 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/doubleclickbidmanager_v2.queries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/doubleclickbidmanager_v2.queries.html @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

Method Details

], "options": { # Additional query options. # Additional query options. "includeOnlyTargetedUserLists": True or False, # Set to true and filter your report by `FILTER_INSERTION_ORDER` or `FILTER_LINE_ITEM` to include data for audience lists specifically targeted by those items. - "pathQueryOptions": { # Path Query Options for Report Options. # Options that contain Path Filters and Custom Channel Groupings. + "pathQueryOptions": { # Path Query Options for Report Options. # Options that contain Path Filters and Custom Channel Groupings. This field is deprecated and will sunset on **May 1, 2024**. After sunset, requests using this field will return an error. "channelGrouping": { # A channel grouping defines a set of rules that can be used to categorize events in a path report. # Custom Channel Groupings. "fallbackName": "A String", # The name to apply to an event that does not match any of the rules in the channel grouping. "name": "A String", # Channel Grouping name. @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@

Method Details

], "options": { # Additional query options. # Additional query options. "includeOnlyTargetedUserLists": True or False, # Set to true and filter your report by `FILTER_INSERTION_ORDER` or `FILTER_LINE_ITEM` to include data for audience lists specifically targeted by those items. - "pathQueryOptions": { # Path Query Options for Report Options. # Options that contain Path Filters and Custom Channel Groupings. + "pathQueryOptions": { # Path Query Options for Report Options. # Options that contain Path Filters and Custom Channel Groupings. This field is deprecated and will sunset on **May 1, 2024**. After sunset, requests using this field will return an error. "channelGrouping": { # A channel grouping defines a set of rules that can be used to categorize events in a path report. # Custom Channel Groupings. "fallbackName": "A String", # The name to apply to an event that does not match any of the rules in the channel grouping. "name": "A String", # Channel Grouping name. @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@

Method Details

], "options": { # Additional query options. # Additional query options. "includeOnlyTargetedUserLists": True or False, # Set to true and filter your report by `FILTER_INSERTION_ORDER` or `FILTER_LINE_ITEM` to include data for audience lists specifically targeted by those items. - "pathQueryOptions": { # Path Query Options for Report Options. # Options that contain Path Filters and Custom Channel Groupings. + "pathQueryOptions": { # Path Query Options for Report Options. # Options that contain Path Filters and Custom Channel Groupings. This field is deprecated and will sunset on **May 1, 2024**. After sunset, requests using this field will return an error. "channelGrouping": { # A channel grouping defines a set of rules that can be used to categorize events in a path report. # Custom Channel Groupings. "fallbackName": "A String", # The name to apply to an event that does not match any of the rules in the channel grouping. "name": "A String", # Channel Grouping name. @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@

Method Details

], "options": { # Additional query options. # Additional query options. "includeOnlyTargetedUserLists": True or False, # Set to true and filter your report by `FILTER_INSERTION_ORDER` or `FILTER_LINE_ITEM` to include data for audience lists specifically targeted by those items. - "pathQueryOptions": { # Path Query Options for Report Options. # Options that contain Path Filters and Custom Channel Groupings. + "pathQueryOptions": { # Path Query Options for Report Options. # Options that contain Path Filters and Custom Channel Groupings. This field is deprecated and will sunset on **May 1, 2024**. After sunset, requests using this field will return an error. "channelGrouping": { # A channel grouping defines a set of rules that can be used to categorize events in a path report. # Custom Channel Groupings. "fallbackName": "A String", # The name to apply to an event that does not match any of the rules in the channel grouping. "name": "A String", # Channel Grouping name. @@ -655,7 +655,7 @@

Method Details

], "options": { # Additional query options. # Additional query options. "includeOnlyTargetedUserLists": True or False, # Set to true and filter your report by `FILTER_INSERTION_ORDER` or `FILTER_LINE_ITEM` to include data for audience lists specifically targeted by those items. - "pathQueryOptions": { # Path Query Options for Report Options. # Options that contain Path Filters and Custom Channel Groupings. + "pathQueryOptions": { # Path Query Options for Report Options. # Options that contain Path Filters and Custom Channel Groupings. This field is deprecated and will sunset on **May 1, 2024**. After sunset, requests using this field will return an error. "channelGrouping": { # A channel grouping defines a set of rules that can be used to categorize events in a path report. # Custom Channel Groupings. "fallbackName": "A String", # The name to apply to an event that does not match any of the rules in the channel grouping. "name": "A String", # Channel Grouping name. diff --git a/docs/dyn/doubleclickbidmanager_v2.queries.reports.html b/docs/dyn/doubleclickbidmanager_v2.queries.reports.html index 598bd59f6d..0db3487f66 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/doubleclickbidmanager_v2.queries.reports.html +++ b/docs/dyn/doubleclickbidmanager_v2.queries.reports.html @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@

Method Details

], "options": { # Additional query options. # Additional query options. "includeOnlyTargetedUserLists": True or False, # Set to true and filter your report by `FILTER_INSERTION_ORDER` or `FILTER_LINE_ITEM` to include data for audience lists specifically targeted by those items. - "pathQueryOptions": { # Path Query Options for Report Options. # Options that contain Path Filters and Custom Channel Groupings. + "pathQueryOptions": { # Path Query Options for Report Options. # Options that contain Path Filters and Custom Channel Groupings. This field is deprecated and will sunset on **May 1, 2024**. After sunset, requests using this field will return an error. "channelGrouping": { # A channel grouping defines a set of rules that can be used to categorize events in a path report. # Custom Channel Groupings. "fallbackName": "A String", # The name to apply to an event that does not match any of the rules in the channel grouping. "name": "A String", # Channel Grouping name. @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@

Method Details

], "options": { # Additional query options. # Additional query options. "includeOnlyTargetedUserLists": True or False, # Set to true and filter your report by `FILTER_INSERTION_ORDER` or `FILTER_LINE_ITEM` to include data for audience lists specifically targeted by those items. - "pathQueryOptions": { # Path Query Options for Report Options. # Options that contain Path Filters and Custom Channel Groupings. + "pathQueryOptions": { # Path Query Options for Report Options. # Options that contain Path Filters and Custom Channel Groupings. This field is deprecated and will sunset on **May 1, 2024**. After sunset, requests using this field will return an error. "channelGrouping": { # A channel grouping defines a set of rules that can be used to categorize events in a path report. # Custom Channel Groupings. "fallbackName": "A String", # The name to apply to an event that does not match any of the rules in the channel grouping. "name": "A String", # Channel Grouping name. diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html index 37a700333f..b1a7bb806f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@

Method Details

Revert an existing instance's file system to a specified snapshot.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`. The resource name of the instance, in the format (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 507acbfc4e..3de5db2651 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -105,6 +105,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the settings of a specific instance.

+

+ promoteReplica(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Promote an standby instance (replica).

restore(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Restores an existing instance's file share from a backup. The capacity of the instance needs to be equal to or larger than the capacity of the backup (and also equal to or larger than the minimum capacity of the tier).

@@ -131,10 +134,10 @@

Method Details

"capacityStepSizeGb": "A String", # Output only. The increase/decrease capacity step size. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. "description": "A String", # The description of the instance (2048 characters or less). - "directoryServices": { # Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. # Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. Should only be set if protocol is "NFS_V4_1". + "directoryServices": { # Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. # Optional. Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. Should only be set if protocol is "NFS_V4_1". "managedActiveDirectory": { # ManagedActiveDirectoryConfig contains all the parameters for connecting to Managed Active Directory. # Configuration for Managed Service for Microsoft Active Directory. - "computer": "A String", # The computer name is used as a prefix to the mount remote target. Example: if the computer_name is `my-computer`, the mount command will look like: `$mount -o vers=4,sec=krb5 my-computer.filestore.:`. - "domain": "A String", # Fully qualified domain name. + "computer": "A String", # Required. The computer name is used as a prefix to the mount remote target. Example: if the computer is `my-computer`, the mount command will look like: `$mount -o vers=4.1,sec=krb5 my-computer.filestore.: `. + "domain": "A String", # Required. The domain resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain}`. }, }, "etag": "A String", # Server-specified ETag for the instance resource to prevent simultaneous updates from overwriting each other. @@ -276,10 +279,10 @@

Method Details

"capacityStepSizeGb": "A String", # Output only. The increase/decrease capacity step size. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. "description": "A String", # The description of the instance (2048 characters or less). - "directoryServices": { # Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. # Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. Should only be set if protocol is "NFS_V4_1". + "directoryServices": { # Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. # Optional. Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. Should only be set if protocol is "NFS_V4_1". "managedActiveDirectory": { # ManagedActiveDirectoryConfig contains all the parameters for connecting to Managed Active Directory. # Configuration for Managed Service for Microsoft Active Directory. - "computer": "A String", # The computer name is used as a prefix to the mount remote target. Example: if the computer_name is `my-computer`, the mount command will look like: `$mount -o vers=4,sec=krb5 my-computer.filestore.:`. - "domain": "A String", # Fully qualified domain name. + "computer": "A String", # Required. The computer name is used as a prefix to the mount remote target. Example: if the computer is `my-computer`, the mount command will look like: `$mount -o vers=4.1,sec=krb5 my-computer.filestore.: `. + "domain": "A String", # Required. The domain resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain}`. }, }, "etag": "A String", # Server-specified ETag for the instance resource to prevent simultaneous updates from overwriting each other. @@ -362,10 +365,10 @@

Method Details

"capacityStepSizeGb": "A String", # Output only. The increase/decrease capacity step size. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. "description": "A String", # The description of the instance (2048 characters or less). - "directoryServices": { # Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. # Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. Should only be set if protocol is "NFS_V4_1". + "directoryServices": { # Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. # Optional. Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. Should only be set if protocol is "NFS_V4_1". "managedActiveDirectory": { # ManagedActiveDirectoryConfig contains all the parameters for connecting to Managed Active Directory. # Configuration for Managed Service for Microsoft Active Directory. - "computer": "A String", # The computer name is used as a prefix to the mount remote target. Example: if the computer_name is `my-computer`, the mount command will look like: `$mount -o vers=4,sec=krb5 my-computer.filestore.:`. - "domain": "A String", # Fully qualified domain name. + "computer": "A String", # Required. The computer name is used as a prefix to the mount remote target. Example: if the computer is `my-computer`, the mount command will look like: `$mount -o vers=4.1,sec=krb5 my-computer.filestore.: `. + "domain": "A String", # Required. The domain resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain}`. }, }, "etag": "A String", # Server-specified ETag for the instance resource to prevent simultaneous updates from overwriting each other. @@ -457,10 +460,10 @@

Method Details

"capacityStepSizeGb": "A String", # Output only. The increase/decrease capacity step size. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. "description": "A String", # The description of the instance (2048 characters or less). - "directoryServices": { # Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. # Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. Should only be set if protocol is "NFS_V4_1". + "directoryServices": { # Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. # Optional. Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. Should only be set if protocol is "NFS_V4_1". "managedActiveDirectory": { # ManagedActiveDirectoryConfig contains all the parameters for connecting to Managed Active Directory. # Configuration for Managed Service for Microsoft Active Directory. - "computer": "A String", # The computer name is used as a prefix to the mount remote target. Example: if the computer_name is `my-computer`, the mount command will look like: `$mount -o vers=4,sec=krb5 my-computer.filestore.:`. - "domain": "A String", # Fully qualified domain name. + "computer": "A String", # Required. The computer name is used as a prefix to the mount remote target. Example: if the computer is `my-computer`, the mount command will look like: `$mount -o vers=4.1,sec=krb5 my-computer.filestore.: `. + "domain": "A String", # Required. The domain resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain}`. }, }, "etag": "A String", # Server-specified ETag for the instance resource to prevent simultaneous updates from overwriting each other. @@ -517,7 +520,48 @@

Method Details

"tier": "A String", # The service tier of the instance. } - updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields: * "description" * "file_shares" * "labels" + updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields: * "description" * "directory_services" * "file_shares" * "labels" + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. + "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, +}
+
+ +
+ promoteReplica(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Promote an standby instance (replica).
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # PromoteReplicaRequest promotes a Filestore standby instance (replica).
+}
+
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -596,7 +640,7 @@ 

Method Details

Revert an existing instance's file system to a specified snapshot.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`. The resource name of the instance, in the format (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.oauthClients.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.oauthClients.html
index 379bac68a5..81620c2dea 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.oauthClients.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.oauthClients.html
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ 

Method Details

Accepts an App Attest assertion and an artifact previously obtained from ExchangeAppAttestAttestation and verifies those with Apple. If valid, returns an AppCheckToken.
 
 Args:
-  app: string, Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. (required)
+  app: string, Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. Alternatively, if this method is being called for an OAuth client protected by App Check, this field can also be in the format: ``` oauthClients/{oauth_client_id} ``` You can view the OAuth client ID for your OAuth clients in the Google Cloud console. Note that only iOS OAuth clients are supported at this time, and they must be linked to corresponding iOS Firebase apps. Please see [the documentation](https://developers.google.com/identity/sign-in/ios/appcheck/get-started#project-setup) for more information. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ 

Method Details

Accepts an App Attest CBOR attestation and verifies it with Apple using your preconfigured team and bundle IDs. If valid, returns an attestation artifact that can later be exchanged for an AppCheckToken using ExchangeAppAttestAssertion. For convenience and performance, this method's response object will also contain an AppCheckToken (if the verification is successful).
 
 Args:
-  app: string, Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. (required)
+  app: string, Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. Alternatively, if this method is being called for an OAuth client protected by App Check, this field can also be in the format: ``` oauthClients/{oauth_client_id} ``` You can view the OAuth client ID for your OAuth clients in the Google Cloud console. Note that only iOS OAuth clients are supported at this time, and they must be linked to corresponding iOS Firebase apps. Please see [the documentation](https://developers.google.com/identity/sign-in/ios/appcheck/get-started#project-setup) for more information. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ 

Method Details

Validates a debug token secret that you have previously created using CreateDebugToken. If valid, returns an AppCheckToken. Note that a restrictive quota is enforced on this method to prevent accidental exposure of the app to abuse.
 
 Args:
-  app: string, Required. The relative resource name of the app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. (required)
+  app: string, Required. The relative resource name of the app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. Alternatively, if this method is being called for an OAuth client protected by App Check, this field can also be in the format: ``` oauthClients/{oauth_client_id} ``` You can view the OAuth client ID for your OAuth clients in the Google Cloud console. Note that only iOS OAuth clients are supported at this time, and they must be linked to corresponding iOS Firebase apps. Please see [the documentation](https://developers.google.com/identity/sign-in/ios/appcheck/get-started#project-setup) for more information. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ 

Method Details

Generates a challenge that protects the integrity of an immediately following call to ExchangeAppAttestAttestation or ExchangeAppAttestAssertion. A challenge should not be reused for multiple calls.
 
 Args:
-  app: string, Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. (required)
+  app: string, Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. Alternatively, if this method is being called for an OAuth client protected by App Check, this field can also be in the format: ``` oauthClients/{oauth_client_id} ``` You can view the OAuth client ID for your OAuth clients in the Google Cloud console. Note that only iOS OAuth clients are supported at this time, and they must be linked to corresponding iOS Firebase apps. Please see [the documentation](https://developers.google.com/identity/sign-in/ios/appcheck/get-started#project-setup) for more information. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html
index 4405136f8a..8f92a68c99 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ 

Method Details

Accepts an App Attest assertion and an artifact previously obtained from ExchangeAppAttestAttestation and verifies those with Apple. If valid, returns an AppCheckToken.
 
 Args:
-  app: string, Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. (required)
+  app: string, Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. Alternatively, if this method is being called for an OAuth client protected by App Check, this field can also be in the format: ``` oauthClients/{oauth_client_id} ``` You can view the OAuth client ID for your OAuth clients in the Google Cloud console. Note that only iOS OAuth clients are supported at this time, and they must be linked to corresponding iOS Firebase apps. Please see [the documentation](https://developers.google.com/identity/sign-in/ios/appcheck/get-started#project-setup) for more information. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ 

Method Details

Accepts an App Attest CBOR attestation and verifies it with Apple using your preconfigured team and bundle IDs. If valid, returns an attestation artifact that can later be exchanged for an AppCheckToken using ExchangeAppAttestAssertion. For convenience and performance, this method's response object will also contain an AppCheckToken (if the verification is successful).
 
 Args:
-  app: string, Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. (required)
+  app: string, Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. Alternatively, if this method is being called for an OAuth client protected by App Check, this field can also be in the format: ``` oauthClients/{oauth_client_id} ``` You can view the OAuth client ID for your OAuth clients in the Google Cloud console. Note that only iOS OAuth clients are supported at this time, and they must be linked to corresponding iOS Firebase apps. Please see [the documentation](https://developers.google.com/identity/sign-in/ios/appcheck/get-started#project-setup) for more information. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ 

Method Details

Validates a debug token secret that you have previously created using CreateDebugToken. If valid, returns an AppCheckToken. Note that a restrictive quota is enforced on this method to prevent accidental exposure of the app to abuse.
 
 Args:
-  app: string, Required. The relative resource name of the app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. (required)
+  app: string, Required. The relative resource name of the app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. Alternatively, if this method is being called for an OAuth client protected by App Check, this field can also be in the format: ``` oauthClients/{oauth_client_id} ``` You can view the OAuth client ID for your OAuth clients in the Google Cloud console. Note that only iOS OAuth clients are supported at this time, and they must be linked to corresponding iOS Firebase apps. Please see [the documentation](https://developers.google.com/identity/sign-in/ios/appcheck/get-started#project-setup) for more information. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ 

Method Details

Generates a challenge that protects the integrity of an immediately following call to ExchangeAppAttestAttestation or ExchangeAppAttestAssertion. A challenge should not be reused for multiple calls.
 
 Args:
-  app: string, Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. (required)
+  app: string, Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. Alternatively, if this method is being called for an OAuth client protected by App Check, this field can also be in the format: ``` oauthClients/{oauth_client_id} ``` You can view the OAuth client ID for your OAuth clients in the Google Cloud console. Note that only iOS OAuth clients are supported at this time, and they must be linked to corresponding iOS Firebase apps. Please see [the documentation](https://developers.google.com/identity/sign-in/ios/appcheck/get-started#project-setup) for more information. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.services.resourcePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.services.resourcePolicies.html
index ec3a5271ab..74714dc5fe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.services.resourcePolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.services.resourcePolicies.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ 

Method Details

"updateMask": "A String", # Required. A comma-separated list of names of fields in the ResourcePolicy to update. Example: `enforcement_mode`. }, ], - "updateMask": "A String", # Optional. A comma-separated list of names of fields in the ResourceConfigurations to update. Example: `enforcement_mode`. If this field is present, the `update_mask` field in the UpdateResourcePolicyRequest messages must all match this field, or the entire batch fails and no updates will be committed. + "updateMask": "A String", # Optional. A comma-separated list of names of fields in the ResourcePolicy objects to update. Example: `enforcement_mode`. If this field is present, the `update_mask` field in the UpdateResourcePolicyRequest messages must all match this field, or the entire batch fails and no updates will be committed. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response message for the ListResourcePolicies method. - "nextPageToken": "A String", # If the result list is too large to fit in a single response, then a token is returned. If the string is empty or omitted, then this response is the last page of results. This token can be used in a subsequent call to ListResourcePolicies to find the next group of ResourcePolicys. Page tokens are short-lived and should not be persisted. + "nextPageToken": "A String", # If the result list is too large to fit in a single response, then a token is returned. If the string is empty or omitted, then this response is the last page of results. This token can be used in a subsequent call to ListResourcePolicies to find the next group of ResourcePolicy objects. Page tokens are short-lived and should not be persisted. "resourcePolicies": [ # The ResourcePolicys retrieved. { # App Check enforcement policy for a specific resource of a Firebase service supported by App Check. Note that this policy will override the Service level enforcement mode configuration. "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service. For new resources that you are creating, you should consider setting an override and enable enforcement on the resource immediately, if there are no outdated clients that can use it. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html index 85ec36d0a0..f7fae4ab69 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html @@ -181,8 +181,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -205,6 +207,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -334,8 +350,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -358,6 +376,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -606,8 +638,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -630,6 +664,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -973,8 +1021,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -997,6 +1047,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -1126,8 +1190,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -1150,6 +1216,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -1398,8 +1478,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -1422,6 +1504,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -1753,8 +1849,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -1777,6 +1875,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -1906,8 +2018,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -1930,6 +2044,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -2178,8 +2306,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -2202,6 +2332,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -2489,8 +2633,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -2513,6 +2659,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -2642,8 +2802,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -2666,6 +2828,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -2914,8 +3090,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -2938,6 +3116,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html index 65de6f6679..142b67a914 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html @@ -184,8 +184,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -208,6 +210,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -350,8 +366,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -374,6 +392,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -640,8 +672,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -664,6 +698,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -1137,8 +1185,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -1161,6 +1211,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -1303,8 +1367,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -1327,6 +1393,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -1593,8 +1673,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -1617,6 +1699,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -2078,8 +2174,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -2102,6 +2200,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -2244,8 +2356,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -2268,6 +2382,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -2534,8 +2662,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -2558,6 +2688,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -2975,8 +3119,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -2999,6 +3145,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -3141,8 +3301,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -3165,6 +3327,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -3431,8 +3607,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -3455,6 +3633,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html index 83907290a8..0c2f5bd322 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html @@ -184,8 +184,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -208,6 +210,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -349,8 +365,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -373,6 +391,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -630,8 +662,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -654,6 +688,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -1012,8 +1060,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -1036,6 +1086,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -1177,8 +1241,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -1201,6 +1267,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -1458,8 +1538,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -1482,6 +1564,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -1828,8 +1924,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -1852,6 +1950,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -1993,8 +2105,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -2017,6 +2131,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -2274,8 +2402,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -2298,6 +2428,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -2600,8 +2744,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -2624,6 +2770,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -2765,8 +2925,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -2789,6 +2951,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, @@ -3046,8 +3222,10 @@

Method Details

"clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. + "groupFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. + "userClaim": "A String", # Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details. }, "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration. "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. @@ -3070,6 +3248,20 @@

Method Details

"userPrefix": "A String", # Prefix to prepend to user name. }, "proxy": "A String", # Proxy server address to use for auth method. + "samlConfig": { # Configuration for the SAML Auth flow. # SAML specific configuration. + "attributeMapping": { # Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is "attribute.nickname" and `value` is "assertion.nickname". + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "groupPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name. + "groupsAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`). + "identityProviderCertificates": [ # Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against. + "A String", + ], + "identityProviderId": "A String", # Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP. + "identityProviderSsoUri": "A String", # Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service. + "userAttribute": "A String", # Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`). + "userPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name. + }, }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.vmwareNodePools.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.vmwareNodePools.html index 92c88a6529..55808160c9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.vmwareNodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.vmwareNodePools.html @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Method Details

"cpus": "A String", # The number of CPUs for each node in the node pool. "enableLoadBalancer": True or False, # Allow node pool traffic to be load balanced. Only works for clusters with MetalLB load balancers. "image": "A String", # The OS image name in vCenter, only valid when using Windows. - "imageType": "A String", # Required. The OS image to be used for each node in a node pool. Currently `cos`, `ubuntu`, `ubuntu_containerd` and `windows` are supported. + "imageType": "A String", # Required. The OS image to be used for each node in a node pool. Currently `cos`, `cos_cgv2`, `ubuntu`, `ubuntu_cgv2`, `ubuntu_containerd` and `windows` are supported. "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@

Method Details

"cpus": "A String", # The number of CPUs for each node in the node pool. "enableLoadBalancer": True or False, # Allow node pool traffic to be load balanced. Only works for clusters with MetalLB load balancers. "image": "A String", # The OS image name in vCenter, only valid when using Windows. - "imageType": "A String", # Required. The OS image to be used for each node in a node pool. Currently `cos`, `ubuntu`, `ubuntu_containerd` and `windows` are supported. + "imageType": "A String", # Required. The OS image to be used for each node in a node pool. Currently `cos`, `cos_cgv2`, `ubuntu`, `ubuntu_cgv2`, `ubuntu_containerd` and `windows` are supported. "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@

Method Details

"cpus": "A String", # The number of CPUs for each node in the node pool. "enableLoadBalancer": True or False, # Allow node pool traffic to be load balanced. Only works for clusters with MetalLB load balancers. "image": "A String", # The OS image name in vCenter, only valid when using Windows. - "imageType": "A String", # Required. The OS image to be used for each node in a node pool. Currently `cos`, `ubuntu`, `ubuntu_containerd` and `windows` are supported. + "imageType": "A String", # Required. The OS image to be used for each node in a node pool. Currently `cos`, `cos_cgv2`, `ubuntu`, `ubuntu_cgv2`, `ubuntu_containerd` and `windows` are supported. "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@

Method Details

"cpus": "A String", # The number of CPUs for each node in the node pool. "enableLoadBalancer": True or False, # Allow node pool traffic to be load balanced. Only works for clusters with MetalLB load balancers. "image": "A String", # The OS image name in vCenter, only valid when using Windows. - "imageType": "A String", # Required. The OS image to be used for each node in a node pool. Currently `cos`, `ubuntu`, `ubuntu_containerd` and `windows` are supported. + "imageType": "A String", # Required. The OS image to be used for each node in a node pool. Currently `cos`, `cos_cgv2`, `ubuntu`, `ubuntu_cgv2`, `ubuntu_containerd` and `windows` are supported. "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md index 6e31afb927..13f1f846ea 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/index.md +++ b/docs/dyn/index.md @@ -433,6 +433,7 @@ ## dataportability +* [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/dataportability_v1.html) * [v1beta](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/dataportability_v1beta.html) @@ -1028,6 +1029,7 @@ ## secretmanager * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.html) * [v1beta1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta1.html) +* [v1beta2](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.html) ## securitycenter diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.buckets.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.buckets.html index 43d3f68a9d..1fcf82b141 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.buckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.buckets.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the bucket. } - bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. + bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the bucket. } - bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. + bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The response from ListBuckets. "buckets": [ # A list of buckets. { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.savedQueries.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.savedQueries.html index 8ca384f7c8..c3024e71b9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.savedQueries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.savedQueries.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Describes a query that has been saved by a user. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the saved query was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the saved query. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. "loggingQuery": { # Describes a Cloud Logging query that can be run in Logs Explorer UI or via the logging API.In addition to the query itself, additional information may be stored to capture the display configuration and other UI state used in association with analysis of query results. # Logging query that can be executed in Logs Explorer or via Logging API. "filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced query using the Logging Query Language (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language). The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters. "summaryFieldEnd": 42, # Characters will be counted from the end of the string. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Describes a query that has been saved by a user. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the saved query was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the saved query. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. "loggingQuery": { # Describes a Cloud Logging query that can be run in Logs Explorer UI or via the logging API.In addition to the query itself, additional information may be stored to capture the display configuration and other UI state used in association with analysis of query results. # Logging query that can be executed in Logs Explorer or via Logging API. "filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced query using the Logging Query Language (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language). The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters. "summaryFieldEnd": 42, # Characters will be counted from the end of the string. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Describes a query that has been saved by a user. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the saved query was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the saved query. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. "loggingQuery": { # Describes a Cloud Logging query that can be run in Logs Explorer UI or via the logging API.In addition to the query itself, additional information may be stored to capture the display configuration and other UI state used in association with analysis of query results. # Logging query that can be executed in Logs Explorer or via Logging API. "filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced query using the Logging Query Language (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language). The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters. "summaryFieldEnd": 42, # Characters will be counted from the end of the string. diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.buckets.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.buckets.html index 725896f745..1879f3d184 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.buckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.buckets.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the bucket. } - bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. + bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the bucket. } - bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. + bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The response from ListBuckets. "buckets": [ # A list of buckets. { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.savedQueries.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.savedQueries.html index bfbf63b00f..7def7a07d0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.savedQueries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.savedQueries.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Describes a query that has been saved by a user. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the saved query was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the saved query. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. "loggingQuery": { # Describes a Cloud Logging query that can be run in Logs Explorer UI or via the logging API.In addition to the query itself, additional information may be stored to capture the display configuration and other UI state used in association with analysis of query results. # Logging query that can be executed in Logs Explorer or via Logging API. "filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced query using the Logging Query Language (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language). The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters. "summaryFieldEnd": 42, # Characters will be counted from the end of the string. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Describes a query that has been saved by a user. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the saved query was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the saved query. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. "loggingQuery": { # Describes a Cloud Logging query that can be run in Logs Explorer UI or via the logging API.In addition to the query itself, additional information may be stored to capture the display configuration and other UI state used in association with analysis of query results. # Logging query that can be executed in Logs Explorer or via Logging API. "filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced query using the Logging Query Language (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language). The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters. "summaryFieldEnd": 42, # Characters will be counted from the end of the string. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Describes a query that has been saved by a user. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the saved query was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the saved query. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. "loggingQuery": { # Describes a Cloud Logging query that can be run in Logs Explorer UI or via the logging API.In addition to the query itself, additional information may be stored to capture the display configuration and other UI state used in association with analysis of query results. # Logging query that can be executed in Logs Explorer or via Logging API. "filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced query using the Logging Query Language (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language). The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters. "summaryFieldEnd": 42, # Characters will be counted from the end of the string. diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.buckets.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.buckets.html index 6dfaf97be1..2b37436468 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.buckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.buckets.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the bucket. } - bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. + bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the bucket. } - bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. + bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The response from ListBuckets. "buckets": [ # A list of buckets. { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.buckets.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.buckets.html index 96db87fb3d..457951bc04 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.buckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.buckets.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the bucket. } - bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. + bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the bucket. } - bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. + bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The response from ListBuckets. "buckets": [ # A list of buckets. { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.savedQueries.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.savedQueries.html index d9d5747b14..0bcc149b02 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.savedQueries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.savedQueries.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Describes a query that has been saved by a user. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the saved query was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the saved query. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. "loggingQuery": { # Describes a Cloud Logging query that can be run in Logs Explorer UI or via the logging API.In addition to the query itself, additional information may be stored to capture the display configuration and other UI state used in association with analysis of query results. # Logging query that can be executed in Logs Explorer or via Logging API. "filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced query using the Logging Query Language (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language). The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters. "summaryFieldEnd": 42, # Characters will be counted from the end of the string. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Describes a query that has been saved by a user. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the saved query was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the saved query. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. "loggingQuery": { # Describes a Cloud Logging query that can be run in Logs Explorer UI or via the logging API.In addition to the query itself, additional information may be stored to capture the display configuration and other UI state used in association with analysis of query results. # Logging query that can be executed in Logs Explorer or via Logging API. "filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced query using the Logging Query Language (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language). The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters. "summaryFieldEnd": 42, # Characters will be counted from the end of the string. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Describes a query that has been saved by a user. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the saved query was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the saved query. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. "loggingQuery": { # Describes a Cloud Logging query that can be run in Logs Explorer UI or via the logging API.In addition to the query itself, additional information may be stored to capture the display configuration and other UI state used in association with analysis of query results. # Logging query that can be executed in Logs Explorer or via Logging API. "filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced query using the Logging Query Language (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language). The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters. "summaryFieldEnd": 42, # Characters will be counted from the end of the string. diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.buckets.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.buckets.html index 75d8fe6d3f..72909e859e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.buckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.buckets.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the bucket. } - bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. + bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the bucket. } - bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. + bucketId: string, Required. A client-assigned identifier such as "my-bucket". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The response from ListBuckets. "buckets": [ # A list of buckets. { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored. - "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. + "analyticsEnabled": True or False, # Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled. "cmekSettings": { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Log Router can currently only be configured for Google Cloud organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the Google Cloud organization.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. # Optional. The CMEK settings of the log bucket. If present, new log entries written to this log bucket are encrypted using the CMEK key provided in this configuration. If a log bucket has CMEK settings, the CMEK settings cannot be disabled later by updating the log bucket. Changing the KMS key is allowed. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key"To enable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the needed cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter roles assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name or disabled by setting the key name to an empty string. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Log Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Log Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Output only. The CryptoKeyVersion resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]/cryptoKeyVersions/[VERSION]" For example:"projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key/cryptoKeyVersions/1"This is a read-only field used to convey the specific configured CryptoKeyVersion of kms_key that has been configured. It will be populated in cases where the CMEK settings are bound to a single key version.If this field is populated, the kms_key is tied to a specific CryptoKeyVersion. diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.savedQueries.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.savedQueries.html index 3c99dfd27a..0a730a138b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.savedQueries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.savedQueries.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Describes a query that has been saved by a user. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the saved query was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the saved query. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. "loggingQuery": { # Describes a Cloud Logging query that can be run in Logs Explorer UI or via the logging API.In addition to the query itself, additional information may be stored to capture the display configuration and other UI state used in association with analysis of query results. # Logging query that can be executed in Logs Explorer or via Logging API. "filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced query using the Logging Query Language (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language). The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters. "summaryFieldEnd": 42, # Characters will be counted from the end of the string. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Describes a query that has been saved by a user. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the saved query was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the saved query. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. "loggingQuery": { # Describes a Cloud Logging query that can be run in Logs Explorer UI or via the logging API.In addition to the query itself, additional information may be stored to capture the display configuration and other UI state used in association with analysis of query results. # Logging query that can be executed in Logs Explorer or via Logging API. "filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced query using the Logging Query Language (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language). The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters. "summaryFieldEnd": 42, # Characters will be counted from the end of the string. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Describes a query that has been saved by a user. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the saved query was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A human readable description of the saved query. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user specified title for the SavedQuery. "loggingQuery": { # Describes a Cloud Logging query that can be run in Logs Explorer UI or via the logging API.In addition to the query itself, additional information may be stored to capture the display configuration and other UI state used in association with analysis of query results. # Logging query that can be executed in Logs Explorer or via Logging API. "filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced query using the Logging Query Language (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language). The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters. "summaryFieldEnd": 42, # Characters will be counted from the end of the string. diff --git a/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.instances.html index 1440ad0a49..3b11c1c82e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -189,6 +189,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, }, + "linkedLspProjectNumber": "A String", # Optional. Linked Google Cloud Project Number for Looker Studio Pro. "lookerUri": "A String", # Output only. Looker instance URI which can be used to access the Looker Instance UI. "lookerVersion": "A String", # Output only. The Looker version that the instance is using. "maintenanceSchedule": { # Published upcoming future maintenance schedule. # Maintenance schedule for this instance. @@ -211,20 +212,6 @@

Method Details

}, "platformEdition": "A String", # Platform edition. "privateIpEnabled": True or False, # Whether private IP is enabled on the Looker instance. - "pscConfig": { # Information for Private Service Connect (PSC) setup for a Looker instance. # Optional. PSC configuration. Used when `enable_private_ip` and `psc_enabled` are both true. - "allowedVpcs": [ # Optional. List of VPCs that are allowed ingress into looker. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} - "A String", - ], - "lookerServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the Looker service attachment. - "serviceAttachments": [ # Optional. List of egress service attachment configurations. - { # Service attachment configuration. - "connectionStatus": "A String", # Output only. Connection status. - "localFqdn": "A String", # Required. Fully qualified domain name that will be used in the private DNS record created for the service attachment. - "targetServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # Required. URI of the service attachment to connect to. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service_attachment} - }, - ], - }, - "pscEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use Private Service Connect (PSC) for private IP connectivity. If true, VPC peering (PSA) will not be used. "publicIpEnabled": True or False, # Whether public IP is enabled on the Looker instance. "reservedRange": "A String", # Name of a reserved IP address range within the Instance.consumer_network, to be used for private services access connection. May or may not be specified in a create request. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the instance. @@ -417,6 +404,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, }, + "linkedLspProjectNumber": "A String", # Optional. Linked Google Cloud Project Number for Looker Studio Pro. "lookerUri": "A String", # Output only. Looker instance URI which can be used to access the Looker Instance UI. "lookerVersion": "A String", # Output only. The Looker version that the instance is using. "maintenanceSchedule": { # Published upcoming future maintenance schedule. # Maintenance schedule for this instance. @@ -439,20 +427,6 @@

Method Details

}, "platformEdition": "A String", # Platform edition. "privateIpEnabled": True or False, # Whether private IP is enabled on the Looker instance. - "pscConfig": { # Information for Private Service Connect (PSC) setup for a Looker instance. # Optional. PSC configuration. Used when `enable_private_ip` and `psc_enabled` are both true. - "allowedVpcs": [ # Optional. List of VPCs that are allowed ingress into looker. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} - "A String", - ], - "lookerServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the Looker service attachment. - "serviceAttachments": [ # Optional. List of egress service attachment configurations. - { # Service attachment configuration. - "connectionStatus": "A String", # Output only. Connection status. - "localFqdn": "A String", # Required. Fully qualified domain name that will be used in the private DNS record created for the service attachment. - "targetServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # Required. URI of the service attachment to connect to. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service_attachment} - }, - ], - }, - "pscEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use Private Service Connect (PSC) for private IP connectivity. If true, VPC peering (PSA) will not be used. "publicIpEnabled": True or False, # Whether public IP is enabled on the Looker instance. "reservedRange": "A String", # Name of a reserved IP address range within the Instance.consumer_network, to be used for private services access connection. May or may not be specified in a create request. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the instance. @@ -629,6 +603,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, }, + "linkedLspProjectNumber": "A String", # Optional. Linked Google Cloud Project Number for Looker Studio Pro. "lookerUri": "A String", # Output only. Looker instance URI which can be used to access the Looker Instance UI. "lookerVersion": "A String", # Output only. The Looker version that the instance is using. "maintenanceSchedule": { # Published upcoming future maintenance schedule. # Maintenance schedule for this instance. @@ -651,20 +626,6 @@

Method Details

}, "platformEdition": "A String", # Platform edition. "privateIpEnabled": True or False, # Whether private IP is enabled on the Looker instance. - "pscConfig": { # Information for Private Service Connect (PSC) setup for a Looker instance. # Optional. PSC configuration. Used when `enable_private_ip` and `psc_enabled` are both true. - "allowedVpcs": [ # Optional. List of VPCs that are allowed ingress into looker. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} - "A String", - ], - "lookerServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the Looker service attachment. - "serviceAttachments": [ # Optional. List of egress service attachment configurations. - { # Service attachment configuration. - "connectionStatus": "A String", # Output only. Connection status. - "localFqdn": "A String", # Required. Fully qualified domain name that will be used in the private DNS record created for the service attachment. - "targetServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # Required. URI of the service attachment to connect to. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service_attachment} - }, - ], - }, - "pscEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use Private Service Connect (PSC) for private IP connectivity. If true, VPC peering (PSA) will not be used. "publicIpEnabled": True or False, # Whether public IP is enabled on the Looker instance. "reservedRange": "A String", # Name of a reserved IP address range within the Instance.consumer_network, to be used for private services access connection. May or may not be specified in a create request. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the instance. @@ -762,6 +723,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, }, + "linkedLspProjectNumber": "A String", # Optional. Linked Google Cloud Project Number for Looker Studio Pro. "lookerUri": "A String", # Output only. Looker instance URI which can be used to access the Looker Instance UI. "lookerVersion": "A String", # Output only. The Looker version that the instance is using. "maintenanceSchedule": { # Published upcoming future maintenance schedule. # Maintenance schedule for this instance. @@ -784,20 +746,6 @@

Method Details

}, "platformEdition": "A String", # Platform edition. "privateIpEnabled": True or False, # Whether private IP is enabled on the Looker instance. - "pscConfig": { # Information for Private Service Connect (PSC) setup for a Looker instance. # Optional. PSC configuration. Used when `enable_private_ip` and `psc_enabled` are both true. - "allowedVpcs": [ # Optional. List of VPCs that are allowed ingress into looker. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} - "A String", - ], - "lookerServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the Looker service attachment. - "serviceAttachments": [ # Optional. List of egress service attachment configurations. - { # Service attachment configuration. - "connectionStatus": "A String", # Output only. Connection status. - "localFqdn": "A String", # Required. Fully qualified domain name that will be used in the private DNS record created for the service attachment. - "targetServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # Required. URI of the service attachment to connect to. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service_attachment} - }, - ], - }, - "pscEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use Private Service Connect (PSC) for private IP connectivity. If true, VPC peering (PSA) will not be used. "publicIpEnabled": True or False, # Whether public IP is enabled on the Looker instance. "reservedRange": "A String", # Name of a reserved IP address range within the Instance.consumer_network, to be used for private services access connection. May or may not be specified in a create request. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html index 50ff7cffdb..9be0919e21 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@

Method Details

"virtualMachinePreferences": { # VirtualMachinePreferences enables you to create sets of preferences, for example, a geographical location and pricing track, for your migrated virtual machines. The set of preferences influence recommendations for migrating virtual machine assets. # A set of preferences that applies to all virtual machines in the context. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with. "computeEnginePreferences": { # The user preferences relating to Compute Engine target platform. # Compute Engine preferences concern insights and recommendations for Compute Engine target. - "licenseType": "A String", # License type to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If unspecified, costs are calculated based on the default licensing plan. + "licenseType": "A String", # Overridden by os_pricing_preferences if specified. License type to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If unspecified, costs are calculated based on the default licensing plan. "machinePreferences": { # The type of machines to consider when calculating virtual machine migration insights and recommendations. Not all machine types are available in all zones and regions. # Preferences concerning the machine types to consider on Compute Engine. "allowedMachineSeries": [ # Compute Engine machine series to consider for insights and recommendations. If empty, no restriction is applied on the machine series. { # A Compute Engine machine series. @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@

Method Details

"virtualMachinePreferences": { # VirtualMachinePreferences enables you to create sets of preferences, for example, a geographical location and pricing track, for your migrated virtual machines. The set of preferences influence recommendations for migrating virtual machine assets. # A set of preferences that applies to all virtual machines in the context. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with. "computeEnginePreferences": { # The user preferences relating to Compute Engine target platform. # Compute Engine preferences concern insights and recommendations for Compute Engine target. - "licenseType": "A String", # License type to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If unspecified, costs are calculated based on the default licensing plan. + "licenseType": "A String", # Overridden by os_pricing_preferences if specified. License type to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If unspecified, costs are calculated based on the default licensing plan. "machinePreferences": { # The type of machines to consider when calculating virtual machine migration insights and recommendations. Not all machine types are available in all zones and regions. # Preferences concerning the machine types to consider on Compute Engine. "allowedMachineSeries": [ # Compute Engine machine series to consider for insights and recommendations. If empty, no restriction is applied on the machine series. { # A Compute Engine machine series. @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@

Method Details

"virtualMachinePreferences": { # VirtualMachinePreferences enables you to create sets of preferences, for example, a geographical location and pricing track, for your migrated virtual machines. The set of preferences influence recommendations for migrating virtual machine assets. # A set of preferences that applies to all virtual machines in the context. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with. "computeEnginePreferences": { # The user preferences relating to Compute Engine target platform. # Compute Engine preferences concern insights and recommendations for Compute Engine target. - "licenseType": "A String", # License type to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If unspecified, costs are calculated based on the default licensing plan. + "licenseType": "A String", # Overridden by os_pricing_preferences if specified. License type to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If unspecified, costs are calculated based on the default licensing plan. "machinePreferences": { # The type of machines to consider when calculating virtual machine migration insights and recommendations. Not all machine types are available in all zones and regions. # Preferences concerning the machine types to consider on Compute Engine. "allowedMachineSeries": [ # Compute Engine machine series to consider for insights and recommendations. If empty, no restriction is applied on the machine series. { # A Compute Engine machine series. @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@

Method Details

"virtualMachinePreferences": { # VirtualMachinePreferences enables you to create sets of preferences, for example, a geographical location and pricing track, for your migrated virtual machines. The set of preferences influence recommendations for migrating virtual machine assets. # A set of preferences that applies to all virtual machines in the context. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with. "computeEnginePreferences": { # The user preferences relating to Compute Engine target platform. # Compute Engine preferences concern insights and recommendations for Compute Engine target. - "licenseType": "A String", # License type to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If unspecified, costs are calculated based on the default licensing plan. + "licenseType": "A String", # Overridden by os_pricing_preferences if specified. License type to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If unspecified, costs are calculated based on the default licensing plan. "machinePreferences": { # The type of machines to consider when calculating virtual machine migration insights and recommendations. Not all machine types are available in all zones and regions. # Preferences concerning the machine types to consider on Compute Engine. "allowedMachineSeries": [ # Compute Engine machine series to consider for insights and recommendations. If empty, no restriction is applied on the machine series. { # A Compute Engine machine series. diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html index 8eec74dfe5..2cde4b44bc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html +++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@

Method Details

"machinePreferences": { # VirtualMachinePreferences enables you to create sets of preferences, for example, a geographical location and pricing track, for your migrated virtual machines. The set of preferences influence recommendations for migrating virtual machine assets. # A set of preferences that applies to all machines in the context. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with. "computeEnginePreferences": { # The user preferences relating to Compute Engine target platform. # Compute Engine preferences concern insights and recommendations for Compute Engine target. - "licenseType": "A String", # License type to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If unspecified, costs are calculated based on the default licensing plan. + "licenseType": "A String", # Overridden by os_pricing_preferences if specified. License type to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If unspecified, costs are calculated based on the default licensing plan. "machinePreferences": { # The type of machines to consider when calculating virtual machine migration insights and recommendations. Not all machine types are available in all zones and regions. # Preferences concerning the machine types to consider on Compute Engine. "allowedMachineSeries": [ # Compute Engine machine series to consider for insights and recommendations. If empty, no restriction is applied on the machine series. { # A Compute Engine machine series. @@ -673,7 +673,7 @@

Method Details

"machinePreferences": { # VirtualMachinePreferences enables you to create sets of preferences, for example, a geographical location and pricing track, for your migrated virtual machines. The set of preferences influence recommendations for migrating virtual machine assets. # A set of preferences that applies to all machines in the context. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with. "computeEnginePreferences": { # The user preferences relating to Compute Engine target platform. # Compute Engine preferences concern insights and recommendations for Compute Engine target. - "licenseType": "A String", # License type to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If unspecified, costs are calculated based on the default licensing plan. + "licenseType": "A String", # Overridden by os_pricing_preferences if specified. License type to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If unspecified, costs are calculated based on the default licensing plan. "machinePreferences": { # The type of machines to consider when calculating virtual machine migration insights and recommendations. Not all machine types are available in all zones and regions. # Preferences concerning the machine types to consider on Compute Engine. "allowedMachineSeries": [ # Compute Engine machine series to consider for insights and recommendations. If empty, no restriction is applied on the machine series. { # A Compute Engine machine series. @@ -998,7 +998,7 @@

Method Details

"machinePreferences": { # VirtualMachinePreferences enables you to create sets of preferences, for example, a geographical location and pricing track, for your migrated virtual machines. The set of preferences influence recommendations for migrating virtual machine assets. # A set of preferences that applies to all machines in the context. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with. "computeEnginePreferences": { # The user preferences relating to Compute Engine target platform. # Compute Engine preferences concern insights and recommendations for Compute Engine target. - "licenseType": "A String", # License type to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If unspecified, costs are calculated based on the default licensing plan. + "licenseType": "A String", # Overridden by os_pricing_preferences if specified. License type to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If unspecified, costs are calculated based on the default licensing plan. "machinePreferences": { # The type of machines to consider when calculating virtual machine migration insights and recommendations. Not all machine types are available in all zones and regions. # Preferences concerning the machine types to consider on Compute Engine. "allowedMachineSeries": [ # Compute Engine machine series to consider for insights and recommendations. If empty, no restriction is applied on the machine series. { # A Compute Engine machine series. diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.html index 29b7b6726b..a017a082eb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.html @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceName": "A String", # The name of the Istio service underlying this service. Corresponds to the destination_service_name metric label in Istio metrics. "serviceNamespace": "A String", # The namespace of the Istio service underlying this service. Corresponds to the destination_service_namespace metric label in Istio metrics. }, - "name": "A String", # Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID] + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID] "telemetry": { # Configuration for how to query telemetry on a Service. # Configuration for how to query telemetry on a Service. "resourceName": "A String", # The full name of the resource that defines this service. Formatted as described in https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names. }, @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceName": "A String", # The name of the Istio service underlying this service. Corresponds to the destination_service_name metric label in Istio metrics. "serviceNamespace": "A String", # The namespace of the Istio service underlying this service. Corresponds to the destination_service_namespace metric label in Istio metrics. }, - "name": "A String", # Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID] + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID] "telemetry": { # Configuration for how to query telemetry on a Service. # Configuration for how to query telemetry on a Service. "resourceName": "A String", # The full name of the resource that defines this service. Formatted as described in https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names. }, @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceName": "A String", # The name of the Istio service underlying this service. Corresponds to the destination_service_name metric label in Istio metrics. "serviceNamespace": "A String", # The namespace of the Istio service underlying this service. Corresponds to the destination_service_namespace metric label in Istio metrics. }, - "name": "A String", # Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID] + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID] "telemetry": { # Configuration for how to query telemetry on a Service. # Configuration for how to query telemetry on a Service. "resourceName": "A String", # The full name of the resource that defines this service. Formatted as described in https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names. }, @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceName": "A String", # The name of the Istio service underlying this service. Corresponds to the destination_service_name metric label in Istio metrics. "serviceNamespace": "A String", # The namespace of the Istio service underlying this service. Corresponds to the destination_service_namespace metric label in Istio metrics. }, - "name": "A String", # Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID] + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID] "telemetry": { # Configuration for how to query telemetry on a Service. # Configuration for how to query telemetry on a Service. "resourceName": "A String", # The full name of the resource that defines this service. Formatted as described in https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names. }, @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@

Method Details

Update this Service.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]  (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]  (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ 

Method Details

"serviceName": "A String", # The name of the Istio service underlying this service. Corresponds to the destination_service_name metric label in Istio metrics. "serviceNamespace": "A String", # The namespace of the Istio service underlying this service. Corresponds to the destination_service_namespace metric label in Istio metrics. }, - "name": "A String", # Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID] + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID] "telemetry": { # Configuration for how to query telemetry on a Service. # Configuration for how to query telemetry on a Service. "resourceName": "A String", # The full name of the resource that defines this service. Formatted as described in https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names. }, @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceName": "A String", # The name of the Istio service underlying this service. Corresponds to the destination_service_name metric label in Istio metrics. "serviceNamespace": "A String", # The namespace of the Istio service underlying this service. Corresponds to the destination_service_namespace metric label in Istio metrics. }, - "name": "A String", # Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID] + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID] "telemetry": { # Configuration for how to query telemetry on a Service. # Configuration for how to query telemetry on a Service. "resourceName": "A String", # The full name of the resource that defines this service. Formatted as described in https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html index f1b7b190f0..3d3800dde3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html +++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@

Method Details

"calendarPeriod": "A String", # A calendar period, semantically "since the start of the current ". At this time, only DAY, WEEK, FORTNIGHT, and MONTH are supported. "displayName": "A String", # Name used for UI elements listing this SLO. "goal": 3.14, # The fraction of service that must be good in order for this objective to be met. 0 < goal <= 0.999. - "name": "A String", # Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME] + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME] "rollingPeriod": "A String", # A rolling time period, semantically "in the past ". Must be an integer multiple of 1 day no larger than 30 days. "serviceLevelIndicator": { # A Service-Level Indicator (SLI) describes the "performance" of a service. For some services, the SLI is well-defined. In such cases, the SLI can be described easily by referencing the well-known SLI and providing the needed parameters. Alternatively, a "custom" SLI can be defined with a query to the underlying metric store. An SLI is defined to be good_service / total_service over any queried time interval. The value of performance always falls into the range 0 <= performance <= 1. A custom SLI describes how to compute this ratio, whether this is by dividing values from a pair of time series, cutting a Distribution into good and bad counts, or counting time windows in which the service complies with a criterion. For separation of concerns, a single Service-Level Indicator measures performance for only one aspect of service quality, such as fraction of successful queries or fast-enough queries. # The definition of good service, used to measure and calculate the quality of the Service's performance with respect to a single aspect of service quality. "basicSli": { # An SLI measuring performance on a well-known service type. Performance will be computed on the basis of pre-defined metrics. The type of the service_resource determines the metrics to use and the service_resource.labels and metric_labels are used to construct a monitoring filter to filter that metric down to just the data relevant to this service. # Basic SLI on a well-known service type. @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@

Method Details

"calendarPeriod": "A String", # A calendar period, semantically "since the start of the current ". At this time, only DAY, WEEK, FORTNIGHT, and MONTH are supported. "displayName": "A String", # Name used for UI elements listing this SLO. "goal": 3.14, # The fraction of service that must be good in order for this objective to be met. 0 < goal <= 0.999. - "name": "A String", # Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME] + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME] "rollingPeriod": "A String", # A rolling time period, semantically "in the past ". Must be an integer multiple of 1 day no larger than 30 days. "serviceLevelIndicator": { # A Service-Level Indicator (SLI) describes the "performance" of a service. For some services, the SLI is well-defined. In such cases, the SLI can be described easily by referencing the well-known SLI and providing the needed parameters. Alternatively, a "custom" SLI can be defined with a query to the underlying metric store. An SLI is defined to be good_service / total_service over any queried time interval. The value of performance always falls into the range 0 <= performance <= 1. A custom SLI describes how to compute this ratio, whether this is by dividing values from a pair of time series, cutting a Distribution into good and bad counts, or counting time windows in which the service complies with a criterion. For separation of concerns, a single Service-Level Indicator measures performance for only one aspect of service quality, such as fraction of successful queries or fast-enough queries. # The definition of good service, used to measure and calculate the quality of the Service's performance with respect to a single aspect of service quality. "basicSli": { # An SLI measuring performance on a well-known service type. Performance will be computed on the basis of pre-defined metrics. The type of the service_resource determines the metrics to use and the service_resource.labels and metric_labels are used to construct a monitoring filter to filter that metric down to just the data relevant to this service. # Basic SLI on a well-known service type. @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@

Method Details

"calendarPeriod": "A String", # A calendar period, semantically "since the start of the current ". At this time, only DAY, WEEK, FORTNIGHT, and MONTH are supported. "displayName": "A String", # Name used for UI elements listing this SLO. "goal": 3.14, # The fraction of service that must be good in order for this objective to be met. 0 < goal <= 0.999. - "name": "A String", # Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME] + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME] "rollingPeriod": "A String", # A rolling time period, semantically "in the past ". Must be an integer multiple of 1 day no larger than 30 days. "serviceLevelIndicator": { # A Service-Level Indicator (SLI) describes the "performance" of a service. For some services, the SLI is well-defined. In such cases, the SLI can be described easily by referencing the well-known SLI and providing the needed parameters. Alternatively, a "custom" SLI can be defined with a query to the underlying metric store. An SLI is defined to be good_service / total_service over any queried time interval. The value of performance always falls into the range 0 <= performance <= 1. A custom SLI describes how to compute this ratio, whether this is by dividing values from a pair of time series, cutting a Distribution into good and bad counts, or counting time windows in which the service complies with a criterion. For separation of concerns, a single Service-Level Indicator measures performance for only one aspect of service quality, such as fraction of successful queries or fast-enough queries. # The definition of good service, used to measure and calculate the quality of the Service's performance with respect to a single aspect of service quality. "basicSli": { # An SLI measuring performance on a well-known service type. Performance will be computed on the basis of pre-defined metrics. The type of the service_resource determines the metrics to use and the service_resource.labels and metric_labels are used to construct a monitoring filter to filter that metric down to just the data relevant to this service. # Basic SLI on a well-known service type. @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@

Method Details

"calendarPeriod": "A String", # A calendar period, semantically "since the start of the current ". At this time, only DAY, WEEK, FORTNIGHT, and MONTH are supported. "displayName": "A String", # Name used for UI elements listing this SLO. "goal": 3.14, # The fraction of service that must be good in order for this objective to be met. 0 < goal <= 0.999. - "name": "A String", # Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME] + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME] "rollingPeriod": "A String", # A rolling time period, semantically "in the past ". Must be an integer multiple of 1 day no larger than 30 days. "serviceLevelIndicator": { # A Service-Level Indicator (SLI) describes the "performance" of a service. For some services, the SLI is well-defined. In such cases, the SLI can be described easily by referencing the well-known SLI and providing the needed parameters. Alternatively, a "custom" SLI can be defined with a query to the underlying metric store. An SLI is defined to be good_service / total_service over any queried time interval. The value of performance always falls into the range 0 <= performance <= 1. A custom SLI describes how to compute this ratio, whether this is by dividing values from a pair of time series, cutting a Distribution into good and bad counts, or counting time windows in which the service complies with a criterion. For separation of concerns, a single Service-Level Indicator measures performance for only one aspect of service quality, such as fraction of successful queries or fast-enough queries. # The definition of good service, used to measure and calculate the quality of the Service's performance with respect to a single aspect of service quality. "basicSli": { # An SLI measuring performance on a well-known service type. Performance will be computed on the basis of pre-defined metrics. The type of the service_resource determines the metrics to use and the service_resource.labels and metric_labels are used to construct a monitoring filter to filter that metric down to just the data relevant to this service. # Basic SLI on a well-known service type. @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@

Method Details

Update the given ServiceLevelObjective.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME]  (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME]  (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ 

Method Details

"calendarPeriod": "A String", # A calendar period, semantically "since the start of the current ". At this time, only DAY, WEEK, FORTNIGHT, and MONTH are supported. "displayName": "A String", # Name used for UI elements listing this SLO. "goal": 3.14, # The fraction of service that must be good in order for this objective to be met. 0 < goal <= 0.999. - "name": "A String", # Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME] + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME] "rollingPeriod": "A String", # A rolling time period, semantically "in the past ". Must be an integer multiple of 1 day no larger than 30 days. "serviceLevelIndicator": { # A Service-Level Indicator (SLI) describes the "performance" of a service. For some services, the SLI is well-defined. In such cases, the SLI can be described easily by referencing the well-known SLI and providing the needed parameters. Alternatively, a "custom" SLI can be defined with a query to the underlying metric store. An SLI is defined to be good_service / total_service over any queried time interval. The value of performance always falls into the range 0 <= performance <= 1. A custom SLI describes how to compute this ratio, whether this is by dividing values from a pair of time series, cutting a Distribution into good and bad counts, or counting time windows in which the service complies with a criterion. For separation of concerns, a single Service-Level Indicator measures performance for only one aspect of service quality, such as fraction of successful queries or fast-enough queries. # The definition of good service, used to measure and calculate the quality of the Service's performance with respect to a single aspect of service quality. "basicSli": { # An SLI measuring performance on a well-known service type. Performance will be computed on the basis of pre-defined metrics. The type of the service_resource determines the metrics to use and the service_resource.labels and metric_labels are used to construct a monitoring filter to filter that metric down to just the data relevant to this service. # Basic SLI on a well-known service type. @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@

Method Details

"calendarPeriod": "A String", # A calendar period, semantically "since the start of the current ". At this time, only DAY, WEEK, FORTNIGHT, and MONTH are supported. "displayName": "A String", # Name used for UI elements listing this SLO. "goal": 3.14, # The fraction of service that must be good in order for this objective to be met. 0 < goal <= 0.999. - "name": "A String", # Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME] + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME] "rollingPeriod": "A String", # A rolling time period, semantically "in the past ". Must be an integer multiple of 1 day no larger than 30 days. "serviceLevelIndicator": { # A Service-Level Indicator (SLI) describes the "performance" of a service. For some services, the SLI is well-defined. In such cases, the SLI can be described easily by referencing the well-known SLI and providing the needed parameters. Alternatively, a "custom" SLI can be defined with a query to the underlying metric store. An SLI is defined to be good_service / total_service over any queried time interval. The value of performance always falls into the range 0 <= performance <= 1. A custom SLI describes how to compute this ratio, whether this is by dividing values from a pair of time series, cutting a Distribution into good and bad counts, or counting time windows in which the service complies with a criterion. For separation of concerns, a single Service-Level Indicator measures performance for only one aspect of service quality, such as fraction of successful queries or fast-enough queries. # The definition of good service, used to measure and calculate the quality of the Service's performance with respect to a single aspect of service quality. "basicSli": { # An SLI measuring performance on a well-known service type. Performance will be computed on the basis of pre-defined metrics. The type of the service_resource determines the metrics to use and the service_resource.labels and metric_labels are used to construct a monitoring filter to filter that metric down to just the data relevant to this service. # Basic SLI on a well-known service type. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.routeTables.routes.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.routeTables.routes.html index 1a11cdd1f3..490b4e7192 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.routeTables.routes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.routeTables.routes.html @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional labels in key-value pair format. For more information about labels, see [Requirements for labels](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements). "a_key": "A String", }, - "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the route. Uses the following form: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}" Example: projects/1234/locations/us-central1 + "location": "A String", # Output only. The origin location of the route. Uses the following form: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}" Example: projects/1234/locations/us-central1 "name": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the route. Route names must be unique. Route names use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub}/routeTables/{route_table_id}/routes/{route_id}` "nextHopVpcNetwork": { # Immutable. The destination VPC network for packets on this route. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network resource @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional labels in key-value pair format. For more information about labels, see [Requirements for labels](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements). "a_key": "A String", }, - "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the route. Uses the following form: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}" Example: projects/1234/locations/us-central1 + "location": "A String", # Output only. The origin location of the route. Uses the following form: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}" Example: projects/1234/locations/us-central1 "name": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the route. Route names must be unique. Route names use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub}/routeTables/{route_table_id}/routes/{route_id}` "nextHopVpcNetwork": { # Immutable. The destination VPC network for packets on this route. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network resource diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a0bbf0ab16 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html @@ -0,0 +1,364 @@ + + + +

Network Security API . organizations . locations . firewallEndpoints

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, firewallEndpointId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new FirewallEndpoint in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single Endpoint.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single Endpoint.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists FirewallEndpoints in a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single Endpoint.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, firewallEndpointId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new FirewallEndpoint in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message describing Endpoint object
+  "associatedNetworks": [ # Output only. List of networks that are associated with this endpoint in the local zone. This is a projection of the FirewallEndpointAssociations pointing at this endpoint. A network will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "associations": [ # Output only. List of FirewallEndpointAssociations that are associated to this endpoint. An association will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured.
+    { # This is a subset of the FirewallEndpointAssociation message, containing fields to be used by the consumer.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the FirewallEndpointAssociation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/firewallEndpointAssociations/{id}
+      "network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.
+    },
+  ],
+  "billingProjectId": "A String", # Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. name of resource
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+}
+
+  firewallEndpointId: string, Required. Id of the requesting object. If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and firewall_endpoint_id from the method_signature of Create RPC.
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single Endpoint.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single Endpoint.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message describing Endpoint object
+  "associatedNetworks": [ # Output only. List of networks that are associated with this endpoint in the local zone. This is a projection of the FirewallEndpointAssociations pointing at this endpoint. A network will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "associations": [ # Output only. List of FirewallEndpointAssociations that are associated to this endpoint. An association will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured.
+    { # This is a subset of the FirewallEndpointAssociation message, containing fields to be used by the consumer.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the FirewallEndpointAssociation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/firewallEndpointAssociations/{id}
+      "network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.
+    },
+  ],
+  "billingProjectId": "A String", # Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. name of resource
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists FirewallEndpoints in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent value for ListEndpointsRequest (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
+  orderBy: string, Hint for how to order the results
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to listing Endpoints
+  "firewallEndpoints": [ # The list of Endpoint
+    { # Message describing Endpoint object
+      "associatedNetworks": [ # Output only. List of networks that are associated with this endpoint in the local zone. This is a projection of the FirewallEndpointAssociations pointing at this endpoint. A network will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "associations": [ # Output only. List of FirewallEndpointAssociations that are associated to this endpoint. An association will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured.
+        { # This is a subset of the FirewallEndpointAssociation message, containing fields to be used by the consumer.
+          "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the FirewallEndpointAssociation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/firewallEndpointAssociations/{id}
+          "network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.
+        },
+      ],
+      "billingProjectId": "A String", # Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters.
+      "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. name of resource
+      "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single Endpoint.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. name of resource (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message describing Endpoint object
+  "associatedNetworks": [ # Output only. List of networks that are associated with this endpoint in the local zone. This is a projection of the FirewallEndpointAssociations pointing at this endpoint. A network will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "associations": [ # Output only. List of FirewallEndpointAssociations that are associated to this endpoint. An association will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured.
+    { # This is a subset of the FirewallEndpointAssociation message, containing fields to be used by the consumer.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the FirewallEndpointAssociation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/firewallEndpointAssociations/{id}
+      "network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.
+    },
+  ],
+  "billingProjectId": "A String", # Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. name of resource
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Endpoint resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.html index cc540a49dc..b6e90d83a7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.html @@ -79,11 +79,26 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the addressGroups Resource.

+

+ firewallEndpoints() +

+

Returns the firewallEndpoints Resource.

+

operations()

Returns the operations Resource.

+

+ securityProfileGroups() +

+

Returns the securityProfileGroups Resource.

+ +

+ securityProfiles() +

+

Returns the securityProfiles Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b0e7e27df --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html @@ -0,0 +1,317 @@ + + + +

Network Security API . organizations . locations . securityProfileGroups

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, securityProfileGroupId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new SecurityProfileGroup in a given organization and location.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single SecurityProfileGroup.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single SecurityProfileGroup.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists SecurityProfileGroups in a given organization and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the parameters of a single SecurityProfileGroup.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, securityProfileGroupId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new SecurityProfileGroup in a given organization and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the SecurityProfileGroup. Must be in the format `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. Next ID: 8
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`.
+  "threatPreventionProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfileGroup.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp.
+}
+
+  securityProfileGroupId: string, Required. Short name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "security_profile_group1".
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single SecurityProfileGroup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. A name of the SecurityProfileGroup to delete. Must be in the format `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. If client provided etag is out of date, delete will return FAILED_PRECONDITION error.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single SecurityProfileGroup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. A name of the SecurityProfileGroup to get. Must be in the format `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. Next ID: 8
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`.
+  "threatPreventionProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfileGroup.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists SecurityProfileGroups in a given organization and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The project or organization and location from which the SecurityProfileGroups should be listed, specified in the format `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Maximum number of SecurityProfileGroups to return per call.
+  pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListSecurityProfileGroupsResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListSecurityProfileGroups` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response returned by the ListSecurityProfileGroups method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.
+  "securityProfileGroups": [ # List of SecurityProfileGroups resources.
+    { # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. Next ID: 8
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+      "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`.
+      "threatPreventionProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfileGroup.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the parameters of a single SecurityProfileGroup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. Next ID: 8
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`.
+  "threatPreventionProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfileGroup.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the SecurityProfileGroup resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..734abec35e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html @@ -0,0 +1,377 @@ + + + +

Network Security API . organizations . locations . securityProfiles

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, securityProfileId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new SecurityProfile in a given organization and location.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single SecurityProfile.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single SecurityProfile.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists SecurityProfiles in a given organization and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the parameters of a single SecurityProfile.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, securityProfileId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new SecurityProfile in a given organization and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the SecurityProfile. Must be in the format `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. Next ID: 9
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of the profile. Max length 512 characters.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfile resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfiles/{security_profile}`.
+  "threatPreventionProfile": { # ThreatPreventionProfile defines an action for specific threat signatures or severity levels. # The threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfile.
+    "severityOverrides": [ # Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by severity match.
+      { # Defines what action to take for a specific severity match.
+        "action": "A String", # Required. Threat action override.
+        "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity level to match.
+      },
+    ],
+    "threatOverrides": [ # Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by threat_id match. If a threat is matched both by configuration provided in severity_overrides and threat_overrides, the threat_overrides action is applied.
+      { # Defines what action to take for a specific threat_id match.
+        "action": "A String", # Required. Threat action override. For some threat types, only a subset of actions applies.
+        "threatId": "A String", # Required. Vendor-specific ID of a threat to override.
+        "type": "A String", # Output only. Type of the threat (read only).
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "type": "A String", # Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp.
+}
+
+  securityProfileId: string, Required. Short name of the SecurityProfile resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "security_profile1".
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single SecurityProfile.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. A name of the SecurityProfile to delete. Must be in the format `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfiles/{security_profile_id}`. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. If client provided etag is out of date, delete will return FAILED_PRECONDITION error.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single SecurityProfile.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. A name of the SecurityProfile to get. Must be in the format `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfiles/{security_profile_id}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. Next ID: 9
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of the profile. Max length 512 characters.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfile resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfiles/{security_profile}`.
+  "threatPreventionProfile": { # ThreatPreventionProfile defines an action for specific threat signatures or severity levels. # The threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfile.
+    "severityOverrides": [ # Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by severity match.
+      { # Defines what action to take for a specific severity match.
+        "action": "A String", # Required. Threat action override.
+        "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity level to match.
+      },
+    ],
+    "threatOverrides": [ # Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by threat_id match. If a threat is matched both by configuration provided in severity_overrides and threat_overrides, the threat_overrides action is applied.
+      { # Defines what action to take for a specific threat_id match.
+        "action": "A String", # Required. Threat action override. For some threat types, only a subset of actions applies.
+        "threatId": "A String", # Required. Vendor-specific ID of a threat to override.
+        "type": "A String", # Output only. Type of the threat (read only).
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "type": "A String", # Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists SecurityProfiles in a given organization and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The project or organization and location from which the SecurityProfiles should be listed, specified in the format `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Maximum number of SecurityProfiles to return per call.
+  pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListSecurityProfilesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListSecurityProfiles` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response returned by the ListSecurityProfiles method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.
+  "securityProfiles": [ # List of SecurityProfile resources.
+    { # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. Next ID: 9
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of the profile. Max length 512 characters.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+      "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfile resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfiles/{security_profile}`.
+      "threatPreventionProfile": { # ThreatPreventionProfile defines an action for specific threat signatures or severity levels. # The threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfile.
+        "severityOverrides": [ # Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by severity match.
+          { # Defines what action to take for a specific severity match.
+            "action": "A String", # Required. Threat action override.
+            "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity level to match.
+          },
+        ],
+        "threatOverrides": [ # Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by threat_id match. If a threat is matched both by configuration provided in severity_overrides and threat_overrides, the threat_overrides action is applied.
+          { # Defines what action to take for a specific threat_id match.
+            "action": "A String", # Required. Threat action override. For some threat types, only a subset of actions applies.
+            "threatId": "A String", # Required. Vendor-specific ID of a threat to override.
+            "type": "A String", # Output only. Type of the threat (read only).
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "type": "A String", # Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the parameters of a single SecurityProfile.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfile resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfiles/{security_profile}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. Next ID: 9
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of the profile. Max length 512 characters.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfile resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfiles/{security_profile}`.
+  "threatPreventionProfile": { # ThreatPreventionProfile defines an action for specific threat signatures or severity levels. # The threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfile.
+    "severityOverrides": [ # Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by severity match.
+      { # Defines what action to take for a specific severity match.
+        "action": "A String", # Required. Threat action override.
+        "severity": "A String", # Required. Severity level to match.
+      },
+    ],
+    "threatOverrides": [ # Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by threat_id match. If a threat is matched both by configuration provided in severity_overrides and threat_overrides, the threat_overrides action is applied.
+      { # Defines what action to take for a specific threat_id match.
+        "action": "A String", # Required. Threat action override. For some threat types, only a subset of actions applies.
+        "threatId": "A String", # Required. Vendor-specific ID of a threat to override.
+        "type": "A String", # Output only. Type of the threat (read only).
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "type": "A String", # Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the SecurityProfile resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.firewallEndpointAssociations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.firewallEndpointAssociations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..491151e3d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.firewallEndpointAssociations.html @@ -0,0 +1,336 @@ + + + +

Network Security API . projects . locations . firewallEndpointAssociations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, firewallEndpointAssociationId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new FirewallEndpointAssociation in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single FirewallEndpointAssociation.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single FirewallEndpointAssociation.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists Associations in a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single FirewallEndpointAssociation.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, firewallEndpointAssociationId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new FirewallEndpointAssociation in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message describing Association object
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+  "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the association is disabled. True indicates that traffic won't be intercepted
+  "firewallEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. name of resource
+  "network": "A String", # Required. The URL of the network that is being associated.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the association.
+  "tlsInspectionPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The URL of the TlsInspectionPolicy that is being associated.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+}
+
+  firewallEndpointAssociationId: string, Optional. Id of the requesting object. If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and firewall_endpoint_association_id from the method_signature of Create RPC.
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single FirewallEndpointAssociation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single FirewallEndpointAssociation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message describing Association object
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+  "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the association is disabled. True indicates that traffic won't be intercepted
+  "firewallEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. name of resource
+  "network": "A String", # Required. The URL of the network that is being associated.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the association.
+  "tlsInspectionPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The URL of the TlsInspectionPolicy that is being associated.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists Associations in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent value for ListAssociationsRequest (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
+  orderBy: string, Hint for how to order the results
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to listing Associations
+  "firewallEndpointAssociations": [ # The list of Association
+    { # Message describing Association object
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+      "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the association is disabled. True indicates that traffic won't be intercepted
+      "firewallEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated.
+      "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. name of resource
+      "network": "A String", # Required. The URL of the network that is being associated.
+      "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the association.
+      "tlsInspectionPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The URL of the TlsInspectionPolicy that is being associated.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single FirewallEndpointAssociation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. name of resource (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message describing Association object
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp
+  "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the association is disabled. True indicates that traffic won't be intercepted
+  "firewallEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. name of resource
+  "network": "A String", # Required. The URL of the network that is being associated.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the association.
+  "tlsInspectionPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The URL of the TlsInspectionPolicy that is being associated.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Association resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.html index 946dd22717..01b613a5ba 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -89,6 +89,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the clientTlsPolicies Resource.

+

+ firewallEndpointAssociations() +

+

Returns the firewallEndpointAssociations Resource.

+

gatewaySecurityPolicies()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.firewallEndpointAssociations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.firewallEndpointAssociations.html index ed915d50ac..0df0685731 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.firewallEndpointAssociations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.firewallEndpointAssociations.html @@ -112,6 +112,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Message describing Association object "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the association is disabled. True indicates that traffic won't be intercepted "firewallEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", @@ -207,6 +208,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Message describing Association object "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the association is disabled. True indicates that traffic won't be intercepted "firewallEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", @@ -242,6 +244,7 @@

Method Details

"firewallEndpointAssociations": [ # The list of Association { # Message describing Association object "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the association is disabled. True indicates that traffic won't be intercepted "firewallEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", @@ -286,6 +289,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Message describing Association object "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the association is disabled. True indicates that traffic won't be intercepted "firewallEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html index 553653e77b..f314a6d15f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@

Method Details

"members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles). }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@

Method Details

"members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles). }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@

Method Details

"members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles). }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html index b9693ebd33..7b1eceebe7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@

Method Details

"members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles). }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@

Method Details

"members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles). }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@

Method Details

"members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles). }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.instances.html index b1f887c94a..e85fc174aa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v2.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@

Method Details

"members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles). }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@

Method Details

"members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles). }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@

Method Details

"members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles). }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html index 5f7257619e..f40228ee77 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html @@ -1015,6 +1015,7 @@

Method Details

READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. + READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. syncToken: string, Optional. A sync token, received from a previous response `next_sync_token` Provide this to retrieve only the resources changed since the last request. When syncing, all other parameters provided to `otherContacts.list` must match the first call that provided the sync token. More details about sync behavior at `otherContacts.list`. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html index 53c4247acc..60a84d8abc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html @@ -112,6 +112,7 @@

Method Details

READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. + READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. syncToken: string, Optional. A sync token, received from a previous response `next_sync_token` Provide this to retrieve only the resources changed since the last request. When syncing, all other parameters provided to `people.connections.list` must match the first call that provided the sync token. More details about sync behavior at `people.connections.list`. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html index 0889b16a32..b27c740355 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html +++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html @@ -4656,6 +4656,7 @@

Method Details

READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. + READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -5575,6 +5576,7 @@

Method Details

READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. + READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -6479,6 +6481,7 @@

Method Details

READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. + READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -7381,6 +7384,7 @@

Method Details

READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. + READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -9227,6 +9231,7 @@

Method Details

READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. + READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -11942,6 +11947,7 @@

Method Details

READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. + READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. updatePersonFields: string, Required. A field mask to restrict which fields on the person are updated. Multiple fields can be specified by separating them with commas. All updated fields will be replaced. Valid values are: * addresses * biographies * birthdays * calendarUrls * clientData * emailAddresses * events * externalIds * genders * imClients * interests * locales * locations * memberships * miscKeywords * names * nicknames * occupations * organizations * phoneNumbers * relations * sipAddresses * urls * userDefined x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html index f79b2762a2..fd04040510 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html +++ b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html @@ -1029,6 +1029,12 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request proto for SearchText. + "evOptions": { # Searchable EV options of a place search request. # Optional. Set the searchable EV options of a place search request. + "connectorTypes": [ # Optional. The list of preferred EV connector types. A place that does not support any of the listed connector types are filter out. + "A String", + ], + "minimumChargingRateKw": 3.14, # Optional. Filtering places by minimum charging rate. Any places with charging a rate less than the minimum charging rate are filtered out. + }, "includedType": "A String", # The requested place type. Full list of types supported: https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types. Only support one included type. "languageCode": "A String", # Place details will be displayed with the preferred language if available. If the language code is unspecified or unrecognized, place details of any language may be returned, with a preference for English if such details exist. Current list of supported languages: https://developers.google.com/maps/faq#languagesupport. "locationBias": { # The region to search. This location serves as a bias which means results around given location might be returned. # The region to search. This location serves as a bias which means results around given location might be returned. Cannot be set along with location_restriction. diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.issues.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.issues.html index 2fe3f2b76c..d6d75d24ad 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.issues.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.issues.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- search(parent, filter=None, interval_endTime_day=None, interval_endTime_hours=None, interval_endTime_minutes=None, interval_endTime_month=None, interval_endTime_nanos=None, interval_endTime_seconds=None, interval_endTime_timeZone_id=None, interval_endTime_timeZone_version=None, interval_endTime_utcOffset=None, interval_endTime_year=None, interval_startTime_day=None, interval_startTime_hours=None, interval_startTime_minutes=None, interval_startTime_month=None, interval_startTime_nanos=None, interval_startTime_seconds=None, interval_startTime_timeZone_id=None, interval_startTime_timeZone_version=None, interval_startTime_utcOffset=None, interval_startTime_year=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ search(parent, filter=None, interval_endTime_day=None, interval_endTime_hours=None, interval_endTime_minutes=None, interval_endTime_month=None, interval_endTime_nanos=None, interval_endTime_seconds=None, interval_endTime_timeZone_id=None, interval_endTime_timeZone_version=None, interval_endTime_utcOffset=None, interval_endTime_year=None, interval_startTime_day=None, interval_startTime_hours=None, interval_startTime_minutes=None, interval_startTime_month=None, interval_startTime_nanos=None, interval_startTime_seconds=None, interval_startTime_timeZone_id=None, interval_startTime_timeZone_version=None, interval_startTime_utcOffset=None, interval_startTime_year=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, sampleErrorReportLimit=None, x__xgafv=None)

Searches all error issues in which reports have been grouped.

search_next()

@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@

Method Details

- search(parent, filter=None, interval_endTime_day=None, interval_endTime_hours=None, interval_endTime_minutes=None, interval_endTime_month=None, interval_endTime_nanos=None, interval_endTime_seconds=None, interval_endTime_timeZone_id=None, interval_endTime_timeZone_version=None, interval_endTime_utcOffset=None, interval_endTime_year=None, interval_startTime_day=None, interval_startTime_hours=None, interval_startTime_minutes=None, interval_startTime_month=None, interval_startTime_nanos=None, interval_startTime_seconds=None, interval_startTime_timeZone_id=None, interval_startTime_timeZone_version=None, interval_startTime_utcOffset=None, interval_startTime_year=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + search(parent, filter=None, interval_endTime_day=None, interval_endTime_hours=None, interval_endTime_minutes=None, interval_endTime_month=None, interval_endTime_nanos=None, interval_endTime_seconds=None, interval_endTime_timeZone_id=None, interval_endTime_timeZone_version=None, interval_endTime_utcOffset=None, interval_endTime_year=None, interval_startTime_day=None, interval_startTime_hours=None, interval_startTime_minutes=None, interval_startTime_month=None, interval_startTime_nanos=None, interval_startTime_seconds=None, interval_startTime_timeZone_id=None, interval_startTime_timeZone_version=None, interval_startTime_utcOffset=None, interval_startTime_year=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, sampleErrorReportLimit=None, x__xgafv=None)
Searches all error issues in which reports have been grouped.
 
 Args:
@@ -119,6 +119,7 @@ 

Method Details

orderBy: string, Specifies a field that will be used to order the results. ** Supported dimensions:** * `errorReportCount`: Orders issues by number of error reports. * `distinctUsers`: Orders issues by number of unique affected users. ** Supported operations:** * `asc` for ascending order. * `desc` for descending order. Format: A field and an operation, e.g., `errorReportCount desc` *Note:* currently only one field is supported at a time. pageSize: integer, The maximum number of error issues to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 error issues will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to the request must match the call that provided the page token. + sampleErrorReportLimit: integer, Optional. Number of sample error reports to return per ErrorIssue. If unspecified, 0 will be used. *Note:* currently only 0 and 1 are supported. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -152,6 +153,9 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Location where the issue happened. Depending on the type this can be either: * APPLICATION_NOT_RESPONDING: the name of the activity or service that stopped responding. * CRASH: the likely method name that caused the error. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the issue. Format: apps/{app}/{issue} + "sampleErrorReports": [ # Output only. Sample error reports which belong to this ErrorIssue. *Note:* currently a maximum of 1 per ErrorIssue is supported. Format: "apps/{app}/{report}" + "A String", + ], "type": "A String", # Type of the errors grouped in this issue. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.reports.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.reports.html index 49c9283faf..aedb26d219 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.reports.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.reports.html @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. Parent resource of the reports, indicating the application for which they were received. Format: apps/{app} (required) - filter: string, A selection predicate to retrieve only a subset of the reports. For filtering basics, please check [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160). ** Supported field names:** * `apiLevel`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested Android versions (specified as the numeric API level) only. Example: `apiLevel = 28 OR apiLevel = 29`. * `versionCode`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested app version codes only. Example: `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = 456`. * `deviceModel`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested devices. Example: `deviceModel = "google/walleye" OR deviceModel = "google/marlin"`. * `deviceBrand`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested device brands. Example: `deviceBrand = "Google". * `deviceType`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested device types. Example: `deviceType = "PHONE"`. * `errorIssueType`: Matches error reports of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `JAVA_CRASH`, `NATIVE_CRASH`, `ANR`. Example: `errorIssueType = JAVA_CRASH OR errorIssueType = NATIVE_CRASH`. * `errorIssueId`: Matches error reports belonging to the requested error issue ids only. Example: `errorIssueId = 1234 OR errorIssueId = 4567`. * `appProcessState`: Matches error reports on the process state of an app, indicating whether an app runs in the foreground (user-visible) or background. Valid candidates: `FOREGROUND`, `BACKGROUND`. Example: `appProcessState = FOREGROUND`. * `isUserPerceived`: Matches error reports that are user-perceived. It is not accompanied by any operators. Example: `isUserPerceived`. ** Supported operators:** * Comparison operators: The only supported comparison operator is equality. The filtered field must appear on the left hand side of the comparison. * Logical Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be used to build complex filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), i.e., conjunctions of disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over `AND` so the use of parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` operator is only supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same field, e.g., `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = ANR`. The filter expression `versionCode = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not valid. ** Examples ** Some valid filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = ANR` * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * `versionCode = 123 AND (errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH)` + filter: string, A selection predicate to retrieve only a subset of the reports. For filtering basics, please check [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160). ** Supported field names:** * `apiLevel`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested Android versions (specified as the numeric API level) only. Example: `apiLevel = 28 OR apiLevel = 29`. * `versionCode`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested app version codes only. Example: `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = 456`. * `deviceModel`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested devices. Example: `deviceModel = "google/walleye" OR deviceModel = "google/marlin"`. * `deviceBrand`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested device brands. Example: `deviceBrand = "Google". * `deviceType`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested device types. Example: `deviceType = "PHONE"`. * `errorIssueType`: Matches error reports of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `JAVA_CRASH`, `NATIVE_CRASH`, `ANR`. Example: `errorIssueType = JAVA_CRASH OR errorIssueType = NATIVE_CRASH`. * `errorIssueId`: Matches error reports belonging to the requested error issue ids only. Example: `errorIssueId = 1234 OR errorIssueId = 4567`. * `errorReportId`: Matches error reports with the requested error report id. Example: `errorReportId = 1234 OR errorReportId = 4567`. * `appProcessState`: Matches error reports on the process state of an app, indicating whether an app runs in the foreground (user-visible) or background. Valid candidates: `FOREGROUND`, `BACKGROUND`. Example: `appProcessState = FOREGROUND`. * `isUserPerceived`: Matches error reports that are user-perceived. It is not accompanied by any operators. Example: `isUserPerceived`. ** Supported operators:** * Comparison operators: The only supported comparison operator is equality. The filtered field must appear on the left hand side of the comparison. * Logical Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be used to build complex filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), i.e., conjunctions of disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over `AND` so the use of parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` operator is only supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same field, e.g., `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = ANR`. The filter expression `versionCode = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not valid. ** Examples ** Some valid filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = ANR` * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * `versionCode = 123 AND (errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH)` interval_endTime_day: integer, Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. interval_endTime_hours: integer, Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. interval_endTime_minutes: integer, Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.issues.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.issues.html index 9b9bbdb2d0..033455d81a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.issues.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.issues.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- search(parent, filter=None, interval_endTime_day=None, interval_endTime_hours=None, interval_endTime_minutes=None, interval_endTime_month=None, interval_endTime_nanos=None, interval_endTime_seconds=None, interval_endTime_timeZone_id=None, interval_endTime_timeZone_version=None, interval_endTime_utcOffset=None, interval_endTime_year=None, interval_startTime_day=None, interval_startTime_hours=None, interval_startTime_minutes=None, interval_startTime_month=None, interval_startTime_nanos=None, interval_startTime_seconds=None, interval_startTime_timeZone_id=None, interval_startTime_timeZone_version=None, interval_startTime_utcOffset=None, interval_startTime_year=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ search(parent, filter=None, interval_endTime_day=None, interval_endTime_hours=None, interval_endTime_minutes=None, interval_endTime_month=None, interval_endTime_nanos=None, interval_endTime_seconds=None, interval_endTime_timeZone_id=None, interval_endTime_timeZone_version=None, interval_endTime_utcOffset=None, interval_endTime_year=None, interval_startTime_day=None, interval_startTime_hours=None, interval_startTime_minutes=None, interval_startTime_month=None, interval_startTime_nanos=None, interval_startTime_seconds=None, interval_startTime_timeZone_id=None, interval_startTime_timeZone_version=None, interval_startTime_utcOffset=None, interval_startTime_year=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, sampleErrorReportLimit=None, x__xgafv=None)

Searches all error issues in which reports have been grouped.

search_next()

@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@

Method Details

- search(parent, filter=None, interval_endTime_day=None, interval_endTime_hours=None, interval_endTime_minutes=None, interval_endTime_month=None, interval_endTime_nanos=None, interval_endTime_seconds=None, interval_endTime_timeZone_id=None, interval_endTime_timeZone_version=None, interval_endTime_utcOffset=None, interval_endTime_year=None, interval_startTime_day=None, interval_startTime_hours=None, interval_startTime_minutes=None, interval_startTime_month=None, interval_startTime_nanos=None, interval_startTime_seconds=None, interval_startTime_timeZone_id=None, interval_startTime_timeZone_version=None, interval_startTime_utcOffset=None, interval_startTime_year=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + search(parent, filter=None, interval_endTime_day=None, interval_endTime_hours=None, interval_endTime_minutes=None, interval_endTime_month=None, interval_endTime_nanos=None, interval_endTime_seconds=None, interval_endTime_timeZone_id=None, interval_endTime_timeZone_version=None, interval_endTime_utcOffset=None, interval_endTime_year=None, interval_startTime_day=None, interval_startTime_hours=None, interval_startTime_minutes=None, interval_startTime_month=None, interval_startTime_nanos=None, interval_startTime_seconds=None, interval_startTime_timeZone_id=None, interval_startTime_timeZone_version=None, interval_startTime_utcOffset=None, interval_startTime_year=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, sampleErrorReportLimit=None, x__xgafv=None)
Searches all error issues in which reports have been grouped.
 
 Args:
@@ -119,6 +119,7 @@ 

Method Details

orderBy: string, Specifies a field that will be used to order the results. ** Supported dimensions:** * `errorReportCount`: Orders issues by number of error reports. * `distinctUsers`: Orders issues by number of unique affected users. ** Supported operations:** * `asc` for ascending order. * `desc` for descending order. Format: A field and an operation, e.g., `errorReportCount desc` *Note:* currently only one field is supported at a time. pageSize: integer, The maximum number of error issues to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 error issues will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to the request must match the call that provided the page token. + sampleErrorReportLimit: integer, Optional. Number of sample error reports to return per ErrorIssue. If unspecified, 0 will be used. *Note:* currently only 0 and 1 are supported. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -152,6 +153,9 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Location where the issue happened. Depending on the type this can be either: * APPLICATION_NOT_RESPONDING: the name of the activity or service that stopped responding. * CRASH: the likely method name that caused the error. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the issue. Format: apps/{app}/{issue} + "sampleErrorReports": [ # Output only. Sample error reports which belong to this ErrorIssue. *Note:* currently a maximum of 1 per ErrorIssue is supported. Format: "apps/{app}/{report}" + "A String", + ], "type": "A String", # Type of the errors grouped in this issue. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.reports.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.reports.html index 1c6664cf09..75f5a7a659 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.reports.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.reports.html @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. Parent resource of the reports, indicating the application for which they were received. Format: apps/{app} (required) - filter: string, A selection predicate to retrieve only a subset of the reports. For filtering basics, please check [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160). ** Supported field names:** * `apiLevel`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested Android versions (specified as the numeric API level) only. Example: `apiLevel = 28 OR apiLevel = 29`. * `versionCode`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested app version codes only. Example: `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = 456`. * `deviceModel`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested devices. Example: `deviceModel = "google/walleye" OR deviceModel = "google/marlin"`. * `deviceBrand`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested device brands. Example: `deviceBrand = "Google". * `deviceType`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested device types. Example: `deviceType = "PHONE"`. * `errorIssueType`: Matches error reports of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `JAVA_CRASH`, `NATIVE_CRASH`, `ANR`. Example: `errorIssueType = JAVA_CRASH OR errorIssueType = NATIVE_CRASH`. * `errorIssueId`: Matches error reports belonging to the requested error issue ids only. Example: `errorIssueId = 1234 OR errorIssueId = 4567`. * `appProcessState`: Matches error reports on the process state of an app, indicating whether an app runs in the foreground (user-visible) or background. Valid candidates: `FOREGROUND`, `BACKGROUND`. Example: `appProcessState = FOREGROUND`. * `isUserPerceived`: Matches error reports that are user-perceived. It is not accompanied by any operators. Example: `isUserPerceived`. ** Supported operators:** * Comparison operators: The only supported comparison operator is equality. The filtered field must appear on the left hand side of the comparison. * Logical Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be used to build complex filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), i.e., conjunctions of disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over `AND` so the use of parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` operator is only supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same field, e.g., `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = ANR`. The filter expression `versionCode = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not valid. ** Examples ** Some valid filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = ANR` * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * `versionCode = 123 AND (errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH)` + filter: string, A selection predicate to retrieve only a subset of the reports. For filtering basics, please check [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160). ** Supported field names:** * `apiLevel`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested Android versions (specified as the numeric API level) only. Example: `apiLevel = 28 OR apiLevel = 29`. * `versionCode`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested app version codes only. Example: `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = 456`. * `deviceModel`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested devices. Example: `deviceModel = "google/walleye" OR deviceModel = "google/marlin"`. * `deviceBrand`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested device brands. Example: `deviceBrand = "Google". * `deviceType`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested device types. Example: `deviceType = "PHONE"`. * `errorIssueType`: Matches error reports of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `JAVA_CRASH`, `NATIVE_CRASH`, `ANR`. Example: `errorIssueType = JAVA_CRASH OR errorIssueType = NATIVE_CRASH`. * `errorIssueId`: Matches error reports belonging to the requested error issue ids only. Example: `errorIssueId = 1234 OR errorIssueId = 4567`. * `errorReportId`: Matches error reports with the requested error report id. Example: `errorReportId = 1234 OR errorReportId = 4567`. * `appProcessState`: Matches error reports on the process state of an app, indicating whether an app runs in the foreground (user-visible) or background. Valid candidates: `FOREGROUND`, `BACKGROUND`. Example: `appProcessState = FOREGROUND`. * `isUserPerceived`: Matches error reports that are user-perceived. It is not accompanied by any operators. Example: `isUserPerceived`. ** Supported operators:** * Comparison operators: The only supported comparison operator is equality. The filtered field must appear on the left hand side of the comparison. * Logical Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be used to build complex filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), i.e., conjunctions of disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over `AND` so the use of parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` operator is only supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same field, e.g., `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = ANR`. The filter expression `versionCode = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not valid. ** Examples ** Some valid filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = ANR` * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * `versionCode = 123 AND (errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH)` interval_endTime_day: integer, Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. interval_endTime_hours: integer, Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. interval_endTime_minutes: integer, Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html index be9f07f783..7c35cd628d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Returns true if the Service is currently being acted upon by the system to bring it into the desired state. When a new Service is created, or an existing one is updated, Cloud Run will asynchronously perform all necessary steps to bring the Service to the desired serving state. This process is called reconciliation. While reconciliation is in process, `observed_generation`, `latest_ready_revison`, `traffic_statuses`, and `uri` will have transient values that might mismatch the intended state: Once reconciliation is over (and this field is false), there are two possible outcomes: reconciliation succeeded and the serving state matches the Service, or there was an error, and reconciliation failed. This state can be found in `terminal_condition.state`. If reconciliation succeeded, the following fields will match: `traffic` and `traffic_statuses`, `observed_generation` and `generation`, `latest_ready_revision` and `latest_created_revision`. If reconciliation failed, `traffic_statuses`, `observed_generation`, and `latest_ready_revision` will have the state of the last serving revision, or empty for newly created Services. Additional information on the failure can be found in `terminal_condition` and `conditions`. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Scaling settings applied at the service level rather than at the revision level. # Optional. Specifies service-level scaling settings - "minInstanceCount": 42, # total min instances for the service. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving. (ALPHA) + "minInstanceCount": 42, # total min instances for the service. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving. (BETA) }, "template": { # RevisionTemplate describes the data a revision should have when created from a template. # Required. The template used to create revisions for this Service. "annotations": { # Unstructured key value map that may be set by external tools to store and arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. Cloud Run API v2 does not support annotations with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system annotations in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 RevisionTemplate. This field follows Kubernetes annotations' namespacing, limits, and rules. @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Returns true if the Service is currently being acted upon by the system to bring it into the desired state. When a new Service is created, or an existing one is updated, Cloud Run will asynchronously perform all necessary steps to bring the Service to the desired serving state. This process is called reconciliation. While reconciliation is in process, `observed_generation`, `latest_ready_revison`, `traffic_statuses`, and `uri` will have transient values that might mismatch the intended state: Once reconciliation is over (and this field is false), there are two possible outcomes: reconciliation succeeded and the serving state matches the Service, or there was an error, and reconciliation failed. This state can be found in `terminal_condition.state`. If reconciliation succeeded, the following fields will match: `traffic` and `traffic_statuses`, `observed_generation` and `generation`, `latest_ready_revision` and `latest_created_revision`. If reconciliation failed, `traffic_statuses`, `observed_generation`, and `latest_ready_revision` will have the state of the last serving revision, or empty for newly created Services. Additional information on the failure can be found in `terminal_condition` and `conditions`. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Scaling settings applied at the service level rather than at the revision level. # Optional. Specifies service-level scaling settings - "minInstanceCount": 42, # total min instances for the service. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving. (ALPHA) + "minInstanceCount": 42, # total min instances for the service. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving. (BETA) }, "template": { # RevisionTemplate describes the data a revision should have when created from a template. # Required. The template used to create revisions for this Service. "annotations": { # Unstructured key value map that may be set by external tools to store and arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. Cloud Run API v2 does not support annotations with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system annotations in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 RevisionTemplate. This field follows Kubernetes annotations' namespacing, limits, and rules. @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Returns true if the Service is currently being acted upon by the system to bring it into the desired state. When a new Service is created, or an existing one is updated, Cloud Run will asynchronously perform all necessary steps to bring the Service to the desired serving state. This process is called reconciliation. While reconciliation is in process, `observed_generation`, `latest_ready_revison`, `traffic_statuses`, and `uri` will have transient values that might mismatch the intended state: Once reconciliation is over (and this field is false), there are two possible outcomes: reconciliation succeeded and the serving state matches the Service, or there was an error, and reconciliation failed. This state can be found in `terminal_condition.state`. If reconciliation succeeded, the following fields will match: `traffic` and `traffic_statuses`, `observed_generation` and `generation`, `latest_ready_revision` and `latest_created_revision`. If reconciliation failed, `traffic_statuses`, `observed_generation`, and `latest_ready_revision` will have the state of the last serving revision, or empty for newly created Services. Additional information on the failure can be found in `terminal_condition` and `conditions`. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Scaling settings applied at the service level rather than at the revision level. # Optional. Specifies service-level scaling settings - "minInstanceCount": 42, # total min instances for the service. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving. (ALPHA) + "minInstanceCount": 42, # total min instances for the service. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving. (BETA) }, "template": { # RevisionTemplate describes the data a revision should have when created from a template. # Required. The template used to create revisions for this Service. "annotations": { # Unstructured key value map that may be set by external tools to store and arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. Cloud Run API v2 does not support annotations with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system annotations in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 RevisionTemplate. This field follows Kubernetes annotations' namespacing, limits, and rules. @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Returns true if the Service is currently being acted upon by the system to bring it into the desired state. When a new Service is created, or an existing one is updated, Cloud Run will asynchronously perform all necessary steps to bring the Service to the desired serving state. This process is called reconciliation. While reconciliation is in process, `observed_generation`, `latest_ready_revison`, `traffic_statuses`, and `uri` will have transient values that might mismatch the intended state: Once reconciliation is over (and this field is false), there are two possible outcomes: reconciliation succeeded and the serving state matches the Service, or there was an error, and reconciliation failed. This state can be found in `terminal_condition.state`. If reconciliation succeeded, the following fields will match: `traffic` and `traffic_statuses`, `observed_generation` and `generation`, `latest_ready_revision` and `latest_created_revision`. If reconciliation failed, `traffic_statuses`, `observed_generation`, and `latest_ready_revision` will have the state of the last serving revision, or empty for newly created Services. Additional information on the failure can be found in `terminal_condition` and `conditions`. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Scaling settings applied at the service level rather than at the revision level. # Optional. Specifies service-level scaling settings - "minInstanceCount": 42, # total min instances for the service. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving. (ALPHA) + "minInstanceCount": 42, # total min instances for the service. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving. (BETA) }, "template": { # RevisionTemplate describes the data a revision should have when created from a template. # Required. The template used to create revisions for this Service. "annotations": { # Unstructured key value map that may be set by external tools to store and arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. Cloud Run API v2 does not support annotations with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system annotations in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 RevisionTemplate. This field follows Kubernetes annotations' namespacing, limits, and rules. diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.locations.secrets.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.locations.secrets.html index ff9ac35ba9..7bde0c995b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.locations.secrets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.locations.secrets.html @@ -140,6 +140,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API. "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret. + "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`. + }, "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED. "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret. @@ -160,6 +163,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion. }
@@ -183,6 +187,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource. @@ -219,6 +226,7 @@

Method Details

"versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only be supported on GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion. "a_key": "A String", }, + "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires. } secretId: string, Required. This must be unique within the project. A secret ID is a string with a maximum length of 255 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore (`_`) characters. @@ -235,6 +243,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource. @@ -271,6 +282,7 @@

Method Details

"versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only be supported on GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion. "a_key": "A String", }, + "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires. }
@@ -312,6 +324,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource. @@ -348,6 +363,7 @@

Method Details

"versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only be supported on GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion. "a_key": "A String", }, + "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires. }
@@ -424,6 +440,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource. @@ -460,6 +479,7 @@

Method Details

"versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only be supported on GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion. "a_key": "A String", }, + "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires. }, ], "totalSize": 42, # The total number of Secrets but 0 when the ListSecretsRequest.filter field is set. @@ -494,6 +514,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource. @@ -530,6 +553,7 @@

Method Details

"versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only be supported on GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion. "a_key": "A String", }, + "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires. } updateMask: string, Required. Specifies the fields to be updated. @@ -546,6 +570,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource. @@ -582,6 +609,7 @@

Method Details

"versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only be supported on GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion. "a_key": "A String", }, + "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.locations.secrets.versions.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.locations.secrets.versions.html index 808d139d66..573fc8c109 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.locations.secrets.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.locations.secrets.versions.html @@ -151,6 +151,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API. "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret. + "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`. + }, "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED. "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret. @@ -171,6 +174,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion. }
@@ -199,6 +203,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API. "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret. + "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`. + }, "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED. "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret. @@ -219,6 +226,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion. }
@@ -247,6 +255,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API. "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret. + "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`. + }, "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED. "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret. @@ -267,6 +278,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion. }
@@ -288,6 +300,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API. "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret. + "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`. + }, "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED. "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret. @@ -308,6 +323,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion. }
@@ -336,6 +352,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API. "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret. + "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`. + }, "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED. "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret. @@ -356,6 +375,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html index 7a9754458a..e7411d4886 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html @@ -140,6 +140,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API. "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret. + "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`. + }, "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED. "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret. @@ -160,6 +163,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion. }
@@ -183,6 +187,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource. @@ -219,6 +226,7 @@

Method Details

"versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only be supported on GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion. "a_key": "A String", }, + "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires. } secretId: string, Required. This must be unique within the project. A secret ID is a string with a maximum length of 255 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore (`_`) characters. @@ -235,6 +243,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource. @@ -271,6 +282,7 @@

Method Details

"versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only be supported on GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion. "a_key": "A String", }, + "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires. }
@@ -312,6 +324,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource. @@ -348,6 +363,7 @@

Method Details

"versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only be supported on GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion. "a_key": "A String", }, + "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires. }
@@ -424,6 +440,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource. @@ -460,6 +479,7 @@

Method Details

"versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only be supported on GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion. "a_key": "A String", }, + "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires. }, ], "totalSize": 42, # The total number of Secrets but 0 when the ListSecretsRequest.filter field is set. @@ -494,6 +514,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource. @@ -530,6 +553,7 @@

Method Details

"versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only be supported on GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion. "a_key": "A String", }, + "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires. } updateMask: string, Required. Specifies the fields to be updated. @@ -546,6 +570,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input. "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource. @@ -582,6 +609,7 @@

Method Details

"versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only be supported on GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion. "a_key": "A String", }, + "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.versions.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.versions.html index 10f34d4bb2..cdb87d29fd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.versions.html @@ -151,6 +151,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API. "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret. + "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`. + }, "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED. "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret. @@ -171,6 +174,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion. }
@@ -199,6 +203,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API. "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret. + "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`. + }, "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED. "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret. @@ -219,6 +226,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion. }
@@ -247,6 +255,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API. "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret. + "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`. + }, "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED. "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret. @@ -267,6 +278,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion. }
@@ -288,6 +300,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API. "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret. + "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`. + }, "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED. "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret. @@ -308,6 +323,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion. }
@@ -336,6 +352,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API. "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created. + "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret. + "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`. + }, "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED. "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret. @@ -356,6 +375,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7befb4016a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.html @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + +

Secret Manager API

+

Instance Methods

+

+ projects() +

+

Returns the projects Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ new_batch_http_request()

+

Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ new_batch_http_request() +
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+                Args:
+                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+                    occurred.
+
+                Returns:
+                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+                
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bb13f1c0bc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.html @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ + + + +

Secret Manager API . projects

+

Instance Methods

+

+ locations() +

+

Returns the locations Resource.

+ +

+ secrets() +

+

Returns the secrets Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eb9069b702 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ + + + +

Secret Manager API . projects . locations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ secrets() +

+

Returns the secrets Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets information about a location.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets information about a location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Resource name for the location. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+  "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Locations.ListLocations.
+  "locations": [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+      "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+      "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.locations.secrets.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.locations.secrets.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a1a256370a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.locations.secrets.html @@ -0,0 +1,731 @@ + + + +

Secret Manager API . projects . locations . secrets

+

Instance Methods

+

+ versions() +

+

Returns the versions Resource.

+ +

+ addVersion(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new SecretVersion containing secret data and attaches it to an existing Secret.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, secretId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new Secret containing no SecretVersions.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a Secret.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets metadata for a given Secret.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a secret. Returns empty policy if the secret exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists Secrets.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates metadata of an existing Secret.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified secret. Replaces any existing policy. Permissions on SecretVersions are enforced according to the policy set on the associated Secret.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has for the specified secret. If the secret does not exist, this call returns an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

+

Method Details

+
+ addVersion(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new SecretVersion containing secret data and attaches it to an existing Secret.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Secret to associate with the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion.
+  "payload": { # A secret payload resource in the Secret Manager API. This contains the sensitive secret payload that is associated with a SecretVersion. # Required. The secret payload of the SecretVersion.
+    "data": "A String", # The secret data. Must be no larger than 64KiB.
+    "dataCrc32c": "A String", # Optional. If specified, SecretManagerService will verify the integrity of the received data on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion calls using the crc32c checksum and store it to include in future SecretManagerService.AccessSecretVersion responses. If a checksum is not provided in the SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion request, the SecretManagerService will generate and store one for you. The CRC32C value is encoded as a Int64 for compatibility, and can be safely downconverted to uint32 in languages that support this type. https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#integer_types
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API.
+  "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret.
+    "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+  },
+  "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret.
+  "replicationStatus": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion. # The replication status of the SecretVersion.
+    "automatic": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+        "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy.
+      "replicas": [ # Output only. The list of replica statuses for the SecretVersion.
+        { # Describes the status of a user-managed replica for the SecretVersion.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+            "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # Output only. The canonical ID of the replica location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion.
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, secretId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new Secret containing no SecretVersions.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the project to associate with the Secret, in the format `projects/*` or `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Secret is a logical secret whose value and versions can be accessed. A Secret is made up of zero or more SecretVersions that represent the secret data.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Custom metadata about the secret. Annotations are distinct from various forms of labels. Annotations exist to allow client tools to store their own state information without requiring a database. Annotation keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), and may have dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics in between these symbols. The total size of annotation keys and values must be less than 16KiB.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+  "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Secret in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`.
+  "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication and encryption configuration of data. # Optional. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
+    "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Secret. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+      "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
+        { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "rotation": { # The rotation time and period for a Secret. At next_rotation_time, Secret Manager will send a Pub/Sub notification to the topics configured on the Secret. Secret.topics must be set to configure rotation. # Optional. Rotation policy attached to the Secret. May be excluded if there is no rotation policy.
+    "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC at which the Secret is scheduled to rotate. Cannot be set to less than 300s (5 min) in the future and at most 3153600000s (100 years). next_rotation_time MUST be set if rotation_period is set.
+    "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Input only. The Duration between rotation notifications. Must be in seconds and at least 3600s (1h) and at most 3153600000s (100 years). If rotation_period is set, next_rotation_time must be set. next_rotation_time will be advanced by this period when the service automatically sends rotation notifications.
+  },
+  "topics": [ # Optional. A list of up to 10 Pub/Sub topics to which messages are published when control plane operations are called on the secret or its versions.
+    { # A Pub/Sub topic which Secret Manager will publish to when control plane events occur on this secret.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Pub/Sub topic that will be published to, in the following format: `projects/*/topics/*`. For publication to succeed, the Secret Manager service agent must have the `pubsub.topic.publish` permission on the topic. The Pub/Sub Publisher role (`roles/pubsub.publisher`) includes this permission.
+    },
+  ],
+  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for the Secret.
+  "versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only supported for GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires.
+}
+
+  secretId: string, Required. This must be unique within the project. A secret ID is a string with a maximum length of 255 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore (`_`) characters.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Secret is a logical secret whose value and versions can be accessed. A Secret is made up of zero or more SecretVersions that represent the secret data.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Custom metadata about the secret. Annotations are distinct from various forms of labels. Annotations exist to allow client tools to store their own state information without requiring a database. Annotation keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), and may have dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics in between these symbols. The total size of annotation keys and values must be less than 16KiB.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+  "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Secret in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`.
+  "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication and encryption configuration of data. # Optional. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
+    "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Secret. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+      "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
+        { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "rotation": { # The rotation time and period for a Secret. At next_rotation_time, Secret Manager will send a Pub/Sub notification to the topics configured on the Secret. Secret.topics must be set to configure rotation. # Optional. Rotation policy attached to the Secret. May be excluded if there is no rotation policy.
+    "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC at which the Secret is scheduled to rotate. Cannot be set to less than 300s (5 min) in the future and at most 3153600000s (100 years). next_rotation_time MUST be set if rotation_period is set.
+    "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Input only. The Duration between rotation notifications. Must be in seconds and at least 3600s (1h) and at most 3153600000s (100 years). If rotation_period is set, next_rotation_time must be set. next_rotation_time will be advanced by this period when the service automatically sends rotation notifications.
+  },
+  "topics": [ # Optional. A list of up to 10 Pub/Sub topics to which messages are published when control plane operations are called on the secret or its versions.
+    { # A Pub/Sub topic which Secret Manager will publish to when control plane events occur on this secret.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Pub/Sub topic that will be published to, in the following format: `projects/*/topics/*`. For publication to succeed, the Secret Manager service agent must have the `pubsub.topic.publish` permission on the topic. The Pub/Sub Publisher role (`roles/pubsub.publisher`) includes this permission.
+    },
+  ],
+  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for the Secret.
+  "versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only supported for GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a Secret.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Secret to delete in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. Etag of the Secret. The request succeeds if it matches the etag of the currently stored secret object. If the etag is omitted, the request succeeds.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets metadata for a given Secret.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Secret, in the format `projects/*/secrets/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Secret is a logical secret whose value and versions can be accessed. A Secret is made up of zero or more SecretVersions that represent the secret data.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Custom metadata about the secret. Annotations are distinct from various forms of labels. Annotations exist to allow client tools to store their own state information without requiring a database. Annotation keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), and may have dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics in between these symbols. The total size of annotation keys and values must be less than 16KiB.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+  "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Secret in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`.
+  "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication and encryption configuration of data. # Optional. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
+    "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Secret. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+      "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
+        { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "rotation": { # The rotation time and period for a Secret. At next_rotation_time, Secret Manager will send a Pub/Sub notification to the topics configured on the Secret. Secret.topics must be set to configure rotation. # Optional. Rotation policy attached to the Secret. May be excluded if there is no rotation policy.
+    "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC at which the Secret is scheduled to rotate. Cannot be set to less than 300s (5 min) in the future and at most 3153600000s (100 years). next_rotation_time MUST be set if rotation_period is set.
+    "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Input only. The Duration between rotation notifications. Must be in seconds and at least 3600s (1h) and at most 3153600000s (100 years). If rotation_period is set, next_rotation_time must be set. next_rotation_time will be advanced by this period when the service automatically sends rotation notifications.
+  },
+  "topics": [ # Optional. A list of up to 10 Pub/Sub topics to which messages are published when control plane operations are called on the secret or its versions.
+    { # A Pub/Sub topic which Secret Manager will publish to when control plane events occur on this secret.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Pub/Sub topic that will be published to, in the following format: `projects/*/topics/*`. For publication to succeed, the Secret Manager service agent must have the `pubsub.topic.publish` permission on the topic. The Pub/Sub Publisher role (`roles/pubsub.publisher`) includes this permission.
+    },
+  ],
+  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for the Secret.
+  "versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only supported for GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires.
+}
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a secret. Returns empty policy if the secret exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists Secrets.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the project associated with the Secrets, in the format `projects/*` or `projects/*/locations/*` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter string, adhering to the rules in [List-operation filtering](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager/docs/filtering). List only secrets matching the filter. If filter is empty, all secrets are listed.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to be returned in a single page. If set to 0, the server decides the number of results to return. If the number is greater than 25000, it is capped at 25000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Pagination token, returned earlier via ListSecretsResponse.next_page_token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for SecretManagerService.ListSecrets.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass this value in ListSecretsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page.
+  "secrets": [ # The list of Secrets sorted in reverse by create_time (newest first).
+    { # A Secret is a logical secret whose value and versions can be accessed. A Secret is made up of zero or more SecretVersions that represent the secret data.
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Custom metadata about the secret. Annotations are distinct from various forms of labels. Annotations exist to allow client tools to store their own state information without requiring a database. Annotation keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), and may have dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics in between these symbols. The total size of annotation keys and values must be less than 16KiB.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+      },
+      "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret.
+      "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+      "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Secret in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`.
+      "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication and encryption configuration of data. # Optional. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
+        "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Secret. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+          },
+        },
+        "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+          "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
+            { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
+              "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+              },
+              "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "rotation": { # The rotation time and period for a Secret. At next_rotation_time, Secret Manager will send a Pub/Sub notification to the topics configured on the Secret. Secret.topics must be set to configure rotation. # Optional. Rotation policy attached to the Secret. May be excluded if there is no rotation policy.
+        "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC at which the Secret is scheduled to rotate. Cannot be set to less than 300s (5 min) in the future and at most 3153600000s (100 years). next_rotation_time MUST be set if rotation_period is set.
+        "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Input only. The Duration between rotation notifications. Must be in seconds and at least 3600s (1h) and at most 3153600000s (100 years). If rotation_period is set, next_rotation_time must be set. next_rotation_time will be advanced by this period when the service automatically sends rotation notifications.
+      },
+      "topics": [ # Optional. A list of up to 10 Pub/Sub topics to which messages are published when control plane operations are called on the secret or its versions.
+        { # A Pub/Sub topic which Secret Manager will publish to when control plane events occur on this secret.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Pub/Sub topic that will be published to, in the following format: `projects/*/topics/*`. For publication to succeed, the Secret Manager service agent must have the `pubsub.topic.publish` permission on the topic. The Pub/Sub Publisher role (`roles/pubsub.publisher`) includes this permission.
+        },
+      ],
+      "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for the Secret.
+      "versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only supported for GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires.
+    },
+  ],
+  "totalSize": 42, # The total number of Secrets but 0 when the ListSecretsRequest.filter field is set.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates metadata of an existing Secret.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the Secret in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Secret is a logical secret whose value and versions can be accessed. A Secret is made up of zero or more SecretVersions that represent the secret data.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Custom metadata about the secret. Annotations are distinct from various forms of labels. Annotations exist to allow client tools to store their own state information without requiring a database. Annotation keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), and may have dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics in between these symbols. The total size of annotation keys and values must be less than 16KiB.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+  "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Secret in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`.
+  "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication and encryption configuration of data. # Optional. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
+    "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Secret. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+      "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
+        { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "rotation": { # The rotation time and period for a Secret. At next_rotation_time, Secret Manager will send a Pub/Sub notification to the topics configured on the Secret. Secret.topics must be set to configure rotation. # Optional. Rotation policy attached to the Secret. May be excluded if there is no rotation policy.
+    "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC at which the Secret is scheduled to rotate. Cannot be set to less than 300s (5 min) in the future and at most 3153600000s (100 years). next_rotation_time MUST be set if rotation_period is set.
+    "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Input only. The Duration between rotation notifications. Must be in seconds and at least 3600s (1h) and at most 3153600000s (100 years). If rotation_period is set, next_rotation_time must be set. next_rotation_time will be advanced by this period when the service automatically sends rotation notifications.
+  },
+  "topics": [ # Optional. A list of up to 10 Pub/Sub topics to which messages are published when control plane operations are called on the secret or its versions.
+    { # A Pub/Sub topic which Secret Manager will publish to when control plane events occur on this secret.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Pub/Sub topic that will be published to, in the following format: `projects/*/topics/*`. For publication to succeed, the Secret Manager service agent must have the `pubsub.topic.publish` permission on the topic. The Pub/Sub Publisher role (`roles/pubsub.publisher`) includes this permission.
+    },
+  ],
+  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for the Secret.
+  "versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only supported for GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. Specifies the fields to be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Secret is a logical secret whose value and versions can be accessed. A Secret is made up of zero or more SecretVersions that represent the secret data.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Custom metadata about the secret. Annotations are distinct from various forms of labels. Annotations exist to allow client tools to store their own state information without requiring a database. Annotation keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), and may have dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics in between these symbols. The total size of annotation keys and values must be less than 16KiB.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+  "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Secret in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`.
+  "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication and encryption configuration of data. # Optional. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
+    "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Secret. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+      "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
+        { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "rotation": { # The rotation time and period for a Secret. At next_rotation_time, Secret Manager will send a Pub/Sub notification to the topics configured on the Secret. Secret.topics must be set to configure rotation. # Optional. Rotation policy attached to the Secret. May be excluded if there is no rotation policy.
+    "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC at which the Secret is scheduled to rotate. Cannot be set to less than 300s (5 min) in the future and at most 3153600000s (100 years). next_rotation_time MUST be set if rotation_period is set.
+    "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Input only. The Duration between rotation notifications. Must be in seconds and at least 3600s (1h) and at most 3153600000s (100 years). If rotation_period is set, next_rotation_time must be set. next_rotation_time will be advanced by this period when the service automatically sends rotation notifications.
+  },
+  "topics": [ # Optional. A list of up to 10 Pub/Sub topics to which messages are published when control plane operations are called on the secret or its versions.
+    { # A Pub/Sub topic which Secret Manager will publish to when control plane events occur on this secret.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Pub/Sub topic that will be published to, in the following format: `projects/*/topics/*`. For publication to succeed, the Secret Manager service agent must have the `pubsub.topic.publish` permission on the topic. The Pub/Sub Publisher role (`roles/pubsub.publisher`) includes this permission.
+    },
+  ],
+  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for the Secret.
+  "versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only supported for GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires.
+}
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified secret. Replaces any existing policy. Permissions on SecretVersions are enforced according to the policy set on the associated Secret.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has for the specified secret. If the secret does not exist, this call returns an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.locations.secrets.versions.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.locations.secrets.versions.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5b03791277 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.locations.secrets.versions.html @@ -0,0 +1,399 @@ + + + +

Secret Manager API . projects . locations . secrets . versions

+

Instance Methods

+

+ access(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Accesses a SecretVersion. This call returns the secret data. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ destroy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Destroys a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to DESTROYED and irrevocably destroys the secret data.

+

+ disable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Disables a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to DISABLED.

+

+ enable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Enables a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to ENABLED.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets metadata for a SecretVersion. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists SecretVersions. This call does not return secret data.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ access(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Accesses a SecretVersion. This call returns the secret data. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for SecretManagerService.AccessSecretVersion.
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+  "payload": { # A secret payload resource in the Secret Manager API. This contains the sensitive secret payload that is associated with a SecretVersion. # Secret payload
+    "data": "A String", # The secret data. Must be no larger than 64KiB.
+    "dataCrc32c": "A String", # Optional. If specified, SecretManagerService will verify the integrity of the received data on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion calls using the crc32c checksum and store it to include in future SecretManagerService.AccessSecretVersion responses. If a checksum is not provided in the SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion request, the SecretManagerService will generate and store one for you. The CRC32C value is encoded as a Int64 for compatibility, and can be safely downconverted to uint32 in languages that support this type. https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#integer_types
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ destroy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Destroys a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to DESTROYED and irrevocably destroys the secret data.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion to destroy in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SecretManagerService.DestroySecretVersion.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the SecretVersion. The request succeeds if it matches the etag of the currently stored secret version object. If the etag is omitted, the request succeeds.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API.
+  "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret.
+    "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+  },
+  "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret.
+  "replicationStatus": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion. # The replication status of the SecretVersion.
+    "automatic": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+        "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy.
+      "replicas": [ # Output only. The list of replica statuses for the SecretVersion.
+        { # Describes the status of a user-managed replica for the SecretVersion.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+            "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # Output only. The canonical ID of the replica location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion.
+}
+
+ +
+ disable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Disables a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to DISABLED.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion to disable in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SecretManagerService.DisableSecretVersion.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the SecretVersion. The request succeeds if it matches the etag of the currently stored secret version object. If the etag is omitted, the request succeeds.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API.
+  "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret.
+    "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+  },
+  "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret.
+  "replicationStatus": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion. # The replication status of the SecretVersion.
+    "automatic": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+        "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy.
+      "replicas": [ # Output only. The list of replica statuses for the SecretVersion.
+        { # Describes the status of a user-managed replica for the SecretVersion.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+            "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # Output only. The canonical ID of the replica location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion.
+}
+
+ +
+ enable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Enables a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to ENABLED.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion to enable in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SecretManagerService.EnableSecretVersion.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the SecretVersion. The request succeeds if it matches the etag of the currently stored secret version object. If the etag is omitted, the request succeeds.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API.
+  "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret.
+    "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+  },
+  "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret.
+  "replicationStatus": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion. # The replication status of the SecretVersion.
+    "automatic": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+        "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy.
+      "replicas": [ # Output only. The list of replica statuses for the SecretVersion.
+        { # Describes the status of a user-managed replica for the SecretVersion.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+            "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # Output only. The canonical ID of the replica location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets metadata for a SecretVersion. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API.
+  "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret.
+    "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+  },
+  "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret.
+  "replicationStatus": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion. # The replication status of the SecretVersion.
+    "automatic": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+        "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy.
+      "replicas": [ # Output only. The list of replica statuses for the SecretVersion.
+        { # Describes the status of a user-managed replica for the SecretVersion.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+            "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # Output only. The canonical ID of the replica location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists SecretVersions. This call does not return secret data.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Secret associated with the SecretVersions to list, in the format `projects/*/secrets/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter string, adhering to the rules in [List-operation filtering](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager/docs/filtering). List only secret versions matching the filter. If filter is empty, all secret versions are listed.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to be returned in a single page. If set to 0, the server decides the number of results to return. If the number is greater than 25000, it is capped at 25000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Pagination token, returned earlier via ListSecretVersionsResponse.next_page_token][].
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for SecretManagerService.ListSecretVersions.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass this value in ListSecretVersionsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page.
+  "totalSize": 42, # The total number of SecretVersions but 0 when the ListSecretsRequest.filter field is set.
+  "versions": [ # The list of SecretVersions sorted in reverse by create_time (newest first).
+    { # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API.
+      "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret.
+        "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+      "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret.
+      "replicationStatus": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion. # The replication status of the SecretVersion.
+        "automatic": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+            "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+        },
+        "userManaged": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy.
+          "replicas": [ # Output only. The list of replica statuses for the SecretVersion.
+            { # Describes the status of a user-managed replica for the SecretVersion.
+              "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+                "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+              },
+              "location": "A String", # Output only. The canonical ID of the replica location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.secrets.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.secrets.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c73cd0a60 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.secrets.html @@ -0,0 +1,731 @@ + + + +

Secret Manager API . projects . secrets

+

Instance Methods

+

+ versions() +

+

Returns the versions Resource.

+ +

+ addVersion(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new SecretVersion containing secret data and attaches it to an existing Secret.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, secretId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new Secret containing no SecretVersions.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a Secret.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets metadata for a given Secret.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a secret. Returns empty policy if the secret exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists Secrets.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates metadata of an existing Secret.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified secret. Replaces any existing policy. Permissions on SecretVersions are enforced according to the policy set on the associated Secret.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has for the specified secret. If the secret does not exist, this call returns an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

+

Method Details

+
+ addVersion(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new SecretVersion containing secret data and attaches it to an existing Secret.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Secret to associate with the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion.
+  "payload": { # A secret payload resource in the Secret Manager API. This contains the sensitive secret payload that is associated with a SecretVersion. # Required. The secret payload of the SecretVersion.
+    "data": "A String", # The secret data. Must be no larger than 64KiB.
+    "dataCrc32c": "A String", # Optional. If specified, SecretManagerService will verify the integrity of the received data on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion calls using the crc32c checksum and store it to include in future SecretManagerService.AccessSecretVersion responses. If a checksum is not provided in the SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion request, the SecretManagerService will generate and store one for you. The CRC32C value is encoded as a Int64 for compatibility, and can be safely downconverted to uint32 in languages that support this type. https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#integer_types
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API.
+  "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret.
+    "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+  },
+  "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret.
+  "replicationStatus": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion. # The replication status of the SecretVersion.
+    "automatic": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+        "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy.
+      "replicas": [ # Output only. The list of replica statuses for the SecretVersion.
+        { # Describes the status of a user-managed replica for the SecretVersion.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+            "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # Output only. The canonical ID of the replica location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion.
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, secretId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new Secret containing no SecretVersions.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the project to associate with the Secret, in the format `projects/*` or `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Secret is a logical secret whose value and versions can be accessed. A Secret is made up of zero or more SecretVersions that represent the secret data.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Custom metadata about the secret. Annotations are distinct from various forms of labels. Annotations exist to allow client tools to store their own state information without requiring a database. Annotation keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), and may have dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics in between these symbols. The total size of annotation keys and values must be less than 16KiB.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+  "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Secret in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`.
+  "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication and encryption configuration of data. # Optional. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
+    "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Secret. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+      "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
+        { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "rotation": { # The rotation time and period for a Secret. At next_rotation_time, Secret Manager will send a Pub/Sub notification to the topics configured on the Secret. Secret.topics must be set to configure rotation. # Optional. Rotation policy attached to the Secret. May be excluded if there is no rotation policy.
+    "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC at which the Secret is scheduled to rotate. Cannot be set to less than 300s (5 min) in the future and at most 3153600000s (100 years). next_rotation_time MUST be set if rotation_period is set.
+    "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Input only. The Duration between rotation notifications. Must be in seconds and at least 3600s (1h) and at most 3153600000s (100 years). If rotation_period is set, next_rotation_time must be set. next_rotation_time will be advanced by this period when the service automatically sends rotation notifications.
+  },
+  "topics": [ # Optional. A list of up to 10 Pub/Sub topics to which messages are published when control plane operations are called on the secret or its versions.
+    { # A Pub/Sub topic which Secret Manager will publish to when control plane events occur on this secret.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Pub/Sub topic that will be published to, in the following format: `projects/*/topics/*`. For publication to succeed, the Secret Manager service agent must have the `pubsub.topic.publish` permission on the topic. The Pub/Sub Publisher role (`roles/pubsub.publisher`) includes this permission.
+    },
+  ],
+  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for the Secret.
+  "versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only supported for GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires.
+}
+
+  secretId: string, Required. This must be unique within the project. A secret ID is a string with a maximum length of 255 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore (`_`) characters.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Secret is a logical secret whose value and versions can be accessed. A Secret is made up of zero or more SecretVersions that represent the secret data.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Custom metadata about the secret. Annotations are distinct from various forms of labels. Annotations exist to allow client tools to store their own state information without requiring a database. Annotation keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), and may have dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics in between these symbols. The total size of annotation keys and values must be less than 16KiB.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+  "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Secret in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`.
+  "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication and encryption configuration of data. # Optional. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
+    "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Secret. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+      "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
+        { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "rotation": { # The rotation time and period for a Secret. At next_rotation_time, Secret Manager will send a Pub/Sub notification to the topics configured on the Secret. Secret.topics must be set to configure rotation. # Optional. Rotation policy attached to the Secret. May be excluded if there is no rotation policy.
+    "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC at which the Secret is scheduled to rotate. Cannot be set to less than 300s (5 min) in the future and at most 3153600000s (100 years). next_rotation_time MUST be set if rotation_period is set.
+    "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Input only. The Duration between rotation notifications. Must be in seconds and at least 3600s (1h) and at most 3153600000s (100 years). If rotation_period is set, next_rotation_time must be set. next_rotation_time will be advanced by this period when the service automatically sends rotation notifications.
+  },
+  "topics": [ # Optional. A list of up to 10 Pub/Sub topics to which messages are published when control plane operations are called on the secret or its versions.
+    { # A Pub/Sub topic which Secret Manager will publish to when control plane events occur on this secret.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Pub/Sub topic that will be published to, in the following format: `projects/*/topics/*`. For publication to succeed, the Secret Manager service agent must have the `pubsub.topic.publish` permission on the topic. The Pub/Sub Publisher role (`roles/pubsub.publisher`) includes this permission.
+    },
+  ],
+  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for the Secret.
+  "versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only supported for GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a Secret.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Secret to delete in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. Etag of the Secret. The request succeeds if it matches the etag of the currently stored secret object. If the etag is omitted, the request succeeds.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets metadata for a given Secret.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Secret, in the format `projects/*/secrets/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Secret is a logical secret whose value and versions can be accessed. A Secret is made up of zero or more SecretVersions that represent the secret data.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Custom metadata about the secret. Annotations are distinct from various forms of labels. Annotations exist to allow client tools to store their own state information without requiring a database. Annotation keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), and may have dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics in between these symbols. The total size of annotation keys and values must be less than 16KiB.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+  "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Secret in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`.
+  "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication and encryption configuration of data. # Optional. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
+    "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Secret. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+      "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
+        { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "rotation": { # The rotation time and period for a Secret. At next_rotation_time, Secret Manager will send a Pub/Sub notification to the topics configured on the Secret. Secret.topics must be set to configure rotation. # Optional. Rotation policy attached to the Secret. May be excluded if there is no rotation policy.
+    "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC at which the Secret is scheduled to rotate. Cannot be set to less than 300s (5 min) in the future and at most 3153600000s (100 years). next_rotation_time MUST be set if rotation_period is set.
+    "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Input only. The Duration between rotation notifications. Must be in seconds and at least 3600s (1h) and at most 3153600000s (100 years). If rotation_period is set, next_rotation_time must be set. next_rotation_time will be advanced by this period when the service automatically sends rotation notifications.
+  },
+  "topics": [ # Optional. A list of up to 10 Pub/Sub topics to which messages are published when control plane operations are called on the secret or its versions.
+    { # A Pub/Sub topic which Secret Manager will publish to when control plane events occur on this secret.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Pub/Sub topic that will be published to, in the following format: `projects/*/topics/*`. For publication to succeed, the Secret Manager service agent must have the `pubsub.topic.publish` permission on the topic. The Pub/Sub Publisher role (`roles/pubsub.publisher`) includes this permission.
+    },
+  ],
+  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for the Secret.
+  "versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only supported for GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires.
+}
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a secret. Returns empty policy if the secret exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists Secrets.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the project associated with the Secrets, in the format `projects/*` or `projects/*/locations/*` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter string, adhering to the rules in [List-operation filtering](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager/docs/filtering). List only secrets matching the filter. If filter is empty, all secrets are listed.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to be returned in a single page. If set to 0, the server decides the number of results to return. If the number is greater than 25000, it is capped at 25000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Pagination token, returned earlier via ListSecretsResponse.next_page_token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for SecretManagerService.ListSecrets.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass this value in ListSecretsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page.
+  "secrets": [ # The list of Secrets sorted in reverse by create_time (newest first).
+    { # A Secret is a logical secret whose value and versions can be accessed. A Secret is made up of zero or more SecretVersions that represent the secret data.
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Custom metadata about the secret. Annotations are distinct from various forms of labels. Annotations exist to allow client tools to store their own state information without requiring a database. Annotation keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), and may have dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics in between these symbols. The total size of annotation keys and values must be less than 16KiB.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+      },
+      "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret.
+      "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+      "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Secret in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`.
+      "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication and encryption configuration of data. # Optional. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
+        "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Secret. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+          },
+        },
+        "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+          "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
+            { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
+              "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+              },
+              "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "rotation": { # The rotation time and period for a Secret. At next_rotation_time, Secret Manager will send a Pub/Sub notification to the topics configured on the Secret. Secret.topics must be set to configure rotation. # Optional. Rotation policy attached to the Secret. May be excluded if there is no rotation policy.
+        "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC at which the Secret is scheduled to rotate. Cannot be set to less than 300s (5 min) in the future and at most 3153600000s (100 years). next_rotation_time MUST be set if rotation_period is set.
+        "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Input only. The Duration between rotation notifications. Must be in seconds and at least 3600s (1h) and at most 3153600000s (100 years). If rotation_period is set, next_rotation_time must be set. next_rotation_time will be advanced by this period when the service automatically sends rotation notifications.
+      },
+      "topics": [ # Optional. A list of up to 10 Pub/Sub topics to which messages are published when control plane operations are called on the secret or its versions.
+        { # A Pub/Sub topic which Secret Manager will publish to when control plane events occur on this secret.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Pub/Sub topic that will be published to, in the following format: `projects/*/topics/*`. For publication to succeed, the Secret Manager service agent must have the `pubsub.topic.publish` permission on the topic. The Pub/Sub Publisher role (`roles/pubsub.publisher`) includes this permission.
+        },
+      ],
+      "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for the Secret.
+      "versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only supported for GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires.
+    },
+  ],
+  "totalSize": 42, # The total number of Secrets but 0 when the ListSecretsRequest.filter field is set.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates metadata of an existing Secret.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the Secret in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Secret is a logical secret whose value and versions can be accessed. A Secret is made up of zero or more SecretVersions that represent the secret data.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Custom metadata about the secret. Annotations are distinct from various forms of labels. Annotations exist to allow client tools to store their own state information without requiring a database. Annotation keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), and may have dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics in between these symbols. The total size of annotation keys and values must be less than 16KiB.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+  "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Secret in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`.
+  "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication and encryption configuration of data. # Optional. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
+    "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Secret. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+      "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
+        { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "rotation": { # The rotation time and period for a Secret. At next_rotation_time, Secret Manager will send a Pub/Sub notification to the topics configured on the Secret. Secret.topics must be set to configure rotation. # Optional. Rotation policy attached to the Secret. May be excluded if there is no rotation policy.
+    "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC at which the Secret is scheduled to rotate. Cannot be set to less than 300s (5 min) in the future and at most 3153600000s (100 years). next_rotation_time MUST be set if rotation_period is set.
+    "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Input only. The Duration between rotation notifications. Must be in seconds and at least 3600s (1h) and at most 3153600000s (100 years). If rotation_period is set, next_rotation_time must be set. next_rotation_time will be advanced by this period when the service automatically sends rotation notifications.
+  },
+  "topics": [ # Optional. A list of up to 10 Pub/Sub topics to which messages are published when control plane operations are called on the secret or its versions.
+    { # A Pub/Sub topic which Secret Manager will publish to when control plane events occur on this secret.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Pub/Sub topic that will be published to, in the following format: `projects/*/topics/*`. For publication to succeed, the Secret Manager service agent must have the `pubsub.topic.publish` permission on the topic. The Pub/Sub Publisher role (`roles/pubsub.publisher`) includes this permission.
+    },
+  ],
+  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for the Secret.
+  "versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only supported for GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. Specifies the fields to be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Secret is a logical secret whose value and versions can be accessed. A Secret is made up of zero or more SecretVersions that represent the secret data.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Custom metadata about the secret. Annotations are distinct from various forms of labels. Annotations exist to allow client tools to store their own state information without requiring a database. Annotation keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), and may have dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics in between these symbols. The total size of annotation keys and values must be less than 16KiB.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the Secret was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+  "labels": { # The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Secret in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`.
+  "replication": { # A policy that defines the replication and encryption configuration of data. # Optional. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created.
+    "automatic": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions. # The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Secret. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+      "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
+        { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "rotation": { # The rotation time and period for a Secret. At next_rotation_time, Secret Manager will send a Pub/Sub notification to the topics configured on the Secret. Secret.topics must be set to configure rotation. # Optional. Rotation policy attached to the Secret. May be excluded if there is no rotation policy.
+    "nextRotationTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp in UTC at which the Secret is scheduled to rotate. Cannot be set to less than 300s (5 min) in the future and at most 3153600000s (100 years). next_rotation_time MUST be set if rotation_period is set.
+    "rotationPeriod": "A String", # Input only. The Duration between rotation notifications. Must be in seconds and at least 3600s (1h) and at most 3153600000s (100 years). If rotation_period is set, next_rotation_time must be set. next_rotation_time will be advanced by this period when the service automatically sends rotation notifications.
+  },
+  "topics": [ # Optional. A list of up to 10 Pub/Sub topics to which messages are published when control plane operations are called on the secret or its versions.
+    { # A Pub/Sub topic which Secret Manager will publish to when control plane events occur on this secret.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Pub/Sub topic that will be published to, in the following format: `projects/*/topics/*`. For publication to succeed, the Secret Manager service agent must have the `pubsub.topic.publish` permission on the topic. The Pub/Sub Publisher role (`roles/pubsub.publisher`) includes this permission.
+    },
+  ],
+  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for the Secret.
+  "versionAliases": { # Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only supported for GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "versionDestroyTtl": "A String", # Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires.
+}
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified secret. Replaces any existing policy. Permissions on SecretVersions are enforced according to the policy set on the associated Secret.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has for the specified secret. If the secret does not exist, this call returns an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.secrets.versions.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.secrets.versions.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..85d5f6a33a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.secrets.versions.html @@ -0,0 +1,399 @@ + + + +

Secret Manager API . projects . secrets . versions

+

Instance Methods

+

+ access(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Accesses a SecretVersion. This call returns the secret data. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ destroy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Destroys a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to DESTROYED and irrevocably destroys the secret data.

+

+ disable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Disables a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to DISABLED.

+

+ enable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Enables a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to ENABLED.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets metadata for a SecretVersion. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists SecretVersions. This call does not return secret data.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ access(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Accesses a SecretVersion. This call returns the secret data. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for SecretManagerService.AccessSecretVersion.
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+  "payload": { # A secret payload resource in the Secret Manager API. This contains the sensitive secret payload that is associated with a SecretVersion. # Secret payload
+    "data": "A String", # The secret data. Must be no larger than 64KiB.
+    "dataCrc32c": "A String", # Optional. If specified, SecretManagerService will verify the integrity of the received data on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion calls using the crc32c checksum and store it to include in future SecretManagerService.AccessSecretVersion responses. If a checksum is not provided in the SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion request, the SecretManagerService will generate and store one for you. The CRC32C value is encoded as a Int64 for compatibility, and can be safely downconverted to uint32 in languages that support this type. https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#integer_types
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ destroy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Destroys a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to DESTROYED and irrevocably destroys the secret data.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion to destroy in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SecretManagerService.DestroySecretVersion.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the SecretVersion. The request succeeds if it matches the etag of the currently stored secret version object. If the etag is omitted, the request succeeds.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API.
+  "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret.
+    "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+  },
+  "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret.
+  "replicationStatus": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion. # The replication status of the SecretVersion.
+    "automatic": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+        "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy.
+      "replicas": [ # Output only. The list of replica statuses for the SecretVersion.
+        { # Describes the status of a user-managed replica for the SecretVersion.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+            "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # Output only. The canonical ID of the replica location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion.
+}
+
+ +
+ disable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Disables a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to DISABLED.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion to disable in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SecretManagerService.DisableSecretVersion.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the SecretVersion. The request succeeds if it matches the etag of the currently stored secret version object. If the etag is omitted, the request succeeds.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API.
+  "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret.
+    "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+  },
+  "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret.
+  "replicationStatus": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion. # The replication status of the SecretVersion.
+    "automatic": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+        "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy.
+      "replicas": [ # Output only. The list of replica statuses for the SecretVersion.
+        { # Describes the status of a user-managed replica for the SecretVersion.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+            "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # Output only. The canonical ID of the replica location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion.
+}
+
+ +
+ enable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Enables a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to ENABLED.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion to enable in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SecretManagerService.EnableSecretVersion.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Etag of the SecretVersion. The request succeeds if it matches the etag of the currently stored secret version object. If the etag is omitted, the request succeeds.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API.
+  "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret.
+    "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+  },
+  "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret.
+  "replicationStatus": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion. # The replication status of the SecretVersion.
+    "automatic": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+        "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy.
+      "replicas": [ # Output only. The list of replica statuses for the SecretVersion.
+        { # Describes the status of a user-managed replica for the SecretVersion.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+            "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # Output only. The canonical ID of the replica location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets metadata for a SecretVersion. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API.
+  "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created.
+  "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret.
+    "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+  },
+  "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret.
+  "replicationStatus": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion. # The replication status of the SecretVersion.
+    "automatic": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+        "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+    },
+    "userManaged": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy.
+      "replicas": [ # Output only. The list of replica statuses for the SecretVersion.
+        { # Describes the status of a user-managed replica for the SecretVersion.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+            "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "location": "A String", # Output only. The canonical ID of the replica location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists SecretVersions. This call does not return secret data.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Secret associated with the SecretVersions to list, in the format `projects/*/secrets/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter string, adhering to the rules in [List-operation filtering](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager/docs/filtering). List only secret versions matching the filter. If filter is empty, all secret versions are listed.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to be returned in a single page. If set to 0, the server decides the number of results to return. If the number is greater than 25000, it is capped at 25000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Pagination token, returned earlier via ListSecretVersionsResponse.next_page_token][].
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for SecretManagerService.ListSecretVersions.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass this value in ListSecretVersionsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page.
+  "totalSize": 42, # The total number of SecretVersions but 0 when the ListSecretsRequest.filter field is set.
+  "versions": [ # The list of SecretVersions sorted in reverse by create_time (newest first).
+    { # A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API.
+      "clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": True or False, # Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created.
+      "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret.
+        "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+      },
+      "destroyTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret.
+      "replicationStatus": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion. # The replication status of the SecretVersion.
+        "automatic": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy.
+          "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+            "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+        },
+        "userManaged": { # The replication status of a SecretVersion using user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy. # Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy.
+          "replicas": [ # Output only. The list of replica statuses for the SecretVersion.
+            { # Describes the status of a user-managed replica for the SecretVersion.
+              "customerManagedEncryption": { # Describes the status of customer-managed encryption. # Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.
+                "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.
+              },
+              "location": "A String", # Output only. The canonical ID of the replica location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "scheduledDestroyTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html index b22c7c8641..dccb642780 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html +++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html @@ -176,6 +176,9 @@

Method Details

"policyValue": "A String", # The quota policy value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this policy applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, + "rolloutInfo": { # [Output only] Rollout information of a quota. # Rollout information of this quota bucket. This field is present only if the effective limit will change due to the ongoing rollout of the service config. + "defaultLimitOngoingRollout": True or False, # Whether there is an ongoing rollout for the default limit or not. + }, }, ], "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. @@ -237,6 +240,9 @@

Method Details

"policyValue": "A String", # The quota policy value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this policy applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, + "rolloutInfo": { # [Output only] Rollout information of a quota. # Rollout information of this quota bucket. This field is present only if the effective limit will change due to the ongoing rollout of the service config. + "defaultLimitOngoingRollout": True or False, # Whether there is an ongoing rollout for the default limit or not. + }, }, ], "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. @@ -447,6 +453,9 @@

Method Details

"policyValue": "A String", # The quota policy value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this policy applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, + "rolloutInfo": { # [Output only] Rollout information of a quota. # Rollout information of this quota bucket. This field is present only if the effective limit will change due to the ongoing rollout of the service config. + "defaultLimitOngoingRollout": True or False, # Whether there is an ongoing rollout for the default limit or not. + }, }, ], "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. @@ -508,6 +517,9 @@

Method Details

"policyValue": "A String", # The quota policy value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this policy applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, + "rolloutInfo": { # [Output only] Rollout information of a quota. # Rollout information of this quota bucket. This field is present only if the effective limit will change due to the ongoing rollout of the service config. + "defaultLimitOngoingRollout": True or False, # Whether there is an ongoing rollout for the default limit or not. + }, }, ], "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html index 5a66ed15af..81023c7104 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html +++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html @@ -167,6 +167,9 @@

Method Details

"policyValue": "A String", # The quota policy value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this policy applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, + "rolloutInfo": { # [Output only] Rollout information of a quota. # Rollout information of this quota bucket. This field is present only if the effective limit will change due to the ongoing rollout of the service config. + "defaultLimitOngoingRollout": True or False, # Whether there is an ongoing rollout for the default limit or not. + }, }, ], "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html index 4e37fd92c5..9cfedd5fff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html @@ -1609,6 +1609,59 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. }, }, + "speakerSpotlight": { # A PageElement kind representing a Speaker Spotlight. # A Speaker Spotlight. + "speakerSpotlightProperties": { # The properties of the SpeakerSpotlight. # The properties of the Speaker Spotlight. + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no outline. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no shadow. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + }, + }, "table": { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element. "columns": 42, # Number of columns in the table. "horizontalBorderRows": [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table's horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns. @@ -2625,6 +2678,59 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. }, }, + "speakerSpotlight": { # A PageElement kind representing a Speaker Spotlight. # A Speaker Spotlight. + "speakerSpotlightProperties": { # The properties of the SpeakerSpotlight. # The properties of the Speaker Spotlight. + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no outline. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no shadow. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + }, + }, "table": { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element. "columns": 42, # Number of columns in the table. "horizontalBorderRows": [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table's horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns. @@ -3639,6 +3745,59 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. }, }, + "speakerSpotlight": { # A PageElement kind representing a Speaker Spotlight. # A Speaker Spotlight. + "speakerSpotlightProperties": { # The properties of the SpeakerSpotlight. # The properties of the Speaker Spotlight. + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no outline. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no shadow. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + }, + }, "table": { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element. "columns": 42, # Number of columns in the table. "horizontalBorderRows": [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table's horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns. @@ -4665,6 +4824,59 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. }, }, + "speakerSpotlight": { # A PageElement kind representing a Speaker Spotlight. # A Speaker Spotlight. + "speakerSpotlightProperties": { # The properties of the SpeakerSpotlight. # The properties of the Speaker Spotlight. + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no outline. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no shadow. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + }, + }, "table": { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element. "columns": 42, # Number of columns in the table. "horizontalBorderRows": [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table's horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns. @@ -5692,6 +5904,59 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. }, }, + "speakerSpotlight": { # A PageElement kind representing a Speaker Spotlight. # A Speaker Spotlight. + "speakerSpotlightProperties": { # The properties of the SpeakerSpotlight. # The properties of the Speaker Spotlight. + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no outline. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no shadow. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + }, + }, "table": { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element. "columns": 42, # Number of columns in the table. "horizontalBorderRows": [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table's horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns. @@ -6708,6 +6973,59 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. }, }, + "speakerSpotlight": { # A PageElement kind representing a Speaker Spotlight. # A Speaker Spotlight. + "speakerSpotlightProperties": { # The properties of the SpeakerSpotlight. # The properties of the Speaker Spotlight. + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no outline. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no shadow. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + }, + }, "table": { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element. "columns": 42, # Number of columns in the table. "horizontalBorderRows": [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table's horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns. @@ -7710,17 +8028,70 @@

Method Details

"transparency": 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only. }, }, - "spreadsheetId": "A String", # The ID of the Google Sheets spreadsheet that contains the source chart. - }, - "size": { # A width and height. # The size of the page element. - "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "width": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The width of the object. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, + "spreadsheetId": "A String", # The ID of the Google Sheets spreadsheet that contains the source chart. + }, + "size": { # A width and height. # The size of the page element. + "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "width": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The width of the object. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "speakerSpotlight": { # A PageElement kind representing a Speaker Spotlight. # A Speaker Spotlight. + "speakerSpotlightProperties": { # The properties of the SpeakerSpotlight. # The properties of the Speaker Spotlight. + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no outline. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no shadow. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + }, }, "table": { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element. "columns": 42, # Number of columns in the table. @@ -8748,6 +9119,59 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. }, }, + "speakerSpotlight": { # A PageElement kind representing a Speaker Spotlight. # A Speaker Spotlight. + "speakerSpotlightProperties": { # The properties of the SpeakerSpotlight. # The properties of the Speaker Spotlight. + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no outline. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no shadow. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + }, + }, "table": { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element. "columns": 42, # Number of columns in the table. "horizontalBorderRows": [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table's horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns. @@ -9782,6 +10206,59 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. }, }, + "speakerSpotlight": { # A PageElement kind representing a Speaker Spotlight. # A Speaker Spotlight. + "speakerSpotlightProperties": { # The properties of the SpeakerSpotlight. # The properties of the Speaker Spotlight. + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no outline. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no shadow. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + }, + }, "table": { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element. "columns": 42, # Number of columns in the table. "horizontalBorderRows": [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table's horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns. @@ -10798,6 +11275,59 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. }, }, + "speakerSpotlight": { # A PageElement kind representing a Speaker Spotlight. # A Speaker Spotlight. + "speakerSpotlightProperties": { # The properties of the SpeakerSpotlight. # The properties of the Speaker Spotlight. + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no outline. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no shadow. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + }, + }, "table": { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element. "columns": 42, # Number of columns in the table. "horizontalBorderRows": [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table's horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns. @@ -11812,6 +12342,59 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. }, }, + "speakerSpotlight": { # A PageElement kind representing a Speaker Spotlight. # A Speaker Spotlight. + "speakerSpotlightProperties": { # The properties of the SpeakerSpotlight. # The properties of the Speaker Spotlight. + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no outline. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no shadow. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + }, + }, "table": { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element. "columns": 42, # Number of columns in the table. "horizontalBorderRows": [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table's horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns. @@ -12838,6 +13421,59 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. }, }, + "speakerSpotlight": { # A PageElement kind representing a Speaker Spotlight. # A Speaker Spotlight. + "speakerSpotlightProperties": { # The properties of the SpeakerSpotlight. # The properties of the Speaker Spotlight. + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no outline. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no shadow. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + }, + }, "table": { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element. "columns": 42, # Number of columns in the table. "horizontalBorderRows": [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table's horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns. diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html index 7671a5028b..c060e1d997 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html @@ -674,6 +674,59 @@

Method Details

"unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. }, }, + "speakerSpotlight": { # A PageElement kind representing a Speaker Spotlight. # A Speaker Spotlight. + "speakerSpotlightProperties": { # The properties of the SpeakerSpotlight. # The properties of the Speaker Spotlight. + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no outline. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no shadow. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + }, + }, "table": { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element. "columns": 42, # Number of columns in the table. "horizontalBorderRows": [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table's horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns. diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html index 54feb19398..d3b016dd43 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html @@ -147,6 +147,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # The labels for the session. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the following regular expression: `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression `([a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)?`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given session. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. "a_key": "A String", }, + "multiplexed": True or False, # Optional. If true, specifies a multiplexed session. A multiplexed session may be used for multiple, concurrent read-only operations but can not be used for read-write transactions, partitioned reads, or partitioned queries. Multiplexed sessions can be created via CreateSession but not via BatchCreateSessions. Multiplexed sessions may not be deleted nor listed. "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the session. This is always system-assigned. }, } @@ -168,6 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # The labels for the session. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the following regular expression: `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression `([a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)?`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given session. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. "a_key": "A String", }, + "multiplexed": True or False, # Optional. If true, specifies a multiplexed session. A multiplexed session may be used for multiple, concurrent read-only operations but can not be used for read-write transactions, partitioned reads, or partitioned queries. Multiplexed sessions can be created via CreateSession but not via BatchCreateSessions. Multiplexed sessions may not be deleted nor listed. "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the session. This is always system-assigned. }, ], @@ -184,6 +186,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # The request for BatchWrite. + "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # Optional. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from all transactions in this batch write operation will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from all transactions in this batch write operation will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from all transactions in this batch write operation will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. "mutationGroups": [ # Required. The groups of mutations to be applied. { # A group of mutations to be committed together. Related mutations should be placed in a group. For example, two mutations inserting rows with the same primary key prefix in both parent and child tables are related. "mutations": [ # Required. The mutations in this group. @@ -306,6 +309,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The request for BeginTransaction. "options": { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. Please see TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a "negotiation phase" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as "version GC". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Required. Options for the new transaction. + "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. "partitionedDml": { # Message type to initiate a Partitioned DML transaction. # Partitioned DML transaction. Authorization to begin a Partitioned DML transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginPartitionedDmlTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. }, "readOnly": { # Message type to initiate a read-only transaction. # Transaction will not write. Authorization to begin a read-only transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginReadOnlyTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. @@ -439,6 +443,7 @@

Method Details

}, "returnCommitStats": True or False, # If `true`, then statistics related to the transaction will be included in the CommitResponse. Default value is `false`. "singleUseTransaction": { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. Please see TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a "negotiation phase" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as "version GC". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Execute mutations in a temporary transaction. Note that unlike commit of a previously-started transaction, commit with a temporary transaction is non-idempotent. That is, if the `CommitRequest` is sent to Cloud Spanner more than once (for instance, due to retries in the application, or in the transport library), it is possible that the mutations are executed more than once. If this is undesirable, use BeginTransaction and Commit instead. + "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. "partitionedDml": { # Message type to initiate a Partitioned DML transaction. # Partitioned DML transaction. Authorization to begin a Partitioned DML transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginPartitionedDmlTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. }, "readOnly": { # Message type to initiate a read-only transaction. # Transaction will not write. Authorization to begin a read-only transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginReadOnlyTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. @@ -489,6 +494,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # The labels for the session. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the following regular expression: `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression `([a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)?`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given session. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. "a_key": "A String", }, + "multiplexed": True or False, # Optional. If true, specifies a multiplexed session. A multiplexed session may be used for multiple, concurrent read-only operations but can not be used for read-write transactions, partitioned reads, or partitioned queries. Multiplexed sessions can be created via CreateSession but not via BatchCreateSessions. Multiplexed sessions may not be deleted nor listed. "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the session. This is always system-assigned. }, } @@ -508,6 +514,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # The labels for the session. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the following regular expression: `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression `([a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)?`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given session. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. "a_key": "A String", }, + "multiplexed": True or False, # Optional. If true, specifies a multiplexed session. A multiplexed session may be used for multiple, concurrent read-only operations but can not be used for read-write transactions, partitioned reads, or partitioned queries. Multiplexed sessions can be created via CreateSession but not via BatchCreateSessions. Multiplexed sessions may not be deleted nor listed. "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the session. This is always system-assigned. } @@ -572,6 +579,7 @@

Method Details

], "transaction": { # This message is used to select the transaction in which a Read or ExecuteSql call runs. See TransactionOptions for more information about transactions. # Required. The transaction to use. Must be a read-write transaction. To protect against replays, single-use transactions are not supported. The caller must either supply an existing transaction ID or begin a new transaction. "begin": { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. Please see TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a "negotiation phase" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as "version GC". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Begin a new transaction and execute this read or SQL query in it. The transaction ID of the new transaction is returned in ResultSetMetadata.transaction, which is a Transaction. + "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. "partitionedDml": { # Message type to initiate a Partitioned DML transaction. # Partitioned DML transaction. Authorization to begin a Partitioned DML transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginPartitionedDmlTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. }, "readOnly": { # Message type to initiate a read-only transaction. # Transaction will not write. Authorization to begin a read-only transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginReadOnlyTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. @@ -588,6 +596,7 @@

Method Details

}, "id": "A String", # Execute the read or SQL query in a previously-started transaction. "singleUse": { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. Please see TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a "negotiation phase" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as "version GC". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Execute the read or SQL query in a temporary transaction. This is the most efficient way to execute a transaction that consists of a single SQL query. + "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. "partitionedDml": { # Message type to initiate a Partitioned DML transaction. # Partitioned DML transaction. Authorization to begin a Partitioned DML transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginPartitionedDmlTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. }, "readOnly": { # Message type to initiate a read-only transaction. # Transaction will not write. Authorization to begin a read-only transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginReadOnlyTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. @@ -767,6 +776,7 @@

Method Details

"sql": "A String", # Required. The SQL string. "transaction": { # This message is used to select the transaction in which a Read or ExecuteSql call runs. See TransactionOptions for more information about transactions. # The transaction to use. For queries, if none is provided, the default is a temporary read-only transaction with strong concurrency. Standard DML statements require a read-write transaction. To protect against replays, single-use transactions are not supported. The caller must either supply an existing transaction ID or begin a new transaction. Partitioned DML requires an existing Partitioned DML transaction ID. "begin": { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. Please see TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a "negotiation phase" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as "version GC". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Begin a new transaction and execute this read or SQL query in it. The transaction ID of the new transaction is returned in ResultSetMetadata.transaction, which is a Transaction. + "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. "partitionedDml": { # Message type to initiate a Partitioned DML transaction. # Partitioned DML transaction. Authorization to begin a Partitioned DML transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginPartitionedDmlTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. }, "readOnly": { # Message type to initiate a read-only transaction. # Transaction will not write. Authorization to begin a read-only transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginReadOnlyTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. @@ -783,6 +793,7 @@

Method Details

}, "id": "A String", # Execute the read or SQL query in a previously-started transaction. "singleUse": { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. Please see TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a "negotiation phase" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as "version GC". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Execute the read or SQL query in a temporary transaction. This is the most efficient way to execute a transaction that consists of a single SQL query. + "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. "partitionedDml": { # Message type to initiate a Partitioned DML transaction. # Partitioned DML transaction. Authorization to begin a Partitioned DML transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginPartitionedDmlTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. }, "readOnly": { # Message type to initiate a read-only transaction. # Transaction will not write. Authorization to begin a read-only transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginReadOnlyTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. @@ -949,6 +960,7 @@

Method Details

"sql": "A String", # Required. The SQL string. "transaction": { # This message is used to select the transaction in which a Read or ExecuteSql call runs. See TransactionOptions for more information about transactions. # The transaction to use. For queries, if none is provided, the default is a temporary read-only transaction with strong concurrency. Standard DML statements require a read-write transaction. To protect against replays, single-use transactions are not supported. The caller must either supply an existing transaction ID or begin a new transaction. Partitioned DML requires an existing Partitioned DML transaction ID. "begin": { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. Please see TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a "negotiation phase" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as "version GC". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Begin a new transaction and execute this read or SQL query in it. The transaction ID of the new transaction is returned in ResultSetMetadata.transaction, which is a Transaction. + "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. "partitionedDml": { # Message type to initiate a Partitioned DML transaction. # Partitioned DML transaction. Authorization to begin a Partitioned DML transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginPartitionedDmlTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. }, "readOnly": { # Message type to initiate a read-only transaction. # Transaction will not write. Authorization to begin a read-only transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginReadOnlyTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. @@ -965,6 +977,7 @@

Method Details

}, "id": "A String", # Execute the read or SQL query in a previously-started transaction. "singleUse": { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. Please see TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a "negotiation phase" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as "version GC". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Execute the read or SQL query in a temporary transaction. This is the most efficient way to execute a transaction that consists of a single SQL query. + "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. "partitionedDml": { # Message type to initiate a Partitioned DML transaction. # Partitioned DML transaction. Authorization to begin a Partitioned DML transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginPartitionedDmlTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. }, "readOnly": { # Message type to initiate a read-only transaction. # Transaction will not write. Authorization to begin a read-only transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginReadOnlyTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. @@ -1087,6 +1100,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # The labels for the session. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the following regular expression: `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression `([a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)?`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given session. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. "a_key": "A String", }, + "multiplexed": True or False, # Optional. If true, specifies a multiplexed session. A multiplexed session may be used for multiple, concurrent read-only operations but can not be used for read-write transactions, partitioned reads, or partitioned queries. Multiplexed sessions can be created via CreateSession but not via BatchCreateSessions. Multiplexed sessions may not be deleted nor listed. "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the session. This is always system-assigned. } @@ -1118,6 +1132,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # The labels for the session. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the following regular expression: `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression `([a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)?`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given session. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. "a_key": "A String", }, + "multiplexed": True or False, # Optional. If true, specifies a multiplexed session. A multiplexed session may be used for multiple, concurrent read-only operations but can not be used for read-write transactions, partitioned reads, or partitioned queries. Multiplexed sessions can be created via CreateSession but not via BatchCreateSessions. Multiplexed sessions may not be deleted nor listed. "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the session. This is always system-assigned. }, ], @@ -1174,6 +1189,7 @@

Method Details

"sql": "A String", # Required. The query request to generate partitions for. The request will fail if the query is not root partitionable. For a query to be root partitionable, it needs to satisfy a few conditions. For example, if the query execution plan contains a distributed union operator, then it must be the first operator in the plan. For more information about other conditions, see [Read data in parallel](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/reads#read_data_in_parallel). The query request must not contain DML commands, such as INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE. Use ExecuteStreamingSql with a PartitionedDml transaction for large, partition-friendly DML operations. "transaction": { # This message is used to select the transaction in which a Read or ExecuteSql call runs. See TransactionOptions for more information about transactions. # Read only snapshot transactions are supported, read/write and single use transactions are not. "begin": { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. Please see TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a "negotiation phase" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as "version GC". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Begin a new transaction and execute this read or SQL query in it. The transaction ID of the new transaction is returned in ResultSetMetadata.transaction, which is a Transaction. + "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. "partitionedDml": { # Message type to initiate a Partitioned DML transaction. # Partitioned DML transaction. Authorization to begin a Partitioned DML transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginPartitionedDmlTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. }, "readOnly": { # Message type to initiate a read-only transaction. # Transaction will not write. Authorization to begin a read-only transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginReadOnlyTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. @@ -1190,6 +1206,7 @@

Method Details

}, "id": "A String", # Execute the read or SQL query in a previously-started transaction. "singleUse": { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. Please see TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a "negotiation phase" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as "version GC". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Execute the read or SQL query in a temporary transaction. This is the most efficient way to execute a transaction that consists of a single SQL query. + "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. "partitionedDml": { # Message type to initiate a Partitioned DML transaction. # Partitioned DML transaction. Authorization to begin a Partitioned DML transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginPartitionedDmlTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. }, "readOnly": { # Message type to initiate a read-only transaction. # Transaction will not write. Authorization to begin a read-only transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginReadOnlyTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. @@ -1273,6 +1290,7 @@

Method Details

"table": "A String", # Required. The name of the table in the database to be read. "transaction": { # This message is used to select the transaction in which a Read or ExecuteSql call runs. See TransactionOptions for more information about transactions. # Read only snapshot transactions are supported, read/write and single use transactions are not. "begin": { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. Please see TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a "negotiation phase" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as "version GC". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Begin a new transaction and execute this read or SQL query in it. The transaction ID of the new transaction is returned in ResultSetMetadata.transaction, which is a Transaction. + "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. "partitionedDml": { # Message type to initiate a Partitioned DML transaction. # Partitioned DML transaction. Authorization to begin a Partitioned DML transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginPartitionedDmlTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. }, "readOnly": { # Message type to initiate a read-only transaction. # Transaction will not write. Authorization to begin a read-only transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginReadOnlyTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. @@ -1289,6 +1307,7 @@

Method Details

}, "id": "A String", # Execute the read or SQL query in a previously-started transaction. "singleUse": { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. Please see TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a "negotiation phase" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as "version GC". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Execute the read or SQL query in a temporary transaction. This is the most efficient way to execute a transaction that consists of a single SQL query. + "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. "partitionedDml": { # Message type to initiate a Partitioned DML transaction. # Partitioned DML transaction. Authorization to begin a Partitioned DML transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginPartitionedDmlTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. }, "readOnly": { # Message type to initiate a read-only transaction. # Transaction will not write. Authorization to begin a read-only transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginReadOnlyTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. @@ -1396,6 +1415,7 @@

Method Details

"table": "A String", # Required. The name of the table in the database to be read. "transaction": { # This message is used to select the transaction in which a Read or ExecuteSql call runs. See TransactionOptions for more information about transactions. # The transaction to use. If none is provided, the default is a temporary read-only transaction with strong concurrency. "begin": { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. Please see TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a "negotiation phase" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as "version GC". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Begin a new transaction and execute this read or SQL query in it. The transaction ID of the new transaction is returned in ResultSetMetadata.transaction, which is a Transaction. + "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. "partitionedDml": { # Message type to initiate a Partitioned DML transaction. # Partitioned DML transaction. Authorization to begin a Partitioned DML transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginPartitionedDmlTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. }, "readOnly": { # Message type to initiate a read-only transaction. # Transaction will not write. Authorization to begin a read-only transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginReadOnlyTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. @@ -1412,6 +1432,7 @@

Method Details

}, "id": "A String", # Execute the read or SQL query in a previously-started transaction. "singleUse": { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. Please see TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a "negotiation phase" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as "version GC". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Execute the read or SQL query in a temporary transaction. This is the most efficient way to execute a transaction that consists of a single SQL query. + "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. "partitionedDml": { # Message type to initiate a Partitioned DML transaction. # Partitioned DML transaction. Authorization to begin a Partitioned DML transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginPartitionedDmlTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. }, "readOnly": { # Message type to initiate a read-only transaction. # Transaction will not write. Authorization to begin a read-only transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginReadOnlyTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. @@ -1607,6 +1628,7 @@

Method Details

"table": "A String", # Required. The name of the table in the database to be read. "transaction": { # This message is used to select the transaction in which a Read or ExecuteSql call runs. See TransactionOptions for more information about transactions. # The transaction to use. If none is provided, the default is a temporary read-only transaction with strong concurrency. "begin": { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. Please see TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a "negotiation phase" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as "version GC". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Begin a new transaction and execute this read or SQL query in it. The transaction ID of the new transaction is returned in ResultSetMetadata.transaction, which is a Transaction. + "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. "partitionedDml": { # Message type to initiate a Partitioned DML transaction. # Partitioned DML transaction. Authorization to begin a Partitioned DML transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginPartitionedDmlTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. }, "readOnly": { # Message type to initiate a read-only transaction. # Transaction will not write. Authorization to begin a read-only transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginReadOnlyTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. @@ -1623,6 +1645,7 @@

Method Details

}, "id": "A String", # Execute the read or SQL query in a previously-started transaction. "singleUse": { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. Please see TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a "negotiation phase" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as "version GC". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Execute the read or SQL query in a temporary transaction. This is the most efficient way to execute a transaction that consists of a single SQL query. + "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. "partitionedDml": { # Message type to initiate a Partitioned DML transaction. # Partitioned DML transaction. Authorization to begin a Partitioned DML transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginPartitionedDmlTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. }, "readOnly": { # Message type to initiate a read-only transaction. # Transaction will not write. Authorization to begin a read-only transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginReadOnlyTransaction` permission on the `session` resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html index 867e9d6997..f42796a9d2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html @@ -115,6 +115,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -309,6 +315,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html index d84d2860dd..7c47bc578d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html @@ -118,6 +118,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -282,6 +288,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -451,6 +463,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -584,6 +602,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html index 5444cf484e..f5f85fbfb2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html @@ -74,6 +74,9 @@

Cloud SQL Admin API . instances

Instance Methods

+

+ acquireSsrsLease(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Acquire a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).

addServerCa(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)

Adds a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in.

@@ -125,6 +128,9 @@

Instance Methods

reencrypt(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Reencrypt CMEK instance with latest key version.

+

+ releaseSsrsLease(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)

+

Release a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).

resetSslConfig(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes all client certificates and generates a new server SSL certificate for the instance.

@@ -153,6 +159,38 @@

Instance Methods

update(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates settings of a Cloud SQL instance. Using this operation might cause your instance to restart.

Method Details

+
+ acquireSsrsLease(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Acquire a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Required. Project ID of the project that contains the instance (Example: project-id). (required)
+  instance: string, Required. Cloud SQL instance ID. This doesn't include the project ID. It's composed of lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens, and it must start with a letter. The total length must be 98 characters or less (Example: instance-id). (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to acquire a lease for SSRS.
+  "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # Contains details about the acquire SSRS lease operation.
+    "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup.
+    "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup.
+    "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup.
+    "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the acquire SSRS lease request.
+  "operationId": "A String", # The unique identifier for this operation.
+}
+
+
addServerCa(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)
Adds a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in.
@@ -169,6 +207,12 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -305,6 +349,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -424,6 +474,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -548,6 +604,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -685,6 +747,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -839,6 +907,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -963,6 +1037,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -1232,6 +1312,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. Configuration to enable Cloud SQL Vertex AI Integration "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -1361,6 +1442,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -1624,6 +1711,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. Configuration to enable Cloud SQL Vertex AI Integration "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -1709,6 +1797,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -1982,6 +2076,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. Configuration to enable Cloud SQL Vertex AI Integration "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -2284,6 +2379,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. Configuration to enable Cloud SQL Vertex AI Integration "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -2369,6 +2465,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -2484,6 +2586,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -2608,6 +2716,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -2706,6 +2820,26 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ releaseSsrsLease(project, instance, x__xgafv=None) +
Release a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Required. The project ID that contains the instance. (required)
+  instance: string, Required. The Cloud SQL instance ID. This doesn't include the project ID. The instance ID contains lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens, and it must start with a letter. This ID can have a maximum length of 98 characters. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the release SSRS lease request.
+  "operationId": "A String", # The unique identifier for this operation.
+}
+
+
resetSslConfig(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)
Deletes all client certificates and generates a new server SSL certificate for the instance.
@@ -2722,6 +2856,12 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -2836,6 +2976,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -2962,6 +3108,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -3086,6 +3238,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -3200,6 +3358,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -3314,6 +3478,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -3429,6 +3599,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -3553,6 +3729,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -3817,6 +3999,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. Configuration to enable Cloud SQL Vertex AI Integration "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -3902,6 +4085,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html index 493be4882f..b483555f20 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html @@ -130,6 +130,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -248,6 +254,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Operations list response. "items": [ # List of operation resources. { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html index 1c00f52230..428bf57831 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html @@ -170,6 +170,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -294,6 +300,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -414,6 +426,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -545,6 +563,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -663,6 +687,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "syncMode": "A String", # External sync mode + "syncParallelLevel": "A String", # Optional. Parallel level for initial data sync. Currently only applicable for PostgreSQL. "verifyConnectionOnly": True or False, # Flag to enable verifying connection only "verifyReplicationOnly": True or False, # Optional. Flag to verify settings required by replication setup only } diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html index d2e55762b5..974488138d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html @@ -151,6 +151,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -317,6 +323,12 @@

Method Details

}, "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#sslCertsInsert`. "operation": { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. # The operation to track the ssl certs insert request. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html index 8b457b89df..54674f8ab7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html @@ -116,6 +116,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -307,6 +313,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -504,6 +516,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html index ef31d99878..3ffbbe0f2c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html @@ -115,6 +115,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -309,6 +315,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html index fe52836196..b0abe099bc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html @@ -118,6 +118,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -282,6 +288,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -451,6 +463,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -584,6 +602,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html index 9a421387c1..76b0e3cc0d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html @@ -74,6 +74,9 @@

Cloud SQL Admin API . instances

Instance Methods

+

+ acquireSsrsLease(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Acquire a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).

addServerCa(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)

Add a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in.

@@ -125,6 +128,9 @@

Instance Methods

reencrypt(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Reencrypt CMEK instance with latest key version.

+

+ releaseSsrsLease(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)

+

Release a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).

resetSslConfig(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes all client certificates and generates a new server SSL certificate for the instance.

@@ -153,6 +159,38 @@

Instance Methods

update(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates settings of a Cloud SQL instance. Using this operation might cause your instance to restart.

Method Details

+
+ acquireSsrsLease(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Acquire a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Required. ID of the project that contains the instance (Example: project-id). (required)
+  instance: string, Required. Cloud SQL instance ID. This doesn't include the project ID. It's composed of lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens, and it must start with a letter. The total length must be 98 characters or less (Example: instance-id). (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to acquire an SSRS lease for an instance.
+  "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # Contains details about the acquire SSRS lease operation.
+    "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup.
+    "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup.
+    "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup.
+    "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Acquire SSRS lease response.
+  "operationId": "A String", # The unique identifier for this operation.
+}
+
+
addServerCa(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)
Add a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in.
@@ -169,6 +207,12 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -305,6 +349,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -424,6 +474,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -548,6 +604,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -685,6 +747,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -839,6 +907,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -963,6 +1037,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -1232,6 +1312,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. Configuration to enable Cloud SQL Vertex AI Integration "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -1361,6 +1442,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -1624,6 +1711,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. Configuration to enable Cloud SQL Vertex AI Integration "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -1709,6 +1797,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -1982,6 +2076,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. Configuration to enable Cloud SQL Vertex AI Integration "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -2284,6 +2379,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. Configuration to enable Cloud SQL Vertex AI Integration "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -2369,6 +2465,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -2484,6 +2586,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -2608,6 +2716,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -2706,6 +2820,26 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ releaseSsrsLease(project, instance, x__xgafv=None) +
Release a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Required. The ID of the project that contains the instance (Example: project-id). (required)
+  instance: string, Required. The Cloud SQL instance ID. This doesn't include the project ID. It's composed of lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens, and it must start with a letter. The total length must be 98 characters or less (Example: instance-id). (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response for the release of the SSRS lease.
+  "operationId": "A String", # The operation ID.
+}
+
+
resetSslConfig(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)
Deletes all client certificates and generates a new server SSL certificate for the instance.
@@ -2722,6 +2856,12 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -2836,6 +2976,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -2962,6 +3108,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -3086,6 +3238,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -3200,6 +3358,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -3314,6 +3478,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -3429,6 +3599,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -3553,6 +3729,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -3817,6 +3999,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. Configuration to enable Cloud SQL Vertex AI Integration "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -3902,6 +4085,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html index e7594d1464..f91e887bc1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html @@ -130,6 +130,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -248,6 +254,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Operations list response. "items": [ # List of operation resources. { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html index dc770bbbf9..aac7d439e7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html @@ -170,6 +170,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -294,6 +300,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -414,6 +426,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -545,6 +563,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -663,6 +687,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "syncMode": "A String", # External sync mode + "syncParallelLevel": "A String", # Optional. Parallel level for initial data sync. Currently only applicable for PostgreSQL. "verifyConnectionOnly": True or False, # Flag to enable verifying connection only "verifyReplicationOnly": True or False, # Optional. Flag to verify settings required by replication setup only } diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html index 7e4a38b747..3f3c1bdbe2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html @@ -151,6 +151,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -317,6 +323,12 @@

Method Details

}, "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#sslCertsInsert`. "operation": { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. # The operation to track the ssl certs insert request. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html index d1daf08fe6..58eea3487d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html @@ -116,6 +116,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -307,6 +313,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. @@ -504,6 +516,12 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. + "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable. + "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup. + "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for the SSRS setup. + "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup. + "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup. + }, "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message. "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type. "message": "A String", # The warning message. diff --git a/docs/dyn/storage_v1.objects.html b/docs/dyn/storage_v1.objects.html index efcfdd4666..89637c6ae7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/storage_v1.objects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/storage_v1.objects.html @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@

Instance Methods

patch(bucket, object, body=None, generation=None, ifGenerationMatch=None, ifGenerationNotMatch=None, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None, overrideUnlockedRetention=None, predefinedAcl=None, projection=None, userProject=None)

Patches an object's metadata.

- restore(bucket, object, generation, body=None, copySourceAcl=None, ifGenerationMatch=None, ifGenerationNotMatch=None, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None, projection=None, userProject=None)

+ restore(bucket, object, generation, copySourceAcl=None, ifGenerationMatch=None, ifGenerationNotMatch=None, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None, projection=None, userProject=None)

Restores a soft-deleted object.

rewrite(sourceBucket, sourceObject, destinationBucket, destinationObject, body=None, destinationKmsKeyName=None, destinationPredefinedAcl=None, ifGenerationMatch=None, ifGenerationNotMatch=None, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None, ifSourceGenerationMatch=None, ifSourceGenerationNotMatch=None, ifSourceMetagenerationMatch=None, ifSourceMetagenerationNotMatch=None, maxBytesRewrittenPerCall=None, projection=None, rewriteToken=None, sourceGeneration=None, userProject=None)

@@ -1286,94 +1286,12 @@

Method Details

- restore(bucket, object, generation, body=None, copySourceAcl=None, ifGenerationMatch=None, ifGenerationNotMatch=None, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None, projection=None, userProject=None) + restore(bucket, object, generation, copySourceAcl=None, ifGenerationMatch=None, ifGenerationNotMatch=None, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None, projection=None, userProject=None)
Restores a soft-deleted object.
 
 Args:
   bucket: string, Name of the bucket in which the object resides. (required)
   object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # An object.
-  "acl": [ # Access controls on the object.
-    { # An access-control entry.
-      "bucket": "A String", # The name of the bucket.
-      "domain": "A String", # The domain associated with the entity, if any.
-      "email": "A String", # The email address associated with the entity, if any.
-      "entity": "A String", # The entity holding the permission, in one of the following forms:
-          # - user-userId
-          # - user-email
-          # - group-groupId
-          # - group-email
-          # - domain-domain
-          # - project-team-projectId
-          # - allUsers
-          # - allAuthenticatedUsers Examples:
-          # - The user liz@example.com would be user-liz@example.com.
-          # - The group example@googlegroups.com would be group-example@googlegroups.com.
-          # - To refer to all members of the Google Apps for Business domain example.com, the entity would be domain-example.com.
-      "entityId": "A String", # The ID for the entity, if any.
-      "etag": "A String", # HTTP 1.1 Entity tag for the access-control entry.
-      "generation": "A String", # The content generation of the object, if applied to an object.
-      "id": "A String", # The ID of the access-control entry.
-      "kind": "storage#objectAccessControl", # The kind of item this is. For object access control entries, this is always storage#objectAccessControl.
-      "object": "A String", # The name of the object, if applied to an object.
-      "projectTeam": { # The project team associated with the entity, if any.
-        "projectNumber": "A String", # The project number.
-        "team": "A String", # The team.
-      },
-      "role": "A String", # The access permission for the entity.
-      "selfLink": "A String", # The link to this access-control entry.
-    },
-  ],
-  "bucket": "A String", # The name of the bucket containing this object.
-  "cacheControl": "A String", # Cache-Control directive for the object data. If omitted, and the object is accessible to all anonymous users, the default will be public, max-age=3600.
-  "componentCount": 42, # Number of underlying components that make up this object. Components are accumulated by compose operations.
-  "contentDisposition": "A String", # Content-Disposition of the object data.
-  "contentEncoding": "A String", # Content-Encoding of the object data.
-  "contentLanguage": "A String", # Content-Language of the object data.
-  "contentType": "A String", # Content-Type of the object data. If an object is stored without a Content-Type, it is served as application/octet-stream.
-  "crc32c": "A String", # CRC32c checksum, as described in RFC 4960, Appendix B; encoded using base64 in big-endian byte order. For more information about using the CRC32c checksum, see Hashes and ETags: Best Practices.
-  "customTime": "A String", # A timestamp in RFC 3339 format specified by the user for an object.
-  "customerEncryption": { # Metadata of customer-supplied encryption key, if the object is encrypted by such a key.
-    "encryptionAlgorithm": "A String", # The encryption algorithm.
-    "keySha256": "A String", # SHA256 hash value of the encryption key.
-  },
-  "etag": "A String", # HTTP 1.1 Entity tag for the object.
-  "eventBasedHold": True or False, # Whether an object is under event-based hold. Event-based hold is a way to retain objects until an event occurs, which is signified by the hold's release (i.e. this value is set to false). After being released (set to false), such objects will be subject to bucket-level retention (if any). One sample use case of this flag is for banks to hold loan documents for at least 3 years after loan is paid in full. Here, bucket-level retention is 3 years and the event is the loan being paid in full. In this example, these objects will be held intact for any number of years until the event has occurred (event-based hold on the object is released) and then 3 more years after that. That means retention duration of the objects begins from the moment event-based hold transitioned from true to false.
-  "generation": "A String", # The content generation of this object. Used for object versioning.
-  "hardDeleteTime": "A String", # This is the time (in the future) when the soft-deleted object will no longer be restorable. It is equal to the soft delete time plus the current soft delete retention duration of the bucket.
-  "id": "A String", # The ID of the object, including the bucket name, object name, and generation number.
-  "kind": "storage#object", # The kind of item this is. For objects, this is always storage#object.
-  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Not currently supported. Specifying the parameter causes the request to fail with status code 400 - Bad Request.
-  "md5Hash": "A String", # MD5 hash of the data; encoded using base64. For more information about using the MD5 hash, see Hashes and ETags: Best Practices.
-  "mediaLink": "A String", # Media download link.
-  "metadata": { # User-provided metadata, in key/value pairs.
-    "a_key": "A String", # An individual metadata entry.
-  },
-  "metageneration": "A String", # The version of the metadata for this object at this generation. Used for preconditions and for detecting changes in metadata. A metageneration number is only meaningful in the context of a particular generation of a particular object.
-  "name": "A String", # The name of the object. Required if not specified by URL parameter.
-  "owner": { # The owner of the object. This will always be the uploader of the object.
-    "entity": "A String", # The entity, in the form user-userId.
-    "entityId": "A String", # The ID for the entity.
-  },
-  "retention": { # A collection of object level retention parameters.
-    "mode": "A String", # The bucket's object retention mode, can only be Unlocked or Locked.
-    "retainUntilTime": "A String", # A time in RFC 3339 format until which object retention protects this object.
-  },
-  "retentionExpirationTime": "A String", # A server-determined value that specifies the earliest time that the object's retention period expires. This value is in RFC 3339 format. Note 1: This field is not provided for objects with an active event-based hold, since retention expiration is unknown until the hold is removed. Note 2: This value can be provided even when temporary hold is set (so that the user can reason about policy without having to first unset the temporary hold).
-  "selfLink": "A String", # The link to this object.
-  "size": "A String", # Content-Length of the data in bytes.
-  "softDeleteTime": "A String", # The time at which the object became soft-deleted in RFC 3339 format.
-  "storageClass": "A String", # Storage class of the object.
-  "temporaryHold": True or False, # Whether an object is under temporary hold. While this flag is set to true, the object is protected against deletion and overwrites. A common use case of this flag is regulatory investigations where objects need to be retained while the investigation is ongoing. Note that unlike event-based hold, temporary hold does not impact retention expiration time of an object.
-  "timeCreated": "A String", # The creation time of the object in RFC 3339 format.
-  "timeDeleted": "A String", # The time at which the object became noncurrent in RFC 3339 format. Will be returned if and only if this version of the object has been deleted.
-  "timeStorageClassUpdated": "A String", # The time at which the object's storage class was last changed. When the object is initially created, it will be set to timeCreated.
-  "updated": "A String", # The modification time of the object metadata in RFC 3339 format. Set initially to object creation time and then updated whenever any metadata of the object changes. This includes changes made by a requester, such as modifying custom metadata, as well as changes made by Cloud Storage on behalf of a requester, such as changing the storage class based on an Object Lifecycle Configuration.
-}
-
   copySourceAcl: boolean, If true, copies the source object's ACL; otherwise, uses the bucket's default object ACL. The default is false.
   generation: string, Selects a specific revision of this object. (required)
   ifGenerationMatch: string, Makes the operation conditional on whether the object's one live generation matches the given value. Setting to 0 makes the operation succeed only if there are no live versions of the object.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.workloadProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.workloadProfiles.html
index 21459e88d6..1736539ec2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.workloadProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.workloadProfiles.html
@@ -150,6 +150,9 @@ 

Method Details

"refreshedTime": "A String", # Required. time when the workload data was refreshed "sapWorkload": { # The body of sap workload # The sap workload content "application": { # The component of sap workload # Output only. the acsc componment + "haHosts": [ # A list of host URIs that are part of the HA configuration if present. An empty list indicates the component is not configured for HA. + "A String", + ], "resources": [ # Output only. resources in the component { # The resource on GCP "kind": "A String", # Output only. ComputeInstance, ComputeDisk, VPC, Bare Metal server, etc. @@ -157,8 +160,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sid": "A String", # Output only. sid is the sap component identificator + "topologyType": "A String", # The detected topology of the component. }, "database": { # The component of sap workload # Output only. the database componment + "haHosts": [ # A list of host URIs that are part of the HA configuration if present. An empty list indicates the component is not configured for HA. + "A String", + ], "resources": [ # Output only. resources in the component { # The resource on GCP "kind": "A String", # Output only. ComputeInstance, ComputeDisk, VPC, Bare Metal server, etc. @@ -166,6 +173,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sid": "A String", # Output only. sid is the sap component identificator + "topologyType": "A String", # The detected topology of the component. }, "metadata": { # Output only. The metadata for SAP workload. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html index acf1eb643a..469d9aeae4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html @@ -162,22 +162,40 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. - "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections via a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain tcp connections, such as ssh. When enabled, all communication must occur over https or wss. + "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. "enableAuditAgent": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Linux `auditd` logging on the workstation. When enabled, a service account must also be specified that has `logging.buckets.write` permission on the project. Operating system audit logging is distinct from [Cloud Audit Logs](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/audit-logging). "encryptionKey": { # A customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) for the Compute Engine resources of the associated workstation configuration. Specify the name of your Cloud KMS encryption key and the default service account. We recommend that you use a separate service account and follow [Cloud KMS best practices](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/separation-of-duties). # Immutable. Encrypts resources of this workstation configuration using a customer-managed encryption key (CMEK). If specified, the boot disk of the Compute Engine instance and the persistent disk are encrypted using this encryption key. If this field is not set, the disks are encrypted using a generated key. Customer-managed encryption keys do not protect disk metadata. If the customer-managed encryption key is rotated, when the workstation instance is stopped, the system attempts to recreate the persistent disk with the new version of the key. Be sure to keep older versions of the key until the persistent disk is recreated. Otherwise, data on the persistent disk might be lost. If the encryption key is revoked, the workstation session automatically stops within 7 hours. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. "kmsKey": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the Google Cloud KMS encryption key. For example, `"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/REGION/keyRings/KEY_RING/cryptoKeys/KEY_NAME"`. The key must be in the same region as the workstation configuration. "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # Immutable. The service account to use with the specified KMS key. We recommend that you use a separate service account and follow KMS best practices. For more information, see [Separation of duties](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/separation-of-duties) and `gcloud kms keys add-iam-policy-binding` [`--member`](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/kms/keys/add-iam-policy-binding#--member). }, + "ephemeralDirectories": [ # Optional. Ephemeral directories which won't persist across workstation sessions. + { # An ephemeral directory which won't persist across workstation sessions. It is freshly created on every workstation start operation. + "gcePd": { # An EphemeralDirectory is backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. # An EphemeralDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. + "diskType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the disk to use. Defaults to `"pd-standard"`. + "readOnly": True or False, # Optional. Whether the disk is read only. If true, the disk may be shared by multiple VMs and source_snapshot must be set. + "sourceImage": "A String", # Optional. Name of the disk image to use as the source for the disk. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Updating source_image will update content in the ephemeral directory after the workstation is restarted. This field is mutable. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. Must be empty if source_image is set. Must be empty if read_only is false. Updating source_snapshot will update content in the ephemeral directory after the workstation is restarted. This field is mutable. + }, + "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Location of this directory in the running workstation. + }, + ], "etag": "A String", # Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "host": { # Runtime host for a workstation. # Optional. Runtime host for the workstation. "gceInstance": { # A runtime using a Compute Engine instance. # Specifies a Compute Engine instance as the host. + "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the instance. + { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. + "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. + }, + ], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. # Optional. A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the instance has confidential compute enabled. }, "disablePublicIpAddresses": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables public IP addresses for VMs. If you disable public IP addresses, you must set up Private Google Access or Cloud NAT on your network. If you use Private Google Access and you use `private.googleapis.com` or `restricted.googleapis.com` for Container Registry and Artifact Registry, make sure that you set up DNS records for domains `*.gcr.io` and `*.pkg.dev`. Defaults to false (VMs have public IP addresses). - "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created under this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. + "disableSsh": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable SSH access to the VM. + "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created using this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine to use for VM instances—for example, `"e2-standard-4"`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of VMs that the system should keep idle so that new workstations can be started quickly for new users. Defaults to `0` in the API. "pooledInstances": 42, # Output only. Number of instances currently available in the pool for faster workstation startup. @@ -202,7 +220,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation configuration. "persistentDirectories": [ # Optional. Directories to persist across workstation sessions. { # A directory to persist across workstation sessions. - "gcePd": { # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. + "gcePd": { # A Persistent Directory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. "diskType": "A String", # Optional. The [type of the persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#disk-types) for the home directory. Defaults to `"pd-standard"`. "fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. @@ -342,22 +360,40 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. - "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections via a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain tcp connections, such as ssh. When enabled, all communication must occur over https or wss. + "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. "enableAuditAgent": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Linux `auditd` logging on the workstation. When enabled, a service account must also be specified that has `logging.buckets.write` permission on the project. Operating system audit logging is distinct from [Cloud Audit Logs](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/audit-logging). "encryptionKey": { # A customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) for the Compute Engine resources of the associated workstation configuration. Specify the name of your Cloud KMS encryption key and the default service account. We recommend that you use a separate service account and follow [Cloud KMS best practices](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/separation-of-duties). # Immutable. Encrypts resources of this workstation configuration using a customer-managed encryption key (CMEK). If specified, the boot disk of the Compute Engine instance and the persistent disk are encrypted using this encryption key. If this field is not set, the disks are encrypted using a generated key. Customer-managed encryption keys do not protect disk metadata. If the customer-managed encryption key is rotated, when the workstation instance is stopped, the system attempts to recreate the persistent disk with the new version of the key. Be sure to keep older versions of the key until the persistent disk is recreated. Otherwise, data on the persistent disk might be lost. If the encryption key is revoked, the workstation session automatically stops within 7 hours. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. "kmsKey": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the Google Cloud KMS encryption key. For example, `"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/REGION/keyRings/KEY_RING/cryptoKeys/KEY_NAME"`. The key must be in the same region as the workstation configuration. "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # Immutable. The service account to use with the specified KMS key. We recommend that you use a separate service account and follow KMS best practices. For more information, see [Separation of duties](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/separation-of-duties) and `gcloud kms keys add-iam-policy-binding` [`--member`](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/kms/keys/add-iam-policy-binding#--member). }, + "ephemeralDirectories": [ # Optional. Ephemeral directories which won't persist across workstation sessions. + { # An ephemeral directory which won't persist across workstation sessions. It is freshly created on every workstation start operation. + "gcePd": { # An EphemeralDirectory is backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. # An EphemeralDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. + "diskType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the disk to use. Defaults to `"pd-standard"`. + "readOnly": True or False, # Optional. Whether the disk is read only. If true, the disk may be shared by multiple VMs and source_snapshot must be set. + "sourceImage": "A String", # Optional. Name of the disk image to use as the source for the disk. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Updating source_image will update content in the ephemeral directory after the workstation is restarted. This field is mutable. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. Must be empty if source_image is set. Must be empty if read_only is false. Updating source_snapshot will update content in the ephemeral directory after the workstation is restarted. This field is mutable. + }, + "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Location of this directory in the running workstation. + }, + ], "etag": "A String", # Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "host": { # Runtime host for a workstation. # Optional. Runtime host for the workstation. "gceInstance": { # A runtime using a Compute Engine instance. # Specifies a Compute Engine instance as the host. + "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the instance. + { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. + "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. + }, + ], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. # Optional. A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the instance has confidential compute enabled. }, "disablePublicIpAddresses": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables public IP addresses for VMs. If you disable public IP addresses, you must set up Private Google Access or Cloud NAT on your network. If you use Private Google Access and you use `private.googleapis.com` or `restricted.googleapis.com` for Container Registry and Artifact Registry, make sure that you set up DNS records for domains `*.gcr.io` and `*.pkg.dev`. Defaults to false (VMs have public IP addresses). - "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created under this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. + "disableSsh": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable SSH access to the VM. + "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created using this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine to use for VM instances—for example, `"e2-standard-4"`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of VMs that the system should keep idle so that new workstations can be started quickly for new users. Defaults to `0` in the API. "pooledInstances": 42, # Output only. Number of instances currently available in the pool for faster workstation startup. @@ -382,7 +418,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation configuration. "persistentDirectories": [ # Optional. Directories to persist across workstation sessions. { # A directory to persist across workstation sessions. - "gcePd": { # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. + "gcePd": { # A Persistent Directory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. "diskType": "A String", # Optional. The [type of the persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#disk-types) for the home directory. Defaults to `"pd-standard"`. "fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. @@ -510,22 +546,40 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. - "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections via a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain tcp connections, such as ssh. When enabled, all communication must occur over https or wss. + "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. "enableAuditAgent": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Linux `auditd` logging on the workstation. When enabled, a service account must also be specified that has `logging.buckets.write` permission on the project. Operating system audit logging is distinct from [Cloud Audit Logs](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/audit-logging). "encryptionKey": { # A customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) for the Compute Engine resources of the associated workstation configuration. Specify the name of your Cloud KMS encryption key and the default service account. We recommend that you use a separate service account and follow [Cloud KMS best practices](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/separation-of-duties). # Immutable. Encrypts resources of this workstation configuration using a customer-managed encryption key (CMEK). If specified, the boot disk of the Compute Engine instance and the persistent disk are encrypted using this encryption key. If this field is not set, the disks are encrypted using a generated key. Customer-managed encryption keys do not protect disk metadata. If the customer-managed encryption key is rotated, when the workstation instance is stopped, the system attempts to recreate the persistent disk with the new version of the key. Be sure to keep older versions of the key until the persistent disk is recreated. Otherwise, data on the persistent disk might be lost. If the encryption key is revoked, the workstation session automatically stops within 7 hours. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. "kmsKey": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the Google Cloud KMS encryption key. For example, `"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/REGION/keyRings/KEY_RING/cryptoKeys/KEY_NAME"`. The key must be in the same region as the workstation configuration. "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # Immutable. The service account to use with the specified KMS key. We recommend that you use a separate service account and follow KMS best practices. For more information, see [Separation of duties](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/separation-of-duties) and `gcloud kms keys add-iam-policy-binding` [`--member`](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/kms/keys/add-iam-policy-binding#--member). }, + "ephemeralDirectories": [ # Optional. Ephemeral directories which won't persist across workstation sessions. + { # An ephemeral directory which won't persist across workstation sessions. It is freshly created on every workstation start operation. + "gcePd": { # An EphemeralDirectory is backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. # An EphemeralDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. + "diskType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the disk to use. Defaults to `"pd-standard"`. + "readOnly": True or False, # Optional. Whether the disk is read only. If true, the disk may be shared by multiple VMs and source_snapshot must be set. + "sourceImage": "A String", # Optional. Name of the disk image to use as the source for the disk. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Updating source_image will update content in the ephemeral directory after the workstation is restarted. This field is mutable. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. Must be empty if source_image is set. Must be empty if read_only is false. Updating source_snapshot will update content in the ephemeral directory after the workstation is restarted. This field is mutable. + }, + "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Location of this directory in the running workstation. + }, + ], "etag": "A String", # Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "host": { # Runtime host for a workstation. # Optional. Runtime host for the workstation. "gceInstance": { # A runtime using a Compute Engine instance. # Specifies a Compute Engine instance as the host. + "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the instance. + { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. + "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. + }, + ], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. # Optional. A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the instance has confidential compute enabled. }, "disablePublicIpAddresses": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables public IP addresses for VMs. If you disable public IP addresses, you must set up Private Google Access or Cloud NAT on your network. If you use Private Google Access and you use `private.googleapis.com` or `restricted.googleapis.com` for Container Registry and Artifact Registry, make sure that you set up DNS records for domains `*.gcr.io` and `*.pkg.dev`. Defaults to false (VMs have public IP addresses). - "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created under this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. + "disableSsh": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable SSH access to the VM. + "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created using this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine to use for VM instances—for example, `"e2-standard-4"`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of VMs that the system should keep idle so that new workstations can be started quickly for new users. Defaults to `0` in the API. "pooledInstances": 42, # Output only. Number of instances currently available in the pool for faster workstation startup. @@ -550,7 +604,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation configuration. "persistentDirectories": [ # Optional. Directories to persist across workstation sessions. { # A directory to persist across workstation sessions. - "gcePd": { # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. + "gcePd": { # A Persistent Directory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. "diskType": "A String", # Optional. The [type of the persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#disk-types) for the home directory. Defaults to `"pd-standard"`. "fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. @@ -632,22 +686,40 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. - "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections via a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain tcp connections, such as ssh. When enabled, all communication must occur over https or wss. + "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. "enableAuditAgent": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Linux `auditd` logging on the workstation. When enabled, a service account must also be specified that has `logging.buckets.write` permission on the project. Operating system audit logging is distinct from [Cloud Audit Logs](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/audit-logging). "encryptionKey": { # A customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) for the Compute Engine resources of the associated workstation configuration. Specify the name of your Cloud KMS encryption key and the default service account. We recommend that you use a separate service account and follow [Cloud KMS best practices](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/separation-of-duties). # Immutable. Encrypts resources of this workstation configuration using a customer-managed encryption key (CMEK). If specified, the boot disk of the Compute Engine instance and the persistent disk are encrypted using this encryption key. If this field is not set, the disks are encrypted using a generated key. Customer-managed encryption keys do not protect disk metadata. If the customer-managed encryption key is rotated, when the workstation instance is stopped, the system attempts to recreate the persistent disk with the new version of the key. Be sure to keep older versions of the key until the persistent disk is recreated. Otherwise, data on the persistent disk might be lost. If the encryption key is revoked, the workstation session automatically stops within 7 hours. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. "kmsKey": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the Google Cloud KMS encryption key. For example, `"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/REGION/keyRings/KEY_RING/cryptoKeys/KEY_NAME"`. The key must be in the same region as the workstation configuration. "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # Immutable. The service account to use with the specified KMS key. We recommend that you use a separate service account and follow KMS best practices. For more information, see [Separation of duties](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/separation-of-duties) and `gcloud kms keys add-iam-policy-binding` [`--member`](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/kms/keys/add-iam-policy-binding#--member). }, + "ephemeralDirectories": [ # Optional. Ephemeral directories which won't persist across workstation sessions. + { # An ephemeral directory which won't persist across workstation sessions. It is freshly created on every workstation start operation. + "gcePd": { # An EphemeralDirectory is backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. # An EphemeralDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. + "diskType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the disk to use. Defaults to `"pd-standard"`. + "readOnly": True or False, # Optional. Whether the disk is read only. If true, the disk may be shared by multiple VMs and source_snapshot must be set. + "sourceImage": "A String", # Optional. Name of the disk image to use as the source for the disk. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Updating source_image will update content in the ephemeral directory after the workstation is restarted. This field is mutable. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. Must be empty if source_image is set. Must be empty if read_only is false. Updating source_snapshot will update content in the ephemeral directory after the workstation is restarted. This field is mutable. + }, + "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Location of this directory in the running workstation. + }, + ], "etag": "A String", # Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "host": { # Runtime host for a workstation. # Optional. Runtime host for the workstation. "gceInstance": { # A runtime using a Compute Engine instance. # Specifies a Compute Engine instance as the host. + "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the instance. + { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. + "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. + }, + ], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. # Optional. A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the instance has confidential compute enabled. }, "disablePublicIpAddresses": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables public IP addresses for VMs. If you disable public IP addresses, you must set up Private Google Access or Cloud NAT on your network. If you use Private Google Access and you use `private.googleapis.com` or `restricted.googleapis.com` for Container Registry and Artifact Registry, make sure that you set up DNS records for domains `*.gcr.io` and `*.pkg.dev`. Defaults to false (VMs have public IP addresses). - "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created under this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. + "disableSsh": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable SSH access to the VM. + "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created using this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine to use for VM instances—for example, `"e2-standard-4"`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of VMs that the system should keep idle so that new workstations can be started quickly for new users. Defaults to `0` in the API. "pooledInstances": 42, # Output only. Number of instances currently available in the pool for faster workstation startup. @@ -672,7 +744,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation configuration. "persistentDirectories": [ # Optional. Directories to persist across workstation sessions. { # A directory to persist across workstation sessions. - "gcePd": { # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. + "gcePd": { # A Persistent Directory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. "diskType": "A String", # Optional. The [type of the persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#disk-types) for the home directory. Defaults to `"pd-standard"`. "fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. @@ -769,22 +841,40 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. - "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections via a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain tcp connections, such as ssh. When enabled, all communication must occur over https or wss. + "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. "enableAuditAgent": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Linux `auditd` logging on the workstation. When enabled, a service account must also be specified that has `logging.buckets.write` permission on the project. Operating system audit logging is distinct from [Cloud Audit Logs](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/audit-logging). "encryptionKey": { # A customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) for the Compute Engine resources of the associated workstation configuration. Specify the name of your Cloud KMS encryption key and the default service account. We recommend that you use a separate service account and follow [Cloud KMS best practices](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/separation-of-duties). # Immutable. Encrypts resources of this workstation configuration using a customer-managed encryption key (CMEK). If specified, the boot disk of the Compute Engine instance and the persistent disk are encrypted using this encryption key. If this field is not set, the disks are encrypted using a generated key. Customer-managed encryption keys do not protect disk metadata. If the customer-managed encryption key is rotated, when the workstation instance is stopped, the system attempts to recreate the persistent disk with the new version of the key. Be sure to keep older versions of the key until the persistent disk is recreated. Otherwise, data on the persistent disk might be lost. If the encryption key is revoked, the workstation session automatically stops within 7 hours. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. "kmsKey": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the Google Cloud KMS encryption key. For example, `"projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/REGION/keyRings/KEY_RING/cryptoKeys/KEY_NAME"`. The key must be in the same region as the workstation configuration. "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # Immutable. The service account to use with the specified KMS key. We recommend that you use a separate service account and follow KMS best practices. For more information, see [Separation of duties](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/separation-of-duties) and `gcloud kms keys add-iam-policy-binding` [`--member`](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/kms/keys/add-iam-policy-binding#--member). }, + "ephemeralDirectories": [ # Optional. Ephemeral directories which won't persist across workstation sessions. + { # An ephemeral directory which won't persist across workstation sessions. It is freshly created on every workstation start operation. + "gcePd": { # An EphemeralDirectory is backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. # An EphemeralDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. + "diskType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the disk to use. Defaults to `"pd-standard"`. + "readOnly": True or False, # Optional. Whether the disk is read only. If true, the disk may be shared by multiple VMs and source_snapshot must be set. + "sourceImage": "A String", # Optional. Name of the disk image to use as the source for the disk. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Updating source_image will update content in the ephemeral directory after the workstation is restarted. This field is mutable. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. Must be empty if source_image is set. Must be empty if read_only is false. Updating source_snapshot will update content in the ephemeral directory after the workstation is restarted. This field is mutable. + }, + "mountPath": "A String", # Required. Location of this directory in the running workstation. + }, + ], "etag": "A String", # Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "host": { # Runtime host for a workstation. # Optional. Runtime host for the workstation. "gceInstance": { # A runtime using a Compute Engine instance. # Specifies a Compute Engine instance as the host. + "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the instance. + { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. + "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. + }, + ], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. # Optional. A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the instance has confidential compute enabled. }, "disablePublicIpAddresses": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables public IP addresses for VMs. If you disable public IP addresses, you must set up Private Google Access or Cloud NAT on your network. If you use Private Google Access and you use `private.googleapis.com` or `restricted.googleapis.com` for Container Registry and Artifact Registry, make sure that you set up DNS records for domains `*.gcr.io` and `*.pkg.dev`. Defaults to false (VMs have public IP addresses). - "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created under this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. + "disableSsh": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable SSH access to the VM. + "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created using this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine to use for VM instances—for example, `"e2-standard-4"`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of VMs that the system should keep idle so that new workstations can be started quickly for new users. Defaults to `0` in the API. "pooledInstances": 42, # Output only. Number of instances currently available in the pool for faster workstation startup. @@ -809,7 +899,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation configuration. "persistentDirectories": [ # Optional. Directories to persist across workstation sessions. { # A directory to persist across workstation sessions. - "gcePd": { # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. + "gcePd": { # A Persistent Directory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. "diskType": "A String", # Optional. The [type of the persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#disk-types) for the home directory. Defaults to `"pd-standard"`. "fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html index 5a57efdc4a..029fed7a2a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. - "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections via a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain tcp connections, such as ssh. When enabled, all communication must occur over https or wss. + "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. "enableAuditAgent": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Linux `auditd` logging on the workstation. When enabled, a service account must also be specified that has `logging.buckets.write` permission on the project. Operating system audit logging is distinct from [Cloud Audit Logs](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/audit-logging). "encryptionKey": { # A customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) for the Compute Engine resources of the associated workstation configuration. Specify the name of your Cloud KMS encryption key and the default service account. We recommend that you use a separate service account and follow [Cloud KMS best practices](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/separation-of-duties). # Immutable. Encrypts resources of this workstation configuration using a customer-managed encryption key (CMEK). If specified, the boot disk of the Compute Engine instance and the persistent disk are encrypted using this encryption key. If this field is not set, the disks are encrypted using a generated key. Customer-managed encryption keys do not protect disk metadata. If the customer-managed encryption key is rotated, when the workstation instance is stopped, the system attempts to recreate the persistent disk with the new version of the key. Be sure to keep older versions of the key until the persistent disk is recreated. Otherwise, data on the persistent disk might be lost. If the encryption key is revoked, the workstation session automatically stops within 7 hours. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. @@ -189,13 +189,26 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. }, ], + "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. + { # A configuration that workstations can boost to. + "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the boost instance. Defaults to `none`. + { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. + "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. + }, + ], + "id": "A String", # Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost config. + "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine that boosted VM instances will use—for example, `e2-standard-4`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). Defaults to `e2-standard-4`. + "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of boost VMs that the system should keep idle so that workstations can be boosted quickly. Defaults to `0`. + }, + ], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. # Optional. A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the instance has confidential compute enabled. }, "disablePublicIpAddresses": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables public IP addresses for VMs. If you disable public IP addresses, you must set up Private Google Access or Cloud NAT on your network. If you use Private Google Access and you use `private.googleapis.com` or `restricted.googleapis.com` for Container Registry and Artifact Registry, make sure that you set up DNS records for domains `*.gcr.io` and `*.pkg.dev`. Defaults to false (VMs have public IP addresses). "disableSsh": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable SSH access to the VM. - "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created under this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. + "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created using this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine to use for VM instances—for example, `"e2-standard-4"`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of VMs that the system should keep idle so that new workstations can be started quickly for new users. Defaults to `0` in the API. "pooledInstances": 42, # Output only. Number of instances currently available in the pool for faster workstation startup. @@ -220,7 +233,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation configuration. "persistentDirectories": [ # Optional. Directories to persist across workstation sessions. { # A directory to persist across workstation sessions. - "gcePd": { # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. + "gcePd": { # A Persistent Directory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. "diskType": "A String", # Optional. The [type of the persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#disk-types) for the home directory. Defaults to `"pd-standard"`. "fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. @@ -360,7 +373,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. - "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections via a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain tcp connections, such as ssh. When enabled, all communication must occur over https or wss. + "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. "enableAuditAgent": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Linux `auditd` logging on the workstation. When enabled, a service account must also be specified that has `logging.buckets.write` permission on the project. Operating system audit logging is distinct from [Cloud Audit Logs](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/audit-logging). "encryptionKey": { # A customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) for the Compute Engine resources of the associated workstation configuration. Specify the name of your Cloud KMS encryption key and the default service account. We recommend that you use a separate service account and follow [Cloud KMS best practices](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/separation-of-duties). # Immutable. Encrypts resources of this workstation configuration using a customer-managed encryption key (CMEK). If specified, the boot disk of the Compute Engine instance and the persistent disk are encrypted using this encryption key. If this field is not set, the disks are encrypted using a generated key. Customer-managed encryption keys do not protect disk metadata. If the customer-managed encryption key is rotated, when the workstation instance is stopped, the system attempts to recreate the persistent disk with the new version of the key. Be sure to keep older versions of the key until the persistent disk is recreated. Otherwise, data on the persistent disk might be lost. If the encryption key is revoked, the workstation session automatically stops within 7 hours. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. @@ -387,13 +400,26 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. }, ], + "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. + { # A configuration that workstations can boost to. + "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the boost instance. Defaults to `none`. + { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. + "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. + }, + ], + "id": "A String", # Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost config. + "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine that boosted VM instances will use—for example, `e2-standard-4`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). Defaults to `e2-standard-4`. + "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of boost VMs that the system should keep idle so that workstations can be boosted quickly. Defaults to `0`. + }, + ], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. # Optional. A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the instance has confidential compute enabled. }, "disablePublicIpAddresses": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables public IP addresses for VMs. If you disable public IP addresses, you must set up Private Google Access or Cloud NAT on your network. If you use Private Google Access and you use `private.googleapis.com` or `restricted.googleapis.com` for Container Registry and Artifact Registry, make sure that you set up DNS records for domains `*.gcr.io` and `*.pkg.dev`. Defaults to false (VMs have public IP addresses). "disableSsh": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable SSH access to the VM. - "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created under this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. + "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created using this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine to use for VM instances—for example, `"e2-standard-4"`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of VMs that the system should keep idle so that new workstations can be started quickly for new users. Defaults to `0` in the API. "pooledInstances": 42, # Output only. Number of instances currently available in the pool for faster workstation startup. @@ -418,7 +444,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation configuration. "persistentDirectories": [ # Optional. Directories to persist across workstation sessions. { # A directory to persist across workstation sessions. - "gcePd": { # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. + "gcePd": { # A Persistent Directory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. "diskType": "A String", # Optional. The [type of the persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#disk-types) for the home directory. Defaults to `"pd-standard"`. "fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. @@ -546,7 +572,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. - "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections via a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain tcp connections, such as ssh. When enabled, all communication must occur over https or wss. + "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. "enableAuditAgent": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Linux `auditd` logging on the workstation. When enabled, a service account must also be specified that has `logging.buckets.write` permission on the project. Operating system audit logging is distinct from [Cloud Audit Logs](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/audit-logging). "encryptionKey": { # A customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) for the Compute Engine resources of the associated workstation configuration. Specify the name of your Cloud KMS encryption key and the default service account. We recommend that you use a separate service account and follow [Cloud KMS best practices](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/separation-of-duties). # Immutable. Encrypts resources of this workstation configuration using a customer-managed encryption key (CMEK). If specified, the boot disk of the Compute Engine instance and the persistent disk are encrypted using this encryption key. If this field is not set, the disks are encrypted using a generated key. Customer-managed encryption keys do not protect disk metadata. If the customer-managed encryption key is rotated, when the workstation instance is stopped, the system attempts to recreate the persistent disk with the new version of the key. Be sure to keep older versions of the key until the persistent disk is recreated. Otherwise, data on the persistent disk might be lost. If the encryption key is revoked, the workstation session automatically stops within 7 hours. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. @@ -573,13 +599,26 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. }, ], + "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. + { # A configuration that workstations can boost to. + "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the boost instance. Defaults to `none`. + { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. + "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. + }, + ], + "id": "A String", # Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost config. + "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine that boosted VM instances will use—for example, `e2-standard-4`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). Defaults to `e2-standard-4`. + "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of boost VMs that the system should keep idle so that workstations can be boosted quickly. Defaults to `0`. + }, + ], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. # Optional. A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the instance has confidential compute enabled. }, "disablePublicIpAddresses": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables public IP addresses for VMs. If you disable public IP addresses, you must set up Private Google Access or Cloud NAT on your network. If you use Private Google Access and you use `private.googleapis.com` or `restricted.googleapis.com` for Container Registry and Artifact Registry, make sure that you set up DNS records for domains `*.gcr.io` and `*.pkg.dev`. Defaults to false (VMs have public IP addresses). "disableSsh": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable SSH access to the VM. - "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created under this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. + "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created using this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine to use for VM instances—for example, `"e2-standard-4"`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of VMs that the system should keep idle so that new workstations can be started quickly for new users. Defaults to `0` in the API. "pooledInstances": 42, # Output only. Number of instances currently available in the pool for faster workstation startup. @@ -604,7 +643,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation configuration. "persistentDirectories": [ # Optional. Directories to persist across workstation sessions. { # A directory to persist across workstation sessions. - "gcePd": { # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. + "gcePd": { # A Persistent Directory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. "diskType": "A String", # Optional. The [type of the persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#disk-types) for the home directory. Defaults to `"pd-standard"`. "fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. @@ -686,7 +725,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. - "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections via a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain tcp connections, such as ssh. When enabled, all communication must occur over https or wss. + "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. "enableAuditAgent": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Linux `auditd` logging on the workstation. When enabled, a service account must also be specified that has `logging.buckets.write` permission on the project. Operating system audit logging is distinct from [Cloud Audit Logs](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/audit-logging). "encryptionKey": { # A customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) for the Compute Engine resources of the associated workstation configuration. Specify the name of your Cloud KMS encryption key and the default service account. We recommend that you use a separate service account and follow [Cloud KMS best practices](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/separation-of-duties). # Immutable. Encrypts resources of this workstation configuration using a customer-managed encryption key (CMEK). If specified, the boot disk of the Compute Engine instance and the persistent disk are encrypted using this encryption key. If this field is not set, the disks are encrypted using a generated key. Customer-managed encryption keys do not protect disk metadata. If the customer-managed encryption key is rotated, when the workstation instance is stopped, the system attempts to recreate the persistent disk with the new version of the key. Be sure to keep older versions of the key until the persistent disk is recreated. Otherwise, data on the persistent disk might be lost. If the encryption key is revoked, the workstation session automatically stops within 7 hours. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. @@ -713,13 +752,26 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. }, ], + "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. + { # A configuration that workstations can boost to. + "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the boost instance. Defaults to `none`. + { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. + "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. + }, + ], + "id": "A String", # Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost config. + "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine that boosted VM instances will use—for example, `e2-standard-4`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). Defaults to `e2-standard-4`. + "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of boost VMs that the system should keep idle so that workstations can be boosted quickly. Defaults to `0`. + }, + ], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. # Optional. A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the instance has confidential compute enabled. }, "disablePublicIpAddresses": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables public IP addresses for VMs. If you disable public IP addresses, you must set up Private Google Access or Cloud NAT on your network. If you use Private Google Access and you use `private.googleapis.com` or `restricted.googleapis.com` for Container Registry and Artifact Registry, make sure that you set up DNS records for domains `*.gcr.io` and `*.pkg.dev`. Defaults to false (VMs have public IP addresses). "disableSsh": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable SSH access to the VM. - "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created under this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. + "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created using this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine to use for VM instances—for example, `"e2-standard-4"`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of VMs that the system should keep idle so that new workstations can be started quickly for new users. Defaults to `0` in the API. "pooledInstances": 42, # Output only. Number of instances currently available in the pool for faster workstation startup. @@ -744,7 +796,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation configuration. "persistentDirectories": [ # Optional. Directories to persist across workstation sessions. { # A directory to persist across workstation sessions. - "gcePd": { # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. + "gcePd": { # A Persistent Directory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. "diskType": "A String", # Optional. The [type of the persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#disk-types) for the home directory. Defaults to `"pd-standard"`. "fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. @@ -841,7 +893,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was created. "degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this resource is degraded, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. See also the conditions field. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was soft-deleted. - "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections via a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain tcp connections, such as ssh. When enabled, all communication must occur over https or wss. + "disableTcpConnections": True or False, # Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation configuration. "enableAuditAgent": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Linux `auditd` logging on the workstation. When enabled, a service account must also be specified that has `logging.buckets.write` permission on the project. Operating system audit logging is distinct from [Cloud Audit Logs](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/audit-logging). "encryptionKey": { # A customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) for the Compute Engine resources of the associated workstation configuration. Specify the name of your Cloud KMS encryption key and the default service account. We recommend that you use a separate service account and follow [Cloud KMS best practices](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/separation-of-duties). # Immutable. Encrypts resources of this workstation configuration using a customer-managed encryption key (CMEK). If specified, the boot disk of the Compute Engine instance and the persistent disk are encrypted using this encryption key. If this field is not set, the disks are encrypted using a generated key. Customer-managed encryption keys do not protect disk metadata. If the customer-managed encryption key is rotated, when the workstation instance is stopped, the system attempts to recreate the persistent disk with the new version of the key. Be sure to keep older versions of the key until the persistent disk is recreated. Otherwise, data on the persistent disk might be lost. If the encryption key is revoked, the workstation session automatically stops within 7 hours. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created. @@ -868,13 +920,26 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. }, ], + "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. + { # A configuration that workstations can boost to. + "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the boost instance. Defaults to `none`. + { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. + "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. + }, + ], + "id": "A String", # Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost config. + "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine that boosted VM instances will use—for example, `e2-standard-4`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). Defaults to `e2-standard-4`. + "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of boost VMs that the system should keep idle so that workstations can be boosted quickly. Defaults to `0`. + }, + ], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. # Optional. A set of Compute Engine Confidential VM instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the instance has confidential compute enabled. }, "disablePublicIpAddresses": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables public IP addresses for VMs. If you disable public IP addresses, you must set up Private Google Access or Cloud NAT on your network. If you use Private Google Access and you use `private.googleapis.com` or `restricted.googleapis.com` for Container Registry and Artifact Registry, make sure that you set up DNS records for domains `*.gcr.io` and `*.pkg.dev`. Defaults to false (VMs have public IP addresses). "disableSsh": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable SSH access to the VM. - "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created under this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. + "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created using this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine to use for VM instances—for example, `"e2-standard-4"`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of VMs that the system should keep idle so that new workstations can be started quickly for new users. Defaults to `0` in the API. "pooledInstances": 42, # Output only. Number of instances currently available in the pool for faster workstation startup. @@ -899,7 +964,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation configuration. "persistentDirectories": [ # Optional. Directories to persist across workstation sessions. { # A directory to persist across workstation sessions. - "gcePd": { # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. + "gcePd": { # A Persistent Directory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory. # A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk. "diskType": "A String", # Optional. The [type of the persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#disk-types) for the home directory. Defaults to `"pd-standard"`. "fsType": "A String", # Optional. Type of file system that the disk should be formatted with. The workstation image must support this file system type. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Defaults to `"ext4"`. "reclaimPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Whether the persistent disk should be deleted when the workstation is deleted. Valid values are `DELETE` and `RETAIN`. Defaults to `DELETE`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html index c2a4b02b6b..f41b94bb96 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html @@ -627,6 +627,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for StartWorkstation. + "boostConfig": "A String", # Optional. If set, the workstation starts using the boost configuration with the specified ID. "etag": "A String", # Optional. If set, the request will be rejected if the latest version of the workstation on the server does not have this ETag. "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually apply it. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveChatMessages.html b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveChatMessages.html index f9ec373a4d..6cda600874 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveChatMessages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveChatMessages.html @@ -340,6 +340,102 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "activePollItem": { # A *liveChatMessage* resource represents a chat message in a YouTube Live Chat. # Set when there is an active poll. + "authorDetails": { # The authorDetails object contains basic details about the user that posted this message. + "channelId": "A String", # The YouTube channel ID. + "channelUrl": "A String", # The channel's URL. + "displayName": "A String", # The channel's display name. + "isChatModerator": True or False, # Whether the author is a moderator of the live chat. + "isChatOwner": True or False, # Whether the author is the owner of the live chat. + "isChatSponsor": True or False, # Whether the author is a sponsor of the live chat. + "isVerified": True or False, # Whether the author's identity has been verified by YouTube. + "profileImageUrl": "A String", # The channels's avatar URL. + }, + "etag": "A String", # Etag of this resource. + "id": "A String", # The ID that YouTube assigns to uniquely identify the message. + "kind": "youtube#liveChatMessage", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "youtube#liveChatMessage". + "snippet": { # Next ID: 34 # The snippet object contains basic details about the message. + "authorChannelId": "A String", # The ID of the user that authored this message, this field is not always filled. textMessageEvent - the user that wrote the message fanFundingEvent - the user that funded the broadcast newSponsorEvent - the user that just became a sponsor memberMilestoneChatEvent - the member that sent the message membershipGiftingEvent - the user that made the purchase giftMembershipReceivedEvent - the user that received the gift membership messageDeletedEvent - the moderator that took the action messageRetractedEvent - the author that retracted their message userBannedEvent - the moderator that took the action superChatEvent - the user that made the purchase superStickerEvent - the user that made the purchase pollEvent - the user that created the poll + "displayMessage": "A String", # Contains a string that can be displayed to the user. If this field is not present the message is silent, at the moment only messages of type TOMBSTONE and CHAT_ENDED_EVENT are silent. + "fanFundingEventDetails": { # Details about the funding event, this is only set if the type is 'fanFundingEvent'. + "amountDisplayString": "A String", # A rendered string that displays the fund amount and currency to the user. + "amountMicros": "A String", # The amount of the fund. + "currency": "A String", # The currency in which the fund was made. + "userComment": "A String", # The comment added by the user to this fan funding event. + }, + "giftMembershipReceivedDetails": { # Details about the Gift Membership Received event, this is only set if the type is 'giftMembershipReceivedEvent'. + "associatedMembershipGiftingMessageId": "A String", # The ID of the membership gifting message that is related to this gift membership. This ID will always refer to a message whose type is 'membershipGiftingEvent'. + "gifterChannelId": "A String", # The ID of the user that made the membership gifting purchase. This matches the `snippet.authorChannelId` of the associated membership gifting message. + "memberLevelName": "A String", # The name of the Level at which the viewer is a member. This matches the `snippet.membershipGiftingDetails.giftMembershipsLevelName` of the associated membership gifting message. The Level names are defined by the YouTube channel offering the Membership. In some situations this field isn't filled. + }, + "hasDisplayContent": True or False, # Whether the message has display content that should be displayed to users. + "liveChatId": "A String", + "memberMilestoneChatDetails": { # Details about the Member Milestone Chat event, this is only set if the type is 'memberMilestoneChatEvent'. + "memberLevelName": "A String", # The name of the Level at which the viever is a member. The Level names are defined by the YouTube channel offering the Membership. In some situations this field isn't filled. + "memberMonth": 42, # The total amount of months (rounded up) the viewer has been a member that granted them this Member Milestone Chat. This is the same number of months as is being displayed to YouTube users. + "userComment": "A String", # The comment added by the member to this Member Milestone Chat. This field is empty for messages without a comment from the member. + }, + "membershipGiftingDetails": { # Details about the Membership Gifting event, this is only set if the type is 'membershipGiftingEvent'. + "giftMembershipsCount": 42, # The number of gift memberships purchased by the user. + "giftMembershipsLevelName": "A String", # The name of the level of the gift memberships purchased by the user. The Level names are defined by the YouTube channel offering the Membership. In some situations this field isn't filled. + }, + "messageDeletedDetails": { + "deletedMessageId": "A String", + }, + "messageRetractedDetails": { + "retractedMessageId": "A String", + }, + "newSponsorDetails": { # Details about the New Member Announcement event, this is only set if the type is 'newSponsorEvent'. Please note that "member" is the new term for "sponsor". + "isUpgrade": True or False, # If the viewer just had upgraded from a lower level. For viewers that were not members at the time of purchase, this field is false. + "memberLevelName": "A String", # The name of the Level that the viewer just had joined. The Level names are defined by the YouTube channel offering the Membership. In some situations this field isn't filled. + }, + "pollDetails": { # Details about the poll event, this is only set if the type is 'pollEvent'. + "metadata": { + "options": [ # The options will be returned in the order that is displayed in 1P + { + "optionText": "A String", + "tally": "A String", + }, + ], + "questionText": "A String", + }, + "status": "A String", + }, + "publishedAt": "A String", # The date and time when the message was orignally published. + "superChatDetails": { # Details about the Super Chat event, this is only set if the type is 'superChatEvent'. + "amountDisplayString": "A String", # A rendered string that displays the fund amount and currency to the user. + "amountMicros": "A String", # The amount purchased by the user, in micros (1,750,000 micros = 1.75). + "currency": "A String", # The currency in which the purchase was made. + "tier": 42, # The tier in which the amount belongs. Lower amounts belong to lower tiers. The lowest tier is 1. + "userComment": "A String", # The comment added by the user to this Super Chat event. + }, + "superStickerDetails": { # Details about the Super Sticker event, this is only set if the type is 'superStickerEvent'. + "amountDisplayString": "A String", # A rendered string that displays the fund amount and currency to the user. + "amountMicros": "A String", # The amount purchased by the user, in micros (1,750,000 micros = 1.75). + "currency": "A String", # The currency in which the purchase was made. + "superStickerMetadata": { # Information about the Super Sticker. + "altText": "A String", # Internationalized alt text that describes the sticker image and any animation associated with it. + "altTextLanguage": "A String", # Specifies the localization language in which the alt text is returned. + "stickerId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the Super Sticker. This is a shorter form of the alt_text that includes pack name and a recognizable characteristic of the sticker. + }, + "tier": 42, # The tier in which the amount belongs. Lower amounts belong to lower tiers. The lowest tier is 1. + }, + "textMessageDetails": { # Details about the text message, this is only set if the type is 'textMessageEvent'. + "messageText": "A String", # The user's message. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of message, this will always be present, it determines the contents of the message as well as which fields will be present. + "userBannedDetails": { + "banDurationSeconds": "A String", # The duration of the ban. This property is only present if the banType is temporary. + "banType": "A String", # The type of ban. + "bannedUserDetails": { # The details of the user that was banned. + "channelId": "A String", # The YouTube channel ID. + "channelUrl": "A String", # The channel's URL. + "displayName": "A String", # The channel's display name. + "profileImageUrl": "A String", # The channels's avatar URL. + }, + }, + }, + }, "etag": "A String", # Etag of this resource. "eventId": "A String", # Serialized EventId of the request which produced this response. "items": [ diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json index 63752fd676..9a3ea9328b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://acceleratedmobilepageurl.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AmpUrl": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json index 8b7528b098..22e3396443 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://accessapproval.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessApprovalServiceAccount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json index 0d05cdaa99..63d3d42a50 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://acmedns.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcmeChallengeSet": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json index 2bea8377a5..940ea1dcf7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json @@ -3115,7 +3115,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://adexchangebuyer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbsoluteDateRange": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json index c0c958432b..f6c4d763b4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Application": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json index 532cd802f0..a92141a80a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json @@ -4671,7 +4671,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Alias": { @@ -4810,6 +4810,30 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"BacklightInfo": { +"description": "Information about the device's backlights.", +"id": "BacklightInfo", +"properties": { +"brightness": { +"description": "Output only. Current brightness of the backlight, between 0 and max_brightness.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"maxBrightness": { +"description": "Output only. Maximum brightness for the backlight.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"path": { +"description": "Output only. Path to this backlight on the system. Useful if the caller needs to correlate with other information.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BatchChangeChromeOsDeviceStatusRequest": { "description": "A request for changing the status of a batch of ChromeOS devices.", "id": "BatchChangeChromeOsDeviceStatusRequest", @@ -5383,6 +5407,14 @@ false "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, +"backlightInfo": { +"description": "Output only. Contains backlight information for the device.", +"items": { +"$ref": "BacklightInfo" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "bootMode": { "description": "The boot mode for the device. The possible values are: * `Verified`: The device is running a valid version of the Chrome OS. * `Dev`: The devices's developer hardware switch is enabled. When booted, the device has a command line shell. For an example of a developer switch, see the [Chromebook developer information](https://www.chromium.org/chromium-os/developer-information-for-chrome-os-devices/samsung-series-5-chromebook#TOC-Developer-switch).", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json index cc917a2caf..a744105c87 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Activities": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json index 7c425c3210..3a12e71354 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdUnit": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json index 10e6c95313..be8929e055 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdSource": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json index 1ad1f864d6..52db99952f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ "description": "The AdSense Management API allows publishers to access their inventory and run earnings and performance reports.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/adsense/management/", +"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", "x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif" @@ -1844,7 +1845,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://adsense.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json index d773cef673..296dccb1d5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json @@ -11620,6 +11620,62 @@ }, "pipelineJobs": { "methods": { +"batchCancel": { +"description": "Batch cancel PipelineJobs. Firstly the server will check if all the jobs are in non-terminal states, and skip the jobs that are already terminated. If the operation failed, none of the pipeline jobs are cancelled. The server will poll the states of all the pipeline jobs periodically to check the cancellation status. This operation will return an LRO.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/pipelineJobs:batchCancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.batchCancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The name of the PipelineJobs' parent resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/pipelineJobs:batchCancel", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1BatchCancelPipelineJobsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"batchDelete": { +"description": "Batch deletes PipelineJobs The Operation is atomic. If it fails, none of the PipelineJobs are deleted. If it succeeds, all of the PipelineJobs are deleted.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/pipelineJobs:batchDelete", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.batchDelete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The name of the PipelineJobs' parent resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/pipelineJobs:batchDelete", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1BatchDeletePipelineJobsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "cancel": { "description": "Cancels a PipelineJob. Starts asynchronous cancellation on the PipelineJob. The server makes a best effort to cancel the pipeline, but success is not guaranteed. Clients can use PipelineService.GetPipelineJob or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the pipeline completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the PipelineJob is not deleted; instead it becomes a pipeline with a PipelineJob.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`, and PipelineJob.state is set to `CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/pipelineJobs/{pipelineJobsId}:cancel", @@ -15562,7 +15618,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240224", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionEmbedVideoResponse": { @@ -15957,7 +16013,10 @@ "FINISH_REASON_MAX_TOKENS", "FINISH_REASON_SAFETY", "FINISH_REASON_RECITATION", -"FINISH_REASON_OTHER" +"FINISH_REASON_OTHER", +"FINISH_REASON_BLOCKLIST", +"FINISH_REASON_PROHIBITED_CONTENT", +"FINISH_REASON_SPII" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The finish reason is unspecified.", @@ -15965,7 +16024,10 @@ "The maximum number of tokens as specified in the request was reached.", "The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for safety reasons. NOTE: When streaming the Candidate.content will be empty if content filters blocked the output.", "The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for unauthorized citations.", -"All other reasons that stopped the token generation." +"All other reasons that stopped the token generation.", +"The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for the terms which are included from the terminology blocklist.", +"The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for the prohibited contents.", +"The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for Sensitive Personally Identifiable Information (SPII) contents." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -16263,12 +16325,16 @@ "enum": [ "BLOCKED_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", "SAFETY", -"OTHER" +"OTHER", +"BLOCKLIST", +"PROHIBITED_CONTENT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified blocked reason.", "Candidates blocked due to safety.", -"Candidates blocked due to other reason." +"Candidates blocked due to other reason.", +"Candidates blocked due to the terms which are included from the terminology blocklist.", +"Candidates blocked due to prohibited content." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -17003,6 +17069,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1BatchCancelPipelineJobsRequest": { +"description": "Request message for PipelineService.BatchCancelPipelineJobs.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1BatchCancelPipelineJobsRequest", +"properties": { +"names": { +"description": "Required. The names of the PipelineJobs to cancel. A maximum of 32 PipelineJobs can be cancelled in a batch. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/pipelineJobs/{pipelineJob}`", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1BatchCreateFeaturesOperationMetadata": { "description": "Details of operations that perform batch create Features.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1BatchCreateFeaturesOperationMetadata", @@ -17119,6 +17199,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1BatchDeletePipelineJobsRequest": { +"description": "Request message for PipelineService.BatchDeletePipelineJobs.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1BatchDeletePipelineJobsRequest", +"properties": { +"names": { +"description": "Required. The names of the PipelineJobs to delete. A maximum of 32 PipelineJobs can be deleted in a batch. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/pipelineJobs/{pipelineJob}`", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1BatchImportEvaluatedAnnotationsRequest": { "description": "Request message for ModelService.BatchImportEvaluatedAnnotations", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1BatchImportEvaluatedAnnotationsRequest", @@ -18916,7 +19010,8 @@ "type": "string" }, "metadata": { -"description": "Required. Additional information about the DatasetVersion.", +"description": "Required. Output only. Additional information about the DatasetVersion.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "any" }, "name": { @@ -22085,6 +22180,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenieSource": { +"description": "Contains information about the source of the models generated from Generative AI Studio.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenieSource", +"properties": { +"baseModelUri": { +"description": "Required. The public base model URI.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GroundingAttribution": { "description": "Grounding attribution.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GroundingAttribution", @@ -24236,6 +24342,10 @@ "description": "Immutable. The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files. Not required for AutoML Models.", "type": "string" }, +"baseModelSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ModelBaseModelSource", +"description": "Optional. User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models." +}, "containerSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ModelContainerSpec", "description": "Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model. The specification is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, and all binaries it contains are copied and stored internally by Vertex AI. Not required for AutoML Models." @@ -24406,6 +24516,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ModelBaseModelSource": { +"description": "User input field to specify the base model source. Currently it only supports specifing the Model Garden models and Genie models.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ModelBaseModelSource", +"properties": { +"genieSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenieSource", +"description": "Information about the base model of Genie models." +}, +"modelGardenSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ModelGardenSource", +"description": "Source information of Model Garden models." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ModelContainerSpec": { "description": "Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ModelContainerSpec", @@ -25013,6 +25138,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ModelGardenSource": { +"description": "Contains information about the source of the models generated from Model Garden.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ModelGardenSource", +"properties": { +"publicModelName": { +"description": "Required. The model garden source model resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ModelMonitoringAlertConfig": { "description": "The alert config for model monitoring.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ModelMonitoringAlertConfig", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json index 303e8619bc..c712374406 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json @@ -3403,7 +3403,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `endpoint` supports = and !=. `endpoint` represents the Endpoint ID, i.e. the last segment of the Endpoint's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and, != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels.\"a key\"`. Some examples: * `endpoint=1` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` * `labels.myKey=\"myValue\"`", +"description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `endpoint` supports = and !=. `endpoint` represents the Endpoint ID, i.e. the last segment of the Endpoint's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and, != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels.\"a key\"`. * `base_model_name` only supports = Some examples: * `endpoint=1` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` * `labels.myKey=\"myValue\"` * `baseModelName=\"text-bison\"`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -5303,6 +5303,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featureOnlineStores/{featureOnlineStoresId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featureOnlineStores/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists FeatureOnlineStores in a given project and location.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featureOnlineStores", @@ -5382,6 +5413,65 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featureOnlineStores/{featureOnlineStoresId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featureOnlineStores/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featureOnlineStores/{featureOnlineStoresId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"permissions": { +"description": "The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).", +"location": "query", +"repeated": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featureOnlineStores/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } }, "resources": { @@ -5503,6 +5593,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featureOnlineStores/{featureOnlineStoresId}/featureViews/{featureViewsId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.featureViews.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featureOnlineStores/[^/]+/featureViews/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists FeatureViews in a given FeatureOnlineStore.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featureOnlineStores/{featureOnlineStoresId}/featureViews", @@ -5611,6 +5732,34 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featureOnlineStores/{featureOnlineStoresId}/featureViews/{featureViewsId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.featureViews.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featureOnlineStores/[^/]+/featureViews/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "sync": { "description": "Triggers on-demand sync for the FeatureView.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featureOnlineStores/{featureOnlineStoresId}/featureViews/{featureViewsId}:sync", @@ -5638,6 +5787,37 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featureOnlineStores/{featureOnlineStoresId}/featureViews/{featureViewsId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.featureViews.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"permissions": { +"description": "The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).", +"location": "query", +"repeated": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featureOnlineStores/[^/]+/featureViews/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } }, "resources": { @@ -11147,7 +11327,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `model` supports = and !=. `model` represents the Model ID, i.e. the last segment of the Model's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels.\"a key\"`. Some examples: * `model=1234` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` * `labels.myKey=\"myValue\"`", +"description": "An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `model` supports = and !=. `model` represents the Model ID, i.e. the last segment of the Model's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels.\"a key\"`. * `base_model_name` only supports = Some examples: * `model=1234` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` * `labels.myKey=\"myValue\"` * `baseModelName=\"text-bison\"`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -13761,6 +13941,316 @@ } } }, +"ragCorpora": { +"resources": { +"operations": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:cancel", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"wait": { +"description": "Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/operations/{operationsId}:wait", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.wait", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to wait on.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"timeout": { +"description": "The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.", +"format": "google-duration", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:wait", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"ragFiles": { +"resources": { +"operations": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/ragFiles/{ragFilesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/ragFiles/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:cancel", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/ragFiles/{ragFilesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/ragFiles/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/ragFiles/{ragFilesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/ragFiles/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/ragFiles/{ragFilesId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/ragFiles/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"wait": { +"description": "Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/ragFiles/{ragFilesId}/operations/{operationsId}:wait", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.wait", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to wait on.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/ragFiles/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"timeout": { +"description": "The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.", +"format": "google-duration", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:wait", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, "reasoningEngines": { "resources": { "operations": { @@ -17465,7 +17955,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240224", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionEmbedVideoResponse": { @@ -17860,7 +18350,10 @@ "FINISH_REASON_MAX_TOKENS", "FINISH_REASON_SAFETY", "FINISH_REASON_RECITATION", -"FINISH_REASON_OTHER" +"FINISH_REASON_OTHER", +"FINISH_REASON_BLOCKLIST", +"FINISH_REASON_PROHIBITED_CONTENT", +"FINISH_REASON_SPII" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The finish reason is unspecified.", @@ -17868,7 +18361,10 @@ "The maximum number of tokens as specified in the request was reached.", "The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for safety reasons. NOTE: When streaming the Candidate.content will be empty if content filters blocked the output.", "The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for unauthorized citations.", -"All other reasons that stopped the token generation." +"All other reasons that stopped the token generation.", +"The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for the terms which are included from the terminology blocklist.", +"The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for the prohibited contents.", +"The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for Sensitive Personally Identifiable Information (SPII) contents." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -18078,6 +18574,10 @@ "description": "A single part of a message.", "id": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServicePart", "properties": { +"documentMetadata": { +"$ref": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServicePartDocumentMetadata", +"description": "Document metadata. The metadata should only be used by the Cloud LLM when supporting document mime types. It will only be populated when this image input part is converted from a document input part." +}, "fileData": { "$ref": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServicePartFileData", "description": "URI-based data." @@ -18125,6 +18625,22 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CloudAiNlLlmProtoServicePartDocumentMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata describes the original input document content.", +"id": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServicePartDocumentMetadata", +"properties": { +"originalDocumentBlob": { +"$ref": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServicePartBlob", +"description": "The original document blob." +}, +"pageNumber": { +"description": "The (1-indexed) page number of the image in the original document. The first page carries the original document content and mime type.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServicePartFileData": { "description": "Represents file data.", "id": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServicePartFileData", @@ -18166,12 +18682,16 @@ "enum": [ "BLOCKED_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", "SAFETY", -"OTHER" +"OTHER", +"BLOCKLIST", +"PROHIBITED_CONTENT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified blocked reason.", "Candidates blocked due to safety.", -"Candidates blocked due to other reason." +"Candidates blocked due to other reason.", +"Candidates blocked due to the terms which are included from the terminology blocklist.", +"Candidates blocked due to prohibited content." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -18266,6 +18786,13 @@ "description": "Whether the category is flagged as being present. Currently, this is set to true if score >= 0.5.", "type": "boolean" }, +"influentialTerms": { +"description": "The influential terms that could potentially block the response.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServiceRaiSignalInfluentialTerm" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "raiCategory": { "description": "The RAI category.", "enum": [ @@ -18354,6 +18881,41 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CloudAiNlLlmProtoServiceRaiSignalInfluentialTerm": { +"description": "The influential term that could potentially block the response.", +"id": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServiceRaiSignalInfluentialTerm", +"properties": { +"beginOffset": { +"description": "The beginning offset of the influential term.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"confidence": { +"description": "The confidence score of the influential term.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"source": { +"description": "The source of the influential term, prompt or response.", +"enum": [ +"SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PROMPT", +"RESPONSE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified source.", +"The influential term comes from the prompt.", +"The influential term comes from the response." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"term": { +"description": "The influential term.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServiceSafetyRating": { "description": "Safety rating corresponding to the generated content.", "id": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServiceSafetyRating", @@ -19708,7 +20270,10 @@ "MAX_TOKENS", "SAFETY", "RECITATION", -"OTHER" +"OTHER", +"BLOCKLIST", +"PROHIBITED_CONTENT", +"SPII" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The finish reason is unspecified.", @@ -19716,7 +20281,10 @@ "The maximum number of tokens as specified in the request was reached.", "The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for safety reasons. NOTE: When streaming the Candidate.content will be empty if content filters blocked the output.", "The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for unauthorized citations.", -"All other reasons that stopped the token generation" +"All other reasons that stopped the token generation", +"The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for the terms which are included from the terminology blocklist.", +"The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for the prohibited contents.", +"The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for Sensitive Personally Identifiable Information (SPII) contents." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -20932,7 +21500,8 @@ "type": "string" }, "metadata": { -"description": "Required. Additional information about the DatasetVersion.", +"description": "Required. Output only. Additional information about the DatasetVersion.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "any" }, "name": { @@ -23326,7 +23895,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "serviceAgentType": { -"description": "Optional. Service agent type used during data sync. By default, the Vertex AI Service Agent is used. When using an IAM Policy to isolate this FeatureView within a project (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/featurestore/latest/resource-policy) a separate service account should be provisioned by setting this field to `SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_FEATURE_VIEW`. This will generate a separate service account to access the BigQuery source table.", +"description": "Optional. Service agent type used during data sync. By default, the Vertex AI Service Agent is used. When using an IAM Policy to isolate this FeatureView within a project, a separate service account should be provisioned by setting this field to `SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_FEATURE_VIEW`. This will generate a separate service account to access the BigQuery source table.", "enum": [ "SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_PROJECT", @@ -23900,7 +24469,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1FindNeighborsRequest": { -"description": "The request message for MatchService.FindNeighbors.", +"description": "LINT.IfChange The request message for MatchService.FindNeighbors.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1FindNeighborsRequest", "properties": { "deployedIndexId": { @@ -24204,12 +24773,16 @@ "enum": [ "BLOCKED_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", "SAFETY", -"OTHER" +"OTHER", +"BLOCKLIST", +"PROHIBITED_CONTENT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified blocked reason.", "Candidates blocked due to safety.", -"Candidates blocked due to other reason." +"Candidates blocked due to other reason.", +"Candidates blocked due to the terms which are included from the terminology blocklist.", +"Candidates blocked due to prohibited content." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -28822,14 +29395,16 @@ "PROVISIONING", "RUNNING", "STOPPING", -"ERROR" +"ERROR", +"UPDATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Not set.", "The PROVISIONING state indicates the persistent resources is being created.", "The RUNNING state indicates the persistent resource is healthy and fully usable.", "The STOPPING state indicates the persistent resource is being deleted.", -"The ERROR state indicates the persistent resource may be unusable. Details can be found in the `error` field." +"The ERROR state indicates the persistent resource may be unusable. Details can be found in the `error` field.", +"The UPDATING state indicates the persistent resource is being updated." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -29579,7 +30154,6 @@ "description": "Optional. Indicates the launch stage of the model.", "enum": [ "LAUNCH_STAGE_UNSPECIFIED", -"DOGFOOD", "EXPERIMENTAL", "PRIVATE_PREVIEW", "PUBLIC_PREVIEW", @@ -29587,7 +30161,6 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The model launch stage is unspecified.", -"Used to indicate the PublisherModel is at Google internal testing launch stage.", "Used to indicate the PublisherModel is at Experimental launch stage, available to a small set of customers.", "Used to indicate the PublisherModel is at Private Preview launch stage, only available to a small set of customers, although a larger set of customers than an Experimental launch. Previews are the first launch stage used to get feedback from customers.", "Used to indicate the PublisherModel is at Public Preview launch stage, available to all customers, although not supported for production workloads.", @@ -40727,6 +41300,7 @@ "C", "DART", "GRADLE", +"GROOVY", "JAVADOC", "JSON", "MAKEFILE", @@ -40754,6 +41328,7 @@ "C code.", "Dart code.", "Gradle code.", +"Groovy code.", "API documentation.", "JSON code.", "Makefile code.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json index f1abaae3e6..c6d3862f24 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://alertcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseDetected": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json index 0c2502fd38..93808d0272 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json @@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutomatedBackupPolicy": { @@ -3638,7 +3638,7 @@ false }, "primaryResourceId": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId", -"description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested" +"description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional." }, "product": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterProtoCommonProduct", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json index 9f127594e5..2ea2f4f54a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json @@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -2924,6 +2924,11 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"pscDnsName": { +"description": "Output only. The DNS name of the instance for PSC connectivity. Name convention: ...alloydb-psc.goog", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "pscEnabled": { "description": "Optional. Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. This is populated by referencing the value from the parent cluster.", "type": "boolean" @@ -3806,7 +3811,7 @@ false }, "primaryResourceId": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId", -"description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested" +"description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional." }, "product": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterProtoCommonProduct", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json index e31cd0ea12..552af6ff96 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json @@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -2900,6 +2900,11 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"pscDnsName": { +"description": "Output only. The DNS name of the instance for PSC connectivity. Name convention: ...alloydb-psc.goog", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "pscEnabled": { "description": "Optional. Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. This is populated by referencing the value from the parent cluster.", "type": "boolean" @@ -3782,7 +3787,7 @@ false }, "primaryResourceId": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId", -"description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested" +"description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional." }, "product": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterProtoCommonProduct", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json index e68f5e69f8..d6a13dd4bd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json @@ -4457,7 +4457,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAccessBetweenFilter": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json index 58b824c863..c8ba9d782d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json @@ -1628,7 +1628,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1betaAccessBetweenFilter": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json index 15973e8e21..0b2fad99d3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240302", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsdata.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveMetricRestriction": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json index f309ca8778..9853324312 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json @@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json index 8cc7131baf..f6334329f5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json index bffd854198..c9bfe5bc37 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://androiddeviceprovisioning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ClaimDeviceRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json index 59306cc317..fcd1f28e63 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json @@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://androidenterprise.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Administrator": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json index 3df36561cb..03f5b05b91 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json @@ -4726,7 +4726,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://androidpublisher.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Abi": { @@ -7745,12 +7745,12 @@ false "enum": [ "EXTERNAL_TRANSACTION_PROGRAM_UNSPECIFIED", "USER_CHOICE_BILLING", -"ALTERTNATIVE_BILLING_ONLY" +"ALTERNATIVE_BILLING_ONLY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified transaction program. Not used.", "User choice billing, where a user may choose between Google Play Billing developer-managed billing.", -"Alternatively billing only, where users may only use developer-manager billing." +"Alternative billing only, where users may only use developer-manager billing." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json index 87d095d2ee..65c7f30652 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240227", "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApigatewayApi": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json index 513e30b606..c909ca95f7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240227", "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApigatewayApi": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json index 3781198d45..aad3985676 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json @@ -10013,7 +10013,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://apigee.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "EdgeConfigstoreBundleBadBundle": { @@ -10353,7 +10353,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ApiDoc": { -"description": "`ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing API product. Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products.", +"description": "`ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing [API product] (/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products.", "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ApiDoc", "properties": { "anonAllowed": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json index d5de2ab1c5..d615d84a0f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://apikeys.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Operation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1.json index ae85d61e3d..b6dcdaa7bb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1.json @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "detachServiceProjectAttachment": { -"description": "Detaches a service project from a host project. You can call this API from either a host or service project.", +"description": "Detaches a service project from a host project. You can call this API from any service project without needing access to the host project that it is attached to.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:detachServiceProjectAttachment", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.detachServiceProjectAttachment", @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Service project id and location to detach from a host project. Only global location is supported. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ ] }, "lookupServiceProjectAttachment": { -"description": "Looks up a service project attachment. You can call this API from either a host or service project.", +"description": "Lists a service project attachment for a given service project. You can call this API from any project to find if it is attached to a host project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:lookupServiceProjectAttachment", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.lookupServiceProjectAttachment", @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Service project ID and location to lookup service project attachment for. Only global location is supported. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Project and location to create Application in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Application to delete. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Application to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -366,12 +366,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"description": "Optional. Filtering results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Project and location to list Applications on. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the parent Application to create the Service in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a Service in an Application.", +"description": "Deletes a Service from an Application.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services/{servicesId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.applications.services.delete", @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Service to delete from an Application. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}/services/{service}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Service to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}/services/{service}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "List Services in an Application.", +"description": "Lists Services in an Application.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.applications.services.list", @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the parent Application to list Services for. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Application to create Workload in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a Workload in an Application.", +"description": "Deletes a Workload from an Application.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/workloads/{workloadsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.applications.workloads.delete", @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Workload to delete from an Application. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}/workloads/{workload}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+/workloads/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Workload to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}/workloads/{workload}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+/workloads/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -786,12 +786,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"description": "Optional. Filtering results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the parent Application to list Workloads for. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ "discoveredServices": { "methods": { "get": { -"description": "Gets a discovered service in a host project and location.", +"description": "Gets a Discovered Service in a host project and location.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveredServices/{discoveredServicesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.discoveredServices.get", @@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Discovered Service to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/discoveredServices/{discoveredService}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/discoveredServices/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists discovered services that can be added to an application in a host project and location.", +"description": "Lists Discovered Services that can be added to an Application in a host project and location.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveredServices", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.discoveredServices.list", @@ -902,12 +902,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"description": "Optional. Filtering results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Project and location to list Discovered Services on. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ ] }, "lookup": { -"description": "Looks up a discovered service in a host project and location and with a given resource URI.", +"description": "Lists a Discovered Service in a host project and location, with a given resource URI.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveredServices:lookup", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.discoveredServices.lookup", @@ -948,14 +948,14 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Host project ID and location to lookup Discovered Service in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "uri": { -"description": "Required. Resource URI to find service for. Accepts both project number and project id and does translation when needed.", +"description": "Required. Resource URI to find DiscoveredService for. Accepts both project number and project ID and does translation when needed.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ "discoveredWorkloads": { "methods": { "get": { -"description": "Gets a discovered workload in a host project and location.", +"description": "Gets a Discovered Workload in a host project and location.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveredWorkloads/{discoveredWorkloadsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.discoveredWorkloads.get", @@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Discovered Workload to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/discoveredWorkloads/{discoveredWorkload}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/discoveredWorkloads/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists discovered workloads that can be added to an application in a host project and location.", +"description": "Lists Discovered Workloads that can be added to an Application in a host project and location.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveredWorkloads", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.discoveredWorkloads.list", @@ -1007,12 +1007,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"description": "Optional. Filtering results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Project and location to list Discovered Workloads on. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ ] }, "lookup": { -"description": "Looks up a discovered Workload in a host project and location and with a given resource URI.", +"description": "Lists a Discovered Workload in a host project and location, with a given resource URI.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveredWorkloads:lookup", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.discoveredWorkloads.lookup", @@ -1053,14 +1053,14 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Host project ID and location to lookup Discovered Workload in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "uri": { -"description": "Required. Resource URI to find workload for. Accepts both project number and project id and does translation when needed.", +"description": "Required. Resource URI to find Discovered Workload for. Accepts both project number and project ID and does translation when needed.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Host project ID and location to which service project is being attached. Only global location is supported. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1222,7 +1222,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "serviceProjectAttachmentId": { -"description": "Required. The service project attachment identifier must contain the project_id of the service project specified in the service_project_attachment.service_project field. Hint: \"projects/{project_id}\"", +"description": "Required. The service project attachment identifier must contain the project id of the service project specified in the service_project_attachment.service_project field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a service project attached to the host project.", +"description": "Deletes a service project attachment.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceProjectAttachments/{serviceProjectAttachmentsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.serviceProjectAttachments.delete", @@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the service project attachment to delete. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceProjectAttachments/{serviceProjectAttachment}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceProjectAttachments/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a service project attached to the host project.", +"description": "Gets a service project attachment.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceProjectAttachments/{serviceProjectAttachmentsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.serviceProjectAttachments.get", @@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the service project attachment to retrieve. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceProjectAttachments/{serviceProjectAttachment}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceProjectAttachments/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "List service projects attached to the host project.", +"description": "Lists service projects attached to the host project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceProjectAttachments", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.serviceProjectAttachments.list", @@ -1303,12 +1303,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"description": "Optional. Filtering results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Host project ID and location to list service project attachments. Only global location is supported. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://apphub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Application": { @@ -1700,7 +1700,7 @@ "id": "ListDiscoveredServicesResponse", "properties": { "discoveredServices": { -"description": "List of discovered services.", +"description": "List of Discovered Services.", "items": { "$ref": "DiscoveredService" }, @@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ "id": "ListDiscoveredWorkloadsResponse", "properties": { "discoveredWorkloads": { -"description": "List of discovered workloads.", +"description": "List of Discovered Workloads.", "items": { "$ref": "DiscoveredWorkload" }, @@ -1896,7 +1896,7 @@ "properties": { "discoveredService": { "$ref": "DiscoveredService", -"description": "Discovered service if exists, empty otherwise." +"description": "Discovered Service if exists, empty otherwise." } }, "type": "object" @@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@ "properties": { "discoveredWorkload": { "$ref": "DiscoveredWorkload", -"description": "Discovered workload if exists, empty otherwise." +"description": "Discovered Workload if exists, empty otherwise." } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1alpha.json index f7885ffb47..a9bb48d3ee 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1alpha.json @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "detachServiceProjectAttachment": { -"description": "Detaches a service project from a host project. You can call this API from either a host or service project.", +"description": "Detaches a service project from a host project. You can call this API from any service project without needing access to the host project that it is attached to.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:detachServiceProjectAttachment", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.detachServiceProjectAttachment", @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Service project id and location to detach from a host project. Only global location is supported. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ ] }, "lookupServiceProjectAttachment": { -"description": "Looks up a service project attachment. You can call this API from either a host or service project.", +"description": "Lists a service project attachment for a given service project. You can call this API from any project to find if it is attached to a host project.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:lookupServiceProjectAttachment", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.lookupServiceProjectAttachment", @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Service project ID and location to lookup service project attachment for. Only global location is supported. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Project and location to create Application in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Application to delete. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Application to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -366,12 +366,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"description": "Optional. Filtering results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Project and location to list Applications on. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the parent Application to create the Service in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a Service in an Application.", +"description": "Deletes a Service from an Application.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services/{servicesId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.applications.services.delete", @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Service to delete from an Application. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}/services/{service}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Service to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}/services/{service}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "List Services in an Application.", +"description": "Lists Services in an Application.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.applications.services.list", @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the parent Application to list Services for. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Application to create Workload in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a Workload in an Application.", +"description": "Deletes a Workload from an Application.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/workloads/{workloadsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.applications.workloads.delete", @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Workload to delete from an Application. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}/workloads/{workload}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+/workloads/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Workload to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}/workloads/{workload}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+/workloads/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -786,12 +786,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"description": "Optional. Filtering results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the parent Application to list Workloads for. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/applications/{application}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/applications/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -877,12 +877,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"description": "Optional. Filtering results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Project and location to find unregistered Discovered Services on. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a discovered service in a host project and location.", +"description": "Gets a Discovered Service in a host project and location.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveredServices/{discoveredServicesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.discoveredServices.get", @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Discovered Service to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/discoveredServices/{discoveredService}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/discoveredServices/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists discovered services that can be added to an application in a host project and location.", +"description": "Lists Discovered Services that can be added to an Application in a host project and location.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveredServices", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.discoveredServices.list", @@ -948,12 +948,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"description": "Optional. Filtering results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Project and location to list Discovered Services on. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ ] }, "lookup": { -"description": "Looks up a discovered service in a host project and location and with a given resource URI.", +"description": "Lists a Discovered Service in a host project and location, with a given resource URI.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveredServices:lookup", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.discoveredServices.lookup", @@ -994,14 +994,14 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Host project ID and location to lookup Discovered Service in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "uri": { -"description": "Required. Resource URI to find service for. Accepts both project number and project id and does translation when needed.", +"description": "Required. Resource URI to find DiscoveredService for. Accepts both project number and project ID and does translation when needed.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -1028,12 +1028,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"description": "Optional. Filtering results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Project and location to find unregistered Discovered Workloads on. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a discovered workload in a host project and location.", +"description": "Gets a Discovered Workload in a host project and location.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveredWorkloads/{discoveredWorkloadsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.discoveredWorkloads.get", @@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Discovered Workload to fetch. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/discoveredWorkloads/{discoveredWorkload}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/discoveredWorkloads/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists discovered workloads that can be added to an application in a host project and location.", +"description": "Lists Discovered Workloads that can be added to an Application in a host project and location.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveredWorkloads", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.discoveredWorkloads.list", @@ -1099,12 +1099,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"description": "Optional. Filtering results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Project and location to list Discovered Workloads on. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ ] }, "lookup": { -"description": "Looks up a discovered Workload in a host project and location and with a given resource URI.", +"description": "Lists a Discovered Workload in a host project and location, with a given resource URI.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveredWorkloads:lookup", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.discoveredWorkloads.lookup", @@ -1145,14 +1145,14 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Host project ID and location to lookup Discovered Workload in. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "uri": { -"description": "Required. Resource URI to find workload for. Accepts both project number and project id and does translation when needed.", +"description": "Required. Resource URI to find Discovered Workload for. Accepts both project number and project ID and does translation when needed.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Host project ID and location to which service project is being attached. Only global location is supported. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "serviceProjectAttachmentId": { -"description": "Required. The service project attachment identifier must contain the project_id of the service project specified in the service_project_attachment.service_project field. Hint: \"projects/{project_id}\"", +"description": "Required. The service project attachment identifier must contain the project id of the service project specified in the service_project_attachment.service_project field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a service project attached to the host project.", +"description": "Deletes a service project attachment.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceProjectAttachments/{serviceProjectAttachmentsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.serviceProjectAttachments.delete", @@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the service project attachment to delete. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceProjectAttachments/{serviceProjectAttachment}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceProjectAttachments/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1361,7 +1361,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a service project attached to the host project.", +"description": "Gets a service project attachment.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceProjectAttachments/{serviceProjectAttachmentsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.serviceProjectAttachments.get", @@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Value for name.", +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the service project attachment to retrieve. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/serviceProjectAttachments/{serviceProjectAttachment}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceProjectAttachments/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "List service projects attached to the host project.", +"description": "Lists service projects attached to the host project.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceProjectAttachments", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.serviceProjectAttachments.list", @@ -1395,12 +1395,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"description": "Optional. Filtering results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"description": "Required. Host project ID and location to list service project attachments. Only global location is supported. Expected format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://apphub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Application": { @@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@ "id": "FindUnregisteredServicesResponse", "properties": { "discoveredServices": { -"description": "List of discovered services.", +"description": "List of Discovered Services.", "items": { "$ref": "DiscoveredService" }, @@ -1819,7 +1819,7 @@ "id": "FindUnregisteredWorkloadsResponse", "properties": { "discoveredWorkloads": { -"description": "List of discovered workloads.", +"description": "List of Discovered Workloads.", "items": { "$ref": "DiscoveredWorkload" }, @@ -1869,7 +1869,7 @@ "id": "ListDiscoveredServicesResponse", "properties": { "discoveredServices": { -"description": "List of discovered services.", +"description": "List of Discovered Services.", "items": { "$ref": "DiscoveredService" }, @@ -1894,7 +1894,7 @@ "id": "ListDiscoveredWorkloadsResponse", "properties": { "discoveredWorkloads": { -"description": "List of discovered workloads.", +"description": "List of Discovered Workloads.", "items": { "$ref": "DiscoveredWorkload" }, @@ -2065,7 +2065,7 @@ "properties": { "discoveredService": { "$ref": "DiscoveredService", -"description": "Discovered service if exists, empty otherwise." +"description": "Discovered Service if exists, empty otherwise." } }, "type": "object" @@ -2076,7 +2076,7 @@ "properties": { "discoveredWorkload": { "$ref": "DiscoveredWorkload", -"description": "Discovered workload if exists, empty otherwise." +"description": "Discovered Workload if exists, empty otherwise." } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json index efc0846f99..cc2ab4c416 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://area120tables.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchCreateRowsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json index 0f0fde2df1..cfffd58e0a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json @@ -115,6 +115,38 @@ }, "protocol": "rest", "resources": { +"media": { +"methods": { +"download": { +"description": "Download a file.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/files/{filesId}:download", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "artifactregistry.media.download", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the file to download.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/files/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:download", +"response": { +"$ref": "DownloadFileResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +], +"supportsMediaDownload": true, +"useMediaDownloadService": true +} +} +}, "projects": { "methods": { "getProjectSettings": { @@ -1193,6 +1225,40 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" ] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a package.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/packages/{packagesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the package, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1`. If the package ID part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/packages/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "The update mask applies to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Package" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Package" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } }, "resources": { @@ -1668,7 +1734,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240213", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { @@ -1723,6 +1789,10 @@ "description": "Configuration for an Apt remote repository.", "id": "AptRepository", "properties": { +"customRepository": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigAptRepositoryCustomRepository", +"description": "Customer-specified remote repository." +}, "publicRepository": { "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigAptRepositoryPublicRepository", "description": "One of the publicly available Apt repositories supported by Artifact Registry." @@ -1941,6 +2011,10 @@ "description": "Configuration for a Docker remote repository.", "id": "DockerRepository", "properties": { +"customRepository": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigDockerRepositoryCustomRepository", +"description": "Customer-specified remote repository." +}, "publicRepository": { "description": "One of the publicly available Docker repositories supported by Artifact Registry.", "enum": [ @@ -1967,6 +2041,12 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"DownloadFileResponse": { +"description": "The response to download a file.", +"id": "DownloadFileResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "Empty": { "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", "id": "Empty", @@ -2090,6 +2170,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigAptRepositoryCustomRepository": { +"description": "Customer-specified publicly available remote repository.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigAptRepositoryCustomRepository", +"properties": { +"uri": { +"description": "An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: \"https://my.apt.registry/\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigAptRepositoryPublicRepository": { "description": "Publicly available Apt repositories constructed from a common repository base and a custom repository path.", "id": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigAptRepositoryPublicRepository", @@ -2117,6 +2208,61 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigDockerRepositoryCustomRepository": { +"description": "Customer-specified publicly available remote repository.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigDockerRepositoryCustomRepository", +"properties": { +"uri": { +"description": "An http/https uri reference to the custom remote repository, for ex: \"https://registry-1.docker.io\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigMavenRepositoryCustomRepository": { +"description": "Customer-specified publicly available remote repository.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigMavenRepositoryCustomRepository", +"properties": { +"uri": { +"description": "An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: \"https://my.maven.registry/\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigNpmRepositoryCustomRepository": { +"description": "Customer-specified publicly available remote repository.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigNpmRepositoryCustomRepository", +"properties": { +"uri": { +"description": "An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: \"https://my.npm.registry/\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigPythonRepositoryCustomRepository": { +"description": "Customer-specified publicly available remote repository.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigPythonRepositoryCustomRepository", +"properties": { +"uri": { +"description": "An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: \"https://my.python.registry/\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigYumRepositoryCustomRepository": { +"description": "Customer-specified publicly available remote repository.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigYumRepositoryCustomRepository", +"properties": { +"uri": { +"description": "An http/https uri reference to the upstream remote repository, for ex: \"https://my.yum.registry/\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigYumRepositoryPublicRepository": { "description": "Publicly available Yum repositories constructed from a common repository base and a custom repository path.", "id": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigYumRepositoryPublicRepository", @@ -2662,6 +2808,10 @@ "description": "Configuration for a Maven remote repository.", "id": "MavenRepository", "properties": { +"customRepository": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigMavenRepositoryCustomRepository", +"description": "Customer-specified remote repository." +}, "publicRepository": { "description": "One of the publicly available Maven repositories supported by Artifact Registry.", "enum": [ @@ -2744,6 +2894,10 @@ "description": "Configuration for a Npm remote repository.", "id": "NpmRepository", "properties": { +"customRepository": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigNpmRepositoryCustomRepository", +"description": "Customer-specified remote repository." +}, "publicRepository": { "description": "One of the publicly available Npm repositories supported by Artifact Registry.", "enum": [ @@ -2804,6 +2958,13 @@ "description": "Packages are named collections of versions.", "id": "Package", "properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Client specified annotations.", +"type": "object" +}, "createTime": { "description": "The time when the package was created.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -2859,19 +3020,22 @@ "REDIRECTION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "REDIRECTION_FROM_GCR_IO_DISABLED", "REDIRECTION_FROM_GCR_IO_ENABLED", -"REDIRECTION_FROM_GCR_IO_FINALIZED" +"REDIRECTION_FROM_GCR_IO_FINALIZED", +"REDIRECTION_FROM_GCR_IO_ENABLED_AND_COPYING" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, false, false, -true +true, +false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "No redirection status has been set.", "Redirection is disabled.", "Redirection is enabled.", -"Redirection is enabled, and has been finalized so cannot be reverted." +"Redirection is enabled, and has been finalized so cannot be reverted.", +"Redirection is enabled and missing images are copied from GCR" ], "type": "string" }, @@ -2921,6 +3085,10 @@ true "description": "Configuration for a Python remote repository.", "id": "PythonRepository", "properties": { +"customRepository": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigPythonRepositoryCustomRepository", +"description": "Customer-specified remote repository." +}, "publicRepository": { "description": "One of the publicly available Python repositories supported by Artifact Registry.", "enum": [ @@ -2948,6 +3116,10 @@ true "description": "The description of the remote source.", "type": "string" }, +"disableUpstreamValidation": { +"description": "Input only. A create/update remote repo option to avoid making a HEAD/GET request to validate a remote repo and any supplied upstream credentials.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "dockerRepository": { "$ref": "DockerRepository", "description": "Specific settings for a Docker remote repository." @@ -3516,6 +3688,10 @@ true "description": "Configuration for a Yum remote repository.", "id": "YumRepository", "properties": { +"customRepository": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigYumRepositoryCustomRepository", +"description": "Customer-specified remote repository." +}, "publicRepository": { "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigYumRepositoryPublicRepository", "description": "One of the publicly available Yum repositories supported by Artifact Registry." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json index 4e3211198b..c7a6cd2195 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json @@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240213", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json index e45ee63bbf..fcbfd2a398 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json @@ -115,6 +115,38 @@ }, "protocol": "rest", "resources": { +"media": { +"methods": { +"download": { +"description": "Download a file.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/files/{filesId}:download", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "artifactregistry.media.download", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the file to download.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/files/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}:download", +"response": { +"$ref": "DownloadFileResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +], +"supportsMediaDownload": true, +"useMediaDownloadService": true +} +} +}, "projects": { "methods": { "getProjectSettings": { @@ -762,6 +794,40 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" ] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a package.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/packages/{packagesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the package, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1`. If the package ID part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/packages/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "The update mask applies to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Package" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Package" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } }, "resources": { @@ -1142,7 +1208,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240213", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { @@ -1215,6 +1281,12 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"DownloadFileResponse": { +"description": "The response to download a file.", +"id": "DownloadFileResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "Empty": { "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", "id": "Empty", @@ -1663,6 +1735,13 @@ "description": "Packages are named collections of versions.", "id": "Package", "properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Client specified annotations.", +"type": "object" +}, "createTime": { "description": "The time when the package was created.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -1718,19 +1797,22 @@ "REDIRECTION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "REDIRECTION_FROM_GCR_IO_DISABLED", "REDIRECTION_FROM_GCR_IO_ENABLED", -"REDIRECTION_FROM_GCR_IO_FINALIZED" +"REDIRECTION_FROM_GCR_IO_FINALIZED", +"REDIRECTION_FROM_GCR_IO_ENABLED_AND_COPYING" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, false, false, -true +true, +false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "No redirection status has been set.", "Redirection is disabled.", "Redirection is enabled.", -"Redirection is enabled, and has been finalized so cannot be reverted." +"Redirection is enabled, and has been finalized so cannot be reverted.", +"Redirection is enabled and missing images are copied from GCR" ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json index 807f057bf1..e7a29094b9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://authorizedbuyersmarketplace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptProposalRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json index a34881c4fe..29c0c17541 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://backupdr.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json index 3c0f686028..4135708c6d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://batch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json index 2305395bef..b1ee8fa3d1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json @@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://beyondcorp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocatedConnection": { @@ -3015,6 +3015,50 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudBeyondcorpSecuritygatewaysV1alphaSecurityGatewayOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Represents the metadata of the long-running operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpSecuritygatewaysV1alphaSecurityGatewayOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"apiVersion": { +"description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestedCancellation": { +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"statusMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"target": { +"description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"verb": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse": { "description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.", "id": "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json index 38cfe768c1..50966e22de 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json @@ -3302,6 +3302,197 @@ } } }, +"global": { +"resources": { +"securityGateways": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new SecurityGateway in a given project and global location.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/securityGateways", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "beyondcorp.projects.locations.global.securityGateways.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource project name of the SecurityGateway location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/global$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"securityGatewayId": { +"description": "Optional. User-settable SecurityGateway resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or letter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/securityGateways", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpSecuritygatewaysV1alphaSecurityGateway" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single SecurityGateway.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/securityGateways/{securityGatewaysId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "beyondcorp.projects.locations.global.securityGateways.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. BeyondCorp SecurityGateway name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/securityGateways/{security_gateway_id}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/global/securityGateways/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set, validates request by executing a dry-run which would not alter the resource in any way.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single SecurityGateway.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/securityGateways/{securityGatewaysId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "beyondcorp.projects.locations.global.securityGateways.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the PartnerTenant using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/securityGateway/{security_gateway_id}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/global/securityGateways/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpSecuritygatewaysV1alphaSecurityGateway" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists SecurityGateways in a given project and global location.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/securityGateways", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "beyondcorp.projects.locations.global.securityGateways.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. A filter specifying constraints of a list operation. All fields in the SecurityGateway message are supported. For example, the following query will return the SecurityGateway with displayName \"test-security-gateway\" For more information, please refer to https://google.aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the ordering of results. See [Sorting order](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order) for more information.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 50 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous ListSecurityGatewayRequest, if any.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent location to which the resources belong. `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/global$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/securityGateways", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpSecuritygatewaysV1alphaListSecurityGatewaysResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the parameters of a single SecurityGateway.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/securityGateways/{securityGatewaysId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "beyondcorp.projects.locations.global.securityGateways.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/global/securityGateways/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request timed out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. Mutable fields include: display_name, gateway_regions.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpSecuritygatewaysV1alphaSecurityGateway" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "insights": { "methods": { "configuredInsight": { @@ -3716,7 +3907,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://beyondcorp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocatedConnection": { @@ -5319,7 +5510,7 @@ }, "transportInfo": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfo", -"description": "Required. Transport layer information to verify for the proxy server." +"description": "Optional. Transport layer information to verify for the proxy server." }, "updateTime": { "description": "Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.", @@ -5815,6 +6006,151 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudBeyondcorpSecuritygatewaysV1alphaListSecurityGatewaysResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing SecurityGateways.", +"id": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpSecuritygatewaysV1alphaListSecurityGatewaysResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +}, +"securityGateways": { +"description": "A list of BeyondCorp SecurityGateway in the project.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpSecuritygatewaysV1alphaSecurityGateway" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "A list of locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudBeyondcorpSecuritygatewaysV1alphaRegionConfig": { +"description": "Message contains the configuration for each supported region for the securityGateway instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpSecuritygatewaysV1alphaRegionConfig", +"properties": { +"egressIpAddresses": { +"description": "Output only. External IP addresses that will be used for establishing connection to the egress endpoints.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Required. The region where the egress connectivity is required.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudBeyondcorpSecuritygatewaysV1alphaSecurityGateway": { +"description": "Information about a BeyoncCorp SecurityGateway resource.", +"id": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpSecuritygatewaysV1alphaSecurityGateway", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the SecurityGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"regionConfigs": { +"description": "Optional. List of regions where the egress connectivity is required.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpSecuritygatewaysV1alphaRegionConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The operational state of the SecurityGateway.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"UPDATING", +"DELETING", +"RUNNING", +"DOWN", +"ERROR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. This value is unused.", +"SecurityGateway is being created.", +"SecurityGateway is being updated.", +"SecurityGateway is being deleted.", +"SecurityGateway is running.", +"SecurityGateway is down and may be restored in the future. This happens when CCFE sends ProjectState = OFF.", +"SecurityGateway encountered an error and is in an indeterministic state." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudBeyondcorpSecuritygatewaysV1alphaSecurityGatewayOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Represents the metadata of the long-running operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpSecuritygatewaysV1alphaSecurityGatewayOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"apiVersion": { +"description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestedCancellation": { +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"statusMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"target": { +"description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"verb": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse": { "description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.", "id": "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json index 170205331a..7e383bb317 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://biglake.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Catalog": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json index 657c0bae4d..9b2ec0dbc1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json @@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240214", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://bigquery.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateClassificationMetrics": { @@ -3140,6 +3140,11 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"linkedDatasetMetadata": { +"$ref": "LinkedDatasetMetadata", +"description": "Output only. Metadata about the LinkedDataset. Filled out when the dataset type is LINKED.", +"readOnly": true +}, "linkedDatasetSource": { "$ref": "LinkedDatasetSource", "description": "Optional. The source dataset reference when the dataset is of type LINKED. For all other dataset types it is not set. This field cannot be updated once it is set. Any attempt to update this field using Update and Patch API Operations will be ignored." @@ -5776,6 +5781,28 @@ "id": "JsonValue", "type": "any" }, +"LinkedDatasetMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about the Linked Dataset.", +"id": "LinkedDatasetMetadata", +"properties": { +"linkState": { +"description": "Output only. Specifies whether Linked Dataset is currently in a linked state or not.", +"enum": [ +"LINK_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"LINKED", +"UNLINKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value. Default to the LINKED state.", +"Normal Linked Dataset state. Data is queryable via the Linked Dataset.", +"Data publisher or owner has unlinked this Linked Dataset. It means you can no longer query or see the data in the Linked Dataset." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "LinkedDatasetSource": { "description": "A dataset source type which refers to another BigQuery dataset.", "id": "LinkedDatasetSource", @@ -6407,6 +6434,33 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"PartitionedColumn": { +"description": "The partitioning column information.", +"id": "PartitionedColumn", +"properties": { +"field": { +"description": "Output only. The name of the partition column.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"PartitioningDefinition": { +"description": "The partitioning information, which includes managed table and external table partition information.", +"id": "PartitioningDefinition", +"properties": { +"partitionedColumn": { +"description": "Output only. Details about each partitioning column. BigQuery native tables only support 1 partitioning column. Other table types may support 0, 1 or more partitioning columns.", +"items": { +"$ref": "PartitionedColumn" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PerformanceInsights": { "description": "Performance insights for the job.", "id": "PerformanceInsights", @@ -7608,12 +7662,12 @@ "type": "object" }, "gcsStagingBucket": { -"description": "Output only. The Google Cloud Storage bucket that is used as the default filesystem by the Spark application. This fields is only filled when the Spark procedure uses the INVOKER security mode. It is inferred from the system variable @@spark_proc_properties.staging_bucket if it is provided. Otherwise, BigQuery creates a default staging bucket for the job and returns the bucket name in this field. Example: * `gs://[bucket_name]`", +"description": "Output only. The Google Cloud Storage bucket that is used as the default file system by the Spark application. This field is only filled when the Spark procedure uses the invoker security mode. The `gcsStagingBucket` bucket is inferred from the `@@spark_proc_properties.staging_bucket` system variable (if it is provided). Otherwise, BigQuery creates a default staging bucket for the job and returns the bucket name in this field. Example: * `gs://[bucket_name]`", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "kmsKeyName": { -"description": "Output only. The Cloud KMS encryption key that is used to protect the resources created by the Spark job. If the Spark procedure uses DEFINER security mode, the Cloud KMS key is inferred from the Spark connection associated with the procedure if it is provided. Otherwise the key is inferred from the default key of the Spark connection's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. If the Spark procedure uses INVOKER security mode, the Cloud KMS encryption key is inferred from the system variable @@spark_proc_properties.kms_key_name if it is provided. Otherwise, the key is inferred fromt he default key of the BigQuery job's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. Example: * `projects/[kms_project_id]/locations/[region]/keyRings/[key_region]/cryptoKeys/[key]`", +"description": "Output only. The Cloud KMS encryption key that is used to protect the resources created by the Spark job. If the Spark procedure uses the invoker security mode, the Cloud KMS encryption key is either inferred from the provided system variable, `@@spark_proc_properties.kms_key_name`, or the default key of the BigQuery job's project (if the CMEK organization policy is enforced). Otherwise, the Cloud KMS key is either inferred from the Spark connection associated with the procedure (if it is provided), or from the default key of the Spark connection's project if the CMEK organization policy is enforced. Example: * `projects/[kms_project_id]/locations/[region]/keyRings/[key_region]/cryptoKeys/[key]`", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -8043,6 +8097,11 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"partitionDefinition": { +"$ref": "PartitioningDefinition", +"description": "Output only. The partition information for all table formats, including managed partitioned tables, hive partitioned tables, and iceberg partitioned tables.", +"readOnly": true +}, "rangePartitioning": { "$ref": "RangePartitioning", "description": "If specified, configures range partitioning for this table." @@ -8370,7 +8429,7 @@ "description": "Represents the type of a field element.", "properties": { "type": { -"description": "Required. The type of a field element. See TableFieldSchema.type.", +"description": "Required. The type of a field element. For more information, see TableFieldSchema.type.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -8396,7 +8455,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema.", +"description": "Required. The field data type. Possible values include: * STRING * BYTES * INTEGER (or INT64) * FLOAT (or FLOAT64) * BOOLEAN (or BOOL) * TIMESTAMP * DATE * TIME * DATETIME * GEOGRAPHY * NUMERIC * BIGNUMERIC * JSON * RECORD (or STRUCT) * RANGE ([Preview](/products/#product-launch-stages)) Use of RECORD/STRUCT indicates that the field contains a nested schema.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1.json index 33b36d8644..8e475d24e2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1.json @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240214", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryconnection.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json index 92540f7a01..f342e95246 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240214", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryconnection.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json index d9d3e26610..8ce3c8f2e1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://bigquerydatapolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json index a3aa3eca5c..06efc6638e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json @@ -21,6 +21,33 @@ "description": "Schedule queries or transfer external data from SaaS applications to Google BigQuery on a regular basis.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://bigquerydatatransfer.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://bigquerydatatransfer.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://bigquerydatatransfer.europe-west9.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west9" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://bigquerydatatransfer.us-east4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://bigquerydatatransfer.us-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west1" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -1371,7 +1398,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240218", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://bigquerydatatransfer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CheckValidCredsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json index 017be2a258..e2cc993dff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Assignment": { @@ -869,14 +869,16 @@ "PIPELINE", "QUERY", "ML_EXTERNAL", -"BACKGROUND" +"BACKGROUND", +"CONTINUOUS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Invalid type. Requests with this value will be rejected with error code `google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT`.", "Pipeline (load/export) jobs from the project will use the reservation.", "Query jobs from the project will use the reservation.", "BigQuery ML jobs that use services external to BigQuery for model training. These jobs will not utilize idle slots from other reservations.", -"Background jobs that BigQuery runs for the customers in the background." +"Background jobs that BigQuery runs for the customers in the background.", +"Continuous SQL jobs will use this reservation. Reservations with continuous assignments cannot be mixed with non-continuous assignments." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1204,7 +1206,7 @@ false "description": "The configuration parameters for the auto scaling feature." }, "concurrency": { -"description": "Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as `target_job_concurrency` in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI.", +"description": "Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json index d286139800..5bc763a1dc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json @@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240225", "rootUrl": "https://bigtableadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppProfile": { @@ -1974,6 +1974,23 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AutomatedBackupPolicy": { +"description": "Defines an automated backup policy for a table", +"id": "AutomatedBackupPolicy", +"properties": { +"frequency": { +"description": "Required. How frequently automated backups should occur. The only supported value at this time is 24 hours.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"retentionPeriod": { +"description": "Required. How long the automated backups should be retained. The only supported value at this time is 3 days.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AutoscalingLimits": { "description": "Limits for the number of nodes a Cluster can autoscale up/down to.", "id": "AutoscalingLimits", @@ -2990,6 +3007,11 @@ "update": { "$ref": "ColumnFamily", "description": "Update an existing column family to the specified schema, or fail if no column family exists with the given ID." +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. A mask specifying which fields (e.g. `gc_rule`) in the `update` mod should be updated, ignored for other modification types. If unset or empty, we treat it as updating `gc_rule` to be backward compatible.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -3351,6 +3373,10 @@ "description": "A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp. Each table is served using the resources of its parent cluster.", "id": "Table", "properties": { +"automatedBackupPolicy": { +"$ref": "AutomatedBackupPolicy", +"description": "If specified, automated backups are enabled for this table. Otherwise, automated backups are disabled." +}, "changeStreamConfig": { "$ref": "ChangeStreamConfig", "description": "If specified, enable the change stream on this table. Otherwise, the change stream is disabled and the change stream is not retained." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json index 2a42a7f9c7..7629ee044f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://binaryauthorization.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdmissionRule": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json index b33c746438..3d067775cb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://binaryauthorization.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdmissionRule": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json index 8991d52d48..45076e804b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://blockchainnodeengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BlockchainNode": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json index f0a46beb66..087ceafae7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Blog": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json index 7f21b9cf37..d034700b53 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json @@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Blog": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json index 313d43be37..82118e2b8a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json @@ -2677,7 +2677,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://books.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Annotation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json index c6028b8734..97b7933a76 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://businessprofileperformance.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DailyMetricTimeSeries": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json index 4bee6153d7..9cceb07d45 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum number of spaces to return. The service might return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 spaces are returned. The maximum value is 1,000. If you use a value more than 1,000, it's automatically changed to 1,000. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of spaces to return. The service might return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 spaces are returned. The maximum value is 1000. If you use a value more than 1000, it's automatically changed to 1000. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum number of memberships to return. The service might return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 memberships are returned. The maximum value is 1,000. If you use a value more than 1,000, it's automatically changed to 1,000. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of memberships to return. The service might return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 memberships are returned. The maximum value is 1000. If you use a value more than 1000, it's automatically changed to 1000. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of messages returned. The service might return fewer messages than this value. If unspecified, at most 25 are returned. The maximum value is 1,000. If you use a value more than 1,000, it's automatically changed to 1,000. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", +"description": "The maximum number of messages returned. The service might return fewer messages than this value. If unspecified, at most 25 are returned. The maximum value is 1000. If you use a value more than 1000, it's automatically changed to 1000. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActionParameter": { @@ -1409,8 +1409,7 @@ "SHEETS", "SLIDES", "DRAWINGS", -"CHAT", -"CHAT_IN_GMAIL" +"CHAT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Google can't identify a host app.", @@ -1423,8 +1422,7 @@ "The add-on launches from Google Sheets.", "The add-on launches from Google Slides.", "The add-on launches from Google Drawings.", -"A Google Chat app. Not used for Google Workspace Add-ons.", -"The add-on or appfinder widget launches from Chat-in-Gmail" +"A Google Chat app. Not used for Google Workspace Add-ons." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1868,7 +1866,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleAppsCardV1Card": { -"description": "A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { \"cardsV2\": [ { \"cardId\": \"unique-card-id\", \"card\": { \"header\": { \"title\": \"Sasha\", \"subtitle\": \"Software Engineer\", \"imageUrl\": \"https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png\", \"imageType\": \"CIRCLE\", \"imageAltText\": \"Avatar for Sasha\", }, \"sections\": [ { \"header\": \"Contact Info\", \"collapsible\": true, \"uncollapsibleWidgetsCount\": 1, \"widgets\": [ { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"EMAIL\", }, \"text\": \"sasha@example.com\", } }, { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"PERSON\", }, \"text\": \"Online\", }, }, { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"PHONE\", }, \"text\": \"+1 (555) 555-1234\", } }, { \"buttonList\": { \"buttons\": [ { \"text\": \"Share\", \"onClick\": { \"openLink\": { \"url\": \"https://example.com/share\", } } }, { \"text\": \"Edit\", \"onClick\": { \"action\": { \"function\": \"goToView\", \"parameters\": [ { \"key\": \"viewType\", \"value\": \"EDIT\", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ```", +"description": "A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. [Card builder](https://addons.gsuite.google.com/uikit/builder) To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { \"cardsV2\": [ { \"cardId\": \"unique-card-id\", \"card\": { \"header\": { \"title\": \"Sasha\", \"subtitle\": \"Software Engineer\", \"imageUrl\": \"https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png\", \"imageType\": \"CIRCLE\", \"imageAltText\": \"Avatar for Sasha\" }, \"sections\": [ { \"header\": \"Contact Info\", \"collapsible\": true, \"uncollapsibleWidgetsCount\": 1, \"widgets\": [ { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"EMAIL\" }, \"text\": \"sasha@example.com\" } }, { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"PERSON\" }, \"text\": \"Online\" } }, { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"PHONE\" }, \"text\": \"+1 (555) 555-1234\" } }, { \"buttonList\": { \"buttons\": [ { \"text\": \"Share\", \"onClick\": { \"openLink\": { \"url\": \"https://example.com/share\" } } }, { \"text\": \"Edit\", \"onClick\": { \"action\": { \"function\": \"goToView\", \"parameters\": [ { \"key\": \"viewType\", \"value\": \"EDIT\" } ] } } } ] } } ] } ] } } ] } ```", "id": "GoogleAppsCardV1Card", "properties": { "cardActions": { @@ -3252,7 +3250,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "formattedText": { -"description": "Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, and monospace block. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text\u2014for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`\u2014for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message)", +"description": "Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text\u2014for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`\u2014for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message)", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json index a1e3df5f6b..899c349538 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://checks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json index 1ab7b8a8f9..c0934bea64 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json @@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://chromemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleChromeManagementV1AndroidAppInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json index c562c21b9e..af99e4f723 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://chromepolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleChromePolicyVersionsV1AdditionalTargetKeyName": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json index fb33846cd0..ecf005e239 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://chromeuxreport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Bin": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json index ee848acaab..de91b10c79 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://civicinfo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdministrationRegion": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json index d3db89a28b..33082f9d7c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240302", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSelector": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json index 1d81031904..7e97069501 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240302", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json index 1277a2c60b..95f8ac13b5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240302", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json index bb712952f4..1c8000d665 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240302", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json index 27e1b8dbee..6e6df79ed5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240302", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json index e4dee64323..3108947c1b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240214", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbilling.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregationInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json index a1e4ee0092..2f2f28574b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json @@ -145,6 +145,80 @@ } }, "resources": { +"anomalies": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets an anomaly for a billing account or a project.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/billingAccounts/{billingAccountsId}/anomalies/{anomaliesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "cloudbilling.billingAccounts.anomalies.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Format for project: projects/{project}/anomalies/{anomalies}. Format for billing account: billingAccounts/{billing_account}/anomalies/{anomalies}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+/anomalies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomaly" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing.readonly", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists anomalies for a billing account or a project.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/billingAccounts/{billingAccountsId}/anomalies", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "cloudbilling.billingAccounts.anomalies.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Options for how to filter the anomalies. Currently, only filter on `start_time` and `end_time` is supported. Only =, AND operators are supported. If start_time and/or end_time empty, we only retrieve the most recent 30 days' anomalies. Examples: - start_time = \"20231201\" AND end_time = \"20240120\" .", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of anomalies to return. Results may return fewer than this value. Default value is 50 and maximum value is 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous ListAnomalies call to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is empty, the first page is returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The project to list Anomaly for the project. Format for project: projects/{project}. Format for billing account: billingAccounts/{billing_account}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+parent}/anomalies", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaListAnomaliesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing.readonly", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "services": { "methods": { "get": { @@ -515,6 +589,84 @@ } } }, +"projects": { +"resources": { +"anomalies": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets an anomaly for a billing account or a project.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/anomalies/{anomaliesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "cloudbilling.projects.anomalies.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Format for project: projects/{project}/anomalies/{anomalies}. Format for billing account: billingAccounts/{billing_account}/anomalies/{anomalies}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/anomalies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomaly" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing.readonly", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists anomalies for a billing account or a project.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/anomalies", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "cloudbilling.projects.anomalies.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Options for how to filter the anomalies. Currently, only filter on `start_time` and `end_time` is supported. Only =, AND operators are supported. If start_time and/or end_time empty, we only retrieve the most recent 30 days' anomalies. Examples: - start_time = \"20231201\" AND end_time = \"20240120\" .", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of anomalies to return. Results may return fewer than this value. Default value is 50 and maximum value is 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous ListAnomalies call to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is empty, the first page is returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The project to list Anomaly for the project. Format for project: projects/{project}. Format for billing account: billingAccounts/{billing_account}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+parent}/anomalies", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaListAnomaliesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing.readonly", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "skuGroups": { "methods": { "get": { @@ -758,7 +910,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240214", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbilling.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CacheFillRegions": { @@ -1319,6 +1471,157 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomaly": { +"description": "Encapsulates an anomaly.", +"id": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomaly", +"properties": { +"detectionTime": { +"description": "Time that the anomaly was detected. Will be set to 00:00 google time of the detected date.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"deviation": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomalyDeviation", +"description": "Deviation information of the anomaly." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for the anomaly.", +"type": "string" +}, +"resourceDisplayName": { +"description": "The display name of the resource that the anomaly occurred in/belongs to.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rootCauses": { +"description": "A list of causes which contribute to the anomaly.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaCause" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"scope": { +"description": "Indicate the scope of the anomaly.", +"enum": [ +"SCOPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SCOPE_BILLING_ACCOUNT", +"SCOPE_PROJECT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default unspecified value.", +"Indicates the anomaly is for a billing account.", +"Indicates the anomaly is for a project." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"severity": { +"description": "Severity of the anomaly. Unspecified if severity is not met/assigned.", +"enum": [ +"ANOMALY_SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"ANOMALY_SEVERITY_LOW", +"ANOMALY_SEVERITY_MEDIUM", +"ANOMALY_SEVERITY_HIGH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default unspecified value.", +"Indicates the anomaly's severity is low.", +"Indicates the anomaly's severity is medium.", +"Indicates the anomaly's severity is high." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The most recent anomaly's last updated time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomalyDeviation": { +"description": "Encapsulates the deviation information.", +"id": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomalyDeviation", +"properties": { +"actualSpend": { +"$ref": "Money", +"description": "The actual spend for the anomaly." +}, +"deviationAmount": { +"$ref": "Money", +"description": "The difference between the actual spend and expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_amount = actual_spend - expected_spend." +}, +"deviationPercentage": { +"description": "The percentage of devition amount from expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_percentage = divation_amount / expected_spend * 100.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"expectedSpend": { +"$ref": "Money", +"description": "The expected spend for the anomaly." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaCause": { +"description": "Encapsulates the information of the reason which caused the anomaly.", +"id": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaCause", +"properties": { +"causeType": { +"description": "The cause type.", +"enum": [ +"CAUSE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CAUSE_TYPE_PROJECT", +"CAUSE_TYPE_SERVICE", +"CAUSE_TYPE_SKU" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default unspecified value.", +"Caused by a project.", +"Caused by a service.", +"Caused by a SKU." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"deviation": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomalyDeviation", +"description": "The deviation information for the cause." +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "The display name of the cause.", +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "The resource name of the cause. project: projects/{project}. service: services/{service}. sku: services/{service}/skus/{sku}.", +"type": "string" +}, +"subCauses": { +"description": "The sub causes.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaCause" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaListAnomaliesResponse": { +"description": "Response message for ListAnomalies.", +"id": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaListAnomaliesResponse", +"properties": { +"anomalies": { +"description": "The returned anomalies.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomaly" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token that can be sent as `page_token` in the subsequent request to retrieve the next page. If this field is empty, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudBillingBillingaccountpricesV1betaAggregationInfo": { "description": "Encapsulates the aggregation information such as aggregation level and interval for a billing account price.", "id": "GoogleCloudBillingBillingaccountpricesV1betaAggregationInfo", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json index 589527fff1..1b606bd75f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json @@ -2346,7 +2346,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApprovalConfig": { @@ -3089,6 +3089,14 @@ false "E2_HIGHCPU_32", "E2_MEDIUM" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +true, +false, +false, +false +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Standard machine type.", "Highcpu machine with 8 CPUs.", @@ -4576,10 +4584,6 @@ false "$ref": "NetworkConfig", "description": "Network configuration for the pool." }, -"privateServiceConnect": { -"$ref": "PrivateServiceConnect", -"description": "Immutable. Private Service Connect(PSC) Network configuration for the pool." -}, "workerConfig": { "$ref": "WorkerConfig", "description": "Machine configuration for the workers in the pool." @@ -4587,25 +4591,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"PrivateServiceConnect": { -"description": "Defines the Private Service Connect network configuration for the pool.", -"id": "PrivateServiceConnect", -"properties": { -"networkAttachment": { -"description": "Required. Immutable. The network attachment that the worker network interface is peered to. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkAttachments/{networkAttachment}`. The region of network attachment must be the same as the worker pool. See [Network Attachments](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/about-network-attachments)", -"type": "string" -}, -"publicIpAddressDisabled": { -"description": "Required. Immutable. Disable public IP on the primary network interface. If true, workers are created without any public address, which prevents network egress to public IPs unless a network proxy is configured. If false, workers are created with a public address which allows for public internet egress. The public address only applies to traffic through the primary network interface. If `route_all_traffic` is set to true, all traffic will go through the non-primary network interface, this boolean has no effect.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"routeAllTraffic": { -"description": "Immutable. Route all traffic through PSC interface. Enable this if you want full control of traffic in the private pool. Configure Cloud NAT for the subnet of network attachment if you need to access public Internet. If false, Only route private IPs, e.g. 10.0.0.0/8, 172.16.0.0/12, and 192.168.0.0/16 through PSC interface.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "ProcessAppManifestCallbackOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for `ProcessAppManifestCallback` operation.", "id": "ProcessAppManifestCallbackOperationMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json index 246a142f23..0d496c8850 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -1885,6 +1885,45 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"PipelineResult": { +"description": "A value produced by a Pipeline.", +"id": "PipelineResult", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Output only. Description of the result.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the result.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Output only. The type of data that the result holds.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"STRING", +"ARRAY", +"OBJECT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default enum type; should not be used.", +"Default", +"Array type", +"Object type" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"$ref": "ResultValue", +"description": "Output only. Value of the result.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PipelineRun": { "description": "Message describing PipelineRun object", "id": "PipelineRun", @@ -1988,6 +2027,14 @@ "description": "Output only. The exact PipelineSpec used to instantiate the run.", "readOnly": true }, +"results": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. List of results written out by the pipeline's containers", +"items": { +"$ref": "PipelineRunResult" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "security": { "$ref": "Security", "description": "Optional. Security configuration." @@ -2049,6 +2096,23 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"PipelineRunResult": { +"description": "PipelineRunResult used to describe the results of a pipeline", +"id": "PipelineRunResult", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the TaskRun", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"$ref": "ResultValue", +"description": "Output only. Value of the result.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PipelineSpec": { "description": "PipelineSpec defines the desired state of Pipeline.", "id": "PipelineSpec", @@ -2072,6 +2136,14 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"results": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. List of results written out by the pipeline's containers", +"items": { +"$ref": "PipelineResult" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "tasks": { "description": "List of Tasks that execute when this Pipeline is run.", "items": { @@ -2325,6 +2397,48 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ResultValue": { +"description": "ResultValue holds different types of data for a single result.", +"id": "ResultValue", +"properties": { +"arrayVal": { +"description": "Value of the result if type is array.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"objectVal": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Value of the result if type is object.", +"type": "object" +}, +"stringVal": { +"description": "Value of the result if type is string.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Output only. The type of data that the result holds.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"STRING", +"ARRAY", +"OBJECT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default enum type; should not be used.", +"Default", +"Array type", +"Object type" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RunWorkflowCustomOperationMetadata": { "description": "Represents the custom metadata of the RunWorkflow long-running operation.", "id": "RunWorkflowCustomOperationMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json index 1179a074a6..aa4baebec8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json @@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://cloudchannel.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudChannelV1ActivateEntitlementRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json index 0ee00a928b..771dd28f5a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json @@ -2065,7 +2065,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://clouddeploy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbandonReleaseRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json index 8e123c9d34..94e6f674e0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json index a663e2b83c..82ce60b506 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json @@ -339,6 +339,11 @@ "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/functions/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"revision": { +"description": "Optional. The optional version of the 1st gen function whose details should be obtained. The version of a 1st gen function is an integer that starts from 1 and gets incremented on redeployments. GCF may keep historical configs for old versions of 1st gen function. This field can be specified to fetch the historical configs. This field is valid only for GCF 1st gen function.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, "path": "v2/{+name}", @@ -711,7 +716,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json index ac301fdb5a..af3dcdf1b2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json @@ -339,6 +339,11 @@ "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/functions/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"revision": { +"description": "Optional. The optional version of the 1st gen function whose details should be obtained. The version of a 1st gen function is an integer that starts from 1 and gets incremented on redeployments. GCF may keep historical configs for old versions of 1st gen function. This field can be specified to fetch the historical configs. This field is valid only for GCF 1st gen function.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, "path": "v2alpha/{+name}", @@ -711,7 +716,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json index 9ff4a07e2c..726a126948 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json @@ -339,6 +339,11 @@ "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/functions/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"revision": { +"description": "Optional. The optional version of the 1st gen function whose details should be obtained. The version of a 1st gen function is an integer that starts from 1 and gets incremented on redeployments. GCF may keep historical configs for old versions of 1st gen function. This field can be specified to fetch the historical configs. This field is valid only for GCF 1st gen function.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, "path": "v2beta/{+name}", @@ -711,7 +716,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json index 8870130d59..92c38740c3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json @@ -1990,7 +1990,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddIdpCredentialOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json index 68188129c5..2e614f1b2c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json @@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddIdpCredentialOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json index dad8a64b6f..fa8a16cd6f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240219", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://cloudprofiler.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CreateProfileRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json index a9ba32d9ab..ea8157b607 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json @@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Ancestor": { @@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as \" : \". For example: \"123/environment\" : \"production\", \"123/costCenter\" : \"marketing\"", +"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as \" : \". For example: \"123/environment\" : \"production\", \"123/costCenter\" : \"marketing\" Note: Currently this field is in Preview.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json index 7ea0c9bd7b..285b87d43f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Ancestor": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json index 7b29f1ee83..d9b1f0634f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as \" : \". For example: \"123/environment\" : \"production\", \"123/costCenter\" : \"marketing\"", +"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as \" : \". For example: \"123/environment\" : \"production\", \"123/costCenter\" : \"marketing\" Note: Currently this field is in Preview.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json index 7ac786e861..c312525c89 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as \" : \". For example: \"123/environment\" : \"production\", \"123/costCenter\" : \"marketing\"", +"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as \" : \". For example: \"123/environment\" : \"production\", \"123/costCenter\" : \"marketing\" Note: Currently this field is in Preview.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json index 7f9c769c6a..45a56138d0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json @@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -2146,7 +2146,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as \" : \". For example: \"123/environment\" : \"production\", \"123/costCenter\" : \"marketing\"", +"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as \" : \". For example: \"123/environment\" : \"production\", \"123/costCenter\" : \"marketing\" Note: Currently this field is in Preview.", "type": "object" }, "updateTime": { @@ -2664,7 +2664,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as \" : \". For example: \"123/environment\" : \"production\", \"123/costCenter\" : \"marketing\"", +"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this project. Each item in the map must be expressed as \" : \". For example: \"123/environment\" : \"production\", \"123/costCenter\" : \"marketing\" Note: Currently this field is in Preview.", "type": "object" }, "updateTime": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json index 3aa329cb7b..22f3a395cf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://cloudscheduler.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppEngineHttpTarget": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json index ce16fc0d53..b947fd09e0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://cloudscheduler.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppEngineHttpTarget": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json index 81aff20a2c..eb895c980d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Actor": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json index d21bd8de58..5c43a3745f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json @@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Actor": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json index 5ea45f3963..c1e107ff9b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppEngineHttpRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json index 1dcdcc1ca7..1a83ba0edd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeTaskRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json index a88ef9db89..466d6fb2af 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppEngineHttpQueue": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json index 3433144492..b6966af661 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json index 95476ed3d4..ebf02a07ed 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Annotation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json index a5cd7c5bd3..205b9f5569 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json index 36c121547a..0b94840d4a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json @@ -43897,7 +43897,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240227", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -47172,6 +47172,25 @@ false "description": "If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.", "type": "boolean" }, +"externalManagedMigrationState": { +"description": "Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.", +"enum": [ +"FINALIZE", +"PREPARE", +"TEST" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": { +"description": "Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, "failoverPolicy": { "$ref": "BackendServiceFailoverPolicy", "description": "Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview)." @@ -48777,11 +48796,6 @@ false "description": "Network Layer Reachability Information (NLRI) for a route.", "id": "BgpRouteNetworkLayerReachabilityInformation", "properties": { -"destination": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Human readable CIDR notation for a prefix. E.g. 10.42.0.0/16. Deprecated in favor of prefix.", -"type": "string" -}, "pathId": { "description": "If the BGP session supports multiple paths (RFC 7911), the path identifier for this route.", "format": "uint32", @@ -49286,6 +49300,7 @@ false "GENERAL_PURPOSE_E2", "GENERAL_PURPOSE_N2", "GENERAL_PURPOSE_N2D", +"GENERAL_PURPOSE_N4", "GENERAL_PURPOSE_T2D", "GRAPHICS_OPTIMIZED", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED", @@ -49310,6 +49325,7 @@ false "", "", "", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -54836,7 +54852,7 @@ false "id": "GuestOsFeature", "properties": { "type": { -"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.", +"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.", "enum": [ "BARE_METAL_LINUX_COMPATIBLE", "FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -62557,13 +62573,15 @@ false "CREATING", "DELETING", "FAILED", -"READY" +"READY", +"UNAVAILABLE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "InstantSnapshot creation is in progress.", "InstantSnapshot is currently being deleted.", "InstantSnapshot creation failed.", -"InstantSnapshot has been created successfully." +"InstantSnapshot has been created successfully.", +"InstantSnapshot is currently unavailable and cannot be used for Disk restoration" ], "type": "string" }, @@ -65014,7 +65032,7 @@ false "id": "InterconnectRemoteLocationConstraints", "properties": { "portPairRemoteLocation": { -"description": "[Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. GCP's API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location.", +"description": "[Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. Google Cloud API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location.", "enum": [ "PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION", "PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION" @@ -69216,6 +69234,11 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] Address allocated from given subnetwork for PSC. This IP address acts as a VIP for a PSC NEG, allowing it to act as an endpoint in L7 PSC-XLB.", "type": "string" }, +"producerPort": { +"description": "The psc producer port is used to connect PSC NEG with specific port on the PSC Producer side; should only be used for the PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT NEG type", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "pscConnectionId": { "description": "[Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Network Endpoint Group Consumer.", "format": "uint64", @@ -76622,6 +76645,9 @@ false "GLOBAL_INTERNAL_MANAGED_BACKEND_SERVICES", "GLOBAL_INTERNAL_TRAFFIC_DIRECTOR_BACKEND_SERVICES", "GPUS_ALL_REGIONS", +"HDB_TOTAL_GB", +"HDB_TOTAL_IOPS", +"HDB_TOTAL_THROUGHPUT", "HEALTH_CHECKS", "IMAGES", "INSTANCES", @@ -76699,6 +76725,7 @@ false "REGIONAL_INSTANCE_GROUP_MANAGERS", "REGIONAL_INTERNAL_LB_BACKEND_SERVICES", "REGIONAL_INTERNAL_MANAGED_BACKEND_SERVICES", +"REGIONAL_INTERNAL_TRAFFIC_DIRECTOR_BACKEND_SERVICES", "RESERVATIONS", "RESOURCE_POLICIES", "ROUTERS", @@ -76876,6 +76903,10 @@ false "", "", "", +"", +"", +"", +"", "The total number of snapshots allowed for a single project.", "", "", @@ -90731,6 +90762,137 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SubnetworksScopedWarning": { +"id": "SubnetworksScopedWarning", +"properties": { +"scopeName": { +"description": "Name of the scope containing this set of Subnetworks.", +"type": "string" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "An informational warning about unreachable scope", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SubnetworksSetPrivateIpGoogleAccessRequest": { "id": "SubnetworksSetPrivateIpGoogleAccessRequest", "properties": { @@ -95722,10 +95884,24 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results. In special cases listUsable may return 0 subnetworks and nextPageToken which still should be used to get the next page of results.", "type": "string" }, +"scoped_warnings": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning messages for failures encountered from scopes.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SubnetworksScopedWarning" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "selfLink": { "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", "type": "string" }, +"unreachables": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "warning": { "description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", "properties": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json index d92864def1..e96fd14926 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json @@ -8080,6 +8080,12 @@ "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The zone query parameter.", +"location": "query", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"type": "string" } }, "path": "projects/{project}/global/images", @@ -34964,13 +34970,13 @@ } } }, -"subnetworks": { +"storagePoolTypes": { "methods": { "aggregatedList": { -"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of subnetworks. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks", +"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of storage pool types. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/storagePoolTypes", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.aggregatedList", +"id": "compute.storagePoolTypes.aggregatedList", "parameterOrder": [ "project" ], @@ -35022,9 +35028,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks", +"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/storagePoolTypes", "response": { -"$ref": "SubnetworkAggregatedList" +"$ref": "StoragePoolTypeAggregatedList" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -35032,15 +35038,15 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes the specified subnetwork.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.delete", +"get": { +"description": "Returns the specified storage pool type.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePoolTypes/{storagePoolType}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.storagePoolTypes.get", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"region", -"subnetwork" +"zone", +"storagePoolType" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -35050,46 +35056,135 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"storagePoolType": { +"description": "Name of the storage pool type to return.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" +} }, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePoolTypes/{storagePoolType}", +"response": { +"$ref": "StoragePoolType" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieves a list of storage pool types available to the specified project.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePoolTypes", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.storagePoolTypes.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"subnetwork": { -"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource to delete.", +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePoolTypes", "response": { -"$ref": "Operation" +"$ref": "StoragePoolTypeList" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +} +} }, -"expandIpCidrRange": { -"description": "Expands the IP CIDR range of the subnetwork to a specified value.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/expandIpCidrRange", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.expandIpCidrRange", +"storagePools": { +"methods": { +"aggregatedList": { +"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of storage pools. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/storagePools", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.storagePools.aggregatedList", "parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region", -"subnetwork" +"project" ], "parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"includeAllScopes": { +"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -35097,10 +35192,43 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"serviceProjectNumber": { +"description": "The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which aggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/storagePools", +"response": { +"$ref": "StoragePoolAggregatedList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified storage pool. Deleting a storagePool removes its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a storagePool does not delete any snapshots previously made from the storagePool. You must separately delete snapshots.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.storagePools.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"storagePool" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -35109,18 +35237,21 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"subnetwork": { -"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource to update.", +"storagePool": { +"description": "Name of the storage pool to delete.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" -} }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/expandIpCidrRange", -"request": { -"$ref": "SubnetworksExpandIpCidrRangeRequest" +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} }, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}", "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -35130,14 +35261,14 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Returns the specified subnetwork.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", +"description": "Returns a specified storage pool. Gets a list of available storage pools by making a list() request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.get", +"id": "compute.storagePools.get", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"region", -"subnetwork" +"zone", +"storagePool" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -35147,24 +35278,24 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"storagePool": { +"description": "Name of the storage pool to return.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"subnetwork": { -"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource to return.", +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}", "response": { -"$ref": "Subnetwork" +"$ref": "StoragePool" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -35174,12 +35305,12 @@ }, "getIamPolicy": { "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{resource}/getIamPolicy", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.getIamPolicy", +"id": "compute.storagePools.getIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"region", +"zone", "resource" ], "parameters": { @@ -35196,22 +35327,22 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"resource": { -"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{resource}/getIamPolicy", "response": { "$ref": "Policy" }, @@ -35222,13 +35353,13 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a subnetwork in the specified project using the data included in the request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks", +"description": "Creates a storage pool in the specified project using the data in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.insert", +"id": "compute.storagePools.insert", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"region" +"zone" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -35238,22 +35369,22 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, "requestId": { "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools", "request": { -"$ref": "Subnetwork" +"$ref": "StoragePool" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -35264,13 +35395,13 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Retrieves a list of subnetworks available to the specified project.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks", +"description": "Retrieves a list of storage pools contained within the specified zone.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.list", +"id": "compute.storagePools.list", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"region" +"zone" ], "parameters": { "filter": { @@ -35303,22 +35434,22 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, "returnPartialSuccess": { "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools", "response": { -"$ref": "SubnetworkList" +"$ref": "StoragePoolList" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -35326,13 +35457,15 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"listUsable": { -"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of all usable subnetworks in the project.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks/listUsable", +"listDisks": { +"description": "Lists the disks in a specified storage pool.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}/listDisks", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.listUsable", +"id": "compute.storagePools.listDisks", "parameterOrder": [ -"project" +"project", +"zone", +"storagePool" ], "parameters": { "filter": { @@ -35370,15 +35503,24 @@ "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, -"serviceProject": { -"description": "The project id or project number in which the subnetwork is intended to be used. Only applied for Shared VPC. See [Shared VPC documentation](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc/)", -"location": "query", +"storagePool": { +"description": "Name of the storage pool to list disks of.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks/listUsable", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}/listDisks", "response": { -"$ref": "UsableSubnetworksAggregatedList" +"$ref": "StoragePoolListDisks" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -35386,23 +35528,17 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"patch": { -"description": "Patches the specified subnetwork with the data included in the request. Only certain fields can be updated with a patch request as indicated in the field descriptions. You must specify the current fingerprint of the subnetwork resource being patched.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.patch", +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.storagePools.setIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"region", -"subnetwork" +"zone", +"resource" ], "parameters": { -"drainTimeoutSeconds": { -"description": "The drain timeout specifies the upper bound in seconds on the amount of time allowed to drain connections from the current ACTIVE subnetwork to the current BACKUP subnetwork. The drain timeout is only applicable when the following conditions are true: - the subnetwork being patched has purpose = INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER - the subnetwork being patched has role = BACKUP - the patch request is setting the role to ACTIVE. Note that after this patch operation the roles of the ACTIVE and BACKUP subnetworks will be swapped.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -35410,46 +35546,41 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"subnetwork": { -"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource to patch.", +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{resource}/setIamPolicy", "request": { -"$ref": "Subnetwork" +"$ref": "ZoneSetPolicyRequest" }, "response": { -"$ref": "Operation" +"$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{resource}/testIamPermissions", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.setIamPolicy", +"id": "compute.storagePools.testIamPermissions", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"region", +"zone", "resource" ], "parameters": { @@ -35460,38 +35591,165 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" +} }, -"resource": { -"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"update": { +"description": "Updates the specified storagePool with the data included in the request. The update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: size_tb and provisioned_iops.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "compute.storagePools.update", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"storagePool" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"storagePool": { +"description": "The storagePool name for this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}", "request": { -"$ref": "RegionSetPolicyRequest" +"$ref": "StoragePool" }, "response": { -"$ref": "Policy" +"$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] +} +} }, -"setPrivateIpGoogleAccess": { -"description": "Set whether VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigning external IP addresses through Private Google Access.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/setPrivateIpGoogleAccess", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.setPrivateIpGoogleAccess", +"subnetworks": { +"methods": { +"aggregatedList": { +"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of subnetworks. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.aggregatedList", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"includeAllScopes": { +"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"serviceProjectNumber": { +"description": "The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which aggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks", +"response": { +"$ref": "SubnetworkAggregatedList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified subnetwork.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", @@ -35518,17 +35776,14 @@ "type": "string" }, "subnetwork": { -"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource.", +"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource to delete.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/setPrivateIpGoogleAccess", -"request": { -"$ref": "SubnetworksSetPrivateIpGoogleAccessRequest" -}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -35537,15 +35792,15 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"expandIpCidrRange": { +"description": "Expands the IP CIDR range of the subnetwork to a specified value.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/expandIpCidrRange", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.testIamPermissions", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.expandIpCidrRange", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"resource" +"subnetwork" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -35556,45 +35811,46 @@ "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"resource": { -"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"subnetwork": { +"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource to update.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/expandIpCidrRange", "request": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" +"$ref": "SubnetworksExpandIpCidrRangeRequest" }, "response": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +"$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] -} -} }, -"targetGrpcProxies": { -"methods": { -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes the specified TargetGrpcProxy in the given scope", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.delete", +"get": { +"description": "Returns the specified subnetwork.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.get", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"targetGrpcProxy" +"region", +"subnetwork" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -35604,38 +35860,48 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, "type": "string" }, -"targetGrpcProxy": { -"description": "Name of the TargetGrpcProxy resource to delete.", +"subnetwork": { +"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource to return.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", "response": { -"$ref": "Operation" +"$ref": "Subnetwork" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"get": { -"description": "Returns the specified TargetGrpcProxy resource in the given scope.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/getIamPolicy", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.get", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.getIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"targetGrpcProxy" +"region", +"resource" ], "parameters": { +"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Requested IAM Policy version.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -35643,17 +35909,24 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"targetGrpcProxy": { -"description": "Name of the TargetGrpcProxy resource to return.", +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/getIamPolicy", "response": { -"$ref": "TargetGrpcProxy" +"$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -35662,12 +35935,13 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a TargetGrpcProxy in the specified project in the given scope using the parameters that are included in the request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies", +"description": "Creates a subnetwork in the specified project using the data included in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.insert", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.insert", "parameterOrder": [ -"project" +"project", +"region" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -35677,15 +35951,22 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, "requestId": { "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks", "request": { -"$ref": "TargetGrpcProxy" +"$ref": "Subnetwork" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -35696,12 +35977,13 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists the TargetGrpcProxies for a project in the given scope.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies", +"description": "Retrieves a list of subnetworks available to the specified project.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.list", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.list", "parameterOrder": [ -"project" +"project", +"region" ], "parameters": { "filter": { @@ -35734,111 +36016,34 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"returnPartialSuccess": { -"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies", -"response": { -"$ref": "TargetGrpcProxyList" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -}, -"patch": { -"description": "Patches the specified TargetGrpcProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.patch", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"targetGrpcProxy" -], -"parameters": { -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", "location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"targetGrpcProxy": { -"description": "Name of the TargetGrpcProxy resource to patch.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", -"request": { -"$ref": "TargetGrpcProxy" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.testIamPermissions", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" +"type": "boolean" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" -}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks", "response": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +"$ref": "SubnetworkList" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] -} -} }, -"targetHttpProxies": { -"methods": { -"aggregatedList": { -"description": "Retrieves the list of all TargetHttpProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpProxies", +"listUsable": { +"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of all usable subnetworks in the project.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks/listUsable", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.aggregatedList", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.listUsable", "parameterOrder": [ "project" ], @@ -35848,11 +36053,6 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"includeAllScopes": { -"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, "maxResults": { "default": "500", "description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", @@ -35872,7 +36072,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "project": { -"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", +"description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", "required": true, @@ -35883,16 +36083,15 @@ "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, -"serviceProjectNumber": { -"description": "The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which aggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.", -"format": "int64", +"serviceProject": { +"description": "The project id or project number in which the subnetwork is intended to be used. Only applied for Shared VPC. See [Shared VPC documentation](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc/)", "location": "query", "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpProxies", +"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks/listUsable", "response": { -"$ref": "TargetHttpProxyAggregatedList" +"$ref": "UsableSubnetworksAggregatedList" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -35900,16 +36099,23 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpProxy resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.delete", +"patch": { +"description": "Patches the specified subnetwork with the data included in the request. Only certain fields can be updated with a patch request as indicated in the field descriptions. You must specify the current fingerprint of the subnetwork resource being patched.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"targetHttpProxy" +"region", +"subnetwork" ], "parameters": { +"drainTimeoutSeconds": { +"description": "The drain timeout specifies the upper bound in seconds on the amount of time allowed to drain connections from the current ACTIVE subnetwork to the current BACKUP subnetwork. The drain timeout is only applicable when the following conditions are true: - the subnetwork being patched has purpose = INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER - the subnetwork being patched has role = BACKUP - the patch request is setting the role to ACTIVE. Note that after this patch operation the roles of the ACTIVE and BACKUP subnetworks will be swapped.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -35917,20 +36123,30 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, "requestId": { "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"targetHttpProxy": { -"description": "Name of the TargetHttpProxy resource to delete.", +"subnetwork": { +"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource to patch.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Subnetwork" +}, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -35939,14 +36155,15 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"get": { -"description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpProxy resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.get", +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.setIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"targetHttpProxy" +"region", +"resource" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -35956,15 +36173,511 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"targetHttpProxy": { -"description": "Name of the TargetHttpProxy resource to return.", +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" -} }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionSetPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"setPrivateIpGoogleAccess": { +"description": "Set whether VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigning external IP addresses through Private Google Access.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/setPrivateIpGoogleAccess", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.setPrivateIpGoogleAccess", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"subnetwork" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"subnetwork": { +"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/setPrivateIpGoogleAccess", +"request": { +"$ref": "SubnetworksSetPrivateIpGoogleAccessRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +} +} +}, +"targetGrpcProxies": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified TargetGrpcProxy in the given scope", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"targetGrpcProxy" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"targetGrpcProxy": { +"description": "Name of the TargetGrpcProxy resource to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Returns the specified TargetGrpcProxy resource in the given scope.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"targetGrpcProxy" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"targetGrpcProxy": { +"description": "Name of the TargetGrpcProxy resource to return.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", +"response": { +"$ref": "TargetGrpcProxy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"insert": { +"description": "Creates a TargetGrpcProxy in the specified project in the given scope using the parameters that are included in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.insert", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies", +"request": { +"$ref": "TargetGrpcProxy" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists the TargetGrpcProxies for a project in the given scope.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies", +"response": { +"$ref": "TargetGrpcProxyList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Patches the specified TargetGrpcProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"targetGrpcProxy" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"targetGrpcProxy": { +"description": "Name of the TargetGrpcProxy resource to patch.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", +"request": { +"$ref": "TargetGrpcProxy" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +} +} +}, +"targetHttpProxies": { +"methods": { +"aggregatedList": { +"description": "Retrieves the list of all TargetHttpProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpProxies", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.aggregatedList", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"includeAllScopes": { +"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"serviceProjectNumber": { +"description": "The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which aggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpProxies", +"response": { +"$ref": "TargetHttpProxyAggregatedList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpProxy resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"targetHttpProxy" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"targetHttpProxy": { +"description": "Name of the TargetHttpProxy resource to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpProxy resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"targetHttpProxy" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"targetHttpProxy": { +"description": "Name of the TargetHttpProxy resource to return.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", "response": { "$ref": "TargetHttpProxy" }, @@ -40344,7 +41057,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240227", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -42075,6 +42788,10 @@ false "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot." +}, +"storagePool": { +"description": "The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool ", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -45273,6 +45990,7 @@ false "GENERAL_PURPOSE_E2", "GENERAL_PURPOSE_N2", "GENERAL_PURPOSE_N2D", +"GENERAL_PURPOSE_N4", "GENERAL_PURPOSE_T2D", "GRAPHICS_OPTIMIZED", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED", @@ -45297,6 +46015,7 @@ false "", "", "", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -46346,17 +47065,23 @@ false "DELETING", "FAILED", "READY", -"RESTORING" +"RESTORING", +"UNAVAILABLE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Disk is provisioning", "Disk is deleting.", "Disk creation failed.", "Disk is ready for use.", -"Source data is being copied into the disk." +"Source data is being copied into the disk.", +"Disk is currently unavailable and cannot be accessed, attached or detached." ], "type": "string" }, +"storagePool": { +"description": "The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool ", +"type": "string" +}, "storageType": { "description": "[Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.", "enum": [ @@ -50627,7 +51352,7 @@ false "id": "GuestOsFeature", "properties": { "type": { -"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.", +"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.", "enum": [ "FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "GVNIC", @@ -54073,6 +54798,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerParams", +"description": "Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload." +}, "region": { "description": "[Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources).", "type": "string" @@ -54620,6 +55349,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"InstanceGroupManagerParams": { +"description": "Input only additional params for instance group manager creation.", +"id": "InstanceGroupManagerParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance group manager. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/123`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is allowed for INSERT only.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest": { "description": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest represents a request to create a number of VMs: either immediately or by queuing the request for the specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning InstanceGroupManager.", "id": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", @@ -57762,13 +58505,15 @@ false "CREATING", "DELETING", "FAILED", -"READY" +"READY", +"UNAVAILABLE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "InstantSnapshot creation is in progress.", "InstantSnapshot is currently being deleted.", "InstantSnapshot creation failed.", -"InstantSnapshot has been created successfully." +"InstantSnapshot has been created successfully.", +"InstantSnapshot is currently unavailable and cannot be used for Disk restoration" ], "type": "string" }, @@ -60199,7 +60944,7 @@ false "id": "InterconnectRemoteLocationConstraints", "properties": { "portPairRemoteLocation": { -"description": "[Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. GCP's API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location.", +"description": "[Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. Google Cloud API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location.", "enum": [ "PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION", "PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION" @@ -69875,6 +70620,9 @@ false "GLOBAL_INTERNAL_MANAGED_BACKEND_SERVICES", "GLOBAL_INTERNAL_TRAFFIC_DIRECTOR_BACKEND_SERVICES", "GPUS_ALL_REGIONS", +"HDB_TOTAL_GB", +"HDB_TOTAL_IOPS", +"HDB_TOTAL_THROUGHPUT", "HEALTH_CHECKS", "IMAGES", "INSTANCES", @@ -69949,6 +70697,7 @@ false "REGIONAL_INSTANCE_GROUP_MANAGERS", "REGIONAL_INTERNAL_LB_BACKEND_SERVICES", "REGIONAL_INTERNAL_MANAGED_BACKEND_SERVICES", +"REGIONAL_INTERNAL_TRAFFIC_DIRECTOR_BACKEND_SERVICES", "RESERVATIONS", "RESOURCE_POLICIES", "ROUTERS", @@ -70121,6 +70870,10 @@ false "", "", "", +"", +"", +"", +"", "The total number of snapshots allowed for a single project.", "", "", @@ -78472,31 +79225,1477 @@ false "id": "SnapshotList", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "A list of Snapshot resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Snapshot" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#snapshotList", +"description": "Type of resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SnapshotSettings": { +"id": "SnapshotSettings", +"properties": { +"storageLocation": { +"$ref": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings", +"description": "Policy of which storage location is going to be resolved, and additional data that particularizes how the policy is going to be carried out." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings": { +"id": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings", +"properties": { +"locations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference" +}, +"description": "When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored in the locations listed in this field. Keys are GCS bucket locations.", +"type": "object" +}, +"policy": { +"description": "The chosen location policy.", +"enum": [ +"LOCAL_REGION", +"NEAREST_MULTI_REGION", +"SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS", +"STORAGE_LOCATION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Store snapshot in the same region as with the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", +"Store snapshot to the nearest multi region GCS bucket, relative to the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", +"Store snapshot in the specific locations, as specified by the user. The list of regions to store must be defined under the `locations` field.", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference": { +"description": "A structure for specifying storage locations.", +"id": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Name of the location. It should be one of the GCS buckets.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SourceDiskEncryptionKey": { +"id": "SourceDiskEncryptionKey", +"properties": { +"diskEncryptionKey": { +"$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", +"description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key." +}, +"sourceDisk": { +"description": "URL of the disk attached to the source instance. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk ", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SourceInstanceParams": { +"description": "A specification of the parameters to use when creating the instance template from a source instance.", +"id": "SourceInstanceParams", +"properties": { +"diskConfigs": { +"description": "Attached disks configuration. If not provided, defaults are applied: For boot disk and any other R/W disks, the source images for each disk will be used. For read-only disks, they will be attached in read-only mode. Local SSD disks will be created as blank volumes.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DiskInstantiationConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SourceInstanceProperties": { +"description": "DEPRECATED: Please use compute#instanceProperties instead. New properties will not be added to this field.", +"id": "SourceInstanceProperties", +"properties": { +"canIpForward": { +"description": "Enables instances created based on this machine image to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"deletionProtection": { +"description": "Whether the instance created from this machine image should be protected against deletion.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"description": { +"description": "An optional text description for the instances that are created from this machine image.", +"type": "string" +}, +"disks": { +"description": "An array of disks that are associated with the instances that are created from this machine image.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SavedAttachedDisk" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"guestAccelerators": { +"description": "A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from this machine image.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AcceleratorConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"keyRevocationActionType": { +"description": "KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are \"STOP\" and \"NONE\". The default value is \"NONE\" if it is not specified.", +"enum": [ +"KEY_REVOCATION_ACTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NONE", +"STOP" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. This value is unused.", +"Indicates user chose no operation.", +"Indicates user chose to opt for VM shutdown on key revocation." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Labels to apply to instances that are created from this machine image.", +"type": "object" +}, +"machineType": { +"description": "The machine type to use for instances that are created from this machine image.", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"$ref": "Metadata", +"description": "The metadata key/value pairs to assign to instances that are created from this machine image. These pairs can consist of custom metadata or predefined keys. See Project and instance metadata for more information." +}, +"minCpuPlatform": { +"description": "Minimum cpu/platform to be used by instances created from this machine image. The instance may be scheduled on the specified or newer cpu/platform. Applicable values are the friendly names of CPU platforms, such as minCpuPlatform: \"Intel Haswell\" or minCpuPlatform: \"Intel Sandy Bridge\". For more information, read Specifying a Minimum CPU Platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"networkInterfaces": { +"description": "An array of network access configurations for this interface.", +"items": { +"$ref": "NetworkInterface" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"postKeyRevocationActionType": { +"description": "PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.", +"enum": [ +"NOOP", +"POST_KEY_REVOCATION_ACTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SHUTDOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Indicates user chose no operation.", +"Default value. This value is unused.", +"Indicates user chose to opt for VM shutdown on key revocation." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"scheduling": { +"$ref": "Scheduling", +"description": "Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image." +}, +"serviceAccounts": { +"description": "A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from this machine image. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ServiceAccount" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"tags": { +"$ref": "Tags", +"description": "A list of tags to apply to the instances that are created from this machine image. The tags identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls. The setTags method can modify this list of tags. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslCertificate": { +"description": "Represents an SSL certificate resource. Google Compute Engine has two SSL certificate resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/sslCertificates) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionSslCertificates) The global SSL certificates (sslCertificates) are used by: - Global external Application Load Balancers - Classic Application Load Balancers - Proxy Network Load Balancers (with target SSL proxies) The regional SSL certificates (regionSslCertificates) are used by: - Regional external Application Load Balancers - Regional internal Application Load Balancers Optionally, certificate file contents that you upload can contain a set of up to five PEM-encoded certificates. The API call creates an object (sslCertificate) that holds this data. You can use SSL keys and certificates to secure connections to a load balancer. For more information, read Creating and using SSL certificates, SSL certificates quotas and limits, and Troubleshooting SSL certificates.", +"id": "SslCertificate", +"properties": { +"certificate": { +"description": "A value read into memory from a certificate file. The certificate file must be in PEM format. The certificate chain must be no greater than 5 certs long. The chain must include at least one intermediate cert.", +"type": "string" +}, +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"expireTime": { +"description": "[Output Only] Expire time of the certificate. RFC3339", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.", +"format": "uint64", +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#sslCertificate", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#sslCertificate for SSL certificates.", +"type": "string" +}, +"managed": { +"$ref": "SslCertificateManagedSslCertificate", +"description": "Configuration and status of a managed SSL certificate." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"type": "string" +}, +"privateKey": { +"description": "A value read into memory from a write-only private key file. The private key file must be in PEM format. For security, only insert requests include this field.", +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "[Output Only] URL of the region where the regional SSL Certificate resides. This field is not applicable to global SSL Certificate.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfManaged": { +"$ref": "SslCertificateSelfManagedSslCertificate", +"description": "Configuration and status of a self-managed SSL certificate." +}, +"subjectAlternativeNames": { +"description": "[Output Only] Domains associated with the certificate via Subject Alternative Name.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"type": { +"description": "(Optional) Specifies the type of SSL certificate, either \"SELF_MANAGED\" or \"MANAGED\". If not specified, the certificate is self-managed and the fields certificate and private_key are used.", +"enum": [ +"MANAGED", +"SELF_MANAGED", +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Google-managed SSLCertificate.", +"Certificate uploaded by user.", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslCertificateAggregatedList": { +"id": "SslCertificateAggregatedList", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "SslCertificatesScopedList", +"description": "Name of the scope containing this set of SslCertificates." +}, +"description": "A list of SslCertificatesScopedList resources.", +"type": "object" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#sslCertificateAggregatedList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#sslCertificateAggregatedList for lists of SSL Certificates.", +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachables": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslCertificateList": { +"description": "Contains a list of SslCertificate resources.", +"id": "SslCertificateList", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "A list of SslCertificate resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SslCertificate" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#sslCertificateList", +"description": "Type of resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslCertificateManagedSslCertificate": { +"description": "Configuration and status of a managed SSL certificate.", +"id": "SslCertificateManagedSslCertificate", +"properties": { +"domainStatus": { +"additionalProperties": { +"enum": [ +"ACTIVE", +"DOMAIN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"FAILED_CAA_CHECKING", +"FAILED_CAA_FORBIDDEN", +"FAILED_NOT_VISIBLE", +"FAILED_RATE_LIMITED", +"PROVISIONING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"A managed certificate can be provisioned, no issues for this domain.", +"", +"Failed to check CAA records for the domain.", +"Certificate issuance forbidden by an explicit CAA record for the domain.", +"There seems to be problem with the user's DNS or load balancer configuration for this domain.", +"Reached rate-limit for certificates per top-level private domain.", +"Certificate provisioning for this domain is under way. GCP will attempt to provision the first certificate." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "[Output only] Detailed statuses of the domains specified for managed certificate resource.", +"type": "object" +}, +"domains": { +"description": "The domains for which a managed SSL certificate will be generated. Each Google-managed SSL certificate supports up to the [maximum number of domains per Google-managed SSL certificate](/load-balancing/docs/quotas#ssl_certificates).", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"status": { +"description": "[Output only] Status of the managed certificate resource.", +"enum": [ +"ACTIVE", +"MANAGED_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"PROVISIONING", +"PROVISIONING_FAILED", +"PROVISIONING_FAILED_PERMANENTLY", +"RENEWAL_FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The certificate management is working, and a certificate has been provisioned.", +"", +"The certificate management is working. GCP will attempt to provision the first certificate.", +"Certificate provisioning failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. For details of which domain failed, consult domain_status field.", +"Certificate provisioning failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. It won't be retried. To try again delete and create a new managed SslCertificate resource. For details of which domain failed, consult domain_status field.", +"Renewal of the certificate has failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. The existing cert is still serving; however, it will expire shortly. To provision a renewed certificate, delete and create a new managed SslCertificate resource. For details on which domain failed, consult domain_status field." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslCertificateSelfManagedSslCertificate": { +"description": "Configuration and status of a self-managed SSL certificate.", +"id": "SslCertificateSelfManagedSslCertificate", +"properties": { +"certificate": { +"description": "A local certificate file. The certificate must be in PEM format. The certificate chain must be no greater than 5 certs long. The chain must include at least one intermediate cert.", +"type": "string" +}, +"privateKey": { +"description": "A write-only private key in PEM format. Only insert requests will include this field.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslCertificatesScopedList": { +"id": "SslCertificatesScopedList", +"properties": { +"sslCertificates": { +"description": "List of SslCertificates contained in this scope.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SslCertificate" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of backend services when the list is empty.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslPoliciesAggregatedList": { +"id": "SslPoliciesAggregatedList", +"properties": { +"etag": { +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "SslPoliciesScopedList", +"description": "Name of the scope containing this set of SSL policies." +}, +"description": "A list of SslPoliciesScopedList resources.", +"type": "object" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#sslPoliciesAggregatedList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#sslPolicyAggregatedList for lists of SSL Policies.", +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachables": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslPoliciesList": { +"id": "SslPoliciesList", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "A list of SslPolicy resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SslPolicy" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#sslPoliciesList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#sslPoliciesList for lists of sslPolicies.", +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslPoliciesListAvailableFeaturesResponse": { +"id": "SslPoliciesListAvailableFeaturesResponse", +"properties": { +"features": { +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslPoliciesScopedList": { +"id": "SslPoliciesScopedList", +"properties": { +"sslPolicies": { +"description": "A list of SslPolicies contained in this scope.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SslPolicy" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of SSL policies when the list is empty.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslPolicy": { +"description": "Represents an SSL Policy resource. Use SSL policies to control SSL features, such as versions and cipher suites, that are offered by Application Load Balancers and proxy Network Load Balancers. For more information, read SSL policies overview.", +"id": "SslPolicy", +"properties": { +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", +"type": "string" +}, +"customFeatures": { +"description": "A list of features enabled when the selected profile is CUSTOM. The method returns the set of features that can be specified in this list. This field must be empty if the profile is not CUSTOM.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"description": { +"description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"enabledFeatures": { +"description": "[Output Only] The list of features enabled in the SSL policy.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"fingerprint": { +"description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a SslPolicy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the SslPolicy, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an SslPolicy.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.", +"format": "uint64", "type": "string" }, -"items": { -"description": "A list of Snapshot resources.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Snapshot" +"kind": { +"default": "compute#sslPolicy", +"description": "[Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#sslPolicyfor SSL policies.", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"minTlsVersion": { +"description": "The minimum version of SSL protocol that can be used by the clients to establish a connection with the load balancer. This can be one of TLS_1_0, TLS_1_1, TLS_1_2.", +"enum": [ +"TLS_1_0", +"TLS_1_1", +"TLS_1_2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"TLS 1.0", +"TLS 1.1", +"TLS 1.2" +], +"type": "string" }, -"kind": { -"default": "compute#snapshotList", -"description": "Type of resource.", +"name": { +"description": "Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", +"profile": { +"description": "Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one of COMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, or CUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field.", +"enum": [ +"COMPATIBLE", +"CUSTOM", +"MODERN", +"RESTRICTED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Compatible profile. Allows the broadset set of clients, even those which support only out-of-date SSL features to negotiate with the load balancer.", +"Custom profile. Allow only the set of allowed SSL features specified in the customFeatures field.", +"Modern profile. Supports a wide set of SSL features, allowing modern clients to negotiate SSL with the load balancer.", +"Restricted profile. Supports a reduced set of SSL features, intended to meet stricter compliance requirements." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "[Output Only] URL of the region where the regional SSL policy resides. This field is not applicable to global SSL policies.", "type": "string" }, "selfLink": { -"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" }, -"warning": { -"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"warnings": { +"description": "[Output Only] If potential misconfigurations are detected for this SSL policy, this field will be populated with warning messages.", +"items": { "properties": { "code": { "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", @@ -78615,196 +80814,138 @@ false } }, "type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" }, -"SnapshotSettings": { -"id": "SnapshotSettings", -"properties": { -"storageLocation": { -"$ref": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings", -"description": "Policy of which storage location is going to be resolved, and additional data that particularizes how the policy is going to be carried out." +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings": { -"id": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings", +"SslPolicyReference": { +"id": "SslPolicyReference", "properties": { -"locations": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference" -}, -"description": "When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored in the locations listed in this field. Keys are GCS bucket locations.", -"type": "object" -}, -"policy": { -"description": "The chosen location policy.", -"enum": [ -"LOCAL_REGION", -"NEAREST_MULTI_REGION", -"SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS", -"STORAGE_LOCATION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Store snapshot in the same region as with the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", -"Store snapshot to the nearest multi region GCS bucket, relative to the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", -"Store snapshot in the specific locations, as specified by the user. The list of regions to store must be defined under the `locations` field.", -"" -], +"sslPolicy": { +"description": "URL of the SSL policy resource. Set this to empty string to clear any existing SSL policy associated with the target proxy resource.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference": { -"description": "A structure for specifying storage locations.", -"id": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference", +"StatefulPolicy": { +"id": "StatefulPolicy", "properties": { -"name": { -"description": "Name of the location. It should be one of the GCS buckets.", -"type": "string" +"preservedState": { +"$ref": "StatefulPolicyPreservedState" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SourceDiskEncryptionKey": { -"id": "SourceDiskEncryptionKey", +"StatefulPolicyPreservedState": { +"description": "Configuration of preserved resources.", +"id": "StatefulPolicyPreservedState", "properties": { -"diskEncryptionKey": { -"$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", -"description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key." +"disks": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateDiskDevice" }, -"sourceDisk": { -"description": "URL of the disk attached to the source instance. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk ", -"type": "string" -} +"description": "Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks.", +"type": "object" +}, +"externalIPs": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateNetworkIp" }, +"description": "External network IPs assigned to the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the network interface name.", "type": "object" }, -"SourceInstanceParams": { -"description": "A specification of the parameters to use when creating the instance template from a source instance.", -"id": "SourceInstanceParams", -"properties": { -"diskConfigs": { -"description": "Attached disks configuration. If not provided, defaults are applied: For boot disk and any other R/W disks, the source images for each disk will be used. For read-only disks, they will be attached in read-only mode. Local SSD disks will be created as blank volumes.", -"items": { -"$ref": "DiskInstantiationConfig" +"internalIPs": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateNetworkIp" }, -"type": "array" +"description": "Internal network IPs assigned to the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the network interface name.", +"type": "object" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SourceInstanceProperties": { -"description": "DEPRECATED: Please use compute#instanceProperties instead. New properties will not be added to this field.", -"id": "SourceInstanceProperties", +"StatefulPolicyPreservedStateDiskDevice": { +"id": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateDiskDevice", "properties": { -"canIpForward": { -"description": "Enables instances created based on this machine image to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"deletionProtection": { -"description": "Whether the instance created from this machine image should be protected against deletion.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"description": { -"description": "An optional text description for the instances that are created from this machine image.", -"type": "string" -}, -"disks": { -"description": "An array of disks that are associated with the instances that are created from this machine image.", -"items": { -"$ref": "SavedAttachedDisk" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"guestAccelerators": { -"description": "A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from this machine image.", -"items": { -"$ref": "AcceleratorConfig" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"keyRevocationActionType": { -"description": "KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are \"STOP\" and \"NONE\". The default value is \"NONE\" if it is not specified.", +"autoDelete": { +"description": "These stateful disks will never be deleted during autohealing, update or VM instance recreate operations. This flag is used to configure if the disk should be deleted after it is no longer used by the group, e.g. when the given instance or the whole group is deleted. Note: disks attached in READ_ONLY mode cannot be auto-deleted.", "enum": [ -"KEY_REVOCATION_ACTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"NONE", -"STOP" +"NEVER", +"ON_PERMANENT_INSTANCE_DELETION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value. This value is unused.", -"Indicates user chose no operation.", -"Indicates user chose to opt for VM shutdown on key revocation." +"", +"" ], "type": "string" +} }, -"labels": { -"additionalProperties": { -"type": "string" -}, -"description": "Labels to apply to instances that are created from this machine image.", "type": "object" }, -"machineType": { -"description": "The machine type to use for instances that are created from this machine image.", -"type": "string" -}, -"metadata": { -"$ref": "Metadata", -"description": "The metadata key/value pairs to assign to instances that are created from this machine image. These pairs can consist of custom metadata or predefined keys. See Project and instance metadata for more information." -}, -"minCpuPlatform": { -"description": "Minimum cpu/platform to be used by instances created from this machine image. The instance may be scheduled on the specified or newer cpu/platform. Applicable values are the friendly names of CPU platforms, such as minCpuPlatform: \"Intel Haswell\" or minCpuPlatform: \"Intel Sandy Bridge\". For more information, read Specifying a Minimum CPU Platform.", -"type": "string" -}, -"networkInterfaces": { -"description": "An array of network access configurations for this interface.", -"items": { -"$ref": "NetworkInterface" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"postKeyRevocationActionType": { -"description": "PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.", +"StatefulPolicyPreservedStateNetworkIp": { +"id": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateNetworkIp", +"properties": { +"autoDelete": { +"description": "These stateful IPs will never be released during autohealing, update or VM instance recreate operations. This flag is used to configure if the IP reservation should be deleted after it is no longer used by the group, e.g. when the given instance or the whole group is deleted.", "enum": [ -"NOOP", -"POST_KEY_REVOCATION_ACTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"SHUTDOWN" +"NEVER", +"ON_PERMANENT_INSTANCE_DELETION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Indicates user chose no operation.", -"Default value. This value is unused.", -"Indicates user chose to opt for VM shutdown on key revocation." +"", +"" ], "type": "string" +} }, -"scheduling": { -"$ref": "Scheduling", -"description": "Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image." +"type": "object" }, -"serviceAccounts": { -"description": "A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from this machine image. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances.", +"Status": { +"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", +"id": "Status", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"details": { +"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", "items": { -"$ref": "ServiceAccount" +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" }, "type": "array" }, -"tags": { -"$ref": "Tags", -"description": "A list of tags to apply to the instances that are created from this machine image. The tags identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls. The setTags method can modify this list of tags. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035." +"message": { +"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SslCertificate": { -"description": "Represents an SSL certificate resource. Google Compute Engine has two SSL certificate resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/sslCertificates) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionSslCertificates) The global SSL certificates (sslCertificates) are used by: - Global external Application Load Balancers - Classic Application Load Balancers - Proxy Network Load Balancers (with target SSL proxies) The regional SSL certificates (regionSslCertificates) are used by: - Regional external Application Load Balancers - Regional internal Application Load Balancers Optionally, certificate file contents that you upload can contain a set of up to five PEM-encoded certificates. The API call creates an object (sslCertificate) that holds this data. You can use SSL keys and certificates to secure connections to a load balancer. For more information, read Creating and using SSL certificates, SSL certificates quotas and limits, and Troubleshooting SSL certificates.", -"id": "SslCertificate", +"StoragePool": { +"description": "Represents a zonal storage pool resource.", +"id": "StoragePool", "properties": { -"certificate": { -"description": "A value read into memory from a certificate file. The certificate file must be in PEM format. The certificate chain must be no greater than 5 certs long. The chain must include at least one intermediate cert.", +"capacityProvisioningType": { +"description": "Provisioning type of the byte capacity of the pool.", +"enum": [ +"ADVANCED", +"STANDARD", +"UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Advanced provisioning \"thinly\" allocates the related resource.", +"Standard provisioning allocates the related resource for the pool disks' exclusive use.", +"" +], "type": "string" }, "creationTimestamp": { @@ -78815,87 +80956,131 @@ false "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", "type": "string" }, -"expireTime": { -"description": "[Output Only] Expire time of the certificate. RFC3339", -"type": "string" -}, "id": { "description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.", "format": "uint64", "type": "string" }, "kind": { -"default": "compute#sslCertificate", -"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#sslCertificate for SSL certificates.", +"default": "compute#storagePool", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePool for storage pools.", "type": "string" }, -"managed": { -"$ref": "SslCertificateManagedSslCertificate", -"description": "Configuration and status of a managed SSL certificate." +"labelFingerprint": { +"description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this storage pool, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a storage pool.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Labels to apply to this storage pool. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.", +"type": "object" }, "name": { +"annotations": { +"required": [ +"compute.storagePools.insert" +] +}, "description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, -"privateKey": { -"description": "A value read into memory from a write-only private key file. The private key file must be in PEM format. For security, only insert requests include this field.", +"performanceProvisioningType": { +"description": "Provisioning type of the performance-related parameters of the pool, such as throughput and IOPS.", +"enum": [ +"ADVANCED", +"STANDARD", +"UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Advanced provisioning \"thinly\" allocates the related resource.", +"Standard provisioning allocates the related resource for the pool disks' exclusive use.", +"" +], "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "[Output Only] URL of the region where the regional SSL Certificate resides. This field is not applicable to global SSL Certificate.", +"poolProvisionedCapacityGb": { +"description": "Size, in GiB, of the storage pool.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"selfLink": { -"description": "[Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", +"poolProvisionedIops": { +"description": "Provisioned IOPS of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"selfManaged": { -"$ref": "SslCertificateSelfManagedSslCertificate", -"description": "Configuration and status of a self-managed SSL certificate." +"poolProvisionedThroughput": { +"description": "Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" }, -"subjectAlternativeNames": { -"description": "[Output Only] Domains associated with the certificate via Subject Alternative Name.", -"items": { +"resourceStatus": { +"$ref": "StoragePoolResourceStatus", +"description": "[Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource." +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.", "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"selfLinkWithId": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.", +"type": "string" }, -"type": { -"description": "(Optional) Specifies the type of SSL certificate, either \"SELF_MANAGED\" or \"MANAGED\". If not specified, the certificate is self-managed and the fields certificate and private_key are used.", +"state": { +"description": "[Output Only] The status of storage pool creation. - CREATING: Storage pool is provisioning. storagePool. - FAILED: Storage pool creation failed. - READY: Storage pool is ready for use. - DELETING: Storage pool is deleting. ", "enum": [ -"MANAGED", -"SELF_MANAGED", -"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED" +"CREATING", +"DELETING", +"FAILED", +"READY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Google-managed SSLCertificate.", -"Certificate uploaded by user.", -"" +"StoragePool is provisioning", +"StoragePool is deleting.", +"StoragePool creation failed.", +"StoragePool is ready for use." ], "type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"$ref": "StoragePoolResourceStatus", +"description": "[Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource." +}, +"storagePoolType": { +"description": "Type of the storage pool.", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "[Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SslCertificateAggregatedList": { -"id": "SslCertificateAggregatedList", +"StoragePoolAggregatedList": { +"id": "StoragePoolAggregatedList", "properties": { +"etag": { +"type": "string" +}, "id": { "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", "type": "string" }, "items": { "additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "SslCertificatesScopedList", -"description": "Name of the scope containing this set of SslCertificates." +"$ref": "StoragePoolsScopedList", +"description": "[Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of storage pool." }, -"description": "A list of SslCertificatesScopedList resources.", +"description": "A list of StoragePoolsScopedList resources.", "type": "object" }, "kind": { -"default": "compute#sslCertificateAggregatedList", -"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#sslCertificateAggregatedList for lists of SSL Certificates.", +"default": "compute#storagePoolAggregatedList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolAggregatedList for aggregated lists of storage pools.", "type": "string" }, "nextPageToken": { @@ -79037,24 +81222,103 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"SslCertificateList": { -"description": "Contains a list of SslCertificate resources.", -"id": "SslCertificateList", +"StoragePoolDisk": { +"id": "StoragePoolDisk", +"properties": { +"attachedInstances": { +"description": "[Output Only] Instances this disk is attached to.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", +"type": "string" +}, +"disk": { +"description": "[Output Only] The URL of the disk.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "[Output Only] The name of the disk.", +"type": "string" +}, +"provisionedIops": { +"description": "[Output Only] The number of IOPS provisioned for the disk.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"provisionedThroughput": { +"description": "[Output Only] The throughput provisioned for the disk.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"resourcePolicies": { +"description": "[Output Only] Resource policies applied to disk for automatic snapshot creations.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"sizeGb": { +"description": "[Output Only] The disk size, in GB.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"description": "[Output Only] The disk status.", +"enum": [ +"CREATING", +"DELETING", +"FAILED", +"READY", +"RESTORING", +"UNAVAILABLE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Disk is provisioning", +"Disk is deleting.", +"Disk creation failed.", +"Disk is ready for use.", +"Source data is being copied into the disk.", +"Disk is currently unavailable and cannot be accessed, attached or detached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "[Output Only] The disk type.", +"type": "string" +}, +"usedBytes": { +"description": "[Output Only] Amount of disk space used.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"StoragePoolList": { +"description": "A list of StoragePool resources.", +"id": "StoragePoolList", "properties": { +"etag": { +"type": "string" +}, "id": { "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", "type": "string" }, "items": { -"description": "A list of SslCertificate resources.", +"description": "A list of StoragePool resources.", "items": { -"$ref": "SslCertificate" +"$ref": "StoragePool" }, "type": "array" }, "kind": { -"default": "compute#sslCertificateList", -"description": "Type of resource.", +"default": "compute#storagePoolList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolList for lists of storagePools.", "type": "string" }, "nextPageToken": { @@ -79065,6 +81329,13 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", "type": "string" }, +"unreachables": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "warning": { "description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", "properties": { @@ -79189,92 +81460,45 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"SslCertificateManagedSslCertificate": { -"description": "Configuration and status of a managed SSL certificate.", -"id": "SslCertificateManagedSslCertificate", +"StoragePoolListDisks": { +"id": "StoragePoolListDisks", "properties": { -"domainStatus": { -"additionalProperties": { -"enum": [ -"ACTIVE", -"DOMAIN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", -"FAILED_CAA_CHECKING", -"FAILED_CAA_FORBIDDEN", -"FAILED_NOT_VISIBLE", -"FAILED_RATE_LIMITED", -"PROVISIONING" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"A managed certificate can be provisioned, no issues for this domain.", -"", -"Failed to check CAA records for the domain.", -"Certificate issuance forbidden by an explicit CAA record for the domain.", -"There seems to be problem with the user's DNS or load balancer configuration for this domain.", -"Reached rate-limit for certificates per top-level private domain.", -"Certificate provisioning for this domain is under way. GCP will attempt to provision the first certificate." -], +"etag": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "[Output only] Detailed statuses of the domains specified for managed certificate resource.", -"type": "object" +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" }, -"domains": { -"description": "The domains for which a managed SSL certificate will be generated. Each Google-managed SSL certificate supports up to the [maximum number of domains per Google-managed SSL certificate](/load-balancing/docs/quotas#ssl_certificates).", "items": { -"type": "string" +"description": "A list of StoragePoolDisk resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "StoragePoolDisk" }, "type": "array" }, -"status": { -"description": "[Output only] Status of the managed certificate resource.", -"enum": [ -"ACTIVE", -"MANAGED_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", -"PROVISIONING", -"PROVISIONING_FAILED", -"PROVISIONING_FAILED_PERMANENTLY", -"RENEWAL_FAILED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The certificate management is working, and a certificate has been provisioned.", -"", -"The certificate management is working. GCP will attempt to provision the first certificate.", -"Certificate provisioning failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. For details of which domain failed, consult domain_status field.", -"Certificate provisioning failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. It won't be retried. To try again delete and create a new managed SslCertificate resource. For details of which domain failed, consult domain_status field.", -"Renewal of the certificate has failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. The existing cert is still serving; however, it will expire shortly. To provision a renewed certificate, delete and create a new managed SslCertificate resource. For details on which domain failed, consult domain_status field." -], +"kind": { +"default": "compute#storagePoolListDisks", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolListDisks for lists of disks in a storagePool.", "type": "string" -} }, -"type": "object" -}, -"SslCertificateSelfManagedSslCertificate": { -"description": "Configuration and status of a self-managed SSL certificate.", -"id": "SslCertificateSelfManagedSslCertificate", -"properties": { -"certificate": { -"description": "A local certificate file. The certificate must be in PEM format. The certificate chain must be no greater than 5 certs long. The chain must include at least one intermediate cert.", +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", "type": "string" }, -"privateKey": { -"description": "A write-only private key in PEM format. Only insert requests will include this field.", +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", "type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" }, -"SslCertificatesScopedList": { -"id": "SslCertificatesScopedList", -"properties": { -"sslCertificates": { -"description": "List of SslCertificates contained in this scope.", +"unreachables": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder", "items": { -"$ref": "SslCertificate" +"type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "warning": { -"description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of backend services when the list is empty.", +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", "properties": { "code": { "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", @@ -79397,27 +81621,167 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"SslPoliciesAggregatedList": { -"id": "SslPoliciesAggregatedList", +"StoragePoolResourceStatus": { +"description": "[Output Only] Contains output only fields.", +"id": "StoragePoolResourceStatus", "properties": { -"etag": { +"diskCount": { +"description": "[Output Only] Number of disks used.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"lastResizeTimestamp": { +"description": "[Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": { +"description": "[Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"poolUsedCapacityBytes": { +"description": "[Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"poolUsedIops": { +"description": "Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"poolUsedThroughput": { +"description": "[Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"poolUserWrittenBytes": { +"description": "[Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": { +"description": "[Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"totalProvisionedDiskIops": { +"description": "[Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": { +"description": "[Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"StoragePoolType": { +"id": "StoragePoolType", +"properties": { +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", +"type": "string" +}, +"deprecated": { +"$ref": "DeprecationStatus", +"description": "[Output Only] The deprecation status associated with this storage pool type." +}, +"description": { +"description": "[Output Only] An optional description of this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.", +"format": "uint64", +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#storagePoolType", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePoolType for storage pool types.", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxPoolProvisionedCapacityGb": { +"description": "[Output Only] Maximum storage pool size in GB.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxPoolProvisionedIops": { +"description": "[Output Only] Maximum provisioned IOPS.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxPoolProvisionedThroughput": { +"description": "[Output Only] Maximum provisioned throughput.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"minPoolProvisionedCapacityGb": { +"description": "[Output Only] Minimum storage pool size in GB.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"minPoolProvisionedIops": { +"description": "[Output Only] Minimum provisioned IOPS.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"minPoolProvisionedThroughput": { +"description": "[Output Only] Minimum provisioned throughput.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"minSizeGb": { +"description": "[Deprecated] This field is deprecated. Use minPoolProvisionedCapacityGb instead.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "[Output Only] Name of the resource.", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLinkWithId": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", "type": "string" }, +"supportedDiskTypes": { +"description": "[Output Only] The list of disk types supported in this storage pool type.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "[Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool type resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"StoragePoolTypeAggregatedList": { +"id": "StoragePoolTypeAggregatedList", +"properties": { "id": { "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", "type": "string" }, "items": { "additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "SslPoliciesScopedList", -"description": "Name of the scope containing this set of SSL policies." +"$ref": "StoragePoolTypesScopedList", +"description": "[Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of storage pool types." }, -"description": "A list of SslPoliciesScopedList resources.", +"description": "A list of StoragePoolTypesScopedList resources.", "type": "object" }, "kind": { -"default": "compute#sslPoliciesAggregatedList", -"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#sslPolicyAggregatedList for lists of SSL Policies.", +"default": "compute#storagePoolTypeAggregatedList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolTypeAggregatedList .", "type": "string" }, "nextPageToken": { @@ -79428,13 +81792,6 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", "type": "string" }, -"unreachables": { -"description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "warning": { "description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", "properties": { @@ -79559,23 +81916,24 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"SslPoliciesList": { -"id": "SslPoliciesList", +"StoragePoolTypeList": { +"description": "Contains a list of storage pool types.", +"id": "StoragePoolTypeList", "properties": { "id": { "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", "type": "string" }, "items": { -"description": "A list of SslPolicy resources.", +"description": "A list of StoragePoolType resources.", "items": { -"$ref": "SslPolicy" +"$ref": "StoragePoolType" }, "type": "array" }, "kind": { -"default": "compute#sslPoliciesList", -"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#sslPoliciesList for lists of sslPolicies.", +"default": "compute#storagePoolTypeList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolTypeList for storage pool types.", "type": "string" }, "nextPageToken": { @@ -79710,30 +82068,18 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"SslPoliciesListAvailableFeaturesResponse": { -"id": "SslPoliciesListAvailableFeaturesResponse", +"StoragePoolTypesScopedList": { +"id": "StoragePoolTypesScopedList", "properties": { -"features": { +"storagePoolTypes": { +"description": "[Output Only] A list of storage pool types contained in this scope.", "items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"SslPoliciesScopedList": { -"id": "SslPoliciesScopedList", -"properties": { -"sslPolicies": { -"description": "A list of SslPolicies contained in this scope.", -"items": { -"$ref": "SslPolicy" +"$ref": "StoragePoolType" }, "type": "array" }, "warning": { -"description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of SSL policies when the list is empty.", +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning which replaces the list of storage pool types when the list is empty.", "properties": { "code": { "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", @@ -79856,93 +82202,18 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"SslPolicy": { -"description": "Represents an SSL Policy resource. Use SSL policies to control SSL features, such as versions and cipher suites, that are offered by Application Load Balancers and proxy Network Load Balancers. For more information, read SSL policies overview.", -"id": "SslPolicy", +"StoragePoolsScopedList": { +"id": "StoragePoolsScopedList", "properties": { -"creationTimestamp": { -"description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", -"type": "string" -}, -"customFeatures": { -"description": "A list of features enabled when the selected profile is CUSTOM. The method returns the set of features that can be specified in this list. This field must be empty if the profile is not CUSTOM.", +"storagePools": { +"description": "[Output Only] A list of storage pool contained in this scope.", "items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"description": { -"description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"enabledFeatures": { -"description": "[Output Only] The list of features enabled in the SSL policy.", -"items": { -"type": "string" +"$ref": "StoragePool" }, "type": "array" }, -"fingerprint": { -"description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a SslPolicy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the SslPolicy, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an SslPolicy.", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -}, -"id": { -"description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.", -"format": "uint64", -"type": "string" -}, -"kind": { -"default": "compute#sslPolicy", -"description": "[Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#sslPolicyfor SSL policies.", -"type": "string" -}, -"minTlsVersion": { -"description": "The minimum version of SSL protocol that can be used by the clients to establish a connection with the load balancer. This can be one of TLS_1_0, TLS_1_1, TLS_1_2.", -"enum": [ -"TLS_1_0", -"TLS_1_1", -"TLS_1_2" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"TLS 1.0", -"TLS 1.1", -"TLS 1.2" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"type": "string" -}, -"profile": { -"description": "Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one of COMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, or CUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field.", -"enum": [ -"COMPATIBLE", -"CUSTOM", -"MODERN", -"RESTRICTED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Compatible profile. Allows the broadset set of clients, even those which support only out-of-date SSL features to negotiate with the load balancer.", -"Custom profile. Allow only the set of allowed SSL features specified in the customFeatures field.", -"Modern profile. Supports a wide set of SSL features, allowing modern clients to negotiate SSL with the load balancer.", -"Restricted profile. Supports a reduced set of SSL features, intended to meet stricter compliance requirements." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "[Output Only] URL of the region where the regional SSL policy resides. This field is not applicable to global SSL policies.", -"type": "string" -}, -"selfLink": { -"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"warnings": { -"description": "[Output Only] If potential misconfigurations are detected for this SSL policy, this field will be populated with warning messages.", -"items": { +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning which replaces the list of storage pool when the list is empty.", "properties": { "code": { "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", @@ -80061,118 +82332,6 @@ false } }, "type": "object" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"SslPolicyReference": { -"id": "SslPolicyReference", -"properties": { -"sslPolicy": { -"description": "URL of the SSL policy resource. Set this to empty string to clear any existing SSL policy associated with the target proxy resource.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"StatefulPolicy": { -"id": "StatefulPolicy", -"properties": { -"preservedState": { -"$ref": "StatefulPolicyPreservedState" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"StatefulPolicyPreservedState": { -"description": "Configuration of preserved resources.", -"id": "StatefulPolicyPreservedState", -"properties": { -"disks": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateDiskDevice" -}, -"description": "Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks.", -"type": "object" -}, -"externalIPs": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateNetworkIp" -}, -"description": "External network IPs assigned to the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the network interface name.", -"type": "object" -}, -"internalIPs": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateNetworkIp" -}, -"description": "Internal network IPs assigned to the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the network interface name.", -"type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"StatefulPolicyPreservedStateDiskDevice": { -"id": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateDiskDevice", -"properties": { -"autoDelete": { -"description": "These stateful disks will never be deleted during autohealing, update or VM instance recreate operations. This flag is used to configure if the disk should be deleted after it is no longer used by the group, e.g. when the given instance or the whole group is deleted. Note: disks attached in READ_ONLY mode cannot be auto-deleted.", -"enum": [ -"NEVER", -"ON_PERMANENT_INSTANCE_DELETION" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"StatefulPolicyPreservedStateNetworkIp": { -"id": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateNetworkIp", -"properties": { -"autoDelete": { -"description": "These stateful IPs will never be released during autohealing, update or VM instance recreate operations. This flag is used to configure if the IP reservation should be deleted after it is no longer used by the group, e.g. when the given instance or the whole group is deleted.", -"enum": [ -"NEVER", -"ON_PERMANENT_INSTANCE_DELETION" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"Status": { -"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", -"id": "Status", -"properties": { -"code": { -"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"details": { -"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", -"items": { -"additionalProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", -"type": "any" -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"message": { -"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json index 034f897ecf..b4fbc94da0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json @@ -31342,13 +31342,13 @@ } } }, -"subnetworks": { +"storagePoolTypes": { "methods": { "aggregatedList": { -"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of subnetworks. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks", +"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of storage pool types. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/storagePoolTypes", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.aggregatedList", +"id": "compute.storagePoolTypes.aggregatedList", "parameterOrder": [ "project" ], @@ -31400,9 +31400,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks", +"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/storagePoolTypes", "response": { -"$ref": "SubnetworkAggregatedList" +"$ref": "StoragePoolTypeAggregatedList" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -31410,15 +31410,15 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes the specified subnetwork.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.delete", +"get": { +"description": "Returns the specified storage pool type.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePoolTypes/{storagePoolType}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.storagePoolTypes.get", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"region", -"subnetwork" +"zone", +"storagePoolType" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -31428,46 +31428,135 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"storagePoolType": { +"description": "Name of the storage pool type to return.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" +} }, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePoolTypes/{storagePoolType}", +"response": { +"$ref": "StoragePoolType" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieves a list of storage pool types available to the specified project.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePoolTypes", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.storagePoolTypes.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"subnetwork": { -"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource to delete.", +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePoolTypes", "response": { -"$ref": "Operation" +"$ref": "StoragePoolTypeList" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +} +} }, -"expandIpCidrRange": { -"description": "Expands the IP CIDR range of the subnetwork to a specified value.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/expandIpCidrRange", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.expandIpCidrRange", +"storagePools": { +"methods": { +"aggregatedList": { +"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of storage pools. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/storagePools", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.storagePools.aggregatedList", "parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region", -"subnetwork" +"project" ], "parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"includeAllScopes": { +"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -31475,10 +31564,43 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"serviceProjectNumber": { +"description": "The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which aggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/storagePools", +"response": { +"$ref": "StoragePoolAggregatedList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified storage pool. Deleting a storagePool removes its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a storagePool does not delete any snapshots previously made from the storagePool. You must separately delete snapshots.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.storagePools.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"storagePool" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -31487,18 +31609,21 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"subnetwork": { -"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource to update.", +"storagePool": { +"description": "Name of the storage pool to delete.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" -} }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/expandIpCidrRange", -"request": { -"$ref": "SubnetworksExpandIpCidrRangeRequest" +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} }, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}", "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -31508,14 +31633,14 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Returns the specified subnetwork.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", +"description": "Returns a specified storage pool. Gets a list of available storage pools by making a list() request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.get", +"id": "compute.storagePools.get", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"region", -"subnetwork" +"zone", +"storagePool" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -31525,24 +31650,24 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"storagePool": { +"description": "Name of the storage pool to return.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"subnetwork": { -"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource to return.", +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}", "response": { -"$ref": "Subnetwork" +"$ref": "StoragePool" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -31552,12 +31677,12 @@ }, "getIamPolicy": { "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{resource}/getIamPolicy", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.getIamPolicy", +"id": "compute.storagePools.getIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"region", +"zone", "resource" ], "parameters": { @@ -31574,22 +31699,22 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"resource": { -"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{resource}/getIamPolicy", "response": { "$ref": "Policy" }, @@ -31600,13 +31725,13 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a subnetwork in the specified project using the data included in the request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks", +"description": "Creates a storage pool in the specified project using the data in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.insert", +"id": "compute.storagePools.insert", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"region" +"zone" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -31616,22 +31741,22 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, "requestId": { "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools", "request": { -"$ref": "Subnetwork" +"$ref": "StoragePool" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -31642,13 +31767,13 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Retrieves a list of subnetworks available to the specified project.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks", +"description": "Retrieves a list of storage pools contained within the specified zone.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.list", +"id": "compute.storagePools.list", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"region" +"zone" ], "parameters": { "filter": { @@ -31681,22 +31806,22 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, "returnPartialSuccess": { "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools", "response": { -"$ref": "SubnetworkList" +"$ref": "StoragePoolList" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -31704,13 +31829,15 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"listUsable": { -"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of all usable subnetworks in the project.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks/listUsable", +"listDisks": { +"description": "Lists the disks in a specified storage pool.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}/listDisks", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.listUsable", +"id": "compute.storagePools.listDisks", "parameterOrder": [ -"project" +"project", +"zone", +"storagePool" ], "parameters": { "filter": { @@ -31747,11 +31874,25 @@ "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" +}, +"storagePool": { +"description": "Name of the storage pool to list disks of.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks/listUsable", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}/listDisks", "response": { -"$ref": "UsableSubnetworksAggregatedList" +"$ref": "StoragePoolListDisks" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -31759,23 +31900,17 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"patch": { -"description": "Patches the specified subnetwork with the data included in the request. Only certain fields can be updated with a patch request as indicated in the field descriptions. You must specify the current fingerprint of the subnetwork resource being patched.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.patch", +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.storagePools.setIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"region", -"subnetwork" +"zone", +"resource" ], "parameters": { -"drainTimeoutSeconds": { -"description": "The drain timeout specifies the upper bound in seconds on the amount of time allowed to drain connections from the current ACTIVE subnetwork to the current BACKUP subnetwork. The drain timeout is only applicable when the following conditions are true: - the subnetwork being patched has purpose = INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER - the subnetwork being patched has role = BACKUP - the patch request is setting the role to ACTIVE. Note that after this patch operation the roles of the ACTIVE and BACKUP subnetworks will be swapped.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -31783,46 +31918,41 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"subnetwork": { -"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource to patch.", +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{resource}/setIamPolicy", "request": { -"$ref": "Subnetwork" +"$ref": "ZoneSetPolicyRequest" }, "response": { -"$ref": "Operation" +"$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{resource}/testIamPermissions", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.setIamPolicy", +"id": "compute.storagePools.testIamPermissions", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"region", +"zone", "resource" ], "parameters": { @@ -31833,42 +31963,43 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"resource": { -"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{resource}/testIamPermissions", "request": { -"$ref": "RegionSetPolicyRequest" +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" }, "response": { -"$ref": "Policy" +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"setPrivateIpGoogleAccess": { -"description": "Set whether VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigning external IP addresses through Private Google Access.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/setPrivateIpGoogleAccess", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.setPrivateIpGoogleAccess", +"update": { +"description": "Updates the specified storagePool with the data included in the request. The update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: size_tb and provisioned_iops.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "compute.storagePools.update", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"region", -"subnetwork" +"zone", +"storagePool" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -31878,29 +32009,35 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"storagePool": { +"description": "The storagePool name for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"updateMask": { +"description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"subnetwork": { -"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource.", +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/setPrivateIpGoogleAccess", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}", "request": { -"$ref": "SubnetworksSetPrivateIpGoogleAccessRequest" +"$ref": "StoragePool" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -31909,18 +32046,48 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] +} +} }, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.subnetworks.testIamPermissions", +"subnetworks": { +"methods": { +"aggregatedList": { +"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of subnetworks. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.aggregatedList", "parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region", -"resource" +"project" ], "parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"includeAllScopes": { +"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -31928,46 +32095,37 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "The name of the region for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" }, -"resource": { -"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, +"serviceProjectNumber": { +"description": "The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which aggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" -}, +"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks", "response": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +"$ref": "SubnetworkAggregatedList" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] -} -} }, -"targetGrpcProxies": { -"methods": { "delete": { -"description": "Deletes the specified TargetGrpcProxy in the given scope", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", +"description": "Deletes the specified subnetwork.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.delete", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"targetGrpcProxy" +"region", +"subnetwork" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -31977,20 +32135,27 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, "requestId": { "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"targetGrpcProxy": { -"description": "Name of the TargetGrpcProxy resource to delete.", +"subnetwork": { +"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource to delete.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -31999,14 +32164,15 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"get": { -"description": "Returns the specified TargetGrpcProxy resource in the given scope.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.get", +"expandIpCidrRange": { +"description": "Expands the IP CIDR range of the subnetwork to a specified value.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/expandIpCidrRange", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.expandIpCidrRange", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"targetGrpcProxy" +"region", +"subnetwork" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -32016,31 +32182,138 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"targetGrpcProxy": { -"description": "Name of the TargetGrpcProxy resource to return.", +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"subnetwork": { +"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource to update.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/expandIpCidrRange", +"request": { +"$ref": "SubnetworksExpandIpCidrRangeRequest" +}, "response": { -"$ref": "TargetGrpcProxy" +"$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"insert": { -"description": "Creates a TargetGrpcProxy in the specified project in the given scope using the parameters that are included in the request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies", +"get": { +"description": "Returns the specified subnetwork.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"subnetwork" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"subnetwork": { +"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource to return.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Subnetwork" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Requested IAM Policy version.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"insert": { +"description": "Creates a subnetwork in the specified project using the data included in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.insert", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.insert", "parameterOrder": [ -"project" +"project", +"region" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -32050,15 +32323,22 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, "requestId": { "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks", "request": { -"$ref": "TargetGrpcProxy" +"$ref": "Subnetwork" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -32069,10 +32349,73 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists the TargetGrpcProxies for a project in the given scope.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies", +"description": "Retrieves a list of subnetworks available to the specified project.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.list", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks", +"response": { +"$ref": "SubnetworkList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"listUsable": { +"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of all usable subnetworks in the project.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks/listUsable", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.listUsable", "parameterOrder": [ "project" ], @@ -32113,9 +32456,9 @@ "type": "boolean" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies", +"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks/listUsable", "response": { -"$ref": "TargetGrpcProxyList" +"$ref": "UsableSubnetworksAggregatedList" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -32124,15 +32467,22 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Patches the specified TargetGrpcProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", +"description": "Patches the specified subnetwork with the data included in the request. Only certain fields can be updated with a patch request as indicated in the field descriptions. You must specify the current fingerprint of the subnetwork resource being patched.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.patch", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"targetGrpcProxy" +"region", +"subnetwork" ], "parameters": { +"drainTimeoutSeconds": { +"description": "The drain timeout specifies the upper bound in seconds on the amount of time allowed to drain connections from the current ACTIVE subnetwork to the current BACKUP subnetwork. The drain timeout is only applicable when the following conditions are true: - the subnetwork being patched has purpose = INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER - the subnetwork being patched has role = BACKUP - the patch request is setting the role to ACTIVE. Note that after this patch operation the roles of the ACTIVE and BACKUP subnetworks will be swapped.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -32140,22 +32490,29 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, "requestId": { "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"targetGrpcProxy": { -"description": "Name of the TargetGrpcProxy resource to patch.", +"subnetwork": { +"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource to patch.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}", "request": { -"$ref": "TargetGrpcProxy" +"$ref": "Subnetwork" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -32164,85 +32521,160 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] -} -} }, -"targetHttpProxies": { -"methods": { -"aggregatedList": { -"description": "Retrieves the list of all TargetHttpProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpProxies", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.aggregatedList", +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.setIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ -"project" +"project", +"region", +"resource" ], "parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.", -"location": "query", +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, "type": "string" }, -"includeAllScopes": { -"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" }, -"maxResults": { -"default": "500", -"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", -"format": "uint32", -"location": "query", -"minimum": "0", -"type": "integer" +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} }, -"orderBy": { -"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", -"location": "query", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionSetPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"setPrivateIpGoogleAccess": { +"description": "Set whether VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigning external IP addresses through Private Google Access.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/setPrivateIpGoogleAccess", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.setPrivateIpGoogleAccess", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"subnetwork" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, "type": "string" }, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"subnetwork": { +"description": "Name of the Subnetwork resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/setPrivateIpGoogleAccess", +"request": { +"$ref": "SubnetworksSetPrivateIpGoogleAccessRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.subnetworks.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { "project": { -"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", +"description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"returnPartialSuccess": { -"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" }, -"serviceProjectNumber": { -"description": "The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which aggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.", -"format": "int64", -"location": "query", +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpProxies", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" +}, "response": { -"$ref": "TargetHttpProxyAggregatedList" +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +} +} }, +"targetGrpcProxies": { +"methods": { "delete": { -"description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpProxy resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", +"description": "Deletes the specified TargetGrpcProxy in the given scope", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.delete", +"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"targetHttpProxy" +"targetGrpcProxy" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -32257,15 +32689,15 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"targetHttpProxy": { -"description": "Name of the TargetHttpProxy resource to delete.", +"targetGrpcProxy": { +"description": "Name of the TargetGrpcProxy resource to delete.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -32275,13 +32707,13 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpProxy resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", +"description": "Returns the specified TargetGrpcProxy resource in the given scope.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.get", +"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.get", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"targetHttpProxy" +"targetGrpcProxy" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -32291,17 +32723,17 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"targetHttpProxy": { -"description": "Name of the TargetHttpProxy resource to return.", +"targetGrpcProxy": { +"description": "Name of the TargetGrpcProxy resource to return.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", "response": { -"$ref": "TargetHttpProxy" +"$ref": "TargetGrpcProxy" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -32310,10 +32742,10 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a TargetHttpProxy resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies", +"description": "Creates a TargetGrpcProxy in the specified project in the given scope using the parameters that are included in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.insert", +"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.insert", "parameterOrder": [ "project" ], @@ -32331,9 +32763,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies", +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies", "request": { -"$ref": "TargetHttpProxy" +"$ref": "TargetGrpcProxy" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -32344,10 +32776,10 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Retrieves the list of TargetHttpProxy resources available to the specified project.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies", +"description": "Lists the TargetGrpcProxies for a project in the given scope.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.list", +"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.list", "parameterOrder": [ "project" ], @@ -32388,9 +32820,9 @@ "type": "boolean" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies", +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies", "response": { -"$ref": "TargetHttpProxyList" +"$ref": "TargetGrpcProxyList" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -32399,55 +32831,13 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Patches the specified TargetHttpProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", +"description": "Patches the specified TargetGrpcProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.patch", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"targetHttpProxy" -], -"parameters": { -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"targetHttpProxy": { -"description": "Name of the TargetHttpProxy resource to patch.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", -"request": { -"$ref": "TargetHttpProxy" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, -"setUrlMap": { -"description": "Changes the URL map for TargetHttpProxy.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}/setUrlMap", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.setUrlMap", +"id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"targetHttpProxy" +"targetGrpcProxy" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -32462,17 +32852,17 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"targetHttpProxy": { -"description": "Name of the TargetHttpProxy to set a URL map for.", +"targetGrpcProxy": { +"description": "Name of the TargetGrpcProxy resource to patch.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}/setUrlMap", +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}", "request": { -"$ref": "UrlMapReference" +"$ref": "TargetGrpcProxy" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -32484,13 +32874,13 @@ } } }, -"targetHttpsProxies": { +"targetHttpProxies": { "methods": { "aggregatedList": { -"description": "Retrieves the list of all TargetHttpsProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpsProxies", +"description": "Retrieves the list of all TargetHttpProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpProxies", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.aggregatedList", +"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.aggregatedList", "parameterOrder": [ "project" ], @@ -32542,9 +32932,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpsProxies", +"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpProxies", "response": { -"$ref": "TargetHttpsProxyAggregatedList" +"$ref": "TargetHttpProxyAggregatedList" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -32553,13 +32943,13 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}", +"description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpProxy resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.delete", +"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"targetHttpsProxy" +"targetHttpProxy" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -32574,15 +32964,15 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"targetHttpsProxy": { -"description": "Name of the TargetHttpsProxy resource to delete.", +"targetHttpProxy": { +"description": "Name of the TargetHttpProxy resource to delete.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}", +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -32592,13 +32982,330 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}", +"description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpProxy resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.get", +"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.get", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"targetHttpsProxy" +"targetHttpProxy" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"targetHttpProxy": { +"description": "Name of the TargetHttpProxy resource to return.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", +"response": { +"$ref": "TargetHttpProxy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"insert": { +"description": "Creates a TargetHttpProxy resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.insert", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies", +"request": { +"$ref": "TargetHttpProxy" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieves the list of TargetHttpProxy resources available to the specified project.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies", +"response": { +"$ref": "TargetHttpProxyList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Patches the specified TargetHttpProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"targetHttpProxy" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"targetHttpProxy": { +"description": "Name of the TargetHttpProxy resource to patch.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}", +"request": { +"$ref": "TargetHttpProxy" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"setUrlMap": { +"description": "Changes the URL map for TargetHttpProxy.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}/setUrlMap", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.setUrlMap", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"targetHttpProxy" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"targetHttpProxy": { +"description": "Name of the TargetHttpProxy to set a URL map for.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}/setUrlMap", +"request": { +"$ref": "UrlMapReference" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +} +} +}, +"targetHttpsProxies": { +"methods": { +"aggregatedList": { +"description": "Retrieves the list of all TargetHttpsProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project. To prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the `returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpsProxies", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.aggregatedList", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"includeAllScopes": { +"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"serviceProjectNumber": { +"description": "The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which aggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpsProxies", +"response": { +"$ref": "TargetHttpsProxyAggregatedList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"targetHttpsProxy" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"targetHttpsProxy": { +"description": "Name of the TargetHttpsProxy resource to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"targetHttpsProxy" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -36305,7 +37012,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240227", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -37991,6 +38698,10 @@ false "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot." +}, +"storagePool": { +"description": "The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool ", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -41133,6 +41844,7 @@ false "GENERAL_PURPOSE_E2", "GENERAL_PURPOSE_N2", "GENERAL_PURPOSE_N2D", +"GENERAL_PURPOSE_N4", "GENERAL_PURPOSE_T2D", "GRAPHICS_OPTIMIZED", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED", @@ -41157,6 +41869,7 @@ false "", "", "", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -42118,17 +42831,23 @@ false "DELETING", "FAILED", "READY", -"RESTORING" +"RESTORING", +"UNAVAILABLE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Disk is provisioning", "Disk is deleting.", "Disk creation failed.", "Disk is ready for use.", -"Source data is being copied into the disk." +"Source data is being copied into the disk.", +"Disk is currently unavailable and cannot be accessed, attached or detached." ], "type": "string" }, +"storagePool": { +"description": "The storage pool in which the new disk is created. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /storagePools/storagePool - projects/project/zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool - zones/zone/storagePools/storagePool ", +"type": "string" +}, "type": { "description": "URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.", "type": "string" @@ -45619,7 +46338,7 @@ false "id": "GuestOsFeature", "properties": { "type": { -"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.", +"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2 - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE - TDX_CAPABLE - IDPF For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.", "enum": [ "FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "GVNIC", @@ -51972,13 +52691,15 @@ false "CREATING", "DELETING", "FAILED", -"READY" +"READY", +"UNAVAILABLE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "InstantSnapshot creation is in progress.", "InstantSnapshot is currently being deleted.", "InstantSnapshot creation failed.", -"InstantSnapshot has been created successfully." +"InstantSnapshot has been created successfully.", +"InstantSnapshot is currently unavailable and cannot be used for Disk restoration" ], "type": "string" }, @@ -54409,7 +55130,7 @@ false "id": "InterconnectRemoteLocationConstraints", "properties": { "portPairRemoteLocation": { -"description": "[Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. GCP's API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location.", +"description": "[Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. Google Cloud API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI requires that both ports use the same remote location.", "enum": [ "PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION", "PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION" @@ -63821,6 +64542,9 @@ false "GLOBAL_INTERNAL_MANAGED_BACKEND_SERVICES", "GLOBAL_INTERNAL_TRAFFIC_DIRECTOR_BACKEND_SERVICES", "GPUS_ALL_REGIONS", +"HDB_TOTAL_GB", +"HDB_TOTAL_IOPS", +"HDB_TOTAL_THROUGHPUT", "HEALTH_CHECKS", "IMAGES", "INSTANCES", @@ -63894,6 +64618,7 @@ false "REGIONAL_INSTANCE_GROUP_MANAGERS", "REGIONAL_INTERNAL_LB_BACKEND_SERVICES", "REGIONAL_INTERNAL_MANAGED_BACKEND_SERVICES", +"REGIONAL_INTERNAL_TRAFFIC_DIRECTOR_BACKEND_SERVICES", "RESERVATIONS", "RESOURCE_POLICIES", "ROUTERS", @@ -64065,6 +64790,10 @@ false "", "", "", +"", +"", +"", +"", "The total number of snapshots allowed for a single project.", "", "", @@ -70891,36 +71620,1849 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] URL of the region where the service attachment resides. This field applies only to the region resource. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.", "type": "string" }, -"selfLink": { -"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"targetService": { +"description": "The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ServiceAttachmentAggregatedList": { +"description": "Contains a list of ServiceAttachmentsScopedList.", +"id": "ServiceAttachmentAggregatedList", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "ServiceAttachmentsScopedList", +"description": "Name of the scope containing this set of ServiceAttachments." +}, +"description": "A list of ServiceAttachmentsScopedList resources.", +"type": "object" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#serviceAttachmentAggregatedList", +"description": "Type of resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachables": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ServiceAttachmentConnectedEndpoint": { +"description": "[Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.", +"id": "ServiceAttachmentConnectedEndpoint", +"properties": { +"consumerNetwork": { +"description": "The url of the consumer network.", +"type": "string" +}, +"endpoint": { +"description": "The url of a connected endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pscConnectionId": { +"description": "The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.", +"format": "uint64", +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"description": "The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.", +"enum": [ +"ACCEPTED", +"CLOSED", +"NEEDS_ATTENTION", +"PENDING", +"REJECTED", +"STATUS_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The connection has been accepted by the producer.", +"The connection has been closed by the producer.", +"The connection has been accepted by the producer, but the producer needs to take further action before the forwarding rule can serve traffic.", +"The connection is pending acceptance by the producer.", +"The consumer is still connected but not using the connection.", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ServiceAttachmentConsumerProjectLimit": { +"id": "ServiceAttachmentConsumerProjectLimit", +"properties": { +"connectionLimit": { +"description": "The value of the limit to set.", +"format": "uint32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"networkUrl": { +"description": "The network URL for the network to set the limit for.", +"type": "string" +}, +"projectIdOrNum": { +"description": "The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ServiceAttachmentList": { +"id": "ServiceAttachmentList", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "A list of ServiceAttachment resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ServiceAttachment" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#serviceAttachmentList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#serviceAttachment for service attachments.", +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ServiceAttachmentsScopedList": { +"id": "ServiceAttachmentsScopedList", +"properties": { +"serviceAttachments": { +"description": "A list of ServiceAttachments contained in this scope.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ServiceAttachment" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of service attachments when the list is empty.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { +"id": "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"clientOperationId": { +"description": "[Output Only] The client operation id.", +"type": "string" +}, +"perLocationOperations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadataPerLocationOperationInfo" +}, +"description": "[Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadataPerLocationOperationInfo": { +"id": "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadataPerLocationOperationInfo", +"properties": { +"error": { +"$ref": "Status", +"description": "[Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated." +}, +"state": { +"description": "[Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.", +"enum": [ +"ABANDONED", +"DONE", +"FAILED", +"PROPAGATED", +"PROPAGATING", +"UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Operation not tracked in this location e.g. zone is marked as DOWN.", +"Operation has completed successfully.", +"Operation is in an error state.", +"Operation is confirmed to be in the location.", +"Operation is not yet confirmed to have been created in the location.", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ShareSettings": { +"description": "The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups.", +"id": "ShareSettings", +"properties": { +"projectMap": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "ShareSettingsProjectConfig" +}, +"description": "A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.", +"type": "object" +}, +"shareType": { +"description": "Type of sharing for this shared-reservation", +"enum": [ +"LOCAL", +"ORGANIZATION", +"SHARE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SPECIFIC_PROJECTS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"Shared-reservation is open to entire Organization", +"Default value. This value is unused.", +"Shared-reservation is open to specific projects" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ShareSettingsProjectConfig": { +"description": "Config for each project in the share settings.", +"id": "ShareSettingsProjectConfig", +"properties": { +"projectId": { +"description": "The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ShieldedInstanceConfig": { +"description": "A set of Shielded Instance options.", +"id": "ShieldedInstanceConfig", +"properties": { +"enableIntegrityMonitoring": { +"description": "Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"enableSecureBoot": { +"description": "Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"enableVtpm": { +"description": "Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ShieldedInstanceIdentity": { +"description": "A Shielded Instance Identity.", +"id": "ShieldedInstanceIdentity", +"properties": { +"encryptionKey": { +"$ref": "ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry", +"description": "An Endorsement Key (EK) made by the RSA 2048 algorithm issued to the Shielded Instance's vTPM." +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#shieldedInstanceIdentity", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#shieldedInstanceIdentity for shielded Instance identity entry.", +"type": "string" +}, +"signingKey": { +"$ref": "ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry", +"description": "An Attestation Key (AK) made by the RSA 2048 algorithm issued to the Shielded Instance's vTPM." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry": { +"description": "A Shielded Instance Identity Entry.", +"id": "ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry", +"properties": { +"ekCert": { +"description": "A PEM-encoded X.509 certificate. This field can be empty.", +"type": "string" +}, +"ekPub": { +"description": "A PEM-encoded public key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy": { +"description": "The policy describes the baseline against which Instance boot integrity is measured.", +"id": "ShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy", +"properties": { +"updateAutoLearnPolicy": { +"description": "Updates the integrity policy baseline using the measurements from the VM instance's most recent boot.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SignedUrlKey": { +"description": "Represents a customer-supplied Signing Key used by Cloud CDN Signed URLs", +"id": "SignedUrlKey", +"properties": { +"keyName": { +"description": "Name of the key. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"type": "string" +}, +"keyValue": { +"description": "128-bit key value used for signing the URL. The key value must be a valid RFC 4648 Section 5 base64url encoded string.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Snapshot": { +"description": "Represents a Persistent Disk Snapshot resource. You can use snapshots to back up data on a regular interval. For more information, read Creating persistent disk snapshots.", +"id": "Snapshot", +"properties": { +"architecture": { +"description": "[Output Only] The architecture of the snapshot. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64.", +"enum": [ +"ARCHITECTURE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ARM64", +"X86_64" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value indicating Architecture is not set.", +"Machines with architecture ARM64", +"Machines with architecture X86_64" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"autoCreated": { +"description": "[Output Only] Set to true if snapshots are automatically created by applying resource policy on the target disk.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"chainName": { +"description": "Creates the new snapshot in the snapshot chain labeled with the specified name. The chain name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. This is an uncommon option only for advanced service owners who needs to create separate snapshot chains, for example, for chargeback tracking. When you describe your snapshot resource, this field is visible only if it has a non-empty value.", +"type": "string" +}, +"creationSizeBytes": { +"description": "[Output Only] Size in bytes of the snapshot at creation time.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"diskSizeGb": { +"description": "[Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"downloadBytes": { +"description": "[Output Only] Number of bytes downloaded to restore a snapshot to a disk.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"enableConfidentialCompute": { +"description": "Whether this snapshot is created from a confidential compute mode disk. [Output Only]: This field is not set by user, but from source disk.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"guestOsFeatures": { +"description": "[Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GuestOsFeature" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.", +"format": "uint64", +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#snapshot", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshot for Snapshot resources.", +"type": "string" +}, +"labelFingerprint": { +"description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Labels to apply to this snapshot. These can be later modified by the setLabels method. Label values may be empty.", +"type": "object" +}, +"licenseCodes": { +"description": "[Output Only] Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this snapshot.", +"items": { +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"licenses": { +"description": "[Output Only] A list of public visible licenses that apply to this snapshot. This can be because the original image had licenses attached (such as a Windows image).", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"locationHint": { +"description": "An opaque location hint used to place the snapshot close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"annotations": { +"required": [ +"compute.disks.createSnapshot", +"compute.snapshots.insert" +] +}, +"description": "Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"type": "string" +}, +"satisfiesPzi": { +"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"satisfiesPzs": { +"description": "[Output Only] Reserved for future use.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"snapshotEncryptionKey": { +"$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", +"description": "Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later." +}, +"snapshotType": { +"description": "Indicates the type of the snapshot.", +"enum": [ +"ARCHIVE", +"STANDARD" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceDisk": { +"description": "The source disk used to create this snapshot.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { +"$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", +"description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key." +}, +"sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": { +"description": "The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceDiskId": { +"description": "[Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceInstantSnapshot": { +"description": "The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot ", +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { +"$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", +"description": "Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot." +}, +"sourceInstantSnapshotId": { +"description": "[Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": { +"description": "[Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": { +"description": "[Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.", +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"description": "[Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can be CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, READY, or UPLOADING.", +"enum": [ +"CREATING", +"DELETING", +"FAILED", +"READY", +"UPLOADING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Snapshot creation is in progress.", +"Snapshot is currently being deleted.", +"Snapshot creation failed.", +"Snapshot has been created successfully.", +"Snapshot is being uploaded." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"storageBytes": { +"description": "[Output Only] A size of the storage used by the snapshot. As snapshots share storage, this number is expected to change with snapshot creation/deletion.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"storageBytesStatus": { +"description": "[Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date.", +"enum": [ +"UPDATING", +"UP_TO_DATE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"storageLocations": { +"description": "Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the snapshot (regional or multi-regional).", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SnapshotList": { +"description": "Contains a list of Snapshot resources.", +"id": "SnapshotList", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "A list of Snapshot resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Snapshot" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#snapshotList", +"description": "Type of resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SnapshotSettings": { +"id": "SnapshotSettings", +"properties": { +"storageLocation": { +"$ref": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings", +"description": "Policy of which storage location is going to be resolved, and additional data that particularizes how the policy is going to be carried out." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings": { +"id": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings", +"properties": { +"locations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference" +}, +"description": "When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored in the locations listed in this field. Keys are GCS bucket locations.", +"type": "object" +}, +"policy": { +"description": "The chosen location policy.", +"enum": [ +"LOCAL_REGION", +"NEAREST_MULTI_REGION", +"SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS", +"STORAGE_LOCATION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Store snapshot in the same region as with the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", +"Store snapshot to the nearest multi region GCS bucket, relative to the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", +"Store snapshot in the specific locations, as specified by the user. The list of regions to store must be defined under the `locations` field.", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference": { +"description": "A structure for specifying storage locations.", +"id": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Name of the location. It should be one of the GCS buckets.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SourceDiskEncryptionKey": { +"id": "SourceDiskEncryptionKey", +"properties": { +"diskEncryptionKey": { +"$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", +"description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key." +}, +"sourceDisk": { +"description": "URL of the disk attached to the source instance. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk ", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SourceInstanceParams": { +"description": "A specification of the parameters to use when creating the instance template from a source instance.", +"id": "SourceInstanceParams", +"properties": { +"diskConfigs": { +"description": "Attached disks configuration. If not provided, defaults are applied: For boot disk and any other R/W disks, the source images for each disk will be used. For read-only disks, they will be attached in read-only mode. Local SSD disks will be created as blank volumes.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DiskInstantiationConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SourceInstanceProperties": { +"description": "DEPRECATED: Please use compute#instanceProperties instead. New properties will not be added to this field.", +"id": "SourceInstanceProperties", +"properties": { +"canIpForward": { +"description": "Enables instances created based on this machine image to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"deletionProtection": { +"description": "Whether the instance created from this machine image should be protected against deletion.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"description": { +"description": "An optional text description for the instances that are created from this machine image.", +"type": "string" +}, +"disks": { +"description": "An array of disks that are associated with the instances that are created from this machine image.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SavedAttachedDisk" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"guestAccelerators": { +"description": "A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from this machine image.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AcceleratorConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"keyRevocationActionType": { +"description": "KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are \"STOP\" and \"NONE\". The default value is \"NONE\" if it is not specified.", +"enum": [ +"KEY_REVOCATION_ACTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NONE", +"STOP" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. This value is unused.", +"Indicates user chose no operation.", +"Indicates user chose to opt for VM shutdown on key revocation." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Labels to apply to instances that are created from this machine image.", +"type": "object" +}, +"machineType": { +"description": "The machine type to use for instances that are created from this machine image.", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"$ref": "Metadata", +"description": "The metadata key/value pairs to assign to instances that are created from this machine image. These pairs can consist of custom metadata or predefined keys. See Project and instance metadata for more information." +}, +"minCpuPlatform": { +"description": "Minimum cpu/platform to be used by instances created from this machine image. The instance may be scheduled on the specified or newer cpu/platform. Applicable values are the friendly names of CPU platforms, such as minCpuPlatform: \"Intel Haswell\" or minCpuPlatform: \"Intel Sandy Bridge\". For more information, read Specifying a Minimum CPU Platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"networkInterfaces": { +"description": "An array of network access configurations for this interface.", +"items": { +"$ref": "NetworkInterface" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"scheduling": { +"$ref": "Scheduling", +"description": "Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image." +}, +"serviceAccounts": { +"description": "A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from this machine image. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ServiceAccount" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"tags": { +"$ref": "Tags", +"description": "A list of tags to apply to the instances that are created from this machine image. The tags identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls. The setTags method can modify this list of tags. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslCertificate": { +"description": "Represents an SSL certificate resource. Google Compute Engine has two SSL certificate resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/sslCertificates) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionSslCertificates) The global SSL certificates (sslCertificates) are used by: - Global external Application Load Balancers - Classic Application Load Balancers - Proxy Network Load Balancers (with target SSL proxies) The regional SSL certificates (regionSslCertificates) are used by: - Regional external Application Load Balancers - Regional internal Application Load Balancers Optionally, certificate file contents that you upload can contain a set of up to five PEM-encoded certificates. The API call creates an object (sslCertificate) that holds this data. You can use SSL keys and certificates to secure connections to a load balancer. For more information, read Creating and using SSL certificates, SSL certificates quotas and limits, and Troubleshooting SSL certificates.", +"id": "SslCertificate", +"properties": { +"certificate": { +"description": "A value read into memory from a certificate file. The certificate file must be in PEM format. The certificate chain must be no greater than 5 certs long. The chain must include at least one intermediate cert.", +"type": "string" +}, +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"expireTime": { +"description": "[Output Only] Expire time of the certificate. RFC3339", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.", +"format": "uint64", +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#sslCertificate", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#sslCertificate for SSL certificates.", +"type": "string" +}, +"managed": { +"$ref": "SslCertificateManagedSslCertificate", +"description": "Configuration and status of a managed SSL certificate." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"type": "string" +}, +"privateKey": { +"description": "A value read into memory from a write-only private key file. The private key file must be in PEM format. For security, only insert requests include this field.", +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "[Output Only] URL of the region where the regional SSL Certificate resides. This field is not applicable to global SSL Certificate.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfManaged": { +"$ref": "SslCertificateSelfManagedSslCertificate", +"description": "Configuration and status of a self-managed SSL certificate." +}, +"subjectAlternativeNames": { +"description": "[Output Only] Domains associated with the certificate via Subject Alternative Name.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"type": { +"description": "(Optional) Specifies the type of SSL certificate, either \"SELF_MANAGED\" or \"MANAGED\". If not specified, the certificate is self-managed and the fields certificate and private_key are used.", +"enum": [ +"MANAGED", +"SELF_MANAGED", +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Google-managed SSLCertificate.", +"Certificate uploaded by user.", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslCertificateAggregatedList": { +"id": "SslCertificateAggregatedList", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "SslCertificatesScopedList", +"description": "Name of the scope containing this set of SslCertificates." +}, +"description": "A list of SslCertificatesScopedList resources.", +"type": "object" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#sslCertificateAggregatedList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#sslCertificateAggregatedList for lists of SSL Certificates.", +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachables": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslCertificateList": { +"description": "Contains a list of SslCertificate resources.", +"id": "SslCertificateList", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "A list of SslCertificate resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SslCertificate" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#sslCertificateList", +"description": "Type of resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslCertificateManagedSslCertificate": { +"description": "Configuration and status of a managed SSL certificate.", +"id": "SslCertificateManagedSslCertificate", +"properties": { +"domainStatus": { +"additionalProperties": { +"enum": [ +"ACTIVE", +"DOMAIN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"FAILED_CAA_CHECKING", +"FAILED_CAA_FORBIDDEN", +"FAILED_NOT_VISIBLE", +"FAILED_RATE_LIMITED", +"PROVISIONING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"A managed certificate can be provisioned, no issues for this domain.", +"", +"Failed to check CAA records for the domain.", +"Certificate issuance forbidden by an explicit CAA record for the domain.", +"There seems to be problem with the user's DNS or load balancer configuration for this domain.", +"Reached rate-limit for certificates per top-level private domain.", +"Certificate provisioning for this domain is under way. GCP will attempt to provision the first certificate." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "[Output only] Detailed statuses of the domains specified for managed certificate resource.", +"type": "object" +}, +"domains": { +"description": "The domains for which a managed SSL certificate will be generated. Each Google-managed SSL certificate supports up to the [maximum number of domains per Google-managed SSL certificate](/load-balancing/docs/quotas#ssl_certificates).", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"status": { +"description": "[Output only] Status of the managed certificate resource.", +"enum": [ +"ACTIVE", +"MANAGED_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"PROVISIONING", +"PROVISIONING_FAILED", +"PROVISIONING_FAILED_PERMANENTLY", +"RENEWAL_FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The certificate management is working, and a certificate has been provisioned.", +"", +"The certificate management is working. GCP will attempt to provision the first certificate.", +"Certificate provisioning failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. For details of which domain failed, consult domain_status field.", +"Certificate provisioning failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. It won't be retried. To try again delete and create a new managed SslCertificate resource. For details of which domain failed, consult domain_status field.", +"Renewal of the certificate has failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. The existing cert is still serving; however, it will expire shortly. To provision a renewed certificate, delete and create a new managed SslCertificate resource. For details on which domain failed, consult domain_status field." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslCertificateSelfManagedSslCertificate": { +"description": "Configuration and status of a self-managed SSL certificate.", +"id": "SslCertificateSelfManagedSslCertificate", +"properties": { +"certificate": { +"description": "A local certificate file. The certificate must be in PEM format. The certificate chain must be no greater than 5 certs long. The chain must include at least one intermediate cert.", +"type": "string" +}, +"privateKey": { +"description": "A write-only private key in PEM format. Only insert requests will include this field.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslCertificatesScopedList": { +"id": "SslCertificatesScopedList", +"properties": { +"sslCertificates": { +"description": "List of SslCertificates contained in this scope.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SslCertificate" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of backend services when the list is empty.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", "type": "string" +} }, -"targetService": { -"description": "The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment.", +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" +} }, -"ServiceAttachmentAggregatedList": { -"description": "Contains a list of ServiceAttachmentsScopedList.", -"id": "ServiceAttachmentAggregatedList", +"type": "object" +}, +"SslPoliciesAggregatedList": { +"id": "SslPoliciesAggregatedList", "properties": { +"etag": { +"type": "string" +}, "id": { "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", "type": "string" }, "items": { "additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "ServiceAttachmentsScopedList", -"description": "Name of the scope containing this set of ServiceAttachments." +"$ref": "SslPoliciesScopedList", +"description": "Name of the scope containing this set of SSL policies." }, -"description": "A list of ServiceAttachmentsScopedList resources.", +"description": "A list of SslPoliciesScopedList resources.", "type": "object" }, "kind": { -"default": "compute#serviceAttachmentAggregatedList", -"description": "Type of resource.", +"default": "compute#sslPoliciesAggregatedList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#sslPolicyAggregatedList for lists of SSL Policies.", "type": "string" }, "nextPageToken": { @@ -71062,82 +73604,23 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"ServiceAttachmentConnectedEndpoint": { -"description": "[Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.", -"id": "ServiceAttachmentConnectedEndpoint", -"properties": { -"consumerNetwork": { -"description": "The url of the consumer network.", -"type": "string" -}, -"endpoint": { -"description": "The url of a connected endpoint.", -"type": "string" -}, -"pscConnectionId": { -"description": "The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.", -"format": "uint64", -"type": "string" -}, -"status": { -"description": "The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.", -"enum": [ -"ACCEPTED", -"CLOSED", -"NEEDS_ATTENTION", -"PENDING", -"REJECTED", -"STATUS_UNSPECIFIED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The connection has been accepted by the producer.", -"The connection has been closed by the producer.", -"The connection has been accepted by the producer, but the producer needs to take further action before the forwarding rule can serve traffic.", -"The connection is pending acceptance by the producer.", -"The consumer is still connected but not using the connection.", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ServiceAttachmentConsumerProjectLimit": { -"id": "ServiceAttachmentConsumerProjectLimit", -"properties": { -"connectionLimit": { -"description": "The value of the limit to set.", -"format": "uint32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"networkUrl": { -"description": "The network URL for the network to set the limit for.", -"type": "string" -}, -"projectIdOrNum": { -"description": "The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ServiceAttachmentList": { -"id": "ServiceAttachmentList", +"SslPoliciesList": { +"id": "SslPoliciesList", "properties": { "id": { "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", "type": "string" }, "items": { -"description": "A list of ServiceAttachment resources.", +"description": "A list of SslPolicy resources.", "items": { -"$ref": "ServiceAttachment" +"$ref": "SslPolicy" }, "type": "array" }, "kind": { -"default": "compute#serviceAttachmentList", -"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#serviceAttachment for service attachments.", +"default": "compute#sslPoliciesList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#sslPoliciesList for lists of sslPolicies.", "type": "string" }, "nextPageToken": { @@ -71272,18 +73755,30 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"ServiceAttachmentsScopedList": { -"id": "ServiceAttachmentsScopedList", +"SslPoliciesListAvailableFeaturesResponse": { +"id": "SslPoliciesListAvailableFeaturesResponse", "properties": { -"serviceAttachments": { -"description": "A list of ServiceAttachments contained in this scope.", +"features": { "items": { -"$ref": "ServiceAttachment" +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SslPoliciesScopedList": { +"id": "SslPoliciesScopedList", +"properties": { +"sslPolicies": { +"description": "A list of SslPolicies contained in this scope.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SslPolicy" }, "type": "array" }, "warning": { -"description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of service attachments when the list is empty.", +"description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of SSL policies when the list is empty.", "properties": { "code": { "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", @@ -71406,427 +73901,93 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { -"id": "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata", -"properties": { -"clientOperationId": { -"description": "[Output Only] The client operation id.", -"type": "string" -}, -"perLocationOperations": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadataPerLocationOperationInfo" -}, -"description": "[Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a", -"type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadataPerLocationOperationInfo": { -"id": "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadataPerLocationOperationInfo", -"properties": { -"error": { -"$ref": "Status", -"description": "[Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated." -}, -"state": { -"description": "[Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.", -"enum": [ -"ABANDONED", -"DONE", -"FAILED", -"PROPAGATED", -"PROPAGATING", -"UNSPECIFIED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Operation not tracked in this location e.g. zone is marked as DOWN.", -"Operation has completed successfully.", -"Operation is in an error state.", -"Operation is confirmed to be in the location.", -"Operation is not yet confirmed to have been created in the location.", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ShareSettings": { -"description": "The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups.", -"id": "ShareSettings", -"properties": { -"projectMap": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "ShareSettingsProjectConfig" -}, -"description": "A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.", -"type": "object" -}, -"shareType": { -"description": "Type of sharing for this shared-reservation", -"enum": [ -"LOCAL", -"ORGANIZATION", -"SHARE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"SPECIFIC_PROJECTS" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value.", -"Shared-reservation is open to entire Organization", -"Default value. This value is unused.", -"Shared-reservation is open to specific projects" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ShareSettingsProjectConfig": { -"description": "Config for each project in the share settings.", -"id": "ShareSettingsProjectConfig", -"properties": { -"projectId": { -"description": "The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ShieldedInstanceConfig": { -"description": "A set of Shielded Instance options.", -"id": "ShieldedInstanceConfig", -"properties": { -"enableIntegrityMonitoring": { -"description": "Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"enableSecureBoot": { -"description": "Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"enableVtpm": { -"description": "Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ShieldedInstanceIdentity": { -"description": "A Shielded Instance Identity.", -"id": "ShieldedInstanceIdentity", -"properties": { -"encryptionKey": { -"$ref": "ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry", -"description": "An Endorsement Key (EK) made by the RSA 2048 algorithm issued to the Shielded Instance's vTPM." -}, -"kind": { -"default": "compute#shieldedInstanceIdentity", -"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#shieldedInstanceIdentity for shielded Instance identity entry.", -"type": "string" -}, -"signingKey": { -"$ref": "ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry", -"description": "An Attestation Key (AK) made by the RSA 2048 algorithm issued to the Shielded Instance's vTPM." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry": { -"description": "A Shielded Instance Identity Entry.", -"id": "ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry", -"properties": { -"ekCert": { -"description": "A PEM-encoded X.509 certificate. This field can be empty.", -"type": "string" -}, -"ekPub": { -"description": "A PEM-encoded public key.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy": { -"description": "The policy describes the baseline against which Instance boot integrity is measured.", -"id": "ShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy", -"properties": { -"updateAutoLearnPolicy": { -"description": "Updates the integrity policy baseline using the measurements from the VM instance's most recent boot.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"SignedUrlKey": { -"description": "Represents a customer-supplied Signing Key used by Cloud CDN Signed URLs", -"id": "SignedUrlKey", -"properties": { -"keyName": { -"description": "Name of the key. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"type": "string" -}, -"keyValue": { -"description": "128-bit key value used for signing the URL. The key value must be a valid RFC 4648 Section 5 base64url encoded string.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"Snapshot": { -"description": "Represents a Persistent Disk Snapshot resource. You can use snapshots to back up data on a regular interval. For more information, read Creating persistent disk snapshots.", -"id": "Snapshot", +"SslPolicy": { +"description": "Represents an SSL Policy resource. Use SSL policies to control SSL features, such as versions and cipher suites, that are offered by Application Load Balancers and proxy Network Load Balancers. For more information, read SSL policies overview.", +"id": "SslPolicy", "properties": { -"architecture": { -"description": "[Output Only] The architecture of the snapshot. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64.", -"enum": [ -"ARCHITECTURE_UNSPECIFIED", -"ARM64", -"X86_64" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value indicating Architecture is not set.", -"Machines with architecture ARM64", -"Machines with architecture X86_64" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"autoCreated": { -"description": "[Output Only] Set to true if snapshots are automatically created by applying resource policy on the target disk.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"chainName": { -"description": "Creates the new snapshot in the snapshot chain labeled with the specified name. The chain name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. This is an uncommon option only for advanced service owners who needs to create separate snapshot chains, for example, for chargeback tracking. When you describe your snapshot resource, this field is visible only if it has a non-empty value.", -"type": "string" -}, -"creationSizeBytes": { -"description": "[Output Only] Size in bytes of the snapshot at creation time.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" }, -"description": { -"description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"diskSizeGb": { -"description": "[Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"downloadBytes": { -"description": "[Output Only] Number of bytes downloaded to restore a snapshot to a disk.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"enableConfidentialCompute": { -"description": "Whether this snapshot is created from a confidential compute mode disk. [Output Only]: This field is not set by user, but from source disk.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"guestOsFeatures": { -"description": "[Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GuestOsFeature" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"id": { -"description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.", -"format": "uint64", -"type": "string" -}, -"kind": { -"default": "compute#snapshot", -"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshot for Snapshot resources.", -"type": "string" -}, -"labelFingerprint": { -"description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -}, -"labels": { -"additionalProperties": { -"type": "string" -}, -"description": "Labels to apply to this snapshot. These can be later modified by the setLabels method. Label values may be empty.", -"type": "object" -}, -"licenseCodes": { -"description": "[Output Only] Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this snapshot.", -"items": { -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"licenses": { -"description": "[Output Only] A list of public visible licenses that apply to this snapshot. This can be because the original image had licenses attached (such as a Windows image).", +"customFeatures": { +"description": "A list of features enabled when the selected profile is CUSTOM. The method returns the set of features that can be specified in this list. This field must be empty if the profile is not CUSTOM.", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, -"locationHint": { -"description": "An opaque location hint used to place the snapshot close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"annotations": { -"required": [ -"compute.disks.createSnapshot", -"compute.snapshots.insert" -] -}, -"description": "Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"type": "string" -}, -"satisfiesPzi": { -"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "boolean" -}, -"satisfiesPzs": { -"description": "[Output Only] Reserved for future use.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"selfLink": { -"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"snapshotEncryptionKey": { -"$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", -"description": "Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later." -}, -"snapshotType": { -"description": "Indicates the type of the snapshot.", -"enum": [ -"ARCHIVE", -"STANDARD" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceDisk": { -"description": "The source disk used to create this snapshot.", -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { -"$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", -"description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key." -}, -"sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": { -"description": "The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot.", -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceDiskId": { -"description": "[Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.", -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceInstantSnapshot": { -"description": "The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot ", -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { -"$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", -"description": "Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot." -}, -"sourceInstantSnapshotId": { -"description": "[Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.", -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": { -"description": "[Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.", -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": { -"description": "[Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.", -"type": "string" -}, -"status": { -"description": "[Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can be CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, READY, or UPLOADING.", -"enum": [ -"CREATING", -"DELETING", -"FAILED", -"READY", -"UPLOADING" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Snapshot creation is in progress.", -"Snapshot is currently being deleted.", -"Snapshot creation failed.", -"Snapshot has been created successfully.", -"Snapshot is being uploaded." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"storageBytes": { -"description": "[Output Only] A size of the storage used by the snapshot. As snapshots share storage, this number is expected to change with snapshot creation/deletion.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"storageBytesStatus": { -"description": "[Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date.", -"enum": [ -"UPDATING", -"UP_TO_DATE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"" -], +"description": { +"description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", "type": "string" }, -"storageLocations": { -"description": "Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the snapshot (regional or multi-regional).", +"enabledFeatures": { +"description": "[Output Only] The list of features enabled in the SSL policy.", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" -} }, -"type": "object" +"fingerprint": { +"description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a SslPolicy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the SslPolicy, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an SslPolicy.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" }, -"SnapshotList": { -"description": "Contains a list of Snapshot resources.", -"id": "SnapshotList", -"properties": { "id": { -"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.", +"format": "uint64", "type": "string" }, -"items": { -"description": "A list of Snapshot resources.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Snapshot" +"kind": { +"default": "compute#sslPolicy", +"description": "[Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#sslPolicyfor SSL policies.", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"minTlsVersion": { +"description": "The minimum version of SSL protocol that can be used by the clients to establish a connection with the load balancer. This can be one of TLS_1_0, TLS_1_1, TLS_1_2.", +"enum": [ +"TLS_1_0", +"TLS_1_1", +"TLS_1_2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"TLS 1.0", +"TLS 1.1", +"TLS 1.2" +], +"type": "string" }, -"kind": { -"default": "compute#snapshotList", -"description": "Type of resource.", +"name": { +"description": "Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", +"profile": { +"description": "Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one of COMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, or CUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field.", +"enum": [ +"COMPATIBLE", +"CUSTOM", +"MODERN", +"RESTRICTED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Compatible profile. Allows the broadset set of clients, even those which support only out-of-date SSL features to negotiate with the load balancer.", +"Custom profile. Allow only the set of allowed SSL features specified in the customFeatures field.", +"Modern profile. Supports a wide set of SSL features, allowing modern clients to negotiate SSL with the load balancer.", +"Restricted profile. Supports a reduced set of SSL features, intended to meet stricter compliance requirements." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "[Output Only] URL of the region where the regional SSL policy resides. This field is not applicable to global SSL policies.", "type": "string" }, "selfLink": { -"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" }, -"warning": { -"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"warnings": { +"description": "[Output Only] If potential misconfigurations are detected for this SSL policy, this field will be populated with warning messages.", +"items": { "properties": { "code": { "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", @@ -71945,182 +74106,138 @@ false } }, "type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" }, -"SnapshotSettings": { -"id": "SnapshotSettings", -"properties": { -"storageLocation": { -"$ref": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings", -"description": "Policy of which storage location is going to be resolved, and additional data that particularizes how the policy is going to be carried out." +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings": { -"id": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings", +"SslPolicyReference": { +"id": "SslPolicyReference", "properties": { -"locations": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference" -}, -"description": "When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored in the locations listed in this field. Keys are GCS bucket locations.", -"type": "object" -}, -"policy": { -"description": "The chosen location policy.", -"enum": [ -"LOCAL_REGION", -"NEAREST_MULTI_REGION", -"SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS", -"STORAGE_LOCATION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Store snapshot in the same region as with the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", -"Store snapshot to the nearest multi region GCS bucket, relative to the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", -"Store snapshot in the specific locations, as specified by the user. The list of regions to store must be defined under the `locations` field.", -"" -], +"sslPolicy": { +"description": "URL of the SSL policy resource. Set this to empty string to clear any existing SSL policy associated with the target proxy resource.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference": { -"description": "A structure for specifying storage locations.", -"id": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference", +"StatefulPolicy": { +"id": "StatefulPolicy", "properties": { -"name": { -"description": "Name of the location. It should be one of the GCS buckets.", -"type": "string" +"preservedState": { +"$ref": "StatefulPolicyPreservedState" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SourceDiskEncryptionKey": { -"id": "SourceDiskEncryptionKey", +"StatefulPolicyPreservedState": { +"description": "Configuration of preserved resources.", +"id": "StatefulPolicyPreservedState", "properties": { -"diskEncryptionKey": { -"$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", -"description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key." +"disks": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateDiskDevice" }, -"sourceDisk": { -"description": "URL of the disk attached to the source instance. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk ", -"type": "string" -} +"description": "Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks.", +"type": "object" +}, +"externalIPs": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateNetworkIp" }, +"description": "External network IPs assigned to the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the network interface name.", "type": "object" }, -"SourceInstanceParams": { -"description": "A specification of the parameters to use when creating the instance template from a source instance.", -"id": "SourceInstanceParams", -"properties": { -"diskConfigs": { -"description": "Attached disks configuration. If not provided, defaults are applied: For boot disk and any other R/W disks, the source images for each disk will be used. For read-only disks, they will be attached in read-only mode. Local SSD disks will be created as blank volumes.", -"items": { -"$ref": "DiskInstantiationConfig" +"internalIPs": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateNetworkIp" }, -"type": "array" +"description": "Internal network IPs assigned to the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the network interface name.", +"type": "object" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SourceInstanceProperties": { -"description": "DEPRECATED: Please use compute#instanceProperties instead. New properties will not be added to this field.", -"id": "SourceInstanceProperties", +"StatefulPolicyPreservedStateDiskDevice": { +"id": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateDiskDevice", "properties": { -"canIpForward": { -"description": "Enables instances created based on this machine image to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"deletionProtection": { -"description": "Whether the instance created from this machine image should be protected against deletion.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"description": { -"description": "An optional text description for the instances that are created from this machine image.", -"type": "string" -}, -"disks": { -"description": "An array of disks that are associated with the instances that are created from this machine image.", -"items": { -"$ref": "SavedAttachedDisk" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"guestAccelerators": { -"description": "A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from this machine image.", -"items": { -"$ref": "AcceleratorConfig" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"keyRevocationActionType": { -"description": "KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are \"STOP\" and \"NONE\". The default value is \"NONE\" if it is not specified.", +"autoDelete": { +"description": "These stateful disks will never be deleted during autohealing, update or VM instance recreate operations. This flag is used to configure if the disk should be deleted after it is no longer used by the group, e.g. when the given instance or the whole group is deleted. Note: disks attached in READ_ONLY mode cannot be auto-deleted.", "enum": [ -"KEY_REVOCATION_ACTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"NONE", -"STOP" +"NEVER", +"ON_PERMANENT_INSTANCE_DELETION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value. This value is unused.", -"Indicates user chose no operation.", -"Indicates user chose to opt for VM shutdown on key revocation." +"", +"" ], "type": "string" +} }, -"labels": { -"additionalProperties": { -"type": "string" -}, -"description": "Labels to apply to instances that are created from this machine image.", "type": "object" }, -"machineType": { -"description": "The machine type to use for instances that are created from this machine image.", +"StatefulPolicyPreservedStateNetworkIp": { +"id": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateNetworkIp", +"properties": { +"autoDelete": { +"description": "These stateful IPs will never be released during autohealing, update or VM instance recreate operations. This flag is used to configure if the IP reservation should be deleted after it is no longer used by the group, e.g. when the given instance or the whole group is deleted.", +"enum": [ +"NEVER", +"ON_PERMANENT_INSTANCE_DELETION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], "type": "string" +} }, -"metadata": { -"$ref": "Metadata", -"description": "The metadata key/value pairs to assign to instances that are created from this machine image. These pairs can consist of custom metadata or predefined keys. See Project and instance metadata for more information." +"type": "object" }, -"minCpuPlatform": { -"description": "Minimum cpu/platform to be used by instances created from this machine image. The instance may be scheduled on the specified or newer cpu/platform. Applicable values are the friendly names of CPU platforms, such as minCpuPlatform: \"Intel Haswell\" or minCpuPlatform: \"Intel Sandy Bridge\". For more information, read Specifying a Minimum CPU Platform.", -"type": "string" +"Status": { +"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", +"id": "Status", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" }, -"networkInterfaces": { -"description": "An array of network access configurations for this interface.", +"details": { +"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", "items": { -"$ref": "NetworkInterface" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"scheduling": { -"$ref": "Scheduling", -"description": "Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image." +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" }, -"serviceAccounts": { -"description": "A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from this machine image. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ServiceAccount" +"type": "object" }, "type": "array" }, -"tags": { -"$ref": "Tags", -"description": "A list of tags to apply to the instances that are created from this machine image. The tags identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls. The setTags method can modify this list of tags. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035." +"message": { +"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SslCertificate": { -"description": "Represents an SSL certificate resource. Google Compute Engine has two SSL certificate resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/sslCertificates) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionSslCertificates) The global SSL certificates (sslCertificates) are used by: - Global external Application Load Balancers - Classic Application Load Balancers - Proxy Network Load Balancers (with target SSL proxies) The regional SSL certificates (regionSslCertificates) are used by: - Regional external Application Load Balancers - Regional internal Application Load Balancers Optionally, certificate file contents that you upload can contain a set of up to five PEM-encoded certificates. The API call creates an object (sslCertificate) that holds this data. You can use SSL keys and certificates to secure connections to a load balancer. For more information, read Creating and using SSL certificates, SSL certificates quotas and limits, and Troubleshooting SSL certificates.", -"id": "SslCertificate", +"StoragePool": { +"description": "Represents a zonal storage pool resource.", +"id": "StoragePool", "properties": { -"certificate": { -"description": "A value read into memory from a certificate file. The certificate file must be in PEM format. The certificate chain must be no greater than 5 certs long. The chain must include at least one intermediate cert.", +"capacityProvisioningType": { +"description": "Provisioning type of the byte capacity of the pool.", +"enum": [ +"ADVANCED", +"STANDARD", +"UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Advanced provisioning \"thinly\" allocates the related resource.", +"Standard provisioning allocates the related resource for the pool disks' exclusive use.", +"" +], "type": "string" }, "creationTimestamp": { @@ -72131,87 +74248,131 @@ false "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", "type": "string" }, -"expireTime": { -"description": "[Output Only] Expire time of the certificate. RFC3339", -"type": "string" -}, "id": { "description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.", "format": "uint64", "type": "string" }, "kind": { -"default": "compute#sslCertificate", -"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#sslCertificate for SSL certificates.", +"default": "compute#storagePool", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePool for storage pools.", "type": "string" }, -"managed": { -"$ref": "SslCertificateManagedSslCertificate", -"description": "Configuration and status of a managed SSL certificate." +"labelFingerprint": { +"description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this storage pool, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a storage pool.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Labels to apply to this storage pool. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.", +"type": "object" }, "name": { +"annotations": { +"required": [ +"compute.storagePools.insert" +] +}, "description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, -"privateKey": { -"description": "A value read into memory from a write-only private key file. The private key file must be in PEM format. For security, only insert requests include this field.", +"performanceProvisioningType": { +"description": "Provisioning type of the performance-related parameters of the pool, such as throughput and IOPS.", +"enum": [ +"ADVANCED", +"STANDARD", +"UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Advanced provisioning \"thinly\" allocates the related resource.", +"Standard provisioning allocates the related resource for the pool disks' exclusive use.", +"" +], "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "[Output Only] URL of the region where the regional SSL Certificate resides. This field is not applicable to global SSL Certificate.", +"poolProvisionedCapacityGb": { +"description": "Size, in GiB, of the storage pool.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"selfLink": { -"description": "[Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", +"poolProvisionedIops": { +"description": "Provisioned IOPS of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"selfManaged": { -"$ref": "SslCertificateSelfManagedSslCertificate", -"description": "Configuration and status of a self-managed SSL certificate." +"poolProvisionedThroughput": { +"description": "Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" }, -"subjectAlternativeNames": { -"description": "[Output Only] Domains associated with the certificate via Subject Alternative Name.", -"items": { +"resourceStatus": { +"$ref": "StoragePoolResourceStatus", +"description": "[Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource." +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.", "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"selfLinkWithId": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.", +"type": "string" }, -"type": { -"description": "(Optional) Specifies the type of SSL certificate, either \"SELF_MANAGED\" or \"MANAGED\". If not specified, the certificate is self-managed and the fields certificate and private_key are used.", +"state": { +"description": "[Output Only] The status of storage pool creation. - CREATING: Storage pool is provisioning. storagePool. - FAILED: Storage pool creation failed. - READY: Storage pool is ready for use. - DELETING: Storage pool is deleting. ", "enum": [ -"MANAGED", -"SELF_MANAGED", -"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED" +"CREATING", +"DELETING", +"FAILED", +"READY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Google-managed SSLCertificate.", -"Certificate uploaded by user.", -"" +"StoragePool is provisioning", +"StoragePool is deleting.", +"StoragePool creation failed.", +"StoragePool is ready for use." ], "type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"$ref": "StoragePoolResourceStatus", +"description": "[Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource." +}, +"storagePoolType": { +"description": "Type of the storage pool.", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "[Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SslCertificateAggregatedList": { -"id": "SslCertificateAggregatedList", +"StoragePoolAggregatedList": { +"id": "StoragePoolAggregatedList", "properties": { +"etag": { +"type": "string" +}, "id": { "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", "type": "string" }, "items": { "additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "SslCertificatesScopedList", -"description": "Name of the scope containing this set of SslCertificates." +"$ref": "StoragePoolsScopedList", +"description": "[Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of storage pool." }, -"description": "A list of SslCertificatesScopedList resources.", +"description": "A list of StoragePoolsScopedList resources.", "type": "object" }, "kind": { -"default": "compute#sslCertificateAggregatedList", -"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#sslCertificateAggregatedList for lists of SSL Certificates.", +"default": "compute#storagePoolAggregatedList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolAggregatedList for aggregated lists of storage pools.", "type": "string" }, "nextPageToken": { @@ -72353,24 +74514,103 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"SslCertificateList": { -"description": "Contains a list of SslCertificate resources.", -"id": "SslCertificateList", +"StoragePoolDisk": { +"id": "StoragePoolDisk", +"properties": { +"attachedInstances": { +"description": "[Output Only] Instances this disk is attached to.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", +"type": "string" +}, +"disk": { +"description": "[Output Only] The URL of the disk.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "[Output Only] The name of the disk.", +"type": "string" +}, +"provisionedIops": { +"description": "[Output Only] The number of IOPS provisioned for the disk.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"provisionedThroughput": { +"description": "[Output Only] The throughput provisioned for the disk.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"resourcePolicies": { +"description": "[Output Only] Resource policies applied to disk for automatic snapshot creations.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"sizeGb": { +"description": "[Output Only] The disk size, in GB.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"description": "[Output Only] The disk status.", +"enum": [ +"CREATING", +"DELETING", +"FAILED", +"READY", +"RESTORING", +"UNAVAILABLE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Disk is provisioning", +"Disk is deleting.", +"Disk creation failed.", +"Disk is ready for use.", +"Source data is being copied into the disk.", +"Disk is currently unavailable and cannot be accessed, attached or detached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "[Output Only] The disk type.", +"type": "string" +}, +"usedBytes": { +"description": "[Output Only] Amount of disk space used.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"StoragePoolList": { +"description": "A list of StoragePool resources.", +"id": "StoragePoolList", "properties": { +"etag": { +"type": "string" +}, "id": { "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", "type": "string" }, "items": { -"description": "A list of SslCertificate resources.", +"description": "A list of StoragePool resources.", "items": { -"$ref": "SslCertificate" +"$ref": "StoragePool" }, "type": "array" }, "kind": { -"default": "compute#sslCertificateList", -"description": "Type of resource.", +"default": "compute#storagePoolList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolList for lists of storagePools.", "type": "string" }, "nextPageToken": { @@ -72381,6 +74621,13 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", "type": "string" }, +"unreachables": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "warning": { "description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", "properties": { @@ -72505,92 +74752,45 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"SslCertificateManagedSslCertificate": { -"description": "Configuration and status of a managed SSL certificate.", -"id": "SslCertificateManagedSslCertificate", +"StoragePoolListDisks": { +"id": "StoragePoolListDisks", "properties": { -"domainStatus": { -"additionalProperties": { -"enum": [ -"ACTIVE", -"DOMAIN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", -"FAILED_CAA_CHECKING", -"FAILED_CAA_FORBIDDEN", -"FAILED_NOT_VISIBLE", -"FAILED_RATE_LIMITED", -"PROVISIONING" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"A managed certificate can be provisioned, no issues for this domain.", -"", -"Failed to check CAA records for the domain.", -"Certificate issuance forbidden by an explicit CAA record for the domain.", -"There seems to be problem with the user's DNS or load balancer configuration for this domain.", -"Reached rate-limit for certificates per top-level private domain.", -"Certificate provisioning for this domain is under way. GCP will attempt to provision the first certificate." -], +"etag": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "[Output only] Detailed statuses of the domains specified for managed certificate resource.", -"type": "object" +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" }, -"domains": { -"description": "The domains for which a managed SSL certificate will be generated. Each Google-managed SSL certificate supports up to the [maximum number of domains per Google-managed SSL certificate](/load-balancing/docs/quotas#ssl_certificates).", "items": { -"type": "string" +"description": "A list of StoragePoolDisk resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "StoragePoolDisk" }, "type": "array" }, -"status": { -"description": "[Output only] Status of the managed certificate resource.", -"enum": [ -"ACTIVE", -"MANAGED_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", -"PROVISIONING", -"PROVISIONING_FAILED", -"PROVISIONING_FAILED_PERMANENTLY", -"RENEWAL_FAILED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The certificate management is working, and a certificate has been provisioned.", -"", -"The certificate management is working. GCP will attempt to provision the first certificate.", -"Certificate provisioning failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. For details of which domain failed, consult domain_status field.", -"Certificate provisioning failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. It won't be retried. To try again delete and create a new managed SslCertificate resource. For details of which domain failed, consult domain_status field.", -"Renewal of the certificate has failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. The existing cert is still serving; however, it will expire shortly. To provision a renewed certificate, delete and create a new managed SslCertificate resource. For details on which domain failed, consult domain_status field." -], +"kind": { +"default": "compute#storagePoolListDisks", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolListDisks for lists of disks in a storagePool.", "type": "string" -} }, -"type": "object" -}, -"SslCertificateSelfManagedSslCertificate": { -"description": "Configuration and status of a self-managed SSL certificate.", -"id": "SslCertificateSelfManagedSslCertificate", -"properties": { -"certificate": { -"description": "A local certificate file. The certificate must be in PEM format. The certificate chain must be no greater than 5 certs long. The chain must include at least one intermediate cert.", +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", "type": "string" }, -"privateKey": { -"description": "A write-only private key in PEM format. Only insert requests will include this field.", +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", "type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" }, -"SslCertificatesScopedList": { -"id": "SslCertificatesScopedList", -"properties": { -"sslCertificates": { -"description": "List of SslCertificates contained in this scope.", +"unreachables": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder", "items": { -"$ref": "SslCertificate" +"type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "warning": { -"description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of backend services when the list is empty.", +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", "properties": { "code": { "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", @@ -72713,27 +74913,167 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"SslPoliciesAggregatedList": { -"id": "SslPoliciesAggregatedList", +"StoragePoolResourceStatus": { +"description": "[Output Only] Contains output only fields.", +"id": "StoragePoolResourceStatus", "properties": { -"etag": { +"diskCount": { +"description": "[Output Only] Number of disks used.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"lastResizeTimestamp": { +"description": "[Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxTotalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": { +"description": "[Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"poolUsedCapacityBytes": { +"description": "[Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes). This will reflect the total number of bytes written to the disks in the pool, in contrast to the capacity of those disks.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"poolUsedIops": { +"description": "Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's IOPS capacity.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"poolUsedThroughput": { +"description": "[Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"poolUserWrittenBytes": { +"description": "[Output Only] Amount of data written into the pool, before it is compacted.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"totalProvisionedDiskCapacityGb": { +"description": "[Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"totalProvisionedDiskIops": { +"description": "[Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned IOPS.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"totalProvisionedDiskThroughput": { +"description": "[Output Only] Sum of all the disks' provisioned throughput in MB/s, minus some amount that is allowed per disk that is not counted towards pool's throughput capacity.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"StoragePoolType": { +"id": "StoragePoolType", +"properties": { +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", +"type": "string" +}, +"deprecated": { +"$ref": "DeprecationStatus", +"description": "[Output Only] The deprecation status associated with this storage pool type." +}, +"description": { +"description": "[Output Only] An optional description of this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.", +"format": "uint64", +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#storagePoolType", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#storagePoolType for storage pool types.", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxPoolProvisionedCapacityGb": { +"description": "[Output Only] Maximum storage pool size in GB.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxPoolProvisionedIops": { +"description": "[Output Only] Maximum provisioned IOPS.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxPoolProvisionedThroughput": { +"description": "[Output Only] Maximum provisioned throughput.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"minPoolProvisionedCapacityGb": { +"description": "[Output Only] Minimum storage pool size in GB.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"minPoolProvisionedIops": { +"description": "[Output Only] Minimum provisioned IOPS.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"minPoolProvisionedThroughput": { +"description": "[Output Only] Minimum provisioned throughput.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"minSizeGb": { +"description": "[Deprecated] This field is deprecated. Use minPoolProvisionedCapacityGb instead.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "[Output Only] Name of the resource.", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLinkWithId": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", "type": "string" }, +"supportedDiskTypes": { +"description": "[Output Only] The list of disk types supported in this storage pool type.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "[Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool type resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"StoragePoolTypeAggregatedList": { +"id": "StoragePoolTypeAggregatedList", +"properties": { "id": { "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", "type": "string" }, "items": { "additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "SslPoliciesScopedList", -"description": "Name of the scope containing this set of SSL policies." +"$ref": "StoragePoolTypesScopedList", +"description": "[Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of storage pool types." }, -"description": "A list of SslPoliciesScopedList resources.", +"description": "A list of StoragePoolTypesScopedList resources.", "type": "object" }, "kind": { -"default": "compute#sslPoliciesAggregatedList", -"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#sslPolicyAggregatedList for lists of SSL Policies.", +"default": "compute#storagePoolTypeAggregatedList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolTypeAggregatedList .", "type": "string" }, "nextPageToken": { @@ -72744,13 +75084,6 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", "type": "string" }, -"unreachables": { -"description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "warning": { "description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", "properties": { @@ -72875,23 +75208,24 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"SslPoliciesList": { -"id": "SslPoliciesList", +"StoragePoolTypeList": { +"description": "Contains a list of storage pool types.", +"id": "StoragePoolTypeList", "properties": { "id": { "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", "type": "string" }, "items": { -"description": "A list of SslPolicy resources.", +"description": "A list of StoragePoolType resources.", "items": { -"$ref": "SslPolicy" +"$ref": "StoragePoolType" }, "type": "array" }, "kind": { -"default": "compute#sslPoliciesList", -"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#sslPoliciesList for lists of sslPolicies.", +"default": "compute#storagePoolTypeList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolTypeList for storage pool types.", "type": "string" }, "nextPageToken": { @@ -73026,30 +75360,18 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"SslPoliciesListAvailableFeaturesResponse": { -"id": "SslPoliciesListAvailableFeaturesResponse", +"StoragePoolTypesScopedList": { +"id": "StoragePoolTypesScopedList", "properties": { -"features": { +"storagePoolTypes": { +"description": "[Output Only] A list of storage pool types contained in this scope.", "items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"SslPoliciesScopedList": { -"id": "SslPoliciesScopedList", -"properties": { -"sslPolicies": { -"description": "A list of SslPolicies contained in this scope.", -"items": { -"$ref": "SslPolicy" +"$ref": "StoragePoolType" }, "type": "array" }, "warning": { -"description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of SSL policies when the list is empty.", +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning which replaces the list of storage pool types when the list is empty.", "properties": { "code": { "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", @@ -73172,93 +75494,18 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"SslPolicy": { -"description": "Represents an SSL Policy resource. Use SSL policies to control SSL features, such as versions and cipher suites, that are offered by Application Load Balancers and proxy Network Load Balancers. For more information, read SSL policies overview.", -"id": "SslPolicy", +"StoragePoolsScopedList": { +"id": "StoragePoolsScopedList", "properties": { -"creationTimestamp": { -"description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", -"type": "string" -}, -"customFeatures": { -"description": "A list of features enabled when the selected profile is CUSTOM. The method returns the set of features that can be specified in this list. This field must be empty if the profile is not CUSTOM.", +"storagePools": { +"description": "[Output Only] A list of storage pool contained in this scope.", "items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"description": { -"description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"enabledFeatures": { -"description": "[Output Only] The list of features enabled in the SSL policy.", -"items": { -"type": "string" +"$ref": "StoragePool" }, "type": "array" }, -"fingerprint": { -"description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a SslPolicy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the SslPolicy, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an SslPolicy.", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -}, -"id": { -"description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.", -"format": "uint64", -"type": "string" -}, -"kind": { -"default": "compute#sslPolicy", -"description": "[Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#sslPolicyfor SSL policies.", -"type": "string" -}, -"minTlsVersion": { -"description": "The minimum version of SSL protocol that can be used by the clients to establish a connection with the load balancer. This can be one of TLS_1_0, TLS_1_1, TLS_1_2.", -"enum": [ -"TLS_1_0", -"TLS_1_1", -"TLS_1_2" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"TLS 1.0", -"TLS 1.1", -"TLS 1.2" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"type": "string" -}, -"profile": { -"description": "Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one of COMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, or CUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field.", -"enum": [ -"COMPATIBLE", -"CUSTOM", -"MODERN", -"RESTRICTED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Compatible profile. Allows the broadset set of clients, even those which support only out-of-date SSL features to negotiate with the load balancer.", -"Custom profile. Allow only the set of allowed SSL features specified in the customFeatures field.", -"Modern profile. Supports a wide set of SSL features, allowing modern clients to negotiate SSL with the load balancer.", -"Restricted profile. Supports a reduced set of SSL features, intended to meet stricter compliance requirements." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "[Output Only] URL of the region where the regional SSL policy resides. This field is not applicable to global SSL policies.", -"type": "string" -}, -"selfLink": { -"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"warnings": { -"description": "[Output Only] If potential misconfigurations are detected for this SSL policy, this field will be populated with warning messages.", -"items": { +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning which replaces the list of storage pool when the list is empty.", "properties": { "code": { "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", @@ -73377,118 +75624,6 @@ false } }, "type": "object" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"SslPolicyReference": { -"id": "SslPolicyReference", -"properties": { -"sslPolicy": { -"description": "URL of the SSL policy resource. Set this to empty string to clear any existing SSL policy associated with the target proxy resource.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"StatefulPolicy": { -"id": "StatefulPolicy", -"properties": { -"preservedState": { -"$ref": "StatefulPolicyPreservedState" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"StatefulPolicyPreservedState": { -"description": "Configuration of preserved resources.", -"id": "StatefulPolicyPreservedState", -"properties": { -"disks": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateDiskDevice" -}, -"description": "Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks.", -"type": "object" -}, -"externalIPs": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateNetworkIp" -}, -"description": "External network IPs assigned to the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the network interface name.", -"type": "object" -}, -"internalIPs": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateNetworkIp" -}, -"description": "Internal network IPs assigned to the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the network interface name.", -"type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"StatefulPolicyPreservedStateDiskDevice": { -"id": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateDiskDevice", -"properties": { -"autoDelete": { -"description": "These stateful disks will never be deleted during autohealing, update or VM instance recreate operations. This flag is used to configure if the disk should be deleted after it is no longer used by the group, e.g. when the given instance or the whole group is deleted. Note: disks attached in READ_ONLY mode cannot be auto-deleted.", -"enum": [ -"NEVER", -"ON_PERMANENT_INSTANCE_DELETION" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"StatefulPolicyPreservedStateNetworkIp": { -"id": "StatefulPolicyPreservedStateNetworkIp", -"properties": { -"autoDelete": { -"description": "These stateful IPs will never be released during autohealing, update or VM instance recreate operations. This flag is used to configure if the IP reservation should be deleted after it is no longer used by the group, e.g. when the given instance or the whole group is deleted.", -"enum": [ -"NEVER", -"ON_PERMANENT_INSTANCE_DELETION" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"Status": { -"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", -"id": "Status", -"properties": { -"code": { -"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"details": { -"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", -"items": { -"additionalProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", -"type": "any" -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"message": { -"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json index 9a902f22f6..d2a6d20ba4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json @@ -1113,6 +1113,38 @@ } } }, +"customConnectors": { +"methods": { +"validateCustomConnectorSpec": { +"description": "Validates a Custom Connector Spec.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/customConnectors:validateCustomConnectorSpec", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "connectors.projects.locations.customConnectors.validateCustomConnectorSpec", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Location at which the custom connector is being created.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/customConnectors:validateCustomConnectorSpec", +"request": { +"$ref": "ValidateCustomConnectorSpecRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "ValidateCustomConnectorSpecResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "endpointAttachments": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -1545,31 +1577,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes a single CustomConnectorVersion.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/customConnectors/{customConnectorsId}/customConnectorVersions/{customConnectorVersionsId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "connectors.projects.locations.global.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customConnectors/{custom_connector}/customConnectorVersions/{custom_connector_version}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/global/customConnectors/[^/]+/customConnectorVersions/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, "get": { "description": "Gets details of a single CustomConnectorVersion.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/customConnectors/{customConnectorsId}/customConnectorVersions/{customConnectorVersionsId}", @@ -1630,40 +1637,6 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -}, -"patch": { -"description": "Updates the parameters of a CustomConnectorVersion.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/customConnectors/{customConnectorsId}/customConnectorVersions/{customConnectorVersionsId}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "connectors.projects.locations.global.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.patch", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Output only. Identifier. Resource name of the Version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customConnectors/{custom_connector}/customConnectorVersions/{custom_connector_version}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/global/customConnectors/[^/]+/customConnectorVersions/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"updateMask": { -"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Connector resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. Set the mask as \"*\" for full replacement, which means all fields will be overwritten.", -"format": "google-fieldmask", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"request": { -"$ref": "CustomConnectorVersion" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] } } } @@ -2354,7 +2327,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://connectors.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -2622,6 +2595,18 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"enumSource": { +"description": "Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options", +"enum": [ +"ENUM_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"EVENT_TYPES_API" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Api type unspecified.", +"list event types." +], +"type": "string" +}, "isAdvanced": { "description": "Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings", "type": "boolean" @@ -3448,6 +3433,14 @@ "description": "Optional. Location of the custom connector spec. The location can be either a public url like `https://public-url.com/spec` Or a Google Cloud Storage location like `gs:///`", "type": "string" }, +"specServerUrls": { +"description": "Output only. Server URLs parsed from the spec.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "state": { "description": "Output only. State of the custom connector version.", "enum": [ @@ -3586,6 +3579,13 @@ "description": "DestinationConfigTemplate defines required destinations supported by the Connector.", "id": "DestinationConfigTemplate", "properties": { +"autocompleteSuggestions": { +"description": "Autocomplete suggestions for destination URL field.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "defaultPort": { "description": "The default port.", "format": "int32", @@ -3826,6 +3826,13 @@ "description": "Optional. Link for Subscriber of the current EventSubscription.", "type": "string" }, +"triggerConfigVariables": { +"description": "Optional. Configuration for configuring the trigger", +"items": { +"$ref": "ConfigVariable" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "updateTime": { "description": "Output only. Updated time.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -3986,13 +3993,6 @@ "registrationDestinationConfig": { "$ref": "DestinationConfig", "description": "Registration endpoint for auto registration." -}, -"triggerConfigVariables": { -"description": "Optional. Additional eventing related field values", -"items": { -"$ref": "ConfigVariable" -}, -"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4166,6 +4166,11 @@ "$ref": "EventingStatus", "description": "Output only. Current status of eventing.", "readOnly": true +}, +"webhookData": { +"$ref": "WebhookData", +"description": "Output only. Webhook data.", +"readOnly": true } }, "type": "object" @@ -6965,6 +6970,89 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ValidateCustomConnectorSpecRequest": { +"description": "Request message for ConnectorsService.ValidateCustomConnectorSpec", +"id": "ValidateCustomConnectorSpecRequest", +"properties": { +"serviceAccount": { +"description": "Required. Service account to access the spec from Google Cloud Storage.", +"type": "string" +}, +"specLocation": { +"description": "Required. Location of the custom connector spec. The location can be either a public url like `https://public-url.com/spec` Or a Google Cloud Storage location like `gs:///`", +"type": "string" +}, +"specType": { +"description": "Required. Spec type of the custom connector spec.", +"enum": [ +"CUSTOM_CONNECTOR_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"OPEN_API", +"PROTO" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Connector type is not specified.", +"OpenAPI connector.", +"Proto connector." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ValidateCustomConnectorSpecResponse": { +"description": "Response message for ConnectorsService.ValidateCustomConnectorSpec", +"id": "ValidateCustomConnectorSpecResponse", +"properties": { +"errorMessage": { +"description": "Error message. The spec is valid if the error message is empty.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"WebhookData": { +"description": "WebhookData has details of webhook configuration.", +"id": "WebhookData", +"properties": { +"additionalVariables": { +"description": "Output only. Additional webhook related field values.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ConfigVariable" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Output only. ID to uniquely identify webhook.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the Webhook", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"nextRefreshTime": { +"description": "Output only. Next webhook refresh time. Will be null if refresh is not supported.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "WeeklyCycle": { "description": "Time window specified for weekly operations.", "id": "WeeklyCycle", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json index c912b88e9e..4f94a1fdf8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://connectors.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessCredentials": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json index 5c7b58b465..1e5b4c73be 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenteraiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminUser": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json index 63f7591415..b0f6c3946b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json @@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": { @@ -3810,7 +3810,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * \"all-triggers\": Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * \"create-analysis\": Notify each time an analysis is created. * \"create-conversation\": Notify each time a conversation is created. * \"export-insights-data\": Notify each time an export is complete. * \"update-conversation\": Notify each time a conversation is updated via UpdateConversation. * \"upload-conversation\": Notify when an UploadConversation LRO completes. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic}", +"description": "A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * \"all-triggers\": Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * \"create-analysis\": Notify each time an analysis is created. * \"create-conversation\": Notify each time a conversation is created. * \"export-insights-data\": Notify each time an export is complete. * \"ingest-conversations\": Notify each time an IngestConversations LRO completes. * \"update-conversation\": Notify each time a conversation is updated via UpdateConversation. * \"upload-conversation\": Notify when an UploadConversation LRO completes. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic}", "type": "object" }, "redactionConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json index 27c49ff153..6864594db8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json @@ -107,6 +107,284 @@ "resources": { "projects": { "resources": { +"locations": { +"resources": { +"notes": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets the specified note.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/notes/{notesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "containeranalysis.projects.locations.notes.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the note in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/notes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Note" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists notes for the specified project.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/notes", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "containeranalysis.projects.locations.notes.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The filter expression.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Number of notes to return in the list. Must be positive. Max allowed page size is 1000. If not specified, page size defaults to 20.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The name of the project to list notes for in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/notes", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListNotesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"occurrences": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "Lists occurrences referencing the specified note. Provider projects can use this method to get all occurrences across consumer projects referencing the specified note.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/notes/{notesId}/occurrences", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "containeranalysis.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The filter expression.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the note to list occurrences for in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/notes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Number of occurrences to return in the list.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}/occurrences", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListNoteOccurrencesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, +"occurrences": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets the specified occurrence.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/occurrences/{occurrencesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "containeranalysis.projects.locations.occurrences.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the occurrence in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/occurrences/[OCCURRENCE_ID]`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/occurrences/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Occurrence" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"getNotes": { +"description": "Gets the note attached to the specified occurrence. Consumer projects can use this method to get a note that belongs to a provider project.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/occurrences/{occurrencesId}/notes", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "containeranalysis.projects.locations.occurrences.getNotes", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the occurrence in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/occurrences/[OCCURRENCE_ID]`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/occurrences/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}/notes", +"response": { +"$ref": "Note" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"getVulnerabilitySummary": { +"description": "Gets a summary of the number and severity of occurrences.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/occurrences:vulnerabilitySummary", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "containeranalysis.projects.locations.occurrences.getVulnerabilitySummary", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The filter expression.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The name of the project to get a vulnerability summary for in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/occurrences:vulnerabilitySummary", +"response": { +"$ref": "VulnerabilityOccurrencesSummary" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists occurrences for the specified project.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/occurrences", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "containeranalysis.projects.locations.occurrences.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The filter expression.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Number of occurrences to return in the list. Must be positive. Max allowed page size is 1000. If not specified, page size defaults to 20.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The name of the project to list occurrences for in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/occurrences", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListOccurrencesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"resources": { +"methods": { +"exportSBOM": { +"description": "Generates an SBOM for the given resource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/resources/{resourcesId}:exportSBOM", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "containeranalysis.projects.locations.resources.exportSBOM", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the resource in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/resources/[RESOURCE_URL]`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/resources/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:exportSBOM", +"request": { +"$ref": "ExportSBOMRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "ExportSBOMResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "notes": { "methods": { "batchCreate": { @@ -787,7 +1065,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -1766,6 +2044,9 @@ "description": "A description about this compliance check.", "type": "string" }, +"impact": { +"type": "string" +}, "rationale": { "description": "A rationale for the existence of this compliance check.", "type": "string" @@ -2347,6 +2628,14 @@ false "E2_HIGHCPU_32", "E2_MEDIUM" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +true, +false, +false, +false +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Standard machine type.", "Highcpu machine with 8 CPUs.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json index 40feee7004..489be3faa0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalysisCompleted": { @@ -2015,6 +2015,10 @@ "description": "A description about this compliance check.", "type": "string" }, +"impact": { +"description": "Potential impact of the suggested remediation", +"type": "string" +}, "rationale": { "description": "A rationale for the existence of this compliance check.", "type": "string" @@ -2598,6 +2602,14 @@ false "E2_HIGHCPU_32", "E2_MEDIUM" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +true, +false, +false, +false +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Standard machine type.", "Highcpu machine with 8 CPUs.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json index d957fea3af..cee9127e9f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json @@ -107,6 +107,312 @@ "resources": { "projects": { "resources": { +"locations": { +"resources": { +"notes": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets the specified note.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/notes/{notesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "containeranalysis.projects.locations.notes.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the note in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/notes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Note" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists notes for the specified project.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/notes", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "containeranalysis.projects.locations.notes.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The filter expression.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Number of notes to return in the list. Must be positive. Max allowed page size is 1000. If not specified, page size defaults to 20.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The name of the project to list notes for in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/notes", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListNotesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"occurrences": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "Lists occurrences referencing the specified note. Provider projects can use this method to get all occurrences across consumer projects referencing the specified note.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/notes/{notesId}/occurrences", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "containeranalysis.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The filter expression.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the note to list occurrences for in the form of `projects/[PROVIDER_ID]/notes/[NOTE_ID]`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/notes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Number of occurrences to return in the list.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/occurrences", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListNoteOccurrencesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, +"occurrences": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets the specified occurrence.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/occurrences/{occurrencesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "containeranalysis.projects.locations.occurrences.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the occurrence in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/occurrences/[OCCURRENCE_ID]`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/occurrences/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Occurrence" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"getNotes": { +"description": "Gets the note attached to the specified occurrence. Consumer projects can use this method to get a note that belongs to a provider project.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/occurrences/{occurrencesId}/notes", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "containeranalysis.projects.locations.occurrences.getNotes", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the occurrence in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/occurrences/[OCCURRENCE_ID]`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/occurrences/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/notes", +"response": { +"$ref": "Note" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"getVulnerabilitySummary": { +"description": "Gets a summary of the number and severity of occurrences.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/occurrences:vulnerabilitySummary", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "containeranalysis.projects.locations.occurrences.getVulnerabilitySummary", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The filter expression.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The name of the project to get a vulnerability summary for in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/occurrences:vulnerabilitySummary", +"response": { +"$ref": "VulnerabilityOccurrencesSummary" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists occurrences for the specified project.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/occurrences", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "containeranalysis.projects.locations.occurrences.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The filter expression.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Number of occurrences to return in the list. Must be positive. Max allowed page size is 1000. If not specified, page size defaults to 20.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The name of the project to list occurrences for in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/occurrences", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListOccurrencesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"resources": { +"methods": { +"exportSBOM": { +"description": "Generates an SBOM and other dependency information for the given resource.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/resources/{resourcesId}:exportSBOM", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "containeranalysis.projects.locations.resources.exportSBOM", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the resource in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/resources/[RESOURCE_URL]`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/resources/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:exportSBOM", +"request": { +"$ref": "ExportSBOMRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "ExportSBOMResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"generatePackagesSummary": { +"description": "Gets a summary of the packages within a given resource.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/resources/{resourcesId}:generatePackagesSummary", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "containeranalysis.projects.locations.resources.generatePackagesSummary", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the resource to get a packages summary for in the form of `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/resources/[RESOURCE_URL]`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/resources/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:generatePackagesSummary", +"request": { +"$ref": "GeneratePackagesSummaryRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "PackagesSummaryResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "notes": { "methods": { "batchCreate": { @@ -815,7 +1121,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -2282,6 +2588,14 @@ false "E2_HIGHCPU_32", "E2_MEDIUM" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +true, +false, +false, +false +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Standard machine type.", "Highcpu machine with 8 CPUs.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json index 0fae919b4f..f4bd0eee85 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json @@ -6186,7 +6186,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://shoppingcontent.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -8841,7 +8841,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "excludedDestinations": { -"description": "The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted.", +"description": "The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -8852,7 +8852,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "includedDestinations": { -"description": "The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`.", +"description": "The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -13870,7 +13870,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "excludedDestinations": { -"description": "The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted.", +"description": "The list of [destinations to exclude](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324486) for this target (corresponds to cleared check boxes in Merchant Center). Products that are excluded from all destinations for more than 7 days are automatically deleted.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -13913,7 +13913,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "includedDestinations": { -"description": "The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`.", +"description": "The list of [destinations to include](//support.google.com/merchants/answer/7501026) for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -14804,6 +14804,27 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"clickPotential": { +"description": "Estimated performance potential compared to highest performing products of the merchant.", +"enum": [ +"CLICK_POTENTIAL_UNSPECIFIED", +"LOW", +"MEDIUM", +"HIGH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unknown predicted clicks impact.", +"Potential to receive a low number of clicks compared to the highest performing products of the merchant.", +"Potential to receive a moderate number of clicks compared to the highest performing products of the merchant.", +"Potential to receive a similar number of clicks as the highest performing products of the merchant." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"clickPotentialRank": { +"description": "Rank of the product based on its click potential. A product with `click_potential_rank` 1 has the highest click potential among the merchant's products that fulfill the search query conditions.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, "condition": { "description": "Condition of the product.", "type": "string" @@ -16159,6 +16180,10 @@ false "segments": { "$ref": "Segments", "description": "Segmentation dimensions requested by the merchant in the query. Dimension values are only set for dimensions requested explicitly in the query." +}, +"topicTrends": { +"$ref": "TopicTrends", +"description": "Topic trends fields requested by the merchant in the query. Field values are only set if the merchant queries `TopicTrendsView`. https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13542370." } }, "type": "object" @@ -18033,6 +18058,55 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"TopicTrends": { +"description": "Topic trends fields requested by the merchant in the query. Field values are only set if the merchant queries `TopicTrendsView`.", +"id": "TopicTrends", +"properties": { +"customerCountryCode": { +"description": "Country trends are calculated for. Must be a two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 code), for example, `\u201cUS\u201d`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Date the trend score was retrieved." +}, +"last120DaysSearchInterest": { +"description": "Search interest in the last 120 days, with the same normalization as search_interest. This field is only present for a past date.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"last30DaysSearchInterest": { +"description": "Search interest in the last 30 days, with the same normalization as search_interest. This field is only present for a past date.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"last7DaysSearchInterest": { +"description": "Search interest in the last 7 days, with the same normalization as search_interest. This field is only present for a past date.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"last90DaysSearchInterest": { +"description": "Search interest in the last 90 days, with the same normalization as search_interest. This field is only present for a past date.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"next7DaysSearchInterest": { +"description": "Estimated search interest in the next 7 days, with the same normalization as search_interest. This field is only present for a future date.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"searchInterest": { +"description": "Daily search interest, normalized to the time and country to make comparisons easier, with 100 representing peak popularity (from 0 to 100) for the requested time period and location.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"topic": { +"description": "Google-provided topic trends are calculated for. Only top eight topics are returned. Topic is what shoppers are searching for on Google, grouped by the same concept.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TransitTable": { "id": "TransitTable", "properties": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json index 7f973d788e..75a7bfcfcd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json @@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ false } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://customsearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Promotion": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json index 577dc2f407..3ca0de4cc0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ "description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "me-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west3" } ], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -2177,7 +2182,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240218", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://dataflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApproximateProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json index a2d273e0ff..e0b173090d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json @@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The release config's name.", +"description": "Identifier. The release config's name.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/releaseConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2103,7 +2103,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240302", "rootUrl": "https://dataform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Assertion": { @@ -3431,8 +3431,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The release config's name.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The release config's name.", "type": "string" }, "recentScheduledReleaseRecords": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json index d4109ea05c..5c0ccb045a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240219", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://datalineage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDatacatalogLineageV1BatchSearchLinkProcessesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json index 9fdaded7bc..1dfdba912d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json @@ -2125,7 +2125,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlloyDbConnectionProfile": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json index e549461700..3f3d33d3d9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json index ca38b9fa3e..708bc12cae 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://datapipelines.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDatapipelinesV1DataflowJobDetails": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json index 69363edcf2..8966b43d21 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json @@ -4360,7 +4360,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240224", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://dataplex.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { @@ -6027,6 +6027,10 @@ "bigqueryExport": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualitySpecPostScanActionsBigQueryExport", "description": "Optional. If set, results will be exported to the provided BigQuery table." +}, +"notificationReport": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualitySpecPostScanActionsNotificationReport", +"description": "Optional. If set, results will be sent to the provided notification receipts upon triggers." } }, "type": "object" @@ -6042,6 +6046,67 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualitySpecPostScanActionsJobEndTrigger": { +"description": "This trigger is triggered whenever a scan job run ends, regardless of the result.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualitySpecPostScanActionsJobEndTrigger", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualitySpecPostScanActionsJobFailureTrigger": { +"description": "This trigger is triggered when the scan job itself fails, regardless of the result.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualitySpecPostScanActionsJobFailureTrigger", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualitySpecPostScanActionsNotificationReport": { +"description": "The configuration of notification report post scan action.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualitySpecPostScanActionsNotificationReport", +"properties": { +"jobEndTrigger": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualitySpecPostScanActionsJobEndTrigger", +"description": "Optional. If set, report will be sent when a scan job ends." +}, +"jobFailureTrigger": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualitySpecPostScanActionsJobFailureTrigger", +"description": "Optional. If set, report will be sent when a scan job fails." +}, +"recipients": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualitySpecPostScanActionsRecipients", +"description": "Required. The recipients who will receive the notification report." +}, +"scoreThresholdTrigger": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualitySpecPostScanActionsScoreThresholdTrigger", +"description": "Optional. If set, report will be sent when score threshold is met." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualitySpecPostScanActionsRecipients": { +"description": "The individuals or groups who are designated to receive notifications upon triggers.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualitySpecPostScanActionsRecipients", +"properties": { +"emails": { +"description": "Optional. The email recipients who will receive the DataQualityScan results report.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualitySpecPostScanActionsScoreThresholdTrigger": { +"description": "This trigger is triggered when the DQ score in the job result is less than a specified input score.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualitySpecPostScanActionsScoreThresholdTrigger", +"properties": { +"scoreThreshold": { +"description": "Optional. The score range is in 0,100.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataScan": { "description": "Represents a user-visible job which provides the insights for the related data source.For example: Data Quality: generates queries based on the rules and runs against the data to get data quality check results. Data Profile: analyzes the data in table(s) and generates insights about the structure, content and relationships (such as null percent, cardinality, min/max/mean, etc).", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataScan", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5911419b29 --- /dev/null +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1.json @@ -0,0 +1,553 @@ +{ +"auth": { +"oauth2": { +"scopes": { +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.businessmessaging.conversations": { +"description": "Move a copy of messages between you and the businesses you have conversations with across Google services." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.autofill": { +"description": "Move a copy of the information you entered into online forms in Chrome." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.bookmarks": { +"description": "Move a copy of pages you bookmarked in Chrome." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.dictionary": { +"description": "Move a copy of words you added to Chrome's dictionary." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.extensions": { +"description": "Move a copy of extensions you installed from the Chrome Web Store." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.history": { +"description": "Move a copy of sites you visited in Chrome." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.reading_list": { +"description": "Move a copy of pages you added to your reading list in Chrome." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.settings": { +"description": "Move a copy of your settings in Chrome." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.commute_routes": { +"description": "Move a copy of your pinned trips on Maps." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.commute_settings": { +"description": "Move a copy of your commute settings on Maps." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.ev_profile": { +"description": "Move a copy of your electric vehicle profile on Maps." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.offering_contributions": { +"description": "Move a copy of your updates to places on Maps." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.photos_videos": { +"description": "Move a copy of the photos and videos you posted on Maps." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.reviews": { +"description": "Move a copy of your reviews and posts on Maps." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.starred_places": { +"description": "Move a copy of your Starred places list on Maps." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.maps": { +"description": "Move a copy of your Maps activity." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.search": { +"description": "Move a copy of your Google Search activity." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.shopping": { +"description": "Move a copy of your Shopping activity." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.youtube": { +"description": "Move a copy of your YouTube activity." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.saved.collections": { +"description": "Move a copy of your saved links, images, places, and collections from your use of Google services." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.shopping.addresses": { +"description": "Move a copy of your shipping information on Shopping." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.shopping.reviews": { +"description": "Move a copy of reviews you wrote about products or online stores on Google Search." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.channel": { +"description": "Move a copy of information about your YouTube channel." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.comments": { +"description": "Move a copy of your YouTube comments." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.live_chat": { +"description": "Move a copy of your YouTube messages in live chat." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.music": { +"description": "Move a copy of your uploaded YouTube music tracks and your YouTube music library." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.playable": { +"description": "Move a copy of your YouTube playables saved game progress files." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.posts": { +"description": "Move a copy of your YouTube posts." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.private_playlists": { +"description": "Move a copy of your YouTube private playlists." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.private_videos": { +"description": "Move a copy of your private YouTube videos and information about them." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.public_playlists": { +"description": "Move a copy of your public YouTube playlists." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.public_videos": { +"description": "Move a copy of your public YouTube videos and information about them." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.shopping": { +"description": "Move a copy of your YouTube shopping wishlists, and wishlist items." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.subscriptions": { +"description": "Move a copy of your YouTube channel subscriptions, even if they're private." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.unlisted_playlists": { +"description": "Move a copy of your unlisted YouTube playlists." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.unlisted_videos": { +"description": "Move a copy of your unlisted YouTube videos and information about them." +} +} +} +}, +"basePath": "", +"baseUrl": "https://dataportability.googleapis.com/", +"batchPath": "batch", +"canonicalName": "Data Portability", +"description": "The Data Portability API lets you build applications that request authorization from a user to move a copy of data from Google services into your application. This enables data portability and facilitates switching services.", +"discoveryVersion": "v1", +"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/data-portability", +"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, +"icons": { +"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", +"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif" +}, +"id": "dataportability:v1", +"kind": "discovery#restDescription", +"mtlsRootUrl": "https://dataportability.mtls.googleapis.com/", +"name": "dataportability", +"ownerDomain": "google.com", +"ownerName": "Google", +"parameters": { +"$.xgafv": { +"description": "V1 error format.", +"enum": [ +"1", +"2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"v1 error format", +"v2 error format" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"access_token": { +"description": "OAuth access token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"alt": { +"default": "json", +"description": "Data format for response.", +"enum": [ +"json", +"media", +"proto" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Responses with Content-Type of application/json", +"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type", +"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"callback": { +"description": "JSONP", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"fields": { +"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"key": { +"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"oauth_token": { +"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"prettyPrint": { +"default": "true", +"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"quotaUser": { +"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"uploadType": { +"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"upload_protocol": { +"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"protocol": "rest", +"resources": { +"archiveJobs": { +"methods": { +"getPortabilityArchiveState": { +"description": "Retrieves the state of an Archive job for the Portability API.", +"flatPath": "v1/archiveJobs/{archiveJobsId}/portabilityArchiveState", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataportability.archiveJobs.getPortabilityArchiveState", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The archive job ID that is returned when you request the state of the job. The format is: archiveJobs/{archive_job}/portabilityArchiveState. archive_job is the job ID returned by the InitiatePortabilityArchiveResponse.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^archiveJobs/[^/]+/portabilityArchiveState$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "PortabilityArchiveState" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.businessmessaging.conversations", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.autofill", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.bookmarks", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.dictionary", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.extensions", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.history", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.reading_list", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.settings", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.commute_routes", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.commute_settings", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.ev_profile", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.offering_contributions", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.photos_videos", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.reviews", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.starred_places", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.maps", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.search", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.shopping", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.youtube", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.saved.collections", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.shopping.addresses", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.shopping.reviews", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.channel", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.comments", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.live_chat", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.music", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.playable", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.posts", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.private_playlists", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.private_videos", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.public_playlists", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.public_videos", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.shopping", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.subscriptions", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.unlisted_playlists", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.unlisted_videos" +] +}, +"retry": { +"description": "Retries a failed Portability Archive job.", +"flatPath": "v1/archiveJobs/{archiveJobsId}:retry", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataportability.archiveJobs.retry", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The Archive job ID you're retrying. This is returned by the InitiatePortabilityArchiveResponse. Retrying is only executed if the initial job failed.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^archiveJobs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:retry", +"request": { +"$ref": "RetryPortabilityArchiveRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "RetryPortabilityArchiveResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.businessmessaging.conversations", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.autofill", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.bookmarks", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.dictionary", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.extensions", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.history", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.reading_list", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.settings", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.commute_routes", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.commute_settings", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.ev_profile", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.offering_contributions", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.photos_videos", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.reviews", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.starred_places", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.maps", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.search", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.shopping", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.youtube", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.saved.collections", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.shopping.addresses", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.shopping.reviews", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.channel", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.comments", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.live_chat", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.music", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.playable", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.posts", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.private_playlists", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.private_videos", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.public_playlists", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.public_videos", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.shopping", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.subscriptions", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.unlisted_playlists", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.unlisted_videos" +] +} +} +}, +"authorization": { +"methods": { +"reset": { +"description": "Revokes OAuth tokens and resets exhausted scopes for a user/project pair. This method allows you to initiate a request after a new consent is granted. This method also indicates that previous archives can be garbage collected. You should call this method when all jobs are complete and all archives are downloaded. Do not call it only when you start a new job.", +"flatPath": "v1/authorization:reset", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataportability.authorization.reset", +"parameterOrder": [], +"parameters": {}, +"path": "v1/authorization:reset", +"request": { +"$ref": "ResetAuthorizationRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.businessmessaging.conversations", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.autofill", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.bookmarks", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.dictionary", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.extensions", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.history", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.reading_list", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.settings", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.commute_routes", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.commute_settings", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.ev_profile", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.offering_contributions", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.photos_videos", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.reviews", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.starred_places", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.maps", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.search", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.shopping", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.youtube", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.saved.collections", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.shopping.addresses", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.shopping.reviews", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.channel", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.comments", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.live_chat", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.music", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.playable", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.posts", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.private_playlists", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.private_videos", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.public_playlists", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.public_videos", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.shopping", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.subscriptions", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.unlisted_playlists", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.unlisted_videos" +] +} +} +}, +"portabilityArchive": { +"methods": { +"initiate": { +"description": "Initiates a new Archive job for the Portability API.", +"flatPath": "v1/portabilityArchive:initiate", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataportability.portabilityArchive.initiate", +"parameterOrder": [], +"parameters": {}, +"path": "v1/portabilityArchive:initiate", +"request": { +"$ref": "InitiatePortabilityArchiveRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "InitiatePortabilityArchiveResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.businessmessaging.conversations", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.autofill", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.bookmarks", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.dictionary", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.extensions", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.history", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.reading_list", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.chrome.settings", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.commute_routes", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.commute_settings", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.ev_profile", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.offering_contributions", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.photos_videos", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.reviews", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.maps.starred_places", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.maps", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.search", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.shopping", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.myactivity.youtube", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.saved.collections", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.shopping.addresses", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.shopping.reviews", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.channel", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.comments", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.live_chat", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.music", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.playable", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.posts", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.private_playlists", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.private_videos", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.public_playlists", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.public_videos", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.shopping", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.subscriptions", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.unlisted_playlists", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dataportability.youtube.unlisted_videos" +] +} +} +} +}, +"revision": "20240310", +"rootUrl": "https://dataportability.googleapis.com/", +"schemas": { +"Empty": { +"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", +"id": "Empty", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InitiatePortabilityArchiveRequest": { +"description": "Request to kick off an Archive job.", +"id": "InitiatePortabilityArchiveRequest", +"properties": { +"resources": { +"description": "The resources from which you're exporting data. These values have a 1:1 correspondence with the OAuth scopes.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InitiatePortabilityArchiveResponse": { +"description": "Response from initiating an Archive job.", +"id": "InitiatePortabilityArchiveResponse", +"properties": { +"archiveJobId": { +"description": "The archive job ID that is initiated in the API. This can be used to get the state of the job.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"PortabilityArchiveState": { +"description": "Resource that contains the state of an Archive job.", +"id": "PortabilityArchiveState", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "The resource name of ArchiveJob's PortabilityArchiveState singleton. The format is: archiveJobs/{archive_job}/portabilityArchiveState. archive_job is the job ID provided in the request.", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Resource that represents the state of the Archive job.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"IN_PROGRESS", +"COMPLETE", +"FAILED", +"CANCELLED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. This value is unused.", +"The job is in progress.", +"The job is complete.", +"The job failed.", +"The job is cancelled." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"urls": { +"description": "If the state is complete, this method returns the signed URLs of the objects in the Cloud Storage bucket.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ResetAuthorizationRequest": { +"description": "Request to reset exhausted OAuth scopes.", +"id": "ResetAuthorizationRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RetryPortabilityArchiveRequest": { +"description": "Request to retry a failed Portability Archive job.", +"id": "RetryPortabilityArchiveRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RetryPortabilityArchiveResponse": { +"description": "Response from retrying a Portability Archive.", +"id": "RetryPortabilityArchiveResponse", +"properties": { +"archiveJobId": { +"description": "The archive job ID that is initiated by the retry endpoint. This can be used to get the state of the new job.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"servicePath": "", +"title": "Data Portability API", +"version": "v1", +"version_module": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1beta.json index 4db964509f..128936ad1d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1beta.json @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://dataportability.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json index 2f7279c9ba..6a71eead65 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json @@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AvroFileFormat": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json index 0944e7af64..d7e9cedbb0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json @@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AvroFileFormat": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json index 816935e6b2..4136a8e5f1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json @@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AsyncOptions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json index cc417404c8..9f85633788 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json @@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json index d9c0fbd41c..197cc7b005 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json @@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AsyncOptions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json index 6436042d5d..2d4e2289b9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json @@ -8327,7 +8327,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -8345,6 +8345,10 @@ "loggingSettings": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsLoggingSettings", "description": "Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level." +}, +"speechSettings": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings", +"description": "Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level" } }, "type": "object" @@ -8384,6 +8388,34 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings": { +"description": "Define behaviors of speech to text detection.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings", +"properties": { +"endpointerSensitivity": { +"description": "Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"models": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models).", +"type": "object" +}, +"noSpeechTimeout": { +"description": "Timeout before detecting no speech.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": { +"description": "Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { "description": "Represents the natural speech audio to be processed.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput", @@ -10623,6 +10655,10 @@ "loggingSettings": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AdvancedSettingsLoggingSettings", "description": "Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level." +}, +"speechSettings": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings", +"description": "Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level" } }, "type": "object" @@ -10662,6 +10698,34 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings": { +"description": "Define behaviors of speech to text detection.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings", +"properties": { +"endpointerSensitivity": { +"description": "Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"models": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models).", +"type": "object" +}, +"noSpeechTimeout": { +"description": "Timeout before detecting no speech.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": { +"description": "Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AudioInput": { "description": "Represents the natural speech audio to be processed.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AudioInput", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json index 9ccff38bba..8152ff5ff2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json @@ -7695,7 +7695,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -7713,6 +7713,10 @@ "loggingSettings": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsLoggingSettings", "description": "Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level." +}, +"speechSettings": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings", +"description": "Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level" } }, "type": "object" @@ -7752,6 +7756,34 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings": { +"description": "Define behaviors of speech to text detection.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings", +"properties": { +"endpointerSensitivity": { +"description": "Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"models": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models).", +"type": "object" +}, +"noSpeechTimeout": { +"description": "Timeout before detecting no speech.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": { +"description": "Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { "description": "Represents the natural speech audio to be processed.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput", @@ -9991,6 +10023,10 @@ "loggingSettings": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AdvancedSettingsLoggingSettings", "description": "Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level." +}, +"speechSettings": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings", +"description": "Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level" } }, "type": "object" @@ -10030,6 +10066,34 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings": { +"description": "Define behaviors of speech to text detection.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings", +"properties": { +"endpointerSensitivity": { +"description": "Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"models": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models).", +"type": "object" +}, +"noSpeechTimeout": { +"description": "Timeout before detecting no speech.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": { +"description": "Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AudioInput": { "description": "Represents the natural speech audio to be processed.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AudioInput", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json index 22b2ad675c..26e2f7a8fe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json @@ -4453,7 +4453,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -4471,6 +4471,10 @@ "loggingSettings": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsLoggingSettings", "description": "Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level." +}, +"speechSettings": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings", +"description": "Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4510,6 +4514,34 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings": { +"description": "Define behaviors of speech to text detection.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings", +"properties": { +"endpointerSensitivity": { +"description": "Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"models": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models).", +"type": "object" +}, +"noSpeechTimeout": { +"description": "Timeout before detecting no speech.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": { +"description": "Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Agent": { "description": "Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, TransitionRouteGroups and so on to manage the conversation flows.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Agent", @@ -4563,6 +4595,10 @@ "description": "The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.", "type": "string" }, +"personalizationSettings": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentPersonalizationSettings", +"description": "Optional. Settings for end user personalization." +}, "securitySettings": { "description": "Name of the SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.", "type": "string" @@ -4656,6 +4692,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentPersonalizationSettings": { +"description": "Settings for end user personalization.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentPersonalizationSettings", +"properties": { +"defaultEndUserMetadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional. Default end user metadata, used when processing DetectIntent requests. Recommended to be filled as a template instead of hard-coded value, for example { \"age\": \"$session.params.age\" }. The data will be merged with the QueryParameters.end_user_metadata in DetectIntentRequest.query_params during query processing.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentValidationResult": { "description": "The response message for Agents.GetAgentValidationResult.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentValidationResult", @@ -8593,7 +8644,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "retentionWindowDays": { -"description": "Retains the data for the specified number of days. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL.", +"description": "Retains the data for the specified number of days. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. When data retention configuration is changed, it only applies to the data created after the change; the TTL of existing data created before the change stays intact.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" } @@ -8625,7 +8676,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "enableAudioRedaction": { -"description": "Enable audio redaction if it is true.", +"description": "Enable audio redaction if it is true. Note that this only redacts end-user audio data; Synthesised audio from the virtual agent is not redacted.", "type": "boolean" }, "gcsBucket": { @@ -9829,6 +9880,10 @@ false "loggingSettings": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AdvancedSettingsLoggingSettings", "description": "Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level." +}, +"speechSettings": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings", +"description": "Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level" } }, "type": "object" @@ -9868,6 +9923,34 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings": { +"description": "Define behaviors of speech to text detection.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings", +"properties": { +"endpointerSensitivity": { +"description": "Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"models": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models).", +"type": "object" +}, +"noSpeechTimeout": { +"description": "Timeout before detecting no speech.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": { +"description": "Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AudioInput": { "description": "Represents the natural speech audio to be processed.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AudioInput", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json index d630ad65dc..d81cf4bc11 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json @@ -4453,7 +4453,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -4471,6 +4471,10 @@ "loggingSettings": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsLoggingSettings", "description": "Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level." +}, +"speechSettings": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings", +"description": "Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4510,6 +4514,34 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings": { +"description": "Define behaviors of speech to text detection.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings", +"properties": { +"endpointerSensitivity": { +"description": "Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"models": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models).", +"type": "object" +}, +"noSpeechTimeout": { +"description": "Timeout before detecting no speech.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": { +"description": "Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { "description": "Represents the natural speech audio to be processed.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput", @@ -6749,6 +6781,10 @@ "loggingSettings": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AdvancedSettingsLoggingSettings", "description": "Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level." +}, +"speechSettings": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings", +"description": "Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level" } }, "type": "object" @@ -6788,6 +6824,34 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings": { +"description": "Define behaviors of speech to text detection.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings", +"properties": { +"endpointerSensitivity": { +"description": "Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"models": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models).", +"type": "object" +}, +"noSpeechTimeout": { +"description": "Timeout before detecting no speech.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": { +"description": "Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Agent": { "description": "Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, TransitionRouteGroups and so on to manage the conversation flows.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Agent", @@ -6841,6 +6905,10 @@ "description": "The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.", "type": "string" }, +"personalizationSettings": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AgentPersonalizationSettings", +"description": "Optional. Settings for end user personalization." +}, "securitySettings": { "description": "Name of the SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.", "type": "string" @@ -6934,6 +7002,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AgentPersonalizationSettings": { +"description": "Settings for end user personalization.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AgentPersonalizationSettings", +"properties": { +"defaultEndUserMetadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional. Default end user metadata, used when processing DetectIntent requests. Recommended to be filled as a template instead of hard-coded value, for example { \"age\": \"$session.params.age\" }. The data will be merged with the QueryParameters.end_user_metadata in DetectIntentRequest.query_params during query processing.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AgentValidationResult": { "description": "The response message for Agents.GetAgentValidationResult.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1AgentValidationResult", @@ -10884,7 +10967,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "retentionWindowDays": { -"description": "Retains data in interaction logging for the specified number of days. This does not apply to Cloud logging, which is owned by the user - not Dialogflow. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL.", +"description": "Retains data in interaction logging for the specified number of days. This does not apply to Cloud logging, which is owned by the user - not Dialogflow. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. When data retention configuration is changed, it only applies to the data created after the change; the TTL of existing data created before the change stays intact.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" } @@ -10916,7 +10999,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "enableAudioRedaction": { -"description": "Enable audio redaction if it is true.", +"description": "Enable audio redaction if it is true. Note that this only redacts end-user audio data; Synthesised audio from the virtual agent is not redacted.", "type": "boolean" }, "gcsBucket": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json index f487d1d5ca..5eb24560d0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240224", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://digitalassetlinks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AndroidAppAsset": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json index c1606bc45c..91ca139d0f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "queryModel": { -"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores.", +"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. *", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -3142,7 +3142,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "queryModel": { -"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores.", +"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. *", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -4946,7 +4946,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -6158,6 +6158,53 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaChunk": { +"description": "Chunk captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched in the chunk mode.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaChunk", +"properties": { +"content": { +"description": "Content is a string from a document (parsed content).", +"type": "string" +}, +"derivedStructData": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, +"documentMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaChunkDocumentMetadata", +"description": "Metadata of the document from the current chunk." +}, +"id": { +"description": "Unique chunk id of the current chunk.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The full resource name of the chunk. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}/chunks/{chunk_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaChunkDocumentMetadata": { +"description": "Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaChunkDocumentMetadata", +"properties": { +"title": { +"description": "Title of the document.", +"type": "string" +}, +"uri": { +"description": "Uri of the document.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteQueryRequest": { "description": "Request message for CompletionService.CompleteQuery method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteQueryRequest", @@ -6175,7 +6222,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "queryModel": { -"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores.", +"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. *", "type": "string" }, "userPseudoId": { @@ -6850,6 +6897,10 @@ "description": "A singleton resource of DataStore. It's empty when DataStore is created, which defaults to digital parser. The first call to DataStoreService.UpdateDocumentProcessingConfig method will initialize the config.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfig", "properties": { +"chunkingConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigChunkingConfig", +"description": "Whether chunking mode is enabled." +}, "defaultParsingConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfig", "description": "Configurations for default Document parser. If not specified, we will configure it as default DigitalParsingConfig, and the default parsing config will be applied to all file types for Document parsing." @@ -6873,6 +6924,33 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigChunkingConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for chunking config.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigChunkingConfig", +"properties": { +"layoutBasedChunkingConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigChunkingConfigLayoutBasedChunkingConfig", +"description": "Configuration for the layout based chunking." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigChunkingConfigLayoutBasedChunkingConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for the layout based chunking.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigChunkingConfigLayoutBasedChunkingConfig", +"properties": { +"chunkSize": { +"description": "The token size limit for each chunk. Supported values: 100-500 (inclusive). Default value: 500.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"includeAncestorHeadings": { +"description": "Whether to include appending different levels of headings to chunks from the middle of the document to prevent context loss. Default value: False.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfig": { "description": "Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfig", @@ -8797,6 +8875,20 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecExtractiveContentSpec", "description": "If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response." }, +"searchResultMode": { +"description": "Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`.", +"enum": [ +"SEARCH_RESULT_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"DOCUMENTS", +"CHUNKS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"Returns documents in the search result.", +"Returns chunks in the search result. Only available if the DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified." +], +"type": "string" +}, "snippetSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSnippetSpec", "description": "If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response." @@ -9259,6 +9351,10 @@ "description": "Represents the search results.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSearchResult", "properties": { +"chunk": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaChunk", +"description": "The chunk data in the search response if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS." +}, "document": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocument", "description": "The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json index 31cd53118f..2efff404eb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json @@ -4449,7 +4449,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json index 62436a85df..b3560ea66b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json @@ -9267,7 +9267,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": { @@ -12339,7 +12339,7 @@ true, true, true, true, -false, +true, false, false, false @@ -12357,7 +12357,7 @@ false "SDF version 5.4", "SDF version 5.5", "SDF version 6", -"SDF version 7. Read the [v7 migration guide](/display-video/api/structured-data-file/v7-migration-guide) before migrating to this version. Currently in beta. Only available for use by a subset of users." +"SDF version 7. Read the [v7 migration guide](/display-video/api/structured-data-file/v7-migration-guide) before migrating to this version." ], "type": "string" } @@ -19822,7 +19822,7 @@ true, true, true, true, -false, +true, false, false, false @@ -19840,7 +19840,7 @@ false "SDF version 5.4", "SDF version 5.5", "SDF version 6", -"SDF version 7. Read the [v7 migration guide](/display-video/api/structured-data-file/v7-migration-guide) before migrating to this version. Currently in beta. Only available for use by a subset of users." +"SDF version 7. Read the [v7 migration guide](/display-video/api/structured-data-file/v7-migration-guide) before migrating to this version." ], "type": "string" } @@ -19899,7 +19899,7 @@ true, true, true, true, -false, +true, false, false, false @@ -19917,7 +19917,7 @@ false "SDF version 5.4", "SDF version 5.5", "SDF version 6", -"SDF version 7. Read the [v7 migration guide](/display-video/api/structured-data-file/v7-migration-guide) before migrating to this version. Currently in beta. Only available for use by a subset of users." +"SDF version 7. Read the [v7 migration guide](/display-video/api/structured-data-file/v7-migration-guide) before migrating to this version." ], "type": "string" } @@ -21428,7 +21428,7 @@ true "type": "string" }, "value": { -"description": "The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0.", +"description": "The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json index 312878e302..6fa01cd424 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json @@ -9222,7 +9222,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveViewVideoViewabilityMetricConfig": { @@ -12910,7 +12910,7 @@ true, true, true, true, -false, +true, false, false, false @@ -12928,7 +12928,7 @@ false "SDF version 5.4", "SDF version 5.5", "SDF version 6", -"SDF version 7. Read the [v7 migration guide](/display-video/api/structured-data-file/v7-migration-guide) before migrating to this version. Currently in beta. Only available for use by a subset of users." +"SDF version 7. Read the [v7 migration guide](/display-video/api/structured-data-file/v7-migration-guide) before migrating to this version." ], "type": "string" } @@ -20532,7 +20532,7 @@ true, true, true, true, -false, +true, false, false, false @@ -20550,7 +20550,7 @@ false "SDF version 5.4", "SDF version 5.5", "SDF version 6", -"SDF version 7. Read the [v7 migration guide](/display-video/api/structured-data-file/v7-migration-guide) before migrating to this version. Currently in beta. Only available for use by a subset of users." +"SDF version 7. Read the [v7 migration guide](/display-video/api/structured-data-file/v7-migration-guide) before migrating to this version." ], "type": "string" } @@ -20609,7 +20609,7 @@ true, true, true, true, -false, +true, false, false, false @@ -20627,7 +20627,7 @@ false "SDF version 5.4", "SDF version 5.5", "SDF version 6", -"SDF version 7. Read the [v7 migration guide](/display-video/api/structured-data-file/v7-migration-guide) before migrating to this version. Currently in beta. Only available for use by a subset of users." +"SDF version 7. Read the [v7 migration guide](/display-video/api/structured-data-file/v7-migration-guide) before migrating to this version." ], "type": "string" } @@ -21964,7 +21964,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "value": { -"description": "The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0.", +"description": "The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json index 8345d9853e..59b6a87715 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json @@ -4164,7 +4164,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://dlp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Action": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json index a919908244..c3d94c5df7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Change": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json index 2cf58dc0ce..551cd67643 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Change": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json index 2a724e36cd..37738a9fb7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://docs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutoText": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json index b16d3b1dfb..f6cadae02c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json index 47174afa85..4fca809513 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json index 90bee5e45c..43d42db792 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json @@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json index acc1896d0b..f36a0eacac 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://domains.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1alpha2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1alpha2.json index 7d5db52f01..0474b5c840 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1alpha2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1alpha2.json @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://domains.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1beta1.json index 1397a1691d..176f50da95 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1beta1.json @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://domains.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json index 55b6f645cb..2d701b8511 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://domainsrdap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "HttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json index bd2ff331fe..fe74e44206 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://doubleclickbidmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ChannelGrouping": { @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ }, "pathQueryOptions": { "$ref": "PathQueryOptions", -"description": "Options that contain Path Filters and Custom Channel Groupings." +"description": "Options that contain Path Filters and Custom Channel Groupings. This field is deprecated and will sunset on **May 1, 2024**. After sunset, requests using this field will return an error." } }, "type": "object" @@ -586,8 +586,8 @@ false "YouTube Programmatic Guaranteed report.", "Reach report.", "Unique Reach Audience report.", -"Full Path report.", -"Path Attribution report." +"Full Path report. This report type is deprecated and will sunset on **May 1, 2024**. After sunset, requests retrieving, creating, or running reports of this type will return an error.", +"Path Attribution report. This report type is deprecated and will sunset on **May 1, 2024**. After sunset, requests retrieving, creating, or running reports of this type will return an error." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json index 9da40a6545..528bf8c3a2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://doubleclicksearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Availability": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json index c32f1609ad..4687cdc3bd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json @@ -3842,7 +3842,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json index 855d6fe026..0877f177d7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json @@ -2503,7 +2503,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json index fa627acd44..4c0657b208 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://driveactivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json index 907d745398..e53f58e3d0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://drivelabels.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAppsDriveLabelsV2BadgeColors": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json index 4e6ec6d2f5..12c5dc356d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://drivelabels.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAppsDriveLabelsV2betaBadgeColors": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json index 9653939270..6f1f9f7fec 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://essentialcontacts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ComputeContactsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json index 13452eb633..a91395a560 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json index 20977f583f..013a1b9b7e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json index 6a0d57c0b5..c795cb16f3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://factchecktools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFactcheckingFactchecktoolsV1alpha1Claim": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json index 17d85699ee..8b9df3489c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://fcmdata.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseFcmDataV1beta1AndroidDeliveryData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json index e77c632ea1..7ef9a620aa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`. The resource name of the instance, in the format", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240126", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Backup": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json index 93ad5fe2a5..f644a6b1c9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Required. Mask of fields to update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields: * \"description\" * \"file_shares\" * \"labels\"", +"description": "Required. Mask of fields to update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields: * \"description\" * \"directory_services\" * \"file_shares\" * \"labels\"", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -519,6 +519,34 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"promoteReplica": { +"description": "Promote an standby instance (replica).", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}:promoteReplica", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "file.projects.locations.instances.promoteReplica", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:promoteReplica", +"request": { +"$ref": "PromoteReplicaRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "restore": { "description": "Restores an existing instance's file share from a backup. The capacity of the instance needs to be equal to or larger than the capacity of the backup (and also equal to or larger than the minimum capacity of the tier).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}:restore", @@ -557,7 +585,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`. The resource name of the instance, in the format", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1041,7 +1069,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240126", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Backup": { @@ -1570,7 +1598,7 @@ }, "directoryServices": { "$ref": "DirectoryServicesConfig", -"description": "Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. Should only be set if protocol is \"NFS_V4_1\"." +"description": "Optional. Directory Services configuration for Kerberos-based authentication. Should only be set if protocol is \"NFS_V4_1\"." }, "etag": { "description": "Server-specified ETag for the instance resource to prevent simultaneous updates from overwriting each other.", @@ -1658,7 +1686,8 @@ "SUSPENDED", "REVERTING", "SUSPENDING", -"RESUMING" +"RESUMING", +"PROMOTING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "State not set.", @@ -1671,7 +1700,8 @@ "The instance is suspended. You can get further details from the `suspension_reasons` field of the `Instance` resource.", "The instance is reverting to a snapshot.", "The instance is in the process of becoming suspended.", -"The instance is in the process of becoming active." +"The instance is in the process of becoming active.", +"The replica instance is being promoted." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -1959,11 +1989,11 @@ "id": "ManagedActiveDirectoryConfig", "properties": { "computer": { -"description": "The computer name is used as a prefix to the mount remote target. Example: if the computer_name is `my-computer`, the mount command will look like: `$mount -o vers=4,sec=krb5 my-computer.filestore.:`.", +"description": "Required. The computer name is used as a prefix to the mount remote target. Example: if the computer is `my-computer`, the mount command will look like: `$mount -o vers=4.1,sec=krb5 my-computer.filestore.: `.", "type": "string" }, "domain": { -"description": "Fully qualified domain name.", +"description": "Required. The domain resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain}`.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -2173,6 +2203,12 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"PromoteReplicaRequest": { +"description": "PromoteReplicaRequest promotes a Filestore standby instance (replica).", +"id": "PromoteReplicaRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "RestoreInstanceRequest": { "description": "RestoreInstanceRequest restores an existing instance's file share from a backup.", "id": "RestoreInstanceRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json index 293071375b..82f9429320 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json @@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://firebase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddFirebaseRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json index 527ec4c71b..5c7296c3fb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json @@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1AppAttestConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json index 5f26818fbf..8cf03837e8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "app": { -"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard.", +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. Alternatively, if this method is being called for an OAuth client protected by App Check, this field can also be in the format: ``` oauthClients/{oauth_client_id} ``` You can view the OAuth client ID for your OAuth clients in the Google Cloud console. Note that only iOS OAuth clients are supported at this time, and they must be linked to corresponding iOS Firebase apps. Please see [the documentation](https://developers.google.com/identity/sign-in/ios/appcheck/get-started#project-setup) for more information.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^oauthClients/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "app": { -"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard.", +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. Alternatively, if this method is being called for an OAuth client protected by App Check, this field can also be in the format: ``` oauthClients/{oauth_client_id} ``` You can view the OAuth client ID for your OAuth clients in the Google Cloud console. Note that only iOS OAuth clients are supported at this time, and they must be linked to corresponding iOS Firebase apps. Please see [the documentation](https://developers.google.com/identity/sign-in/ios/appcheck/get-started#project-setup) for more information.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^oauthClients/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "app": { -"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard.", +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. Alternatively, if this method is being called for an OAuth client protected by App Check, this field can also be in the format: ``` oauthClients/{oauth_client_id} ``` You can view the OAuth client ID for your OAuth clients in the Google Cloud console. Note that only iOS OAuth clients are supported at this time, and they must be linked to corresponding iOS Firebase apps. Please see [the documentation](https://developers.google.com/identity/sign-in/ios/appcheck/get-started#project-setup) for more information.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^oauthClients/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "app": { -"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard.", +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. Alternatively, if this method is being called for an OAuth client protected by App Check, this field can also be in the format: ``` oauthClients/{oauth_client_id} ``` You can view the OAuth client ID for your OAuth clients in the Google Cloud console. Note that only iOS OAuth clients are supported at this time, and they must be linked to corresponding iOS Firebase apps. Please see [the documentation](https://developers.google.com/identity/sign-in/ios/appcheck/get-started#project-setup) for more information.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^oauthClients/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "app": { -"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard.", +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. Alternatively, if this method is being called for an OAuth client protected by App Check, this field can also be in the format: ``` oauthClients/{oauth_client_id} ``` You can view the OAuth client ID for your OAuth clients in the Google Cloud console. Note that only iOS OAuth clients are supported at this time, and they must be linked to corresponding iOS Firebase apps. Please see [the documentation](https://developers.google.com/identity/sign-in/ios/appcheck/get-started#project-setup) for more information.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/apps/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "app": { -"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard.", +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. Alternatively, if this method is being called for an OAuth client protected by App Check, this field can also be in the format: ``` oauthClients/{oauth_client_id} ``` You can view the OAuth client ID for your OAuth clients in the Google Cloud console. Note that only iOS OAuth clients are supported at this time, and they must be linked to corresponding iOS Firebase apps. Please see [the documentation](https://developers.google.com/identity/sign-in/ios/appcheck/get-started#project-setup) for more information.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/apps/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "app": { -"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard.", +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. Alternatively, if this method is being called for an OAuth client protected by App Check, this field can also be in the format: ``` oauthClients/{oauth_client_id} ``` You can view the OAuth client ID for your OAuth clients in the Google Cloud console. Note that only iOS OAuth clients are supported at this time, and they must be linked to corresponding iOS Firebase apps. Please see [the documentation](https://developers.google.com/identity/sign-in/ios/appcheck/get-started#project-setup) for more information.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/apps/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "app": { -"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard.", +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the iOS app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. Alternatively, if this method is being called for an OAuth client protected by App Check, this field can also be in the format: ``` oauthClients/{oauth_client_id} ``` You can view the OAuth client ID for your OAuth clients in the Google Cloud console. Note that only iOS OAuth clients are supported at this time, and they must be linked to corresponding iOS Firebase apps. Please see [the documentation](https://developers.google.com/identity/sign-in/ios/appcheck/get-started#project-setup) for more information.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/apps/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaAppAttestConfig": { @@ -1992,7 +1992,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. A comma-separated list of names of fields in the ResourceConfigurations to update. Example: `enforcement_mode`. If this field is present, the `update_mask` field in the UpdateResourcePolicyRequest messages must all match this field, or the entire batch fails and no updates will be committed.", +"description": "Optional. A comma-separated list of names of fields in the ResourcePolicy objects to update. Example: `enforcement_mode`. If this field is present, the `update_mask` field in the UpdateResourcePolicyRequest messages must all match this field, or the entire batch fails and no updates will be committed.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "type": "string" } @@ -2349,7 +2349,7 @@ "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaListResourcePoliciesResponse", "properties": { "nextPageToken": { -"description": "If the result list is too large to fit in a single response, then a token is returned. If the string is empty or omitted, then this response is the last page of results. This token can be used in a subsequent call to ListResourcePolicies to find the next group of ResourcePolicys. Page tokens are short-lived and should not be persisted.", +"description": "If the result list is too large to fit in a single response, then a token is returned. If the string is empty or omitted, then this response is the last page of results. This token can be used in a subsequent call to ListResourcePolicies to find the next group of ResourcePolicy objects. Page tokens are short-lived and should not be persisted.", "type": "string" }, "resourcePolicies": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json index 811d0d00cf..065a53ac48 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json @@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappdistribution.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GdataBlobstore2Info": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json index 9bacc0f281..fecea032d3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappdistribution.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1Release": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json index 10243a77dd..2f0592b639 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedatabase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DatabaseInstance": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json index bda1939478..61ef2fc794 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240309", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedynamiclinks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyticsInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json index 382fbcf17d..f2b08ef5f7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json index 4488e27794..97e2ff7e4f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json @@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActingUser": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json index 25cbc8e8f9..34ebf60b6d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://firebasestorage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddFirebaseRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json index ea0364ae1a..98efb7b1f0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://fitness.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateBucket": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json index 0e5a80b285..2339d013f3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240227", "rootUrl": "https://forms.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Answer": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json index a609498442..2de3a0ae1c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json @@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@ false } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://games.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AchievementDefinition": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json index 77537ec489..a4d460d191 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://gamesconfiguration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AchievementConfiguration": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json index cacb76645b..45605495ff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://gamesmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AchievementResetAllResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json index fb8236aa04..897b7fbeea 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json @@ -1688,7 +1688,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://gkebackup.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json index 0e41514789..20dc388bef 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json @@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { @@ -3733,6 +3733,10 @@ "proxy": { "description": "Proxy server address to use for auth method.", "type": "string" +}, +"samlConfig": { +"$ref": "IdentityServiceSamlConfig", +"description": "SAML specific configuration." } }, "type": "object" @@ -3755,6 +3759,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"groupFormat": { +"description": "Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth.", +"type": "string" +}, "kubectlRedirectUri": { "description": "The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization.", "type": "string" @@ -3762,6 +3770,10 @@ "tenant": { "description": "Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant.", "type": "string" +}, +"userClaim": { +"description": "Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -3889,6 +3901,51 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"IdentityServiceSamlConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for the SAML Auth flow.", +"id": "IdentityServiceSamlConfig", +"properties": { +"attributeMapping": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is \"attribute.nickname\" and `value` is \"assertion.nickname\".", +"type": "object" +}, +"groupPrefix": { +"description": "Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"groupsAttribute": { +"description": "Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`).", +"type": "string" +}, +"identityProviderCertificates": { +"description": "Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"identityProviderId": { +"description": "Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP.", +"type": "string" +}, +"identityProviderSsoUri": { +"description": "Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service.", +"type": "string" +}, +"userAttribute": { +"description": "Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`).", +"type": "string" +}, +"userPrefix": { +"description": "Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "KubernetesMetadata": { "description": "KubernetesMetadata provides informational metadata for Memberships representing Kubernetes clusters.", "id": "KubernetesMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json index 21186fd5c7..74f18a9a86 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json @@ -2175,7 +2175,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnthosObservabilityFeatureSpec": { @@ -4324,6 +4324,10 @@ "proxy": { "description": "Proxy server address to use for auth method.", "type": "string" +}, +"samlConfig": { +"$ref": "IdentityServiceSamlConfig", +"description": "SAML specific configuration." } }, "type": "object" @@ -4346,6 +4350,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"groupFormat": { +"description": "Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth.", +"type": "string" +}, "kubectlRedirectUri": { "description": "The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization.", "type": "string" @@ -4353,6 +4361,10 @@ "tenant": { "description": "Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant.", "type": "string" +}, +"userClaim": { +"description": "Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4480,6 +4492,51 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"IdentityServiceSamlConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for the SAML Auth flow.", +"id": "IdentityServiceSamlConfig", +"properties": { +"attributeMapping": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is \"attribute.nickname\" and `value` is \"assertion.nickname\".", +"type": "object" +}, +"groupPrefix": { +"description": "Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"groupsAttribute": { +"description": "Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`).", +"type": "string" +}, +"identityProviderCertificates": { +"description": "Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"identityProviderId": { +"description": "Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP.", +"type": "string" +}, +"identityProviderSsoUri": { +"description": "Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service.", +"type": "string" +}, +"userAttribute": { +"description": "Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`).", +"type": "string" +}, +"userPrefix": { +"description": "Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "KubernetesMetadata": { "description": "KubernetesMetadata provides informational metadata for Memberships representing Kubernetes clusters.", "id": "KubernetesMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json index 35c4102322..5da862b096 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplianceCluster": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json index 0a600c6c17..cc76a8021a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json @@ -2024,7 +2024,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnthosObservabilityFeatureSpec": { @@ -4028,6 +4028,10 @@ "proxy": { "description": "Proxy server address to use for auth method.", "type": "string" +}, +"samlConfig": { +"$ref": "IdentityServiceSamlConfig", +"description": "SAML specific configuration." } }, "type": "object" @@ -4050,6 +4054,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"groupFormat": { +"description": "Optional. Format of the AzureAD groups that the client wants for auth.", +"type": "string" +}, "kubectlRedirectUri": { "description": "The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization.", "type": "string" @@ -4057,6 +4065,10 @@ "tenant": { "description": "Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant.", "type": "string" +}, +"userClaim": { +"description": "Optional. Claim in the AzureAD ID Token that holds the user details.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4184,6 +4196,51 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"IdentityServiceSamlConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for the SAML Auth flow.", +"id": "IdentityServiceSamlConfig", +"properties": { +"attributeMapping": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The mapping of additional user attributes like nickname, birthday and address etc.. `key` is the name of this additional attribute. `value` is a string presenting as CEL(common expression language, go/cel) used for getting the value from the resources. Take nickname as an example, in this case, `key` is \"attribute.nickname\" and `value` is \"assertion.nickname\".", +"type": "object" +}, +"groupPrefix": { +"description": "Optional. Prefix to prepend to group name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"groupsAttribute": { +"description": "Optional. The SAML attribute to read groups from. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `group_prefix`).", +"type": "string" +}, +"identityProviderCertificates": { +"description": "Required. The list of IdP certificates to validate the SAML response against.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"identityProviderId": { +"description": "Required. The entity ID of the SAML IdP.", +"type": "string" +}, +"identityProviderSsoUri": { +"description": "Required. The URI where the SAML IdP exposes the SSO service.", +"type": "string" +}, +"userAttribute": { +"description": "Optional. The SAML attribute to read username from. If unspecified, the username will be read from the NameID element of the assertion in SAML response. This value is expected to be a string and will be passed along as-is (with the option of being prefixed by the `user_prefix`).", +"type": "string" +}, +"userPrefix": { +"description": "Optional. Prefix to prepend to user name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "KubernetesMetadata": { "description": "KubernetesMetadata provides informational metadata for Memberships representing Kubernetes clusters.", "id": "KubernetesMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json index 1e05a1b462..844e9b6cf7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplianceCluster": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json index 7b7024918a..8e4c00031d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json index 750511f9a5..ba05a8f7cf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json @@ -2996,7 +2996,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240124", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://gkeonprem.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Authorization": { @@ -6368,7 +6368,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "imageType": { -"description": "Required. The OS image to be used for each node in a node pool. Currently `cos`, `ubuntu`, `ubuntu_containerd` and `windows` are supported.", +"description": "Required. The OS image to be used for each node in a node pool. Currently `cos`, `cos_cgv2`, `ubuntu`, `ubuntu_cgv2`, `ubuntu_containerd` and `windows` are supported.", "type": "string" }, "labels": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json index de61b75a16..1d342424cb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json @@ -3077,7 +3077,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://gmail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutoForwarding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json index c65958fd3a..6aac3504c2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeliveryError": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json index 9bc285e45e..3ee4e19508 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeliveryError": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json index 283375c3d5..9cc47a2e34 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudCommonOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json index 400031f77b..4bbf6116cb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ "baseUrl": "https://iamcredentials.googleapis.com/", "batchPath": "batch", "canonicalName": "IAM Credentials", -"description": "Creates short-lived credentials for impersonating IAM service accounts. To enable this API, you must enable the IAM API (iam.googleapis.com). ", +"description": "Creates short-lived credentials for impersonating IAM service accounts. Disabling this API also disables the IAM API (iam.googleapis.com). However, enabling this API doesn't enable the IAM API. ", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/creating-short-lived-service-account-credentials", "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240227", "rootUrl": "https://iamcredentials.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GenerateAccessTokenRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json index ca4e4c783a..d924db9404 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240224", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessDeniedPageSettings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json index d736287acd..d395d71691 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240224", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json index 91a786a0d9..adef560393 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json @@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://identitytoolkit.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2AllowByDefault": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json index 953870adf6..f9cbd9db96 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://indexing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "PublishUrlNotificationResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json index c0b33e77ed..8085e1c4ce 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://keep.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Attachment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json index 737041d0f1..52f0974488 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://kmsinventory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudKmsInventoryV1ListCryptoKeysResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json index 5607b050e0..b4f8a82020 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240302", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { @@ -465,12 +465,47 @@ "type": "string" }, "features": { -"$ref": "Features", +"$ref": "AnnotateTextRequestFeatures", "description": "Required. The enabled features." } }, "type": "object" }, +"AnnotateTextRequestFeatures": { +"description": "All available features for sentiment, syntax, and semantic analysis. Setting each one to true will enable that specific analysis for the input.", +"id": "AnnotateTextRequestFeatures", +"properties": { +"classificationModelOptions": { +"$ref": "ClassificationModelOptions", +"description": "Optional. The model options to use for classification. Defaults to v1 options if not specified. Only used if `classify_text` is set to true." +}, +"classifyText": { +"description": "Classify the full document into categories.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"extractDocumentSentiment": { +"description": "Extract document-level sentiment.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"extractEntities": { +"description": "Extract entities.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"extractEntitySentiment": { +"description": "Extract entities and their associated sentiment.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"extractSyntax": { +"description": "Extract syntax information.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"moderateText": { +"description": "Moderate the document for harmful and sensitive categories.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AnnotateTextResponse": { "description": "The text annotations response message.", "id": "AnnotateTextResponse", @@ -542,16 +577,43 @@ "id": "ClassificationModelOptions", "properties": { "v1Model": { -"$ref": "V1Model", +"$ref": "ClassificationModelOptionsV1Model", "description": "Setting this field will use the V1 model and V1 content categories version. The V1 model is a legacy model; support for this will be discontinued in the future." }, "v2Model": { -"$ref": "V2Model", +"$ref": "ClassificationModelOptionsV2Model", "description": "Setting this field will use the V2 model with the appropriate content categories version. The V2 model is a better performing model." } }, "type": "object" }, +"ClassificationModelOptionsV1Model": { +"description": "Options for the V1 model.", +"id": "ClassificationModelOptionsV1Model", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ClassificationModelOptionsV2Model": { +"description": "Options for the V2 model.", +"id": "ClassificationModelOptionsV2Model", +"properties": { +"contentCategoriesVersion": { +"description": "The content categories used for classification.", +"enum": [ +"CONTENT_CATEGORIES_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", +"V1", +"V2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"If `ContentCategoriesVersion` is not specified, this option will default to `V1`.", +"Legacy content categories of our initial launch in 2017.", +"Updated content categories in 2022." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ClassifyTextRequest": { "description": "The document classification request message.", "id": "ClassifyTextRequest", @@ -581,6 +643,419 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Color": { +"description": "Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value\u2014for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ...", +"id": "Color", +"properties": { +"alpha": { +"description": "The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"blue": { +"description": "The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"green": { +"description": "The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"red": { +"description": "The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CpuMetric": { +"description": "Metric for billing reports.", +"id": "CpuMetric", +"properties": { +"coreNumber": { +"description": "Required. Number of CPU cores.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"coreSec": { +"description": "Required. Total seconds of core usage, e.g. 4.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"cpuType": { +"description": "Required. Type of cpu, e.g. N2.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN_CPU_TYPE", +"A2", +"A3", +"C2", +"C2D", +"CUSTOM", +"E2", +"G2", +"C3", +"M2", +"M1", +"N1", +"N2_CUSTOM", +"N2", +"N2D" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"GPU-based machine, skip quota reporting.", +"GPU-based machine, skip quota reporting.", +"COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED", +"", +"", +"", +"GPU-based machine, skip quota reporting.", +"", +"MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_UPGRADE_PREMIUM", +"MEMORY_OPTIMIZED", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"machineSpec": { +"description": "Required. Machine spec, e.g. N1_STANDARD_4.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN_MACHINE_SPEC", +"N1_STANDARD_2", +"N1_STANDARD_4", +"N1_STANDARD_8", +"N1_STANDARD_16", +"N1_STANDARD_32", +"N1_STANDARD_64", +"N1_STANDARD_96", +"N1_HIGHMEM_2", +"N1_HIGHMEM_4", +"N1_HIGHMEM_8", +"N1_HIGHMEM_16", +"N1_HIGHMEM_32", +"N1_HIGHMEM_64", +"N1_HIGHMEM_96", +"N1_HIGHCPU_2", +"N1_HIGHCPU_4", +"N1_HIGHCPU_8", +"N1_HIGHCPU_16", +"N1_HIGHCPU_32", +"N1_HIGHCPU_64", +"N1_HIGHCPU_96", +"A2_HIGHGPU_1G", +"A2_HIGHGPU_2G", +"A2_HIGHGPU_4G", +"A2_HIGHGPU_8G", +"A2_MEGAGPU_16G", +"A2_ULTRAGPU_1G", +"A2_ULTRAGPU_2G", +"A2_ULTRAGPU_4G", +"A2_ULTRAGPU_8G", +"A3_HIGHGPU_8G", +"E2_STANDARD_2", +"E2_STANDARD_4", +"E2_STANDARD_8", +"E2_STANDARD_16", +"E2_STANDARD_32", +"E2_HIGHMEM_2", +"E2_HIGHMEM_4", +"E2_HIGHMEM_8", +"E2_HIGHMEM_16", +"E2_HIGHCPU_2", +"E2_HIGHCPU_4", +"E2_HIGHCPU_8", +"E2_HIGHCPU_16", +"E2_HIGHCPU_32", +"N2_STANDARD_2", +"N2_STANDARD_4", +"N2_STANDARD_8", +"N2_STANDARD_16", +"N2_STANDARD_32", +"N2_STANDARD_48", +"N2_STANDARD_64", +"N2_STANDARD_80", +"N2_STANDARD_96", +"N2_STANDARD_128", +"N2_HIGHMEM_2", +"N2_HIGHMEM_4", +"N2_HIGHMEM_8", +"N2_HIGHMEM_16", +"N2_HIGHMEM_32", +"N2_HIGHMEM_48", +"N2_HIGHMEM_64", +"N2_HIGHMEM_80", +"N2_HIGHMEM_96", +"N2_HIGHMEM_128", +"N2_HIGHCPU_2", +"N2_HIGHCPU_4", +"N2_HIGHCPU_8", +"N2_HIGHCPU_16", +"N2_HIGHCPU_32", +"N2_HIGHCPU_48", +"N2_HIGHCPU_64", +"N2_HIGHCPU_80", +"N2_HIGHCPU_96", +"N2D_STANDARD_2", +"N2D_STANDARD_4", +"N2D_STANDARD_8", +"N2D_STANDARD_16", +"N2D_STANDARD_32", +"N2D_STANDARD_48", +"N2D_STANDARD_64", +"N2D_STANDARD_80", +"N2D_STANDARD_96", +"N2D_STANDARD_128", +"N2D_STANDARD_224", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_2", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_4", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_8", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_16", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_32", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_48", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_64", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_80", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_96", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_2", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_4", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_8", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_16", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_32", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_48", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_64", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_80", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_96", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_128", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_224", +"C2_STANDARD_4", +"C2_STANDARD_8", +"C2_STANDARD_16", +"C2_STANDARD_30", +"C2_STANDARD_60", +"C2D_STANDARD_2", +"C2D_STANDARD_4", +"C2D_STANDARD_8", +"C2D_STANDARD_16", +"C2D_STANDARD_32", +"C2D_STANDARD_56", +"C2D_STANDARD_112", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_2", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_4", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_8", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_16", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_32", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_56", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_112", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_2", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_4", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_8", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_16", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_32", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_56", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_112", +"G2_STANDARD_4", +"G2_STANDARD_8", +"G2_STANDARD_12", +"G2_STANDARD_16", +"G2_STANDARD_24", +"G2_STANDARD_32", +"G2_STANDARD_48", +"G2_STANDARD_96", +"C3_STANDARD_4", +"C3_STANDARD_8", +"C3_STANDARD_22", +"C3_STANDARD_44", +"C3_STANDARD_88", +"C3_STANDARD_176", +"C3_HIGHCPU_4", +"C3_HIGHCPU_8", +"C3_HIGHCPU_22", +"C3_HIGHCPU_44", +"C3_HIGHCPU_88", +"C3_HIGHCPU_176", +"C3_HIGHMEM_4", +"C3_HIGHMEM_8", +"C3_HIGHMEM_22", +"C3_HIGHMEM_44", +"C3_HIGHMEM_88", +"C3_HIGHMEM_176" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"trackingLabels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Billing tracking labels. They do not contain any user data but only the labels set by Vertex Core Infra itself. Tracking labels' keys are defined with special format: goog-[\\p{Ll}\\p{N}]+ E.g. \"key\": \"goog-k8s-cluster-name\",\"value\": \"us-east1-b4rk\"", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DependencyEdge": { "description": "Represents dependency parse tree information for a token. (For more information on dependency labels, see http://www.aclweb.org/anthology/P13-2017", "id": "DependencyEdge", @@ -767,6 +1242,37 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"DiskMetric": { +"id": "DiskMetric", +"properties": { +"diskType": { +"description": "Required. Type of Disk, e.g. REGIONAL_SSD.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN_DISK_TYPE", +"REGIONAL_SSD", +"REGIONAL_STORAGE", +"PD_SSD", +"PD_STANDARD", +"STORAGE_SNAPSHOT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"gibSec": { +"description": "Required. Seconds of physical disk usage, e.g. 3600.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Document": { "description": "Represents the input to API methods.", "id": "Document", @@ -897,37 +1403,414 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"Features": { -"description": "All available features for sentiment, syntax, and semantic analysis. Setting each one to true will enable that specific analysis for the input.", -"id": "Features", +"GpuMetric": { +"id": "GpuMetric", "properties": { -"classificationModelOptions": { -"$ref": "ClassificationModelOptions", -"description": "Optional. The model options to use for classification. Defaults to v1 options if not specified. Only used if `classify_text` is set to true." +"gpuSec": { +"description": "Required. Seconds of GPU usage, e.g. 3600.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" }, -"classifyText": { -"description": "Classify the full document into categories.", -"type": "boolean" +"gpuType": { +"description": "Required. Type of GPU, e.g. NVIDIA_TESLA_V100.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN_GPU_TYPE", +"NVIDIA_TESLA_A100", +"NVIDIA_A100_80GB", +"NVIDIA_TESLA_K80", +"NVIDIA_L4", +"NVIDIA_TESLA_P100", +"NVIDIA_TESLA_P4", +"NVIDIA_TESLA_T4", +"NVIDIA_TESLA_V100", +"NVIDIA_H100_80GB" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" }, -"extractDocumentSentiment": { -"description": "Extract document-level sentiment.", -"type": "boolean" +"machineSpec": { +"description": "Required. Machine spec, e.g. N1_STANDARD_4.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN_MACHINE_SPEC", +"N1_STANDARD_2", +"N1_STANDARD_4", +"N1_STANDARD_8", +"N1_STANDARD_16", +"N1_STANDARD_32", +"N1_STANDARD_64", +"N1_STANDARD_96", +"N1_HIGHMEM_2", +"N1_HIGHMEM_4", +"N1_HIGHMEM_8", +"N1_HIGHMEM_16", +"N1_HIGHMEM_32", +"N1_HIGHMEM_64", +"N1_HIGHMEM_96", +"N1_HIGHCPU_2", +"N1_HIGHCPU_4", +"N1_HIGHCPU_8", +"N1_HIGHCPU_16", +"N1_HIGHCPU_32", +"N1_HIGHCPU_64", +"N1_HIGHCPU_96", +"A2_HIGHGPU_1G", +"A2_HIGHGPU_2G", +"A2_HIGHGPU_4G", +"A2_HIGHGPU_8G", +"A2_MEGAGPU_16G", +"A2_ULTRAGPU_1G", +"A2_ULTRAGPU_2G", +"A2_ULTRAGPU_4G", +"A2_ULTRAGPU_8G", +"A3_HIGHGPU_8G", +"E2_STANDARD_2", +"E2_STANDARD_4", +"E2_STANDARD_8", +"E2_STANDARD_16", +"E2_STANDARD_32", +"E2_HIGHMEM_2", +"E2_HIGHMEM_4", +"E2_HIGHMEM_8", +"E2_HIGHMEM_16", +"E2_HIGHCPU_2", +"E2_HIGHCPU_4", +"E2_HIGHCPU_8", +"E2_HIGHCPU_16", +"E2_HIGHCPU_32", +"N2_STANDARD_2", +"N2_STANDARD_4", +"N2_STANDARD_8", +"N2_STANDARD_16", +"N2_STANDARD_32", +"N2_STANDARD_48", +"N2_STANDARD_64", +"N2_STANDARD_80", +"N2_STANDARD_96", +"N2_STANDARD_128", +"N2_HIGHMEM_2", +"N2_HIGHMEM_4", +"N2_HIGHMEM_8", +"N2_HIGHMEM_16", +"N2_HIGHMEM_32", +"N2_HIGHMEM_48", +"N2_HIGHMEM_64", +"N2_HIGHMEM_80", +"N2_HIGHMEM_96", +"N2_HIGHMEM_128", +"N2_HIGHCPU_2", +"N2_HIGHCPU_4", +"N2_HIGHCPU_8", +"N2_HIGHCPU_16", +"N2_HIGHCPU_32", +"N2_HIGHCPU_48", +"N2_HIGHCPU_64", +"N2_HIGHCPU_80", +"N2_HIGHCPU_96", +"N2D_STANDARD_2", +"N2D_STANDARD_4", +"N2D_STANDARD_8", +"N2D_STANDARD_16", +"N2D_STANDARD_32", +"N2D_STANDARD_48", +"N2D_STANDARD_64", +"N2D_STANDARD_80", +"N2D_STANDARD_96", +"N2D_STANDARD_128", +"N2D_STANDARD_224", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_2", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_4", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_8", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_16", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_32", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_48", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_64", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_80", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_96", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_2", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_4", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_8", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_16", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_32", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_48", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_64", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_80", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_96", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_128", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_224", +"C2_STANDARD_4", +"C2_STANDARD_8", +"C2_STANDARD_16", +"C2_STANDARD_30", +"C2_STANDARD_60", +"C2D_STANDARD_2", +"C2D_STANDARD_4", +"C2D_STANDARD_8", +"C2D_STANDARD_16", +"C2D_STANDARD_32", +"C2D_STANDARD_56", +"C2D_STANDARD_112", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_2", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_4", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_8", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_16", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_32", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_56", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_112", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_2", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_4", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_8", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_16", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_32", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_56", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_112", +"G2_STANDARD_4", +"G2_STANDARD_8", +"G2_STANDARD_12", +"G2_STANDARD_16", +"G2_STANDARD_24", +"G2_STANDARD_32", +"G2_STANDARD_48", +"G2_STANDARD_96", +"C3_STANDARD_4", +"C3_STANDARD_8", +"C3_STANDARD_22", +"C3_STANDARD_44", +"C3_STANDARD_88", +"C3_STANDARD_176", +"C3_HIGHCPU_4", +"C3_HIGHCPU_8", +"C3_HIGHCPU_22", +"C3_HIGHCPU_44", +"C3_HIGHCPU_88", +"C3_HIGHCPU_176", +"C3_HIGHMEM_4", +"C3_HIGHMEM_8", +"C3_HIGHMEM_22", +"C3_HIGHMEM_44", +"C3_HIGHMEM_88", +"C3_HIGHMEM_176" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" }, -"extractEntities": { -"description": "Extract entities.", -"type": "boolean" +"trackingLabels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" }, -"extractEntitySentiment": { -"description": "Extract entities and their associated sentiment.", -"type": "boolean" +"description": "Billing tracking labels. They do not contain any user data but only the labels set by Vertex Core Infra itself. Tracking labels' keys are defined with special format: goog-[\\p{Ll}\\p{N}]+ E.g. \"key\": \"goog-k8s-cluster-name\",\"value\": \"us-east1-b4rk\"", +"type": "object" +} }, -"extractSyntax": { -"description": "Extract syntax information.", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "object" }, -"moderateText": { -"description": "Moderate the document for harmful and sensitive categories.", -"type": "boolean" +"InfraUsage": { +"description": "Infra Usage of billing metrics. Next ID: 6", +"id": "InfraUsage", +"properties": { +"cpuMetrics": { +"description": "Aggregated core metrics since requested start_time.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CpuMetric" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"diskMetrics": { +"description": "Aggregated persistent disk metrics since requested start_time.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DiskMetric" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"gpuMetrics": { +"description": "Aggregated gpu metrics since requested start_time.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GpuMetric" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"ramMetrics": { +"description": "Aggregated ram metrics since requested start_time.", +"items": { +"$ref": "RamMetric" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"tpuMetrics": { +"description": "Aggregated tpu metrics since requested start_time.", +"items": { +"$ref": "TpuMetric" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1224,6 +2107,391 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"RamMetric": { +"id": "RamMetric", +"properties": { +"gibSec": { +"description": "Required. VM memory in Gigabyte second, e.g. 3600. Using int64 type to match billing metrics definition.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"machineSpec": { +"description": "Required. Machine spec, e.g. N1_STANDARD_4.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN_MACHINE_SPEC", +"N1_STANDARD_2", +"N1_STANDARD_4", +"N1_STANDARD_8", +"N1_STANDARD_16", +"N1_STANDARD_32", +"N1_STANDARD_64", +"N1_STANDARD_96", +"N1_HIGHMEM_2", +"N1_HIGHMEM_4", +"N1_HIGHMEM_8", +"N1_HIGHMEM_16", +"N1_HIGHMEM_32", +"N1_HIGHMEM_64", +"N1_HIGHMEM_96", +"N1_HIGHCPU_2", +"N1_HIGHCPU_4", +"N1_HIGHCPU_8", +"N1_HIGHCPU_16", +"N1_HIGHCPU_32", +"N1_HIGHCPU_64", +"N1_HIGHCPU_96", +"A2_HIGHGPU_1G", +"A2_HIGHGPU_2G", +"A2_HIGHGPU_4G", +"A2_HIGHGPU_8G", +"A2_MEGAGPU_16G", +"A2_ULTRAGPU_1G", +"A2_ULTRAGPU_2G", +"A2_ULTRAGPU_4G", +"A2_ULTRAGPU_8G", +"A3_HIGHGPU_8G", +"E2_STANDARD_2", +"E2_STANDARD_4", +"E2_STANDARD_8", +"E2_STANDARD_16", +"E2_STANDARD_32", +"E2_HIGHMEM_2", +"E2_HIGHMEM_4", +"E2_HIGHMEM_8", +"E2_HIGHMEM_16", +"E2_HIGHCPU_2", +"E2_HIGHCPU_4", +"E2_HIGHCPU_8", +"E2_HIGHCPU_16", +"E2_HIGHCPU_32", +"N2_STANDARD_2", +"N2_STANDARD_4", +"N2_STANDARD_8", +"N2_STANDARD_16", +"N2_STANDARD_32", +"N2_STANDARD_48", +"N2_STANDARD_64", +"N2_STANDARD_80", +"N2_STANDARD_96", +"N2_STANDARD_128", +"N2_HIGHMEM_2", +"N2_HIGHMEM_4", +"N2_HIGHMEM_8", +"N2_HIGHMEM_16", +"N2_HIGHMEM_32", +"N2_HIGHMEM_48", +"N2_HIGHMEM_64", +"N2_HIGHMEM_80", +"N2_HIGHMEM_96", +"N2_HIGHMEM_128", +"N2_HIGHCPU_2", +"N2_HIGHCPU_4", +"N2_HIGHCPU_8", +"N2_HIGHCPU_16", +"N2_HIGHCPU_32", +"N2_HIGHCPU_48", +"N2_HIGHCPU_64", +"N2_HIGHCPU_80", +"N2_HIGHCPU_96", +"N2D_STANDARD_2", +"N2D_STANDARD_4", +"N2D_STANDARD_8", +"N2D_STANDARD_16", +"N2D_STANDARD_32", +"N2D_STANDARD_48", +"N2D_STANDARD_64", +"N2D_STANDARD_80", +"N2D_STANDARD_96", +"N2D_STANDARD_128", +"N2D_STANDARD_224", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_2", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_4", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_8", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_16", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_32", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_48", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_64", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_80", +"N2D_HIGHMEM_96", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_2", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_4", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_8", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_16", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_32", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_48", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_64", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_80", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_96", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_128", +"N2D_HIGHCPU_224", +"C2_STANDARD_4", +"C2_STANDARD_8", +"C2_STANDARD_16", +"C2_STANDARD_30", +"C2_STANDARD_60", +"C2D_STANDARD_2", +"C2D_STANDARD_4", +"C2D_STANDARD_8", +"C2D_STANDARD_16", +"C2D_STANDARD_32", +"C2D_STANDARD_56", +"C2D_STANDARD_112", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_2", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_4", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_8", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_16", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_32", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_56", +"C2D_HIGHCPU_112", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_2", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_4", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_8", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_16", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_32", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_56", +"C2D_HIGHMEM_112", +"G2_STANDARD_4", +"G2_STANDARD_8", +"G2_STANDARD_12", +"G2_STANDARD_16", +"G2_STANDARD_24", +"G2_STANDARD_32", +"G2_STANDARD_48", +"G2_STANDARD_96", +"C3_STANDARD_4", +"C3_STANDARD_8", +"C3_STANDARD_22", +"C3_STANDARD_44", +"C3_STANDARD_88", +"C3_STANDARD_176", +"C3_HIGHCPU_4", +"C3_HIGHCPU_8", +"C3_HIGHCPU_22", +"C3_HIGHCPU_44", +"C3_HIGHCPU_88", +"C3_HIGHCPU_176", +"C3_HIGHMEM_4", +"C3_HIGHMEM_8", +"C3_HIGHMEM_22", +"C3_HIGHMEM_44", +"C3_HIGHMEM_88", +"C3_HIGHMEM_176" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"memories": { +"description": "Required. VM memory in gb.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"ramType": { +"description": "Required. Type of ram.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN_RAM_TYPE", +"A2", +"A3", +"C2", +"C2D", +"CUSTOM", +"E2", +"G2", +"C3", +"M2", +"M1", +"N1", +"N2_CUSTOM", +"N2", +"N2D" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_UPGRADE_PREMIUM", +"MEMORY_OPTIMIZED", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"trackingLabels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Billing tracking labels. They do not contain any user data but only the labels set by Vertex Core Infra itself. Tracking labels' keys are defined with special format: goog-[\\p{Ll}\\p{N}]+ E.g. \"key\": \"goog-k8s-cluster-name\",\"value\": \"us-east1-b4rk\"", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Sentence": { "description": "Represents a sentence in the input document.", "id": "Sentence", @@ -1322,32 +2590,3079 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"V1Model": { -"description": "Options for the V1 model.", -"id": "V1Model", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, -"V2Model": { -"description": "Options for the V2 model.", -"id": "V2Model", +"TpuMetric": { +"id": "TpuMetric", "properties": { -"contentCategoriesVersion": { -"description": "The content categories used for classification.", +"tpuSec": { +"description": "Required. Seconds of TPU usage, e.g. 3600.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"tpuType": { +"description": "Required. Type of TPU, e.g. TPU_V2, TPU_V3_POD.", "enum": [ -"CONTENT_CATEGORIES_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", -"V1", -"V2" +"UNKNOWN_TPU_TYPE", +"TPU_V2_POD", +"TPU_V2", +"TPU_V3_POD", +"TPU_V3", +"TPU_V5_LITEPOD" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"If `ContentCategoriesVersion` is not specified, this option will default to `V1`.", -"Legacy content categories of our initial launch in 2017.", -"Updated content categories in 2022." +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" ], "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" +}, +"XPSArrayStats": { +"description": "The data statistics of a series of ARRAY values.", +"id": "XPSArrayStats", +"properties": { +"commonStats": { +"$ref": "XPSCommonStats" +}, +"memberStats": { +"$ref": "XPSDataStats", +"description": "Stats of all the values of all arrays, as if they were a single long series of data. The type depends on the element type of the array." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSBatchPredictResponse": { +"id": "XPSBatchPredictResponse", +"properties": { +"exampleSet": { +"$ref": "XPSExampleSet", +"description": "Examples for batch prediction result. Under full API implementation, results are stored in shared RecordIO of AnnotatedExample protobufs, the annotations field of which is populated by XPS backend." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSBoundingBoxMetricsEntry": { +"description": "Bounding box matching model metrics for a single intersection-over-union threshold and multiple label match confidence thresholds.", +"id": "XPSBoundingBoxMetricsEntry", +"properties": { +"confidenceMetricsEntries": { +"description": "Metrics for each label-match confidence_threshold from 0.05,0.10,...,0.95,0.96,0.97,0.98,0.99.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSBoundingBoxMetricsEntryConfidenceMetricsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"iouThreshold": { +"description": "The intersection-over-union threshold value used to compute this metrics entry.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"meanAveragePrecision": { +"description": "The mean average precision.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSBoundingBoxMetricsEntryConfidenceMetricsEntry": { +"description": "Metrics for a single confidence threshold.", +"id": "XPSBoundingBoxMetricsEntryConfidenceMetricsEntry", +"properties": { +"confidenceThreshold": { +"description": "The confidence threshold value used to compute the metrics.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"f1Score": { +"description": "The harmonic mean of recall and precision.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"precision": { +"description": "Precision for the given confidence threshold.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"recall": { +"description": "Recall for the given confidence threshold.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSCategoryStats": { +"description": "The data statistics of a series of CATEGORY values.", +"id": "XPSCategoryStats", +"properties": { +"commonStats": { +"$ref": "XPSCommonStats" +}, +"topCategoryStats": { +"description": "The statistics of the top 20 CATEGORY values, ordered by CategoryStats.SingleCategoryStats.count.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSCategoryStatsSingleCategoryStats" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSCategoryStatsSingleCategoryStats": { +"description": "The statistics of a single CATEGORY value.", +"id": "XPSCategoryStatsSingleCategoryStats", +"properties": { +"count": { +"description": "The number of occurrences of this value in the series.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "The CATEGORY value.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSClassificationEvaluationMetrics": { +"description": "Model evaluation metrics for classification problems. It can be used for image and video classification. Next tag: 9.", +"id": "XPSClassificationEvaluationMetrics", +"properties": { +"auPrc": { +"description": "The Area under precision recall curve metric.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"auRoc": { +"description": "The Area Under Receiver Operating Characteristic curve metric. Micro-averaged for the overall evaluation.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"baseAuPrc": { +"description": "The Area under precision recall curve metric based on priors.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"confidenceMetricsEntries": { +"description": "Metrics that have confidence thresholds. Precision-recall curve can be derived from it.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSConfidenceMetricsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"confusionMatrix": { +"$ref": "XPSConfusionMatrix", +"description": "Confusion matrix of the evaluation. Only set for MULTICLASS classification problems where number of annotation specs is no more than 10. Only set for model level evaluation, not for evaluation per label." +}, +"evaluatedExamplesCount": { +"description": "The number of examples used for model evaluation.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"logLoss": { +"description": "The Log Loss metric.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSColorMap": { +"description": "Map from color to display name. Will only be used by Image Segmentation for uCAIP.", +"id": "XPSColorMap", +"properties": { +"annotationSpecIdToken": { +"description": "Should be used during training.", +"type": "string" +}, +"color": { +"$ref": "Color", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "This type is deprecated in favor of the IntColor below. This is because google.type.Color represent color has a float which semantically does not reflect discrete classes/categories concept. Moreover, to handle it well we need to have some tolerance when converting to a discretized color. As such, the recommendation is to have API surface still use google.type.Color while internally IntColor is used." +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Should be used during preprocessing.", +"type": "string" +}, +"intColor": { +"$ref": "XPSColorMapIntColor" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSColorMapIntColor": { +"description": "RGB color and each channel is represented by an integer.", +"id": "XPSColorMapIntColor", +"properties": { +"blue": { +"description": "The value should be in range of [0, 255].", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"green": { +"description": "The value should be in range of [0, 255].", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"red": { +"description": "The value should be in range of [0, 255].", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSColumnSpec": { +"id": "XPSColumnSpec", +"properties": { +"columnId": { +"description": "The unique id of the column. When Preprocess, the Tables BE will popuate the order id of the column, which reflects the order of the column inside the table, i.e. 0 means the first column in the table, N-1 means the last column. AutoML BE will persist this order id in Spanner and set the order id here when calling RefreshTablesStats and Train. Note: it's different than the column_spec_id that is generated in AutoML BE.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"dataStats": { +"$ref": "XPSDataStats", +"description": "The data stats of the column. It's outputed in RefreshTablesStats and a required input for Train." +}, +"dataType": { +"$ref": "XPSDataType", +"description": "The data type of the column. It's outputed in Preprocess rpc and a required input for RefreshTablesStats and Train." +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "The display name of the column. It's outputed in Preprocess and a required input for RefreshTablesStats and Train.", +"type": "string" +}, +"forecastingMetadata": { +"$ref": "XPSColumnSpecForecastingMetadata" +}, +"topCorrelatedColumns": { +"description": "It's outputed in RefreshTablesStats, and a required input in Train.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSColumnSpecCorrelatedColumn" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSColumnSpecCorrelatedColumn": { +"description": "Identifies a table's column, and its correlation with the column this ColumnSpec describes.", +"id": "XPSColumnSpecCorrelatedColumn", +"properties": { +"columnId": { +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"correlationStats": { +"$ref": "XPSCorrelationStats" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSColumnSpecForecastingMetadata": { +"description": "=========================================================================== # The fields below are used exclusively for Forecasting.", +"id": "XPSColumnSpecForecastingMetadata", +"properties": { +"columnType": { +"description": "The type of the column for FORECASTING model training purposes.", +"enum": [ +"COLUMN_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"KEY", +"KEY_METADATA", +"TIME_SERIES_AVAILABLE_PAST_ONLY", +"TIME_SERIES_AVAILABLE_PAST_AND_FUTURE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"An un-set value of this enum.", +"Key columns are used to identify timeseries.", +"This column contains information describing static properties of the entities identified by the key column(s) (e.g. city's ZIP code).", +"This column contains information for the given entity, at any time poinrt, they are only available in the time series before.", +"This column contains information for the given entity is known both for the past and the sufficiently far future." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSCommonStats": { +"description": "Common statistics for a column with a specified data type.", +"id": "XPSCommonStats", +"properties": { +"distinctValueCount": { +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"nullValueCount": { +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"validValueCount": { +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSConfidenceMetricsEntry": { +"description": "ConfidenceMetricsEntry includes generic precision, recall, f1 score etc. Next tag: 16.", +"id": "XPSConfidenceMetricsEntry", +"properties": { +"confidenceThreshold": { +"description": "Metrics are computed with an assumption that the model never return predictions with score lower than this value.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"f1Score": { +"description": "The harmonic mean of recall and precision.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"f1ScoreAt1": { +"description": "The harmonic mean of recall_at1 and precision_at1.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"falseNegativeCount": { +"description": "The number of ground truth labels that are not matched by a model created label.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"falsePositiveCount": { +"description": "The number of model created labels that do not match a ground truth label.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"falsePositiveRate": { +"description": "False Positive Rate for the given confidence threshold.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"falsePositiveRateAt1": { +"description": "The False Positive Rate when only considering the label that has the highest prediction score and not below the confidence threshold for each example.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"positionThreshold": { +"description": "Metrics are computed with an assumption that the model always returns at most this many predictions (ordered by their score, descendingly), but they all still need to meet the confidence_threshold.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"precision": { +"description": "Precision for the given confidence threshold.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"precisionAt1": { +"description": "The precision when only considering the label that has the highest prediction score and not below the confidence threshold for each example.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"recall": { +"description": "Recall (true positive rate) for the given confidence threshold.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"recallAt1": { +"description": "The recall (true positive rate) when only considering the label that has the highest prediction score and not below the confidence threshold for each example.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"trueNegativeCount": { +"description": "The number of labels that were not created by the model, but if they would, they would not match a ground truth label.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"truePositiveCount": { +"description": "The number of model created labels that match a ground truth label.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSConfusionMatrix": { +"description": "Confusion matrix of the model running the classification.", +"id": "XPSConfusionMatrix", +"properties": { +"annotationSpecIdToken": { +"description": "For the following three repeated fields, only one is intended to be set. annotation_spec_id_token is preferable to be set. ID tokens of the annotation specs used in the confusion matrix.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"category": { +"description": "Category (mainly for segmentation). Set only for image segmentation models. Note: uCAIP Image Segmentation should use annotation_spec_id_token.", +"items": { +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"row": { +"description": "Rows in the confusion matrix. The number of rows is equal to the size of `annotation_spec_id_token`. `row[i].value[j]` is the number of examples that have ground truth of the `annotation_spec_id_token[i]` and are predicted as `annotation_spec_id_token[j]` by the model being evaluated.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSConfusionMatrixRow" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"sentimentLabel": { +"description": "Sentiment labels used in the confusion matrix. Set only for text sentiment models. For AutoML Text Revamp, use `annotation_spec_id_token` instead and leave this field empty.", +"items": { +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSConfusionMatrixRow": { +"description": "A row in the confusion matrix.", +"id": "XPSConfusionMatrixRow", +"properties": { +"count": { +"description": "Same as above except intended to represent other counts (for e.g. for segmentation this is pixel count). NOTE(params): Only example_count or count is set (oneoff does not support repeated fields unless they are embedded inside another message).", +"items": { +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"exampleCount": { +"description": "Value of the specific cell in the confusion matrix. The number of values each row has (i.e. the length of the row) is equal to the length of the annotation_spec_id_token field.", +"items": { +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSCoreMlFormat": { +"description": "A model format used for iOS mobile devices.", +"id": "XPSCoreMlFormat", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSCorrelationStats": { +"description": "A correlation statistics between two series of DataType values. The series may have differing DataType-s, but within a single series the DataType must be the same.", +"id": "XPSCorrelationStats", +"properties": { +"cramersV": { +"description": "The correlation value using the Cramer's V measure.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSDataErrors": { +"description": "Different types of errors and the stats associatesd with each error.", +"id": "XPSDataErrors", +"properties": { +"count": { +"description": "Number of records having errors associated with the enum.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"errorType": { +"description": "Type of the error.", +"enum": [ +"ERROR_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"UNSUPPORTED_AUDIO_FORMAT", +"FILE_EXTENSION_MISMATCH_WITH_AUDIO_FORMAT", +"FILE_TOO_LARGE", +"MISSING_TRANSCRIPTION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified.", +"Audio format not in the formats by cloud-speech AutoML. Currently only wav and flac file formats are supported.", +"File format differnt from what is specified in the file name extension.", +"File too large. Maximum allowed size is 50 MB.", +"Transcript is missing." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSDataStats": { +"description": "The data statistics of a series of values that share the same DataType.", +"id": "XPSDataStats", +"properties": { +"arrayStats": { +"$ref": "XPSArrayStats", +"description": "The statistics for ARRAY DataType." +}, +"categoryStats": { +"$ref": "XPSCategoryStats", +"description": "The statistics for CATEGORY DataType." +}, +"distinctValueCount": { +"description": "The number of distinct values.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"float64Stats": { +"$ref": "XPSFloat64Stats", +"description": "The statistics for FLOAT64 DataType." +}, +"nullValueCount": { +"description": "The number of values that are null.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"stringStats": { +"$ref": "XPSStringStats", +"description": "The statistics for STRING DataType." +}, +"structStats": { +"$ref": "XPSStructStats", +"description": "The statistics for STRUCT DataType." +}, +"timestampStats": { +"$ref": "XPSTimestampStats", +"description": "The statistics for TIMESTAMP DataType." +}, +"validValueCount": { +"description": "The number of values that are valid.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSDataType": { +"description": "Indicated the type of data that can be stored in a structured data entity (e.g. a table).", +"id": "XPSDataType", +"properties": { +"compatibleDataTypes": { +"description": "The highly compatible data types to this data type.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSDataType" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"listElementType": { +"$ref": "XPSDataType", +"description": "If type_code == ARRAY, then `list_element_type` is the type of the elements." +}, +"nullable": { +"description": "If true, this DataType can also be `null`.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"structType": { +"$ref": "XPSStructType", +"description": "If type_code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields." +}, +"timeFormat": { +"description": "If type_code == TIMESTAMP then `time_format` provides the format in which that time field is expressed. The time_format must be written in `strftime` syntax. If time_format is not set, then the default format as described on the field is used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"typeCode": { +"description": "Required. The TypeCode for this type.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_CODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"FLOAT64", +"TIMESTAMP", +"STRING", +"ARRAY", +"STRUCT", +"CATEGORY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified. Should not be used.", +"Encoded as `number`, or the strings `\"NaN\"`, `\"Infinity\"`, or `\"-Infinity\"`.", +"Must be between 0AD and 9999AD. Encoded as `string` according to time_format, or, if that format is not set, then in RFC 3339 `date-time` format, where `time-offset` = `\"Z\"` (e.g. 1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z).", +"Encoded as `string`.", +"Encoded as `list`, where the list elements are represented according to list_element_type.", +"Encoded as `struct`, where field values are represented according to struct_type.", +"Values of this type are not further understood by AutoML, e.g. AutoML is unable to tell the order of values (as it could with FLOAT64), or is unable to say if one value contains another (as it could with STRING). Encoded as `string` (bytes should be base64-encoded, as described in RFC 4648, section 4)." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSDockerFormat": { +"description": "A model format used for Docker containers. Use the params field to customize the container. The container is verified to work correctly on ubuntu 16.04 operating system.", +"id": "XPSDockerFormat", +"properties": { +"cpuArchitecture": { +"description": "Optional. Additional cpu information describing the requirements for the to be exported model files.", +"enum": [ +"CPU_ARCHITECTURE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CPU_ARCHITECTURE_X86_64" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"gpuArchitecture": { +"description": "Optional. Additional gpu information describing the requirements for the to be exported model files.", +"enum": [ +"GPU_ARCHITECTURE_UNSPECIFIED", +"GPU_ARCHITECTURE_NVIDIA" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSEdgeTpuTfLiteFormat": { +"description": "A model format used for [Edge TPU](https://cloud.google.com/edge-tpu/) devices.", +"id": "XPSEdgeTpuTfLiteFormat", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSEvaluationMetrics": { +"description": "Contains xPS-specific model evaluation metrics either for a single annotation spec (label), or for the model overall. Next tag: 18.", +"id": "XPSEvaluationMetrics", +"properties": { +"annotationSpecIdToken": { +"description": "The annotation_spec for which this evaluation metrics instance had been created. Empty iff this is an overall model evaluation (like Tables evaluation metrics), i.e. aggregated across all labels. The value comes from the input annotations in AnnotatedExample. For MVP product or for text sentiment models where annotation_spec_id_token is not available, set label instead.", +"type": "string" +}, +"category": { +"description": "The integer category label for which this evaluation metric instance had been created. Valid categories are 0 or higher. Overall model evaluation should set this to negative values (rather than implicit zero). Only used for Image Segmentation (prefer to set annotation_spec_id_token instead). Note: uCAIP Image Segmentation should use annotation_spec_id_token.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"evaluatedExampleCount": { +"description": "The number of examples used to create this evaluation metrics instance.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"imageClassificationEvalMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSClassificationEvaluationMetrics" +}, +"imageObjectDetectionEvalMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSImageObjectDetectionEvaluationMetrics" +}, +"imageSegmentationEvalMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSImageSegmentationEvaluationMetrics" +}, +"label": { +"description": "The label for which this evaluation metrics instance had been created. Empty iff this is an overall model evaluation (like Tables evaluation metrics), i.e. aggregated across all labels. The label maps to AnnotationSpec.display_name in Public API protos. Only used by MVP implementation and text sentiment FULL implementation.", +"type": "string" +}, +"regressionEvalMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSRegressionEvaluationMetrics" +}, +"tablesClassificationEvalMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSClassificationEvaluationMetrics" +}, +"tablesEvalMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSTablesEvaluationMetrics" +}, +"textClassificationEvalMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSClassificationEvaluationMetrics" +}, +"textExtractionEvalMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSTextExtractionEvaluationMetrics" +}, +"textSentimentEvalMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSTextSentimentEvaluationMetrics" +}, +"translationEvalMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSTranslationEvaluationMetrics" +}, +"videoActionRecognitionEvalMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSVideoActionRecognitionEvaluationMetrics" +}, +"videoClassificationEvalMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSClassificationEvaluationMetrics" +}, +"videoObjectTrackingEvalMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSVideoObjectTrackingEvaluationMetrics" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSEvaluationMetricsSet": { +"description": "Specifies location of model evaluation metrics.", +"id": "XPSEvaluationMetricsSet", +"properties": { +"evaluationMetrics": { +"description": "Inline EvaluationMetrics - should be relatively small. For passing large quantities of exhaustive metrics, use file_spec.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSEvaluationMetrics" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"fileSpec": { +"$ref": "XPSFileSpec", +"description": "File spec containing evaluation metrics of a model, must point to RecordIO file(s) of intelligence.cloud.automl.xps.EvaluationMetrics messages." +}, +"numEvaluationMetrics": { +"description": "Number of the evaluation metrics (usually one per label plus overall).", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSExampleSet": { +"description": "Set of examples or input sources.", +"id": "XPSExampleSet", +"properties": { +"fileSpec": { +"$ref": "XPSFileSpec", +"description": "File spec of the examples or input sources." +}, +"fingerprint": { +"description": "Fingerprint of the example set.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"numExamples": { +"description": "Number of examples.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"numInputSources": { +"description": "Number of input sources.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSExportModelOutputConfig": { +"id": "XPSExportModelOutputConfig", +"properties": { +"coreMlFormat": { +"$ref": "XPSCoreMlFormat" +}, +"dockerFormat": { +"$ref": "XPSDockerFormat" +}, +"edgeTpuTfLiteFormat": { +"$ref": "XPSEdgeTpuTfLiteFormat" +}, +"exportFirebaseAuxiliaryInfo": { +"description": "For any model and format: If true, will additionally export FirebaseExportedModelInfo in a firebase.txt file.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"outputGcrUri": { +"description": "The Google Contained Registry (GCR) path the exported files to be pushed to. This location is set if the exported format is DOCKDER.", +"type": "string" +}, +"outputGcsUri": { +"description": "The Google Cloud Storage (GCS) directory where XPS will output the exported models and related files. Format: gs://bucket/directory", +"type": "string" +}, +"tfJsFormat": { +"$ref": "XPSTfJsFormat" +}, +"tfLiteFormat": { +"$ref": "XPSTfLiteFormat" +}, +"tfSavedModelFormat": { +"$ref": "XPSTfSavedModelFormat" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSFileSpec": { +"description": "Spec of input and output files, on external file systems (CNS, GCS, etc).", +"id": "XPSFileSpec", +"properties": { +"directoryPath": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated. Use file_spec.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileFormat": { +"enum": [ +"FILE_FORMAT_UNKNOWN", +"FILE_FORMAT_SSTABLE", +"FILE_FORMAT_TRANSLATION_RKV", +"FILE_FORMAT_RECORDIO", +"FILE_FORMAT_RAW_CSV", +"FILE_FORMAT_RAW_CAPACITOR" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"Internal format for parallel text data used by Google Translate. go/rkvtools", +"", +"Only the lexicographically first file described by the file_spec contains the header line.", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"fileSpec": { +"description": "Single file path, or file pattern of format \"/path/to/file@shard_count\". E.g. /cns/cell-d/somewhere/file@2 is expanded to two files: /cns/cell-d/somewhere/file-00000-of-00002 and /cns/cell-d/somewhere/file-00001-of-00002.", +"type": "string" +}, +"singleFilePath": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated. Use file_spec.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSFloat64Stats": { +"description": "The data statistics of a series of FLOAT64 values.", +"id": "XPSFloat64Stats", +"properties": { +"commonStats": { +"$ref": "XPSCommonStats" +}, +"histogramBuckets": { +"description": "Histogram buckets of the data series. Sorted by the min value of the bucket, ascendingly, and the number of the buckets is dynamically generated. The buckets are non-overlapping and completely cover whole FLOAT64 range with min of first bucket being `\"-Infinity\"`, and max of the last one being `\"Infinity\"`.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSFloat64StatsHistogramBucket" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"mean": { +"description": "The mean of the series.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"quantiles": { +"description": "Ordered from 0 to k k-quantile values of the data series of n values. The value at index i is, approximately, the i*n/k-th smallest value in the series; for i = 0 and i = k these are, respectively, the min and max values.", +"items": { +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"standardDeviation": { +"description": "The standard deviation of the series.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSFloat64StatsHistogramBucket": { +"description": "A bucket of a histogram.", +"id": "XPSFloat64StatsHistogramBucket", +"properties": { +"count": { +"description": "The number of data values that are in the bucket, i.e. are between min and max values.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"max": { +"description": "The maximum value of the bucket, exclusive unless max = `\"Infinity\"`, in which case it's inclusive.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"min": { +"description": "The minimum value of the bucket, inclusive.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSImageClassificationTrainResponse": { +"id": "XPSImageClassificationTrainResponse", +"properties": { +"classCount": { +"description": "Total number of classes.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"exportModelSpec": { +"$ref": "XPSImageExportModelSpec", +"description": "Information of downloadable models that are pre-generated as part of training flow and will be persisted in AutoMl backend. Populated for AutoMl requests." +}, +"modelArtifactSpec": { +"$ref": "XPSImageModelArtifactSpec", +"description": "## The fields below are only populated under uCAIP request scope." +}, +"modelServingSpec": { +"$ref": "XPSImageModelServingSpec" +}, +"stopReason": { +"description": "Stop reason for training job, e.g. 'TRAIN_BUDGET_REACHED', 'MODEL_CONVERGED', 'MODEL_EARLY_STOPPED'.", +"enum": [ +"TRAIN_STOP_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", +"TRAIN_STOP_REASON_BUDGET_REACHED", +"TRAIN_STOP_REASON_MODEL_CONVERGED", +"TRAIN_STOP_REASON_MODEL_EARLY_STOPPED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"Model fully converged, can not be resumbed training.", +"Model early converged, can be further trained till full convergency." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"trainCostInNodeTime": { +"description": "The actual cost to create this model. - For edge type model, the cost is expressed in node hour. - For cloud type model,the cost is expressed in compute hour. - Populated for models created before GA. To be deprecated after GA.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"trainCostNodeSeconds": { +"description": "The actual training cost, expressed in node seconds. Populated for models trained in node time.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSImageExportModelSpec": { +"description": "Information of downloadable models that are pre-generated as part of training flow and will be persisted in AutoMl backend. Upon receiving ExportModel request from user, AutoMl backend can serve the pre-generated models to user if exists (by copying the files from internal path to user provided location), otherwise, AutoMl backend will call xPS ExportModel API to generate the model on the fly with the requesting format.", +"id": "XPSImageExportModelSpec", +"properties": { +"exportModelOutputConfig": { +"description": "Contains the model format and internal location of the model files to be exported/downloaded. Use the GCS bucket name which is provided via TrainRequest.gcs_bucket_name to store the model files.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSExportModelOutputConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSImageModelArtifactSpec": { +"description": "Stores the locations and related metadata of the model artifacts. Populated for uCAIP requests only.", +"id": "XPSImageModelArtifactSpec", +"properties": { +"checkpointArtifact": { +"$ref": "XPSModelArtifactItem", +"description": "The Tensorflow checkpoint files. e.g. Used for resumable training." +}, +"exportArtifact": { +"description": "The model binary files in different formats for model export.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSModelArtifactItem" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"labelGcsUri": { +"description": "GCS uri of decoded labels file for model export 'dict.txt'.", +"type": "string" +}, +"servingArtifact": { +"$ref": "XPSModelArtifactItem", +"description": "The default model binary file used for serving (e.g. online predict, batch predict) via public Cloud AI Platform API." +}, +"tfJsBinaryGcsPrefix": { +"description": "GCS uri prefix of Tensorflow JavaScript binary files 'groupX-shardXofX.bin' Deprecated.", +"type": "string" +}, +"tfLiteMetadataGcsUri": { +"description": "GCS uri of Tensorflow Lite metadata 'tflite_metadata.json'.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSImageModelServingSpec": { +"description": "Serving specification for image models.", +"id": "XPSImageModelServingSpec", +"properties": { +"modelThroughputEstimation": { +"description": "Populate under uCAIP request scope.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSImageModelServingSpecModelThroughputEstimation" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nodeQps": { +"description": "An estimated value of how much traffic a node can serve. Populated for AutoMl request only.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"tfRuntimeVersion": { +"description": "## The fields below are only populated under uCAIP request scope. https://cloud.google.com/ml-engine/docs/runtime-version-list", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSImageModelServingSpecModelThroughputEstimation": { +"id": "XPSImageModelServingSpecModelThroughputEstimation", +"properties": { +"computeEngineAcceleratorType": { +"enum": [ +"UNSPECIFIED", +"NVIDIA_TESLA_K80", +"NVIDIA_TESLA_P100", +"NVIDIA_TESLA_V100", +"NVIDIA_TESLA_P4", +"NVIDIA_TESLA_T4", +"NVIDIA_TESLA_A100", +"NVIDIA_A100_80GB", +"NVIDIA_L4", +"NVIDIA_H100_80GB", +"TPU_V2", +"TPU_V3", +"TPU_V4_POD", +"TPU_V5_LITEPOD" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"Nvidia Tesla K80 GPU.", +"Nvidia Tesla P100 GPU.", +"Nvidia Tesla V100 GPU.", +"Nvidia Tesla P4 GPU.", +"Nvidia Tesla T4 GPU.", +"Nvidia Tesla A100 GPU.", +"Nvidia A100 80GB GPU.", +"Nvidia L4 GPU.", +"Nvidia H100 80Gb GPU.", +"TPU v2 (JellyFish).", +"TPU v3 (DragonFish).", +"TPU_v4 (PufferFish).", +"TPU v5 Lite Pods." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"latencyInMilliseconds": { +"description": "Estimated latency.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"nodeQps": { +"description": "The approximate qps a deployed node can serve.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"servomaticPartitionType": { +"enum": [ +"PARTITION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PARTITION_ZERO", +"PARTITION_REDUCED_HOMING", +"PARTITION_JELLYFISH", +"PARTITION_CPU", +"PARTITION_CUSTOM_STORAGE_CPU" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"The default partition.", +"It has significantly lower replication than partition-0 and is located in the US only. It also has a larger model size limit and higher default RAM quota than partition-0. Customers with batch traffic, US-based traffic, or very large models should use this partition. Capacity in this partition is significantly cheaper than partition-0.", +"To be used by customers with Jellyfish-accelerated ops. See go/servomatic-jellyfish for details.", +"The partition used by regionalized servomatic cloud regions.", +"The partition used for loading models from custom storage." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSImageObjectDetectionEvaluationMetrics": { +"description": "Model evaluation metrics for image object detection problems. Evaluates prediction quality of labeled bounding boxes.", +"id": "XPSImageObjectDetectionEvaluationMetrics", +"properties": { +"boundingBoxMeanAveragePrecision": { +"description": "The single metric for bounding boxes evaluation: the mean_average_precision averaged over all bounding_box_metrics_entries.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"boundingBoxMetricsEntries": { +"description": "The bounding boxes match metrics for each Intersection-over-union threshold 0.05,0.10,...,0.95,0.96,0.97,0.98,0.99 and each label confidence threshold 0.05,0.10,...,0.95,0.96,0.97,0.98,0.99 pair.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSBoundingBoxMetricsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"evaluatedBoundingBoxCount": { +"description": "The total number of bounding boxes (i.e. summed over all images) the ground truth used to create this evaluation had.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSImageObjectDetectionModelSpec": { +"id": "XPSImageObjectDetectionModelSpec", +"properties": { +"classCount": { +"description": "Total number of classes.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"exportModelSpec": { +"$ref": "XPSImageExportModelSpec" +}, +"maxBoundingBoxCount": { +"description": "Max number of bounding box.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"modelArtifactSpec": { +"$ref": "XPSImageModelArtifactSpec", +"description": "## The fields below are only populated under uCAIP request scope." +}, +"modelServingSpec": { +"$ref": "XPSImageModelServingSpec" +}, +"stopReason": { +"description": "Stop reason for training job, e.g. 'TRAIN_BUDGET_REACHED', 'MODEL_CONVERGED'.", +"enum": [ +"TRAIN_STOP_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", +"TRAIN_STOP_REASON_BUDGET_REACHED", +"TRAIN_STOP_REASON_MODEL_CONVERGED", +"TRAIN_STOP_REASON_MODEL_EARLY_STOPPED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"Model fully converged, can not be resumbed training.", +"Model early converged, can be further trained till full convergency." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"trainCostNodeSeconds": { +"description": "The actual train cost of creating this model, expressed in node seconds, i.e. 3,600 value in this field means 1 node hour.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSImageSegmentationEvaluationMetrics": { +"description": "Model evaluation metrics for image segmentation problems. Next tag: 4.", +"id": "XPSImageSegmentationEvaluationMetrics", +"properties": { +"confidenceMetricsEntries": { +"description": "Metrics that have confidence thresholds. Precision-recall curve can be derived from it.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSImageSegmentationEvaluationMetricsConfidenceMetricsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSImageSegmentationEvaluationMetricsConfidenceMetricsEntry": { +"description": "Metrics for a single confidence threshold.", +"id": "XPSImageSegmentationEvaluationMetricsConfidenceMetricsEntry", +"properties": { +"confidenceThreshold": { +"description": "The confidence threshold value used to compute the metrics.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"confusionMatrix": { +"$ref": "XPSConfusionMatrix", +"description": "Confusion matrix of the per confidence_threshold evaluation. Pixel counts are set here. Only set for model level evaluation, not for evaluation per label." +}, +"diceScoreCoefficient": { +"description": "DSC or the F1 score: The harmonic mean of recall and precision.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"iouScore": { +"description": "IOU score.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"precision": { +"description": "Precision for the given confidence threshold.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"recall": { +"description": "Recall for the given confidence threshold.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSImageSegmentationTrainResponse": { +"id": "XPSImageSegmentationTrainResponse", +"properties": { +"colorMaps": { +"description": "Color map of the model.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSColorMap" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"exportModelSpec": { +"$ref": "XPSImageExportModelSpec", +"description": "NOTE: These fields are not used/needed in EAP but will be set later." +}, +"modelArtifactSpec": { +"$ref": "XPSImageModelArtifactSpec", +"description": "## The fields below are only populated under uCAIP request scope. Model artifact spec stores and model gcs pathes and related metadata" +}, +"modelServingSpec": { +"$ref": "XPSImageModelServingSpec" +}, +"stopReason": { +"description": "Stop reason for training job, e.g. 'TRAIN_BUDGET_REACHED', 'MODEL_CONVERGED'.", +"enum": [ +"TRAIN_STOP_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", +"TRAIN_STOP_REASON_BUDGET_REACHED", +"TRAIN_STOP_REASON_MODEL_CONVERGED", +"TRAIN_STOP_REASON_MODEL_EARLY_STOPPED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"Model fully converged, can not be resumbed training.", +"Model early converged, can be further trained till full convergency." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"trainCostNodeSeconds": { +"description": "The actual train cost of creating this model, expressed in node seconds, i.e. 3,600 value in this field means 1 node hour.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSIntegratedGradientsAttribution": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "An attribution method that computes the Aumann-Shapley value taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365", +"id": "XPSIntegratedGradientsAttribution", +"properties": { +"stepCount": { +"description": "The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSMetricEntry": { +"id": "XPSMetricEntry", +"properties": { +"argentumMetricId": { +"description": "For billing metrics that are using legacy sku's, set the legacy billing metric id here. This will be sent to Chemist as the \"cloudbilling.googleapis.com/argentum_metric_id\" label. Otherwise leave empty.", +"type": "string" +}, +"doubleValue": { +"description": "A double value.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"int64Value": { +"description": "A signed 64-bit integer value.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"metricName": { +"description": "The metric name defined in the service configuration.", +"type": "string" +}, +"systemLabels": { +"description": "Billing system labels for this (metric, value) pair.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSMetricEntryLabel" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSMetricEntryLabel": { +"id": "XPSMetricEntryLabel", +"properties": { +"labelName": { +"description": "The name of the label.", +"type": "string" +}, +"labelValue": { +"description": "The value of the label.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSModelArtifactItem": { +"description": "A single model artifact item.", +"id": "XPSModelArtifactItem", +"properties": { +"artifactFormat": { +"description": "The model artifact format.", +"enum": [ +"ARTIFACT_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED", +"TF_CHECKPOINT", +"TF_SAVED_MODEL", +"TF_LITE", +"EDGE_TPU_TF_LITE", +"TF_JS", +"CORE_ML" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Should not be used.", +"The Tensorflow checkpoints. See https://www.tensorflow.org/guide/checkpoint.", +"The Tensorflow SavedModel binary.", +"Model artifact in generic TensorFlow Lite (.tflite) format. See https://www.tensorflow.org/lite.", +"Used for [Edge TPU](https://cloud.google.com/edge-tpu/) devices.", +"A [TensorFlow.js](https://www.tensorflow.org/js) model that can be used in the browser and in Node.js using JavaScript.", +"Used for iOS mobile devices in (.mlmodel) format. See https://developer.apple.com/documentation/coreml" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"gcsUri": { +"description": "The Google Cloud Storage (GCS) uri that stores the model binary files.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSPreprocessResponse": { +"description": "Next ID: 8", +"id": "XPSPreprocessResponse", +"properties": { +"outputExampleSet": { +"$ref": "XPSExampleSet", +"description": "Preprocessed examples, that are to be imported into AutoML storage. This should point to RecordIO file(s) of PreprocessedExample messages. The PreprocessedExample.mvp_training_data-s returned here are later verbatim passed to Train() call in TrainExample.mvp_training_data." +}, +"speechPreprocessResp": { +"$ref": "XPSSpeechPreprocessResponse" +}, +"tablesPreprocessResponse": { +"$ref": "XPSTablesPreprocessResponse" +}, +"translationPreprocessResp": { +"$ref": "XPSTranslationPreprocessResponse" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSRegressionEvaluationMetrics": { +"description": "Model evaluation metrics for regression problems. It can be used for Tables.", +"id": "XPSRegressionEvaluationMetrics", +"properties": { +"meanAbsoluteError": { +"description": "Mean Absolute Error (MAE).", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"meanAbsolutePercentageError": { +"description": "Mean absolute percentage error. Only set if all ground truth values are positive.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"rSquared": { +"description": "R squared.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"regressionMetricsEntries": { +"description": "A list of actual versus predicted points for the model being evaluated.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSRegressionMetricsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"rootMeanSquaredError": { +"description": "Root Mean Squared Error (RMSE).", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"rootMeanSquaredLogError": { +"description": "Root mean squared log error.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSRegressionMetricsEntry": { +"description": "A pair of actual & observed values for the model being evaluated.", +"id": "XPSRegressionMetricsEntry", +"properties": { +"predictedValue": { +"description": "The observed value for a row in the dataset.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"trueValue": { +"description": "The actual target value for a row in the dataset.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSReportingMetrics": { +"id": "XPSReportingMetrics", +"properties": { +"effectiveTrainingDuration": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "The effective time training used. If set, this is used for quota management and billing. Deprecated. AutoML BE doesn't use this. Don't set.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"metricEntries": { +"description": "One entry per metric name. The values must be aggregated per metric name.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSMetricEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSResponseExplanationMetadata": { +"deprecated": true, +"id": "XPSResponseExplanationMetadata", +"properties": { +"inputs": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "XPSResponseExplanationMetadataInputMetadata" +}, +"description": "Metadata of the input.", +"type": "object" +}, +"outputs": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "XPSResponseExplanationMetadataOutputMetadata" +}, +"description": "Metadata of the output.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSResponseExplanationMetadataInputMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata of the input of a feature.", +"id": "XPSResponseExplanationMetadataInputMetadata", +"properties": { +"inputTensorName": { +"description": "Name of the input tensor for this model. Only needed in train response.", +"type": "string" +}, +"modality": { +"description": "Modality of the feature. Valid values are: numeric, image. Defaults to numeric.", +"enum": [ +"MODALITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"NUMERIC", +"IMAGE", +"CATEGORICAL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"visualizationConfig": { +"$ref": "XPSVisualization", +"description": "Visualization configurations for image explanation." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSResponseExplanationMetadataOutputMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata of the prediction output to be explained.", +"id": "XPSResponseExplanationMetadataOutputMetadata", +"properties": { +"outputTensorName": { +"description": "Name of the output tensor. Only needed in train response.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSResponseExplanationParameters": { +"deprecated": true, +"id": "XPSResponseExplanationParameters", +"properties": { +"integratedGradientsAttribution": { +"$ref": "XPSIntegratedGradientsAttribution", +"description": "An attribution method that computes Aumann-Shapley values taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365" +}, +"xraiAttribution": { +"$ref": "XPSXraiAttribution", +"description": "An attribution method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attribution to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 XRAI currently performs better on natural images, like a picture of a house or an animal. If the images are taken in artificial environments, like a lab or manufacturing line, or from diagnostic equipment, like x-rays or quality-control cameras, use Integrated Gradients instead." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSResponseExplanationSpec": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Specification of Model explanation. Feature-based XAI in AutoML Vision ICN is deprecated, see b/288407203 for context.", +"id": "XPSResponseExplanationSpec", +"properties": { +"explanationType": { +"description": "Explanation type. For AutoML Image Classification models, possible values are: * `image-integrated-gradients` * `image-xrai`", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"$ref": "XPSResponseExplanationMetadata", +"description": "Metadata describing the Model's input and output for explanation." +}, +"parameters": { +"$ref": "XPSResponseExplanationParameters", +"description": "Parameters that configure explaining of the Model's predictions." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSRow": { +"id": "XPSRow", +"properties": { +"columnIds": { +"description": "The ids of the columns. Note: The below `values` field must match order of this field, if this field is set.", +"items": { +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"values": { +"description": "The values of the row cells, given in the same order as the column_ids. If column_ids is not set, then in the same order as the input_feature_column_ids in TablesModelMetadata.", +"items": { +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSSpeechEvaluationMetrics": { +"id": "XPSSpeechEvaluationMetrics", +"properties": { +"subModelEvaluationMetrics": { +"description": "Evaluation metrics for all submodels contained in this model.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSSpeechEvaluationMetricsSubModelEvaluationMetric" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSSpeechEvaluationMetricsSubModelEvaluationMetric": { +"id": "XPSSpeechEvaluationMetricsSubModelEvaluationMetric", +"properties": { +"biasingModelType": { +"description": "Type of the biasing model.", +"enum": [ +"BIASING_MODEL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"COMMAND_AND_SEARCH", +"PHONE_CALL", +"VIDEO", +"DEFAULT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"Build biasing model on top of COMMAND_AND_SEARCH model", +"Build biasing model on top of PHONE_CALL model", +"Build biasing model on top of VIDEO model", +"Build biasing model on top of DEFAULT model" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"isEnhancedModel": { +"description": "If true then it means we have an enhanced version of the biasing models.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"numDeletions": { +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"numInsertions": { +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"numSubstitutions": { +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"numUtterances": { +"description": "Number of utterances used in the wer computation.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"numWords": { +"description": "Number of words over which the word error rate was computed.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"sentenceAccuracy": { +"description": "Below fields are used for debugging purposes", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"wer": { +"description": "Word error rate (standard error metric used for speech recognition).", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSSpeechModelSpec": { +"id": "XPSSpeechModelSpec", +"properties": { +"datasetId": { +"description": "Required for speech xps backend. Speech xps has to use dataset_id and model_id as the primary key in db so that speech API can query the db directly.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"language": { +"type": "string" +}, +"subModelSpecs": { +"description": "Model specs for all submodels contained in this model.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSSpeechModelSpecSubModelSpec" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSSpeechModelSpecSubModelSpec": { +"id": "XPSSpeechModelSpecSubModelSpec", +"properties": { +"biasingModelType": { +"description": "Type of the biasing model.", +"enum": [ +"BIASING_MODEL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"COMMAND_AND_SEARCH", +"PHONE_CALL", +"VIDEO", +"DEFAULT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"Build biasing model on top of COMMAND_AND_SEARCH model", +"Build biasing model on top of PHONE_CALL model", +"Build biasing model on top of VIDEO model", +"Build biasing model on top of DEFAULT model" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"clientId": { +"description": "In S3, Recognition ClientContextId.client_id", +"type": "string" +}, +"contextId": { +"description": "In S3, Recognition ClientContextId.context_id", +"type": "string" +}, +"isEnhancedModel": { +"description": "If true then it means we have an enhanced version of the biasing models.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSSpeechPreprocessResponse": { +"id": "XPSSpeechPreprocessResponse", +"properties": { +"cnsTestDataPath": { +"description": "Location od shards of sstables (test data) of DataUtterance protos.", +"type": "string" +}, +"cnsTrainDataPath": { +"description": "Location of shards of sstables (training data) of DataUtterance protos.", +"type": "string" +}, +"prebuiltModelEvaluationMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSSpeechEvaluationMetrics", +"description": "The metrics for prebuilt speech models. They are included here because there is no prebuilt speech models stored in the AutoML." +}, +"speechPreprocessStats": { +"$ref": "XPSSpeechPreprocessStats", +"description": "Stats associated with the data." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSSpeechPreprocessStats": { +"id": "XPSSpeechPreprocessStats", +"properties": { +"dataErrors": { +"description": "Different types of data errors and the counts associated with them.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSDataErrors" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"numHumanLabeledExamples": { +"description": "The number of rows marked HUMAN_LABELLED", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"numLogsExamples": { +"description": "The number of samples found in the previously recorded logs data.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"numMachineTranscribedExamples": { +"description": "The number of rows marked as MACHINE_TRANSCRIBED", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"testExamplesCount": { +"description": "The number of examples labelled as TEST by Speech xps server.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"testSentencesCount": { +"description": "The number of sentences in the test data set.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"testWordsCount": { +"description": "The number of words in the test data set.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"trainExamplesCount": { +"description": "The number of examples labeled as TRAIN by Speech xps server.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"trainSentencesCount": { +"description": "The number of sentences in the training data set.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"trainWordsCount": { +"description": "The number of words in the training data set.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSStringStats": { +"description": "The data statistics of a series of STRING values.", +"id": "XPSStringStats", +"properties": { +"commonStats": { +"$ref": "XPSCommonStats" +}, +"topUnigramStats": { +"description": "The statistics of the top 20 unigrams, ordered by StringStats.UnigramStats.count.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSStringStatsUnigramStats" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSStringStatsUnigramStats": { +"description": "The statistics of a unigram.", +"id": "XPSStringStatsUnigramStats", +"properties": { +"count": { +"description": "The number of occurrences of this unigram in the series.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "The unigram.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSStructStats": { +"description": "The data statistics of a series of STRUCT values.", +"id": "XPSStructStats", +"properties": { +"commonStats": { +"$ref": "XPSCommonStats" +}, +"fieldStats": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "XPSDataStats" +}, +"description": "Map from a field name of the struct to data stats aggregated over series of all data in that field across all the structs.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSStructType": { +"description": "`StructType` defines the DataType-s of a STRUCT type.", +"id": "XPSStructType", +"properties": { +"fields": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "XPSDataType" +}, +"description": "Unordered map of struct field names to their data types.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTableSpec": { +"id": "XPSTableSpec", +"properties": { +"columnSpecs": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "XPSColumnSpec" +}, +"description": "Mapping from column id to column spec.", +"type": "object" +}, +"importedDataSizeInBytes": { +"description": "The total size of imported data of the table.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"rowCount": { +"description": "The number of rows in the table.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"timeColumnId": { +"description": "The id of the time column.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"validRowCount": { +"description": "The number of valid rows.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTablesClassificationMetrics": { +"description": "Metrics for Tables classification problems.", +"id": "XPSTablesClassificationMetrics", +"properties": { +"curveMetrics": { +"description": "Metrics building a curve.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSTablesClassificationMetricsCurveMetrics" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTablesClassificationMetricsCurveMetrics": { +"description": "Metrics curve data point for a single value.", +"id": "XPSTablesClassificationMetricsCurveMetrics", +"properties": { +"aucPr": { +"description": "The area under the precision-recall curve.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"aucRoc": { +"description": "The area under receiver operating characteristic curve.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"confidenceMetricsEntries": { +"description": "Metrics that have confidence thresholds. Precision-recall curve and ROC curve can be derived from them.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSTablesConfidenceMetricsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"logLoss": { +"description": "The Log loss metric.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"positionThreshold": { +"description": "The position threshold value used to compute the metrics.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"value": { +"description": "The CATEGORY row value (for ARRAY unnested) the curve metrics are for.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTablesConfidenceMetricsEntry": { +"description": "Metrics for a single confidence threshold.", +"id": "XPSTablesConfidenceMetricsEntry", +"properties": { +"confidenceThreshold": { +"description": "The confidence threshold value used to compute the metrics.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"f1Score": { +"description": "The harmonic mean of recall and precision. (2 * precision * recall) / (precision + recall)", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"falseNegativeCount": { +"description": "False negative count.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"falsePositiveCount": { +"description": "False positive count.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"falsePositiveRate": { +"description": "FPR = #false positives / (#false positives + #true negatives)", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"precision": { +"description": "Precision = #true positives / (#true positives + #false positives).", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"recall": { +"description": "Recall = #true positives / (#true positives + #false negatives).", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"trueNegativeCount": { +"description": "True negative count.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"truePositiveCount": { +"description": "True positive count.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"truePositiveRate": { +"description": "TPR = #true positives / (#true positives + #false negatvies)", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTablesDatasetMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata for a dataset used for AutoML Tables. Next ID: 6", +"id": "XPSTablesDatasetMetadata", +"properties": { +"mlUseColumnId": { +"description": "Id the column to split the table.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"primaryTableSpec": { +"$ref": "XPSTableSpec", +"description": "Primary table." +}, +"targetColumnCorrelations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "XPSCorrelationStats" +}, +"description": "(the column id : its CorrelationStats with target column).", +"type": "object" +}, +"targetColumnId": { +"description": "Id of the primary table column that should be used as the training label.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"weightColumnId": { +"description": "Id of the primary table column that should be used as the weight column.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTablesEvaluationMetrics": { +"id": "XPSTablesEvaluationMetrics", +"properties": { +"classificationMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSTablesClassificationMetrics", +"description": "Classification metrics." +}, +"regressionMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSTablesRegressionMetrics", +"description": "Regression metrics." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTablesModelColumnInfo": { +"description": "An information specific to given column and Tables Model, in context of the Model and the predictions created by it.", +"id": "XPSTablesModelColumnInfo", +"properties": { +"columnId": { +"description": "The ID of the column.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"featureImportance": { +"description": "When given as part of a Model: Measurement of how much model predictions correctness on the TEST data depend on values in this column. A value between 0 and 1, higher means higher influence. These values are normalized - for all input feature columns of a given model they add to 1. When given back by Predict or Batch Predict: Measurement of how impactful for the prediction returned for the given row the value in this column was. Specifically, the feature importance specifies the marginal contribution that the feature made to the prediction score compared to the baseline score. These values are computed using the Sampled Shapley method.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTablesModelStructure": { +"description": "A description of Tables model structure.", +"id": "XPSTablesModelStructure", +"properties": { +"modelParameters": { +"description": "A list of models.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSTablesModelStructureModelParameters" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTablesModelStructureModelParameters": { +"description": "Model hyper-parameters for a model.", +"id": "XPSTablesModelStructureModelParameters", +"properties": { +"hyperparameters": { +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSTablesModelStructureModelParametersParameter" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTablesModelStructureModelParametersParameter": { +"id": "XPSTablesModelStructureModelParametersParameter", +"properties": { +"floatValue": { +"description": "Float type parameter value.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"intValue": { +"description": "Integer type parameter value.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Parameter name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"stringValue": { +"description": "String type parameter value.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTablesPreprocessResponse": { +"id": "XPSTablesPreprocessResponse", +"properties": { +"tablesDatasetMetadata": { +"$ref": "XPSTablesDatasetMetadata", +"description": "The table/column id, column_name and the DataTypes of the columns will be populated." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTablesRegressionMetrics": { +"description": "Metrics for Tables regression problems.", +"id": "XPSTablesRegressionMetrics", +"properties": { +"meanAbsoluteError": { +"description": "Mean absolute error.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"meanAbsolutePercentageError": { +"description": "Mean absolute percentage error, only set if all of the target column's values are positive.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"rSquared": { +"description": "R squared.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"regressionMetricsEntries": { +"description": "A list of actual versus predicted points for the model being evaluated.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSRegressionMetricsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"rootMeanSquaredError": { +"description": "Root mean squared error.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"rootMeanSquaredLogError": { +"description": "Root mean squared log error.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTablesTrainResponse": { +"id": "XPSTablesTrainResponse", +"properties": { +"modelStructure": { +"$ref": "XPSTablesModelStructure" +}, +"predictionSampleRows": { +"description": "Sample rows from the dataset this model was trained.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSRow" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"tablesModelColumnInfo": { +"description": "Output only. Auxiliary information for each of the input_feature_column_specs, with respect to this particular model.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSTablesModelColumnInfo" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"trainCostMilliNodeHours": { +"description": "The actual training cost of the model, expressed in milli node hours, i.e. 1,000 value in this field means 1 node hour. Guaranteed to not exceed the train budget.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTablesTrainingOperationMetadata": { +"id": "XPSTablesTrainingOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"createModelStage": { +"description": "Current stage of creating model.", +"enum": [ +"CREATE_MODEL_STAGE_UNSPECIFIED", +"DATA_PREPROCESSING", +"TRAINING", +"EVALUATING", +"MODEL_POST_PROCESSING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified stage.", +"Prepare the model training pipeline and run data processing.", +"Training model.", +"Run evaluation.", +"Finalizing model training pipeline." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"optimizationObjective": { +"description": "The optimization objective for model.", +"type": "string" +}, +"topTrials": { +"description": "This field is for training. When the operation is terminated successfully, AutoML Backend post this field to operation metadata in spanner. If the metadata has no trials returned, the training operation is supposed to be a failure.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSTuningTrial" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"trainBudgetMilliNodeHours": { +"description": "Creating model budget.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"trainingObjectivePoints": { +"description": "This field records the training objective value with respect to time, giving insight into how the model architecture search is performing as training time elapses.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSTrainingObjectivePoint" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"trainingStartTime": { +"description": "Timestamp when training process starts.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTextComponentModel": { +"description": "Component model. Next ID: 10", +"id": "XPSTextComponentModel", +"properties": { +"batchPredictionModelGcsUri": { +"description": "The Cloud Storage resource path to hold batch prediction model.", +"type": "string" +}, +"onlinePredictionModelGcsUri": { +"description": "The Cloud Storage resource path to hold online prediction model.", +"type": "string" +}, +"partition": { +"description": "The partition where the model is deployed. Populated by uCAIP BE as part of online PredictRequest.", +"enum": [ +"PARTITION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PARTITION_ZERO", +"PARTITION_REDUCED_HOMING", +"PARTITION_JELLYFISH", +"PARTITION_CPU", +"PARTITION_CUSTOM_STORAGE_CPU" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"The default partition.", +"It has significantly lower replication than partition-0 and is located in the US only. It also has a larger model size limit and higher default RAM quota than partition-0. Customers with batch traffic, US-based traffic, or very large models should use this partition. Capacity in this partition is significantly cheaper than partition-0.", +"To be used by customers with Jellyfish-accelerated ops. See go/servomatic-jellyfish for details.", +"The partition used by regionalized servomatic cloud regions.", +"The partition used for loading models from custom storage." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"servingArtifact": { +"$ref": "XPSModelArtifactItem", +"description": "The default model binary file used for serving (e.g. online predict, batch predict) via public Cloud Ai Platform API." +}, +"servoModelName": { +"description": "The name of servo model. Populated by uCAIP BE as part of online PredictRequest.", +"type": "string" +}, +"submodelName": { +"description": "The name of the trained NL submodel.", +"type": "string" +}, +"submodelType": { +"description": "The type of trained NL submodel", +"enum": [ +"TEXT_MODEL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"TEXT_MODEL_TYPE_DEFAULT", +"TEXT_MODEL_TYPE_META_ARCHITECT", +"TEXT_MODEL_TYPE_ATC", +"TEXT_MODEL_TYPE_CLARA2", +"TEXT_MODEL_TYPE_CHATBASE", +"TEXT_MODEL_TYPE_SAFT_SPAN_LABELING", +"TEXT_MODEL_TYPE_TEXT_EXTRACTION", +"TEXT_MODEL_TYPE_RELATIONSHIP_EXTRACTION", +"TEXT_MODEL_TYPE_COMPOSITE", +"TEXT_MODEL_TYPE_ALL_MODELS", +"TEXT_MODEL_TYPE_BERT", +"TEXT_MODEL_TYPE_ENC_PALM" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"Model type for entity extraction.", +"Model type for relationship extraction.", +"A composite model represents a set of component models that have to be used together for prediction. A composite model appears to be a single model to the model user. It may contain only one component model. Please refer to go/cnl-composite-models for more information.", +"Model type used to train default, MA, and ATC models in a single batch worker pipeline.", +"BERT pipeline needs a specific model type, since it uses a different TFX configuration compared with DEFAULT (despite sharing most of the code).", +"Model type for EncPaLM." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"tfRuntimeVersion": { +"description": "## The fields below are only populated under uCAIP request scope. https://cloud.google.com/ml-engine/docs/runtime-version-list", +"type": "string" +}, +"versionNumber": { +"description": "The servomatic model version number. Populated by uCAIP BE as part of online PredictRequest.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTextExtractionEvaluationMetrics": { +"id": "XPSTextExtractionEvaluationMetrics", +"properties": { +"bestF1ConfidenceMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSConfidenceMetricsEntry", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Values are at the highest F1 score on the precision-recall curve. Only confidence_threshold, recall, precision, and f1_score will be set." +}, +"confidenceMetricsEntries": { +"description": "If the enclosing EvaluationMetrics.label is empty, confidence_metrics_entries is an evaluation of the entire model across all labels. If the enclosing EvaluationMetrics.label is set, confidence_metrics_entries applies to that label.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSConfidenceMetricsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"confusionMatrix": { +"$ref": "XPSConfusionMatrix", +"description": "Confusion matrix of the model, at the default confidence threshold (0.0). Only set for whole-model evaluation, not for evaluation per label." +}, +"perLabelConfidenceMetrics": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "XPSConfidenceMetricsEntry" +}, +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Only recall, precision, and f1_score will be set.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTextSentimentEvaluationMetrics": { +"description": "Model evaluation metrics for text sentiment problems.", +"id": "XPSTextSentimentEvaluationMetrics", +"properties": { +"confusionMatrix": { +"$ref": "XPSConfusionMatrix", +"description": "Output only. Confusion matrix of the evaluation. Only set for the overall model evaluation, not for evaluation of a single annotation spec." +}, +"f1Score": { +"description": "Output only. The harmonic mean of recall and precision.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"linearKappa": { +"description": "Output only. Linear weighted kappa. Only set for the overall model evaluation, not for evaluation of a single annotation spec.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"meanAbsoluteError": { +"description": "Output only. Mean absolute error. Only set for the overall model evaluation, not for evaluation of a single annotation spec.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"meanSquaredError": { +"description": "Output only. Mean squared error. Only set for the overall model evaluation, not for evaluation of a single annotation spec.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"precision": { +"description": "Output only. Precision.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"quadraticKappa": { +"description": "Output only. Quadratic weighted kappa. Only set for the overall model evaluation, not for evaluation of a single annotation spec.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"recall": { +"description": "Output only. Recall.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTextToSpeechTrainResponse": { +"description": "TextToSpeech train response", +"id": "XPSTextToSpeechTrainResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTextTrainResponse": { +"id": "XPSTextTrainResponse", +"properties": { +"componentModel": { +"description": "Component submodels.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSTextComponentModel" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTfJsFormat": { +"description": "A [TensorFlow.js](https://www.tensorflow.org/js) model that can be used in the browser and in Node.js using JavaScript.", +"id": "XPSTfJsFormat", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTfLiteFormat": { +"description": "LINT.IfChange A model format used for mobile and IoT devices. See https://www.tensorflow.org/lite.", +"id": "XPSTfLiteFormat", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTfSavedModelFormat": { +"description": "A tensorflow model format in SavedModel format.", +"id": "XPSTfSavedModelFormat", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTimestampStats": { +"description": "The data statistics of a series of TIMESTAMP values.", +"id": "XPSTimestampStats", +"properties": { +"commonStats": { +"$ref": "XPSCommonStats" +}, +"granularStats": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "XPSTimestampStatsGranularStats" +}, +"description": "The string key is the pre-defined granularity. Currently supported: hour_of_day, day_of_week, month_of_year. Granularities finer that the granularity of timestamp data are not populated (e.g. if timestamps are at day granularity, then hour_of_day is not populated).", +"type": "object" +}, +"medianTimestampNanos": { +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTimestampStatsGranularStats": { +"description": "Stats split by a defined in context granularity.", +"id": "XPSTimestampStatsGranularStats", +"properties": { +"buckets": { +"additionalProperties": { +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "A map from granularity key to example count for that key. E.g. for hour_of_day `13` means 1pm, or for month_of_year `5` means May).", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTrackMetricsEntry": { +"description": "Track matching model metrics for a single track match threshold and multiple label match confidence thresholds. Next tag: 6.", +"id": "XPSTrackMetricsEntry", +"properties": { +"confidenceMetricsEntries": { +"description": "Output only. Metrics for each label-match confidence_threshold from 0.05,0.10,...,0.95,0.96,0.97,0.98,0.99. Precision-recall curve is derived from them.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSTrackMetricsEntryConfidenceMetricsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"iouThreshold": { +"description": "Output only. The intersection-over-union threshold value between bounding boxes across frames used to compute this metric entry.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"meanBoundingBoxIou": { +"description": "Output only. The mean bounding box iou over all confidence thresholds.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"meanMismatchRate": { +"description": "Output only. The mean mismatch rate over all confidence thresholds.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"meanTrackingAveragePrecision": { +"description": "Output only. The mean average precision over all confidence thresholds.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTrackMetricsEntryConfidenceMetricsEntry": { +"description": "Metrics for a single confidence threshold. Next tag: 6.", +"id": "XPSTrackMetricsEntryConfidenceMetricsEntry", +"properties": { +"boundingBoxIou": { +"description": "Output only. Bounding box intersection-over-union precision. Measures how well the bounding boxes overlap between each other (e.g. complete overlap or just barely above iou_threshold).", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"confidenceThreshold": { +"description": "Output only. The confidence threshold value used to compute the metrics.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"mismatchRate": { +"description": "Output only. Mismatch rate, which measures the tracking consistency, i.e. correctness of instance ID continuity.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"trackingPrecision": { +"description": "Output only. Tracking precision.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"trackingRecall": { +"description": "Output only. Tracking recall.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTrainResponse": { +"description": "Next ID: 18", +"id": "XPSTrainResponse", +"properties": { +"deployedModelSizeBytes": { +"description": "Estimated model size in bytes once deployed.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"errorAnalysisConfigs": { +"description": "Optional vision model error analysis configuration. The field is set when model error analysis is enabled in the training request. The results of error analysis will be binded together with evaluation results (in the format of AnnotatedExample).", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSVisionErrorAnalysisConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"evaluatedExampleSet": { +"$ref": "XPSExampleSet", +"description": "Examples used to evaluate the model (usually the test set), with the predicted annotations. The file_spec should point to recordio file(s) of AnnotatedExample. For each returned example, the example_id_token and annotations predicted by the model must be set. The example payload can and is recommended to be omitted." +}, +"evaluationMetricsSet": { +"$ref": "XPSEvaluationMetricsSet", +"description": "The trained model evaluation metrics. This can be optionally returned." +}, +"explanationConfigs": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "VisionExplanationConfig for XAI on test set. Optional for when XAI is enable in training request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSResponseExplanationSpec" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"imageClassificationTrainResp": { +"$ref": "XPSImageClassificationTrainResponse" +}, +"imageObjectDetectionTrainResp": { +"$ref": "XPSImageObjectDetectionModelSpec" +}, +"imageSegmentationTrainResp": { +"$ref": "XPSImageSegmentationTrainResponse" +}, +"modelToken": { +"description": "Token that represents the trained model. This is considered immutable and is persisted in AutoML. xPS can put their own proto in the byte string, to e.g. point to the model checkpoints. The token is passed to other xPS APIs to refer to the model.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"speechTrainResp": { +"$ref": "XPSSpeechModelSpec" +}, +"tablesTrainResp": { +"$ref": "XPSTablesTrainResponse" +}, +"textToSpeechTrainResp": { +"$ref": "XPSTextToSpeechTrainResponse" +}, +"textTrainResp": { +"$ref": "XPSTextTrainResponse", +"description": "Will only be needed for uCAIP from Beta." +}, +"translationTrainResp": { +"$ref": "XPSTranslationTrainResponse" +}, +"videoActionRecognitionTrainResp": { +"$ref": "XPSVideoActionRecognitionTrainResponse" +}, +"videoClassificationTrainResp": { +"$ref": "XPSVideoClassificationTrainResponse" +}, +"videoObjectTrackingTrainResp": { +"$ref": "XPSVideoObjectTrackingTrainResponse" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTrainingObjectivePoint": { +"id": "XPSTrainingObjectivePoint", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "The time at which this point was recorded.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "The objective value when this point was recorded.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTranslationEvaluationMetrics": { +"description": "Evaluation metrics for the dataset.", +"id": "XPSTranslationEvaluationMetrics", +"properties": { +"baseBleuScore": { +"description": "BLEU score for base model.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"bleuScore": { +"description": "BLEU score.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTranslationPreprocessResponse": { +"description": "Translation preprocess response.", +"id": "XPSTranslationPreprocessResponse", +"properties": { +"parsedExampleCount": { +"description": "Total example count parsed.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"validExampleCount": { +"description": "Total valid example count.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTranslationTrainResponse": { +"description": "Train response for translation.", +"id": "XPSTranslationTrainResponse", +"properties": { +"modelType": { +"description": "Type of the model.", +"enum": [ +"MODEL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"LEGACY", +"CURRENT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default", +"Legacy model. Will be deprecated.", +"Current model." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSTuningTrial": { +"description": "Metrics for a tuning job generated, will get forwarded to Stackdriver as model tuning logs. Setting this as a standalone message out of CreateModelMetadata to avoid confusion as we expose this message only to users.", +"id": "XPSTuningTrial", +"properties": { +"modelStructure": { +"$ref": "XPSTablesModelStructure", +"description": "Model parameters for the trial." +}, +"trainingObjectivePoint": { +"$ref": "XPSTrainingObjectivePoint", +"description": "The optimization objective evaluation of the eval split data." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSVideoActionMetricsEntry": { +"description": "The Evaluation metrics entry given a specific precision_window_length.", +"id": "XPSVideoActionMetricsEntry", +"properties": { +"confidenceMetricsEntries": { +"description": "Metrics for each label-match confidence_threshold from 0.05,0.10,...,0.95,0.96,0.97,0.98,0.99.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSVideoActionMetricsEntryConfidenceMetricsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"meanAveragePrecision": { +"description": "The mean average precision.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"precisionWindowLength": { +"description": "This VideoActionMetricsEntry is calculated based on this prediction window length. If the predicted action's timestamp is inside the time window whose center is the ground truth action's timestamp with this specific length, the prediction result is treated as a true positive.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSVideoActionMetricsEntryConfidenceMetricsEntry": { +"description": "Metrics for a single confidence threshold.", +"id": "XPSVideoActionMetricsEntryConfidenceMetricsEntry", +"properties": { +"confidenceThreshold": { +"description": "Output only. The confidence threshold value used to compute the metrics.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"f1Score": { +"description": "Output only. The harmonic mean of recall and precision.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"precision": { +"description": "Output only. Precision for the given confidence threshold.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"recall": { +"description": "Output only. Recall for the given confidence threshold.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSVideoActionRecognitionEvaluationMetrics": { +"description": "Model evaluation metrics for video action recognition.", +"id": "XPSVideoActionRecognitionEvaluationMetrics", +"properties": { +"evaluatedActionCount": { +"description": "Output only. The number of ground truth actions used to create this evaluation.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"videoActionMetricsEntries": { +"description": "Output only. The metric entries for precision window lengths: 1s,2s,3s,4s, 5s.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSVideoActionMetricsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSVideoActionRecognitionTrainResponse": { +"id": "XPSVideoActionRecognitionTrainResponse", +"properties": { +"modelArtifactSpec": { +"$ref": "XPSVideoModelArtifactSpec", +"description": "## The fields below are only populated under uCAIP request scope." +}, +"trainCostNodeSeconds": { +"description": "The actual train cost of creating this model, expressed in node seconds, i.e. 3,600 value in this field means 1 node hour.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSVideoBatchPredictOperationMetadata": { +"id": "XPSVideoBatchPredictOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"outputExamples": { +"description": "All the partial batch prediction results that are completed at the moment. Output examples are sorted by completion time. The order will not be changed. Each output example should be the path of a single RecordIO file of AnnotatedExamples.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSVideoClassificationTrainResponse": { +"id": "XPSVideoClassificationTrainResponse", +"properties": { +"modelArtifactSpec": { +"$ref": "XPSVideoModelArtifactSpec", +"description": "## The fields below are only populated under uCAIP request scope." +}, +"trainCostNodeSeconds": { +"description": "The actual train cost of creating this model, expressed in node seconds, i.e. 3,600 value in this field means 1 node hour.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSVideoExportModelSpec": { +"description": "Information of downloadable models that are pre-generated as part of training flow and will be persisted in AutoMl backend. Upon receiving ExportModel request from user, AutoMl backend can serve the pre-generated models to user if exists (by copying the files from internal path to user provided location), otherwise, AutoMl backend will call xPS ExportModel API to generate the model on the fly with the requesting format.", +"id": "XPSVideoExportModelSpec", +"properties": { +"exportModelOutputConfig": { +"description": "Contains the model format and internal location of the model files to be exported/downloaded. Use the GCS bucket name which is provided via TrainRequest.gcs_bucket_name to store the model files.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSExportModelOutputConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSVideoModelArtifactSpec": { +"id": "XPSVideoModelArtifactSpec", +"properties": { +"exportArtifact": { +"description": "The model binary files in different formats for model export.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSModelArtifactItem" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"servingArtifact": { +"$ref": "XPSModelArtifactItem", +"description": "The default model binary file used for serving (e.g. batch predict) via public Cloud AI Platform API." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSVideoObjectTrackingEvaluationMetrics": { +"description": "Model evaluation metrics for ObjectTracking problems. Next tag: 10.", +"id": "XPSVideoObjectTrackingEvaluationMetrics", +"properties": { +"boundingBoxMeanAveragePrecision": { +"description": "Output only. The single metric for bounding boxes evaluation: the mean_average_precision averaged over all bounding_box_metrics_entries.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"boundingBoxMetricsEntries": { +"description": "Output only. The bounding boxes match metrics for each Intersection-over-union threshold 0.05,0.10,...,0.95,0.96,0.97,0.98,0.99.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSBoundingBoxMetricsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"evaluatedBoundingboxCount": { +"description": "The number of bounding boxes used for model evaluation.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"evaluatedFrameCount": { +"description": "The number of video frames used for model evaluation.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"evaluatedTrackCount": { +"description": "The number of tracks used for model evaluation.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"trackMeanAveragePrecision": { +"description": "Output only. The single metric for tracks accuracy evaluation: the mean_average_precision averaged over all track_metrics_entries.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"trackMeanBoundingBoxIou": { +"description": "Output only. The single metric for tracks bounding box iou evaluation: the mean_bounding_box_iou averaged over all track_metrics_entries.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"trackMeanMismatchRate": { +"description": "Output only. The single metric for tracking consistency evaluation: the mean_mismatch_rate averaged over all track_metrics_entries.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"trackMetricsEntries": { +"description": "Output only. The tracks match metrics for each Intersection-over-union threshold 0.05,0.10,...,0.95,0.96,0.97,0.98,0.99.", +"items": { +"$ref": "XPSTrackMetricsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSVideoObjectTrackingTrainResponse": { +"id": "XPSVideoObjectTrackingTrainResponse", +"properties": { +"exportModelSpec": { +"$ref": "XPSVideoExportModelSpec", +"description": "Populated for AutoML request only." +}, +"modelArtifactSpec": { +"$ref": "XPSVideoModelArtifactSpec", +"description": "## The fields below are only populated under uCAIP request scope." +}, +"trainCostNodeSeconds": { +"description": "The actual train cost of creating this model, expressed in node seconds, i.e. 3,600 value in this field means 1 node hour.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSVideoTrainingOperationMetadata": { +"id": "XPSVideoTrainingOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"trainCostMilliNodeHour": { +"description": "This is an estimation of the node hours necessary for training a model, expressed in milli node hours (i.e. 1,000 value in this field means 1 node hour). A node hour represents the time a virtual machine spends running your training job. The cost of one node running for one hour is a node hour.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSVisionErrorAnalysisConfig": { +"description": "The vision model error analysis configuration. Next tag: 3", +"id": "XPSVisionErrorAnalysisConfig", +"properties": { +"exampleCount": { +"description": "The number of query examples in error analysis.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"queryType": { +"description": "The query type used in retrieval. The enum values are frozen in the foreseeable future.", +"enum": [ +"QUERY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"QUERY_TYPE_ALL_SIMILAR", +"QUERY_TYPE_SAME_CLASS_SIMILAR", +"QUERY_TYPE_SAME_CLASS_DISSIMILAR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified query type for model error analysis.", +"Query similar samples across all classes in the dataset.", +"Query similar samples from the same class of the input sample.", +"Query dissimilar samples from the same class of the input sample." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSVisionTrainingOperationMetadata": { +"deprecated": true, +"id": "XPSVisionTrainingOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"explanationUsage": { +"$ref": "InfraUsage", +"description": "Aggregated infra usage within certain time period, for billing report purpose if XAI is enable in training request." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSVisualization": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Visualization configurations for image explanation.", +"id": "XPSVisualization", +"properties": { +"clipPercentLowerbound": { +"description": "Excludes attributions below the specified percentile, from the highlighted areas. Defaults to 62.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"clipPercentUpperbound": { +"description": "Excludes attributions above the specified percentile from the highlighted areas. Using the clip_percent_upperbound and clip_percent_lowerbound together can be useful for filtering out noise and making it easier to see areas of strong attribution. Defaults to 99.9.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"colorMap": { +"description": "The color scheme used for the highlighted areas. Defaults to PINK_GREEN for Integrated Gradients attribution, which shows positive attributions in green and negative in pink. Defaults to VIRIDIS for XRAI attribution, which highlights the most influential regions in yellow and the least influential in blue.", +"enum": [ +"COLOR_MAP_UNSPECIFIED", +"PINK_GREEN", +"VIRIDIS", +"RED", +"GREEN", +"RED_GREEN", +"PINK_WHITE_GREEN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Should not be used.", +"Positive: green. Negative: pink.", +"Viridis color map: A perceptually uniform color mapping which is easier to see by those with colorblindness and progresses from yellow to green to blue. Positive: yellow. Negative: blue.", +"Positive: red. Negative: red.", +"Positive: green. Negative: green.", +"Positive: green. Negative: red.", +"PiYG palette." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"overlayType": { +"description": "How the original image is displayed in the visualization. Adjusting the overlay can help increase visual clarity if the original image makes it difficult to view the visualization. Defaults to NONE.", +"enum": [ +"OVERLAY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NONE", +"ORIGINAL", +"GRAYSCALE", +"MASK_BLACK" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. This is the same as NONE.", +"No overlay.", +"The attributions are shown on top of the original image.", +"The attributions are shown on top of grayscaled version of the original image.", +"The attributions are used as a mask to reveal predictive parts of the image and hide the un-predictive parts." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"polarity": { +"description": "Whether to only highlight pixels with positive contributions, negative or both. Defaults to POSITIVE.", +"enum": [ +"POLARITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"POSITIVE", +"NEGATIVE", +"BOTH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. This is the same as POSITIVE.", +"Highlights the pixels/outlines that were most influential to the model's prediction.", +"Setting polarity to negative highlights areas that does not lead to the models's current prediction.", +"Shows both positive and negative attributions." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Type of the image visualization. Only applicable to Integrated Gradients attribution. OUTLINES shows regions of attribution, while PIXELS shows per-pixel attribution. Defaults to OUTLINES.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PIXELS", +"OUTLINES" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Should not be used.", +"Shows which pixel contributed to the image prediction.", +"Shows which region contributed to the image prediction by outlining the region." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSXpsOperationMetadata": { +"id": "XPSXpsOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"exampleCount": { +"description": "Optional. XPS server can opt to provide example count of the long running operation (e.g. training, data importing, batch prediction).", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"reportingMetrics": { +"$ref": "XPSReportingMetrics", +"description": "Metrics for the operation. By the time the operation is terminated (whether succeeded or failed) as returned from XPS, AutoML BE assumes the metrics are finalized. AutoML BE transparently posts the metrics to Chemist if it's not empty, regardless of the response content or error type. If user is supposed to be charged in case of cancellation/error, this field should be set. In the case where the type of LRO doesn't require any billing, this field should be left unset." +}, +"tablesTrainingOperationMetadata": { +"$ref": "XPSTablesTrainingOperationMetadata" +}, +"videoBatchPredictOperationMetadata": { +"$ref": "XPSVideoBatchPredictOperationMetadata" +}, +"videoTrainingOperationMetadata": { +"$ref": "XPSVideoTrainingOperationMetadata" +}, +"visionTrainingOperationMetadata": { +"$ref": "XPSVisionTrainingOperationMetadata" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"XPSXraiAttribution": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "An explanation method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attributions to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 Only supports image Models (modality is IMAGE).", +"id": "XPSXraiAttribution", +"properties": { +"stepCount": { +"description": "The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is met within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json index 78a12685aa..3f47c005a3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json index 92627355f2..fafcfc04b4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json index 6f487fa593..43bf60aae6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://libraryagent.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleExampleLibraryagentV1Book": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json index c2a2ed6f27..63c043849e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://licensing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json index 262cf5546c..0754931653 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://lifesciences.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json index 9dcaa78f31..b8f5886920 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://localservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAdsHomeservicesLocalservicesV1AccountReport": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json index a028d9c23a..28fcd65560 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json @@ -30,8 +30,83 @@ "endpoints": [ { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://logging.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://logging.europe-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west8" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://logging.europe-west9.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west9" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://logging.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "me-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://logging.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://logging.us-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://logging.us-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://logging.us-east4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://logging.us-east5.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east5" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://logging.us-east7.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east7" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://logging.us-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://logging.us-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://logging.us-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://logging.us-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://logging.us-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://logging.us-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west8" } ], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -433,7 +508,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "bucketId": { -"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.", +"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -467,7 +542,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "bucketId": { -"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.", +"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -2181,7 +2256,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "bucketId": { -"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.", +"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -2215,7 +2290,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "bucketId": { -"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.", +"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -3427,7 +3502,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "bucketId": { -"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.", +"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -3461,7 +3536,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "bucketId": { -"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.", +"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -4573,7 +4648,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "bucketId": { -"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.", +"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -4607,7 +4682,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "bucketId": { -"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.", +"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -6040,7 +6115,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "bucketId": { -"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.", +"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -6074,7 +6149,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "bucketId": { -"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.", +"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -7668,7 +7743,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://logging.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BigQueryDataset": { @@ -7912,7 +7987,7 @@ "description": "Required. The new bucket. The region specified in the new bucket must be compliant with any Location Restriction Org Policy. The name field in the bucket is ignored." }, "bucketId": { -"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.", +"description": "Required. A client-assigned identifier such as \"my-bucket\". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. Bucket identifiers must start with an alphanumeric character.", "type": "string" }, "parent": { @@ -8615,7 +8690,7 @@ "id": "LogBucket", "properties": { "analyticsEnabled": { -"description": "Optional. Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled.", +"description": "Whether log analytics is enabled for this bucket.Once enabled, log analytics features cannot be disabled.", "type": "boolean" }, "cmekSettings": { @@ -9666,7 +9741,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "displayName": { -"description": "Optional. The user specified title for the SavedQuery.", +"description": "Required. The user specified title for the SavedQuery.", "type": "string" }, "loggingQuery": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json index df063a033f..fda88721f0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://looker.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminSettings": { @@ -1107,6 +1107,11 @@ "description": "Output only. Last computed maintenance denial period for this instance.", "readOnly": true }, +"linkedLspProjectNumber": { +"description": "Optional. Linked Google Cloud Project Number for Looker Studio Pro.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, "lookerUri": { "description": "Output only. Looker instance URI which can be used to access the Looker Instance UI.", "readOnly": true, @@ -1158,14 +1163,6 @@ "description": "Whether private IP is enabled on the Looker instance.", "type": "boolean" }, -"pscConfig": { -"$ref": "PscConfig", -"description": "Optional. PSC configuration. Used when `enable_private_ip` and `psc_enabled` are both true." -}, -"pscEnabled": { -"description": "Optional. Whether to use Private Service Connect (PSC) for private IP connectivity. If true, VPC peering (PSA) will not be used.", -"type": "boolean" -}, "publicIpEnabled": { "description": "Whether public IP is enabled on the Looker instance.", "type": "boolean" @@ -1479,74 +1476,12 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"PscConfig": { -"description": "Information for Private Service Connect (PSC) setup for a Looker instance.", -"id": "PscConfig", -"properties": { -"allowedVpcs": { -"description": "Optional. List of VPCs that are allowed ingress into looker. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"lookerServiceAttachmentUri": { -"description": "Output only. URI of the Looker service attachment.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"serviceAttachments": { -"description": "Optional. List of egress service attachment configurations.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ServiceAttachment" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "RestartInstanceRequest": { "description": "Request options for restarting an instance.", "id": "RestartInstanceRequest", "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, -"ServiceAttachment": { -"description": "Service attachment configuration.", -"id": "ServiceAttachment", -"properties": { -"connectionStatus": { -"description": "Output only. Connection status.", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"ACCEPTED", -"PENDING", -"REJECTED", -"NEEDS_ATTENTION", -"CLOSED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Connection status is unspecified.", -"Connection is established and functioning normally.", -"Connection is not established (Looker tenant project hasn't been allowlisted).", -"Connection is not established (Looker tenant project is explicitly in reject list).", -"Issue with target service attachment, e.g. NAT subnet is exhausted.", -"Target service attachment does not exist. This status is a terminal state." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"localFqdn": { -"description": "Required. Fully qualified domain name that will be used in the private DNS record created for the service attachment.", -"type": "string" -}, -"targetServiceAttachmentUri": { -"description": "Required. URI of the service attachment to connect to. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service_attachment}", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "SetIamPolicyRequest": { "description": "Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.", "id": "SetIamPolicyRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/marketingplatformadmin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/marketingplatformadmin.v1alpha.json index 92545174be..eff9452095 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/marketingplatformadmin.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/marketingplatformadmin.v1alpha.json @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ "baseUrl": "https://marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/", "batchPath": "batch", "canonicalName": "Google Marketing Platform Admin API", -"description": "marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com API.", +"description": "The Google Marketing Platform Admin API allows for programmatic access to the Google Marketing Platform configuration data. You can use the Google Marketing Platform Admin API to manage links between your Google Marketing Platform organization and Google Analytics accounts, set the service level of your GA4 properties.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/config/gmp/v1", "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyticsAccountLink": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json index c0392a0e94..46ede86652 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json @@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json index 31ef2938de..155f1ae8f6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json @@ -1641,7 +1641,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json index 1e8c45a8cb..9c14af0440 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json @@ -1641,7 +1641,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json index b7f4fd9d42..5fb4ab949c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json @@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAssetsToGroupRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json index 4fbd95d300..8434a32460 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json @@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAssetsToGroupRequest": { @@ -2600,7 +2600,7 @@ "id": "ComputeEnginePreferences", "properties": { "licenseType": { -"description": "License type to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If unspecified, costs are calculated based on the default licensing plan.", +"description": "Overridden by os_pricing_preferences if specified. License type to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If unspecified, costs are calculated based on the default licensing plan.", "enum": [ "LICENSE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "LICENSE_TYPE_DEFAULT", @@ -5404,8 +5404,8 @@ false "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified commitment plan.", "No commitment plan (on-demand usage).", -"1 year commitment.", -"3 years commitment." +"1-year regular committed use discount.", +"3-year regular committed use discount." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5871,8 +5871,8 @@ false "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified commitment plan.", "No commitment plan.", -"1 year commitment.", -"3 years commitment." +"1-year regular committed use discount.", +"3-year regular committed use discount." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json index eaafb43a96..dc0363a991 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240211", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json index 5cc62bffec..30f09596fb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json @@ -2452,7 +2452,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID] ", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID] ", "location": "path", "pattern": "^[^/]+/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2651,7 +2651,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME] ", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME] ", "location": "path", "pattern": "^[^/]+/[^/]+/services/[^/]+/serviceLevelObjectives/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2714,7 +2714,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240211", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { @@ -5367,7 +5367,7 @@ "description": "Type used for Istio services scoped to an Istio mesh." }, "name": { -"description": "Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID] ", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this Service. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID] ", "type": "string" }, "telemetry": { @@ -5441,7 +5441,7 @@ "type": "number" }, "name": { -"description": "Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME] ", +"description": "Identifier. Resource name for this ServiceLevelObjective. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/services/[SERVICE_ID]/serviceLevelObjectives/[SLO_NAME] ", "type": "string" }, "rollingPeriod": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json index 34e4bfd5df..a35587ed2a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessaccountmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptInvitationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json index dbfc763795..688109113a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessbusinessinformation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdWordsLocationExtensions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json index 8c6b11f59d..3a9c2f6f6a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinesslodging.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accessibility": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json index ee4ab7adfd..58e1a111e7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessnotifications.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "NotificationSetting": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json index 085c6c0b5a..f8d2a7f6ac 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessplaceactions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json index 2c9c42135e..e3f90a92f2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessqanda.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Answer": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json index 2e49530a4a..cfc58ced7b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessverifications.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddressVerificationData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json index 10cdb173e2..bb54900368 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json @@ -2630,7 +2630,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptHubSpokeRequest": { @@ -4086,7 +4086,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "location": { -"description": "Output only. The location of the route. Uses the following form: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}\" Example: projects/1234/locations/us-central1", +"description": "Output only. The origin location of the route. Uses the following form: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}\" Example: projects/1234/locations/us-central1", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json index c7f2d6787c..615702289a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json index 4a8e79e61f..fccf7cc34b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json index e4d5dcabf5..965c511968 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json index 3deb4dfdab..3693d38778 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json @@ -401,6 +401,188 @@ } } }, +"firewallEndpoints": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new FirewallEndpoint in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/firewallEndpoints", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networksecurity.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"firewallEndpointId": { +"description": "Required. Id of the requesting object. If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and firewall_endpoint_id from the method_signature of Create RPC.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/firewallEndpoints", +"request": { +"$ref": "FirewallEndpoint" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single Endpoint.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/firewallEndpoints/{firewallEndpointsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "networksecurity.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/firewallEndpoints/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single Endpoint.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/firewallEndpoints/{firewallEndpointsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networksecurity.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/firewallEndpoints/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "FirewallEndpoint" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists FirewallEndpoints in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/firewallEndpoints", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networksecurity.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Hint for how to order the results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Parent value for ListEndpointsRequest", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/firewallEndpoints", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListFirewallEndpointsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single Endpoint.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/firewallEndpoints/{firewallEndpointsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "networksecurity.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. name of resource", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/firewallEndpoints/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Endpoint resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "FirewallEndpoint" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { @@ -514,9 +696,333 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+name}/operations", +"path": "v1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"securityProfileGroups": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new SecurityProfileGroup in a given organization and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securityProfileGroups", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networksecurity.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the SecurityProfileGroup. Must be in the format `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"securityProfileGroupId": { +"description": "Required. Short name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. \"security_profile_group1\".", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/securityProfileGroups", +"request": { +"$ref": "SecurityProfileGroup" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single SecurityProfileGroup.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securityProfileGroups/{securityProfileGroupsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "networksecurity.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. If client provided etag is out of date, delete will return FAILED_PRECONDITION error.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. A name of the SecurityProfileGroup to delete. Must be in the format `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/securityProfileGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single SecurityProfileGroup.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securityProfileGroups/{securityProfileGroupsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networksecurity.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. A name of the SecurityProfileGroup to get. Must be in the format `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/securityProfileGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SecurityProfileGroup" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists SecurityProfileGroups in a given organization and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securityProfileGroups", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networksecurity.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Maximum number of SecurityProfileGroups to return per call.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The value returned by the last `ListSecurityProfileGroupsResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListSecurityProfileGroups` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The project or organization and location from which the SecurityProfileGroups should be listed, specified in the format `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/securityProfileGroups", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSecurityProfileGroupsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the parameters of a single SecurityProfileGroup.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securityProfileGroups/{securityProfileGroupsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "networksecurity.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/securityProfileGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the SecurityProfileGroup resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "SecurityProfileGroup" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"securityProfiles": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new SecurityProfile in a given organization and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securityProfiles", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networksecurity.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the SecurityProfile. Must be in the format `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"securityProfileId": { +"description": "Required. Short name of the SecurityProfile resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. \"security_profile1\".", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/securityProfiles", +"request": { +"$ref": "SecurityProfile" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single SecurityProfile.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securityProfiles/{securityProfilesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "networksecurity.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. If client provided etag is out of date, delete will return FAILED_PRECONDITION error.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. A name of the SecurityProfile to delete. Must be in the format `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfiles/{security_profile_id}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/securityProfiles/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single SecurityProfile.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securityProfiles/{securityProfilesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networksecurity.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. A name of the SecurityProfile to get. Must be in the format `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfiles/{security_profile_id}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/securityProfiles/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SecurityProfile" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists SecurityProfiles in a given organization and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securityProfiles", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networksecurity.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Maximum number of SecurityProfiles to return per call.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The value returned by the last `ListSecurityProfilesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListSecurityProfiles` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The project or organization and location from which the SecurityProfiles should be listed, specified in the format `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/securityProfiles", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSecurityProfilesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the parameters of a single SecurityProfile.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securityProfiles/{securityProfilesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "networksecurity.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfile resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfiles/{security_profile}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/securityProfiles/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the SecurityProfile resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "SecurityProfile" +}, "response": { -"$ref": "ListOperationsResponse" +"$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" @@ -1467,6 +1973,188 @@ } } }, +"firewallEndpointAssociations": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new FirewallEndpointAssociation in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/firewallEndpointAssociations", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.firewallEndpointAssociations.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"firewallEndpointAssociationId": { +"description": "Optional. Id of the requesting object. If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and firewall_endpoint_association_id from the method_signature of Create RPC.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/firewallEndpointAssociations", +"request": { +"$ref": "FirewallEndpointAssociation" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single FirewallEndpointAssociation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/firewallEndpointAssociations/{firewallEndpointAssociationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.firewallEndpointAssociations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/firewallEndpointAssociations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single FirewallEndpointAssociation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/firewallEndpointAssociations/{firewallEndpointAssociationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.firewallEndpointAssociations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/firewallEndpointAssociations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "FirewallEndpointAssociation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists Associations in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/firewallEndpointAssociations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.firewallEndpointAssociations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Hint for how to order the results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Parent value for ListAssociationsRequest", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/firewallEndpointAssociations", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListFirewallEndpointAssociationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single FirewallEndpointAssociation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/firewallEndpointAssociations/{firewallEndpointAssociationsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.firewallEndpointAssociations.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. name of resource", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/firewallEndpointAssociations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Association resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "FirewallEndpointAssociation" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "gatewaySecurityPolicies": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -2474,7 +3162,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": { @@ -2696,63 +3384,229 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"Destination": { -"description": "Specification of traffic destination attributes.", -"id": "Destination", +"Destination": { +"description": "Specification of traffic destination attributes.", +"id": "Destination", +"properties": { +"hosts": { +"description": "Required. List of host names to match. Matched against the \":authority\" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example \"mydomain.*\") or a suffix match (example \"*.myorg.com\") or a presence (any) match \"*\".", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"httpHeaderMatch": { +"$ref": "HttpHeaderMatch", +"description": "Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy." +}, +"methods": { +"description": "Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match. At least one method should match. Should not be set for gRPC services.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"ports": { +"description": "Required. List of destination ports to match. At least one port should match.", +"items": { +"format": "uint32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Empty": { +"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", +"id": "Empty", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Expr": { +"description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.", +"id": "Expr", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.", +"type": "string" +}, +"expression": { +"description": "Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.", +"type": "string" +}, +"location": { +"description": "Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.", +"type": "string" +}, +"title": { +"description": "Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"FirewallEndpoint": { +"description": "Message describing Endpoint object", +"id": "FirewallEndpoint", +"properties": { +"associatedNetworks": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Output only. List of networks that are associated with this endpoint in the local zone. This is a projection of the FirewallEndpointAssociations pointing at this endpoint. A network will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"associations": { +"description": "Output only. List of FirewallEndpointAssociations that are associated to this endpoint. An association will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FirewallEndpointAssociationReference" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"billingProjectId": { +"description": "Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage.", +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Create time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Labels as key value pairs", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. name of resource", +"type": "string" +}, +"reconciling": { +"description": "Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. Current state of the endpoint.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"ACTIVE", +"DELETING", +"INACTIVE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not set.", +"Being created.", +"Processing configuration updates.", +"Being deleted.", +"Down or in an error state." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Update time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"FirewallEndpointAssociation": { +"description": "Message describing Association object", +"id": "FirewallEndpointAssociation", "properties": { -"hosts": { -"description": "Required. List of host names to match. Matched against the \":authority\" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example \"mydomain.*\") or a suffix match (example \"*.myorg.com\") or a presence (any) match \"*\".", -"items": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Create time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"disabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the association is disabled. True indicates that traffic won't be intercepted", +"type": "boolean" }, -"httpHeaderMatch": { -"$ref": "HttpHeaderMatch", -"description": "Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy." +"firewallEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated.", +"type": "string" }, -"methods": { -"description": "Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match. At least one method should match. Should not be set for gRPC services.", -"items": { +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"description": "Optional. Labels as key value pairs", +"type": "object" }, -"ports": { -"description": "Required. List of destination ports to match. At least one port should match.", -"items": { -"format": "uint32", -"type": "integer" +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. name of resource", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" -} +"network": { +"description": "Required. The URL of the network that is being associated.", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "object" +"reconciling": { +"description": "Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" }, -"Empty": { -"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", -"id": "Empty", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" +"state": { +"description": "Output only. Current state of the association.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"ACTIVE", +"DELETING", +"INACTIVE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not set.", +"Being created.", +"Active and ready for traffic.", +"Being deleted.", +"Down or in an error state." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" }, -"Expr": { -"description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.", -"id": "Expr", -"properties": { -"description": { -"description": "Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.", +"tlsInspectionPolicy": { +"description": "Optional. The URL of the TlsInspectionPolicy that is being associated.", "type": "string" }, -"expression": { -"description": "Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.", +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Update time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" +} }, -"location": { -"description": "Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.", +"type": "object" +}, +"FirewallEndpointAssociationReference": { +"description": "This is a subset of the FirewallEndpointAssociation message, containing fields to be used by the consumer.", +"id": "FirewallEndpointAssociationReference", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the FirewallEndpointAssociation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/firewallEndpointAssociations/{id}", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"title": { -"description": "Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.", +"network": { +"description": "Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -3129,6 +3983,56 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListFirewallEndpointAssociationsResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing Associations", +"id": "ListFirewallEndpointAssociationsResponse", +"properties": { +"firewallEndpointAssociations": { +"description": "The list of Association", +"items": { +"$ref": "FirewallEndpointAssociation" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListFirewallEndpointsResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing Endpoints", +"id": "ListFirewallEndpointsResponse", +"properties": { +"firewallEndpoints": { +"description": "The list of Endpoint", +"items": { +"$ref": "FirewallEndpoint" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListGatewaySecurityPoliciesResponse": { "description": "Response returned by the ListGatewaySecurityPolicies method.", "id": "ListGatewaySecurityPoliciesResponse", @@ -3215,6 +4119,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListSecurityProfileGroupsResponse": { +"description": "Response returned by the ListSecurityProfileGroups method.", +"id": "ListSecurityProfileGroupsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"securityProfileGroups": { +"description": "List of SecurityProfileGroups resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SecurityProfileGroup" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListSecurityProfilesResponse": { +"description": "Response returned by the ListSecurityProfiles method.", +"id": "ListSecurityProfilesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"securityProfiles": { +"description": "List of SecurityProfile resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SecurityProfile" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListServerTlsPoliciesResponse": { "description": "Response returned by the ListServerTlsPolicies method.", "id": "ListServerTlsPoliciesResponse", @@ -3467,6 +4407,104 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"SecurityProfile": { +"description": "SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. Next ID: 9", +"id": "SecurityProfile", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Resource creation timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. An optional description of the profile. Max length 512 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Labels as key value pairs.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfile resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfiles/{security_profile}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"threatPreventionProfile": { +"$ref": "ThreatPreventionProfile", +"description": "The threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfile." +}, +"type": { +"description": "Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures.", +"enum": [ +"PROFILE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"THREAT_PREVENTION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Profile type not specified.", +"Profile type for threat prevention." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Last resource update timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SecurityProfileGroup": { +"description": "SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. Next ID: 8", +"id": "SecurityProfileGroup", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Resource creation timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Labels as key value pairs.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"threatPreventionProfile": { +"description": "Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the threat prevention configuration for the SecurityProfileGroup.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Last resource update timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ServerTlsPolicy": { "description": "ServerTlsPolicy is a resource that specifies how a server should authenticate incoming requests. This resource itself does not affect configuration unless it is attached to a target HTTPS proxy or endpoint config selector resource. ServerTlsPolicy in the form accepted by external HTTPS load balancers can be attached only to TargetHttpsProxy with an `EXTERNAL` or `EXTERNAL_MANAGED` load balancing scheme. Traffic Director compatible ServerTlsPolicies can be attached to EndpointPolicy and TargetHttpsProxy with Traffic Director `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED` load balancing scheme.", "id": "ServerTlsPolicy", @@ -3513,6 +4551,51 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"SeverityOverride": { +"description": "Defines what action to take for a specific severity match.", +"id": "SeverityOverride", +"properties": { +"action": { +"description": "Required. Threat action override.", +"enum": [ +"THREAT_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", +"DEFAULT_ACTION", +"ALLOW", +"ALERT", +"DENY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Threat action not specified.", +"The default action (as specified by the vendor) is taken.", +"The packet matching this rule will be allowed to transmit.", +"The packet matching this rule will be allowed to transmit, but a threat_log entry will be sent to the consumer project.", +"The packet matching this rule will be dropped, and a threat_log entry will be sent to the consumer project." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"severity": { +"description": "Required. Severity level to match.", +"enum": [ +"SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"INFORMATIONAL", +"LOW", +"MEDIUM", +"HIGH", +"CRITICAL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Severity level not specified.", +"Suspicious events that do not pose an immediate threat, but that are reported to call attention to deeper problems that could possibly exist.", +"Warning-level threats that have very little impact on an organization's infrastructure. They usually require local or physical system access and may often result in victim privacy issues and information leakage.", +"Minor threats in which impact is minimized, that do not compromise the target or exploits that require an attacker to reside on the same local network as the victim, affect only non-standard configurations or obscure applications, or provide very limited access.", +"Threats that have the ability to become critical but have mitigating factors; for example, they may be difficult to exploit, do not result in elevated privileges, or do not have a large victim pool.", +"Serious threats, such as those that affect default installations of widely deployed software, result in root compromise of servers, and the exploit code is widely available to attackers. The attacker usually does not need any special authentication credentials or knowledge about the individual victims and the target does not need to be manipulated into performing any special functions." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Source": { "description": "Specification of traffic source attributes.", "id": "Source", @@ -3561,6 +4644,77 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ThreatOverride": { +"description": "Defines what action to take for a specific threat_id match.", +"id": "ThreatOverride", +"properties": { +"action": { +"description": "Required. Threat action override. For some threat types, only a subset of actions applies.", +"enum": [ +"THREAT_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", +"DEFAULT_ACTION", +"ALLOW", +"ALERT", +"DENY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Threat action not specified.", +"The default action (as specified by the vendor) is taken.", +"The packet matching this rule will be allowed to transmit.", +"The packet matching this rule will be allowed to transmit, but a threat_log entry will be sent to the consumer project.", +"The packet matching this rule will be dropped, and a threat_log entry will be sent to the consumer project." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"threatId": { +"description": "Required. Vendor-specific ID of a threat to override.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Output only. Type of the threat (read only).", +"enum": [ +"THREAT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"UNKNOWN", +"VULNERABILITY", +"ANTIVIRUS", +"SPYWARE", +"DNS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Type of threat not specified.", +"Type of threat is not derivable from threat ID. An override will be created for all types. Firewall will ignore overridden signature ID's that don't exist in the specific type.", +"Threats related to system flaws that an attacker might otherwise attempt to exploit.", +"Threats related to viruses and malware found in executables and file types.", +"Threats related to command-and-control (C2) activity, where spyware on an infected client is collecting data without the user's consent and/or communicating with a remote attacker.", +"Threats related to DNS." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ThreatPreventionProfile": { +"description": "ThreatPreventionProfile defines an action for specific threat signatures or severity levels.", +"id": "ThreatPreventionProfile", +"properties": { +"severityOverrides": { +"description": "Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by severity match.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SeverityOverride" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"threatOverrides": { +"description": "Optional. Configuration for overriding threats actions by threat_id match. If a threat is matched both by configuration provided in severity_overrides and threat_overrides, the threat_overrides action is applied.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ThreatOverride" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TlsInspectionPolicy": { "description": "The TlsInspectionPolicy resource contains references to CA pools in Certificate Authority Service and associated metadata.", "id": "TlsInspectionPolicy", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json index dc416aeddc..e175ad58ee 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json @@ -3162,7 +3162,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": { @@ -3535,6 +3535,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"disabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the association is disabled. True indicates that traffic won't be intercepted", +"type": "boolean" +}, "firewallEndpoint": { "description": "Required. The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json index eaa9457317..6335723277 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json @@ -2756,7 +2756,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240224", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json index 0efd071cf1..014c802d47 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json @@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240224", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json index 173023394e..881c30411d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json index cf8d0d4bb6..f0847d3ae2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json index caeb5659ce..f20832dba6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json @@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://orgpolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json index a19298be64..7969ff313a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptSettings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json index e80cb99465..717b427590 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CVSSv3": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json index 821593dc14..7338b2ec22 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptRepository": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json index 09528c80b4..d55448406b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json index fd1ab305a8..1a52bacff2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json index 1600636f23..f1d5d31561 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json index 7b466f2a80..d78b93ce2d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://pagespeedonline.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditRefs": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json index 1cdd7bc522..c1bac3ad0f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://paymentsresellersubscription.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1Amount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json index ab1c04e26a..f2817ee08d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json @@ -429,12 +429,14 @@ "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT", -"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT" +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT", +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", +"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." ], "location": "query", @@ -565,12 +567,14 @@ "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT", -"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT" +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT", +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", +"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." ], "location": "query", @@ -642,12 +646,14 @@ "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT", -"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT" +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT", +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", +"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." ], "location": "query", @@ -697,12 +703,14 @@ "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT", -"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT" +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT", +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", +"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." ], "location": "query", @@ -759,12 +767,14 @@ "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT", -"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT" +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT", +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", +"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." ], "location": "query", @@ -893,12 +903,14 @@ "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT", -"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT" +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT", +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", +"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." ], "location": "query", @@ -1011,12 +1023,14 @@ "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT", -"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT" +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT", +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", +"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." ], "location": "query", @@ -1140,12 +1154,14 @@ "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT", -"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT" +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT", +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", +"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." ], "location": "query", @@ -1172,7 +1188,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://people.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { @@ -1281,12 +1297,14 @@ "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT", -"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT" +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT", +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", +"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." ], "type": "string" @@ -1361,12 +1379,14 @@ "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT", -"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT" +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT", +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", +"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." ], "type": "string" @@ -1654,12 +1674,14 @@ "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT", -"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT" +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT", +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", +"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." ], "type": "string" @@ -3210,12 +3232,14 @@ true "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE", "READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT", -"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT" +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT", +"READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", +"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json index 7507d68a39..41b6bb1d16 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://places.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleGeoTypeViewport": { @@ -1458,6 +1458,10 @@ "description": "Request proto for SearchText. ", "id": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1SearchTextRequest", "properties": { +"evOptions": { +"$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1SearchTextRequestEVOptions", +"description": "Optional. Set the searchable EV options of a place search request." +}, "includedType": { "description": "The requested place type. Full list of types supported: https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types. Only support one included type.", "type": "string" @@ -1540,6 +1544,49 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleMapsPlacesV1SearchTextRequestEVOptions": { +"description": "Searchable EV options of a place search request.", +"id": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1SearchTextRequestEVOptions", +"properties": { +"connectorTypes": { +"description": "Optional. The list of preferred EV connector types. A place that does not support any of the listed connector types are filter out.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"EV_CONNECTOR_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"EV_CONNECTOR_TYPE_OTHER", +"EV_CONNECTOR_TYPE_J1772", +"EV_CONNECTOR_TYPE_TYPE_2", +"EV_CONNECTOR_TYPE_CHADEMO", +"EV_CONNECTOR_TYPE_CCS_COMBO_1", +"EV_CONNECTOR_TYPE_CCS_COMBO_2", +"EV_CONNECTOR_TYPE_TESLA", +"EV_CONNECTOR_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED_GB_T", +"EV_CONNECTOR_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED_WALL_OUTLET" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified connector.", +"Other connector types.", +"J1772 type 1 connector.", +"IEC 62196 type 2 connector. Often referred to as MENNEKES.", +"CHAdeMO type connector.", +"Combined Charging System (AC and DC). Based on SAE. Type-1 J-1772 connector", +"Combined Charging System (AC and DC). Based on Type-2 Mennekes connector", +"The generic TESLA connector. This is NACS in the North America but can be non-NACS in other parts of the world (e.g. CCS Combo 2 (CCS2) or GB/T). This value is less representative of an actual connector type, and more represents the ability to charge a Tesla brand vehicle at a Tesla owned charging station.", +"GB/T type corresponds to the GB/T standard in China. This type covers all GB_T types.", +"Unspecified wall outlet." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"minimumChargingRateKw": { +"description": "Optional. Filtering places by minimum charging rate. Any places with charging a rate less than the minimum charging rate are filtered out.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleMapsPlacesV1SearchTextRequestLocationBias": { "description": "The region to search. This location serves as a bias which means results around given location might be returned.", "id": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1SearchTextRequestLocationBias", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json index 64760549c2..401b8aade8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://playcustomapp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CustomApp": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json index 8977c4180f..82ad339619 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json @@ -535,6 +535,12 @@ "pattern": "^apps/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"sampleErrorReportLimit": { +"description": "Optional. Number of sample error reports to return per ErrorIssue. If unspecified, 0 will be used. *Note:* currently only 0 and 1 are supported.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" } }, "path": "v1alpha1/{+parent}/errorIssues:search", @@ -559,7 +565,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "A selection predicate to retrieve only a subset of the reports. For filtering basics, please check [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160). ** Supported field names:** * `apiLevel`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested Android versions (specified as the numeric API level) only. Example: `apiLevel = 28 OR apiLevel = 29`. * `versionCode`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested app version codes only. Example: `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = 456`. * `deviceModel`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested devices. Example: `deviceModel = \"google/walleye\" OR deviceModel = \"google/marlin\"`. * `deviceBrand`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested device brands. Example: `deviceBrand = \"Google\". * `deviceType`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested device types. Example: `deviceType = \"PHONE\"`. * `errorIssueType`: Matches error reports of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `JAVA_CRASH`, `NATIVE_CRASH`, `ANR`. Example: `errorIssueType = JAVA_CRASH OR errorIssueType = NATIVE_CRASH`. * `errorIssueId`: Matches error reports belonging to the requested error issue ids only. Example: `errorIssueId = 1234 OR errorIssueId = 4567`. * `appProcessState`: Matches error reports on the process state of an app, indicating whether an app runs in the foreground (user-visible) or background. Valid candidates: `FOREGROUND`, `BACKGROUND`. Example: `appProcessState = FOREGROUND`. * `isUserPerceived`: Matches error reports that are user-perceived. It is not accompanied by any operators. Example: `isUserPerceived`. ** Supported operators:** * Comparison operators: The only supported comparison operator is equality. The filtered field must appear on the left hand side of the comparison. * Logical Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be used to build complex filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), i.e., conjunctions of disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over `AND` so the use of parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` operator is only supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same field, e.g., `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = ANR`. The filter expression `versionCode = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not valid. ** Examples ** Some valid filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = ANR` * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * `versionCode = 123 AND (errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH)`", +"description": "A selection predicate to retrieve only a subset of the reports. For filtering basics, please check [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160). ** Supported field names:** * `apiLevel`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested Android versions (specified as the numeric API level) only. Example: `apiLevel = 28 OR apiLevel = 29`. * `versionCode`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested app version codes only. Example: `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = 456`. * `deviceModel`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested devices. Example: `deviceModel = \"google/walleye\" OR deviceModel = \"google/marlin\"`. * `deviceBrand`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested device brands. Example: `deviceBrand = \"Google\". * `deviceType`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested device types. Example: `deviceType = \"PHONE\"`. * `errorIssueType`: Matches error reports of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `JAVA_CRASH`, `NATIVE_CRASH`, `ANR`. Example: `errorIssueType = JAVA_CRASH OR errorIssueType = NATIVE_CRASH`. * `errorIssueId`: Matches error reports belonging to the requested error issue ids only. Example: `errorIssueId = 1234 OR errorIssueId = 4567`. * `errorReportId`: Matches error reports with the requested error report id. Example: `errorReportId = 1234 OR errorReportId = 4567`. * `appProcessState`: Matches error reports on the process state of an app, indicating whether an app runs in the foreground (user-visible) or background. Valid candidates: `FOREGROUND`, `BACKGROUND`. Example: `appProcessState = FOREGROUND`. * `isUserPerceived`: Matches error reports that are user-perceived. It is not accompanied by any operators. Example: `isUserPerceived`. ** Supported operators:** * Comparison operators: The only supported comparison operator is equality. The filtered field must appear on the left hand side of the comparison. * Logical Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be used to build complex filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), i.e., conjunctions of disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over `AND` so the use of parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` operator is only supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same field, e.g., `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = ANR`. The filter expression `versionCode = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not valid. ** Examples ** Some valid filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = ANR` * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * `versionCode = 123 AND (errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH)`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -941,7 +947,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1alpha1Anomaly": { @@ -1178,6 +1184,14 @@ "description": "Identifier. The resource name of the issue. Format: apps/{app}/{issue}", "type": "string" }, +"sampleErrorReports": { +"description": "Output only. Sample error reports which belong to this ErrorIssue. *Note:* currently a maximum of 1 per ErrorIssue is supported. Format: \"apps/{app}/{report}\"", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "type": { "description": "Type of the errors grouped in this issue.", "enum": [ diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json index c6b44cb46f..31fc9cc0df 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json @@ -535,6 +535,12 @@ "pattern": "^apps/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"sampleErrorReportLimit": { +"description": "Optional. Number of sample error reports to return per ErrorIssue. If unspecified, 0 will be used. *Note:* currently only 0 and 1 are supported.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/errorIssues:search", @@ -559,7 +565,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "A selection predicate to retrieve only a subset of the reports. For filtering basics, please check [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160). ** Supported field names:** * `apiLevel`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested Android versions (specified as the numeric API level) only. Example: `apiLevel = 28 OR apiLevel = 29`. * `versionCode`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested app version codes only. Example: `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = 456`. * `deviceModel`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested devices. Example: `deviceModel = \"google/walleye\" OR deviceModel = \"google/marlin\"`. * `deviceBrand`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested device brands. Example: `deviceBrand = \"Google\". * `deviceType`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested device types. Example: `deviceType = \"PHONE\"`. * `errorIssueType`: Matches error reports of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `JAVA_CRASH`, `NATIVE_CRASH`, `ANR`. Example: `errorIssueType = JAVA_CRASH OR errorIssueType = NATIVE_CRASH`. * `errorIssueId`: Matches error reports belonging to the requested error issue ids only. Example: `errorIssueId = 1234 OR errorIssueId = 4567`. * `appProcessState`: Matches error reports on the process state of an app, indicating whether an app runs in the foreground (user-visible) or background. Valid candidates: `FOREGROUND`, `BACKGROUND`. Example: `appProcessState = FOREGROUND`. * `isUserPerceived`: Matches error reports that are user-perceived. It is not accompanied by any operators. Example: `isUserPerceived`. ** Supported operators:** * Comparison operators: The only supported comparison operator is equality. The filtered field must appear on the left hand side of the comparison. * Logical Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be used to build complex filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), i.e., conjunctions of disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over `AND` so the use of parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` operator is only supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same field, e.g., `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = ANR`. The filter expression `versionCode = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not valid. ** Examples ** Some valid filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = ANR` * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * `versionCode = 123 AND (errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH)`", +"description": "A selection predicate to retrieve only a subset of the reports. For filtering basics, please check [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160). ** Supported field names:** * `apiLevel`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested Android versions (specified as the numeric API level) only. Example: `apiLevel = 28 OR apiLevel = 29`. * `versionCode`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested app version codes only. Example: `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = 456`. * `deviceModel`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested devices. Example: `deviceModel = \"google/walleye\" OR deviceModel = \"google/marlin\"`. * `deviceBrand`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested device brands. Example: `deviceBrand = \"Google\". * `deviceType`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested device types. Example: `deviceType = \"PHONE\"`. * `errorIssueType`: Matches error reports of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `JAVA_CRASH`, `NATIVE_CRASH`, `ANR`. Example: `errorIssueType = JAVA_CRASH OR errorIssueType = NATIVE_CRASH`. * `errorIssueId`: Matches error reports belonging to the requested error issue ids only. Example: `errorIssueId = 1234 OR errorIssueId = 4567`. * `errorReportId`: Matches error reports with the requested error report id. Example: `errorReportId = 1234 OR errorReportId = 4567`. * `appProcessState`: Matches error reports on the process state of an app, indicating whether an app runs in the foreground (user-visible) or background. Valid candidates: `FOREGROUND`, `BACKGROUND`. Example: `appProcessState = FOREGROUND`. * `isUserPerceived`: Matches error reports that are user-perceived. It is not accompanied by any operators. Example: `isUserPerceived`. ** Supported operators:** * Comparison operators: The only supported comparison operator is equality. The filtered field must appear on the left hand side of the comparison. * Logical Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be used to build complex filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), i.e., conjunctions of disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over `AND` so the use of parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` operator is only supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same field, e.g., `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = ANR`. The filter expression `versionCode = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not valid. ** Examples ** Some valid filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = ANR` * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * `versionCode = 123 AND (errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH)`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -941,7 +947,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1beta1Anomaly": { @@ -1178,6 +1184,14 @@ "description": "Identifier. The resource name of the issue. Format: apps/{app}/{issue}", "type": "string" }, +"sampleErrorReports": { +"description": "Output only. Sample error reports which belong to this ErrorIssue. *Note:* currently a maximum of 1 per ErrorIssue is supported. Format: \"apps/{app}/{report}\"", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "type": { "description": "Type of the errors grouped in this issue.", "enum": [ diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json index cb8194ba78..e1a233e773 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://playgrouping.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CreateOrUpdateTagsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json index fa111706dc..e3ff2c7dc2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240302", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://playintegrity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountActivity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json index 26a2660ad4..5eafeda9f5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1Activity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json index b5b91ef8fd..14cc89fcf7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1beta1Activity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json index 2fb2634e73..7ab001c5e7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterV1AccessTuple": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json index 7e97e68f19..a120fa10bc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterV1betaAccessTuple": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json index e0f5c51f8c..3b01de7007 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json @@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessUrls": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json index 9cd80ae782..743de07a2a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json index 2bd97df264..da68cb43a6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json @@ -2653,7 +2653,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://prod-tt-sasportal.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "SasPortalAssignment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json index 09431d5ab1..8b36cc9efc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json @@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240227", "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json index 827747865d..f27128ca8a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240227", "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json index 62b5c37a87..8aaf7296ef 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240227", "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json index 6bb4101de2..b4019625b9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json @@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240224", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://pubsublite.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json index b92c8ce1b2..734e49133c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeleteReaderResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json index d807808be2..5f0d96e009 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivatePretargetingConfigRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json index f820e67ad2..54afbceae6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://recaptchaenterprise.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1AccountDefenderAssessment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json index d08b80ca12..4f2278e704 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://recommendationengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json index 532dd52cc9..0fe874cc79 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json @@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1CostProjection": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json index 4f1e469907..27bf2f52b3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json @@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json index 9506537c20..4cb07b16ce 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AvailabilityConfiguration": { @@ -1611,7 +1611,7 @@ false }, "primaryResourceId": { "$ref": "DatabaseResourceId", -"description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested" +"description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional." }, "product": { "$ref": "Product", @@ -1940,11 +1940,18 @@ false "description": "An enum that represents the type of this entitlement.", "enum": [ "ENTITLEMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"DUET_AI" +"DUET_AI", +"GEMINI" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", -"The root entitlement representing Duet AI package ownership." +"The root entitlement representing Duet AI package ownership.", +"The root entitlement representing Gemini package ownership." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json index 33bc6ba154..ff6c44b221 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AvailabilityConfiguration": { @@ -1611,7 +1611,7 @@ false }, "primaryResourceId": { "$ref": "DatabaseResourceId", -"description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested" +"description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional." }, "product": { "$ref": "Product", @@ -1940,11 +1940,18 @@ false "description": "An enum that represents the type of this entitlement.", "enum": [ "ENTITLEMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"DUET_AI" +"DUET_AI", +"GEMINI" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", -"The root entitlement representing Duet AI package ownership." +"The root entitlement representing Duet AI package ownership.", +"The root entitlement representing Gemini package ownership." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json index 0302cbd56f..7af141850d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://reseller.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json index bf9978f733..6498a2e0b7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://resourcesettings.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudResourcesettingsV1ListSettingsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json index 1a98446702..862dce08f6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json @@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json index 4afd79dde0..4261c27e4c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json @@ -2475,7 +2475,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json index 4431126198..03966ff9a0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json @@ -2115,7 +2115,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json index bcedf39f94..aa7302ff8e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json @@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Addressable": { @@ -3411,6 +3411,1278 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ApprovalConfig": { +"description": "ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ApprovalConfig", +"properties": { +"approvalRequired": { +"description": "Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ApprovalResult": { +"description": "ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ApprovalResult", +"properties": { +"approvalTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"approverAccount": { +"description": "Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"comment": { +"description": "Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.", +"type": "string" +}, +"decision": { +"description": "Required. The decision of this manual approval.", +"enum": [ +"DECISION_UNSPECIFIED", +"APPROVED", +"REJECTED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default enum type. This should not be used.", +"Build is approved.", +"Build is rejected." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"url": { +"description": "Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactObjects": { +"description": "Files in the workspace to upload to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactObjects", +"properties": { +"location": { +"description": "Cloud Storage bucket and optional object path, in the form \"gs://bucket/path/to/somewhere/\". (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Files in the workspace matching any path pattern will be uploaded to Cloud Storage with this location as a prefix.", +"type": "string" +}, +"paths": { +"description": "Path globs used to match files in the build's workspace.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"timing": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing all artifact objects.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Artifacts": { +"description": "Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Artifacts", +"properties": { +"images": { +"description": "A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account's credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"mavenArtifacts": { +"description": "A list of Maven artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. Artifacts in the workspace matching specified paths globs will be uploaded to the specified Artifact Registry repository using the builder service account's credentials. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1MavenArtifact" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"npmPackages": { +"description": "A list of npm packages to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. Npm packages in the specified paths will be uploaded to the specified Artifact Registry repository using the builder service account's credentials. If any packages fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1NpmPackage" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"objects": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactObjects", +"description": "A list of objects to be uploaded to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. Files in the workspace matching specified paths globs will be uploaded to the specified Cloud Storage location using the builder service account's credentials. The location and generation of the uploaded objects will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE." +}, +"pythonPackages": { +"description": "A list of Python packages to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. The build service account credentials will be used to perform the upload. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1PythonPackage" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Build": { +"description": "A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Build", +"properties": { +"approval": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildApproval", +"description": "Output only. Describes this build's approval configuration, status, and result.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"artifacts": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Artifacts", +"description": "Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps." +}, +"availableSecrets": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Secrets", +"description": "Secrets and secret environment variables." +}, +"buildTriggerId": { +"description": "Output only. The ID of the `BuildTrigger` that triggered this build, if it was triggered automatically.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Time at which the request to create the build was received.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"failureInfo": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FailureInfo", +"description": "Output only. Contains information about the build when status=FAILURE.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"finishTime": { +"description": "Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Output only. Unique identifier of the build.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"images": { +"description": "A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images are pushed using the builder service account's credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the `Build` resource's results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build status is marked `FAILURE`.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"logUrl": { +"description": "Output only. URL to logs for this build in Google Cloud Console.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"logsBucket": { +"description": "Cloud Storage bucket where logs should be written (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Logs file names will be of the format `${logs_bucket}/log-${build_id}.txt`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The 'Build' name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`, where {build} is a unique identifier generated by the service.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"options": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildOptions", +"description": "Special options for this build." +}, +"projectId": { +"description": "Output only. ID of the project.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"queueTtl": { +"description": "TTL in queue for this build. If provided and the build is enqueued longer than this value, the build will expire and the build status will be `EXPIRED`. The TTL starts ticking from create_time.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"results": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Results", +"description": "Output only. Results of the build.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"secrets": { +"description": "Secrets to decrypt using Cloud Key Management Service. Note: Secret Manager is the recommended technique for managing sensitive data with Cloud Build. Use `available_secrets` to configure builds to access secrets from Secret Manager. For instructions, see: https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/securing-builds/use-secrets", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Secret" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"serviceAccount": { +"description": "IAM service account whose credentials will be used at build runtime. Must be of the format `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}`. ACCOUNT can be email address or uniqueId of the service account. ", +"type": "string" +}, +"source": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Source", +"description": "The location of the source files to build." +}, +"sourceProvenance": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1SourceProvenance", +"description": "Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Output only. Time at which execution of the build was started.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"description": "Output only. Status of the build.", +"enum": [ +"STATUS_UNKNOWN", +"PENDING", +"QUEUED", +"WORKING", +"SUCCESS", +"FAILURE", +"INTERNAL_ERROR", +"TIMEOUT", +"CANCELLED", +"EXPIRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Status of the build is unknown.", +"Build has been created and is pending execution and queuing. It has not been queued.", +"Build or step is queued; work has not yet begun.", +"Build or step is being executed.", +"Build or step finished successfully.", +"Build or step failed to complete successfully.", +"Build or step failed due to an internal cause.", +"Build or step took longer than was allowed.", +"Build or step was canceled by a user.", +"Build was enqueued for longer than the value of `queue_ttl`." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"statusDetail": { +"description": "Output only. Customer-readable message about the current status.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"steps": { +"description": "Required. The operations to be performed on the workspace.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildStep" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"substitutions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Substitutions data for `Build` resource.", +"type": "object" +}, +"tags": { +"description": "Tags for annotation of a `Build`. These are not docker tags.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"timeout": { +"description": "Amount of time that this build should be allowed to run, to second granularity. If this amount of time elapses, work on the build will cease and the build status will be `TIMEOUT`. `timeout` starts ticking from `startTime`. Default time is 60 minutes.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"timing": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan" +}, +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for phases of the build. Valid keys are: * BUILD: time to execute all build steps. * PUSH: time to push all artifacts including docker images and non docker artifacts. * FETCHSOURCE: time to fetch source. * SETUPBUILD: time to set up build. If the build does not specify source or images, these keys will not be included.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, +"warnings": { +"description": "Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Warning" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildApproval": { +"description": "BuildApproval describes a build's approval configuration, state, and result.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildApproval", +"properties": { +"config": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ApprovalConfig", +"description": "Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"result": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ApprovalResult", +"description": "Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The state of this build's approval.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PENDING", +"APPROVED", +"REJECTED", +"CANCELLED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default enum type. This should not be used.", +"Build approval is pending.", +"Build approval has been approved.", +"Build approval has been rejected.", +"Build was cancelled while it was still pending approval." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata for build operations.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"build": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Build", +"description": "The build that the operation is tracking." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildOptions": { +"description": "Optional arguments to enable specific features of builds.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildOptions", +"properties": { +"automapSubstitutions": { +"description": "Option to include built-in and custom substitutions as env variables for all build steps.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"defaultLogsBucketBehavior": { +"description": "Optional. Option to specify how default logs buckets are setup.", +"enum": [ +"DEFAULT_LOGS_BUCKET_BEHAVIOR_UNSPECIFIED", +"REGIONAL_USER_OWNED_BUCKET" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified.", +"Bucket is located in user-owned project in the same region as the build. The builder service account must have access to create and write to Cloud Storage buckets in the build project." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"diskSizeGb": { +"description": "Requested disk size for the VM that runs the build. Note that this is *NOT* \"disk free\"; some of the space will be used by the operating system and build utilities. Also note that this is the minimum disk size that will be allocated for the build -- the build may run with a larger disk than requested. At present, the maximum disk size is 2000GB; builds that request more than the maximum are rejected with an error.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"dynamicSubstitutions": { +"description": "Option to specify whether or not to apply bash style string operations to the substitutions. NOTE: this is always enabled for triggered builds and cannot be overridden in the build configuration file.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"env": { +"description": "A list of global environment variable definitions that will exist for all build steps in this build. If a variable is defined in both globally and in a build step, the variable will use the build step value. The elements are of the form \"KEY=VALUE\" for the environment variable \"KEY\" being given the value \"VALUE\".", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"logStreamingOption": { +"description": "Option to define build log streaming behavior to Cloud Storage.", +"enum": [ +"STREAM_DEFAULT", +"STREAM_ON", +"STREAM_OFF" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Service may automatically determine build log streaming behavior.", +"Build logs should be streamed to Cloud Storage.", +"Build logs should not be streamed to Cloud Storage; they will be written when the build is completed." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"logging": { +"description": "Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.", +"enum": [ +"LOGGING_UNSPECIFIED", +"LEGACY", +"GCS_ONLY", +"STACKDRIVER_ONLY", +"CLOUD_LOGGING_ONLY", +"NONE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The service determines the logging mode. The default is `LEGACY`. Do not rely on the default logging behavior as it may change in the future.", +"Build logs are stored in Cloud Logging and Cloud Storage.", +"Build logs are stored in Cloud Storage.", +"This option is the same as CLOUD_LOGGING_ONLY.", +"Build logs are stored in Cloud Logging. Selecting this option will not allow [logs streaming](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/builds/log).", +"Turn off all logging. No build logs will be captured." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"machineType": { +"description": "Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.", +"enum": [ +"UNSPECIFIED", +"N1_HIGHCPU_8", +"N1_HIGHCPU_32", +"E2_HIGHCPU_8", +"E2_HIGHCPU_32", +"E2_MEDIUM" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +true, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Standard machine type.", +"Highcpu machine with 8 CPUs.", +"Highcpu machine with 32 CPUs.", +"Highcpu e2 machine with 8 CPUs.", +"Highcpu e2 machine with 32 CPUs.", +"E2 machine with 1 CPU." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"pool": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1PoolOption", +"description": "Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information." +}, +"requestedVerifyOption": { +"description": "Requested verifiability options.", +"enum": [ +"NOT_VERIFIED", +"VERIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not a verifiable build (the default).", +"Build must be verified." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"secretEnv": { +"description": "A list of global environment variables, which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`. These variables will be available to all build steps in this build.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"sourceProvenanceHash": { +"description": "Requested hash for SourceProvenance.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"NONE", +"SHA256", +"MD5", +"SHA512" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No hash requested.", +"Use a sha256 hash.", +"Use a md5 hash.", +"Use a sha512 hash." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"substitutionOption": { +"description": "Option to specify behavior when there is an error in the substitution checks. NOTE: this is always set to ALLOW_LOOSE for triggered builds and cannot be overridden in the build configuration file.", +"enum": [ +"MUST_MATCH", +"ALLOW_LOOSE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Fails the build if error in substitutions checks, like missing a substitution in the template or in the map.", +"Do not fail the build if error in substitutions checks." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"volumes": { +"description": "Global list of volumes to mount for ALL build steps Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to starting the build process. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Global volume names and paths cannot conflict with the volumes defined a build step. Using a global volume in a build with only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Volume" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"workerPool": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "This field deprecated; please use `pool.name` instead.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildStep": { +"description": "A step in the build pipeline.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildStep", +"properties": { +"allowExitCodes": { +"description": "Allow this build step to fail without failing the entire build if and only if the exit code is one of the specified codes. If allow_failure is also specified, this field will take precedence.", +"items": { +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"allowFailure": { +"description": "Allow this build step to fail without failing the entire build. If false, the entire build will fail if this step fails. Otherwise, the build will succeed, but this step will still have a failure status. Error information will be reported in the failure_detail field.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"args": { +"description": "A list of arguments that will be presented to the step when it is started. If the image used to run the step's container has an entrypoint, the `args` are used as arguments to that entrypoint. If the image does not define an entrypoint, the first element in args is used as the entrypoint, and the remainder will be used as arguments.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"automapSubstitutions": { +"description": "Option to include built-in and custom substitutions as env variables for this build step. This option will override the global option in BuildOption.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"dir": { +"description": "Working directory to use when running this step's container. If this value is a relative path, it is relative to the build's working directory. If this value is absolute, it may be outside the build's working directory, in which case the contents of the path may not be persisted across build step executions, unless a `volume` for that path is specified. If the build specifies a `RepoSource` with `dir` and a step with a `dir`, which specifies an absolute path, the `RepoSource` `dir` is ignored for the step's execution.", +"type": "string" +}, +"entrypoint": { +"description": "Entrypoint to be used instead of the build step image's default entrypoint. If unset, the image's default entrypoint is used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"env": { +"description": "A list of environment variable definitions to be used when running a step. The elements are of the form \"KEY=VALUE\" for the environment variable \"KEY\" being given the value \"VALUE\".", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"exitCode": { +"description": "Output only. Return code from running the step.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Unique identifier for this build step, used in `wait_for` to reference this build step as a dependency.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the container image that will run this particular build step. If the image is available in the host's Docker daemon's cache, it will be run directly. If not, the host will attempt to pull the image first, using the builder service account's credentials if necessary. The Docker daemon's cache will already have the latest versions of all of the officially supported build steps ([https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders)). The Docker daemon will also have cached many of the layers for some popular images, like \"ubuntu\", \"debian\", but they will be refreshed at the time you attempt to use them. If you built an image in a previous build step, it will be stored in the host's Docker daemon's cache and is available to use as the name for a later build step.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pullTiming": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pulling this build step's builder image only.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"script": { +"description": "A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.", +"type": "string" +}, +"secretEnv": { +"description": "A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"status": { +"description": "Output only. Status of the build step. At this time, build step status is only updated on build completion; step status is not updated in real-time as the build progresses.", +"enum": [ +"STATUS_UNKNOWN", +"PENDING", +"QUEUED", +"WORKING", +"SUCCESS", +"FAILURE", +"INTERNAL_ERROR", +"TIMEOUT", +"CANCELLED", +"EXPIRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Status of the build is unknown.", +"Build has been created and is pending execution and queuing. It has not been queued.", +"Build or step is queued; work has not yet begun.", +"Build or step is being executed.", +"Build or step finished successfully.", +"Build or step failed to complete successfully.", +"Build or step failed due to an internal cause.", +"Build or step took longer than was allowed.", +"Build or step was canceled by a user.", +"Build was enqueued for longer than the value of `queue_ttl`." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"timeout": { +"description": "Time limit for executing this build step. If not defined, the step has no time limit and will be allowed to continue to run until either it completes or the build itself times out.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"timing": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for executing this build step.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"volumes": { +"description": "List of volumes to mount into the build step. Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to execution of the build step. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Using a named volume in only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Volume" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"waitFor": { +"description": "The ID(s) of the step(s) that this build step depends on. This build step will not start until all the build steps in `wait_for` have completed successfully. If `wait_for` is empty, this build step will start when all previous build steps in the `Build.Steps` list have completed successfully.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuiltImage": { +"description": "An image built by the pipeline.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuiltImage", +"properties": { +"digest": { +"description": "Docker Registry 2.0 digest.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pushTiming": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified image.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ConnectedRepository": { +"description": "Location of the source in a 2nd-gen Google Cloud Build repository resource.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ConnectedRepository", +"properties": { +"dir": { +"description": "Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build.", +"type": "string" +}, +"repository": { +"description": "Required. Name of the Google Cloud Build repository, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/repositories/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"revision": { +"description": "The revision to fetch from the Git repository such as a branch, a tag, a commit SHA, or any Git ref.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FailureInfo": { +"description": "A fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FailureInfo", +"properties": { +"detail": { +"description": "Explains the failure issue in more detail using hard-coded text.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "The name of the failure.", +"enum": [ +"FAILURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PUSH_FAILED", +"PUSH_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND", +"PUSH_NOT_AUTHORIZED", +"LOGGING_FAILURE", +"USER_BUILD_STEP", +"FETCH_SOURCE_FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Type unspecified", +"Unable to push the image to the repository.", +"Final image not found.", +"Unauthorized push of the final image.", +"Backend logging failures. Should retry.", +"A build step has failed.", +"The source fetching has failed." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes": { +"description": "Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes", +"properties": { +"fileHash": { +"description": "Collection of file hashes.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Hash" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GitSource": { +"description": "Location of the source in any accessible Git repository.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GitSource", +"properties": { +"dir": { +"description": "Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.", +"type": "string" +}, +"revision": { +"description": "The revision to fetch from the Git repository such as a branch, a tag, a commit SHA, or any Git ref. Cloud Build uses `git fetch` to fetch the revision from the Git repository; therefore make sure that the string you provide for `revision` is parsable by the command. For information on string values accepted by `git fetch`, see https://git-scm.com/docs/gitrevisions#_specifying_revisions. For information on `git fetch`, see https://git-scm.com/docs/git-fetch.", +"type": "string" +}, +"url": { +"description": "Location of the Git repo to build. This will be used as a `git remote`, see https://git-scm.com/docs/git-remote.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Hash": { +"description": "Container message for hash values.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Hash", +"properties": { +"type": { +"description": "The type of hash that was performed.", +"enum": [ +"NONE", +"SHA256", +"MD5", +"SHA512" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No hash requested.", +"Use a sha256 hash.", +"Use a md5 hash.", +"Use a sha512 hash." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "The hash value.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1InlineSecret": { +"description": "Pairs a set of secret environment variables mapped to encrypted values with the Cloud KMS key to use to decrypt the value.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1InlineSecret", +"properties": { +"envMap": { +"additionalProperties": { +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Map of environment variable name to its encrypted value. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step. Values can be at most 64 KB in size. There can be at most 100 secret values across all of a build's secrets.", +"type": "object" +}, +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Resource name of Cloud KMS crypto key to decrypt the encrypted value. In format: projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1MavenArtifact": { +"description": "A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1MavenArtifact", +"properties": { +"artifactId": { +"description": "Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry.", +"type": "string" +}, +"groupId": { +"description": "Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry.", +"type": "string" +}, +"path": { +"description": "Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar.", +"type": "string" +}, +"repository": { +"description": "Artifact Registry repository, in the form \"https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY\" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix.", +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1NpmPackage": { +"description": "Npm package to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1NpmPackage", +"properties": { +"packagePath": { +"description": "Path to the package.json. e.g. workspace/path/to/package", +"type": "string" +}, +"repository": { +"description": "Artifact Registry repository, in the form \"https://$REGION-npm.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY\" Npm package in the workspace specified by path will be zipped and uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1PoolOption": { +"description": "Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1PoolOption", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1PythonPackage": { +"description": "Python package to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A package can encapsulate multiple objects to be uploaded to a single repository.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1PythonPackage", +"properties": { +"paths": { +"description": "Path globs used to match files in the build's workspace. For Python/ Twine, this is usually `dist/*`, and sometimes additionally an `.asc` file.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"repository": { +"description": "Artifact Registry repository, in the form \"https://$REGION-python.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY\" Files in the workspace matching any path pattern will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1RepoSource": { +"description": "Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1RepoSource", +"properties": { +"branchName": { +"description": "Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax", +"type": "string" +}, +"commitSha": { +"description": "Explicit commit SHA to build.", +"type": "string" +}, +"dir": { +"description": "Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.", +"type": "string" +}, +"invertRegex": { +"description": "Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"projectId": { +"description": "ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.", +"type": "string" +}, +"repoName": { +"description": "Name of the Cloud Source Repository.", +"type": "string" +}, +"substitutions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger", +"type": "object" +}, +"tagName": { +"description": "Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Results": { +"description": "Artifacts created by the build pipeline.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Results", +"properties": { +"artifactManifest": { +"description": "Path to the artifact manifest for non-container artifacts uploaded to Cloud Storage. Only populated when artifacts are uploaded to Cloud Storage.", +"type": "string" +}, +"artifactTiming": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Time to push all non-container artifacts to Cloud Storage." +}, +"buildStepImages": { +"description": "List of build step digests, in the order corresponding to build step indices.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"buildStepOutputs": { +"description": "List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored.", +"items": { +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"images": { +"description": "Container images that were built as a part of the build.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuiltImage" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"mavenArtifacts": { +"description": "Maven artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedMavenArtifact" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"npmPackages": { +"description": "Npm packages uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedNpmPackage" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"numArtifacts": { +"description": "Number of non-container artifacts uploaded to Cloud Storage. Only populated when artifacts are uploaded to Cloud Storage.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"pythonPackages": { +"description": "Python artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedPythonPackage" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Secret": { +"description": "Pairs a set of secret environment variables containing encrypted values with the Cloud KMS key to use to decrypt the value. Note: Use `kmsKeyName` with `available_secrets` instead of using `kmsKeyName` with `secret`. For instructions see: https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/securing-builds/use-encrypted-credentials.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Secret", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Cloud KMS key name to use to decrypt these envs.", +"type": "string" +}, +"secretEnv": { +"additionalProperties": { +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Map of environment variable name to its encrypted value. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step. Values can be at most 64 KB in size. There can be at most 100 secret values across all of a build's secrets.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1SecretManagerSecret": { +"description": "Pairs a secret environment variable with a SecretVersion in Secret Manager.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1SecretManagerSecret", +"properties": { +"env": { +"description": "Environment variable name to associate with the secret. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step.", +"type": "string" +}, +"versionName": { +"description": "Resource name of the SecretVersion. In format: projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Secrets": { +"description": "Secrets and secret environment variables.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Secrets", +"properties": { +"inline": { +"description": "Secrets encrypted with KMS key and the associated secret environment variable.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1InlineSecret" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"secretManager": { +"description": "Secrets in Secret Manager and associated secret environment variable.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1SecretManagerSecret" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Source": { +"description": "Location of the source in a supported storage service.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Source", +"properties": { +"connectedRepository": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ConnectedRepository", +"description": "Optional. If provided, get the source from this 2nd-gen Google Cloud Build repository resource." +}, +"gitSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GitSource", +"description": "If provided, get the source from this Git repository." +}, +"repoSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1RepoSource", +"description": "If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository." +}, +"storageSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSource", +"description": "If provided, get the source from this location in Cloud Storage." +}, +"storageSourceManifest": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSourceManifest", +"description": "If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher)." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1SourceProvenance": { +"description": "Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1SourceProvenance", +"properties": { +"fileHashes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes" +}, +"description": "Output only. Hash(es) of the build source, which can be used to verify that the original source integrity was maintained in the build. Note that `FileHashes` will only be populated if `BuildOptions` has requested a `SourceProvenanceHash`. The keys to this map are file paths used as build source and the values contain the hash values for those files. If the build source came in a single package such as a gzipped tarfile (`.tar.gz`), the `FileHash` will be for the single path to that file.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, +"resolvedConnectedRepository": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ConnectedRepository", +"description": "Output only. A copy of the build's `source.connected_repository`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"resolvedGitSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GitSource", +"description": "Output only. A copy of the build's `source.git_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"resolvedRepoSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1RepoSource", +"description": "A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved." +}, +"resolvedStorageSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSource", +"description": "A copy of the build's `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved." +}, +"resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSourceManifest", +"description": "A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSource": { +"description": "Location of the source in an archive file in Cloud Storage.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSource", +"properties": { +"bucket": { +"description": "Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).", +"type": "string" +}, +"generation": { +"description": "Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"object": { +"description": "Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceFetcher": { +"description": "Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build.", +"enum": [ +"SOURCE_FETCHER_UNSPECIFIED", +"GSUTIL", +"GCS_FETCHER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified defaults to GSUTIL.", +"Use the \"gsutil\" tool to download the source file.", +"Use the Cloud Storage Fetcher tool to download the source file." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSourceManifest": { +"description": "Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSourceManifest", +"properties": { +"bucket": { +"description": "Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).", +"type": "string" +}, +"generation": { +"description": "Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"object": { +"description": "Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan": { +"description": "Start and end times for a build execution phase.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"properties": { +"endTime": { +"description": "End of time span.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Start of time span.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedMavenArtifact": { +"description": "A Maven artifact uploaded using the MavenArtifact directive.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedMavenArtifact", +"properties": { +"fileHashes": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes", +"description": "Hash types and values of the Maven Artifact." +}, +"pushTiming": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"uri": { +"description": "URI of the uploaded artifact.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedNpmPackage": { +"description": "An npm package uploaded to Artifact Registry using the NpmPackage directive.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedNpmPackage", +"properties": { +"fileHashes": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes", +"description": "Hash types and values of the npm package." +}, +"pushTiming": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"uri": { +"description": "URI of the uploaded npm package.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedPythonPackage": { +"description": "Artifact uploaded using the PythonPackage directive.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedPythonPackage", +"properties": { +"fileHashes": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes", +"description": "Hash types and values of the Python Artifact." +}, +"pushTiming": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"uri": { +"description": "URI of the uploaded artifact.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Volume": { +"description": "Volume describes a Docker container volume which is mounted into build steps in order to persist files across build step execution.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Volume", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Name of the volume to mount. Volume names must be unique per build step and must be valid names for Docker volumes. Each named volume must be used by at least two build steps.", +"type": "string" +}, +"path": { +"description": "Path at which to mount the volume. Paths must be absolute and cannot conflict with other volume paths on the same build step or with certain reserved volume paths.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Warning": { +"description": "A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Warning", +"properties": { +"priority": { +"description": "The priority for this warning.", +"enum": [ +"PRIORITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"INFO", +"WARNING", +"ALERT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Should not be used.", +"e.g. deprecation warnings and alternative feature highlights.", +"e.g. automated detection of possible issues with the build.", +"e.g. alerts that a feature used in the build is pending removal" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"text": { +"description": "Explanation of the warning generated.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse": { "description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.", "id": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json index ac3cd4b77e..0f69b69f09 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json @@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRunV2BinaryAuthorization": { @@ -2957,7 +2957,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2ServiceScaling", "properties": { "minInstanceCount": { -"description": "total min instances for the service. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving. (ALPHA)", +"description": "total min instances for the service. This number of instances is divided among all revisions with specified traffic based on the percent of traffic they are receiving. (BETA)", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" } @@ -3415,6 +3415,1278 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ApprovalConfig": { +"description": "ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ApprovalConfig", +"properties": { +"approvalRequired": { +"description": "Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ApprovalResult": { +"description": "ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ApprovalResult", +"properties": { +"approvalTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"approverAccount": { +"description": "Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"comment": { +"description": "Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.", +"type": "string" +}, +"decision": { +"description": "Required. The decision of this manual approval.", +"enum": [ +"DECISION_UNSPECIFIED", +"APPROVED", +"REJECTED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default enum type. This should not be used.", +"Build is approved.", +"Build is rejected." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"url": { +"description": "Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactObjects": { +"description": "Files in the workspace to upload to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactObjects", +"properties": { +"location": { +"description": "Cloud Storage bucket and optional object path, in the form \"gs://bucket/path/to/somewhere/\". (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Files in the workspace matching any path pattern will be uploaded to Cloud Storage with this location as a prefix.", +"type": "string" +}, +"paths": { +"description": "Path globs used to match files in the build's workspace.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"timing": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing all artifact objects.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Artifacts": { +"description": "Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Artifacts", +"properties": { +"images": { +"description": "A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account's credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"mavenArtifacts": { +"description": "A list of Maven artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. Artifacts in the workspace matching specified paths globs will be uploaded to the specified Artifact Registry repository using the builder service account's credentials. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1MavenArtifact" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"npmPackages": { +"description": "A list of npm packages to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. Npm packages in the specified paths will be uploaded to the specified Artifact Registry repository using the builder service account's credentials. If any packages fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1NpmPackage" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"objects": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ArtifactObjects", +"description": "A list of objects to be uploaded to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps. Files in the workspace matching specified paths globs will be uploaded to the specified Cloud Storage location using the builder service account's credentials. The location and generation of the uploaded objects will be stored in the Build resource's results field. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE." +}, +"pythonPackages": { +"description": "A list of Python packages to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. The build service account credentials will be used to perform the upload. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1PythonPackage" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Build": { +"description": "A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Build", +"properties": { +"approval": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildApproval", +"description": "Output only. Describes this build's approval configuration, status, and result.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"artifacts": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Artifacts", +"description": "Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps." +}, +"availableSecrets": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Secrets", +"description": "Secrets and secret environment variables." +}, +"buildTriggerId": { +"description": "Output only. The ID of the `BuildTrigger` that triggered this build, if it was triggered automatically.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Time at which the request to create the build was received.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"failureInfo": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FailureInfo", +"description": "Output only. Contains information about the build when status=FAILURE.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"finishTime": { +"description": "Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Output only. Unique identifier of the build.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"images": { +"description": "A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images are pushed using the builder service account's credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the `Build` resource's results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build status is marked `FAILURE`.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"logUrl": { +"description": "Output only. URL to logs for this build in Google Cloud Console.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"logsBucket": { +"description": "Cloud Storage bucket where logs should be written (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Logs file names will be of the format `${logs_bucket}/log-${build_id}.txt`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The 'Build' name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`, where {build} is a unique identifier generated by the service.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"options": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildOptions", +"description": "Special options for this build." +}, +"projectId": { +"description": "Output only. ID of the project.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"queueTtl": { +"description": "TTL in queue for this build. If provided and the build is enqueued longer than this value, the build will expire and the build status will be `EXPIRED`. The TTL starts ticking from create_time.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"results": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Results", +"description": "Output only. Results of the build.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"secrets": { +"description": "Secrets to decrypt using Cloud Key Management Service. Note: Secret Manager is the recommended technique for managing sensitive data with Cloud Build. Use `available_secrets` to configure builds to access secrets from Secret Manager. For instructions, see: https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/securing-builds/use-secrets", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Secret" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"serviceAccount": { +"description": "IAM service account whose credentials will be used at build runtime. Must be of the format `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}`. ACCOUNT can be email address or uniqueId of the service account. ", +"type": "string" +}, +"source": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Source", +"description": "The location of the source files to build." +}, +"sourceProvenance": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1SourceProvenance", +"description": "Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Output only. Time at which execution of the build was started.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"description": "Output only. Status of the build.", +"enum": [ +"STATUS_UNKNOWN", +"PENDING", +"QUEUED", +"WORKING", +"SUCCESS", +"FAILURE", +"INTERNAL_ERROR", +"TIMEOUT", +"CANCELLED", +"EXPIRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Status of the build is unknown.", +"Build has been created and is pending execution and queuing. It has not been queued.", +"Build or step is queued; work has not yet begun.", +"Build or step is being executed.", +"Build or step finished successfully.", +"Build or step failed to complete successfully.", +"Build or step failed due to an internal cause.", +"Build or step took longer than was allowed.", +"Build or step was canceled by a user.", +"Build was enqueued for longer than the value of `queue_ttl`." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"statusDetail": { +"description": "Output only. Customer-readable message about the current status.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"steps": { +"description": "Required. The operations to be performed on the workspace.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildStep" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"substitutions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Substitutions data for `Build` resource.", +"type": "object" +}, +"tags": { +"description": "Tags for annotation of a `Build`. These are not docker tags.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"timeout": { +"description": "Amount of time that this build should be allowed to run, to second granularity. If this amount of time elapses, work on the build will cease and the build status will be `TIMEOUT`. `timeout` starts ticking from `startTime`. Default time is 60 minutes.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"timing": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan" +}, +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for phases of the build. Valid keys are: * BUILD: time to execute all build steps. * PUSH: time to push all artifacts including docker images and non docker artifacts. * FETCHSOURCE: time to fetch source. * SETUPBUILD: time to set up build. If the build does not specify source or images, these keys will not be included.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, +"warnings": { +"description": "Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Warning" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildApproval": { +"description": "BuildApproval describes a build's approval configuration, state, and result.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildApproval", +"properties": { +"config": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ApprovalConfig", +"description": "Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"result": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ApprovalResult", +"description": "Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The state of this build's approval.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PENDING", +"APPROVED", +"REJECTED", +"CANCELLED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default enum type. This should not be used.", +"Build approval is pending.", +"Build approval has been approved.", +"Build approval has been rejected.", +"Build was cancelled while it was still pending approval." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata for build operations.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"build": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Build", +"description": "The build that the operation is tracking." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildOptions": { +"description": "Optional arguments to enable specific features of builds.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildOptions", +"properties": { +"automapSubstitutions": { +"description": "Option to include built-in and custom substitutions as env variables for all build steps.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"defaultLogsBucketBehavior": { +"description": "Optional. Option to specify how default logs buckets are setup.", +"enum": [ +"DEFAULT_LOGS_BUCKET_BEHAVIOR_UNSPECIFIED", +"REGIONAL_USER_OWNED_BUCKET" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified.", +"Bucket is located in user-owned project in the same region as the build. The builder service account must have access to create and write to Cloud Storage buckets in the build project." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"diskSizeGb": { +"description": "Requested disk size for the VM that runs the build. Note that this is *NOT* \"disk free\"; some of the space will be used by the operating system and build utilities. Also note that this is the minimum disk size that will be allocated for the build -- the build may run with a larger disk than requested. At present, the maximum disk size is 2000GB; builds that request more than the maximum are rejected with an error.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"dynamicSubstitutions": { +"description": "Option to specify whether or not to apply bash style string operations to the substitutions. NOTE: this is always enabled for triggered builds and cannot be overridden in the build configuration file.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"env": { +"description": "A list of global environment variable definitions that will exist for all build steps in this build. If a variable is defined in both globally and in a build step, the variable will use the build step value. The elements are of the form \"KEY=VALUE\" for the environment variable \"KEY\" being given the value \"VALUE\".", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"logStreamingOption": { +"description": "Option to define build log streaming behavior to Cloud Storage.", +"enum": [ +"STREAM_DEFAULT", +"STREAM_ON", +"STREAM_OFF" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Service may automatically determine build log streaming behavior.", +"Build logs should be streamed to Cloud Storage.", +"Build logs should not be streamed to Cloud Storage; they will be written when the build is completed." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"logging": { +"description": "Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.", +"enum": [ +"LOGGING_UNSPECIFIED", +"LEGACY", +"GCS_ONLY", +"STACKDRIVER_ONLY", +"CLOUD_LOGGING_ONLY", +"NONE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The service determines the logging mode. The default is `LEGACY`. Do not rely on the default logging behavior as it may change in the future.", +"Build logs are stored in Cloud Logging and Cloud Storage.", +"Build logs are stored in Cloud Storage.", +"This option is the same as CLOUD_LOGGING_ONLY.", +"Build logs are stored in Cloud Logging. Selecting this option will not allow [logs streaming](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/builds/log).", +"Turn off all logging. No build logs will be captured." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"machineType": { +"description": "Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.", +"enum": [ +"UNSPECIFIED", +"N1_HIGHCPU_8", +"N1_HIGHCPU_32", +"E2_HIGHCPU_8", +"E2_HIGHCPU_32", +"E2_MEDIUM" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +true, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Standard machine type.", +"Highcpu machine with 8 CPUs.", +"Highcpu machine with 32 CPUs.", +"Highcpu e2 machine with 8 CPUs.", +"Highcpu e2 machine with 32 CPUs.", +"E2 machine with 1 CPU." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"pool": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1PoolOption", +"description": "Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information." +}, +"requestedVerifyOption": { +"description": "Requested verifiability options.", +"enum": [ +"NOT_VERIFIED", +"VERIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not a verifiable build (the default).", +"Build must be verified." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"secretEnv": { +"description": "A list of global environment variables, which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`. These variables will be available to all build steps in this build.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"sourceProvenanceHash": { +"description": "Requested hash for SourceProvenance.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"NONE", +"SHA256", +"MD5", +"SHA512" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No hash requested.", +"Use a sha256 hash.", +"Use a md5 hash.", +"Use a sha512 hash." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"substitutionOption": { +"description": "Option to specify behavior when there is an error in the substitution checks. NOTE: this is always set to ALLOW_LOOSE for triggered builds and cannot be overridden in the build configuration file.", +"enum": [ +"MUST_MATCH", +"ALLOW_LOOSE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Fails the build if error in substitutions checks, like missing a substitution in the template or in the map.", +"Do not fail the build if error in substitutions checks." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"volumes": { +"description": "Global list of volumes to mount for ALL build steps Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to starting the build process. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Global volume names and paths cannot conflict with the volumes defined a build step. Using a global volume in a build with only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Volume" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"workerPool": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "This field deprecated; please use `pool.name` instead.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildStep": { +"description": "A step in the build pipeline.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuildStep", +"properties": { +"allowExitCodes": { +"description": "Allow this build step to fail without failing the entire build if and only if the exit code is one of the specified codes. If allow_failure is also specified, this field will take precedence.", +"items": { +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"allowFailure": { +"description": "Allow this build step to fail without failing the entire build. If false, the entire build will fail if this step fails. Otherwise, the build will succeed, but this step will still have a failure status. Error information will be reported in the failure_detail field.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"args": { +"description": "A list of arguments that will be presented to the step when it is started. If the image used to run the step's container has an entrypoint, the `args` are used as arguments to that entrypoint. If the image does not define an entrypoint, the first element in args is used as the entrypoint, and the remainder will be used as arguments.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"automapSubstitutions": { +"description": "Option to include built-in and custom substitutions as env variables for this build step. This option will override the global option in BuildOption.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"dir": { +"description": "Working directory to use when running this step's container. If this value is a relative path, it is relative to the build's working directory. If this value is absolute, it may be outside the build's working directory, in which case the contents of the path may not be persisted across build step executions, unless a `volume` for that path is specified. If the build specifies a `RepoSource` with `dir` and a step with a `dir`, which specifies an absolute path, the `RepoSource` `dir` is ignored for the step's execution.", +"type": "string" +}, +"entrypoint": { +"description": "Entrypoint to be used instead of the build step image's default entrypoint. If unset, the image's default entrypoint is used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"env": { +"description": "A list of environment variable definitions to be used when running a step. The elements are of the form \"KEY=VALUE\" for the environment variable \"KEY\" being given the value \"VALUE\".", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"exitCode": { +"description": "Output only. Return code from running the step.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Unique identifier for this build step, used in `wait_for` to reference this build step as a dependency.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the container image that will run this particular build step. If the image is available in the host's Docker daemon's cache, it will be run directly. If not, the host will attempt to pull the image first, using the builder service account's credentials if necessary. The Docker daemon's cache will already have the latest versions of all of the officially supported build steps ([https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders)). The Docker daemon will also have cached many of the layers for some popular images, like \"ubuntu\", \"debian\", but they will be refreshed at the time you attempt to use them. If you built an image in a previous build step, it will be stored in the host's Docker daemon's cache and is available to use as the name for a later build step.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pullTiming": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pulling this build step's builder image only.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"script": { +"description": "A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.", +"type": "string" +}, +"secretEnv": { +"description": "A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"status": { +"description": "Output only. Status of the build step. At this time, build step status is only updated on build completion; step status is not updated in real-time as the build progresses.", +"enum": [ +"STATUS_UNKNOWN", +"PENDING", +"QUEUED", +"WORKING", +"SUCCESS", +"FAILURE", +"INTERNAL_ERROR", +"TIMEOUT", +"CANCELLED", +"EXPIRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Status of the build is unknown.", +"Build has been created and is pending execution and queuing. It has not been queued.", +"Build or step is queued; work has not yet begun.", +"Build or step is being executed.", +"Build or step finished successfully.", +"Build or step failed to complete successfully.", +"Build or step failed due to an internal cause.", +"Build or step took longer than was allowed.", +"Build or step was canceled by a user.", +"Build was enqueued for longer than the value of `queue_ttl`." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"timeout": { +"description": "Time limit for executing this build step. If not defined, the step has no time limit and will be allowed to continue to run until either it completes or the build itself times out.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"timing": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for executing this build step.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"volumes": { +"description": "List of volumes to mount into the build step. Each volume is created as an empty volume prior to execution of the build step. Upon completion of the build, volumes and their contents are discarded. Using a named volume in only one step is not valid as it is indicative of a build request with an incorrect configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Volume" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"waitFor": { +"description": "The ID(s) of the step(s) that this build step depends on. This build step will not start until all the build steps in `wait_for` have completed successfully. If `wait_for` is empty, this build step will start when all previous build steps in the `Build.Steps` list have completed successfully.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuiltImage": { +"description": "An image built by the pipeline.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuiltImage", +"properties": { +"digest": { +"description": "Docker Registry 2.0 digest.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Name used to push the container image to Google Container Registry, as presented to `docker push`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pushTiming": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified image.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ConnectedRepository": { +"description": "Location of the source in a 2nd-gen Google Cloud Build repository resource.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ConnectedRepository", +"properties": { +"dir": { +"description": "Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build.", +"type": "string" +}, +"repository": { +"description": "Required. Name of the Google Cloud Build repository, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/repositories/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"revision": { +"description": "The revision to fetch from the Git repository such as a branch, a tag, a commit SHA, or any Git ref.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FailureInfo": { +"description": "A fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FailureInfo", +"properties": { +"detail": { +"description": "Explains the failure issue in more detail using hard-coded text.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "The name of the failure.", +"enum": [ +"FAILURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PUSH_FAILED", +"PUSH_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND", +"PUSH_NOT_AUTHORIZED", +"LOGGING_FAILURE", +"USER_BUILD_STEP", +"FETCH_SOURCE_FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Type unspecified", +"Unable to push the image to the repository.", +"Final image not found.", +"Unauthorized push of the final image.", +"Backend logging failures. Should retry.", +"A build step has failed.", +"The source fetching has failed." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes": { +"description": "Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes", +"properties": { +"fileHash": { +"description": "Collection of file hashes.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Hash" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GitSource": { +"description": "Location of the source in any accessible Git repository.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GitSource", +"properties": { +"dir": { +"description": "Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.", +"type": "string" +}, +"revision": { +"description": "The revision to fetch from the Git repository such as a branch, a tag, a commit SHA, or any Git ref. Cloud Build uses `git fetch` to fetch the revision from the Git repository; therefore make sure that the string you provide for `revision` is parsable by the command. For information on string values accepted by `git fetch`, see https://git-scm.com/docs/gitrevisions#_specifying_revisions. For information on `git fetch`, see https://git-scm.com/docs/git-fetch.", +"type": "string" +}, +"url": { +"description": "Location of the Git repo to build. This will be used as a `git remote`, see https://git-scm.com/docs/git-remote.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Hash": { +"description": "Container message for hash values.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Hash", +"properties": { +"type": { +"description": "The type of hash that was performed.", +"enum": [ +"NONE", +"SHA256", +"MD5", +"SHA512" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No hash requested.", +"Use a sha256 hash.", +"Use a md5 hash.", +"Use a sha512 hash." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "The hash value.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1InlineSecret": { +"description": "Pairs a set of secret environment variables mapped to encrypted values with the Cloud KMS key to use to decrypt the value.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1InlineSecret", +"properties": { +"envMap": { +"additionalProperties": { +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Map of environment variable name to its encrypted value. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step. Values can be at most 64 KB in size. There can be at most 100 secret values across all of a build's secrets.", +"type": "object" +}, +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Resource name of Cloud KMS crypto key to decrypt the encrypted value. In format: projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1MavenArtifact": { +"description": "A Maven artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1MavenArtifact", +"properties": { +"artifactId": { +"description": "Maven `artifactId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry.", +"type": "string" +}, +"groupId": { +"description": "Maven `groupId` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry.", +"type": "string" +}, +"path": { +"description": "Path to an artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. This can be either an absolute path, e.g. /workspace/my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar or a relative path from /workspace, e.g. my-app/target/my-app-1.0.SNAPSHOT.jar.", +"type": "string" +}, +"repository": { +"description": "Artifact Registry repository, in the form \"https://$REGION-maven.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY\" Artifact in the workspace specified by path will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix.", +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Maven `version` value used when uploading the artifact to Artifact Registry.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1NpmPackage": { +"description": "Npm package to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1NpmPackage", +"properties": { +"packagePath": { +"description": "Path to the package.json. e.g. workspace/path/to/package", +"type": "string" +}, +"repository": { +"description": "Artifact Registry repository, in the form \"https://$REGION-npm.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY\" Npm package in the workspace specified by path will be zipped and uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1PoolOption": { +"description": "Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1PoolOption", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1PythonPackage": { +"description": "Python package to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A package can encapsulate multiple objects to be uploaded to a single repository.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1PythonPackage", +"properties": { +"paths": { +"description": "Path globs used to match files in the build's workspace. For Python/ Twine, this is usually `dist/*`, and sometimes additionally an `.asc` file.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"repository": { +"description": "Artifact Registry repository, in the form \"https://$REGION-python.pkg.dev/$PROJECT/$REPOSITORY\" Files in the workspace matching any path pattern will be uploaded to Artifact Registry with this location as a prefix.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1RepoSource": { +"description": "Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1RepoSource", +"properties": { +"branchName": { +"description": "Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax", +"type": "string" +}, +"commitSha": { +"description": "Explicit commit SHA to build.", +"type": "string" +}, +"dir": { +"description": "Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. This must be a relative path. If a step's `dir` is specified and is an absolute path, this value is ignored for that step's execution.", +"type": "string" +}, +"invertRegex": { +"description": "Only trigger a build if the revision regex does NOT match the revision regex.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"projectId": { +"description": "ID of the project that owns the Cloud Source Repository. If omitted, the project ID requesting the build is assumed.", +"type": "string" +}, +"repoName": { +"description": "Name of the Cloud Source Repository.", +"type": "string" +}, +"substitutions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Substitutions to use in a triggered build. Should only be used with RunBuildTrigger", +"type": "object" +}, +"tagName": { +"description": "Regex matching tags to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Results": { +"description": "Artifacts created by the build pipeline.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Results", +"properties": { +"artifactManifest": { +"description": "Path to the artifact manifest for non-container artifacts uploaded to Cloud Storage. Only populated when artifacts are uploaded to Cloud Storage.", +"type": "string" +}, +"artifactTiming": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Time to push all non-container artifacts to Cloud Storage." +}, +"buildStepImages": { +"description": "List of build step digests, in the order corresponding to build step indices.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"buildStepOutputs": { +"description": "List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored.", +"items": { +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"images": { +"description": "Container images that were built as a part of the build.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1BuiltImage" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"mavenArtifacts": { +"description": "Maven artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedMavenArtifact" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"npmPackages": { +"description": "Npm packages uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedNpmPackage" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"numArtifacts": { +"description": "Number of non-container artifacts uploaded to Cloud Storage. Only populated when artifacts are uploaded to Cloud Storage.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"pythonPackages": { +"description": "Python artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedPythonPackage" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Secret": { +"description": "Pairs a set of secret environment variables containing encrypted values with the Cloud KMS key to use to decrypt the value. Note: Use `kmsKeyName` with `available_secrets` instead of using `kmsKeyName` with `secret`. For instructions see: https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/securing-builds/use-encrypted-credentials.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Secret", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Cloud KMS key name to use to decrypt these envs.", +"type": "string" +}, +"secretEnv": { +"additionalProperties": { +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Map of environment variable name to its encrypted value. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step. Values can be at most 64 KB in size. There can be at most 100 secret values across all of a build's secrets.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1SecretManagerSecret": { +"description": "Pairs a secret environment variable with a SecretVersion in Secret Manager.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1SecretManagerSecret", +"properties": { +"env": { +"description": "Environment variable name to associate with the secret. Secret environment variables must be unique across all of a build's secrets, and must be used by at least one build step.", +"type": "string" +}, +"versionName": { +"description": "Resource name of the SecretVersion. In format: projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Secrets": { +"description": "Secrets and secret environment variables.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Secrets", +"properties": { +"inline": { +"description": "Secrets encrypted with KMS key and the associated secret environment variable.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1InlineSecret" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"secretManager": { +"description": "Secrets in Secret Manager and associated secret environment variable.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1SecretManagerSecret" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Source": { +"description": "Location of the source in a supported storage service.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Source", +"properties": { +"connectedRepository": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ConnectedRepository", +"description": "Optional. If provided, get the source from this 2nd-gen Google Cloud Build repository resource." +}, +"gitSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GitSource", +"description": "If provided, get the source from this Git repository." +}, +"repoSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1RepoSource", +"description": "If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository." +}, +"storageSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSource", +"description": "If provided, get the source from this location in Cloud Storage." +}, +"storageSourceManifest": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSourceManifest", +"description": "If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher)." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1SourceProvenance": { +"description": "Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1SourceProvenance", +"properties": { +"fileHashes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes" +}, +"description": "Output only. Hash(es) of the build source, which can be used to verify that the original source integrity was maintained in the build. Note that `FileHashes` will only be populated if `BuildOptions` has requested a `SourceProvenanceHash`. The keys to this map are file paths used as build source and the values contain the hash values for those files. If the build source came in a single package such as a gzipped tarfile (`.tar.gz`), the `FileHash` will be for the single path to that file.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, +"resolvedConnectedRepository": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ConnectedRepository", +"description": "Output only. A copy of the build's `source.connected_repository`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"resolvedGitSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GitSource", +"description": "Output only. A copy of the build's `source.git_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"resolvedRepoSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1RepoSource", +"description": "A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved." +}, +"resolvedStorageSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSource", +"description": "A copy of the build's `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved." +}, +"resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSourceManifest", +"description": "A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSource": { +"description": "Location of the source in an archive file in Cloud Storage.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSource", +"properties": { +"bucket": { +"description": "Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).", +"type": "string" +}, +"generation": { +"description": "Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"object": { +"description": "Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceFetcher": { +"description": "Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build.", +"enum": [ +"SOURCE_FETCHER_UNSPECIFIED", +"GSUTIL", +"GCS_FETCHER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified defaults to GSUTIL.", +"Use the \"gsutil\" tool to download the source file.", +"Use the Cloud Storage Fetcher tool to download the source file." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSourceManifest": { +"description": "Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSourceManifest", +"properties": { +"bucket": { +"description": "Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).", +"type": "string" +}, +"generation": { +"description": "Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"object": { +"description": "Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan": { +"description": "Start and end times for a build execution phase.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"properties": { +"endTime": { +"description": "End of time span.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Start of time span.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedMavenArtifact": { +"description": "A Maven artifact uploaded using the MavenArtifact directive.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedMavenArtifact", +"properties": { +"fileHashes": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes", +"description": "Hash types and values of the Maven Artifact." +}, +"pushTiming": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"uri": { +"description": "URI of the uploaded artifact.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedNpmPackage": { +"description": "An npm package uploaded to Artifact Registry using the NpmPackage directive.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedNpmPackage", +"properties": { +"fileHashes": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes", +"description": "Hash types and values of the npm package." +}, +"pushTiming": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"uri": { +"description": "URI of the uploaded npm package.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedPythonPackage": { +"description": "Artifact uploaded using the PythonPackage directive.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1UploadedPythonPackage", +"properties": { +"fileHashes": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes", +"description": "Hash types and values of the Python Artifact." +}, +"pushTiming": { +"$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"uri": { +"description": "URI of the uploaded artifact.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Volume": { +"description": "Volume describes a Docker container volume which is mounted into build steps in order to persist files across build step execution.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Volume", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Name of the volume to mount. Volume names must be unique per build step and must be valid names for Docker volumes. Each named volume must be used by at least two build steps.", +"type": "string" +}, +"path": { +"description": "Path at which to mount the volume. Paths must be absolute and cannot conflict with other volume paths on the same build step or with certain reserved volume paths.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Warning": { +"description": "A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.", +"id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Warning", +"properties": { +"priority": { +"description": "The priority for this warning.", +"enum": [ +"PRIORITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"INFO", +"WARNING", +"ALERT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Should not be used.", +"e.g. deprecation warnings and alternative feature highlights.", +"e.g. automated detection of possible issues with the build.", +"e.g. alerts that a feature used in the build is pending removal" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"text": { +"description": "Explanation of the warning generated.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleIamV1AuditConfig": { "description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.", "id": "GoogleIamV1AuditConfig", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json index ce9ad3ecc4..029c9c0795 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://safebrowsing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleProtobufEmpty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v5.json index 98fc815a38..c3e845e96a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v5.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v5.json @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://safebrowsing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleSecuritySafebrowsingV5FullHash": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json index 75e4e42c53..0dd8ea339c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://script.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Content": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json index 87ad289920..4e7b7a1896 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240302", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://searchconsole.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AmpInspectionResult": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json index 5675e8537a..e2c8ebbe16 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json @@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240309", "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSecretVersionResponse": { @@ -1539,6 +1539,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"customerManagedEncryption": { +"$ref": "CustomerManagedEncryption", +"description": "Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions." +}, "etag": { "description": "Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret.", "type": "string" @@ -1587,6 +1591,11 @@ }, "description": "Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only be supported on GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion.", "type": "object" +}, +"versionDestroyTtl": { +"description": "Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1623,6 +1632,11 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"customerManagedEncryption": { +"$ref": "CustomerManagedEncryptionStatus", +"description": "Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret.", +"readOnly": true +}, "destroyTime": { "description": "Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -1643,6 +1657,12 @@ "$ref": "ReplicationStatus", "description": "The replication status of the SecretVersion." }, +"scheduledDestroyTime": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "state": { "description": "Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion.", "enum": [ diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta2.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a7c588d796 --- /dev/null +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta2.json @@ -0,0 +1,1775 @@ +{ +"auth": { +"oauth2": { +"scopes": { +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": { +"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account." +} +} +} +}, +"basePath": "", +"baseUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/", +"batchPath": "batch", +"canonicalName": "Secret Manager", +"description": "Stores sensitive data such as API keys, passwords, and certificates. Provides convenience while improving security. ", +"discoveryVersion": "v1", +"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager/", +"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, +"icons": { +"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", +"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif" +}, +"id": "secretmanager:v1beta2", +"kind": "discovery#restDescription", +"mtlsRootUrl": "https://secretmanager.mtls.googleapis.com/", +"name": "secretmanager", +"ownerDomain": "google.com", +"ownerName": "Google", +"parameters": { +"$.xgafv": { +"description": "V1 error format.", +"enum": [ +"1", +"2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"v1 error format", +"v2 error format" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"access_token": { +"description": "OAuth access token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"alt": { +"default": "json", +"description": "Data format for response.", +"enum": [ +"json", +"media", +"proto" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Responses with Content-Type of application/json", +"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type", +"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"callback": { +"description": "JSONP", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"fields": { +"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"key": { +"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"oauth_token": { +"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"prettyPrint": { +"default": "true", +"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"quotaUser": { +"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"uploadType": { +"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"upload_protocol": { +"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"protocol": "rest", +"resources": { +"projects": { +"resources": { +"locations": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets information about a location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Resource name for the location.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Location" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}/locations", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListLocationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"secrets": { +"methods": { +"addVersion": { +"description": "Creates a new SecretVersion containing secret data and attaches it to an existing Secret.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/secrets/{secretsId}:addVersion", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.secrets.addVersion", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Secret to associate with the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+parent}:addVersion", +"request": { +"$ref": "AddSecretVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SecretVersion" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new Secret containing no SecretVersions.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/secrets", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.secrets.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the project to associate with the Secret, in the format `projects/*` or `projects/*/locations/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"secretId": { +"description": "Required. This must be unique within the project. A secret ID is a string with a maximum length of 255 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore (`_`) characters.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+parent}/secrets", +"request": { +"$ref": "Secret" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Secret" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a Secret.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/secrets/{secretsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.secrets.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. Etag of the Secret. The request succeeds if it matches the etag of the currently stored secret object. If the etag is omitted, the request succeeds.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Secret to delete in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets metadata for a given Secret.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/secrets/{secretsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.secrets.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Secret, in the format `projects/*/secrets/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Secret" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a secret. Returns empty policy if the secret exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/secrets/{secretsId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.secrets.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists Secrets.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/secrets", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.secrets.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter string, adhering to the rules in [List-operation filtering](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager/docs/filtering). List only secrets matching the filter. If filter is empty, all secrets are listed.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to be returned in a single page. If set to 0, the server decides the number of results to return. If the number is greater than 25000, it is capped at 25000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Pagination token, returned earlier via ListSecretsResponse.next_page_token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the project associated with the Secrets, in the format `projects/*` or `projects/*/locations/*`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+parent}/secrets", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSecretsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates metadata of an existing Secret.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/secrets/{secretsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.secrets.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the Secret in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. Specifies the fields to be updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Secret" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Secret" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified secret. Replaces any existing policy. Permissions on SecretVersions are enforced according to the policy set on the associated Secret.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/secrets/{secretsId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.secrets.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has for the specified secret. If the secret does not exist, this call returns an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/secrets/{secretsId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.secrets.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"versions": { +"methods": { +"access": { +"description": "Accesses a SecretVersion. This call returns the secret data. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/secrets/{secretsId}/versions/{versionsId}:access", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.secrets.versions.access", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}:access", +"response": { +"$ref": "AccessSecretVersionResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"destroy": { +"description": "Destroys a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to DESTROYED and irrevocably destroys the secret data.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/secrets/{secretsId}/versions/{versionsId}:destroy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.secrets.versions.destroy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion to destroy in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}:destroy", +"request": { +"$ref": "DestroySecretVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SecretVersion" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"disable": { +"description": "Disables a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to DISABLED.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/secrets/{secretsId}/versions/{versionsId}:disable", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.secrets.versions.disable", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion to disable in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}:disable", +"request": { +"$ref": "DisableSecretVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SecretVersion" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"enable": { +"description": "Enables a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to ENABLED.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/secrets/{secretsId}/versions/{versionsId}:enable", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.secrets.versions.enable", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion to enable in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}:enable", +"request": { +"$ref": "EnableSecretVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SecretVersion" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets metadata for a SecretVersion. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/secrets/{secretsId}/versions/{versionsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.secrets.versions.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SecretVersion" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists SecretVersions. This call does not return secret data.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/secrets/{secretsId}/versions", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.secrets.versions.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter string, adhering to the rules in [List-operation filtering](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager/docs/filtering). List only secret versions matching the filter. If filter is empty, all secret versions are listed.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to be returned in a single page. If set to 0, the server decides the number of results to return. If the number is greater than 25000, it is capped at 25000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Pagination token, returned earlier via ListSecretVersionsResponse.next_page_token][].", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Secret associated with the SecretVersions to list, in the format `projects/*/secrets/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+parent}/versions", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSecretVersionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"secrets": { +"methods": { +"addVersion": { +"description": "Creates a new SecretVersion containing secret data and attaches it to an existing Secret.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/secrets/{secretsId}:addVersion", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.secrets.addVersion", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Secret to associate with the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+parent}:addVersion", +"request": { +"$ref": "AddSecretVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SecretVersion" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new Secret containing no SecretVersions.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/secrets", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.secrets.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the project to associate with the Secret, in the format `projects/*` or `projects/*/locations/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"secretId": { +"description": "Required. This must be unique within the project. A secret ID is a string with a maximum length of 255 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore (`_`) characters.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+parent}/secrets", +"request": { +"$ref": "Secret" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Secret" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a Secret.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/secrets/{secretsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.secrets.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. Etag of the Secret. The request succeeds if it matches the etag of the currently stored secret object. If the etag is omitted, the request succeeds.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Secret to delete in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets metadata for a given Secret.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/secrets/{secretsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.secrets.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Secret, in the format `projects/*/secrets/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Secret" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a secret. Returns empty policy if the secret exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/secrets/{secretsId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.secrets.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists Secrets.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/secrets", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.secrets.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter string, adhering to the rules in [List-operation filtering](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager/docs/filtering). List only secrets matching the filter. If filter is empty, all secrets are listed.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to be returned in a single page. If set to 0, the server decides the number of results to return. If the number is greater than 25000, it is capped at 25000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Pagination token, returned earlier via ListSecretsResponse.next_page_token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the project associated with the Secrets, in the format `projects/*` or `projects/*/locations/*`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+parent}/secrets", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSecretsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates metadata of an existing Secret.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/secrets/{secretsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.secrets.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the Secret in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. Specifies the fields to be updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Secret" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Secret" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified secret. Replaces any existing policy. Permissions on SecretVersions are enforced according to the policy set on the associated Secret.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/secrets/{secretsId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.secrets.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has for the specified secret. If the secret does not exist, this call returns an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/secrets/{secretsId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.secrets.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"versions": { +"methods": { +"access": { +"description": "Accesses a SecretVersion. This call returns the secret data. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/secrets/{secretsId}/versions/{versionsId}:access", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.secrets.versions.access", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}:access", +"response": { +"$ref": "AccessSecretVersionResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"destroy": { +"description": "Destroys a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to DESTROYED and irrevocably destroys the secret data.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/secrets/{secretsId}/versions/{versionsId}:destroy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.secrets.versions.destroy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion to destroy in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}:destroy", +"request": { +"$ref": "DestroySecretVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SecretVersion" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"disable": { +"description": "Disables a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to DISABLED.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/secrets/{secretsId}/versions/{versionsId}:disable", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.secrets.versions.disable", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion to disable in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}:disable", +"request": { +"$ref": "DisableSecretVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SecretVersion" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"enable": { +"description": "Enables a SecretVersion. Sets the state of the SecretVersion to ENABLED.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/secrets/{secretsId}/versions/{versionsId}:enable", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.secrets.versions.enable", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion to enable in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}:enable", +"request": { +"$ref": "EnableSecretVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SecretVersion" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets metadata for a SecretVersion. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/secrets/{secretsId}/versions/{versionsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.secrets.versions.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SecretVersion" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists SecretVersions. This call does not return secret data.", +"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/secrets/{secretsId}/versions", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "secretmanager.projects.secrets.versions.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter string, adhering to the rules in [List-operation filtering](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager/docs/filtering). List only secret versions matching the filter. If filter is empty, all secret versions are listed.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to be returned in a single page. If set to 0, the server decides the number of results to return. If the number is greater than 25000, it is capped at 25000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Pagination token, returned earlier via ListSecretVersionsResponse.next_page_token][].", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Secret associated with the SecretVersions to list, in the format `projects/*/secrets/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/secrets/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta2/{+parent}/versions", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSecretVersionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"revision": "20240309", +"rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/", +"schemas": { +"AccessSecretVersionResponse": { +"description": "Response message for SecretManagerService.AccessSecretVersion.", +"id": "AccessSecretVersionResponse", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*` or `projects/*/locations/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"payload": { +"$ref": "SecretPayload", +"description": "Secret payload" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AddSecretVersionRequest": { +"description": "Request message for SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion.", +"id": "AddSecretVersionRequest", +"properties": { +"payload": { +"$ref": "SecretPayload", +"description": "Required. The secret payload of the SecretVersion." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuditConfig": { +"description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.", +"id": "AuditConfig", +"properties": { +"auditLogConfigs": { +"description": "The configuration for logging of each type of permission.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuditLogConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"service": { +"description": "Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuditLogConfig": { +"description": "Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.", +"id": "AuditLogConfig", +"properties": { +"exemptedMembers": { +"description": "Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"logType": { +"description": "The log type that this config enables.", +"enum": [ +"LOG_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ADMIN_READ", +"DATA_WRITE", +"DATA_READ" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default case. Should never be this.", +"Admin reads. Example: CloudIAM getIamPolicy", +"Data writes. Example: CloudSQL Users create", +"Data reads. Example: CloudSQL Users list" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Automatic": { +"description": "A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload without any restrictions.", +"id": "Automatic", +"properties": { +"customerManagedEncryption": { +"$ref": "CustomerManagedEncryption", +"description": "Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Secret. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AutomaticStatus": { +"description": "The replication status of a SecretVersion using automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy.", +"id": "AutomaticStatus", +"properties": { +"customerManagedEncryption": { +"$ref": "CustomerManagedEncryptionStatus", +"description": "Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Binding": { +"description": "Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.", +"id": "Binding", +"properties": { +"condition": { +"$ref": "Expr", +"description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)." +}, +"members": { +"description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"role": { +"description": "Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CustomerManagedEncryption": { +"description": "Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK).", +"id": "CustomerManagedEncryption", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CustomerManagedEncryptionStatus": { +"description": "Describes the status of customer-managed encryption.", +"id": "CustomerManagedEncryptionStatus", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyVersionName": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKeyVersion used to encrypt the secret payload, in the following format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*/versions/*`.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DestroySecretVersionRequest": { +"description": "Request message for SecretManagerService.DestroySecretVersion.", +"id": "DestroySecretVersionRequest", +"properties": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. Etag of the SecretVersion. The request succeeds if it matches the etag of the currently stored secret version object. If the etag is omitted, the request succeeds.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DisableSecretVersionRequest": { +"description": "Request message for SecretManagerService.DisableSecretVersion.", +"id": "DisableSecretVersionRequest", +"properties": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. Etag of the SecretVersion. The request succeeds if it matches the etag of the currently stored secret version object. If the etag is omitted, the request succeeds.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Empty": { +"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", +"id": "Empty", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"EnableSecretVersionRequest": { +"description": "Request message for SecretManagerService.EnableSecretVersion.", +"id": "EnableSecretVersionRequest", +"properties": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. Etag of the SecretVersion. The request succeeds if it matches the etag of the currently stored secret version object. If the etag is omitted, the request succeeds.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Expr": { +"description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.", +"id": "Expr", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.", +"type": "string" +}, +"expression": { +"description": "Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.", +"type": "string" +}, +"location": { +"description": "Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.", +"type": "string" +}, +"title": { +"description": "Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListLocationsResponse": { +"description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.", +"id": "ListLocationsResponse", +"properties": { +"locations": { +"description": "A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Location" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "The standard List next-page token.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListSecretVersionsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for SecretManagerService.ListSecretVersions.", +"id": "ListSecretVersionsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass this value in ListSecretVersionsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page.", +"type": "string" +}, +"totalSize": { +"description": "The total number of SecretVersions but 0 when the ListSecretsRequest.filter field is set.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"versions": { +"description": "The list of SecretVersions sorted in reverse by create_time (newest first).", +"items": { +"$ref": "SecretVersion" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListSecretsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for SecretManagerService.ListSecrets.", +"id": "ListSecretsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass this value in ListSecretsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page.", +"type": "string" +}, +"secrets": { +"description": "The list of Secrets sorted in reverse by create_time (newest first).", +"items": { +"$ref": "Secret" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"totalSize": { +"description": "The total number of Secrets but 0 when the ListSecretsRequest.filter field is set.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Location": { +"description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.", +"id": "Location", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, \"Tokyo\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {\"cloud.googleapis.com/region\": \"us-east1\"}", +"type": "object" +}, +"locationId": { +"description": "The canonical id for this location. For example: `\"us-east1\"`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `\"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1\"`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Policy": { +"description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", +"id": "Policy", +"properties": { +"auditConfigs": { +"description": "Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuditConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"bindings": { +"description": "Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Binding" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Replica": { +"description": "Represents a Replica for this Secret.", +"id": "Replica", +"properties": { +"customerManagedEncryption": { +"$ref": "CustomerManagedEncryption", +"description": "Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions." +}, +"location": { +"description": "The canonical IDs of the location to replicate data. For example: `\"us-east1\"`.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ReplicaStatus": { +"description": "Describes the status of a user-managed replica for the SecretVersion.", +"id": "ReplicaStatus", +"properties": { +"customerManagedEncryption": { +"$ref": "CustomerManagedEncryptionStatus", +"description": "Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"location": { +"description": "Output only. The canonical ID of the replica location. For example: `\"us-east1\"`.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Replication": { +"description": "A policy that defines the replication and encryption configuration of data.", +"id": "Replication", +"properties": { +"automatic": { +"$ref": "Automatic", +"description": "The Secret will automatically be replicated without any restrictions." +}, +"userManaged": { +"$ref": "UserManaged", +"description": "The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ReplicationStatus": { +"description": "The replication status of a SecretVersion.", +"id": "ReplicationStatus", +"properties": { +"automatic": { +"$ref": "AutomaticStatus", +"description": "Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with automatic replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has an automatic replication policy." +}, +"userManaged": { +"$ref": "UserManagedStatus", +"description": "Describes the replication status of a SecretVersion with user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Rotation": { +"description": "The rotation time and period for a Secret. At next_rotation_time, Secret Manager will send a Pub/Sub notification to the topics configured on the Secret. Secret.topics must be set to configure rotation.", +"id": "Rotation", +"properties": { +"nextRotationTime": { +"description": "Optional. Timestamp in UTC at which the Secret is scheduled to rotate. Cannot be set to less than 300s (5 min) in the future and at most 3153600000s (100 years). next_rotation_time MUST be set if rotation_period is set.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"rotationPeriod": { +"description": "Input only. The Duration between rotation notifications. Must be in seconds and at least 3600s (1h) and at most 3153600000s (100 years). If rotation_period is set, next_rotation_time must be set. next_rotation_time will be advanced by this period when the service automatically sends rotation notifications.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Secret": { +"description": "A Secret is a logical secret whose value and versions can be accessed. A Secret is made up of zero or more SecretVersions that represent the secret data.", +"id": "Secret", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Custom metadata about the secret. Annotations are distinct from various forms of labels. Annotations exist to allow client tools to store their own state information without requiring a database. Annotation keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), and may have dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics in between these symbols. The total size of annotation keys and values must be less than 16KiB.", +"type": "object" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the Secret was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"customerManagedEncryption": { +"$ref": "CustomerManagedEncryption", +"description": "Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the Regionalised Secrets. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions." +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. Etag of the currently stored Secret.", +"type": "string" +}, +"expireTime": { +"description": "Optional. Timestamp in UTC when the Secret is scheduled to expire. This is always provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "The labels assigned to this Secret. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `\\p{Ll}\\p{Lo}{0,62}` Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: `[\\p{Ll}\\p{Lo}\\p{N}_-]{0,63}` No more than 64 labels can be assigned to a given resource.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the Secret in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"replication": { +"$ref": "Replication", +"description": "Optional. Immutable. The replication policy of the secret data attached to the Secret. The replication policy cannot be changed after the Secret has been created." +}, +"rotation": { +"$ref": "Rotation", +"description": "Optional. Rotation policy attached to the Secret. May be excluded if there is no rotation policy." +}, +"topics": { +"description": "Optional. A list of up to 10 Pub/Sub topics to which messages are published when control plane operations are called on the secret or its versions.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Topic" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"ttl": { +"description": "Input only. The TTL for the Secret.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"versionAliases": { +"additionalProperties": { +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Mapping from version alias to version name. A version alias is a string with a maximum length of 63 characters and can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numerals, and the hyphen (`-`) and underscore ('_') characters. An alias string must start with a letter and cannot be the string 'latest' or 'NEW'. No more than 50 aliases can be assigned to a given secret. Version-Alias pairs will be viewable via GetSecret and modifiable via UpdateSecret. Access by alias is only supported for GetSecretVersion and AccessSecretVersion.", +"type": "object" +}, +"versionDestroyTtl": { +"description": "Optional. Secret Version TTL after destruction request This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For secret with TTL>0, version destruction doesn't happen immediately on calling destroy instead the version goes to a disabled state and destruction happens after the TTL expires.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SecretPayload": { +"description": "A secret payload resource in the Secret Manager API. This contains the sensitive secret payload that is associated with a SecretVersion.", +"id": "SecretPayload", +"properties": { +"data": { +"description": "The secret data. Must be no larger than 64KiB.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"dataCrc32c": { +"description": "Optional. If specified, SecretManagerService will verify the integrity of the received data on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion calls using the crc32c checksum and store it to include in future SecretManagerService.AccessSecretVersion responses. If a checksum is not provided in the SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion request, the SecretManagerService will generate and store one for you. The CRC32C value is encoded as a Int64 for compatibility, and can be safely downconverted to uint32 in languages that support this type. https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#integer_types", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SecretVersion": { +"description": "A secret version resource in the Secret Manager API.", +"id": "SecretVersion", +"properties": { +"clientSpecifiedPayloadChecksum": { +"description": "Output only. True if payload checksum specified in SecretPayload object has been received by SecretManagerService on SecretManagerService.AddSecretVersion.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the SecretVersion was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"customerManagedEncryption": { +"$ref": "CustomerManagedEncryptionStatus", +"description": "Output only. The customer-managed encryption status of the SecretVersion. Only populated if customer-managed encryption is used and Secret is a Regionalised Secret.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"destroyTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time this SecretVersion was destroyed. Only present if state is DESTROYED.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. Etag of the currently stored SecretVersion.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the SecretVersion in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. SecretVersion IDs in a Secret start at 1 and are incremented for each subsequent version of the secret.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"replicationStatus": { +"$ref": "ReplicationStatus", +"description": "The replication status of the SecretVersion." +}, +"scheduledDestroyTime": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Scheduled destroy time for secret version. This is a part of the Delayed secret version destroy feature. For a Secret with a valid version destroy TTL, when a secert version is destroyed, version is moved to disabled state and it is scheduled for destruction Version is destroyed only after the scheduled_destroy_time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current state of the SecretVersion.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ENABLED", +"DISABLED", +"DESTROYED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified. This value is unused and invalid.", +"The SecretVersion may be accessed.", +"The SecretVersion may not be accessed, but the secret data is still available and can be placed back into the ENABLED state.", +"The SecretVersion is destroyed and the secret data is no longer stored. A version may not leave this state once entered." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SetIamPolicyRequest": { +"description": "Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.", +"id": "SetIamPolicyRequest", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"$ref": "Policy", +"description": "REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them." +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: \"bindings, etag\"`", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TestIamPermissionsRequest": { +"description": "Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.", +"id": "TestIamPermissionsRequest", +"properties": { +"permissions": { +"description": "The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TestIamPermissionsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.", +"id": "TestIamPermissionsResponse", +"properties": { +"permissions": { +"description": "A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Topic": { +"description": "A Pub/Sub topic which Secret Manager will publish to when control plane events occur on this secret.", +"id": "Topic", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Pub/Sub topic that will be published to, in the following format: `projects/*/topics/*`. For publication to succeed, the Secret Manager service agent must have the `pubsub.topic.publish` permission on the topic. The Pub/Sub Publisher role (`roles/pubsub.publisher`) includes this permission.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UserManaged": { +"description": "A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas", +"id": "UserManaged", +"properties": { +"replicas": { +"description": "Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Replica" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UserManagedStatus": { +"description": "The replication status of a SecretVersion using user-managed replication. Only populated if the parent Secret has a user-managed replication policy.", +"id": "UserManagedStatus", +"properties": { +"replicas": { +"description": "Output only. The list of replica statuses for the SecretVersion.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ReplicaStatus" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"servicePath": "", +"title": "Secret Manager API", +"version": "v1beta2", +"version_module": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json index a973b5bf86..18af37f450 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240302", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json index f5cfe67713..f70e0eac4c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json @@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240302", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json index 3c9b2278ef..38c1b93198 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddTenantProjectRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json index 0d6e2a0caf..bc3b30a3e2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Api": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json index 58f4b6d2d2..6f678001c4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocateInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json index 4d541a09e2..3aeb2bbee7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Api": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json index 8f98726555..896169255c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json @@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json index 4ca7a1e60d..45db0a690f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json @@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json index 6fb23cb19c..c99da711fc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://servicemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Advice": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json index 57b648234f..acd0cdd5ac 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json index e3d1597946..09b40e8d45 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json index f7b5fb1ad4..5f908b2f9f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json index 1c7e67a858..29be06f871 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { @@ -3662,6 +3662,10 @@ "producerQuotaPolicy": { "$ref": "ProducerQuotaPolicy", "description": "Producer policy inherited from the closet ancestor of the current consumer." +}, +"rolloutInfo": { +"$ref": "RolloutInfo", +"description": "Rollout information of this quota bucket. This field is present only if the effective limit will change due to the ongoing rollout of the service config." } }, "type": "object" @@ -3780,6 +3784,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"RolloutInfo": { +"description": "[Output only] Rollout information of a quota.", +"id": "RolloutInfo", +"properties": { +"defaultLimitOngoingRollout": { +"description": "Whether there is an ongoing rollout for the default limit or not.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RubySettings": { "description": "Settings for Ruby client libraries.", "id": "RubySettings", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json index 5bb5d26c2f..eafc987706 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://sheets.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddBandingRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json index 9992296ccd..43e0f9d019 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://slides.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AffineTransform": { @@ -2130,6 +2130,10 @@ "$ref": "Size", "description": "The size of the page element." }, +"speakerSpotlight": { +"$ref": "SpeakerSpotlight", +"description": "A Speaker Spotlight." +}, "table": { "$ref": "Table", "description": "A table page element." @@ -3506,6 +3510,32 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"SpeakerSpotlight": { +"description": "A PageElement kind representing a Speaker Spotlight.", +"id": "SpeakerSpotlight", +"properties": { +"speakerSpotlightProperties": { +"$ref": "SpeakerSpotlightProperties", +"description": "The properties of the Speaker Spotlight." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SpeakerSpotlightProperties": { +"description": "The properties of the SpeakerSpotlight.", +"id": "SpeakerSpotlightProperties", +"properties": { +"outline": { +"$ref": "Outline", +"description": "The outline of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no outline." +}, +"shadow": { +"$ref": "Shadow", +"description": "The shadow of the Speaker Spotlight. If not set, it has no shadow." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "StretchedPictureFill": { "description": "The stretched picture fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified picture. The picture is stretched to fit its container.", "id": "StretchedPictureFill", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json index 9a44cea686..c979a800fc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240218", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://smartdevicemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleHomeEnterpriseSdmV1Device": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sourcerepo.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sourcerepo.v1.json index fcb30e7154..aa6b64e4c2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sourcerepo.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sourcerepo.v1.json @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://sourcerepo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json index 434e1704fe..9eababf7f1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json @@ -608,6 +608,41 @@ }, "instances": { "methods": { +"acquireSsrsLease": { +"description": "Acquire a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/acquireSsrsLease", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "sql.instances.acquireSsrsLease", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"instance" +], +"parameters": { +"instance": { +"description": "Required. Cloud SQL instance ID. This doesn't include the project ID. It's composed of lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens, and it must start with a letter. The total length must be 98 characters or less (Example: instance-id).", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Required. Project ID of the project that contains the instance (Example: project-id).", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/acquireSsrsLease", +"request": { +"$ref": "InstancesAcquireSsrsLeaseRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SqlInstancesAcquireSsrsLeaseResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sqlservice.admin" +] +}, "addServerCa": { "description": "Adds a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/addServerCa", @@ -1120,6 +1155,38 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sqlservice.admin" ] }, +"releaseSsrsLease": { +"description": "Release a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/releaseSsrsLease", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "sql.instances.releaseSsrsLease", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"instance" +], +"parameters": { +"instance": { +"description": "Required. The Cloud SQL instance ID. This doesn't include the project ID. The instance ID contains lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens, and it must start with a letter. This ID can have a maximum length of 98 characters.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Required. The project ID that contains the instance.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/releaseSsrsLease", +"response": { +"$ref": "SqlInstancesReleaseSsrsLeaseResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sqlservice.admin" +] +}, "resetSslConfig": { "description": "Deletes all client certificates and generates a new server SSL certificate for the instance.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/resetSslConfig", @@ -2200,7 +2267,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240219", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { @@ -2227,6 +2294,30 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AcquireSsrsLeaseContext": { +"description": "Acquire SSRS lease context.", +"id": "AcquireSsrsLeaseContext", +"properties": { +"duration": { +"description": "Lease duration needed for SSRS setup.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"reportDatabase": { +"description": "The report database to be used for SSRS setup.", +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceLogin": { +"description": "The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup.", +"type": "string" +}, +"setupLogin": { +"description": "The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AdvancedMachineFeatures": { "description": "Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features.", "id": "AdvancedMachineFeatures", @@ -2650,6 +2741,10 @@ false "MYSQL_8_0_34", "MYSQL_8_0_35", "MYSQL_8_0_36", +"MYSQL_8_0_37", +"MYSQL_8_0_38", +"MYSQL_8_0_39", +"MYSQL_8_0_40", "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS", @@ -2696,6 +2791,10 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -2728,6 +2827,10 @@ false "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 34.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 35.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 36.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 37.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 38.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 39.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 40.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.", @@ -2924,6 +3027,10 @@ false "MYSQL_8_0_34", "MYSQL_8_0_35", "MYSQL_8_0_36", +"MYSQL_8_0_37", +"MYSQL_8_0_38", +"MYSQL_8_0_39", +"MYSQL_8_0_40", "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS", @@ -2970,6 +3077,10 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3002,6 +3113,10 @@ false "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 34.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 35.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 36.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 37.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 38.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 39.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 40.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.", @@ -3618,6 +3733,10 @@ true "MYSQL_8_0_34", "MYSQL_8_0_35", "MYSQL_8_0_36", +"MYSQL_8_0_37", +"MYSQL_8_0_38", +"MYSQL_8_0_39", +"MYSQL_8_0_40", "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS", @@ -3664,6 +3783,10 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3696,6 +3819,10 @@ false "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 34.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 35.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 36.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 37.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 38.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 39.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 40.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.", @@ -3996,6 +4123,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"InstancesAcquireSsrsLeaseRequest": { +"description": "Request to acquire a lease for SSRS.", +"id": "InstancesAcquireSsrsLeaseRequest", +"properties": { +"acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { +"$ref": "AcquireSsrsLeaseContext", +"description": "Contains details about the acquire SSRS lease operation." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "InstancesCloneRequest": { "description": "Database instance clone request.", "id": "InstancesCloneRequest", @@ -4419,6 +4557,10 @@ false "description": "An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.", "id": "Operation", "properties": { +"acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { +"$ref": "AcquireSsrsLeaseContext", +"description": "The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable." +}, "apiWarning": { "$ref": "ApiWarning", "description": "An Admin API warning message." @@ -4498,7 +4640,9 @@ false "LOG_CLEANUP", "AUTO_RESTART", "REENCRYPT", -"SWITCHOVER" +"SWITCHOVER", +"ACQUIRE_SSRS_LEASE", +"RELEASE_SSRS_LEASE" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -4539,6 +4683,8 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4580,7 +4726,9 @@ false "Recovers logs from an instance's old data disk.", "Performs auto-restart of an HA-enabled Cloud SQL database for auto recovery.", "Re-encrypts CMEK instances with latest key version.", -"Switches over to replica instance from primary." +"Switches over to replica instance from primary.", +"Acquire a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).", +"Release a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS)." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5062,6 +5210,10 @@ true ], "type": "string" }, +"enableGoogleMlIntegration": { +"description": "Optional. Configuration to enable Cloud SQL Vertex AI Integration", +"type": "boolean" +}, "insightsConfig": { "$ref": "InsightsConfig", "description": "Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres." @@ -5279,6 +5431,17 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"SqlInstancesAcquireSsrsLeaseResponse": { +"description": "Response for the acquire SSRS lease request.", +"id": "SqlInstancesAcquireSsrsLeaseResponse", +"properties": { +"operationId": { +"description": "The unique identifier for this operation.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SqlInstancesGetDiskShrinkConfigResponse": { "description": "Instance get disk shrink config response.", "id": "SqlInstancesGetDiskShrinkConfigResponse", @@ -5315,6 +5478,17 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"SqlInstancesReleaseSsrsLeaseResponse": { +"description": "Response for the release SSRS lease request.", +"id": "SqlInstancesReleaseSsrsLeaseResponse", +"properties": { +"operationId": { +"description": "The unique identifier for this operation.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SqlInstancesRescheduleMaintenanceRequestBody": { "description": "Reschedule options for maintenance windows.", "id": "SqlInstancesRescheduleMaintenanceRequestBody", @@ -5399,6 +5573,22 @@ true ], "type": "string" }, +"syncParallelLevel": { +"description": "Optional. Parallel level for initial data sync. Currently only applicable for PostgreSQL.", +"enum": [ +"EXTERNAL_SYNC_PARALLEL_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED", +"MIN", +"OPTIMAL", +"MAX" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unknown sync parallel level. Will be defaulted to OPTIMAL.", +"Minimal parallel level.", +"Optimal parallel level.", +"Maximum parallel level." +], +"type": "string" +}, "verifyConnectionOnly": { "description": "Flag to enable verifying connection only", "type": "boolean" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json index 37232edb83..53e1db78c7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json @@ -608,6 +608,41 @@ }, "instances": { "methods": { +"acquireSsrsLease": { +"description": "Acquire a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).", +"flatPath": "sql/v1beta4/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/acquireSsrsLease", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "sql.instances.acquireSsrsLease", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"instance" +], +"parameters": { +"instance": { +"description": "Required. Cloud SQL instance ID. This doesn't include the project ID. It's composed of lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens, and it must start with a letter. The total length must be 98 characters or less (Example: instance-id).", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Required. ID of the project that contains the instance (Example: project-id).", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "sql/v1beta4/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/acquireSsrsLease", +"request": { +"$ref": "InstancesAcquireSsrsLeaseRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "SqlInstancesAcquireSsrsLeaseResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sqlservice.admin" +] +}, "addServerCa": { "description": "Add a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in.", "flatPath": "sql/v1beta4/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/addServerCa", @@ -1120,6 +1155,38 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sqlservice.admin" ] }, +"releaseSsrsLease": { +"description": "Release a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).", +"flatPath": "sql/v1beta4/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/releaseSsrsLease", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "sql.instances.releaseSsrsLease", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"instance" +], +"parameters": { +"instance": { +"description": "Required. The Cloud SQL instance ID. This doesn't include the project ID. It's composed of lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens, and it must start with a letter. The total length must be 98 characters or less (Example: instance-id).", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Required. The ID of the project that contains the instance (Example: project-id).", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "sql/v1beta4/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/releaseSsrsLease", +"response": { +"$ref": "SqlInstancesReleaseSsrsLeaseResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sqlservice.admin" +] +}, "resetSslConfig": { "description": "Deletes all client certificates and generates a new server SSL certificate for the instance.", "flatPath": "sql/v1beta4/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/resetSslConfig", @@ -2200,7 +2267,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240219", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { @@ -2227,6 +2294,30 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AcquireSsrsLeaseContext": { +"description": "Acquire SSRS lease context.", +"id": "AcquireSsrsLeaseContext", +"properties": { +"duration": { +"description": "Lease duration needed for the SSRS setup.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"reportDatabase": { +"description": "The report database to be used for the SSRS setup.", +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceLogin": { +"description": "The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup.", +"type": "string" +}, +"setupLogin": { +"description": "The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AdvancedMachineFeatures": { "description": "Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features.", "id": "AdvancedMachineFeatures", @@ -2650,6 +2741,10 @@ false "MYSQL_8_0_34", "MYSQL_8_0_35", "MYSQL_8_0_36", +"MYSQL_8_0_37", +"MYSQL_8_0_38", +"MYSQL_8_0_39", +"MYSQL_8_0_40", "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS", @@ -2696,6 +2791,10 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -2728,6 +2827,10 @@ false "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 34.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 35.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 36.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 37.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 38.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 39.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 40.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.", @@ -2924,6 +3027,10 @@ false "MYSQL_8_0_34", "MYSQL_8_0_35", "MYSQL_8_0_36", +"MYSQL_8_0_37", +"MYSQL_8_0_38", +"MYSQL_8_0_39", +"MYSQL_8_0_40", "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS", @@ -2970,6 +3077,10 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3002,6 +3113,10 @@ false "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 34.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 35.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 36.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 37.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 38.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 39.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 40.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.", @@ -3619,6 +3734,10 @@ true "MYSQL_8_0_34", "MYSQL_8_0_35", "MYSQL_8_0_36", +"MYSQL_8_0_37", +"MYSQL_8_0_38", +"MYSQL_8_0_39", +"MYSQL_8_0_40", "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS", @@ -3665,6 +3784,10 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3697,6 +3820,10 @@ false "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 34.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 35.", "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 36.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 37.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 38.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 39.", +"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 40.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.", @@ -3997,6 +4124,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"InstancesAcquireSsrsLeaseRequest": { +"description": "Request to acquire an SSRS lease for an instance.", +"id": "InstancesAcquireSsrsLeaseRequest", +"properties": { +"acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { +"$ref": "AcquireSsrsLeaseContext", +"description": "Contains details about the acquire SSRS lease operation." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "InstancesCloneRequest": { "description": "Database instance clone request.", "id": "InstancesCloneRequest", @@ -4420,6 +4558,10 @@ false "description": "An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.", "id": "Operation", "properties": { +"acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { +"$ref": "AcquireSsrsLeaseContext", +"description": "The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable." +}, "apiWarning": { "$ref": "ApiWarning", "description": "An Admin API warning message." @@ -4499,7 +4641,9 @@ false "LOG_CLEANUP", "AUTO_RESTART", "REENCRYPT", -"SWITCHOVER" +"SWITCHOVER", +"ACQUIRE_SSRS_LEASE", +"RELEASE_SSRS_LEASE" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -4540,6 +4684,8 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4581,7 +4727,9 @@ false "Recovers logs from an instance's old data disk.", "Performs auto-restart of an HA-enabled Cloud SQL database for auto recovery.", "Re-encrypts CMEK instances with latest key version.", -"Switches over to replica instance from primary." +"Switches over to replica instance from primary.", +"Acquire a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).", +"Release a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS)." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5063,6 +5211,10 @@ true ], "type": "string" }, +"enableGoogleMlIntegration": { +"description": "Optional. Configuration to enable Cloud SQL Vertex AI Integration", +"type": "boolean" +}, "insightsConfig": { "$ref": "InsightsConfig", "description": "Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres." @@ -5280,6 +5432,17 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"SqlInstancesAcquireSsrsLeaseResponse": { +"description": "Acquire SSRS lease response.", +"id": "SqlInstancesAcquireSsrsLeaseResponse", +"properties": { +"operationId": { +"description": "The unique identifier for this operation.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SqlInstancesGetDiskShrinkConfigResponse": { "description": "Instance get disk shrink config response.", "id": "SqlInstancesGetDiskShrinkConfigResponse", @@ -5316,6 +5479,17 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"SqlInstancesReleaseSsrsLeaseResponse": { +"description": "The response for the release of the SSRS lease.", +"id": "SqlInstancesReleaseSsrsLeaseResponse", +"properties": { +"operationId": { +"description": "The operation ID.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SqlInstancesRescheduleMaintenanceRequestBody": { "description": "Reschedule options for maintenance windows.", "id": "SqlInstancesRescheduleMaintenanceRequestBody", @@ -5398,6 +5572,22 @@ true ], "type": "string" }, +"syncParallelLevel": { +"description": "Optional. Parallel level for initial data sync. Currently only applicable for PostgreSQL.", +"enum": [ +"EXTERNAL_SYNC_PARALLEL_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED", +"MIN", +"OPTIMAL", +"MAX" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unknown sync parallel level. Will be defaulted to OPTIMAL.", +"Minimal parallel level.", +"Optimal parallel level.", +"Maximum parallel level." +], +"type": "string" +}, "verifyConnectionOnly": { "description": "Flag to enable verifying connection only", "type": "boolean" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json index 82c336d9ff..ecd9a6e87e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ "location": "me-central2" } ], -"etag": "\"38353632383736323634343838333436313237\"", +"etag": "\"37303437343235343136323638383931333233\"", "icons": { "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png", "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png" @@ -3212,9 +3212,6 @@ } }, "path": "b/{bucket}/o/{object}/restore", -"request": { -"$ref": "Object" -}, "response": { "$ref": "Object" }, @@ -4040,7 +4037,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnywhereCache": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json index 9f2f43823f..0fbe6b0441 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchDeletePhotosRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json index 8f76ec91c7..6fdfd96438 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json index e32fcdd142..4b036ef9bb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json index 94012b827f..aeee95e9a3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json @@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json index 5b25761bd8..022044e4b9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json @@ -3890,7 +3890,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json index f0cee856d4..0831994ac1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://tasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Task": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json index 80b86e725e..e6d9a98dd5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://testing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json index 24b7cfbd7b..c9181f0a54 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AudioConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json index 32e61c8335..c540bda69b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AudioConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json index e85cbc24de..65450d50b2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json @@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://toolresults.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ANR": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v2.json index f611d1b2ac..7e760ddba3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v2.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240214", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://trafficdirector.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v3.json index 7f5bba627c..3054fa81c2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v3.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240214", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://trafficdirector.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json index b35eed8cc8..dae1a8a189 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://transcoder.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdBreak": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json index 8404bd7c51..70e8060f01 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json @@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240131", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://translation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdaptiveMtDataset": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json index 4cdfac307b..98145fc3d4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240131", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://translation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchDocumentInputConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json index ff3f82242d..98cd27693f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240302", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://travelimpactmodel.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ComputeFlightEmissionsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json index fc51cd461f..2bd23154c3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json @@ -1102,7 +1102,10 @@ }, "response": { "$ref": "Empty" -} +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ediscovery" +] }, "delete": { "description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", @@ -1124,7 +1127,10 @@ "path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { "$ref": "Empty" -} +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ediscovery" +] }, "get": { "description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", @@ -1188,12 +1194,16 @@ "path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { "$ref": "ListOperationsResponse" -} +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ediscovery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ediscovery.readonly" +] } } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240226", "rootUrl": "https://vault.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountCount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v1.json index ef86b8f175..6efcf650b8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://verifiedaccess.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Challenge": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json index 4ba6a6f0ee..555f65bd6f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://verifiedaccess.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Challenge": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json index f4343b04d8..7ec7816abe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://versionhistory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Channel": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json index 3dc5f4e9df..ced6fc16bc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240208", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json index 428e016838..6f013d8edc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240208", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json index 36bfde667b..a1d431a477 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240208", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json index 1310ac2216..f083df4b0f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240208", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json index 7b4a523863..76d6886182 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240208", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json index dd39fa1af7..e8d1e10efb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnnotateFileResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json index 83c95c75a5..df1ca65ea4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json @@ -2220,7 +2220,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessKeyCredentials": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json index 9b13b839d1..e7001dcb50 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json @@ -2220,7 +2220,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessKeyCredentials": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json index f3cae0aaf8..c71a754829 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json @@ -3173,7 +3173,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://vmwareengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json index 7b7c78d2be..3168ff08a7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240215", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://vpcaccess.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Connector": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json index 8cb22d8821..684f3531d8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json @@ -2681,7 +2681,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://walletobjects.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivationOptions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json index 84709c0e6d..91b8331a6b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://webfonts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Axis": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json index 7c62c5a0d7..552f44ec0f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://webrisk.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudWebriskV1ComputeThreatListDiffResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json index b948ee7a04..246c0e5ef6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240227", "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Callback": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json index 1368ff1b46..370759a48a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240227", "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelExecutionRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json index 549d731de1..0a905d8bdd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240207", +"revision": "20240221", "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json index 4a9a551735..8039395796 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240207", +"revision": "20240221", "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json index 15db4ebbe6..752aec2156 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240228", "rootUrl": "https://workloadmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "APILayerServer": { @@ -1826,6 +1826,13 @@ "description": "The component of sap workload", "id": "SapComponent", "properties": { +"haHosts": { +"description": "A list of host URIs that are part of the HA configuration if present. An empty list indicates the component is not configured for HA.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "resources": { "description": "Output only. resources in the component", "items": { @@ -1838,6 +1845,20 @@ "description": "Output only. sid is the sap component identificator", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" +}, +"topologyType": { +"description": "The detected topology of the component.", +"enum": [ +"TOPOLOGY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"TOPOLOGY_SCALE_UP", +"TOPOLOGY_SCALE_OUT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified topology.", +"A scale-up single node system.", +"A scale-out multi-node system." +], +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json index 601045b226..59acf2f1a2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json @@ -28,6 +28,12 @@ }, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly": { "description": "View chat and spaces in Google Chat" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.created": { +"description": "Create, edit, and see information about your Google Meet conferences created by the app." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.readonly": { +"description": "Read information about any of your Google Meet conferences" } } } @@ -161,7 +167,9 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.created", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.readonly" ] } } @@ -196,7 +204,9 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.created", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.readonly" ] }, "delete": { @@ -244,7 +254,9 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.created", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.readonly" ] }, "get": { @@ -277,7 +289,9 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.created", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -317,7 +331,9 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.created", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.readonly" ] }, "patch": { @@ -363,7 +379,9 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.created", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.readonly" ] }, "reactivate": { @@ -398,13 +416,15 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.reactions.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.messages.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.spaces.readonly", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.created", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/meetings.space.readonly" ] } } } }, -"revision": "20240218", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://workspaceevents.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ListSubscriptionsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json index 02d142cc16..424cdffc1b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json @@ -1195,9 +1195,25 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240131", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://workstations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { +"Accelerator": { +"description": "An accelerator card attached to the instance.", +"id": "Accelerator", +"properties": { +"count": { +"description": "Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `\"nvidia-tesla-p100\"`.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AuditConfig": { "description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.", "id": "AuditConfig", @@ -1341,6 +1357,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"EphemeralDirectory": { +"description": "An ephemeral directory which won't persist across workstation sessions. It is freshly created on every workstation start operation.", +"id": "EphemeralDirectory", +"properties": { +"gcePd": { +"$ref": "GcePersistentDisk", +"description": "An EphemeralDirectory backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk." +}, +"mountPath": { +"description": "Required. Location of this directory in the running workstation.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Expr": { "description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.", "id": "Expr", @@ -1379,6 +1410,13 @@ "description": "A runtime using a Compute Engine instance.", "id": "GceInstance", "properties": { +"accelerators": { +"description": "Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the instance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Accelerator" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "bootDiskSizeGb": { "description": "Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB.", "format": "int32", @@ -1392,8 +1430,12 @@ "description": "Optional. When set to true, disables public IP addresses for VMs. If you disable public IP addresses, you must set up Private Google Access or Cloud NAT on your network. If you use Private Google Access and you use `private.googleapis.com` or `restricted.googleapis.com` for Container Registry and Artifact Registry, make sure that you set up DNS records for domains `*.gcr.io` and `*.pkg.dev`. Defaults to false (VMs have public IP addresses).", "type": "boolean" }, +"disableSsh": { +"description": "Optional. Whether to disable SSH access to the VM.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "enableNestedVirtualization": { -"description": "Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created under this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image.", +"description": "Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created using this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image.", "type": "boolean" }, "machineType": { @@ -1436,8 +1478,31 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GcePersistentDisk": { +"description": "An EphemeralDirectory is backed by a Compute Engine persistent disk.", +"id": "GcePersistentDisk", +"properties": { +"diskType": { +"description": "Optional. Type of the disk to use. Defaults to `\"pd-standard\"`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the disk is read only. If true, the disk may be shared by multiple VMs and source_snapshot must be set.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"sourceImage": { +"description": "Optional. Name of the disk image to use as the source for the disk. Must be empty if source_snapshot is set. Updating source_image will update content in the ephemeral directory after the workstation is restarted. This field is mutable.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceSnapshot": { +"description": "Optional. Name of the snapshot to use as the source for the disk. Must be empty if source_image is set. Must be empty if read_only is false. Updating source_snapshot will update content in the ephemeral directory after the workstation is restarted. This field is mutable.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GceRegionalPersistentDisk": { -"description": "A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory.", +"description": "A Persistent Directory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory.", "id": "GceRegionalPersistentDisk", "properties": { "diskType": { @@ -2247,7 +2312,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "disableTcpConnections": { -"description": "Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections via a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain tcp connections, such as ssh. When enabled, all communication must occur over https or wss.", +"description": "Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS.", "type": "boolean" }, "displayName": { @@ -2262,6 +2327,13 @@ "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", "description": "Immutable. Encrypts resources of this workstation configuration using a customer-managed encryption key (CMEK). If specified, the boot disk of the Compute Engine instance and the persistent disk are encrypted using this encryption key. If this field is not set, the disks are encrypted using a generated key. Customer-managed encryption keys do not protect disk metadata. If the customer-managed encryption key is rotated, when the workstation instance is stopped, the system attempts to recreate the persistent disk with the new version of the key. Be sure to keep older versions of the key until the persistent disk is recreated. Otherwise, data on the persistent disk might be lost. If the encryption key is revoked, the workstation session automatically stops within 7 hours. Immutable after the workstation configuration is created." }, +"ephemeralDirectories": { +"description": "Optional. Ephemeral directories which won't persist across workstation sessions.", +"items": { +"$ref": "EphemeralDirectory" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "etag": { "description": "Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json index d26857098e..98b41e5cd0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json @@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240131", +"revision": "20240301", "rootUrl": "https://workstations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -1216,6 +1216,33 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"BoostConfig": { +"description": "A configuration that workstations can boost to.", +"id": "BoostConfig", +"properties": { +"accelerators": { +"description": "Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the boost instance. Defaults to `none`.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Accelerator" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost config.", +"type": "string" +}, +"machineType": { +"description": "Optional. The type of machine that boosted VM instances will use\u2014for example, `e2-standard-4`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). Defaults to `e2-standard-4`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"poolSize": { +"description": "Optional. The number of boost VMs that the system should keep idle so that workstations can be boosted quickly. Defaults to `0`.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CancelOperationRequest": { "description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", "id": "CancelOperationRequest", @@ -1349,6 +1376,13 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"boostConfigs": { +"description": "Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use.", +"items": { +"$ref": "BoostConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "bootDiskSizeGb": { "description": "Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB.", "format": "int32", @@ -1367,7 +1401,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "enableNestedVirtualization": { -"description": "Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created under this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image.", +"description": "Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on Cloud Workstations VMs created using this workstation configuration. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on workstation configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. * **GPUs**: nested virtualization may not be enabled on workstation configurations with accelerators. * **Operating System**: Because [Container-Optimized OS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#container-optimized_os_cos) does not support nested virtualization, when nested virtualization is enabled, the underlying Compute Engine VM instances boot from an [Ubuntu LTS](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/images/os-details#ubuntu_lts) image.", "type": "boolean" }, "machineType": { @@ -1434,7 +1468,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GceRegionalPersistentDisk": { -"description": "A PersistentDirectory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory.", +"description": "A Persistent Directory backed by a Compute Engine regional persistent disk. The persistent_directories field is repeated, but it may contain only one entry. It creates a [persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/persistent-disks) that mounts to the workstation VM at `/home` when the session starts and detaches when the session ends. If this field is empty, workstations created with this configuration do not have a persistent home directory.", "id": "GceRegionalPersistentDisk", "properties": { "diskType": { @@ -1872,6 +1906,10 @@ "description": "Request message for StartWorkstation.", "id": "StartWorkstationRequest", "properties": { +"boostConfig": { +"description": "Optional. If set, the workstation starts using the boost configuration with the specified ID.", +"type": "string" +}, "etag": { "description": "Optional. If set, the request will be rejected if the latest version of the workstation on the server does not have this ETag.", "type": "string" @@ -2192,7 +2230,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "disableTcpConnections": { -"description": "Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections via a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain tcp connections, such as ssh. When enabled, all communication must occur over https or wss.", +"description": "Optional. Disables support for plain TCP connections in the workstation. By default the service supports TCP connections through a websocket relay. Setting this option to true disables that relay, which prevents the usage of services that require plain TCP connections, such as SSH. When enabled, all communication must occur over HTTPS or WSS.", "type": "boolean" }, "displayName": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json index 53fb700696..cdcc7a3925 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json @@ -4037,7 +4037,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://youtube.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseReport": { @@ -5356,6 +5356,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "moderateComments": { +"deprecated": true, "description": "Whether user-submitted comments left on the channel page need to be approved by the channel owner to be publicly visible.", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -8744,6 +8745,10 @@ true "LiveChatMessageListResponse": { "id": "LiveChatMessageListResponse", "properties": { +"activePollItem": { +"$ref": "LiveChatMessage", +"description": "Set when there is an active poll." +}, "etag": { "description": "Etag of this resource.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json index e96626d52a..bf2c79bba7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://youtubeanalytics.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "EmptyResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json index 0e45602cb3..166fd46dd9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://youtubereporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": {